The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About02.09.2023 OCRC Agenda Packet City Hall 55 W. Tompkins Street Galesburg, IL 61401 309-343-4181 www.ci.galesburg.il.us TO: Galesburg Overall Code Review Commission FROM: Eric Heiden, Code Compliance Supervisor DATE: February 2, 2023 SUBJECT: Overall Code Review Commission Meeting A meeting of the Overall Code Review Commission will be held on Thursday, February 9, at 5:30p.m. in the Curtis H. Erickson Conference Room of the Galesburg City Hall, 55 West Tompkins Street. AGENDA Approve Update Receive Minutes of the December 8, 2022 meeting. Past Overall Code Review Commission items. General Citizen Comments OC-23-0201 OC-23-0202 Consider Consider Adoption of the 2021 International Fire Code Adoption of the 2021 International Existing Building Code COMMISSION MEMBERS PLEASE NOTIFY MY OFFICE IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO ATTEND THE MEETING AT 345-3619, OR FAX AT 345-5704, OR E-MAIL AT eheiden@ci.galesburg.il.us cc: Mayor Council Members (7) City Manager Director of Community Development City Clerk Electrical Inspector Plumbing Inspector Randy Hovind, GFD Fire Chief/Fire Marshall. News Media (7) Deronte Davis, Building and Grounds File Copy City Hall 55 W. Tompkins Street Galesburg, IL 61401 309-345-3619 www.ci.galesburg.il.us TO: Overall Code Review Commission FROM: Eric Heiden, Code Compliance Supervisor DATE: February 9, 2023 SUBJECT: OC-23-0201 The City of Galesburg is considering adoption of the following codes. 2021 International Fire Code City of Galesburg Fire Chief Randy Hovind will be presenting the significant changes to the International Building Code and the International Fire Code. The City is looking to take the commission’s recommendation on this code change to City Council for adoption. The City is currently using the 2012 version of this code. Included in this packet are a list of the significant changes. Copies of the new code are available in the City Clerks Office. Prepared by: RH Page 1 of 4 2021 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE SIGNIFICANT CHANGES The following list of changes from the IFC 2012 to the IFC 2021 is not inclusive but does include those changes that I felt to have the most impact on fire prevention code. It is important to note that the updates made to new I-Codes are added to make their guidelines safer, or to provide clarity and ease of compliance for the user, which would ultimately make the code safer. Please refer to the attached document that outlines all changes to the 2021 IFC. All wording that is shown in red has been removed. All wording that is shown in blue has been added to the code. Hazards related to outdoor pallet storage was added to provide clarification: 315.7.1 Storage beneath overhead projections from buildings. Where buildings are equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system, the outdoor storage of pallets under eaves, canopies or other projections or over-hangs are prohibited except where automatic sprinklers are installed under such eaves, canopies or other projections or overhangs. 315.7.2 Distance to lot line. Pallet storage shall not be located within 10 feet (3048 mm) of a lot line. 315.7.3 Storage height. Pallet storage shall not exceed 20 feet (6096 mm) in height. 315.7.4 Pallet pile stability and size. Pallet stacks shall be arranged to form stable piles. Individual pallet piles shall cover an area not greater than 400 square feet (37 m2). 315.7.5 Pallet types. Pallets shall be all wood, with slatted or solid top or bottom, with metal fasteners, or shall be plastic or composite pallets, listed and labeled in accordance with UL 2335 or FM 4996. Plastic pallets shall be both solid and gridded deck, independent of the pallet manufacturing process, type of resin used in fabrication or geometry of the pallet. 315.7.6 Pile separation distances. In addition to the other requirements of this section, pallet stacks and piles shall be separated in accordance with Sections 315.7.6.1 and 315.7.6.2. 315.7.6.1 Building separation. Pallet stacks and piles shall be separated from buildings in accordance with Table 315.7.6(1) for wood pallets and Table 315.7.6(2) for plastic pallets. 315.7.6.2 Separation from other pallets and on-site storage. Pallets shall be separated from other pallet piles and other storage in accordance with Table 315.7.6(3) for wood pallets and Table 315.7.6(4) for plastic pallets. 315.7.7 Prohibited locations. Pallets shall not be stored underneath high-voltage transmission lines, elevated roadways or elevated railways. An entire new section was added for further clarification in Chapter 28: SECTION 2810 OUTDOOR STORAGE OF PALLETS AT PALLET MANUFACTURING AND RECYCLING FACILITIES • A site plan is now required. Prepared by: RH Page 2 of 4 • A Fire Prevention Plans is now required. • A Fire Safety and Evacuation Plan is now required. Chapter 38 Higher Education laboratories was added with six sections to provide clarification: 3801.1 Scope. Higher education laboratories complying with the requirements of this chapter shall be permitted to exceed the maximum allowable quantities of hazardous materials in control areas set forth in Chapter 50 without requiring classification as a Group H occupancy. Except as specified in this chapter, such laboratories shall comply with all applicable provisions of this code and the International Building Code. Mobile food preparation vehicles was added due to the growth of this type of food service: MOBILE FOOD PREPARATION VEHICLES 319.1 General. Mobile food preparation vehicles that are equipped with appliances that produce smoke or grease-laden vapors shall comply with this section. 319.2 Permit required. Permits shall be required as set forth in Section 105.6. 319.3 Exhaust hood. Cooking equipment that produces grease-laden vapors shall be provided with a kitchen exhaust hood in accordance with Section 607. 319.4.1 Fire protection for cooking equipment. Cooking equipment shall be protected by automatic fire extinguishing systems in accordance with Section 904.12. 319.4.2 Fire extinguisher. Portable fire extinguishers shall be provided in accordance with Section 906.4. 319.5 Appliance connection to fuel supply piping. Gas cooking appliances shall be secured in place and connected to fuel-supply piping with an appliance connector complying with ANSI Z21.69/CSA 6.16. The connector installation shall be configured in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Movement of appliances shall be limited by restraining devices installed in accordance with the connector and appliance manufacturers’ instructions. 319.8 LP-gas systems. Where LP-gas systems provide fuel for cooking appliances, such systems shall comply with Chapter 61 and Sections 319.8.1 through 319.8.5. 319.8.1 Maximum aggregate volume. The maximum aggregate capacity of LP-gas containers transported on the vehicle and used to fuel cooking appliances only shall not exceed 200 pounds (91 kg) propane capacity. 319.8.2 Protection of container. LP-gas containers installed on the vehicle shall be securely mounted and restrained to prevent movement. 319.8.3 LP-gas container construction. LP-gas containers shall be manufactured in compliance with the requirements of NFPA 58. New threshold related to fire areas have been introduced for sprinkler protection of Group E occupancies: Prepared by: RH Page 3 of 4 903.2.3 Group E. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided for Group E occupancies as follows: 2. The Group E fire area is located on a floor other than a level of exit discharge serving such occupancies. 3. The Group E fire area has an occupant load of 300 or more. Manual fire alarm systems in Group A occupancies became needed not only when the occupant load is 300 or more but also where the occupant load exceeds 100 above or below the lowest level of exit discharge in 907.2.1 New Mass Notification Requirements for college and university buildings was added: MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEMS 917.1 College and university campuses. Prior to construction of a new building requiring a fire alarm system on a multiple building college or university campus having a cumulative building occupant load of 1,000 or more, a mass notification risk analysis shall be conducted in accordance with NFPA 72. Where the risk analysis determines a need for mass notification, an approved mass notification system shall be provided in accordance with the findings of the risk analysis. A new Chapter 12 on Energy Systems – for installation, operation, and maintenance of energy systems used in generating and storing energy was added: About this chapter: Chapter 12 was added to address the current energy systems found in this code and is provided for the introduction of a wide range of systems to generate and store energy in, on and adjacent to buildings and facilities. The expansion of such energy systems is related to meeting today's energy, environmental and economic challenges. Ensuring appropriate criteria to address the safety of such systems in building and fire codes is an important part of protecting the public at large, building occupants and emergency responders. More specifically, this chapter addresses standby and emergency power, portable generators, photovoltaic systems, fuel cell energy systems, and energy storage systems Revisions were made to provisions for emergency responder communications to reflect their expansion beyond radio systems: 510.1 Emergency responder communication coverage in new buildings. Approved in-building, two-way emergency responder communication coverage for emergency responders shall be provided in all new buildings. In-building, two-way emergency responder communication coverage within the building shall be based on the existing coverage levels of the public safety communication systems utilized by the jurisdiction, measured at the exterior of the building. This section shall not require improvement of the existing public safety communication systems. Exceptions: 1. Where approved by the building official and the fire code official, a wired communication system in accordance with Section 907.2.13.2 shall be permitted to be installed or maintained instead of an approved radio coverage system. 2. Where it is determined by the fire code official that the radio coverage system is not needed. Prepared by: RH Page 4 of 4 3. In facilities where emergency responder radio coverage is required and such systems, components or equipment required could have a negative impact on the normal operations of that facility, the fire code official shall have the authority to accept an automatically activated emergency responder radio coverage system. 510.2 Emergency responder communication coverage in existing buildings. Existing buildings shall be provided with approved in-building, two-way radio emergency responder communication coverage for emergency responders as required in Chapter 11. Clarifications were made to sprinkler requirements for the storage, manufacture, and sale of upholstered furniture and mattresses: 903.2.7.2 Group M upholstered furniture or mattresses. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout a Group M fire area where the area used for the display and sale of upholstered furniture or mattresses exceeds 5,000 square feet (464 m2). A new Chapter 40, “Storage of Distilled Spirits and Wines,” was added: About this chapter: Chapter 40 provides specific requirements for the storage of distilled spirits and wines. In accordance with Section 307.1.1 of the International Building Code®, these occupancies are not classified as a Group H occupancy. Instead, as listed in Sections 311.2 and 311.3 of the International Building Code, the storage of beverages that contain up to and including 16-percent alcohol are classified as a Group S-2 occupancy, and those that contain over 16-percent alcohol content are classified as a Group S-1 occupancy. Note that those that are classified as a Group S-1 occupancy are required to be provided with an automatic sprinkler system throughout the Group S-1 fire area, regardless of size, in accordance with Section 903. pg. 1 Part I— Administrative CHAPTER 1 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION PART 1—GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 2—ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT SECTION 103 DEPARTMENT OF FIRE PREVENTION CODE COMPLIANCE AGENCY [A] 103.1 General. Creation of agency. The department of fire prevention is established within the jurisdiction under the direction of the fire code official. [INSERT NAME OF DEPARTMENT] is hereby created and the official in charge thereof shall be known as the fire code official. The function of the department agency shall be the implementation, administration, and enforcement of the provisions of this code. [A] 103.2 Appointment. The fire code official shall be appointed by the chief appointing authority of the jurisdiction; and the fire code official shall not be removed from office except for cause and after full opportunity to be heard on specific and relevant charges by and before the appointing authority. [A] 103.3 Deputies. In accordance with the prescribed procedures of this jurisdiction and with the concurrence of the appointing authority, the fire code official shall have the authority to appoint a deputy fire code official, other related technical officers, inspectors, and other employees. Such employees shall have powers as delegated by the fire code official. SECTION 104 GENERAL AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES DUTIES AND POWERS OF THE FIRE CODE OFFICIAL SECTION 106 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 106 107 FEES [A] 106.1 107.1 Fees. A permit shall not be issued until the fees have been paid, nor shall an amendment to a permit be released until the additional fee, if any, has been paid. [A] 106.2 107.2 Schedule of permit fees. A Where a permit is required, a fee for each permit shall be paid as required, in accordance with the schedule as established by the applicable governing authority. 107.3 Permit valuations. The applicant for a permit shall provide an estimated permit value at the time of application. Permit valuations shall include the total value of work, including materials and labor, for which the permit is being issued, such as electrical, gas, mechanical, plumbing equipment and permanent systems. If, in the opinion of the fire code official, the valuation is underestimated on the application, the permit shall be denied unless the applicant can show detailed estimates to meet the approval of the fire code official. Final permit valuation shall be set by the fire code official. [A] 106.3 107.4 Work commencing before permit issuance. A person who commences any work, activity or operation regulated by this code before obtaining the necessary permits shall be subject to an additional fee established by the applicable governing authority, which shall be in addition to the required permit fees. [A] 106.4 107.5 Related fees. The payment of the fee for the construction, alteration, removal or demolition of work done in connection to or concurrently with the work or activity authorized by a permit shall not relieve the applicant or holder of the permit from the payment of other fees that are prescribed by law. pg. 2 [A] 106.5 107.6 Refunds. The applicable governing authority is authorized to establish a refund policy. SECTION 111 114 UNSAFE BUILDINGS STRUCTURES OR EQUIPMENT [A] 111.1 114.1 General. If during the inspection of a premises, a building or structure, or any building system, in whole or in part, constitutes a clear and inimical threat to human life, safety or health, the fire code official shall issue such notice or orders to remove or remedy the conditions as shall be deemed necessary in accordance with this section, and shall refer the building to the building department official for any repairs, alterations, remodeling, removing or demolition required. [A] 111.1.1 114.1.1 Unsafe conditions. Structures or existing equipment that are or hereafter become unsafe, insanitary or deficient because of inadequate means of egress , inadequate light and ventilation, or that constitute a fire hazard, are otherwise dangerous to human life or the public welfare, or involve illegal or improper occupancy or inadequate maintenance, shall be deemed an unsafe condition. Unsafe structures shall be taken down and removed or made safe, as the fire code official deems necessary and as provided for in this section. A vacant structure that is not secured against unauthorized entry as required by Section 311 shall be deemed unsafe. [A] 111.1.2 114.1.2 Structural hazards. Where an apparent structural hazard is caused by the faulty installation, operation or malfunction of any of the items or devices governed by this code, the fire code official shall immediately notify the building code official in accordance with Section 114.1. [A] 111.2 114.2 Evacuation. The fire code official or the fire department official in charge of an incident shall be authorized to order the immediate evacuation of any occupied building structure deemed unsafe where such building structure has hazardous conditions that pose an imminent danger to building structure occupants. Persons so notified shall immediately leave the structure or premises and shall not enter or re-enter until authorized to do so by the fire code official or the fire department official in charge of the incident. [A] 114.3 Record. The fire code official shall cause a report to be filed on an unsafe condition. The report shall state the occupancy of the structure and the nature of the unsafe condition. [A] 114.4 Notice. If an unsafe condition is found, the fire code official shall serve on the owner of the structure or the owner’s authorized agent a written notice that describes the condition deemed unsafe and specifies the required repairs or improvements to be made to abate the unsafe condition, or requires the unsafe structure to be demolished within a stipulated time. Such notice shall require the person thus notified to declare immediately to the fire code official acceptance or rejection of the terms of the order. [A] 114.5 Method of service. Such notice shall be deemed properly served where a copy thereof is served in accordance with one of the following methods: 1. A copy is delivered to the owner personally 2. A copy is sent by certified or registered mail addressed to the owner at the last known address with return receipt requested. 3. A copy is delivered in any other manner as prescribed by local law. If the certified or registered letter is returned showing that the letter was not delivered, a copy thereof shall be posted in a conspicuous place in or about the structure affected by such notice. Service of such notice in the foregoing manner on the owner's authorized agent shall constitute service of notice on the owner. [A] 111.4 114.6 Abatement. Restoration or abatement. The structure or equipment determined to be unsafe by the fire code official is permitted to be restored to a safe condition. The owner, the owner’s authorized agent, operator or occupant of a building structure, or premises or equipment deemed unsafe by the fire code official shall abate or cause to be abated or corrected such unsafe conditions either by repair, pg. 3 rehabilitation, demolition or other approved corrective action. To the extent that repairs, alterations or additions are made or a change of occupancy occurs during the restoration of the structure, such repairs, alterations , additions or change of occupancy shall comply with the requirements of Section105.1.5 and the International Existing Building Code. [A] 111.3 114.7 Summary abatement. Where conditions exist that are deemed hazardous to life and property, the fire code official or fire department official in charge of the incident is authorized to abate summarily such hazardous conditions that are in violation of this code. pg. 4 CHAPTER 2 DEFINITIONS SECTION 202 GENERAL DEFINITIONS [BG] 24-HOUR BASIS. The actual time that a person is an occupant within a facility for the purpose of receiving care. It shall not include a facility that is open for 24 hours and is capable of providing care to someone visiting the facility during any segment of the 24 hours. 3D PRINTER. A machine used in the additive manufacturing process for fabricating objects through the deposition of a material using a print head, nozzle or other printer technology. [M] ACCESS (TO). That which enables a device, appliance or equipment to be reached by ready access or by a means that first requires the removal or movement of a panel or similar obstruction [see also “Ready access (to)”]. [BE] ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS. A continuous and unobstructed way of egress travel from any accessible point in a building or facility to a public way. [BE] ACCESSIBLE ROUTE. A continuous, unobstructed path that complies with Chapter 11 of the International Building Code. ACTIVE RF EMITTING DEVICE. Any type of circuit component that requires an AC or DC power source with the ability to electrically control electron flow and/or amplification of RF signal, including but not limited to signal boosters, repeaters, bidirectional amplifiers and fiber-distributed antenna systems. ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING. A process of joining materials to make objects from 3D model data, usually layer upon layer, sometimes referred to as 3D printing. This code recognizes two types of additive manufacturing: Industrial additive manufacturing. 3D printing operations that typically utilize combustible powders or metals, an inert gas supply, a combustible dust collection system. or that create a hazardous (classified) location area or zone outside the equipment. Nonindustrial additive manufacturing.3D printing operations that do create a hazardous (classified) location area outside the equipment and do not utilize an inert gas supply or a combustible dust collection system. [A] CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY. A change in the use of a building or a portion of a building that results in any of the following: Either of the following shall be considered as a change of occupancy where this code requires a greater degree of safety, accessibility, structural strength, fire protection, means of egress, ventilation or sanitation than is existing in the current building or structure: 1. A change of occupancy classification. Any change in the occupancy classification of a building or structure. 2. A change from one group to another group within an occupancy classification. Any change in the purpose of, or a change in the level of activity within, a building or structure. DELIVERED AUDIO QUALITY (DAQ). A measure of audio quality over a transmission medium. This metric is often used to quantify the quality of audio heard over a radio system. DAQ levels are defined by the following scale: DAQ 1 = unusable. Speech is present but not understandable. DAQ 2 = speech is understandable with considerable effort. Requires frequent repetition due to noise or distortion. DAQ 3 = speech understandable with slight effort. Requires occasional repetition due to noise or distortion. pg. 5 DAQ 3.4 = speech understandable without repetition. Some noise or distortion present. DAQ 4 = speech easily understandable. Little noise or distortion. DAQ 5 = perfect. No distortion or noise discernible ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS. ENERGY STORAGE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. An electronic system that protects stationary energy storage batteries systems from operating outside their safe operating parameters and generates an alarm and trouble signal for off normal conditions disconnects electrical power to the ESS or places it in a safe condition if potentially hazardous temperatures or other conditions are detected. ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM (ESS). One or more devices, assembled together, capable of storing energy in order to supply electrical energy at a future time. ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM, ELECTROCHEMICAL. An energy storage system that stores energy and produces electricity using chemical reactions. It includes, among others, battery ESS and capacitor ESS. ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM, MOBILE. An energy storage system capable of being moved and utilized for temporary energy storage applications, and not installed as fixed or stationary electrical equipment. The system can include integral wheels for transportation or be loaded on a trailer and unloaded for charging, storage and deployment. ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM, STATIONARY. An energy storage system installed as fixed or stationary electrical equipment in a permanent location. ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM, WALK-IN UNIT. A prefabricated building that contains energy storage systems. It includes doors that provide walk-in access for personnel to maintain, test and service the equipment, and is typically used in outdoor and mobile ESS applications. ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM CABINET. A cabinet containing components of the energy storage system that is included in the 9540—2016 listing for the system. Personnel are not able to enter the enclosure other than reaching in to access components for maintenance purposes. ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM COMMISSIONING. A systematic process that provides documented confirmation that an energy storage system functions according to the intended design criteria and complies with applicable code requirements. ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM DECOMMISSIONING. A systematic process that provides documentation and procedures that allow an energy storage system to be safely de-energized, disassembled, readied for shipment or storage, and removed from the premises in accordance with applicable code requirements. [BG] Special amusement areas. Special amusement areas shall comply with Section 411 of the International Building Code. [BE] GRADE FLOOR OPENING.GRADE FLOOR EMERGENCY ESCAPE AND RESCUE OPENING. A window or other An emergency escape and rescue opening located such that the sill height bottom of the clear opening is not more than 44 inches (1118 mm) above or below the finished ground level adjacent to the opening. [BG] Group B, Business. Business Group B occupancy includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a portion thereof, for office, professional or service type transactions, including storage of records and accounts. Business occupancies shall include, but not be limited to, the following: Airport traffic control towers Ambulatory care facilities Animal hospitals, kennels and pounds Banks pg. 6 Barber and beauty shops Car wash Civic administration Clinic-outpatient Dry cleaning and laundries: pick-up and delivery stations and self-service Educational occupancies for students above the 12th grade, including higher education laboratories Electronic data processing Food processing establishments and commercial kitchens not associated with restaurants, cafeterias and similar dining facilities not more than 2,500 square feet (232 m2) in area. Laboratories: testing and research Motor vehicle showrooms Post offices Print shops Professional services (architects, attorneys, dentists, physicians, engineers, etc.) Radio and television stations Telephone exchanges Training and skill development not in a school or academic program (This shall include, but not be limited to, tutoring centers, martial arts studios, gymnastics and similar uses regardless of the ages served, and where not classified as a Group A occupancy). [BG] Airport traffic control towers. Airport traffic control towers shall comply with Section 412.2 of the International Building Code. [BG] Ambulatory care facilities. Ambulatory care facilities shall comply with Section 422 of the International Building Code. [BG] Higher education laboratories. Higher education laboratories shall comply with Section 428 of the International Building Code. [BG] Group E, Educational. Educational Group E occupancy includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a portion thereof, by six or more persons at any one time for educational purposes through the 12th grade. [BG] Accessory to places of religious worship. Religious educational rooms and religious auditoriums, which are accessory to places of religious worship in accordance with Section 303.1.4 of the International Building Code and have occupant loads of less than 100 per room or space shall be classified as Group A-3 occupancies. [BG] Group E, day care facilities. This group includes buildings and structures or portions thereof occupied by more than five children older than 21/2 years of age who receive educational, supervision or personal care services for less than 24 hours per day. [BG] Five or fewer children. A facility having five or fewer children receiving such care shall be classified as part of the primary occupancy. [BG] Five or fewer children in a dwelling unit. A facility such as the above within a dwelling unit and having five or fewer children receiving such care shall be classified as a Group R-3 occupancy or shall comply with the International Residential Code. [BG] Within places of worship. Rooms and spaces within places of worship providing such care during religious functions shall be classified as part of the primary occupancy. [BG] Storm shelters in Group E occupancies. Storm shelters shall be provided for Group E occupancies where required by Section 423.4 of the International Building Code. Athletic equipment pg. 7 Automobiles and other motor vehicles Bakeries Beverages; over 16-percent alcohol content Bicycles Boats Brooms or brushes Business machines Cameras and photo equipment Canvas or similar fabric Carpets and rugs (includes cleaning) Clothing Construction and agricultural machinery Disinfectants Dry cleaning and dyeing Electric generation plants Electronics Energy storage systems (ESS) in dedicated-use buildings Engines (including rebuilding) Food processing and commercial kitchens not associated with restaurants, cafeterias and similar dining facilities more than 2,500 square feet (232 m2) in area. Furniture Hemp products Jute products Laundries Leather products Machinery Metals Millwork (sash and door) Motion pictures and television filming (without spectators) Musical instruments Optical goods Paper mills or products Photographic film Plastic products Printing or publishing Refuse incineration Shoes Soaps and detergents Textiles Tobacco Trailers Upholstering Water/sewer treatment facilities Wood; distillation Woodworking (cabinet) [BG] Aircraft manufacturing facilities. Aircraft manufacturing facilities shall comply with Section 412.6 of the International Building Code. Uses other than Group H. The storage, use or handling of hazardous materials as described in one or more of the following items shall not cause the occupancy to be classified as Group H, but it shall be classified as the occupancy that it most nearly resembles: 1. Buildings and structures occupied for the application of flammable finishes, provided that such buildings or areas conform to the requirements of Chapter 24 of this code and Section 416 of the International Building Code. pg. 8 2. Wholesale and retail sales and storage of flammable and combustible liquids in mercantile occupancies conforming to Chapter 57. 3. Closed piping system containing flammable or combustible liquids or gases utilized for the operation of machinery or equipment. 4. Cleaning establishments that utilize combustible liquid solvents having a flash point of 140°F (60°C) or higher in closed systems employing equipment listed by an approved testing agency, provided that this occupancy is separated from all other areas of the building by 1-hour fire barriers in accordance with Section 707 of the International Building Code or 1-hour horizontal assemblies in accordance with Section 711 of the International Building Code, or both. 5. Cleaning establishments that utilize a liquid solvent having a flash point at or above 200°F (93°C). 6. Liquor stores and distributors without bulk storage. 7. Refrigeration systems. 8. The storage or utilization of materials for agricultural purposes on the premises. 9. Stationary storage battery systems installed in accordance with Section 1207. 10. Corrosive personal or household products in their original packaging used in retail display. 11. Commonly used corrosive building materials. 12. Buildings and structures occupied for aerosol product storage, aerosol cooking spray products or plastic aerosol 3 products shall be classified as Group S-1, provided that such buildings conform to the requirements of Chapter 51. 13. Display and storage of nonflammable solid and nonflammable or noncombustible liquid hazardous materials in quantities not exceeding the maximum allowable quantity per control area in Group M or S occupancies complying with Section 5003.8.3.5.1. 14. The storage of black powder, smokeless propellant and small arms primers in Groups M and R-3 and special industrial explosive devices in Groups B, F, M and S, provided that such storage conforms to the quantity limits and requirements of this code. 15. Stationary fuel cell power systems installed in accordance with this code. 16. Capacitor energy storage systems in accordance with this code. 17. Group B higher education laboratory occupancies complying with Section 428 of the International Building Code and Chapter 38 of this code. 18. Distilling or brewing of beverages conforming to the requirements of this code. 19. The storage of beer, distilled spirits and wines in barrels and casks conforming to the requirements of this code. [BG] Institutional Group I-1.Institutional Group I-1 occupancy shall include buildings, structures or portions thereof for more than 16 persons, excluding staff, who reside on a 24-hour basis in a supervised environment and receive custodial care. Buildings of Group I-1 shall be classified as one of the occupancy conditions indicated below and shall comply with Section 420 of the International Building Code. This group shall include, but not be limited to, the following: Alcohol and drug centers Assisted living facilities Congregate care facilities Group homes Halfway houses Residential board and care facilities Residential board and custodial care facilities Social rehabilitation facilities [BG] Condition 1.This occupancy condition shall include buildings in which all persons receiving custodial care who, without any assistance, are capable of responding to an emergency situation to complete building evacuation. [BG] Condition 2.This occupancy condition shall include buildings in which there are any persons receiving custodial care who require limited verbal or physical assistance while responding to an emergency situation to complete building evacuation. pg. 9 [BG] Five or fewer persons receiving custodial care .A facility with five or fewer persons receiving custodial care shall be classified as Group R-3 or shall comply with the International Residential Code provided that an automatic sprinkler system is installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.3 or with Section P2904 of the International Residential Code. [BG] Six to 16 persons receiving custodial care. A facility housing not fewer than six and not more than 16 persons receiving custodial care shall be classified as Group R-4. [BG] Institutional Group I-2.Institutional Group I-2 occupancy shall include buildings and structures used for medical care on a 24-hour basis for more than five persons who are not capable of self-preservation. This group shall include, but not be limited to, the following: Foster care facilities Detoxification facilities Hospitals Nursing homes Psychiatric hospitals [BG] Occupancy Conditions. Buildings of Group I-2 shall be classified as one of the following occupancy conditions and shall comply with Section 407 of the International Building Code: [BG] Condition 1.This occupancy condition shall include facilities that provide nursing and medical care but do not provide emergency care, surgery, obstetrics, or inpatient stabilization units for psychiatric or detoxification, including, but not limited to, nursing homes and foster care facilities. [BG] Condition 2.This occupancy condition shall include facilities that provide nursing and medical care and could provide emergency care, surgery, obstetrics, or inpatient stabilization units for psychiatric or detoxification, including, but not limited to, hospitals. [BG] Five or fewer persons receiving medical care. A facility with five or fewer persons receiving medical care shall be classified as Group R-3 or shall comply with the International Residential Code provided that an automatic sprinkler system is installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.3 or with Section P2904 of the International Residential Code. [BG] Institutional Group I-3.Institutional Group I-3 occupancy shall include buildings and structures which are inhabited by more than five persons who are under restraint or security. A Group I-3 facility is occupied by persons who are generally incapable of self-preservation due to security measures not under the occupants’ control. This group shall include, but not be limited to, the following: Correctional centers Detention centers Jails Prerelease centers Prisons Reformatories Buildings of Group I-3 shall be classified as one of the following occupancy conditions and shall comply with Section 408 of the International Building Code. [BG] Group R, Residential. Residential Group R includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a portion thereof, for sleeping purposes when not classified as an Institutional Group I or when not regulated by the International Residential Code in accordance with Section 101.2 of the International Building Code. Group R occupancies not constructed in accordance with the International Residential Code as permitted by Sections 310.4.1 and 310.4.2 of the International Building Code shall comply with Section 420 of the International Building Code. pg. 10 [BG] Lodging houses. Owner-occupied lodging houses with five or fewer guestrooms and 10 or fewer total occupants shall be permitted to be constructed in accordance with the International Residential Code provided that an automatic sprinkler system is installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.3 or Section P2904 of the International Residential Code. [BG] Group S-1 moderate-hazard storage. Storage Group S-1 occupancies are buildings occupied for storage uses that are not classified as Group S-2, including, but not limited to, storage of the following: Aerosols, Levels 2 and 3 Aircraft hangar (storage and repair) Bags: cloth, burlap and paper Bamboos and rattan Baskets Belting: canvas and leather Beverages over 16-percent alcohol content Books and paper in rolls or packs Boots and shoes Buttons, including cloth covered, pearl or bone Cardboard and cardboard boxes Clothing, woolen wearing apparel Cordage Dry boat storage (indoor) Furniture Furs Glues, mucilage, pastes and size Grains Horns and combs, other than celluloid Leather Linoleum Lumber Motor vehicle repair garages complying with the maximum allowable quantities of hazardous materials listed in Table 5003.1.1(1) (see Section 406.8 of the International Building Code) Photo engravings Resilient flooring Self-service storage facility (mini-storage) Silks Soaps Sugar Tires, bulk storage of Tobacco, cigars, cigarettes and snuff Upholstery and mattresses Wax candles [BG] Aircraft hangars. Aircraft hangars used for storage or repair shall comply with Section 412.3 of the International Building Code. [BG] Motor vehicle repair garages. Motor vehicle repair garages shall comply with Section 406.8 of the International Building Code. [BG] Group S-2 low-hazard storage. Storage Group S-2 occupancies include, among others, buildings used for the storage of noncombustible materials such as products on wood pallets or in paper cartons with or without single thickness divisions; or in paper wrappings. Such products are permitted to have a pg. 11 negligible amount of plastic trim, such as knobs, handles or film wrapping. Storage uses shall include, but not be limited to, storage of the following: Asbestos Beverages up to and including 16-percent alcohol in metal, glass or ceramic containers Cement in bags Chalk and crayons Dairy products in non-waxed coated paper containers Dry cell batteries Electrical coils Electrical motors Empty cans Food products Foods in noncombustible containers Fresh fruits and vegetables in non-plastic trays or containers Frozen foods Glass Glass bottles, empty or filled with noncombustible liquids Gypsum board Inert pigments Ivory Meats Metal cabinets Metal desks with plastic tops and trim Metal parts Metals Mirrors Oil-filled and other types of distribution transformers Porcelain and pottery Parking Public parking garages, open or enclosed Stoves Talc and soapstone Washers and dryers [BG] Public parking garages. Public parking garages shall comply with Section 406.4 of the International Building Code and the additional requirements of Section 406.5 of the International Building Code for open parking garages or Section 406.6 of the International Building Code for enclosed parking garages. [BG] Combustible storage. High-piled stock or rack storage, or attic, under-floor and concealed spaces used for storage of combustible materials, shall be in accordance with Section 413 of the International Building Code. Code. [BG] Group U, Miscellaneous. Buildings and structures of an accessory character and miscellaneous structures not classified in any specific occupancy shall be constructed, equipped and maintained to conform to the requirements of this code commensurate with the fire and life hazard incidental to their occupancy. Group U shall include, but not be limited to, the following: Agricultural buildings Aircraft hangar, accessory to a one- or two-family residence (see Section 412.4 of the International Building Code) Barns Carports Communication equipment structures with a gross floor area of less than 1,500 square feet (139 m2) Fences more than 6 feet (1829 mm) 7 feet (2134 mm) in height Grain silos, accessory to a residential occupancy Livestock shelters Private garages pg. 12 Retaining walls Sheds Stables Tanks Towers [BG] Private garages and carports. Private garages and carports shall comply with Section 406.3 of the International Building Code. [BG] Residential aircraft hangars. Aircraft hangars accessory to a one- or two-family residence shall comply with Section 412.4 of the International Building Code PUBLIC TRAFFIC ROUTE (PTR). Any public street, road, highway, navigable stream or passenger railroad that is used for through traffic by the general public. [A] PUBLIC WAY. A Street, alley or other parcel of land open to the outside air leading to a street that has been deeded, dedicated or otherwise permanently appropriated to the public for public use and which has a clear width and height of not less than 10 feet (3048 mm). [BE] PUBLIC-USE AREAS. Interior or exterior rooms or spaces that are made available to the general public. PYROPHORIC. A chemical with an auto ignition temperature in air, at or below a temperature of 130°F (54°C). PYROTECHNIC ARTICLE. A pyrotechnic device for use in the entertainment industry, which is not classified as fireworks. PYROTECHNIC COMPOSITION. A chemical mixture that produces visible light displays or sounds through a self-propagating, heat-releasing chemical reaction which is initiated by ignition. PYROTECHNIC SPECIAL EFFECT. A visible or audible effect for entertainment created through the use of pyrotechnic materials and devices. PYROTECHNIC SPECIAL-EFFECT MATERIAL. A chemical mixture used in the entertainment industry to produce visible or audible effects by combustion, deflagration or detonation. Such a chemical mixture predominantly consists of solids capable of producing a controlled, self-sustaining and self-contained exothermic chemical reaction that results in heat, gas sound, light or a combination of these effects. The chemical reaction functions without external oxygen. PYROTECHNICS. Controlled exothermic chemical reactions timed to create the effects of heat, hot gas, sound, and dispersion of aerosols, emission of visible light or a combination of such effects to achieve the maximum effect from the least volume of pyrotechnic composition. QUANTITY-DISTANCE (Q-D). The quantity of explosive material and separation distance relationships providing protection. These relationships are based on levels of risk considered acceptable for the stipulated exposures and are tabulated in the appropriate Q-D tables. The separation distances specified afford less than absolute safety: Inhabited building distance (IBD). The minimum separation distance between an operating building or magazine containing explosive materials and an inhabited building or site boundary. Inter magazine distance (IMD). The minimum separation distance between magazines. Intra-line distance (ILD) or Intra-plant distance (IPD). The distance to be maintained between any two operating buildings on an explosives manufacturing site when at least one contains or is designed to contain explosives, or the distance between a magazine and an operating building. pg. 13 RADIO FREQUENCY (RF). A measurement representing the oscillation rate of the electromagnetic radiation spectrum, or electromagnetic radio waves, from public safety frequency bands as specified by the fire code official. RAILWAY. A steam, electric or other railroad or railway that carriers passengers for hire. [BE] RAMP. A walking surface that has a running slope steeper than 1 unit vertical in 20 units horizontal (5- percent slope). RAMP, EXIT ACCESS. See “Exit access ramp.” RAMP, EXTERIOR EXIT. See “Exterior exit ramp.” RAMP, INTERIOR EXIT. See “Interior exit ramp.” RAW PRODUCT. A mixture of natural materials such as tree, brush trimmings, or waste logs and stumps. [M] READY ACCESS (TO). That which enables a device, appliance or equipment to be directly reached, without requiring the removal or movement of any panel or similar obstruction [see “Access (to) ”]. READY BOX. A weather-resistant container with a self-closing or automatic-closing cover that protects fireworks shells from burning debris. Tarpaulins shall not be considered as ready boxes. [A] RECORD DRAWINGS. Drawings (“as built”) that document the location of all devices, appliances, wiring, sequences, wiring methods and connections of the components of a fire alarm system as installed. RECREATIONAL FIRE. An outdoor fire burning materials other than rubbish where the fuel being burned is not contained in an incinerator, outdoor fireplace, portable outdoor fireplace, barbeque grill or barbeque pit and has a total fuel area of 3 feet (914 mm) or less in diameter and 2 feet (610 mm) or less in height for pleasure, religious, ceremonial, cooking, warmth or similar purposes. REDUCED FLOW VALVE. A valve equipped with a restricted flow orifice and inserted into a compressed gas cylinder, portable tank or stationary tank that is designed to reduce the maximum flow from the valve under full-flow conditions. The maximum flow rate from the valve is determined with the valve allowed to flow to atmosphere with no other piping or fittings attached. REFINERY. A plant in which flammable or combustible liquids are produced on a commercial scale from crude petroleum, natural gasoline or other hydrocarbon sources. REFRIGERANT. The fluid used for heat transfer in a refrigeration system; the refrigerant absorbs heat and transfers it at a higher temperature and a higher pressure, usually with a change of state. [M] REFRIGERATING (REFRIGERATION) SYSTEM. A combination of interconnected refrigerant-containing parts constituting one closed refrigerant circuit in which a refrigerant is circulated for the purpose of extracting heat. [A] REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL. An architect or engineer, registered or licensed to practice professional architecture or engineering, as defined by the statutory requirements of the professional registration laws of the state in which the project is to be constructed. [BG] RELIGIOUS WORSHIP, PLACE OF. A building or portion thereof intended for the performance of religious services. pg. 14 RELOCATABLE POWER TAP. A relocatable electrical enclosure that provides one or more receptacle outlets and that is provided with an attached power supply cord and attachment plug for connection to a permanently installed receptacle outlet (also called a “multi-plug adaptor”). REMOTE EMERGENCY SHUTOFF DEVICE. The combination of an operator-carried signaling device and a mechanism on the tank vehicle. Activation of the remote emergency shutoff device sends a signal to the tanker-mounted mechanism and causes fuel flow to cease. REMOTE SOLVENT RESERVOIR. A liquid solvent container enclosed against evaporative losses to the atmosphere during periods when the container is not being utilized, except for a solvent return opening not larger than 16 square inches (10 322 mm2). Such return allows pump-cycled used solvent to drain back into the reservoir from a separate solvent sink or work area. REMOTELY LOCATED, MANUALLY ACTIVATED SHUTDOWN CONTROL. A control system that is designed to initiate shutdown of the flow of gases or liquids that is manually activated from a point located some distance from the delivery system. REPAIR GARAGE. A building, structure or portion thereof used for servicing or repairing motor vehicles. RESIN APPLICATION AREA. An area where reinforced plastics are used to manufacture products by hand lay-up or spray-fabrication methods. RESPONSIBLE PERSON. A person trained in the safety and fire safety considerations concerned with hot work. Responsible for reviewing the sites prior to issuing permits as part of the hot work permit program and following up as the job progresses. RETAIL DISPLAY AREA. The area of a Group M occupancy open for the purpose of viewing or purchasing merchandise offered for sale. Individuals in such establishments are free to circulate among the items offered for sale which are typically displayed on shelves, racks or the floor. ROLL COATING. The process of coating, spreading and impregnating fabrics, paper or other materials as they are passed directly through a tank or trough containing pg. 15 Part II— General Safety Provisions CHAPTER 3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 310 SMOKING 310.1 General. The smoking or carrying of a lighted pipe, cigar, cigarette or any other type of smoking paraphernalia or material is prohibited in the areas indicated in Sections 310.2 through 310.8. 310.2 Prohibited areas. Smoking shall be prohibited where conditions are such as to make smoking a hazard, and in spaces where flammable or combustible materials are stored or handled. Exception: In Group I-2 occupancies, patients shall be permitted to smoke in designated patient care areas based on the clinical needs of the patient. 310.2.1 Group I-2. In Group I-2 occupancies, smoking shall be prohibited in patient care areas or where oxygen is used, stored or handled. 310.3 “No Smoking” signs. The fire code official is authorized to order the posting of “No Smoking” signs or the international symbol for no smoking in a conspicuous location in each structure or location in which smoking is prohibited. The content, lettering, size, color and location of required “No Smoking” signs shall be approved. Exception: In Group I-2 occupancies where smoking is prohibited, “No Smoking” signs are not required in interior locations of the facility where signs are displayed at all major entrances into the facility. 310.4 Removal of signs prohibited. A posted “No Smoking” sign shall not be obscured, removed, defaced, mutilated or destroyed. 310.5 Compliance with “No Smoking” signs. Smoking shall not be permitted nor shall a person smoke, throw or deposit any lighted or smoldering substance in any place where “No Smoking” signs are posted. 310.6 Ash trays. Where smoking is permitted, suitable noncombustible ash trays or match receivers shall be provided on each table and at other appropriate locations. In Group I-2 occupancies, noncombustible metal containers with self-closing covers shall be provided in areas where smoking is permitted. 310.7 Burning objects. Lighted matches, cigarettes, cigars or other burning object shall not be discarded in such a manner that could cause ignition of other combustible material. 310.8 Hazardous environmental conditions. Where the fire code official determines that hazardous environmental conditions necessitate controlled use of smoking materials, the ignition or use of such materials in mountainous, brush-covered or forest-covered areas or other designated areas is prohibited except in approved designated smoking areas. SECTION 311 VACANT PREMISES 311.1 General. Temporarily unoccupied buildings, structures, premises or portions thereof, including tenant spaces, shall be safeguarded and maintained in accordance with Sections 311.1.1 through 311.6. 311.1.1 Abandoned premises. Buildings, structures and premises for which an owner cannot be identified or located by dispatch of a certificate of mailing to the last known or registered address, which pg. 16 persistently or repeatedly become unprotected or unsecured, which have been occupied by unauthorized persons or for illegal purposes, or which present a danger of structural collapse or fire spread to adjacent properties shall be considered to be abandoned, declared unsafe and abated by demolition or rehabilitation in accordance with the International Property Maintenance Code and the International Building Code. 311.1.2 Tenant spaces. Storage and lease plans required by this code shall be revised and updated to reflect temporary or partial vacancies. 311.2 Safeguarding vacant premises. Temporarily unoccupied buildings, structures, premises or portions thereof shall be secured and protected in accordance with Sections 311.2.1 through 311.2.3. 311.2.1 Security. Exterior and interior openings open to other tenants or unauthorized persons shall be boarded, locked, blocked or otherwise protected to prevent entry by unauthorized individuals. The fire code official is authorized to placard, post signs, erect barrier tape or take similar measures as necessary to secure public safety. 311.2.2 Fire protection. Fire alarm, sprinkler and stand-pipe protection systems shall be maintained in an operable condition at all times. Exceptions: 1. Where the premises have been cleared of all combustible materials and debris and, in the opinion of the fire code official, the type of construction, fire separation distance and security of the premises do not create a fire hazard. 2. Where approved by the fire code official, buildings that will not be heated and where fire protection systems will be exposed to freezing temperatures, fire alarm and automatic sprinkler systems are permitted to be placed out of service and standpipes are permitted to be maintained as dry systems (without an automatic water supply), provided that the building does not have contents or storage, and windows, doors and other openings are secured to prohibit entry by unauthorized persons. 3. Where approved by the fire code official, fire alarm and automatic sprinkler systems are permitted to be placed out of service in seasonally occupied buildings: that will not be heated; where fire protection systems will be exposed to freezing temperatures; where fire areas do not exceed 12,000 square feet (1115 m2); and that do not store motor vehicles or hazardous materials. SECTION 314 INDOOR DISPLAYS 314.1 General. Indoor displays constructed within any occupancy shall comply with Sections 314.2 through 314.4. 314.2 Fixtures and displays. Fixtures and displays of goods for sale to the public shall be arranged so as to maintain free, immediate and unobstructed access to exits as required by Chapter 10. 314.3 Highly combustible goods. The display of highly combustible goods, including but not limited to fireworks, flammable or combustible liquids, liquefied flammable gases, oxidizing materials, pyroxylin plastics and agricultural goods, in main exit access aisles, corridors, covered and open malls, or within 5 feet (1524 mm) of entrances to exits and exterior exit doors is prohibited where a fire involving such goods would rapidly prevent or obstruct egress. 314.4 Vehicles. Liquid-fueled or gaseous-fueled vehicles, aircraft, boats or other motor craft shall not be located indoors except as follows: 1. The engine starting system is made inoperable or batteries are disconnected except where the fire code official requires that the batteries remain connected to maintain safety features. pg. 17 2. Fuel in fuel tanks does not exceed one-quarter tank or 5 gallons (19 L) (whichever is least). 3. Fuel tanks and fill openings are closed and sealed to prevent tampering. 4. Vehicles, aircraft, boats or other motor craft equipment are not fueled or defueled within the building. Plenums, the portion of abandoned cables that are able to be accessed without causing damage, or requiring demolition to the building shall be identified for future use with a tag or shall be deemed storage and shall be removed. 315.7 Outdoor pallet storage. Pallets stored outdoors shall comply with Sections 315.7 through 315.7.7. Pallets stored within a building shall be protected in accordance with Chapter 32. 315.7.1 Storage beneath overhead projections from buildings. Where buildings are equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system, the outdoor storage of pallets under eaves, canopies or other projections or overhangs are prohibited except where automatic sprinklers are installed under such eaves, canopies or other projections or overhangs. 315.7.2 Distance to lot line. Pallet storage shall not be located within 10 feet (3048 mm) of a lot line. 315.7.3 Storage height. Pallet storage shall not exceed 20 feet (6096 mm) in height. 315.7.4 Pallet pile stability and size. Pallet stacks shall be arranged to form stable piles. Individual pallet piles shall cover an area not greater than 400 square feet (37 m2). 315.7.5 Pallet types. Pallets shall be all wood, with slatted or solid top or bottom, with metal fasteners, or shall be plastic or composite pallets, listed and labeled in accordance with UL 2335 or FM 4996. Plastic pallets shall be both solid and gridded deck, independent of the pallet manufacturing process, type of resin used in fabrication or geometry of the pallet. 315.7.6 Pile separation distances. In addition to the other requirements of this section, pallet stacks and piles shall be separated in accordance with Sections 315.7.6.1 and 315.7.6.2. SECTION 317 ROOFTOP GARDENS AND LANDSCAPED ROOFS 317.1 General. Rooftop gardens and landscaped Landscaped roofs shall be installed and maintained in accordance with Sections 317.2 through 317.5 and Sections 1505 and 1507.16 of the International Building Code . 317.2 Rooftop Garden or landscaped Landscaped roof size. Rooftop garden or landscaped landscaped roof areas shall not exceed 15,625 square feet (1450 m2) in size for any single area with a maximum pg. 18 dimension of 125 feet (39 m) in length or width. A minimum 6-foot-wide (1.8 m) clearance consisting of a listed Class A-rated roof system complying roof assembly tested in accordance with ASTM E108 or UL 790 shall be provided between adjacent rooftop gardens or landscaped roof areas. 317.3 Rooftop structure and equipment clearance. For all vegetated roofing systems vegetative roofs abutting combustible vertical surfaces, a Class A-rated roof system complying with ASTM E108 or 790— 2004 shall be achieved for a minimum 6-foot-wide (1829 mm) continuous border placed around rooftop structures and all rooftop equipment including, but not limited to, mechanical and machine rooms, penthouses, skylights, roof vents, solar panels, antenna supports and building service equipment. 317.4 Vegetation. Vegetation shall be maintained in accordance with Sections 317.4.1 and 317.4.2. 317.4.1 Irrigation. Supplemental irrigation shall be provided to maintain levels of hydration necessary to keep green roof plants alive and to keep dry foliage to a minimum. 317.4.2 Dead foliage. Excess biomass, such as overgrown vegetation, leaves and other dead and decaying material, shall be removed at regular intervals not less than two times per year. 317.4.3 Maintenance plan. The fire code official is authorized to require a maintenance plan for vegetation placed on roofs due to the size of a landscaped roof garden, materials used or where a fire hazard exists to the building or exposures due to the lack of maintenance. 317.5 Maintenance equipment. Fueled equipment stored on roofs and used for the care and maintenance of vegetation on roofs shall be stored in accordance with Section 313. SECTION 320 ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING (3D PRINTING) 320.1 General. Additive manufacturing equipment and operations shall comply with Section 320. 320.1.1 Scope. Additive manufacturing shall comply with one of the following: 1. Nonindustrial additive manufacturing shall comply with Section 320.2. 2. Industrial additive manufacturing shall comply with Section 320.3. 320.1.2 Installation, operation and maintenance. 3D printers and associated additive manufacturing equipment shall be installed, operated and maintained in accordance with this code, the listing and the manufacturer's instructions. 320.1.3 Production materials. Only the production materials listed for use with the equipment and included in the manufacturer's instructions shall be used. 320.2 Nonindustrial additive manufacturing. Nonindustrial additive manufacturing equipment and operations shall comply with Sections 320.2.1 and 320.2.2. Additive manufacturing equipment and operations that do not comply with Section 320.2 shall comply with Section 320.3. 320.2.1 Listing. 3D printers used in nonindustrial additive manufacturing shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 2011, UL 60950-1 or UL 62368-1. The listing shall also verify: 1. The 3D printers are self-contained and utilize maximum 30-liter prepackaged production materials. 2. The operation of the 3D printers shall not create a hazardous (classified) electrical area or zone outside the unit. 3. If any hazardous (classified) electrical area or zone exists inside the unit's outer enclosure, the area shall be protected by intrinsically safe electrical construction or other acceptable protection methods. pg. 19 4. The 3D printers shall not utilize inert gas or an external combustible dust collection system. 320.2.2 Occupancies. Nonindustrial additive manufacturing shall be permitted in all occupancy groups. 320.3 Industrial additive manufacturing. Industrial additive manufacturing equipment and operations shall comply with Sections 320.3.1 through 320.3.12. 320.3.1 Permits required. Permits shall be obtained from the fire code official in accordance with Section 105.5 prior to engaging in industrial additive manufacturing operations. 320.3.2 Listing. 3D printers used in industrial additive manufacturing shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 2011 or approved for the application based on a field evaluation conducted by an approved agency. 320.3.3 Combustible dusts and metals. Industrial additive manufacturing operations that store, use or produce combustible dust, combustible particulate solids or combustible metals shall comply with Chapter 22 and this section. 320.3.4 Powder evaluation. Printing powders used in industrial additive manufacturing operations shall be tested for combustibility in accordance with NFPA 484 or NFPA 652 as applicable. A copy of test reports shall be provided to the fire code official upon request. 320.3.5 Combustible (nonmetallic) dusts. Industrial additive manufacturing operations that store, use or produce combustible (nonmetallic) dusts shall comply with NFPA 654. 320.3.6 Combustible metals. Industrial additive manufacturing operations that store or use combustible metals shall comply with NFPA 484. 320.3.7 Ancillary equipment. Ancillary equipment provided for recycling, sieving, vacuuming or handling combustible powders shall be designed and approved for such use. 320.3.8 Hazardous materials. Industrial additive manufacturing operations that store or use hazardous materials exceeding the maximum allowable quantity limits shall comply with Chapter 50. 320.3.9 Inert gas. Additive manufacturing processes that utilize inert gases shall comply with Chapter 53. Ventilation or gas detection shall be provided in accordance with Section 5307. 320.3.10 Technical assistance. Where required by the fire code official , a report evaluating the acceptability of technologies, processes, products, facilities, materials and uses associated with the operation shall be provided in accordance with Section 104.8.2 and approved . 320.3.11 Performance-based design alternative. Where approved by the fire code official , buildings and facilities where industrial additive manufacturing is performed shall be permitted to comply with the performance-based design options in Section 5001.3 as an alternative to compliance with the other requirements set forth in this section. 320.3.12 Occupancies. Industrial additive manufacturing shall be conducted only in the occupancy groups associated with manufacturing operation and permitted by the Chapter 50 maximum allowable quantity tables. Where approved, the requirements in Section 320.3.6 shall be permitted to provide the technical basis for determining compliance with Table 5003.1.1(1), Note q. SECTION 321 ARTIFICIAL COMBUSTIBLE VEGETATION 321.1 Artificial combustible vegetation on roofs and near buildings. Artificial combustible vegetation exceeding 6 feet (1829 mm) in height and permanently installed outdoors within 5 feet (1524 mm) of a pg. 20 building or on the roof of a building shall comply with Section 807.4.1. The placement of artificial combustible vegetation shall also comply with Sections 806.3 and 807.4.2. Exception: Artificial decorative vegetation located more than 30 feet (9144 mm) from the exterior wall of a building. pg. 21 CHAPTER 4 EMERGENCY PLANNING AND PREPAREDNESS SECTION 403 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS REQUIREMENTS 403.3403.3.1 Ambulatory care facilities. Ambulatory care facilities shall comply with the requirements of Sections 401, 403.3.1.1 through 403.3.1.2 and 404 through 406. 403.3.1 403.3.1.1 Fire safety and evacuation plan. The fire safety and evacuation plan required by Section 404 shall include a description of special staff actions. This shall include procedures for stabilizing care recipients patients in a defend-in-place response, staged evacuation, or full evacuation in conjunction with the entire building if part of a multitenant facility. 403.3.2 403.3.1.1.1 Fire safety plan. A copy of the fire safety plan shall be maintained at the facility at all times. The plan shall include all of the following in addition to the requirements of Section 404: 1. Locations of patients care recipients who are rendered incapable of self-preservation. 2. Maximum number of patients care recipients rendered incapable of self-preservation. 3. Area and extent of each ambulatory care facility. 4. Location of adjacent smoke compartments or refuge areas, where required. 5. Path of travel to adjacent smoke compartments. 6. 4. Location of any special locking, delayed egress or access control arrangements. 403.3.3 403.3.1.2 Staff training. Employees Staff shall be periodically instructed and kept informed of their duties and responsibilities under the plan. Records of instruction shall be maintained. Such instruction shall be reviewed by the staff not less than every two months. A copy of the plan shall be readily available at all times within the facility.at intervals not exceeding three months. Training of new staff shall be provided promptly on entrance to duty. Staff shall be instructed in the proper use of portable fire extinguishers and other manual fire suppression equipment. 403.8.1.1 403.7.1.1 Fire safety and evacuation plan. The fire safety and evacuation plan required by Section 404 shall include special employee actions, including fire protection procedures necessary for residents, and shall a description of special staff actions. Plans shall include all of the following in addition to the requirements of Section 404: 1. Procedures for full evacuation of care recipients. 2. In Group I-1, Condition 2, procedures for staged evacuation of care recipients through a refuge area in an adjacent smoke compartment and then to an exterior assembly point. 3. Shall be amended or revised upon admission of any resident care recipient with unusual needs. 403.8.1.1.2 403.7.1.1.1 Fire safety plan plans. A copy of the fire safety plan shall be maintained at the facility at all times. The plan Plans shall include the following in addition to the requirements of Section 404.2.2 Section 404: 1. Location and number of resident care recipient sleeping rooms. 2. Location of special locking or egress control arrangements. 403.8.1.2 403.7.1.2 Employee Staff training. Employees Staff shall be periodically instructed and kept informed of their duties and responsibilities under the plan. Records of instruction shall be maintained. Such instruction shall be reviewed by employees staff at intervals not exceeding two three months. Training of new staff shall be provided promptly upon entrance to duty. A copy of the plan shall be readily available at all times within the facility. Staff shall be instructed in the proper use of portable fire extinguishers and other manual fire suppression equipment. 403.3.3 403.3.1.2 Staff training. Employees Staff shall be periodically instructed and kept informed of their duties and responsibilities under the plan. Records of instruction shall be maintained. Such instruction shall be reviewed by the staff not less than every two months. A copy of the plan shall be readily available at all times within the facility.at intervals not exceeding three months. Training of new staff shall be provided pg. 22 promptly on entrance to duty. Staff shall be instructed in the proper use of portable fire extinguishers and other manual fire suppression equipment. 403.8.1403.7.1 Group I-1 occupancies. Group I-1 occupancies shall comply with Sections 403.7.1.1 through 403.7.1.7. 403.8.1.1 403.7.1.1 Fire safety and evacuation plan. The fire safety and evacuation plan required by Section 404 shall include special employee actions, including fire protection procedures necessary for residents, and shall a description of special staff actions. Plans shall include all of the following in addition to the requirements of Section 404: 1. Procedures for full evacuation of care recipients. 2. In Group I-1, Condition 2, procedures for staged evacuation of care recipients through a refuge area in an adjacent smoke compartment and then to an exterior assembly point. 3. Shall be amended or revised upon admission of any resident care recipient with unusual needs. 403.8.1.2 403.7.1.2 Employee Staff training. Employees Staff shall be periodically instructed and kept informed of their duties and responsibilities under the plan. Records of instruction shall be maintained. Such instruction shall be reviewed by employees staff at intervals not exceeding two three months. Training of new staff shall be provided promptly upon entrance to duty. A copy of the plan shall be readily available at all times within the facility. Staff shall be instructed in the proper use of portable fire extinguishers and other manual fire suppression equipment. 403.8.2.1 403.7.2.1 Fire safety and evacuation plan plans. The fire safety and evacuation plans required by Section 404 shall include a description of special staff actions. Plans shall include all of the following in addition to the requirements of Section 404: 1. Procedures for evacuation for patients care recipients with needs for containment or restraint and post- evacuation containment, where present. 2. A written plan for maintenance of the means of egress. 3. Procedure for a defend-in-place strategy. 4. Procedures for a full-floor or building evacuation, where necessary. 5. In Group I-2, Condition 2, amendments or revisions upon admission of any care recipients with unusual needs. 403.8.2.2 403.7.2.2 Fire safety plan plans. A copy of the fire safety plan shall be maintained at the facility at all times. The plan Plans shall include all of the following in addition to the requirements of Section 404.2.2: 1. Location and number of patient care recipient sleeping rooms and operating rooms. 2. Location of adjacent smoke compartments or refuge areas. 3. Path of travel to adjacent smoke compartments. 4.2. Location of special locking, delayed egress or access control arrangements. 5. Location of elevators utilized for patient movement in accordance with the fire safety plan, where provided. 403.7.2.3 Staff training. Staff shall be periodically instructed and kept informed of their duties and responsibilities under the plan. Records of instruction shall be maintained. Such instruction shall be reviewed by staff at intervals not exceeding three months. Training of new staff shall be provided promptly upon entrance to duty. Staff shall be instructed in the proper use of portable fire extinguishers and other manual fire suppression equipment. 403.8.2.3 403.7.2.4 Emergency evacuation drills. Emergency evacuation drills shall comply with Section 405. pg. 23 Exceptions: 1. The movement of patients to safe areas or to the exterior of the building is not required. 2. Where emergency evacuation drills are conducted after visiting hours or where patients or residents are expected to be asleep, a coded announcement shall be an acceptable alternative to audible alarms. 403.7.2.5 Fire loss prevention in operating rooms. Fire protection features and procedures for fire loss prevention in surgical operating rooms shall comply with NFPA 99, Section 16.13. 403.8.3 403.7.3 Group I-3 occupancies. Group I-3 occupancies shall comply with Sections 403.7.3.1 through 403.7.3.6. 403.7.3.1 Fire safety and evacuation plans. The fire safety and evacuation plans required by Section 404 shall include a description of special staff actions. Plans shall include all of the following in addition to the requirements of Section 404: 1. Procedures for evacuation of detainees with needs for containment or restraint and post-evacuation containment, where present. 2. Procedures for a defend-in-place strategy. 3. Procedures for a full-floor or building evacuation, where necessary. 403.7.3.2 Fire safety plan. A copy of the fire safety plan shall be maintained at the facility at all times. The plan shall include both of the following in addition to the requirements of Section 404.2.2: 1. Location and number of cells. 2. Location of special locking arrangements. 403.8.3.1 403.7.3.3 Employee Staff training. Employees Staff shall be instructed in the proper use of portable fire extinguishers and other manual fire suppression equipment. Training of new employees periodically instructed and kept informed of their duties and responsibilities under the plan. Records of instruction shall be maintained. Such instruction shall be reviewed by staff at intervals not exceeding three months. Training of new staff shall be provided promptly upon entrance to duty. Refresher training shall be provided not less than annually. Staff shall be instructed in the proper use of portable fire extinguishers and other manual fire suppression equipment. 403.8.3.2 403.7.3.4 Staffing Employee staffing. Group I-3 occupancies shall be provided with 24-hour staffing. A staff person an employee shall be within three floors or 300 feet (91 440 mm) horizontal distance of the access door of each resident housing area. In Group I-3 Conditions 3, 4 and 5, as defined in Chapter 2, the arrangement shall be such that the employee staff involved can start release of locks necessary for emergency evacuation or rescue and initiate other necessary emergency actions within 2 minutes of an alarm. Exception: An employee A staff person shall not be required to be within three floors or 300 feet (91 440 mm) horizontal distance of the access door of each resident housing area in areas in which all locks are unlocked remotely and automatically in accordance with Section 408.4 of the International Building Code. 403.10.3 403.9.3 Group R-4 occupancies. An approved fire safety and evacuation plan in accordance with Section 404 shall be prepared and maintained for Group R-4 occupancies. Group R-4 occupancies shall comply with Sections 403.9.3.1 through 403.9.3.4. 403.10.3.2 403.9.3.2 Employee Staff training. Employees Staff shall be periodically instructed and kept informed of their duties and responsibilities under the plan. Records of instruction shall be maintained. Such instruction shall be reviewed by employees staff at intervals not exceeding two three months. A copy of the plan shall be readily available at all times within the facility. Training of new staff shall be provided promptly upon entrance to duty. Staff shall be instructed in the proper use of portable fire extinguishers and other manual fire suppression equipment. pg. 24 SECTION 405 EMERGENCY EVACUATION DRILLS 405.1 General. Emergency fire and evacuation drills complying with Sections 405.3 through 405.10 shall be conducted not less than annually where fire safety and evacuation plans are required by Section 403 or where required by the fire code official. Lockdown plan drills shall be conducted in accordance with the approved plan. Such drills shall not be substituted for fire and evacuation drills required by Section 405.3. Drills shall be designed in cooperation with the local authorities. 405.2 Occupant participation. Emergency fire and evacuation drills shall involve the actual evacuation of occupants to a selected assembly point and shall provide occupants with experience in exiting through required exits. Exceptions: 1. In ambulatory care facilities and Group I-2, the movement of care recipients to a safe area or to the exterior of the building is not required. 2. In Group I-1, Condition 2, the assembly point for residents is permitted to be within an adjacent smoke compartment. 3. In Group R-4, actual exiting from emergency escape and rescue openings shall not be required. Opening the emergency escape and rescue openings and signaling for help shall be an acceptable alternative. 4. In Group I-3, Conditions 2 through 5 where a defend-in-place response is permitted, the assembly point for detainees is permitted to be within an adjacent smoke compartment. 5. In Group I-3, Conditions 2 through 5, movement of detainees is not required to an assembly point where there are security concerns. 405.4 405.5 Time. Drills shall be held at unexpected times and under varying conditions to simulate the unusual conditions that occur in case of fire. Exceptions: 1. In severe climates, the fire code official shall have the authority to modify the emergency evacuation drill termination points and frequency. 2. In Groups I-1, I-2, I-3 and R-4, where staff-only emergency evacuation drills are conducted after visiting hours or where care recipients are expected to be asleep, a coded announcement shall be an acceptable alternative to audible alarms. 405.8405.9 Accountability. As building occupants arrive at the assembly point, efforts shall be made to determine if all occupants have been successfully evacuated or have been accounted for. Exception: In Group I-2 and ambulatory care facilities, the movement of care recipients to safe areas or to the exterior of the building is not required. . pg. 25 Part III— Building and Equipment Design Features CHAPTER 5 FIRE SERVICE FEATURES SECTION 501 GENERAL 501.3.1 Site safety plan. The owner or owner's authorized agent shall be responsible for the development, implementation and maintenance of an approved written site safety plan in accordance with Section 3308. SECTION 508 FIRE COMMAND CENTER 508.1 General. Where required by other sections of this code and in all buildings classified as high-rise buildings by the International Building Code and in all F-1 and S-1 occupancies with a building footprint greater than 500,000 square feet (46 452 m2), a fire command center for fire department operations shall be provided and shall comply with Sections 508.1.1 through 508.1.7. 508.1.1 Location and access. The location and access to accessibility of the fire command center shall be approved by the fire code official. 508.1.2 Separation. The fire command center shall be separated from the remainder of the building by not less than a 1-hour fire barrier constructed in accordance with Section 707 of the International Building Code or horizontal assembly constructed in accordance with Section 711 of the International Building Code, or both. 508.1.3 Size. The fire command center shall be not less than 0.015 percent of the total building area of the facility served or 200 square feet (19 m2) in area, whichever is greater, with a minimum dimension of 0.7 times the square root of the room area or 10 feet (3048 mm), whichever is greater. Where a fire command center is required for Group F-1 and S-1 occupancies with a building footprint greater than 500,000 square feet (46 452 m2), the fire command center shall have a minimum size of 96 square feet (9 m2) with a minimum dimension of 8 feet (2438 mm) where approved by the fire code official. 508.1.7 Fire command center identification. The fire command center shall be identified by a permanent, easily visible sign stating “FIRE COMMAND CENTER” located on the door to the fire command center. SECTION 510 EMERGENCY RESPONDER COMMUNICATION COVERAGE 510.1 Emergency responder radio communication coverage in new buildings. New buildings shall have Approved in-building, two-way emergency responder communication radio coverage for emergency responders shall be provided in all new buildings. In-building, two-way emergency responder communication coverage within the building shall be based on the existing coverage levels of the public safety communication systems utilized by the jurisdiction, measured at the exterior of the building. This section shall not require improvement of the existing public safety communication systems. Exceptions: 1. Where approved by the building official and the fire code official, a wired communication system in accordance with Section 907.2.13.2 shall be permitted to be installed or maintained instead of an approved radio coverage system. 2. Where it is determined by the fire code official that the radio coverage system is not needed. pg. 26 3. In facilities where emergency responder radio coverage is required and such systems, components or equipment required could have a negative impact on the normal operations of that facility, the fire code official shall have the authority to accept an automatically activated emergency responder radio coverage system. 510.2 Emergency responder radio communication coverage in existing buildings. Existing buildings shall be provided with approved in-building, two-way radio emergency responder communication coverage for emergency responders as required in Chapter 11. 510.3 Permit required. A construction permit for the installation of or modification to in-building, two-way emergency responder radio communication coverage systems and related equipment is required as specified in Section 105.6.4. Maintenance performed in accordance with this code is not considered a modification and does not require a permit. 510.4 Technical requirements. Equipment required to provide in-building, two-way emergency responder communication coverage shall be listed in accordance with UL 2524. Systems, components and equipment required to provide the in-building, two-way emergency responder radio communication coverage system shall comply with Sections 510.4.1 through 510.4.2.8. 510.4.1 Emergency responder communication enhancement coverage system signal strength. The building shall be considered to have acceptable in-building, two-way emergency responder communications enhancement communication system coverage where signal strength measurements in 95 percent of all areas and 99 percent of areas designated as critical areas by the fire code official on each floor of the building meet the signal strength requirements in Sections 510.4.1.1 through 510.4.1.3. 510.4.1.1 Minimum signal strength into the building. The minimum inbound signal strength shall be sufficient to provide usable voice communications throughout the coverage area as specified by the fire code official. The inbound signal level shall be a minimum of -95dBm throughout the coverage area and sufficient to provide not less than a Delivered Audio Quality (DAQ) of 3.0 or an equivalent Signal-to- Interference-Plus-Noise Ratio (SINR) applicable to the technology for either analog or digital signals. 510.4.1.2 Minimum signal strength out of the building. The minimum outbound signal strength shall be sufficient to provide usable voice communications throughout the coverage area as specified by the fire code official. The outbound signal level shall be sufficient to provide not less than a DAQ of 3.0 or an equivalent SINR applicable to the technology for either analog or digital signals. 510.4.1.3 System performance. Signal strength shall be sufficient to meet the requirements of the applications being utilized by public safety for emergency operations through the coverage area as specified by the fire code official in Section 510.4.2.2. 510.4.2 System design. The in-building, two-way emergency responder radio communication coverage system shall be designed in accordance with Sections 510.4.2.1 Through 510.4.2.8 and NFPA 1221. 510.4.2.1 Amplification systems and components. Buildings and structures that cannot support the required level of in-building, two-way emergency responder communication radio coverage shall be equipped with systems and components to enhance the public safety radio signals and achieve the required level of radio in-building, two-way emergency responder communication coverage specified in Sections 510.4.1 through 510.4.1.3. Public safety communications enhancement In-building, two-way emergency responder communication systems utilizing radio-frequency-emitting devices and cabling shall be approved by the fire code official. Prior to installation, all RF-emitting devices shall have the certification of the radio licensing authority and be suitable for public safety use. 510.4.2.2 Technical criteria. The fire code official shall maintain a document providing the specific technical information and requirements for the in-building, two way emergency responder communication communications coverage system. This document shall contain, but not be limited to, the pg. 27 various frequencies required, the location of radio sites, the effective radiated power of radio sites, the maximum propagation delay in microseconds, the applications being used and other supporting technical information necessary for system design. 510.4.2.3 Standby power. In-building, two-way emergency responder communication radio coverage systems shall be provided with dedicated standby batteries or provided with 2-hour standby batteries and connected to the facility generator power system in accordance with Section 1203. The standby power supply shall be capable of operating the in-building, two-way emergency responder communication radio coverage system at 100-percent system capacity for a duration of not less than 12 hours. 510.4.2.4 Signal booster requirements. If used, signal boosters shall meet the following requirements: 1. All signal booster components shall be contained in a National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA) 4-type waterproof cabinet. 2. Battery systems used for the emergency power source shall be contained in a NEMA 3R or higher-rated cabinet. 3. Equipment shall have FCC or other radio licensing authority certification and be suitable for public safety use prior to installation. 4. Where a donor antenna exists, isolation shall be maintained between the donor antenna and all inside antennas to not less than 20dB greater than the system gain under all operating conditions. 5. Bi-Directional Amplifiers (BDAs) Active RF-emitting devices used for in-building, two-way emergency responder communication radio coverage systems shall have oscillation prevention built-in oscillation detection and control circuitry. 6. The installation of amplification systems or systems that operate on or provide the means to cause interference on any in-building, two-way emergency responder radio communication coverage networks network shall be coordinated and approved by the fire code official. 510.4.2.5 System monitoring. The in-building, two-way emergency responder communication coverage radio enhancement system shall be monitored by a listed fire alarm control unit, or where approved by the fire code official, shall sound an audible signal at a constantly attended on-site location. Automatic supervisory signals shall include the following: 1. Loss of normal AC power supply. 2. System battery charger(s) failure. 3. Malfunction of the donor antenna(s). 4. Failure of active RF-emitting device(s). 5. Low-battery capacity at 70-percent reduction of operating capacity. 6. Failure of critical system components. 7. The communications link between the fire alarm system and the in-building, two-way emergency responder radio enhancement communication coverage system. 8. Oscillation of active RF-emitting device(s). 510.4.2.6 Additional frequencies and change of frequencies. The in-building, two-way emergency responder radio communication coverage system shall be capable of modification or expansion in the event frequency changes are required by the FCC or other radio licensing authority, or additional frequencies are made available by the FCC or other radio licensing authority. 510.4.2.7 Design documents. The fire code official shall have the authority to require “as-built” design documents and specifications for in-building, two way emergency responder communication communications coverage systems. The documents shall be in a format acceptable to the fire code official. 510.4.2.8 Radio communication antenna density. Systems shall be engineered to minimize the near-far effect. Radio enhancement In-building, two-way emergency responder communication coverage system designs shall include sufficient antenna density to address reduced gain conditions. Exception: Systems where all portable devices within the same band use active power control features. Exceptions: pg. 28 1. Class A narrow band signal booster devices with independent AGC/ALC circuits per channel. 2. Systems where all portable devices within the same band use active power control features. 510.5 Installation requirements. The installation of the public safety radio in-building, two-way emergency responder communication coverage system shall be in accordance with NFPA 1221 and Sections 510.5.2 through 510.5.5. 510.5.1 Mounting of the donor antenna(s). To maintain proper alignment with the system designed donor site, donor antennas shall be permanently affixed on the building or where approved, mounted on a movable sled with a clearly visible sign stating “MOVEMENT OR REPOSITIONING OF THIS ANTENNA IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT APPROVAL FROM THE FIRE CODE OFFICIAL.” The antenna installation shall be in accordance with the applicable requirements in the International Building Code for weather protection of the building envelope. pg. 29 CHAPTER 6 BUILDING SERVICES AND SYSTEMS User note: About this chapter: Chapter 6 focuses on building systems and services as they relate to potential safety hazards and when and how they should be installed. This chapter brings together all building system- and service-related issues for convenience and provides a more systematic view of buildings. The following building services and systems are addressed: electrical equipment wiring and hazards, elevator operation, maintenance and fire service keys, fuel-fired appliances, electrical equipment, wiring and hazards, mechanical refrigeration, elevator operation, maintenance and fire service keys, commercial cooking equipment and systems kitchen hoods, commercial kitchen cooking oil storage, mechanical refrigeration, and hyperbaric facilities and clothes dryer exhaust systems. Note that building systems focused on energy systems and components are addressed by Chapter 12. Portions of this chapter were extensively reorganized for the 2021 edition. For clarity, the relocation marginal markings have not been included. For complete information, see the relocations table in the preface information of this code. SECTION 601 GENERAL 601.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall apply to the installation, operation and maintenance of the following building services and systems: fuel-fired appliances and heating systems, electrical systems and equipment, mechanical refrigeration systems, elevator recall and commercial kitchen equipment. 1. Electrical systems, equipment and wiring. 2. Information technology server rooms. 3. Elevator systems, emergency operation and recall. 4. Fuel-fired appliances, heating systems, chimneys and fuel oil storage. 5. Commercial cooking equipment and systems. 6. Commercial cooking oil storage. 7. Mechanical refrigeration systems. 8. Hyperbaric facilities. 9. Clothes dryer exhaust systems. 601.2 Permits. Permits shall be obtained for refrigeration systems, battery systems and solar photovoltaic power systems as set forth in Sections 105.5 and 105.6. 601.2 Hazard abatement. Operations or conditions deemed unsafe or hazardous by the fire code official shall be abated. Equipment, appliances, materials and systems that are modified or damaged and constitute an electrical shock or fire hazard shall not be used. 601.2.1 Correction of unsafe conditions. The fire code official shall be authorized to require the owner, the owner's authorized agent, operator or occupant of a building or premises to abate or cause to be abated or corrected such unsafe operations or conditions either by repair, rehabilitation, demolition or other approved corrective action in compliance with this code. SECTION 604 603 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, WIRING AND HAZARDS 603.1 General. Electrical equipment, wiring and systems required by this code or the International Building Code shall be installed, used and maintained in accordance with NFPA 70 and Sections 603.2 through 603.10. 604.7603.1.1 Equipment and fixtures wiring. Electrical equipment and fixtures All electrical equipment, wiring, devices and appliances shall be tested; and listed by an approved agency and labeled; and installed, used and maintained in accordance with NFPA 70 and all instructions included as part of such listing. pg. 30 603.1.2 Healthcare facilities. In Group I-2 facilities, ambulatory care facilities and outpatient clinics, the electrical systems and equipment shall be maintained and tested in accordance with NFPA 99. 604.1 603.2 Abatement of unsafe conditions and electrical hazards. Identified electrical hazards shall be abated. Identified hazardous electrical conditions in permanent wiring shall be brought to the attention of the responsible code official. Electrical wiring, devices, appliances and other equipment that is modified or damaged and constitutes Conditions that constitute an electrical shock or fire hazard shall be abated not be used. 603.2.1 Modified or damaged. Electrical wiring, devices, equipment and appliances that are modified or damaged, and constitute an electrical shock or fire hazard, shall not be used until repaired or replaced in accordance with this code and NFPA 70. 604.6 603.2.2 Unapproved conditions Open electrical terminations. Open junction boxes and open-wiring splices shall be prohibited. Approved covers shall be provided for all switch and electrical outlet boxes. 604.3 603.4 Working space and clearances. clearance. A working space of not Working space around electrical equipment shall be provided in accordance with Section 110.26 of NFPA 70 for electrical equipment rated 1,000 volts or less, and Section 110.33 of NFPA 70 for electrical equipment rated over 1,000 volts. The minimum required working space shall be not less than 30 inches (762 mm) in width, 36 inches (914 mm) in depth and 78 inches (1981 mm) in height shall be provided in front of electrical service equipment. Where the electrical service equipment is wider than 30 inches (762 mm), the minimum working space shall be not less than the width of the equipment. Storage of materials shall not be located within the designated working space. Exceptions: 1. Where other dimensions are required or allowed by NFPA 70. 2. Access openings into attics or under-floor areas that provide a minimum clear opening of 22 inches (559 mm) by 30 inches (762 mm). 604.4 603.5 Relocatable power taps and current taps. Multiplug adapters. Multiplug adapters, such as cube adapters, unfused plug strips or any other device not complying with NFPA 70 shall be prohibited. The construction and use of current taps and relocatable taps shall be in accordance with NFPA 70 and this code. 604.4.1603.5.1 Listing Power tap design. Relocatable power taps shall be of the polarized or grounded type, equipped with overcurrent protection, and shall be listed in accordance with UL 1363. Current taps shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 498A. 603.5.1.1 Listing in Group I-2 occupancies and ambulatory care facilities. In Group I-2 occupancies and ambulatory care facilities, relocatable power taps shall be listed in accordance with UL 1363 except under the following conditions: 1. In Group I-2, Condition 2 occupancies, relocatable power taps providing power to patient care- related electrical equipment in the patient care vicinity, as defined by NFPA 99, shall be listed in accordance with UL 1363A or UL 60601-1. 2. In Group I-2, Condition 1 facilities, in care recipient rooms using line-operated patient care-related electrical equipment, relocatable power taps in the patient care vicinity, as defined by NFPA 99, shall be listed in accordance with UL 1363A or UL 60601-1. 3. In ambulatory care facilities, relocatable power taps providing power to patient care-related electrical equipment in the patient care vicinity, as defined by NFPA 99, shall be listed in accordance with UL 1363A or UL 60601-1. 604.4.2 603.5.2 Application and use Power supply. Relocatable power taps and current taps shall be directly connected to a permanently installed receptacle. pg. 31 Exceptions: 1. Where approved for use in a Group A occupancy or in a meeting room in a Group B occupancy, not more than five relocatable power taps shall be permitted to be connected together or connected to an extension cord for temporary use to supply power to electronic equipment. 2. Current taps and relocatable power taps shall not be required to connect directly to a permanently installed receptacle outlet where used for 90 days or less for the purpose of testing the performance of such devices. 604.9 603.8 Temporary wiring. Temporary the use of temporary wiring for electrical power and lighting installations shall not exceed is allowed for a period not to exceed of 90 days. Temporary wiring methods shall meet the applicable provisions of NFPA 70. Exception: Temporary wiring for electrical power and lighting installations is allowed complying with the applicable provisions of NFPA 70 is permitted during periods of construction, remodeling, repair or demolition of buildings, structures, equipment or similar activities. 604.9.1 603.8.1 Attachment to structures. Temporary wiring attached to a structure shall be protected from physical damage and supported on insulators spaced not more than 10 feet (3048 mm) apart attached in an approved manner. SECTION 606 604 ELEVATOR OPERATION, MAINTENANCE AND FIRE SERVICE KEYS 604.1 General. Where elevators and conveying systems are installed, they shall comply with Chapter 30 of the International Building Code and Sections 604.2 through 604.7 of this code. 604.5 Maintenance of elevators. Elevator features and lobbies required by Section 3006 of the International Building Code shall be maintained in accordance with Sections 604.5.1 through 604.5.4. 606.4 604.5.1 Fire service access elevators and lobbies. Where fire service access elevators are required by Section 3007 of the International Building Code, fire service access elevator fire protection and safety features and lobbies required by Section 3007 of the International Building Code shall be maintained free of storage and furniture. 606.5 604.5.2 Occupant evacuation elevator elevators and lobbies. Where occupant evacuation elevators are provided in accordance with Section 3008 of the International Building Code, occupant evacuation elevator fire protection and safety features and lobbies required by Section 3008 of the International Building Code shall be maintained free of storage and furniture. 604.5.3 Storage within elevator lobbies. Where hoist way opening protection is required by Section 3006.2 of the International Building Code, elevator lobbies shall be maintained free of storage. 606.6 604.5.4 Water protection of hoist way enclosures. Methods to prevent water from infiltrating into a hoist way enclosure required by Sections 3007.3 and 3008.3 of the International Building Code shall be maintained. 604.6 Elevator keys. All elevators shall be provided with elevator car door and fire-fighter service keys in accordance with Sections 604.6.1 through 604.6.2.4. 606.7 604.6.1 Elevator key location. Keys for the elevator car doors and fire-fighter service keys shall be kept in an approved location for immediate use by the fire department. pg. 32 606.8 604.6.2 Standardized fire service elevator keys. Buildings with elevators equipped with Phase I emergency recall, Phase II emergency in-car operation, or a fire service access elevator shall be equipped to operate with a standardized fire service elevator key approved by the fire code official or a standardized key in accordance with ASME A17.1/CSA B44. Exception: The owner shall be permitted to place the building’s non standardized fire service elevator keys in a key box installed in accordance with Section 506.1.2. 606.8.1 604.6.2.1 Requirements for standardized fire service elevator keys. Standardized fire service elevator keys shall comply with all of the following: 1. All fire service elevator keys within the jurisdiction shall be uniform and specific for the jurisdiction approved in accordance with Section 604.6.2. Keys shall be cut to a uniform key code. 2. Fire service elevator keys shall be of a patent-protected design to prevent unauthorized duplication. 3. Fire service elevator keys shall be factory restricted by the manufacturer to prevent the unauthorized distribution of key blanks. Uncut key blanks shall not be permitted to leave the factory. 4. Fire service elevator keys subject to these rules shall be engraved with the words “DO NOT DUPLICATE.” 606.8.2 604.6.2.2 Access to standardized fire service keys. Access to standardized fire service elevator keys shall be restricted to the following: 1. Elevator owners or their authorized agents. 2. Elevator contractors. 3. Elevator inspectors of the jurisdiction. 4. Fire code officials of the jurisdiction. 5. The fire department and other emergency response agencies designated by the fire code official. 606.8.3 604.6.2.3 Duplication or distribution of keys. A person shall not duplicate a standardized fire service elevator key or issue, give, or sell a duplicated key unless in accordance with this code. 606.8.4 604.6.2.4 Responsibility to provide keys. The building owner shall provide up to three standardized fire service elevator keys where required by the fire code official, upon installation of a standardized fire service key switch or switches in the building. * 604.7 Storage. Storage is prohibited in elevator cars or elevator machine rooms. Exceptions: 1. Blankets used for protection of elevator cab walls during construction or renovation. 2. Materials necessary for the operation and maintenance of the elevator equipment. SECTION 603 605 FUEL-FIRED APPLIANCES 603.1 605.1 Installation General. The design, construction, installation, operation, alteration, repair and maintenance of non-portable gas-fired appliances and systems shall comply with the provisions of this section and the International Fuel Gas Code. The design, construction, installation, operation, alteration, repair and maintenance of non-portable solid fuel-fired and oil-fired liquid fuel-fired appliances and systems shall comply with the provisions of this section and the International Mechanical Code. The construction and use of portable installation of all other fuel-fired appliances not connected to a fixed fuel piping system, other than portable internal combustion engines, oil lamps and other portable devices such as blow torches, melting pots and weed burners, shall comply with this section and the International Mechanical Code. 603.1.1 605.1.1 Manufacturer’s instructions Installation of non-portable fuel-fired appliances. The installation of non-portable fuel-fired appliances shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and applicable federal, state and local rules and regulations. Where it becomes pg. 33 necessary to change, modify or alter a manufacturer’s instructions in any way, written approval shall first be obtained from the manufacturer. 603.1.3 605.1.2 Electrical wiring and equipment. Electrical wiring and equipment used in connection with oil-burning fuel-fired appliances and equipment shall be installed and maintained in accordance with Section 603 and NFPA 70. 603.1.4 605.1.3 Fuel oil. The grade of fuel oil used in an oil a burner shall be that for which the oil burner is approved and as stipulated by the oil burner manufacturer's instructions. Manufacturer. Oil containing gasoline shall not be used. Waste crankcase oil shall be an acceptable fuel in Group F, M and S occupancies where utilized in equipment listed and labeled for use with waste oil and where such equipment is installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and the terms of its listing. 603.1.5 605.1.4 Access. The installation of fuel-fired equipment shall be provided with access to equipment for cleaning hot surfaces; removing burners; replacing motors, controls, air filters, chimney and vent connectors, draft regulators and other working parts; and for adjusting, cleaning and lubricating parts. 603.1.6 605.1.5 Testing, diagrams and instructions. After installation of the oil-burning fuel-fired equipment, operation and combustion performance tests shall be conducted to determine that the burner equipment is in proper operating condition and that all accessory equipment, controls, and safety devices function properly. 603.1.6.2 605.1.5.2 Operating instructions. After completing the installation, the installer shall instruct the owner or operator in the proper operation of the equipment. The installer shall furnish the owner or operator with the manufacturer's operating instructions. name and telephone number of persons to contact for technical information or assistance and routine or emergency services. 603.6.1 605.2.1.1 Masonry chimneys. Masonry chimneys that, upon inspection, are found to be without a flue liner and that have open mortar joints which will permit smoke or gases to be discharged into the building, or which are cracked as to be dangerous, shall be repaired or relined with a listed chimney liner system installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and the International Mechanical Code or a flue lining system installed in accordance with the requirements of the International Building Code and appropriate for the intended class of chimney service. 603.6.2 605.2.1.2 Metal chimneys. Metal chimneys that are corroded or improperly supported shall be repaired or replaced in accordance with the International Mechanical Code. 603.6.3 605.2.1.3 Decorative shrouds. Decorative shrouds installed at the termination of factory-built chimneys or vents shall be removed except where such shrouds are listed and labeled for use with the specific factory-built chimney system and are installed in accordance with the chimney or vent manufacturer’s instructions and the International Mechanical Code or International Fuel Gas Code. 603.6.4 605.2.1.4 Factory-built chimney and vent systems. chimneys. Existing factory-built chimneys and vent systems that are damaged, corroded or improperly supported shall be repaired or replaced in accordance with the International Mechanical Code. 603.6.5605.2.1.5 Connectors. Existing chimney and vent connectors that are damaged, corroded or improperly supported shall be repaired or replaced in accordance with the International Mechanical Code. 603.2 605.3 Chimneys and vents. Masonry chimneys shall be constructed in accordance with the International Building Code. Factory-built chimneys and vent systems serving solid-fuel-fired appliances or oil-fired appliances shall be installed in accordance with the International Mechanical Code. Metal chimneys shall be constructed and installed in accordance with NFPA 211 the International Mechanical pg. 34 Code. Factory-built chimneys and vent systems serving gas-fired appliances shall be installed in accordance with the International Fuel Gas Code. 603.3 605.4 Fuel oil storage systems. Fuel oil storage systems for building heating systems shall be installed and maintained in accordance with this code. Tanks and fuel-oil piping systems shall be installed in accordance with Chapter 13 of the International Mechanical Code. 603.3.1 605.4.1 Fuel oil storage in outside, above-ground tanks. Where connected to a fuel-oil piping system, the maximum amount of fuel oil storage allowed outside above ground without additional protection shall be 660 gallons (2498 L). The storage of fuel oil above ground in quantities exceeding 660 gallons (2498 L) shall Comply with NFPA 31. 605.4.1.1 Approval. Outdoor fuel oil storage tanks shall be in accordance with UL 142 or UL 2085. 603.3.2 605.4.2 Fuel oil storage inside buildings. Fuel oil storage inside buildings shall comply with Sections 605.4.2.2 through 605.4.2.8 or Chapter 57. 605.4.2.1 Approval. Indoor fuel oil storage tanks shall be in accordance with UL 80, UL 142 or UL 2085. 603.3.2.1 605.4.2.2 Quantity limits. One or more fuel oil storage tanks containing Class II or III combustible liquid shall be permitted in a building. The aggregate capacity of all tanks shall not exceed the following: 1. 660 gallons (2498 L) in unsprinklered buildings, where stored in a tank complying with UL 80, UL 142 or UL 2085. 2. 1,320 gallons (4996 L) in buildings equipped with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, where stored in a tank complying with UL 142. The tank shall be listed as a secondary containment tank, and the secondary containment shall be monitored visually or automatically. 3. 3,000 gallons (11 356 L) in buildings equipped with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, where stored in protected Above-ground tanks complying with UL 2085 and Section 5704.2.9.7and the room is protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. The tank shall be listed as a secondary containment tank, as required by UL 2085, and the secondary containment shall be monitored visually or automatically. 603.3.3 605.4.3 Fuel oil storage in underground tanks Underground storage of fuel oil. The storage of fuel oil in underground storage tanks shall comply with UL 58or UL 1316 and be installed in accordance with NFPA 31. 603.4 605.5 Portable unvented heaters. Portable unvented fuel-fired heating equipment shall be prohibited in occupancies in Groups A, E, I, R-1, R-2, R-3 and R-4 and ambulatory care facilities. Exceptions: 1. Portable In one- and two-family dwellings portable unvented fuel-fired heaters, where approved and listed in accordance with UL 647 are permitted to be used in one- and two-family dwellings, where operated and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 2. Portable outdoor gas-fired heating appliances in accordance with Section 605.5.2. 603.4.2.2 605.5.2.2 Installation Use and operation. Portable outdoor gas-fired heating appliances shall be installed used and operated in accordance with Sections 605.5.2.2.1 through 605.5.2.2.4. 603.4.2.2.1 605.5.2.2.1 Listing and approval. Only listed and approved portable outdoor gas-fired heating appliances utilizing a fuel gas container that is integral to the appliance shall be used. Portable outdoor gas-fired heating appliances shall be listed and labeled in accordance with ANSI Z83.26/CSA 2.37. pg. 35 SECTION 605 608 MECHANICAL REFRIGERATION [M] 605.1 608.1 Scope. Refrigeration systems shall be installed in accordance with the International Mechanical Code. 605.1.1 608.1.1 Refrigerants other than ammonia. Where a refrigerant other than ammonia is used, refrigeration systems and the buildings in which such systems are installed shall be in accordance with ASHRAE 15. 605.1.2 608.1.2 Ammonia refrigeration. Refrigeration systems using ammonia refrigerant and the buildings in which such systems are installed shall comply with IIAR 2 for system design and installation; IIAR 6 for inspection, testing and maintenance; and IIAR 7 for operating procedures. Decommissioning of ammonia refrigeration systems shall comply with IIAR 8, and engineering practices for existing ammonia refrigeration systems shall be in accordance with IIAR 9. 608.2 Permits. Permits shall be obtained for refrigeration systems in accordance with Sections 105.5 and 105.6. SECTION 610 CLOTHES DRYER EXHAUST SYSTEMS 610.1 Clothes dryer exhaust duct systems. Clothes dryer exhaust duct systems shall be in accordance with Sections 610.1.1 and 610.1.2. 610.1.1 Installation. Clothes dryer exhaust duct systems shall be installed in accordance with the International Mechanical Code or the International Fuel Gas Code, and the manufacturer's installation instructions. 610.1.2 Maintenance. The lint trap, mechanical and heating components, and the exhaust duct system of a clothes dryer shall be maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's operating instructions to prevent the accumulation of lint or debris that prevents the exhaust of air and products of combustion. pg. 36 CHAPTER 7 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES SECTION 703 PENETRATIONS 703.1 Maintaining protection. Materials and firestop systems used to protect membrane and through penetrations in fire-resistance-rated construction and construction installed to resist the passage of smoke shall be maintained. The materials and firestop systems shall be securely attached to or bonded to the construction being penetrated with no openings visible through or into the cavity of the construction. Where the system design number is known, the system shall be inspected to the listing criteria and manufacturer’s installation instructions. 703.2 Repair of penetrations. Where damaged, materials used to protect membrane- and through- penetrations shall be replaced or restored with materials or systems that meet or exceed the code requirements applicable at the time when the assembly was constructed, remodeled or altered. SECTION 704 JOINTS AND VOIDS 704.1 Maintaining protection. Where required when the building was originally constructed, materials and systems used to protect joints and voids in the following locations shall be maintained. The materials and systems shall be securely attached to or bonded to the adjacent construction, without openings visible through the construction. 1. Joints in or between fire-resistance-rated walls, floors or floor/ceiling assemblies and roof or roof/ceiling assemblies. 2. Joints in smoke barriers. 3. Voids at the intersection of a horizontal floor assembly and an exterior curtain wall. 4. Voids at the intersection of a horizontal smoke barrier and an exterior curtain wall. 5. Voids at the intersection of a non-fire-resistance-rated floor assembly and an exterior curtain wall. 6. Voids at the intersection of a vertical fire barrier and an exterior curtain wall. 7. Voids at the intersection of a vertical fire barrier and a non-fire-resistance-rated roof assembly. Unprotected joints and voids do not need to be protected where such joints and voids were not required to be protected when the building was originally constructed. Where the system design number is known, the system shall be inspected to the listing criteria and manufacturer's installation instructions. 704.2 Repair of joints and voids. Where damaged, materials used to protect joints and voids shall be replaced or restored with materials or systems that meet or exceed the code requirements applicable at the time when the assembly was constructed, remodeled or altered. SECTION 708 SPRAY FIRE-RESISTANT MATERIALS AND INTUMESCENT FIRE-RESISTANT MATERIALS 708.1 Maintaining protection. Where required when the building was originally permitted and constructed, spray fire-resistant materials and intumescent fire-resistant materials shall be visually inspected to verify that the materials do not exhibit exposure to the substrate pg. 37 CHAPTER 8 INTERIOR FINISH, DECORATIVE MATERIALS AND FURNISHINGS NATURAL DECORATIVE VEGETATION IN NEW AND EXISTING BUILDINGS 806.1.4 Fire-retardant treatments for natural cut trees. Where fire-retardant treatments are applied to natural cut trees, the fire-retardant treatment shall be tested by an approved agency and shall comply with both Test Method 1 and Test Method 2 of ASTM E3082. 808.5 Play structures added to existing buildings. Where play structures that exceed 10 feet (3048 mm) in height or 150 square feet (14 m2) in area are added inside an existing building, they shall comply with Section 424 of the International Building Code. pg. 38 CHAPTER 9 FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS SECTION 901 GENERAL 901.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall specify where fire protection and life safety systems are required and shall apply to the design, installation, inspection, operation, testing and maintenance of all fire protection and life safety systems. 901.2 Construction documents. The fire code official shall have the authority to require construction documents and calculations for all fire protection and life safety systems and to require permits be issued for the installation, rehabilitation or modification of any fire protection and life safety systems. Construction documents for fire protection and life safety systems shall be submitted for review and approval prior to system installation. 901.2.1 Statement of compliance. Before requesting final approval of the installation, where required by the fire code official , the installing contractor shall furnish a written statement to the fire code official that the subject fire protection or life safety system has been installed in accordance with approved plans and has been tested in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications and the appropriate installation standard. Any deviations from the design standards shall be noted and copies of the approvals for such deviations shall be attached to the written statement. 901.3 Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in Sections 105.5 and 105.6. 901.4 Installation .Fire protection and life safety systems. Fire protection systems shall be maintained in accordance with the original installation standards for that system. Required systems shall be extended, altered or augmented as necessary to maintain and continue protection where the building is altered, remodeled or added to. Alterations to fire protection systems shall be done in accordance with applicable standards .Fire protection and life safety systems shall be installed, repaired, operated and maintained in accordance with this code and the International Building Code. 901.4.1 Required fire protection and life safety systems. Fire protection and life safety systems required by this code or the International Building Code shall be installed, repaired, operated, tested and maintained in accordance with this code. A fire protection or life safety system for which a design option, exception or reduction to the provisions of this code or the International Building Code has been granted shall be considered to be a required system. 901.4.2 Non-required fire protection and life safety systems. A fire protection system Fire protection and life safety systems or portion thereof not required by this code or the International Building Code shall be allowed to be furnished for partial or complete protection provided that such installed systems meet the applicable requirements of this code and the International Building Code. 901.4.3 Alterations in buildings and structures. For any alteration within a building or structure, the fire protection and life safety systems shall be extended, altered or augmented to maintain and continue protection within the building or structure. Persons shall not remove or modify any fire protection or life safety system installed or maintained under the provisions of this code or the International Building Code without approval from the fire code official. 901.6 Inspection, testing and maintenance. Fire detection and alarm systems, emergency alarm systems, gas detection systems, fire-extinguishing systems, mechanical smoke exhaust systems and smoke and heat vents protection and life safety systems shall be maintained in an operative condition at all times, and shall be replaced or repaired where defective. Non-required fire protection and life safety systems and equipment shall be inspected, tested and maintained or removed in accordance with Section 901.8. pg. 39 901.7 Systems out of service. Where a required fire protection system is out of service, the fire department and the fire code official shall be notified immediately and, where required by the fire code official, the building shall be either evacuated or an approved fire watch shall be provided for all occupants left unprotected by the shutdown until the fire protection system has been returned to service. Where utilized, fire watches shall be provided with not less than one approved means for notification of the fire department and their only duty shall be to perform constant patrols of the protected premises and keep watch for fires. Exception: Facilities with an approved notification and impairment management program. The notification and impairment program for water-based fire protection systems shall comply with NFPA 25. SECTION 903 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 903.2.4.2 Group F-1 distilled spirits. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout a Group F- 1 fire area used for the manufacture of distilled spirits. 903.2.4.3 Group F-1 upholstered furniture or mattresses. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout a Group F-1 fire area that exceeds 2,500 square feet (232 m2) used for the manufacture of upholstered furniture or mattresses 903.2.7.2 Group M upholstered furniture or mattresses. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout a Group M fire area where the area used for the display and sale of upholstered furniture or mattresses exceeds 5,000 square feet (464 m2). 4. A Group S-1 fire area used for the repair of commercial motor vehicles where the fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet (464 m2). 903.2.9.2 Bulk storage of tires. Buildings and structures where the area for the storage of tires exceeds 20,000 cubic feet (566 m3) shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. 903.2.9.3 Group S-1 distilled spirits or wine. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout a Group S-1 fire area used for the bulk storage of distilled spirits or wine. 903.2.9.4 Group S-1 upholstered furniture and mattresses. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout a Group S-1 fire area where the area used for the storage of upholstered furniture or mattresses exceeds 2,500 square feet (232 m2). Exception: Self-service storage facilities not greater than one story above grade plane where all storage spaces can be accessed directly from the exterior. 903.2.10 Group S-2 enclosed parking garages. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout buildings classified as enclosed parking garages in accordance with Section 406.6 of the International Building Code where either any of the following conditions exists: 1. Where the fire area of the enclosed parking garage, in accordance with Section 406.6 of the International Building Code, exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115 m2). 2. Where the enclosed parking garage, in accordance with Section 406.6 of the International Building Code, is located beneath other groups. Exception: Enclosed parking garages located beneath Group R-3 occupancies. 3. Where the fire area of the open parking garage, in accordance with Section 406.5 of the International Building Code, exceeds 48,000 square feet (4460 m2). 903.2.10.2 Mechanical-access enclosed parking garages. An approved automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout buildings used for the storage of motor vehicles in a mechanical-access pg. 40 enclosed parking garage. The portion of the building that contains the mechanical-access enclosed parking garage shall be protected with a specially engineered automatic sprinkler system. 903.3.1.2 NFPA 13R sprinkler systems. Automatic sprinkler systems in Group R occupancies up to and including four stories in height in buildings not exceeding 60 feet (18 288 mm) in height above grade plane shall be permitted to be installed throughout in accordance with NFPA 13R where the Group R occupancy meets all of the following conditions:. 1. Four stories or less above grade plane. 2. The floor level of the highest story is 30 feet (9144 mm) or less above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access. 3. The floor level of the lowest story is 30 feet (9144 mm) or less below the lowest level of fire department vehicle access. The number of stories of Group R occupancies constructed in accordance with Sections 510.2 and 510.4 of the International Building Code shall be measured from grade plane the horizontal assembly creating separate buildings. 903.3.1.2.2 Open-ended corridors. Corridors and balconies in the means of egress. Sprinkler protection shall be provided in corridors and for balconies in the means of egress where any of the following conditions apply: 1. Corridors with combustible floor or walls. 2. Corridors with an interior change of direction exceeding 45 degrees (0.79 rad). 3. Corridors that are less than 50 percent open to the outside atmosphere at the ends. 4. Open-ended corridors and associated exterior stairways and ramps as specified in Section 1027.6, Exception 3. 5. Egress balconies not complying with Sections 1021.2 and 1021.3. 903.3.1.3 NFPA 13D sprinkler systems. Automatic sprinkler systems installed in one- and two-family dwellings ; Group R-3; Group R-4, Condition 1; and townhouses shall be permitted to be installed throughout in accordance with NFPA 13D. 903.3.2 Quick-response and residential sprinklers. Where automatic sprinkler systems are required by this code, quick-response or residential automatic sprinklers shall be installed in all of the following areas in accordance with Section 903.3.1 and their listings: 1. Throughout all spaces within a smoke compartment containing care recipient sleeping units in Group I- 2 in accordance with the International Building Code. 2. Throughout all spaces within a smoke compartment containing gas fireplace appliances and decorative gas appliances in Group I-2 in accordance with the International Building Code. 23. Throughout all spaces within a smoke compartment containing treatment rooms in ambulatory care facilities. 34. Dwelling units and sleeping units in Group I-1 and R occupancies. 45. Light-hazard occupancies as defined in NFPA 13. SECTION 905 STANDPIPE SYSTEMS SECTION 906 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 2. In Group E occupancies, portable fire extinguishers shall be required only in locations specified in Items 2 through 6 where each classroom is provided with a portable fire extinguisher having a minimum rating of 2-A:20-B:C. 3. In storage areas of Group S occupancies where forklift, powered industrial truck or powered cart operators are the primary occupants, fixed extinguishers, as specified in NFPA 10, shall not be required where in accordance with all of the following: pg. 41 3.1. Use of vehicle-mounted extinguishers shall be approved by the fire code official. 3.2. Each vehicle shall be equipped with a 10-pound, 40A:80B:C extinguisher affixed to the vehicle using a mounting bracket approved by the extinguisher manufacturer or the fire code official for vehicular use. 3.3. Not less than two spare extinguishers of equal or greater rating shall be available on-site to replace a discharged extinguisher. 3.4. Vehicle operators shall be trained in the proper operation, use and inspection of extinguishers. 3.5. Inspections of vehicle-mounted extinguishers shall be performed daily. 2. Within 30 feet (9144 mm) distance of travel from commercial cooking equipment and from domestic cooking equipment in Group I-1; I-2, Condition 1; and R-2 college dormitory occupancies. 3. In areas where flammable or combustible liquids are stored, used or dispensed. 4. On each floor of structures under construction, except Group R-3 occupancies, in accordance with Section 3316.1. 5. Where required by the sections indicated in Table 906.1. 6. Special-hazard areas, including but not limited to laboratories, computer rooms and generator rooms, where required by the fire code official. Exception: Portable fire extinguishers are not required at normally unmanned Group U occupancy buildings or structures where a portable fire extinguisher suitable to the hazard of the location is provided on the vehicle of visiting personnel SECTION 907 FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS 907.2.10 Group S. A manual fire alarm system that activates the occupant notification system in accordance with Section 907.5 shall be installed in Group S public- and self-storage occupancies three stories or greater in height for interior corridors and interior common areas. Visible notification appliances are not required within storage units. Exception: Manual fire alarm boxes are not required where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, and the occupant notification appliances will activate throughout the notification zones upon sprinkler water flow. 907.4 Initiating devices. Where manual or automatic alarm initiation is required as part of a fire alarm system, the initiating a fire alarm system is required by another section of this code, occupant notification in accordance with Section 907.5 shall be initiated by one or more of the following. Initiating devices shall be installed in accordance with Sections 907.4.1 through 907.4.3.1. 1. Manual fire alarm boxes. 2. Automatic fire detectors. 3. Automatic sprinkler system water-flow devices. 4. Automatic fire-extinguishing systems. 907.4.2.4 Signs. Where fire alarm systems are not monitored by an approved supervising station in accordance with Section 907.6.6, an approved permanent sign shall be installed adjacent to each manual fire alarm box that reads: “WHEN ALARM SOUNDS—CALL FIRE DEPARTMENT.” Exception: Where the manufacturer has permanently provided this information on the manual fire alarm box. 907.5 Occupant notification systems. A fire alarm system shall annunciate at the fire alarm control unit and shall initiate occupant notification upon activation, Occupant notification by fire alarms shall be in accordance with Sections 907.5.1 through 907.5.2.3.3. Where a fire alarm system is required by another section of this code, it shall be activated by: Occupant notification by smoke alarms in Group R-1 and R-2 occupancies shall comply with Section 907.5.2.1.3.2. 1. Automatic fire detectors. 2. Automatic sprinkler system water-flow devices. 3. Manual fire alarm boxes. pg. 42 4. Automatic fire-extinguishing systems. Exception: Where notification systems are allowed elsewhere in Section 907 to annunciate at a constantly attended location. 907.5.1 Alarm activation and annunciation. Upon activation, fire alarm systems shall initiate occupant notification and shall annunciate at the fire alarm control unit, or where allowed elsewhere by Section 907, at a constantly attended location. 907.5.1.1 Pre-signal feature. A pre-signal feature shall only not be installed unless provided where approved by the fire code official. Where a pre-signal feature is provided, a signal approved. The pre- signal shall be annunciated at an approved, a constantly attended location, approved by the fire code official, so that occupant notification can be activated having the capability to activate the occupant notification system in the event of fire or other emergency. 907.5.2.1.2 Maximum sound pressure. The maximum total sound pressure level for audible alarm produced by combining the ambient sound pressure level with all audible notification appliances operating shall be not exceed 110 dBA at the minimum hearing distance from the audible appliance. Where the average ambient noise is greater than 95105 dBA, visible alarm notification appliances shall be provided in accordance with NFPA 72 and audible alarm notification appliances shall not be required. 907.5.2.1.3 Audible signal frequency in Group R-1 and R-2 sleeping rooms. Audible signal frequency in Group R-1 and R-2 occupancies shall be in accordance with Sections 907.5.2.1.3.1 and 907.5.2.1.3.2. 907.5.2.1.3.1 Fire alarm system signal. In sleeping rooms of Group R-1 and R-2 occupancies, the audible alarm activated by a fire alarm system shall be a 520-Hz low-frequency signal complying with NFPA 72. 907.5.2.1.3.2 Smoke alarm signal in sleeping rooms. In sleeping rooms of Group R-1 and R-2 occupancies that are required by Section 907.2.8 or 907.2.9 to have a fire alarm system, the audible alarm signal activated by single- or multiple-station smoke alarms in the dwelling unit or sleeping unit shall be a 520-Hz signal complying NFPA 72. Where a sleeping room smoke alarm is unable to produce a 520-Hz signal, the 520-Hz alarm signal shall be provided by a listed notification appliance or a smoke detector with an integral 520-Hz sounder. 907.5.2.3 Visible alarms. Visible alarm notification appliances shall be provided in accordance with Sections 907.5.2.3.1 through 907.5.2.3.3. Exceptions: 1. Visible alarm notification appliances are not required in alterations, except where an existing fire alarm system is upgraded or replaced, or a new fire alarm system is installed. 2. Visible alarm notification appliances shall not be required in exits as defined in Chapter 2. 3. Visible alarm notification appliances shall not be required in elevator cars. 4. Visual alarm notification appliances are not required in critical care areas of Group I-2, Condition 2 occupancies that are in compliance with Section 907.2.6, Exception 2. 5. A visible alarm notification appliance installed in a nurses' control station or other continuously attended staff location in a Group I-2, Condition 2 suite shall be an acceptable alternative to the installation of visible alarm notification appliances throughout the suite or unit in Group I-2, Condition 2 occupancies that are in compliance with Section 907.2.6, Exception 2. 907.5.2.3.3 Group R-2. In Group R-2 occupancies required by Section 907 to have a fire alarm system, each story that contains dwelling units and sleeping units shall be provided with the future capability to support future visible alarm notification appliances in accordance with Chapter 11 of ICC A117.1. Such capability shall accommodate wired or wireless equipment. The future capability shall include one of the following: 1. The interconnection of the building fire alarm system with the unit smoke alarms. 2. The replacement of audible appliances with combination audible/visible appliances. pg. 43 3. The future extension of the existing wiring from the unit smoke alarm locations to required locations for visible appliances. 907.5.2.3.3.1 Wired equipment. Where wired equipment is used to comply with the future capability required by Section 907.5.2.3.3, the system shall include one of the following capabilities: 1. The replacement of audible appliances with combination audible/visible appliances or additional visible notification appliances. 2. The future extension of the existing wiring from the unit smoke alarm locations to required locations for visible appliances. 3. For wired equipment, the fire alarm power supply and circuits shall have not less than 5-percent excess capacity to accommodate the future addition of visible alarm notification appliances, and a single access point to such circuits shall be available on every story. Such circuits shall not be required to be extended beyond a single access point on a story. The fire alarm system shop drawings required by Section 907.1.2 shall include the power supply and circuit documentation to accommodate the future addition of visible notification appliances. 907.6.6.1 Automatic telephone-dialing devices. Transmission of alarm signals. Automatic telephone- dialing devices used to transmit an emergency alarm shall not be connected to any fire department telephone number unless approved by the fire chief. Transmission of alarm signals to a supervising station shall be in accordance with NFPA 72. 907.6.6.2 MIY monitoring. Direct transmission of alarms associated with monitor it yourself (MIY) transmitters to a public safety answering point (PSAP) shall not be permitted unless approved by the fire code official SECTION 908 EMERGENCY ALARM SYSTEMS 908.3 Fire alarm system interface. Where an emergency alarm system is interfaced with a building's fire alarm system, the signal produced at the fire alarm control unit shall be a supervisory signal. SECTION 909 SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEMS 909.17 System response time. Smoke-control system activation shall be initiated immediately after receipt of an appropriate automatic or manual activation command. Smoke control systems shall activate individual components (such as dampers and fans) in the sequence necessary to prevent physical damage to the fans, dampers, ducts and other equipment. For purposes of smoke control, the fire fighter’s control panel response time shall be the same for automatic or manual smoke control action initiated from any other building control point. The total response time, including that necessary for detection, shutdown of operating equipment and smoke control system startup, shall allow for full operational mode to be achieved before the conditions in the space exceed the design smoke condition. Upon receipt of an alarm condition at the fire alarm control panel, fans, dampers and automatic doors shall have achieved their proper operating state and the final status shall be indicated at the smoke control panel within 90 seconds. The system response time for each component and their sequential relationships shall be detailed in the required rational analysis and verification of their installed condition reported in the required final report. 909.18 Acceptance testing. Devices, equipment, components and sequences shall be individually tested. These tests, in addition to those required by other provisions of this code, shall consist of determination of function, sequence and, where applicable, capacity of their installed condition. BF] 909.20 Smoke-proof enclosures. Where required by Section 1023.12, a smoke-proof enclosure shall be constructed in accordance with this section. A smoke-proof enclosure shall consist of an interior exit stairway or ramp that is enclosed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 1023 and an open exterior balcony or ventilated vestibule meeting the requirements of this section. Where access to pg. 44 the roof is required, such access shall be from the smoke-proof enclosure where a smoke-proof enclosure is required. [BF] 909.20.1 Access. Access to the stairway or ramp shall be by way of a vestibule or an open exterior balcony. The minimum dimension of the vestibule shall be not less than the required width of the corridor leading to the vestibule but shall not have a width of less than 44 inches (1118 mm) and shall not have a length of less than 72 inches (1829 mm) in the direction of egress travel. [BF] 909.20.2 Construction. The smoke-proof enclosure shall be separated from the remainder of the building by not less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 of the International Building Code or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711 of the International Building Code, or both. Openings are not permitted other than the required means of egress doors. The vestibule shall be separated from the stairway or ramp by not less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 of the International Building Code or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711 of the International Building Code, or both. The open exterior balcony shall be constructed in accordance with the fire-resistance-rating requirements for floor assemblies. [BF] 909.20.2.1 Door closers. Doors in a smoke-proof enclosure shall be self-closing or automatic closing by actuation of a smoke detector in accordance with Section 716.2.6.6 of the International Building Code and shall be installed at the floor-side entrance to the smoke-proof enclosure. The actuation of the smoke detector on any door shall activate the closing devices on all doors in the smoke-proof enclosure at all levels. Smoke detectors shall be installed in accordance with Section 907.3. [BF] 909.20.3 Natural ventilation alternative. The provisions of Sections 909.20.3.1 through 909.20.3.3 shall apply to ventilation of smoke-proof enclosures by natural means. [BF] 909.20.3.1 Balcony doors. Where access to the stairway or ramp is by way of an open exterior balcony, the door assembly into the enclosure shall be a fire door assembly in accordance with Section 716 of the International Building Code. [BF] 909.20.3.2 Vestibule doors. Where access to the stairway or ramp is by way of a vestibule, the door assembly into the vestibule shall be a fire door assembly complying with Section 716 of the International Building Code. The door assembly from the vestibule to the stairway shall have not less than a 20-minute fire protection rating complying with Section 716 of the International Building Code. [BF] 909.20.3.3 Vestibule ventilation. Each vestibule shall have a minimum net area of 16 square feet (1.5 m2) of opening in a wall facing an outer court, yard or public way that is not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) in width. [BF] 909.20.4 Mechanical ventilation alternative. The provisions of Sections 909.20.4.1 through 909.20.4.4 shall apply to ventilation of smoke-proof enclosures by mechanical means. [BF] 909.20.4.1 Vestibule doors. The door assembly from the building into the vestibule shall be a fire door assembly complying with Section 716.2.2.1 of the International Building Code. The door assembly from the vestibule to the stairway or ramp shall have not less than a 20-minute fire protection rating and shall meet the requirements for a smoke door assembly in accordance with Section 716.2.2.1 of the International Building Code. The door shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 105. [BF] 909.20.4.2 Vestibule ventilation. The vestibule shall be supplied with not less than one air change per minute and the exhaust shall be not less than 150 percent of supply. Supply air shall enter and exhaust air shall discharge from the vestibule through separate, tightly constructed ducts used only for that purpose. Supply air shall enter the vestibule within 6 inches (152 mm) of the floor level. The top of the exhaust register shall be located at the top of the smoke trap but not more than 6 inches (152 mm) down from the top of the trap, and shall be entirely within the smoke trap area. Doors in the open position shall not pg. 45 obstruct duct openings. Duct openings with controlling dampers are permitted where necessary to meet the design requirements, but dampers are not otherwise required. [BF] 909.20.4.2.1 Engineered ventilation system. Where a specially engineered system is used, the system shall exhaust a quantity of air equal to not less than 90 air changes per hour from any vestibule when in emergency operation mode and shall be sized to handle three vestibules simultaneously. Smoke detectors shall be located at the floor-side entrance to each vestibule and shall activate the system for the affected vestibule. Smoke detectors shall be installed in accordance with Section 907.3. [BF] 909.20.4.3 Smoke trap. The vestibule ceiling shall be not less than 20 inches (508 mm) higher than the door opening into the vestibule to serve as a smoke and heat trap and to provide an upward-moving air column. The height shall not be decreased unless approved and justified by design and test. [BF] 909.20.4.4 Stairway or ramp shaft air movement system. The stairway or ramp shaft shall be provided with a dampered relief opening and supplied with sufficient air to maintain a minimum positive pressure of 0.10 inch of water (25 Pa) in the shaft relative to the vestibule with all doors closed. [BF] 909.20.5 Stairway and ramp pressurization alternative. Where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, the vestibule is not required, provided that each interior exit stairway or ramp is pressurized to not less than 0.10 inch of water (25 Pa) and not more than 0.35 inch of water (87 Pa) in the shaft relative to the building measured with all interior exit stairway and ramp doors closed under maximum anticipated conditions of stack effect and wind effect. [BF] 909.20.6 Ventilating equipment. The activation of ventilating equipment required by the alternatives in Sections 909.20.4 and 909.20.5 shall be by smoke detectors installed at each floor level at an approved location at the entrance to the smoke-proof enclosure. When the closing device for the stairway and ramp shaft and vestibule doors is activated by smoke detection or power failure, the mechanical equipment shall activate and operate at the required performance levels. Smoke detectors shall be installed in accordance with Section 907.3. [BF] 909.20.6.1 Ventilation systems. Smoke-proof enclosure ventilation systems shall be independent of other building ventilation systems. The equipment, control wiring, power wiring and ductwork shall comply with one of the following: 1. Equipment, control wiring, power wiring and ductwork shall be located exterior to the building and directly connected to the smoke-proof enclosure or connected to the smoke-proof enclosure by ductwork enclosed by not less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 of the International Building Code or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711 of the International Building Code, or both. 2. Equipment, control wiring, power wiring and ductwork shall be located within the smoke-proof enclosure with intake or exhaust directly from and to the outside or through ductwork enclosed by not less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 of the International Building Code or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711 of the International Building Code, or both. 3. Equipment, control wiring, power wiring and ductwork shall be located within the building if separated from the remainder of the building, including other mechanical equipment, by not less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 of the International Building Code or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711 of the International Building Code, or both. Exception: Control wiring and power wiring located outside of a 2-hour fire barrier construction shall be protected using any one of the following methods: 1. Cables used for survivability of required critical circuits shall be listed in accordance with UL 2196 and shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 hours. 2. Where encased with not less than 2 inches (51 mm) of concrete. pg. 46 3. Electrical circuit protective systems shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 hours. Electrical circuit protective systems shall be installed in accordance with their listing requirements. [BF] 909.20.6.2 Standby power. Mechanical vestibule and stairway and ramp shaft ventilation systems and automatic fire detection systems shall be provided with standby power in accordance with Section 603. [BF] 909.20.6.3 Acceptance and testing. Before the mechanical equipment is approved, the system shall be tested in the presence of the building official to confirm that the system is operating in compliance with these requirements. SECTION 910 SMOKE AND HEAT REMOVAL 910.3.4 Vent operation. Smoke and heat vents shall be capable of being operated by approved automatic and manual means. 910.3.5 Fusible link temperature rating. Where vents are installed in areas provided with automatic fire sprinklers and the vents operate by fusible link, the fusible link shall have a temperature rating of 360°F (182°C) SECTION 911 EXPLOSION CONTROL 911.4 Deflagration venting. Deflagration venting shall be of an approved type and installed in accordance with the provisions of this code and NFPA 68. SECTION 912 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS SECTION 913 FIRE PUMPS 913.1 General. Where provided, fire pumps for fire protection systems shall be installed in accordance with this section and NFPA 20. Exception: Pumps for automatic sprinkler systems installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.3 or Section P2904 of the International Residential Code. 913.2.2 Circuits supplying fire pumps. Cables used for survivability of circuits supplying fire pumps shall be protected using one of the following methods: 1. Cables used for survivability of required critical circuits shall be listed in accordance with UL 2196 and shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour. 2. Electrical circuit protective systems shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour. Electrical circuit protective systems shall be installed in accordance with their listing requirements. 3. Construction having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour. 4. The cable or raceway is encased in a minimum of 2 inches (51 mm) of concrete. Exception: This section shall not apply to cables, or portions of cables, located within a remainder of the occupancy with fire-resistance-rated construction SECTION 914 FIRE PROTECTION BASED ON SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS OF USE AND OCCUPANCY 914.3.1.2 Water supply to required fire pumps. In all buildings that are more than 420 feet (128 m) in building height , and buildings of Type IVA and IVB construction that are more than 120 feet (36.6 m) in building height , required fire pumps shall be supplied by connections to not fewer than two water mains located in different streets. Separate supply piping shall be provided between each connection to the pg. 47 water main and the pumps. Each connection and the supply piping between the connection and the pumps shall be sized to supply the flow and pressure required for the pumps to operate. Exception: Two connections to the same main shall be permitted provided that the main is valved such that an interruption can be isolated so that the water supply will continue without interruption through not fewer than one of the connections. 914.3.6 Emergency responder radio communication coverage. In-building, two-way emergency responder radio communication coverage shall be provided in accordance with Section 510. pg. 48 CHAPTER 10 MEANS OF EGRESS SECTION 1003 GENERAL MEANS OF EGRESS [BE] 1003.5 Elevation change. Where changes in elevation of less than 12 inches (305 mm) exist in the means of egress, sloped surfaces shall be used. Where the slope is greater than 1 unit vertical in 20 units horizontal (5-percent slope), ramps complying with Section 1012 shall be used. Where the difference in elevation is 6 inches (152 mm) or less, the ramp shall be equipped with either handrails or floor finish materials that contrast with adjacent floor finish materials. Exceptions: 1. A single step with a maximum riser height of 7 inches (178 mm) is permitted for buildings with occupancies in Groups F, H, R-2, R-3, S and U at exterior doors not required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code. Steps at exterior doors complying with Section 1010.1.4. SECTION 1006 NUMBERS OF EXITS AND EXIT ACCESS DOORWAYS [BE] 1006.2.1 Egress based on occupant load and common path of egress travel distance. Two exits or exit access doorways from any space shall be provided where the design occupant load or the common path of egress travel distance exceeds the values listed in Table 1006.2.1. The cumulative occupant load from adjacent rooms, areas or spaces shall be determined in accordance with Section 1004.2. Exceptions: 1. The number of exits from foyers, lobbies, vestibules or similar spaces need not be based on cumulative occupant loads for areas discharging through such spaces, but the capacity of the exits from such spaces shall be based on applicable cumulative occupant loads. 2. Care suites in Group I-2 occupancies complying with Section 407.4 of the International Building Code. 3. Unoccupied mechanical rooms and penthouses are not required to comply with the common path of egress travel distance measurement [BE] 1006.2.2.2 Refrigeration machinery rooms. Machinery rooms larger than 1,000 square feet (93 m2) shall have not less than two exits or exit access doorways . Where two exit access doorways are required, one such doorway is permitted to be served by a fixed ladder or an alternating tread device. Exit access doorways shall be separated by a horizontal distance equal to one-half the maximum horizontal dimension of the room. All portions of machinery rooms shall be within 150 feet (45 720 mm) of an exit or exit access doorway. An increase in exit access travel distance is permitted in accordance with Section 1017.1. Exit and exit access doorways shall swing in the direction of egress travel and shall be equipped with panic hardware, regardless of the occupant load served. Exit and exit access doorways shall be tight fitting and self-closing. [BE] 1006.2.2.4 Group I-4 means of egress Electrical rooms. Group I-4 facilities, rooms or spaces where care is provided for more than 10 children that are 21/2 years of age or less, shall have access to not less than two exits or exit access doorways .The location and number of exit or exit access doorways shall be provided for electrical rooms in accordance with Section 110.26 of NFPA 70 for electrical equipment rated 1,000 volts or less, and Section 110.33 of NFPA 70 for electrical equipment rated over 1,000 volts. Panic hardware shall be provided where required in accordance with Section 1010.2.9.2. [BE] 1006.3 Egress from stories or occupied roofs. The means of egress system serving any story or occupied roof shall be provided with the number of separate and distinct exits or access to exits based on the aggregate occupant load served in accordance with this section. Where stairways serve more than one story, only the occupant load of each story considered individually shall be used in calculating the required number of exits or access to exits serving that story. pg. 49 [BE] 1006.3.1 Occupant load. Where stairways serve more than one story, or more than one story and an occupied roof, only the occupant load of each story or occupied roof, considered individually, shall be used when calculating the required number of exits or access to exits serving that story. [BE] 1006.3.11006.3.2 adjacent story Path of egress travel. The path of egress travel to an exit shall not pass through more than one adjacent story. Exception: The path of egress travel to an exit shall be permitted to pass through more than one adjacent story in any of the following: 1. In Group R-1, R-2 or R-3 occupancies, exit access stairways and ramps connecting four stories or fewer serving and contained within an individual dwelling unit or sleeping unit or live/work unit. 2. Exit access stairways serving and contained within a Group R-3 congregate residence or a Group R-4 facility. 3. Exit access stairways and ramps within an atrium complying with Section 404. 3. 4. Exit access stairways and ramps in open parking garages that serve only the parking garage. 4. 5. Exit access stairways and ramps serving open-air assembly seating complying with the exit access travel distance requirements of Section 1030.7. 5. 6. Exit access stairways and ramps between the balcony, gallery or press box and the main assembly floor in occupancies such as theaters, places of religious worship, auditoriums and sports facilities. 7. Exterior exit access stairways and ramps between occupied roofs. SECTION 1008 MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION [BE] 1008.2.1 Illumination level under normal power. The means of egress illumination level shall be not less than 1 foot-candle (11 lux) at the walking surface. Along exit access stairways, exit stairways and at their required landings, the illumination level shall be not less than 10 foot-candles (108 lux) at the walking surface when the stairway is in use. Exception: For auditoriums, theaters, concert or opera halls and similar assembly occupancies, the illumination at the walking surface is permitted to be reduced during performances by one of the following methods provided that the required illumination is automatically restored upon activation of a premises’ fire alarm system: 1. Externally illuminated walking surfaces shall be permitted to be illuminated to not less than 0.2 foot- candle (2.15 lux). 2. Steps, landings and the sides of ramps shall be permitted to be marked with self-luminous materials in accordance with Sections 1025.2.1, 1025.2.2 and 1025.2.4 By systems listed in accordance with UL 1994. [BE] 1008.3.1 General. In the event of power supply failure in rooms and spaces that require two or more means of egress exits or access to exits, an emergency electrical system shall automatically illuminate all of the following areas: 1. Aisles. 2. Corridors. 3. Exit access stairways and ramps. [BE] 1008.3.2 Buildings. In the event of power supply failure, in buildings that require two or more means of egress exits or access to exits, an emergency electrical system shall automatically illuminate all of the following areas: 1. Interior exit access stairways and ramps. 2. Interior and exterior exit stairways and ramps. 3. Exit passageways. SECTION 1009 ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS pg. 50 [BE] 1009.6.2 Stairway or elevator access. Every required area of refuge shall have direct access to a stairway complying with Sections 1009.3 and 1023 or an elevator complying with Section 1009.4. Exception: An interior area of refuge at the level of exit discharge that provides direct access to an exterior exit door. SECTION 1010 DOORS, GATES AND TURNSTILES [BE] 1010.1 Doors. Means Doors in the means of egress shall comply with the requirements of Sections 1010.1.1 through 1010.3.4. Exterior exit doors shall meet also comply with the requirements of this section. Doors serving a Section 1022.2. Gates in the means of egress shall comply with the requirements of Sections 1010.4 and 1010.4.1. Turnstiles in the means of egress system shall meet comply with the requirements of this section and Section 1022.2. Doors Sections 1010.5 through 1010.5.4. Doors, gates and turnstiles provided for egress purposes in numbers greater than required by this code shall meet comply with the requirements of this section. Doors in the Means of egress doors shall be readily distinguishable from the adjacent construction and finishes such that the doors are easily recognizable as doors. Mirrors or similar reflecting materials shall not be used on means of egress doors. Means of egress doors shall not be concealed by curtains, drapes, decorations or similar materials. [BE] 1010.1.1 Size of doors. The required capacity of each door opening shall be sufficient for the occupant load thereof and shall provide a minimum clear opening width of 32 inches (813 mm). The clear opening width of doorways with swinging doors shall be measured between the face of the door and the stop, with the door open 90 degrees (1.57 rad). Where this section requires a minimum clear opening width of 32 inches (813 mm) and a door opening includes two door leaves without a mullion, one leaf shall provide a minimum clear opening width of 32 inches (813 mm). In Group I-2, doors serving as means of egress doors where used for the movement of beds shall provide a minimum clear opening width of 411/2 inches (1054 mm). The maximum width of a swinging door leaf shall be 48 inches (1219 mm) nominal. The Minimum clear opening height of doors shall be not less than 80 inches (2032 mm). Exceptions: 1. In Group R-2 and R-3 dwelling and sleeping units that are not required to be an Accessible unit, Type A unit or Type B unit, the minimum and maximum width shall not apply to door openings that are not part of the required means of egress . 2. Group I-3 door openings to resident sleeping units that are not required to be an Accessible unit shall have a minimum clear opening width of 28 inches (711 mm). 3. Door openings to storage closets less than 10 square feet (0.93 m2) in area shall not be limited by the minimum clear opening width. 4. The maximum width of door leaves in revolving doors that comply with Section 1010.3.1 shall not be limited. 5. The maximum width of door leaves in power-operated doors that comply with Section 1010.3.2 shall not be limited. 6. Door openings within a dwelling unit or sleeping unit shall have a minimum clear opening height of 78 inches (1981 mm). 7. In dwelling and sleeping units that are not required to be Accessible, Type A or Type B units, exterior door openings, other than the required exit door, shall have a minimum clear opening height of 76 inches (1930 mm). 8. In Groups I-1, R-2, R-3 and R-4, in dwelling and sleeping units that are not required to be Accessible, Type A or Type B units, the minimum clear opening widths shall not apply to interior egress doors. 9. Door openings required to be accessible within Type B units intended for user passage shall have a minimum clear opening width of 31.75 inches (806 mm). 10. Doors to walk-in freezers and coolers less than 1,000 square feet (93 m2) in area shall have a maximum width of 60 inches (1524 mm) nominal. pg. 51 11. The minimum clear opening width shall not apply to doors for non-accessible shower or sauna compartments. Doors serving non-accessible single-user shower or sauna compartments; toilet stalls; or dressing, fitting or changing rooms shall have a minimum clear opening width of 20 inches (508 mm). 12. The minimum clear opening width shall not apply to the doors for non-accessible toilet stalls. [BE] 1010.1.1.1 Projections into clear width opening. There shall not be projections into the required clear opening width lower than 34 inches (864 mm) above the floor or ground. Projections into the clear opening width between 34 inches (864 mm) and 80 inches (2032 mm) above the floor or ground shall not exceed 4 inches (102 mm). Exception: Door closers, overhead door stops, power door operators, and electromagnetic door stops locks shall be permitted to be 78 inches (1980 mm) minimum above the floor. [BE] 1010.1.2 Door swing Egress door types. Egress doors shall be of the pivoted or side-hinged swinging type door, pivoted door or balanced door types. Exceptions: 1. Private garages, office areas, factory and storage areas with an occupant load of 10 or less. 2. Group I-3 occupancies used as a place of detention. 3. Critical or intensive care patient rooms within suites of health care facilities. 4. Doors within or serving a single dwelling unit in Groups R-2 and R-3. 5. In other than Group H occupancies, revolving doors complying with Section 1010.3.1. 6. In other than Group H occupancies, special-purpose horizontal sliding, accordion or folding door assemblies complying with Section 1010.3.3. 7. Power-operated doors in accordance with Section 1010.3.2. 8. Doors serving a bathroom within an individual sleeping unit in Group R-1. 9. In other than Group H occupancies, manually operated horizontal sliding doors are permitted in a means of egress from spaces with an occupant load of 10 or less. [BE] 1010.1.2.1 Direction of swing. Pivot or side Side-hinged swinging doors, pivoted doors and balanced doors shall swing in the direction of egress travel where serving a room or area containing an occupant load of 50 or more persons or a Group H occupancy. [BE] 1010.1.3 Door opening force Forces to unlatch and open doors. The force for pushing or pulling open interior swinging egress doors, other than fire doors, shall not exceed 5 pounds (22 N). These forces do not apply to the force required to retract latch bolts or disengage other devices that hold the door in a closed position. For other swinging doors, as well as sliding and folding doors, the door latch shall release when subjected to a 15-pound (67 N) force. The door shall be set in motion when subjected to a 30- pound (133 N) force. The door shall swing to a full-open position when subjected to a 15-pound (67 N) force. The forces to unlatch doors shall comply with the following: 1. Where door hardware operates by push or pull, the operational force to unlatch the door shall not exceed 15 pounds (66.7 N). 2. Where door hardware operates by rotation, the operational force to unlatch the door shall not exceed 28 inch-pounds (315 N-cm). The force to open doors shall comply with the following: 1. For interior swinging egress doors that are manually operated, other than doors required to be fire rated, the force for pushing or pulling open the door shall not exceed 5 pounds (22 N). 2. For other swinging doors, sliding doors or folding doors, and doors required to be fire rated, the door shall require not more than a 30-pound (133 N) force to be set in motion and shall move to a full-open position when subjected to not more than a 15-pound (67 N) force. [BE] 1010.1.3.1 Location of applied forces. Forces shall be applied to the latch side of the door. [BE] 1010.1.3.2 Manual horizontal sliding doors. Where a manual horizontal sliding door is required to latch, the latch or other mechanism shall prevent the door from rebounding into a partially open position when the door is closed. pg. 52 [BE] 1010.1.5 1010.1.4 Floor elevation. There shall be a floor or landing on each side of a door. Such floor or landing shall be at the same elevation on each side of the door. Landings shall be level except for exterior landings, which are permitted to have a slope not to exceed 0.25 unit vertical in 12 units’ horizontal (2-percent slope). Exceptions: 1. Doors At doors serving individual dwelling units or sleeping units in Groups R-2 and R-3, where the following apply: a door is permitted to open at the top step of an interior flight of stairs, provided that the door does not swing over the top step. 1.1. A door is permitted to open at the top step of an interior flight of stairs, provided that the door does not swing over the top step. 1.2. Screen doors and storm doors are permitted to swing over stairs or landings. 2. Exterior doors as provided for in Section 1003.5, Exception 1, and Section 1022.2, which are not on an accessible route. At exterior doors serving Groups F, H, R-2 and S and where such doors are not part of an accessible route, the landing at an exterior door shall be not more than 7 inches (178 mm) below the landing on the egress side of the door, provided that the door, other than an exterior storm or screen door, does not swing over the landing. 3. In Group R-3 occupancies At exterior doors serving Group U and individual dwelling units and sleeping units in Groups R-2 and R-3, and where such units are not required to be Accessible units, Type A units or Type B units, the landing at an exterior doorway shall be not more than 73/4 inches (197 mm) below the landing on the top egress side of the threshold, provided the door, other than an exterior door. Such doors, including storm or screen doors, does not shall be permitted to swing over the either landing. 4. Variations in elevation due to differences in finish materials, but not more than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm). 5. Exterior decks, patios or balconies that are part of Type B dwelling units or sleeping units , that have impervious surfaces and that are not more than 4 inches (102 mm) below the finished floor level of the adjacent interior space of the dwelling unit or sleeping unit. 6. Doors serving equipment spaces not required to be accessible in accordance with Section 1103.2.9 of the International Building Code and serving an occupant load of five or less shall be permitted to have a landing on one side to be not more than 7 inches (178 mm) above or below the landing on the egress side of the door. [BE] 1010.1.9.6 1010.2.1 Unlatching. The unlatching of any door or leaf for egress shall require not require more than one operation motion in a single linear or rotational direction to release all latching and all locking devices. Exceptions: 1. Places of detention or restraint. 2. Where manually operated bolt locks are permitted by Section 1010.2.5. 3. Doors with automatic flush bolts as permitted by Section 1010.2.4, Item 3 4. 4. Doors from individual dwelling units and sleeping units of Group R occupancies as permitted by Section 1010.2.4, Item 4 5. [BE] 1010.1.9.4 1010.2.4 Locks and latches. Locks and latches shall be permitted to prevent operation of doors where any of the following exist: 1. Places of detention or restraint. 2. In Group I-1, Condition 2 and Group I-2 occupancies where the clinical needs of persons receiving care require containment or where persons receiving care pose a security threat, provided that all clinical staff can readily unlock doors at all times, and all such locks are keyed to keys carried by all clinical staff at all times or all clinical staff have the codes or other means necessary to operate the locks at all times. 2.3. In buildings in occupancy Group A having an occupant load of 300 or less, Groups B, F, M and S, and in places of religious worship, the main door or doors are permitted to be equipped with key-operated locking devices from the egress side provided: 2.1.3.1. The locking device is readily distinguishable as locked. pg. 53 2.2.3.2. A readily visible durable sign is posted on the egress side on or adjacent to the door stating: “THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN THIS SPACE IS OCCUPIED.” The sign shall be in letters 1 inch (25 mm) high on a contrasting background. 2.3.3.3. The use of the key-operated locking device is revocable by the fire code official for due cause. 3.4. Where egress doors are used in pairs, approved automatic flush bolts shall be permitted to be used, provided that the door leaf having the automatic flush bolts does not have a doorknob or surface- mounted hardware. 4. 5. Doors from individual dwelling or sleeping units of Group R occupancies having an occupant load of 10 or less are permitted to be equipped with a night latch, dead bolt or security chain, provided such devices are openable from the inside without the use of a key or tool. 5.6. Fire doors after the minimum elevated temperature has disabled the unlatching mechanism in accordance with listed fire door test procedures. 6.7. Doors serving roofs not intended to be occupied shall be permitted to be locked, preventing entry to the building from the roof. 8. Other than egress courts, where occupants must egress from an exterior space through the building for means of egress, exit access doors shall be permitted to be equipped with an approved locking device where installed and operated in accordance with all of the following: 8.1. The maximum occupant load shall be posted where required by Section 1004.9. Such sign shall be permanently affixed inside the building and shall be posted in a conspicuous space near all the exit access doorways. 8.2. A weatherproof telephone or two-way communication system installed in accordance with Sections 1009.8.1 and 1009.8.2 shall be located adjacent to not less than one required exit access door on the exterior side. 8.3. The egress door locking device is readily distinguishable as locked and shall be a key-operated locking device. 8.4. A clear window or glazed door opening, not less than 5 square feet (0.46 m2) in area, shall be provided at each exit access door to determine if there are occupants using the outdoor area. 8.5. A readily visible durable sign shall be posted on the interior side on or adjacent to each locked required exit access door serving the exterior area stating: “THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN THE OUTDOOR AREA IS OCCUPIED.” The letters on the sign shall be not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) high on a contrasting background. 8.6. The occupant load of the occupied exterior area shall not exceed 300 occupants in accordance with Section 1004. 9. Locking devices are permitted on doors to balconies, decks or other exterior spaces serving individual dwelling or sleeping units. 10. Locking devices are permitted on doors to balconies, decks or other exterior spaces of 250 square feet (23.23 m2) or less, serving a private office space. [BE] 1010.1.4.4 1010.2.8 Locking arrangements in educational occupancies. In Group E and occupancies, Group B educational occupancies and Group I-4 occupancies, egress doors from classrooms, offices and other occupied rooms shall be permitted to be provided with locking arrangements designed to keep intruders from entering the room where shall comply with all of the following conditions are met: 1. The door shall be capable of being unlocked from outside the room with a key or other approved means. 2. The door shall be openable from within the room in accordance with Section 1010.2. 3. Modifications shall not be made to listed panic hardware, fire door hardware or door closers. 4. Modifications to fire door assemblies shall be in accordance with NFPA 80. Remote locking or unlocking of doors from an approved location shall be permitted in addition to the unlocking operation in Item 1. [BE] 1010.1.10 1010.2.9 Panic and fire exit hardware. Swinging doors serving a Group H occupancy and swinging doors serving rooms or spaces with an occupant load of 50 or more in a Group A or E occupancy shall not be provided with a latch or lock other than panic hardware or fire exit hardware. Exceptions: 1. A main exit of a Group A occupancy shall be permitted to have locking devices in accordance with Section 1010.2.4, Item 2 3. pg. 54 2. Doors provided with panic hardware or fire exit hardware and serving a Group A or E occupancy shall be permitted to be electrically locked in accordance with Section 1010.2.12 or 1010.2.11. 3. Exit access doors serving occupied exterior areas shall be permitted to be locked in accordance with Section 1010.2.4, Item 8. 4. Courtrooms shall be permitted to be locked in accordance with Section 1010.2.13, Item 3. Electrical rooms with equipment rated 1,200 amperes or more and over 6 feet (1829 mm) wide, and that contain overcurrent devices, switching devices or control devices with exit or exit access doors, shall be equipped with panic hardware or fire exit hardware. The doors shall swing in the direction of egress travel. [BE] 1010.2.9.1 Refrigeration machinery room. Refrigeration machinery rooms larger than 1,000 square feet (93 m2) shall have not less than two exit or exit access doorways that swing in the direction of egress travel and shall be equipped with panic hardware or fire exit hardware. [BE] 1010.2.9.2 Rooms with electrical equipment. Exit or exit access doors serving transformer vaults, rooms designated for batteries or energy storage systems, or modular data centers shall be equipped with panic hardware or fire exit hardware. Rooms containing electrical equipment rated 800 amperes or more that contain overcurrent devices, switching devices or control devices and where the exit or exit access door is less than 25 feet (7620 mm) from the equipment working space as required by NFPA 70, such doors shall not be provided with a latch or lock other than panic hardware or fire exit hardware. The doors shall swing in the direction of egress travel. [BE] 1010.1.9.9 1010.2.12 Sensor release of electrically locked egress doors. Sensor release of electric locking systems shall be permitted on doors located in the means of egress in any occupancy except Group H where installed and operated in accordance with all of the following criteria: 1. The sensor shall be installed on the egress side, arranged to detect an occupant approaching the doors and shall cause the electric locking system to unlock. 2. The electric locks shall be arranged to unlock by a signal from or loss of power to the sensor. 3. Loss of power to the lock or locking system shall automatically unlock the electric locks. 4. The doors shall be arranged to unlock from a manual unlocking device located 40 inches to 48 inches (1016 mm to 1219 mm) vertically above the floor and within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the secured doors. Ready access shall be provided to the manual unlocking device and the device shall be clearly identified by a sign that reads “PUSH TO EXIT.” When operated, the manual unlocking device shall result in direct interruption of power to the electric lock—independent of other electronics—and the electric lock shall remain unlocked for not less than 30 seconds. 5. Activation of the building fire alarm system, where provided, shall automatically unlock the electric lock, and the electric lock shall remain unlocked until the fire alarm system has been reset. 6. Activation of the building automatic sprinkler system or fire detection system, where provided, shall automatically unlock the electric lock. The electric lock shall remain unlocked until the fire alarm system has been reset. 7. Emergency lighting shall be provided on the egress side of the door. 7.8. The door locking system units shall be listed in accordance with UL 294. [BE] 1010.1.9.8 1010.2.13 Delayed egress. Delayed egress locking systems shall be permitted to be installed on doors serving the following occupancies in buildings that are equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or an approved automatic smoke or heat detection system installed in accordance with Section 907: 1. Group B, F, I, M, R, S and U occupancies. 2. Group E classrooms with an occupant load of less than 50. 3. In courtrooms in Group A-3 and B occupancies, delayed egress locking systems shall be permitted to be installed on exit or exit access doors, other than the main exit or exit access door, in buildings that are equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. SECTION 1011 STAIRWAYS pg. 55 [BE] 1011.6 Stairway landings. There shall be a floor or landing at the top and bottom of each stairway. The width of landings, measured perpendicularly to the direction of travel, shall be not less than the width of stairways served. Every landing shall have a minimum depth, measured parallel to the direction of travel, equal to the width of the stairway or 48 inches (1219 mm), whichever is less. Doors opening onto a landing shall not reduce the landing to less than one-half the required width. When fully open, the door shall not project more than 7 inches (178 mm) into the required width of a landing. Where wheelchair spaces are required on the stairway landing in accordance with Section 1009.6.3, the wheelchair space shall not be located in the required width of the landing and doors shall not swing over the wheelchair spaces. Exceptions: 1. Where stairways connect stepped aisles to cross aisles or concourses, stairway landings are not required at the transition between stairways and stepped aisles constructed in accordance with Section 1030. 2. Where curved stairways of constant radius have intermediate landings, the landing depth shall be measured horizontally between the intersection of the walk-line of the lower flight at the landing nosing and the intersection of the walk-line of the upper flight at the nosing of the lowest tread of the upper flight. 3. Where a landing turns 90 degrees (1.57 rad) or more, the minimum landing depth in accordance with this section shall not be required where the landing provided is not less than that described by an arc with a radius equal to the width of the flight served. [BE] 1011.7 Stairway construction. Stairways shall be built of materials consistent with the types permitted for the type of construction of the building, except that wood handrails shall be permitted for all types of construction. Exceptions: 1. Wood handrails shall be permitted in all types of construction. 2. Interior exit stairway in accordance with Section 510.2 of the International Building Code. [BE] 1011.11 Handrails. Flights of stairways shall have handrails on each side and shall comply with Section 1014. Where glass is used to provide the handrail, the Handrail shall comply with Section 2407 of the International Building Code. Exceptions: 1. Flights of stairways within dwelling units, and flights of spiral stairways are permitted to have a handrail on one side only. 2. Decks, patios and walkways that have a single change in elevation where the landing depth on each side of the change of elevation is greater than what is required for a landing do not require handrails. 3. In Group R-3 occupancies, a change in elevation consisting of a single riser at an entrance or egress door does not require handrails. 4. Changes in room elevations of three or fewer risers within dwelling units and sleeping units in Group R-2 and R-3 do not require handrails. 5. Where a platform lift is in a stationary position and the floor of the platform lift serves as the upper landing of a stairway, handrails shall not be required on the stairway, provided that all of the following criteria are met: 5.1. The stairway contains not more than two risers. 5.2. A handhold, positioned horizontally or vertically, is located on one side of the stairway adjacent to the top landing. 5.3. The handhold is located not less than 34 inches (864 mm) and not more than 42 inches (1067 mm) above the bottom landing of the stairway. 5.4. The handhold gripping surface complies with Section 1014.3 and is not less than 4.5 inches (114 mm) in length. SECTION 1013 EXIT SIGNS [BE] 1013.4 Raised character and braille exit signs. A sign stating EXIT in visual characters, raised characters and braille and complying with ICC A117.1 shall be provided adjacent to each door to Where pg. 56 exit signs are provided at an area of refuge providing with direct access to a stairway, an exterior area for assisted rescue, an exit stairway or ramp, an exit passageway, a horizontal exit and the exit discharge, a sign stating “EXIT” in visual characters, raised characters and braille and complying with ICC A117.1 shall be provided. SECTION 1015 GUARDS [BE] 1015.7 Roof access. Guards shall be provided where the roof hatch opening is located within 10 feet (3048 mm) of a roof edge or open side of a walking surface and such edge or open side is located more than 30 inches (762 mm) above the floor, roof or grade below. The guard shall extend not less than 30 inches (762 mm) beyond each end of the hatch parallel to the roof edge. The guard shall be constructed so as to prevent the passage of a sphere 21 inches (533 mm) in diameter. Exception: Guards are not required where personal fall arrest anchorage connector devices that comply with ANSI/ASSE Z359.1 are installed. [BE] 1015.8 Window openings. Windows in Group R-2 and R-3 buildings including dwelling units, where the top of the sill bottom of the clear opening of an operable window opening is located less than 36 inches (914 mm) above the finished floor and more than 72 inches (1829 mm) above the finished grade or other surface below on the exterior of the building, shall comply with one of the following: 1. Operable windows where the top of the sill of the opening is located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the finished grade or other surface below and that are provided with window fall prevention devices that comply with ASTM F2006. 2. Operable windows where the openings will not allow a 4-inch-diameter (102 mm) sphere to pass through the opening when the window is in its largest opened position. SECTION 1016 EXIT ACCESS [BE] 1016.1 General. The exit access shall comply with the applicable provisions of Sections 1003 through 1015. Exit access arrangement shall comply with Sections 1016 through 1021. [BE] 1016.2 Egress through intervening spaces. Egress through intervening spaces shall comply with this section. 1. Exit access through an enclosed elevator lobby is permitted. Where access to two or more exits or exit access doorways is required in Section 1006.2.1, access Access to not less than one of the required exits shall be provided without travel through the enclosed elevator lobbies required by Section 3006 of the International Building Code. Where the path of exit access travel passes through an enclosed elevator lobby the level of protection required for the enclosed elevator lobby is not required to be extended to the exit unless direct access to an exit is required by other sections of this code. 2. Egress from a room or space shall not pass through adjoining or intervening rooms or areas, except where such adjoining rooms or areas and the area served are accessory to one or the other, are not a Group H occupancy and provide a discernible path of egress travel to an exit. Exception: Means of egress are not prohibited through adjoining or intervening rooms or spaces in a Group H, S or F occupancy where the adjoining or intervening rooms or spaces are the same or a lesser hazard occupancy group. 3. An exit access shall not pass through a room that can be locked to prevent egress. 4. Means of egress from dwelling units or sleeping areas shall not lead through other sleeping areas, toilet rooms or bathrooms. 5. Egress shall not pass through kitchens, storage rooms, closets or spaces used for similar purposes. Exceptions: 1. Means of egress are not prohibited through a kitchen area serving adjoining rooms constituting part of the same dwelling unit or sleeping unit. pg. 57 2. Means of egress are not prohibited through stockrooms in Group M occupancies where all of the following are met: 2.1. The stock is of the same hazard classification as that found in the main retail area. 2.2. Not more than 50 percent of the exit access is through the stockroom. 2.3. The stockroom is not subject to locking from the egress side. 2.4. There is a demarcated, minimum 44-inch-wide (1118 mm) aisle defined by full- or partial-height fixed walls or similar construction that will maintain the required width and lead directly from the retail area to the exit without obstructions. SECTION 1017 EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE [BE] 1017.2.2 Groups F-1 and S-1 increase. The maximum exit access travel distance shall be 400 feet (122 m) in Group F-1 or S-1 occupancies where all of the following conditions are met: 1. The portion of the building classified as Group F-1 or S-1 is limited to one story in height. 2. The minimum height from the finished floor to the bottom of the ceiling or roof slab or deck is 24 feet (7315 mm). 3. The building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. [BE] 1017.3 Measurement. Exit access travel distance shall be measured from the most remote point of each room, area or space along the natural and unobstructed path of horizontal and vertical egress travel to the entrance to an exit. Where more than one exit is required, exit access travel distance shall be measured to the nearest exit. Exceptions: 1. In open parking garages, exit access travel distance is permitted to be measured to the closest riser of an exit access stairway or the closest slope of an exit access ramp. 2. In smoke-protected seating and open-air assembly seating, exit access travel distance shall be measured in accordance with Section 1030.7. 1017.3.2 Atriums. Exit access travel distance for areas open to an atrium shall comply with the requirements of Sections 1017.3.2.1 through 1017.3.2.3. 1017.3.2.1 Egress not through the atrium. Where required access to the exits is not through the atrium, exit access travel distance shall comply with Section 1017.2. 1017.3.2.2 Exit access travel distance at the level of exit discharge. Where the path of egress travel is through an atrium space, exit access travel distance at the level of exit discharge shall be determined in accordance with Section 1017.2. 1017.3.2.3 Exit access travel distance at other than the level of exit discharge. Where the path of egress travel is not at the level of exit discharge from the atrium, that portion of the total permitted exit access travel distance that occurs within the atrium shall be not greater than 200 feet (60 960 mm). SECTION 1020 CORRIDORS [BE] 1020.1 General. Corridors serving as an exit access component in a means of egress system shall comply with the requirements of Sections 1020.2 and [BE] 1020.4 1020.5 Dead ends. Where more than one exit or exit access doorway is required, the exit access shall be arranged such that dead-end corridors do not exceed 20 feet (6096 mm) in length. Exceptions: 1. In Group I-3, Condition 2, 3 or 4 occupancies, the dead end in a corridor shall not exceed 50 feet (15 240 mm). pg. 58 2. In occupancies in Groups B, E, F, I-1, M, R-1, R-2, S and U, where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, the length of the dead-end corridors shall not exceed 50 feet (15 240 mm). 3. A dead-end corridor shall not be limited in length where the length of the dead-end corridor is less than 2.5 times the least width of the dead-end corridor. 4. In Group I-2, Condition 2 occupancies, the length of dead-end corridors that do not serve patient rooms or patient treatment spaces shall not exceed 30 feet (9144 mm). [BE] 1020.5 1020.6 Air movement in corridors. Corridors shall not serve as supply, return, exhaust, relief or ventilation air ducts. Exceptions: 1. Use of a corridor as a source of makeup air for exhaust systems in rooms that open directly onto such corridors, including toilet rooms, bathrooms, dressing rooms, smoking lounges and janitor closets, shall be permitted, provided that each such corridor is directly supplied with outdoor air at a rate greater than the rate of makeup air taken from the corridor. 2. Where located within a dwelling unit, the use of corridors for conveying return air shall not be prohibited. 3. Where located within tenant spaces of 1,000 square feet (93 m2) or less in area, utilization of corridors for conveying return air is permitted. 4. Incidental air movement from pressurized rooms within health care facilities, provided that the corridor is not the primary source of supply or return to the room. Transfer air movement required to maintain the pressurization difference within health care facilities in accordance with ASHRAE 170. SECTION 1023 INTERIOR EXIT STAIRWAYS AND RAMPS [BE] 1023.2 Construction. Enclosures for interior exit stairways and ramps shall be constructed as fire barriers in accordance with Section 707 of the International Building Code or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711 of the International Building Code, or both. Interior exit stairway and ramp enclosures shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 hours where connecting four stories or more and not less than 1 hour where connecting less than four stories. The number of stories connected by the interior exit stairways or ramps shall include any basements, but not any mezzanines. Enclosure for interior exit stairways and ramps shall have a fire- resistance rating not less than the floor assembly penetrated but need not exceed 2 hours. Exceptions: 1. Interior exit stairways and ramps in Group I-3 occupancies in accordance with the provisions of Section 408.3.8 of the International Building Code. 2. Interior exit stairways within an atrium enclosed in accordance with Section 404.6 of the International Building Code. 3. Interior exit stairways in accordance with Section 510.2 of the International Building Code. [BE] 1023.5 Penetrations. Penetrations into or through interior exit stairways and ramps are prohibited except for the following: 1. Equipment and ductwork necessary for independent ventilation or pressurization. 2. Fire protection systems. 3. Security systems. 4. Two-way communication systems. 5. Electrical raceway for fire department communication systems. 6. Electrical raceway serving the interior exit stairway and ramp and terminating at a steel box not exceeding 16 square inches (0.010 m2). 7. Structural elements supporting the interior exit stairway or ramp or enclosure, such as beams or joists. Such penetrations shall be protected in accordance with Section 714 of the International Building Code. There shall not be penetrations or communication openings, whether protected or not, between adjacent interior exit stairways and ramps. pg. 59 Exception: Membrane penetrations shall be permitted on the outside of the interior exit stairway and ramp. Such penetrations shall be protected in accordance with Section 714.4.2 of the International Building Code. [BE] 1023.8 Discharge identification Barriers at level of exit discharge. An interior exit stairway and ramp shall not continue below its level of exit discharge unless an approved barrier is provided at the level of exit discharge to prevent persons from unintentionally continuing into levels below. Directional exit signs shall be provided as specified in Section 1013. [BE] 1023.9 Stairway identification signs. A sign shall be provided at each floor landing in an interior exit stairway and ramp connecting more than three stories designating the floor level, the terminus of the top and bottom of the interior exit stairway and ramp and the identification of the stairway or ramp. The signage shall state the story of, and the direction to, the exit discharge and the availability of roof access from the interior exit stairway and ramp for the fire department. The bottom of the sign shall be located not less than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor landing in a position that is readily visible when the doors are in the open and closed positions. In addition to the stairway identification sign, a floor-level sign in visual characters, raised characters and braille complying with ICC A117.1 shall be located at each floor- level landing adjacent to the door leading from the interior exit stairway and ramp into the corridor to identify the floor level. [BE] 1023.11 Tactile floor-level signs. Where floor-level signs are provided in interior exit stairways and ramps, a floor-level sign identifying in the floor level in visual characters, raised characters and braille complying with ICC A117.1 shall be located at each floor-level landing adjacent to the door leading from the interior exit stairway and ramp into the corridor . SECTION 1024 EXIT PASSAGEWAYS [BE] 1024.8 Exit passageway exterior walls. Exterior walls of the exit passageway shall comply with Section 705. Where nonrated walls or unprotected openings enclose the exterior of the exit passageway and the walls or openings are exposed by other parts of the building at an angle of less than 180 degrees (3.14 rad), the building exterior walls within 10 feet (3048 mm) horizontally of a nonrated wall or unprotected opening shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour. Openings within such exterior walls shall be protected by opening protectives having a fire protection rating of not less than 3/4 hour. This construction shall extend vertically from the ground to a point 10 feet (3048 mm) above the floor of the exit passageway or to the roof line, whichever is lower. [BE] 1024.81024.9 Standpipes. Standpipes and standpipe hose connections shall be provided where required by Sections 905.3 and 905.4. SECTION 1028 EXIT DISCHARGE [BE] 1028.1 General. The exit discharge shall comply with Sections 1028 and 1029 and the applicable requirements of Sections 1003 through 1015. [BE] 1028.1 1028.2 General. Exit discharge. Exits shall discharge directly to the exterior of the building. The exit discharge shall be at grade or shall provide a direct path of egress travel to grade. The exit discharge shall not reenter a building. The combined use of Exceptions 1 and 2 shall not exceed 50 percent of the number and minimum width or required capacity of the required exits. Exceptions: 1. Not more than 50 percent of the number and minimum width or required capacity of interior exit stairways and ramps is permitted to egress through areas, including atriums, on the level of discharge provided that all of the following conditions are met: pg. 60 1.1. Discharge of interior exit stairways and ramps shall be provided with a free and unobstructed path of travel to an exterior exit door and such exit is readily visible and identifiable from the point of termination of the enclosure. 1.2. The entire area of the level of exit discharge is separated from areas below by construction conforming to the fire-resistance rating for the enclosure. 1.3. The egress path from the interior exit stairway and ramp on the level of exit discharge is protected throughout by an approved automatic sprinkler system. Portions of the level of exit discharge with access to the egress path shall either be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, or separated from the egress path in accordance with the requirements for the enclosure of interior exit stairways or ramps. 1.4. Where a required interior exit stairway or ramp and an exit access stairway or ramp serve the same floor level and terminate at the same level of exit discharge, the termination of the exit access stairway or ramp and the exit discharge door of the interior exit stairway or ramp shall be separated by a distance of not less than 30 feet (9144 mm) or not less than one-fourth the length of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the building, whichever is less. The distance shall be measured in a straight line between the exit discharge doors from the interior exit stairway or ramp and the last tread of the exit access stairway or termination of slope of the exit access ramp. 2. Not more than 50 percent of the number and minimum width or required capacity of the interior exit stairways and ramps is permitted to egress through a vestibule provided that all of the following conditions are met: 2.1. The entire area of the vestibule is separated from areas below by construction conforming to the fire- resistance rating of the interior exit stairway or ramp enclosure. 2.2. The depth from the exterior of the building is not greater than 10 feet (3048 mm) and the length is not greater than 30 feet (9144 mm). 2.3. The area is separated from the remainder of the level of exit discharge by a fire partition constructed in accordance with Section 708 of the International Building Code. Exception: The maximum transmitted temperature rise is not required. 2.4. The area is used only for means of egress and exits directly to the outside. 3. Horizontal exits complying with Section 1026 shall not be required to discharge directly to the exterior of the building. SECTION 1029 EGRESS COURTS [BE] 1028.4 1029.1 Egress courts General. Egress courts serving as a portion of an exit discharge component in the means of egress system shall comply with the requirements of Sections 1029.2 and 1029.3 in this section. [BE] 1028.4.1 1029.2 Width or capacity. The required capacity of egress courts shall be determined as specified in Section 1005.1, but the minimum width shall be not less than 44 inches (1118 mm), except as specified herein. Egress courts serving Group R-3 and U occupancies shall be not less than 36 inches (914 mm) in width. The required capacity and width of egress courts shall be unobstructed to a height of 7 feet (2134 mm). The width of the egress court shall be not less than the required capacity. Exception: Encroachments complying with Section 1005.7. [BE] 1028.4.2 1029.3 Construction and openings. Where an egress court serving a building or portion thereof is less than 10 feet (3048 mm) in width, the egress court walls shall have not less than 1-hour fire- resistance-rated construction for a distance of 10 feet (3048 mm) above the floor of the egress court. Openings within such walls shall be protected by opening protectives having a fire protection rating of not less than 3/4 hour. Exceptions: 1. Egress courts serving an occupant load of less than 10. 2. Egress courts serving Group R-3. pg. 61 SECTION 1029 1030 ASSEMBLY [BE] 1030.6.3.1 Automatic sprinklers. Enclosed areas with walls and ceilings in buildings or structures containing open-air assembly seating shall be protected with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. Exceptions: 1. The floor area used for contests, performances or entertainment, provided that the roof construction is more than 50 feet (15 240 mm) above the floor level and the use is restricted to low-fire hazard uses. 2. Press boxes and storage facilities less than 1,000 square feet (93 m2) in area. 3. Open-air assembly seating facilities where seating and the means of egress in the seating area are essentially open to the outside [BE] 1030.6.3.1 Automatic sprinklers. Enclosed areas with walls and ceilings in buildings or structures containing open-air assembly seating shall be protected with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. Exceptions: 1. The floor area used for contests, performances or entertainment, provided that the roof construction is more than 50 feet (15 240 mm) above the floor level and the use is restricted to low-fire hazard uses. 2. Press boxes and storage facilities less than 1,000 square feet (93 m2) in area. 3. Open-air assembly seating facilities where seating and the means of egress in the seating area are essentially open to the outside. [BE] 1029.16 1030.16 Handrails. Ramped aisles having a slope exceeding 1 unit vertical in 15 units horizontal (6.7-percent slope) and stepped aisles shall be provided with handrails in compliance with Section 1014 located either at one or both sides of the aisle or within the aisle width. Where stepped aisles have seating on one side and the aisle width is 74 inches (1880 mm) or greater, two handrails are required. Where two handrails are required, one of the handrails shall be within 30 inches (762 mm) horizontally of the stepped aisle SECTION 1030 1031 EMERGENCY ESCAPE AND RESCUE [BE] 1031.1 General. Emergency escape and rescue openings shall comply with the requirements of this section. [BE] 1030.1 1031.2 General Where required. In addition to the means of egress required by this chapter, emergency escape and rescue openings shall be provided in the following occupancies: 1. Group R-2 occupancies located in stories with only one exit or access to only one exit as permitted by Tables 1006.3.4(1) and 1006.3.4(2). 2. Group R-3 and R-4 occupancies. Basements and sleeping rooms below the fourth story above grade plane shall have not less than one exterior emergency escape and rescue opening in accordance with this section. Where basements contain one or more sleeping rooms, an emergency escape and rescue openings opening shall be required in each sleeping room, but shall not be required in adjoining areas of the basement. Such openings shall open directly into a public way or to a yard or court that opens to a public way. Exceptions: 1. Basements with a ceiling height of less than 80 inches (2032 mm) shall not be required to have emergency escape and rescue openings. 2. Emergency escape and rescue openings are not required from basements or sleeping rooms that have an exit door or exit access door that opens directly into a public way or to a yard, court or exterior exit egress balcony that opens to a public way. 3. Basements without habitable spaces and having not more than 200 square feet (18.6 m2) in floor area shall not be required to have emergency escape and rescue openings . pg. 62 4. Storm shelters are not required to comply with this section where the shelter is constructed in accordance with ICC 500. 4 5. Within individual dwelling and sleeping units in Groups R-2 and R-3, where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, 903.3.1.2 or 903.3.1.3, sleeping rooms in basements shall not be required to have emergency escape and rescue openings provided that the basement has one of the following: 4.1. 5.1. One means of egress and one emergency escape and rescue opening. 4.2. 5.2. Two means of egress. [BE] 1031.3 Emergency escape and rescue openings. Emergency escape and rescue openings shall comply with Sections 1031.3.1 through 1031.3.3. [BE] 1030.2 1031.3.1 Minimum size. Emergency escape and rescue openings shall have a minimum net clear opening of 5.7 square feet (0.53 m2). Exception: The minimum net clear opening for grade-floor emergency escape and rescue openings shall be 5 square feet (0.46 m2). [BE] 1030.2.1 1031.3.2 Minimum dimensions. The minimum net clear opening height dimension shall be 24 inches (610 mm). The minimum net clear opening width dimension shall be 20 inches (508 mm). The net clear opening dimensions shall be the result of normal operation of the opening. [BE] 1030.3 1031.3.3 Maximum height from floor. Emergency escape and rescue openings shall have the bottom of the clear opening not greater than 44 inches (1118 mm) measured from the floor. [BE] 1031.4 Emergency escape and rescue doors. Where a door is provided as the required emergency escape and rescue opening, it shall be a swinging door or a sliding door. [BE] 1030.41031.5 Window Area wells. An emergency escape and rescue opening with a finished sill height the bottom of the clear opening below the adjacent ground level grade shall be provided with a window an area well in accordance with Sections 1031.5.1 and 1031.5.2 through 1031.5.3. [BE] 1030.4.1 1031.5.1 Minimum size. The minimum horizontal area of the window area well shall be 9 square feet (0.84 m2), with a minimum dimension of horizontal projection and width of not less than 36 inches (914 mm). The area of the window well shall allow the emergency escape and rescue opening to be fully opened. Exception: The ladder or steps required by Section 1031.5.2 shall be permitted to encroach not more than 6 inches (152 mm) into the required dimensions of the area well. [BE] 1030.4.2 1031.5.2 Ladders or steps. Area Window wells with a vertical depth of more than 44 inches (1118 mm) shall be equipped with an approved permanently affixed ladder or steps. Ladders or rungs shall have an inside width of not less than 12 inches (305 mm), shall project not less than 3 inches (76 mm) from the wall and shall be spaced not more than 18 inches (457 mm) on center (o.c.) vertically for the full height of the window well. The ladder or steps shall not encroach into the required dimensions of the window well by more than 6 inches (152 mm). The ladder or steps shall not be obstructed by the emergency escape and rescue opening when the window or door is in the open position. Ladders or steps required by this section are exempt from the stairway requirements of shall not be required to comply with Section 1011. [BE] 1031.5.2.1 Ladders. Ladders or rungs shall have an inside width of at least 12 inches (305 mm), shall project at least 3 inches (76 mm) from the wall and shall be spaced not more than 18 inches (457 mm) on center (o.c.) vertically for the full height of the area well. pg. 63 [BE] 1031.5.2.2 Steps. Steps shall have an inside width of not less than 12 inches (305 mm), shall have treads greater than 5 inches (127 mm) in depth and a riser height not greater than 18 inches (457 mm) for the full height of the area well. [BE] 1031.5.3 Drainage. Area wells shall be designed for proper drainage by connecting to the building's foundation drainage system required by Section 1805 of the International Building Code. Exception: A drainage system for area wells is not required where the foundation is on well-drained soil or sand-gravel mixture soils in accordance with the United Soil Classification System, Group I Soils, in accordance with Section 1803.5.1 of the International Building Code. [BE] 1030.5 1031.6 Bars, grilles, covers and screens. Bars where bars, grilles, covers, screens or similar devices are permitted to be placed over emergency escape and rescue openings, bulkhead enclosures, or window area wells that serve such openings, provided that the minimum net clear opening size complies shall comply with Sections 1031.3 and 1031.5. And such Such devices shall be releasable or removable from the inside without the use of a key, tool or force greater than that which is required for normal operation of the escape and rescue opening. Where such bars, grilles, covers, screens or similar devices are installed in existing buildings, they shall not reduce the net clear opening of the emergency escape and rescue opening and smoke alarms shall be installed in accordance with Section 907.2.11 regardless of the valuation of the alteration . SECTION 1031 1032 MAINTENANCE OF THE MEANS OF EGRESS 1032.2.1.1 Fire escapes. Security enclosures, fences or screening for fire escape stairways shall be approved by the fire code official and shall be constructed such that they do not impede egress to the public way. Means shall be provided for emergency personnel to access the fire escape stair from the exterior of the enclosure. 1031.7 1032.7 Emergency escape and rescue openings. Required emergency escape and rescue openings shall be maintained in accordance with the that was code in effect at the time of construction, and both of the following: 1. Required emergency escape and rescue openings shall be operational from the inside of the room without the use of keys or tools. 2. Bars, grilles, grates or similar devices are allowed permitted to be placed over emergency escape and rescue openings provided that the minimum net clear opening size complies with the code that was in effect at the time of construction and the unit is equipped with smoke alarms installed in accordance with Section 907.2.11. Such such devices shall be releasable or removable from the inside without the use of a key, tool or force greater than that which is required for normal operation of the emergency escape and rescue opening. pg. 64 CHAPTER 11 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS FOR EXISTING BUILDINGS SECTION 1103 FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR EXISTING BUILDINGS 1103.1.1 Historic buildings. Facilities designated as historic buildings shall develop a fire protection plan in accordance with NFPA 914. The fire protection plans shall comply with the maintenance and availability provisions in Sections 404.3 and 404.4. 1103.2 Emergency responder radio communication coverage in existing buildings. Existing buildings other than Group R-3, that do not have approved radio in-building, two-way emergency response communication coverage for emergency responders in the building based on existing coverage levels of the public safety communication systems, shall be equipped with such coverage according to one of the following: 1. Where an existing wired communication system cannot be repaired or is being replaced, or where not approved in accordance with Section 510.1, Exception 1. 2. within a time frame established by the adopting authority. Exception: Where it is determined by the fire code official that the radio in-building, two-way emergency responder communication coverage system is not needed. 1103.5.4 High-rise buildings. Where Appendix M has not been adopted, existing high-rise buildings that do not have a previously approved fire sprinkler system shall be equipped with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 where any of the following conditions apply: 1. The high-rise building has an occupied floor located more than 120 feet (36 576 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access. 2. The high-rise building has occupied floors located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) and not more than 120 feet (36 576 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access, and the building does not have at least two interior exit stairways complying with Section 1104.10 that are separated from the building interior by fire assemblies having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 hours with opening protection in accordance with Table 716.1(2) of the International Building Code. 3. The high-rise building has occupied floors located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) and not more than 120 feet (36 576 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access, and the building does not have a fire alarm system that includes smoke detection in mechanical equipment, electrical, transformer, telephone equipment and similar rooms; corridors; elevator lobbies; and at doors penetrating interior exit stairway enclosures. Building owners shall file a compliance schedule with the fire code official not later than 365 days after receipt of a written notice. The compliance schedule shall not exceed 12 years for completion of the automatic sprinkler system retrofit 1103.7.5.1 Group R-1 hotel and motel manual fire alarm system. A manual fire alarm system that activates the occupant notification system in accordance with Section 907.5 shall be installed in existing Group R-1 hotels and motels more than one story in height three stories or with more than 20 sleeping units. Exceptions: 1. A manual fire alarm system is not required in buildings less than two stories in height where all sleeping units, attics and crawl spaces are separated by 1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction and each sleeping unit has direct access to a public way, egress court or yard. 2. A manual fire alarm system is not required in buildings not more than three stories in height with not more than 20 sleeping units and equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. 1103.9 Carbon monoxide alarms detection. Carbon monoxide alarms detection shall be installed in existing dwelling units and sleeping units Group I-1, I-2, I-4 and R occupancies and in classrooms in Group E occupancies where those units include any of the conditions identified in Sections 915.1.2 through 915.1.6. The carbon monoxide alarms shall be installed in the locations specified in Section 915.2 and the installation shall be in accordance with Section 915.4. Exceptions: pg. 65 1. Carbon monoxide alarms are permitted to be solely battery operated where the code that was in effect at the time of construction did not require carbon monoxide detectors to be provided. 2. Carbon monoxide alarms are permitted to be solely battery operated in dwelling units that are not served from a commercial power source. SECTION 1105 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS FOR EXISTING GROUP I-2 1105.5.4.2.2 Corridor doors. Doors in corridor walls shall limit the transfer of smoke by complying with the following: 1. Doors shall be constructed of not less than 13/4 inch-thick (44 mm) solid bonded-core wood or capable of resisting fire not less than 1/3 hour. Exception: Corridor doors in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system. 2. Frames for side-hinged swinging doors shall have stops on the sides and top to limit transfer of smoke. 3. Where provided, vision panels in doors shall be a fixed glass window assembly installed to limit the passage of smoke. Existing wired glass panels with steel frames shall be permitted to remain in place. 4. Door undercuts the clearance between the bottom of the door and floor shall not exceed 1 inch (25 mm). 5. Doors shall be positive latching with devices that resist not less than 5 pounds (22.2 N). Roller latches are prohibited. 6. Mail slots or similar openings shall be permitted in accordance with Section 1105.5.4.3. 1105.5.4.2.3 Dutch doors. Where provided, Dutch doors shall comply with Section 1105.5.4.2.2. In addition, Dutch doors shall be equipped with latching devices on either the top or bottom leaf to allow leaves to latch together. The space between the leaves shall be protected with devices such as astragals to limit the passage of smoke. 1105.5.4.2.4 Self- or automatic-closing doors. Where self- or automatic-closing doors are required, closers shall be maintained in operational condition. Hold-open devices on doors shall be capable of manual release. 1105.5.4.2.5 Protective plates. Protective plates installed on corridor doors shall not be limited in size. 1105.6 Means of egress. In addition to the means of egress requirements in Section 1104, Group I-2 facilities shall meet the means of egress requirements in Sections 1105.6.1 through 1105.6.8. 1105.6.1 Two means of egress. A means of egress shall be provided from each smoke compartment created by smoke barriers without having to return through the smoke compartment from which the means of egress originated. Smoke compartments that do not contain an exit shall be provided with direct access to not less than two adjacent smoke compartments. pg. 66 CHAPTER 12 ENERGY SYSTEMS SECTION 1201 GENERAL 1201.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall apply to the installation, operation and maintenance, maintenance, repair, retrofitting, testing, commissioning and decommissioning of energy systems used for generating or storing energy. It shall not apply to equipment associated with the generation, control, transformation, transmission, or distribution of energy installations that is under the exclusive control of an electric utility or lawfully designated agency. 1201.2 Electrical wiring and equipment. Electrical wiring and equipment used in connection with energy systems shall be installed and maintained in accordance with this chapter, Section 603 and NFPA 70. 1201.3 Mixed system installation. Where approved, the aggregate nameplate kWh energy of all energy storage systems in a fire area shall not exceed the maximum quantity specified for any of the energy systems in this chapter. Where required by the fire code official, a hazard mitigation analysis shall be provided and approved in accordance with Section 104.8.2 to evaluate any potential adverse interaction between the various energy systems and technologies. SECTION 1203 EMERGENCY AND STANDBY POWER SYSTEMS 1203.1.2 Fuel line piping protection. Fuel lines supplying a generator set inside a high-rise building shall be separated from areas of the building other than the room the generator is located in by an approved method, or an one of the following methods: 1. A fire-resistant pipe-protection system that has been tested in accordance with UL 1489. The system shall be installed as tested and in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions, and shall have a rating of not less than 2 hours. Where the building is protected throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, the required rating shall be reduced to 1 hour. 2. An assembly that has a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 hours. Where the building is protected throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, the required fire-resistance rating shall be reduced to 1 hour. 3. Other approved methods. 1203.2.3 Emergency responder radio communication coverage systems. Standby power shall be provided for in-building, two-way emergency responder radio communication coverage systems as required in Section 510.4.2.3. The standby power supply shall be capable of operating the in-building, two-way emergency responder radio communication coverage system at 100-percent system operation capacity for a duration of not less than 12 hours. 1203.2.4 Emergency voice/alarm communication systems. Emergency Standby power shall be provided for emergency voice/alarm communication systems as required in accordance with Section 907.5.2.2.5. The system shall be capable of powering the required load for a duration of not less than 24 hours, as required in NFPA 72. 1203.2.5 Exhaust ventilation. Standby power shall be provided for mechanical exhaust ventilation systems as required in Section 1207.6.1.2.1. The system shall be capable of powering the required load for a duration of not less than 2 hours. SECTION 1204 SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC POWER SYSTEMS PORTABLE GENERATORS pg. 67 1204.1 Portable generators. The use, operation and maintenance of portable generators shall comply with this section. 1204.2 Listing. Portable generators manufactured after January 1, 2021, shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 2201. 1204.3 Operation and maintenance. Portable generators shall be operated and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 1204.4 Grounding. Portable generators shall be grounded in accordance with NFPA 70. 1204.5 Operating locations. Portable generators shall be operated only outdoors a minimum of 5 feet (1524 mm) from any building openings such as windows and doors or air intakes. Portable generators shall not be operated within buildings or enclosed areas. Additional separation shall be provided for tents, membrane structures and outdoor assembly events as specified in Chapter 31. 1204.6 Cords and wiring. Extension cords and temporary wiring used to connect portable generators shall be in accordance with Section 604 and shall be provided with GFCI protection. 1204.7 Connections to premise wiring. Connections to a premise wiring system shall comply with all of the following: 1. Power shall not be provided in a manner that “back-feeds” receptacles or the premise wiring system. 2. Connection to a premise served by commercial power shall be made through a listed transfer switch installed, used and maintained in accordance with NFPA 70. 3. Connections to buildings not served by commercial power shall comply with NFPA 70. 1204.8 Refueling. Portable generators shall not be refueled while operating. 1204.9 Storage and repair. Storage and repair of fuel-fired portable generators shall comply with Section 313. 1204.10 Fire extinguisher. A listed portable fire extinguisher complying with Section 906 with a minimum rating of 2-A: 20-B:C shall be provided not more than 50 feet (15 240 mm) from the portable generator. SECTION 1205 STATIONARY FUEL CELL POWER SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC POWER SYSTEMS 1204.1 1205.1 General. Solar photovoltaic (PV) systems shall be installed in accordance with Sections 1205.2 through 1205.4, and the International Building Code or International Residential Code. The electrical portion of solar PV systems shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 70. Rooftop-mounted solar photovoltaic systems shall be installed in accordance with Sections 1205.2 through 1205.4.3. Ground-mounted solar photovoltaic systems shall comply with Section 1205.5. 1204.2 1205.2 Access and pathways. Roof access, pathways and spacing requirements shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1205.2.1 through 1205.3.3. Pathways shall be over areas capable of supporting fire fighters accessing the roof. Pathways shall be located in areas with minimal obstructions, such as vent pipes, conduit or mechanical equipment. Exceptions: 1. Detached, non-habitable Group U structures including, but not limited to, detached garages serving Group R-3 buildings, parking shade structures, carports, solar trellises and similar structures. 2. Roof access, pathways and spacing requirements need not be provided where the fire code official has determined that rooftop operations will not be employed. 3. Building-integrated photovoltaic (BIPV) systems where the BIPV systems are approved, integrated into the finished roof surface and are listed in accordance with a national test standard developed pg. 68 to address Section 690.12(B)(2) of NFPA 70. The removal or cutting away of portions of the BIPV system during fire-fighting operations shall not expose a fire fighter to electrical shock hazards. 1205.2.3 Building-integrated photovoltaic (BIPV) systems. Where building-integrated photovoltaic (BIPV) systems are installed in a manner that creates areas with electrical hazards to be hidden from view, markings shall be provided to identify the hazardous areas to avoid. The markings shall be reflective and be visible from grade. Exception: BIPV systems listed in accordance with Section 690.12(B)(2) of NFPA 70, where the removal or cutting away of portions of the BIPV system during fire-fighting operations have been determined to not expose a fire fighter to electrical shock hazards. 1204.4 1205.5 Ground-mounted photovoltaic panel systems. Ground-mounted photovoltaic panel systems shall be installed in accordance with this section. Comply with Section 1205.1 and this section. Setback requirements shall not apply to ground-mounted, free-standing photovoltaic arrays. A clear, brush-free area of 10 feet (3048 mm) shall be required for ground-mounted photovoltaic arrays. 1205.5.1 Vegetation control. A clear, brush-free area of 10 feet (3048 mm) shall be required around the perimeter of the ground-mounted photovoltaic arrays. A noncombustible base of gravel or a maintained vegetative surface or a noncombustible base, approved by the fire code official, shall be installed and maintained under the photovoltaic arrays and associated electrical equipment installations. SECTION 1206 ELECTRICAL ENERGY STORAGE STATIONARY FUEL CELL POWER SYSTEMS 1206.14 Group R-3 and R-4 fuel cell vehicle energy storage system use. The temporary use of the dwelling unit owner or occupant's fuel cell-powered electric vehicle to power a Group R-3 or R-4 dwelling while parked in an attached or detached garage or outside shall comply with the vehicle manufacturer's instructions and NFPA 70. SECTION 1207 ELECTRICAL ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS (ESS) 1207.1 General. The provisions in this section are applicable to stationary and mobile electrical energy storage systems (ESS). Exception: ESS in Group R-3 and R-4 occupancies shall comply with Section 1207.11. 1207.1.1 Scope. ESS having capacities exceeding the values shown in Table 1207.1.1 shall comply with this section. TABLE 1207.1.1 ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM (ESS) THRESHOLD QUANTITIES For SI: 1 kilowatt hour = 3.6 megajoules. ] a. Energy capacity is the total energy capable of being stored (nameplate rating), not the usable energy rating. For units rated in amp-hours, kWh shall equal rated voltage times amp-hour rating divided by 1,000. b. Shall include vanadium, zinc-bromine, polysulfide-bromide and other flowing electrolyte-type technologies. c. Fifty gallons of lead-acid battery electrolyte shall be considered equivalent to 70 kWh. 1207.1.2 Permits. Permits shall be obtained for ESS as follows: 1. Construction permits shall be obtained for stationary ESS installations and for mobile ESS charging and storage installations covered by Section 1207.10.1. Permits shall be obtained in accordance with Section 105.6.5. pg. 69 2. Operational permits shall be obtained for stationary ESS installations and for mobile ESS deployment operations covered by Section 1207.10.3. Permits shall be obtained in accordance with Section 105.5.14. 1207.1.2.1 Communication utilities. Operational permits shall not be required for lead-acid and nickel- cadmium battery systems at facilities under the exclusive control of communications utilities that comply with NFPA 76 and operate at less than 50 voltage alternating current (VAC) and 60 voltage direct current (VDC). 1207.1.3 Construction documents. The following information shall be provided with the permit application: 1. Location and layout diagram of the room or area in which the ESS is to be installed. 2. Details on the hourly fire-resistance ratings of assemblies enclosing the ESS. 3. The quantities and types of ESS to be installed. 4. Manufacturer's specifications, ratings and listings of each ESS. 5. Description of energy (battery) management systems and their operation. 6. Location and content of required signage. 7. Details on fire suppression, smoke or fire detection, thermal management, ventilation, exhaust and deflagration venting systems, if provided. 8. Support arrangement associated with the installation, including any required seismic restraint. 9. A commissioning plan complying with Section 1207.2.1. 10. A decommissioning plan complying with Section 1207.2.3. 1207.1.4 Hazard mitigation analysis. A failure modes and effects analysis (FMEA) or other approved hazard mitigation analysis shall be provided in accordance with Section 104.8.2 under any of the following conditions: 1. Where ESS technologies not specifically identified in Table 1207.1.1 are provided. 2. More than one ESS technology is provided in a room or enclosed area where there is a potential for adverse interaction between technologies. 3. Where allowed as a basis for increasing maximum allowable quantities. See Section 1207.5.2. 1207.1.4.1 Fault condition. The hazard mitigation analysis shall evaluate the consequences of the following failure modes. Only single failure modes shall be considered. 1. A thermal runaway condition in a single ESS rack, module or unit. 2. Failure of any battery (energy) management system. 3. Failure of any required ventilation or exhaust system. 4. Voltage surges on the primary electric supply. 5. Short circuits on the load side of the ESS. 6. Failure of the smoke detection, fire detection, fire suppression or gas detection system. 7. Required spill neutralization not being provided or failure of a required secondary containment system. 1207.1.4.2 Analysis approval. The fire code official is authorized to approve the hazardous mitigation analysis provided that the consequences of the hazard mitigation analysis demonstrate: 1. Fires will be contained within unoccupied ESS rooms or areas for the minimum duration of the fire- resistance-rated separations identified in Section 1207.7.4. 2. Fires in occupied work centers will be detected in time to allow occupants within the room or area to safely evacuate. 3. Toxic and highly toxic gases released during fires will not reach concentrations in excess of the IDLH level in the building or adjacent means of egress routes during the time deemed necessary to evacuate occupants from any affected area. 4. Flammable gases released from ESS during charging, discharging and normal operation will not exceed 25 percent of their lower flammability limit (LFL). 5. Flammable gases released from ESS during fire, overcharging and other abnormal conditions will be controlled through the use of ventilation of the gases, preventing accumulation, or by deflagration venting. pg. 70 1207.1.4.3 Additional protection measures. Construction, equipment and systems that are required for the ESS to comply with the hazardous mitigation analysis, including but not limited to those specifically described in Section 1207, shall be installed, maintained and tested in accordance with nationally recognized standards and specified design parameters. 1207.1.5 Large-scale fire test. Where required elsewhere in Section 1206, large-scale fire testing shall be conducted on a representative ESS in accordance with UL 9540A. The testing shall be conducted or witnessed and reported by an approved testing laboratory and show that a fire involving one ESS will not propagate to an adjacent ESS, and where installed within buildings, enclosed areas and walk-in units will be contained within the room, enclosed area or walk-in unit for a duration equal to the fire-resistance rating of the room separation specified in Section 1207.7.4. The test report shall be provided to the Fire code official for review and approval in accordance with Section 104.8.2. 1207.1.6 Fire remediation. Where a fire or other event has damaged the ESS and ignition or re-ignition of the ESS is possible, the system owner, agent or lessee shall take the following actions, at their expense, to mitigate the hazard or remove damaged equipment from the premises to a safe location. 1207.1.6.1 Fire mitigation personnel. Where, in the opinion of the fire code official , it is essential for public safety that trained personnel be on-site to respond to possible ignition or re-ignition of a damaged ESS, the system owner, agent or lessee shall immediately dispatch one or more fire mitigation personnel to the premise, as required and approved , at their expense. These personnel shall remain on duty continuously after the fire department leaves the premise until the damaged energy storage equipment is removed from the premises, or earlier if the fire code official indicates the public safety hazard has been abated. 1207.1.6.2 Duties. On-duty fire mitigation personnel shall have the following responsibilities: 1. Keep a diligent watch for fires, obstructions to means of egress and other hazards. 2. Immediately contact the fire department if their assistance is needed to mitigate any hazards or extinguish fires. 3. Take prompt measures for remediation of hazards in accordance with the decommissioning plan per Section 1207.2.3. 4. Take prompt measures to assist in the evacuation of the public from the structures. 1207.2 Commissioning, decommissioning, operation and maintenance. Commissioning, decommissioning, operation and maintenance shall be conducted in accordance with this section. 1207.2.1 Commissioning. Commissioning of newly installed ESS and existing ESS that have been retrofitted, replaced or previously decommissioned and are returning to service shall be conducted prior to the ESS being placed in service in accordance with a commissioning plan that has been approved prior to initiating commissioning. The commissioning plan shall include the following: 1. A narrative description of the activities that will be accomplished during each phase of commissioning, including the personnel intended to accomplish each of the activities. 2. A listing of the specific ESS and associated components, controls and safety-related devices to be tested, a description of the tests to be performed and the functions to be tested. 3. Conditions under which all testing will be performed, which are representative of the conditions during normal operation of the system. 4. Documentation of the owner's project requirements and the basis of design necessary to understand the installation and operation of the ESS. 5. Verification that required equipment and systems are installed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications. 6. Integrated testing for all fire and safety systems. 7. Testing for any required thermal management, ventilation or exhaust systems associated with the ESS installation. 8. Preparation and delivery of operation and maintenance documentation. 9. Training of facility operating and maintenance staff. pg. 71 10. Identification and documentation of the requirements for maintaining system performance to meet the original design intent during the operation phase. 11. Identification and documentation of personnel who are qualified to service, maintain and decommission the ESS, and respond to incidents involving the ESS, including documentation that such service has been contracted for. 12. A decommissioning plan for removing the ESS from service, and from the facility in which it is located. The plan shall include details on providing a safe, orderly shutdown of energy storage and safety systems with notification to the code officials prior to the actual decommissioning of the system. The decommissioning plan shall include contingencies for removing an intact operational ESS from service, and for removing an ESS from service that has been damaged by a fire or other event. Exception: Commissioning shall not be required for lead-acid and nickel-cadmium battery systems at facilities under the exclusive control of communications utilities that comply with NFPA 76 and operate at less than 50 VAC and 60 VDC. A decommissioning plan shall be provided and maintained where required by the fire code official. 1207.2.1.1 Initial acceptance testing. During the commissioning process an ESS shall be evaluated for proper operation in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the commissioning plan prior to final approval. 1207.2.1.2 Commissioning report. A report describing the results of the system commissioning, including the results of the initial acceptance testing required in Section 1207.2.1.1, shall be provided to the fire code official prior to final inspection and approval and maintained at an approved on-site location. 1207.2.2 Operation and maintenance. An operation and maintenance manual shall be provided to both the ESS owner or their authorized agent and the ESS operator before the ESS is put into operation and shall include the following: 1. Manufacturer's operation manuals and maintenance manuals for the entire ESS, or for each component of the system requiring maintenance, that clearly identify the required routine maintenance actions. 2. Name, address and phone number of a service agency that has been contracted to service the ESS and its associated safety systems. 3. Maintenance and calibration information, including wiring diagrams, control drawings, schematics, system programming instructions and control sequence descriptions, for all energy storage control systems. 4. Desired or field-determined control set points that are permanently recorded on control drawings at control devices or, for digital control systems, in system programming instructions. 5. A schedule for inspecting and recalibrating all ESS controls. 6. A service record log form that lists the schedule for all required servicing and maintenance actions and space for logging such actions that are completed over time and retained on-site. The ESS shall be operated and maintained in accordance with the manual and a copy of the manual shall be retained at an approved on-site location. 1207.2.2.1 Ongoing inspection and testing. Systems that monitor and protect the ESS installation shall be inspected and tested in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the operation and maintenance manual. Inspection and testing records shall be maintained in the operation and maintenance manual. 1207.2.3 Decommissioning. The code official shall be notified prior to the decommissioning of an ESS. Decommissioning shall be performed in accordance with the decommissioning plan that includes the following: 1. A narrative description of the activities to be accomplished for removing the ESS from service, and from the facility in which it is located. 2. A listing of any contingencies for removing an intact operational ESS from service, and for removing an ESS from service that has been damaged by a fire or other event. 1207.3 Equipment. ESS equipment shall be in accordance with Sections 1207.3.1 through 1207.3.9. pg. 72 1207.3.1 Energy storage system listings. ESS shall be listed in accordance with UL 9540. Exception: Lead-acid and nickel-cadmium battery systems installed in facilities under the exclusive control of communications utilities, and operating at less than 50 VAC and 60 VDC in accordance with NFPA 76, are not required to be listed . 1207.3.2 Equipment listing. Chargers, inverters and energy storage management systems shall be covered as part of the UL 9540 listing or shall be listed separately. 1207.3.3 Utility interactive systems. Inverters shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 1741. Only inverters listed and labeled for utility interactive system use and identified as interactive shall be allowed to operate in parallel with the electric utility power system to supply power to common loads. 1207.3.4 Energy storage management system. Where required by the ESS listing, an approved energy storage management system that monitors and balances cell voltages, currents and temperatures within the manufacturer's specifications shall be provided. The system shall disconnect electrical connections to the ESS or otherwise place it in a safe condition if potentially hazardous temperatures or other conditions such as short circuits, over voltage or under voltage are detected. 1207.3.5 Enclosures. Enclosures of ESS shall be of noncombustible construction. 1207.3.6 Repairs. Repairs of ESS shall only be done by qualified personnel. Repairs with other than identical parts shall be considered retrofitting and comply with Section 1207.3.7. Repairs shall be documented in the service records log. 1207.3.7 Retrofits. Retrofitting of an existing ESS shall comply with the following: 1. A construction permit shall be obtained in accordance with Section 105.6.5. 2. New batteries, battery modules, capacitors and similar ESS components shall be listed. 3. Battery management and other monitoring systems shall be connected and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 4. The overall installation shall continue to comply with UL 9540 listing requirements, where applicable. 5. Systems that have been retrofitted shall be commissioned in accordance with Section 1207.2.1. 6. Retrofits shall be documented in the service records log. 1207.3.7.1 Retrofitting lead acid and nickel cadmium. Section 1207.3.7 shall not apply to retrofitting of lead-acid and nickel-cadmium batteries with other lead-acid and nickel-cadmium batteries at facilities under the exclusive control of communications utilities that comply with NFPA 76 and operate at less than 50 VAC and 60 VDC. 1207.3.8 Replacements. Replacements of ESS shall be considered new ESS installations and shall comply with the provisions of Section 1207 as applicable to new ESS. The ESS being replaced shall be decommissioned in accordance with Section 1207.2.3. 1207.3.9 Reused and repurposed equipment. Equipment and materials shall only be reused or reinstalled as permitted in Section 104.8.1. Storage batteries previously used in other applications, such as electric vehicle propulsion, shall not be reused in applications regulated by Chapter 12 unless approved by the fire code official and unless the equipment is refurbished by a battery refurbishing company approved in accordance with UL 1974. 1207.4 General installations requirements. Stationary and mobile ESS shall comply with the requirements of Sections 1207.4.1 through 1207.4.12. 1207.4.1 Electrical disconnects. Where the ESS disconnecting means is not within sight of the main electrical service disconnecting means, placards or directories shall be installed at the location of the pg. 73 main electrical service disconnecting means indicating the location of stationary storage battery system disconnecting means in accordance with NFPA 70. Exception: Electrical disconnects for lead-acid and nickel-cadmium battery systems at facilities under the exclusive control of communications utilities and operating at less than 50 VAC and 60 VDC shall be permitted to have electrical disconnects signage in accordance with NFPA 76. 1207.4.2 Working clearances. Access and working space shall be provided and maintained about all electrical equipment to permit ready and safe operation and maintenance of such equipment in accordance with NFPA 70 and the manufacturer's instructions. 1207.4.3 Fire-resistance-rated separations. Rooms and other indoor areas containing ESS shall be separated from other areas of the building in accordance with Section 1207.7.4. ESS shall be permitted to be in the same room with the equipment they support. 1207.4.4 Seismic and structural design. Stationary ESS shall comply with the seismic design requirements in Chapter 16 of the International Building Code, and shall not exceed the floor loading limitation of the building. 1207.4.5 Vehicle impact protection. Where ESS are subject to impact by a motor vehicle, including fork lifts, vehicle impact protection shall be provided in accordance with Section 312. 1207.4.6 Combustible storage. Combustible materials shall not be stored in ESS rooms, areas or walk-in units. Combustible materials in occupied work centers covered by Section 1207.4.10 shall be stored at least 3 feet (914 mm) from ESS cabinets. 1207.4.7 Toxic and highly toxic gases. ESS that have the potential to release toxic and highly toxic gas during charging, discharging and normal use conditions shall be provided with a hazardous exhaust system in accordance with Section 502.8 of the International Mechanical Code. 1207.4.8 Signage. Approved signs shall be provided on or adjacent to all entry doors for ESS rooms or areas and on enclosures of ESS cabinets and walk-in units located outdoors, on rooftops or in open parking garages. Signs designed to meet both the requirements of this section and NFPA 70 shall be permitted. The signage shall include the following or equivalent: 1. “ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM,” “BATTERY STORAGE SYSTEM,” “CAPACITOR ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM” or the equivalent. 2. The identification of the electrochemical ESS technology present. 3. “ENERGIZED ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS.” 4. Where water-reactive electrochemical ESS are present, the signage shall include “APPLY NO WATER.” 5. Current contact information, including phone number, for personnel authorized to service the equipment and for fire mitigation personnel required by Section 1207.1.6.1. Exception: Existing electrochemical ESS shall be permitted to include the signage required at the time they were installed. 1207.4.9 Security of installations. Rooms, areas and walk-in units in which electrochemical ESS are located shall be secured against unauthorized entry and Safe-guarded in an approved manner. Security barriers, fences, landscaping and other enclosures shall not inhibit the required air flow to or exhaust from the electrochemical ESS and its components. 1207.4.10 Occupied work centers. Electrochemical ESS located in rooms or areas occupied by personnel not directly involved with maintenance, service and testing of the systems shall comply with the following: 1. Electrochemical ESS located in occupied work centers shall be housed in locked noncombustible cabinets or other enclosures to prevent access by unauthorized personnel. pg. 74 2. Where electrochemical ESS are contained in cabinets in occupied work centers, the cabinets shall be located within 10 feet (3048 mm) of the equipment that they support. 3. Cabinets shall include signage complying with Section 1207.4.8. 1207.4.11 Open rack installations. Where electrochemical ESS are installed in a separate equipment room and only authorized personnel have access to the room, they shall be permitted to be installed on an open rack for ease of maintenance. 1207.4.12 Walk-in units. Walk-in units shall be entered only for inspection, maintenance and repair of ESS units and ancillary equipment, and shall not be occupied for other purposes. 1207.5 Electrochemical ESS protection. The protection of electrochemical ESS shall be in accordance with Sections 1207.5.1 through 1207.5.8 where required by Sections 1207.7 through 1207.10. TABLE 1207.5 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITIES OF ELECTROCHEMICAL ESS For SI: 1 kilowatt hour = 3.6 megajoules. a. For electrochemical ESS units rated in amp-hours, kWh shall equal rated voltage times the amp-hour rating divided by 1,000. b. Shall include vanadium, zinc-bromine, polysulfide-bromide and other flowing electrolyte-type technologies. 1207.5.1 Size and separation. Electrochemical ESS shall be segregated into groups not exceeding 50 kWh (180 megajoules). Each group shall be separated a minimum of 3 feet (914 mm) from other groups and from walls in the storage room or area. The storage arrangements shall comply with Chapter 10. 1. Lead-acid and nickel-cadmium battery systems in facilities under the exclusive control of communications utilities and operating at less than 50 VAC and 60 VDC in accordance with NFPA 76. 2. T h e fire code official is authorized to approve larger capacities or smaller separation distances based on large-scale fire testing complying with Section 1207.1.5. 1207.5.2 Maximum allowable quantities. Fire areas within rooms, areas and walk-in units containing electrochemical ESS shall not exceed the maximum allowable quantities in Table 1207.5. Exceptions: 1. Where approved by the fire code official, rooms, areas and walk-in units containing electrochemical ESS that exceed the amounts in Table 1207.5 shall be permitted based on a hazardous mitigation analysis in accordance with Section 1207.1.4 and large-scale fire testing complying with Section 1207.1.5. 2. Lead-acid and nickel-cadmium battery systems installed in facilities under the exclusive control of communications utilities, and operating at less than 50 VAC and 60 VDC in accordance with NFPA 76. 3. Dedicated-use buildings in compliance with Section 1207.7.1. pg. 75 1207.5.2.1 Mixed electrochemical energy systems. Where rooms, areas and walk-in units contain different types of electrochemical energy technologies, the total aggregate quantities of the systems shall be determined based on the sum of percentages of each technology-type quantity divided by the maximum allowable quantity of each technology type. The sum of the percentages shall not exceed 100 percent of the maximum allowable quantity. 1207.5.3 Elevation. Electrochemical ESS shall not be located in the following areas: 1. Where the floor is located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access. 2. Where the floor is located below the lowest level of exit discharge. Exceptions: 1. Lead-acid and nickel-cadmium battery systems less than 50 VAC and 60 VDC installed in facilities under the exclusive control of communications utilities in accordance with NFPA 76. 2. Where approved, installations shall be permitted in underground vaults complying with NFPA 70, Article 450, Part III. 3. Where approved by the fire code official, installations shall be permitted on higher and lower floors. 1207.5.4 Fire detection. An approved automatic smoke detection system or radiant energy-sensing fire detection system complying with Section 907.2 shall be installed in rooms, indoor areas and walk-in units containing electrochemical ESS. An approved radiant energy-sensing fire detection system shall be installed to protect open parking garage and rooftop installations. Alarm signals from detection systems shall be transmitted to a central station, proprietary or remote station service in accordance with NFPA 72, or where approved to a constantly attended location. 1207.5.4.1 System status. Where required by the fire code official, visible annunciation shall be provided on cabinet exteriors or in other approved locations to indicate that potentially hazardous conditions associated with the ESS exist. 1207.5.5 Fire suppression systems. Rooms and areas within buildings and walk-in units containing electrochemical ESS shall be protected by an automatic 1. An automatic sprinkler system designed and installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 with a minimum density of 0.3 gpm/ft2 (1.14 L/min) based on the fire area or 2,500 square-foot (232 m2) design area, whichever is smaller. 2. Where approved, an automatic sprinkler system designed and installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 with a sprinkler hazard classification based on large-scale fire testing complying with Section 1207.1.5. 3. The following alternative automatic fire-extinguishing systems designed and installed in accordance with Section 904, provided that the installation is approved by the fire code official based on large-scale fire testing complying with Section 1207.1.5: 3.1. NFPA 12, Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems. 3.2. NFPA 15, Standard for Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection. 3.3. NFPA 750, Standard on Water Mist Fire Protection Systems. 3.4. NFPA 2001, Standard on Clean Agent Fire-Extinguishing Systems. 3.5. NFPA 2010, Standard for Fixed Aerosol Fire-Extinguishing Systems. Exception: Fire suppression systems for lead-acid and nickel-cadmium battery systems at facilities under the exclusive control of communications utilities that operate at less than 50 VAC and 60 VDC shall be provided where required by NFPA 76. 1207.5.5.1 Water-reactive systems. Electrochemical ESS that utilize water-reactive materials shall be protected by an approved alternative automatic fire-extinguishing system in accordance with Section 904, where the installation is approved by the fire code official based on large-scale fire testing complying with Section 1207.1.5. 1207.5.6 Maximum enclosure size. Outdoor walk-in units housing ESS shall not exceed 53 feet by 8 feet by 9.5 feet high (16 154 mm × 2438 mm × 2896 mm), not including bolt-on HVAC and related equipment, as pg. 76 approved. Outdoor walk-in units exceeding these limitations shall be considered indoor installations and comply with the requirements in Section 1207.7. 1207.5.7 Vegetation control. Areas within 10 feet (3048 mm) on each side of outdoor ESS shall be cleared of combustible vegetation and other combustible growth. Single specimens of trees, shrubbery or cultivated ground cover such as green grass, ivy, succulents or similar plants used as ground cover shall be permitted to be exempt provided that they do not form a means of readily transmitting fire. 1207.5.8 Means of egress separation. ESS located outdoors and in open parking garages shall be separated from any means of egress as required by the fire code official to ensure safe egress under fire conditions, but in no case less than 10 feet (3048 mm). Exception: The fire code official is authorized to approve a reduced separation distance if large-scale fire testing complying with Section 1207.1.5 is provided that shows that a fire involving the ESS will not adversely impact occupant egress. 1207.6 Electrochemical ESS technology-specific protection. Electrochemical ESS installations shall comply with the requirements of this section in accordance with the applicable requirements of Table 1207.6. TABLE 1207.6 ELECTROCHEMICAL ESS TECHNOLOGY-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS a. Not required for lead-acid and nickel-cadmium batteries at facilities under the exclusive control of communications utilities that comply with NFPA 76 and operate at less than 50 VAC and 60 VDC. b. Protection shall be provided unless documentation acceptable to the fire code official is provided in accordance with Section 104.8.2 that provides justification why the protection is not necessary based on the technology used. c. Applicable to vented-type (i.e., flooded) nickel-cadmium and lead-acid batteries. d. Not required for vented-type (i.e., flooded) lead-acid batteries. e. The thermal runaway protection is permitted to be part of a battery management system that has been evaluated with the battery as part of the evaluation to UL 1973. 1207.6.1 Exhaust ventilation. Where required by Table 1207.6 or elsewhere in this code, exhaust ventilation of rooms, areas and walk-in units containing electrochemical ESS shall be provided in accordance with the International Mechanical Code and Section 1207.6.1.1 or 1207.6.1.2. 1207.6.1.1 Ventilation based on LFL. The exhaust ventilation system shall be designed to limit the maximum concentration of flammable gas to 25 percent of the lower flammable limit (LFL) of the total volume of the room, area or walk-in unit during the worst-case event of simultaneous charging of batteries at the maximum charge rate, in accordance with nationally recognized standards. 1207.6.1.2 Ventilation based on exhaust rate. Mechanical exhaust ventilation shall be provided at a rate of not less than 1 ft3/min/ft2 (5.1 L/sec/m2) of floor area of the room, area or walk-in unit. The ventilation shall be either continuous or shall be activated by a gas detection system in accordance with Section 1207.6.1.2.4. 1207.6.1.2.1 Standby power. Mechanical exhaust ventilation shall be provided with a minimum of 2 hours of standby power in accordance with Section 1203.2.5. pg. 77 1207.6.1.2.2 Installation instructions. Required mechanical exhaust ventilation systems shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and the International Mechanical Code. 1207.6.1.2.3 Supervision. Required mechanical exhaust ventilation systems shall be supervised by an approved central station, proprietary or remote station service in accordance with NFPA 72, or shall initiate an audible and visible signal at an approved constantly attended on-site location. 1207.6.1.2.4 Gas detection system. Where required by Section 1207.6.1.2, rooms, areas and walk-in units containing ESS shall be protected by an approved continuous gas detection system that complies with Section 916 and with the following: 1. The gas detection system shall be designed to activate the mechanical ventilation system when the level of flammable gas in the room, area or walk-in unit exceeds 25 percent of the LFL. 2. The mechanical ventilation system shall remain on until the flammable gas detected is less than 25 percent of the LFL. 3. The gas detection system shall be provided with a minimum of 2 hours of standby power in accordance with Section 1203.2.5. 4. Failure of the gas detection system shall annunciate a trouble signal at an approved central station, proprietary or remote station service in accordance with NFPA 72, or shall initiate an audible and visible trouble signal at an approved constantly attended on-site location. 1207.6.2 Spill control and neutralization. Where required by Table 1207.6 or elsewhere in this code, areas containing free-flowing liquid electrolyte or hazardous materials shall be provided with spill control and neutralization in accordance with this section. 1207.6.2.1 Spill control. Spill control shall be provided to prevent the flow of liquid electrolyte or hazardous materials to adjoining rooms or areas. The method shall be capable of containing a spill from the single largest battery or vessel. 1207.6.2.2 Neutralization. An approved method that is capable of neutralizing spilled liquid electrolyte from the largest battery or vessel to a pH between 5.0 and 9.0 shall be provided. 1207.6.2.3 Communications utilities. The requirements of Section 1207.6.2 shall apply only when the aggregate capacity of multiple vessels exceeds 1,000 gallons (3785 L) for lead-acid and nickel-cadmium battery systems operating at less than 50 VAC and 60 VDC that are located at facilities under the exclusive control of communications utilities, and those facilities comply with NFPA 76 in addition to applicable requirements of this code. 1207.6.3 Explosion control. Where required by Table 1207.6 or elsewhere in this code, explosion control complying with Section 911 shall be provided for rooms, areas or walk-in units containing electrochemical ESS technologies. Exceptions: 1. Where approved, explosion control is permitted to be waived by the fire code official based on large- scale fire testing complying with Section 1207.1.5 that demonstrates that flammable gases are not liberated from electrochemical ESS cells or modules where tested in accordance with UL 9540A. 2. Where approved, explosion control is permitted to be waived by the fire code official based on documentation provided in accordance with Section 104.7 that demonstrates that the electrochemical ESS technology to be used does not have the potential to release flammable gas concentrations in excess of 25 percent of the LFL anywhere in the room, area, walk-in unit or structure under thermal runaway or other fault conditions. 1207.6.4 Safety caps. Where required by Table 1207.6 or elsewhere in this code, vented batteries and other ESS shall be provided with flame-arresting safety caps. pg. 78 1207.6.5 Thermal runaway. Where required by Table 1207.6 or elsewhere in this code, batteries and other ESS shall be provided with a listed device or other approved method to prevent, detect and minimize the impact of thermal runaway. 1207.7 Indoor installations. Indoor ESS installations shall be in accordance with Sections 1207.7.1 through 1207.7.4. TABLE 1207.7 INDOOR ESS INSTALLATIONS NA = Not Allowed. a. See Section 1207.7.1. b. See Section 1207.7.2. c. Where approved by the fire code official, fire suppression systems are permitted to be omitted in dedicated-use buildings located more than 100 feet (30.5 m) from buildings, lot lines, public ways, stored combustible materials, hazardous materials, high-piled stock and other exposure hazards. d. Where approved by the fire code official, alarm signals are not required to be transmitted to a central station, proprietary or remote station service in accordance with NFPA 72, or a constantly attended location where local fire alarm annunciation is provided and trained personnel are always present. e. Lead-acid and nickel-cadmium battery systems installed in Group U buildings and structures less than 1,500 square feet (139 m2) under the exclusive control of communications utilities, and operating at less than 50 VAC and 60 VDC in accordance with NFPA 76, are not required to have an approved automatic smoke or fire detection system. 1207.7.1 Dedicated-use buildings. For the purpose of Table 1207.7, dedicated-use ESS buildings shall be classified as Group F-1 occupancies and comply with all the following: 1. The building shall only be used for ESS, electrical energy generation and other electrical grid-related operations. 2. Occupants in the rooms and areas containing ESS are limited to personnel that operate, maintain, service, test and repair the ESS and other energy systems. 3. No other occupancy types shall be permitted in the building. 4. Administrative and support personnel shall be permitted in areas within the buildings that do not contain ESS, provided that: 4.1. The areas do not occupy more than 10 percent of the building area of the story in which they are located. 4.2. A means of egress is provided from the incidental use areas to the public way that does not require occupants to traverse through areas containing ESS or other energy system equipment. 1207.7.2 Non-dedicated-use buildings. For the purpose of Table 1207.7, non-dedicated-use buildings include all buildings that contain ESS and do not comply with Section 1207.7.2 dedicated-use building requirements. 1207.7.3 Dwelling units and sleeping units. ESS shall not be installed in sleeping units or in habitable spaces of dwelling units. pg. 79 1207.7.4 Fire-resistance-rated separations. Rooms and areas containing ESS shall include fire-resistance- rated separations as follows: 1. In dedicated-use buildings, rooms and areas containing ESS shall be separated from areas in which administrative and support personnel are located. 2. In non-dedicated-use buildings, rooms and areas containing ESS shall be separated from other areas in the building. Separation shall be provided by 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 of the International Building Code and 2-hour horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711 of the International Building Code, as appropriate. 1207.8 Outdoor installations. Outdoor installations shall be in accordance with Sections 1207.8.1 through 1207.8.3. Exterior wall installations for individual ESS units not exceeding 20 kWh shall be in accordance with Section 1207.8.4. TABLE 1207.8 OUTDOOR ESS INSTALLATIONS a a. See Section 1207.8.1. b. See Section 1207.8.2. c. Where approved by the fire code official, fire suppression systems are permitted to be omitted. d. In outdoor walk-in units, spacing is not required between ESS units and the walls of the enclosure. 1207.8.1 Remote outdoor installations. For the purpose of Table 1207.8, remote outdoor installations include ESS located more than 100 feet (30 480 mm) from buildings, lot lines, public ways, stored combustible materials, hazardous materials, high-piled stock and other exposure hazards. 1207.8.2 Installations near exposures. For the purpose of Table 1207.8, installations near exposures include all outdoor ESS installations that do not comply with Section 1207.8.1 remote outdoor location requirements. 1207.8.3 Clearance to exposures. ESS located outdoors shall be separated by a minimum of 10 feet (3048 mm) from the following exposures: 1. Lot lines. 2. Public ways. 3. Buildings. 4. Stored combustible materials. 5. Hazardous materials. 6. High-piled stock. 7. Other exposure hazards. Exceptions: 1. Clearances are permitted to be reduced to 3 feet (914 mm) where a 1-hour free-standing fire barrier suitable for exterior use and extending 5 feet (1524 mm) above and 5 feet (1524 mm) beyond the physical boundary of the ESS installation is provided to protect the exposure. pg. 80 2. Clearances to buildings are permitted to be reduced to 3 feet (914 mm) where noncombustible exterior walls with no openings or combustible overhangs are provided on the wall adjacent to the ESS and the fire-resistance rating of the exterior wall is a minimum of 2 hours. 3. Clearances to buildings are permitted to be reduced to 3 feet (914 mm) where a weatherproof enclosure constructed of noncombustible materials is provided over the ESS, and it has been demonstrated that a fire within the enclosure will not ignite combustible materials outside the enclosure based on large-scale fire testing complying with Section 1207.1.5. 1207.8.4 Exterior wall installations. ESS shall be permitted to be installed outdoors on exterior walls of buildings when all of the following conditions are met: 1. The maximum energy capacity of individual ESS units shall not exceed 20 kWh. 2. The ESS shall comply with applicable requirements in Section 1207. 3. The ESS shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and their listing. 4. Individual ESS units shall be separated from each other by at least 3 feet (914 mm). 5. The ESS shall be separated from doors, windows, operable openings into buildings or HVAC inlets by at least 5 feet (1524 mm). Exception: Where approved, smaller separation distances in Items 4 and 5 shall be permitted based on large-scale fire testing complying with Section 1207.1.5. 1207.9 Special installations. Rooftop and open parking garage ESS installations shall comply with Sections 1207.9.1 through 1207.9.6. TABLE 1207.9 SPECIAL ESS INSTALLATIONS a. See Section 1207.9.1. b. See Section 1207.9.2. 1207.9.1 Rooftop installations. For the purpose of Table 1207.9, rooftop ESS installations are those located on the roofs of buildings. 1207.9.2 Open parking garage installations. For the purpose of Table 1207.9, open parking garage ESS installations are those located in a structure or portion of a structure that complies with Section 406.5 of the International Building Code. 1207.9.3 Clearance to exposures. ESS located on rooftops and in open parking garages shall be separated by a minimum of 10 feet (3048 mm) from the following exposures: 1. Buildings, except the building on which rooftop ESS is mounted. 2. Any portion of the building on which a rooftop system is mounted that is elevated above the rooftop on which the system is installed. 3. Lot lines. 4. Public ways. 5. Stored combustible materials. 6. Locations where motor vehicles can be parked. 7. Hazardous materials. pg. 81 8. Other exposure hazards. Exceptions: 1. Clearances are permitted to be reduced to 3 feet (914 mm) where a 1-hour free-standing fire barrier suitable for exterior use and extending 5 feet (1524 mm) above and 5 feet (1524 mm) beyond the physical boundary of the ESS installation is provided to protect the exposure. 2. Clearances are permitted to be reduced to 3 feet (914 mm) where a weatherproof enclosure constructed of noncombustible materials is provided over the ESS, and it has been demonstrated that a fire within the enclosure will not ignite combustible materials outside the enclosure based on large-scale fire testing complying with Section 1207.1.5. 1207.9.4 Fire suppression systems. ESS located in walk-in units on rooftops or in walk-in units in open parking garages shall be provided with automatic fire suppression systems within the ESS enclosure in accordance with Section 1207.5.5. Areas containing ESS other than walk-in units in open parking structures on levels not open above to the sky shall be provided with an automatic fire suppression system complying with Section 1207.5.5. Exception: A fire suppression system is not required in open parking garages if large-scale fire testing complying with Section 1207.1.5 is provided that shows that a fire will not impact the exposures in Section 1207.9.3. 1207.9.5 Rooftop installations. ESS and associated equipment that are located on rooftops and not enclosed by building construction shall comply with the following: 1. Stairway access to the roof for emergency response and fire department personnel shall be provided either through a bulkhead from the interior of the building or a stairway on the exterior of the building. 2. Service walkways at least 5 feet (1524 mm) in width shall be provided for service and emergency personnel from the point of access to the roof to the system. 3. ESS and associated equipment shall be located from the edge of the roof a distance equal to at least the height of the system, equipment or component but not less than 5 feet (1524 mm). 4. The roofing materials under and within 5 feet (1524 mm) horizontally from an ESS or associated equipment shall be noncombustible or shall have a Class A rating when tested in accordance with ASTM E108 or UL 790. 5. A Class I standpipe outlet shall be installed at an approved location on the roof level of the building or in the stairway bulkhead at the top level. 6. The ESS shall be the minimum of 10 feet (3048 mm) from the fire service access point on the rooftop. 1207.9.6 Open parking garages. ESS and associated equipment that are located in open parking garages shall comply with all of the following: 1. ESS shall not be located within 50 feet (15 240 mm) of air inlets for building HVAC systems. Exception: This distance shall be permitted to be reduced to 25 feet (7620 mm) if the automatic fire alarm system monitoring the radiant energy sensing detectors de-energizes the ventilation system connected to the air intakes upon detection of fire. 2. ESS shall not be located within 25 feet (7620 mm) of exits leading from the attached building where located on a covered level of the parking structure not directly open to the sky above. 3. An approved fence with a locked gate or other approved barrier shall be provided to keep the general public at least 5 feet (1524 mm) from the outer enclosure of the ESS. 1207.10 Mobile ESS equipment and operations. Mobile ESS equipment and operations shall comply with Sections 1207.10.1 through 1207.10.7.7. TABLE 1207.10 MOBILE ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS (ESS) pg. 82 b. Mobile operations on wheeled vehicles and trailers shall not be required to comply with Section 1207.4.4 seismic and structural load requirements. c. Fire suppression system connections to the water supply shall be permitted to use approved temporary connections. d. In walk-in units, spacing is not required between ESS units and the walls of the enclosure. e. Alarm signals are not required to be transmitted to an approved location for mobile ESS deployed 30 days or less. 1207.10.1 Charging and storage. For the purpose of Section 1207.10, charging and storage covers the operation where mobile ESS are charged and stored so they are ready for deployment to another site, and where they are charged and stored after a deployment. 1207.10.2 Deployment. For the purpose of Section 1207.10, deployment covers operations where mobile ESS are located at a site other than the charging and storage site and are being used to provide power. 1207.10.3 Permits. Construction and operational permits shall be provided for charging and storage of mobile ESS and operational permits shall be provided for deployment of mobile ESS as required by Section 1207.1.2. 1207.10.4 Construction documents. Construction documents complying with Section 1207.1.3 shall be provided with the construction permit application for mobile ESS charging and storage locations. 1207.10.4.1 Deployment documents. The following information shall be provided with the operation permit applications for mobile ESS deployments: 1. Relevant information for the mobile ESS equipment and protection measures in the construction documents required by Section 1207.1.3. 2. Location and layout diagram of the area in which the mobile ESS is to be deployed, including a scale diagram of all nearby exposures. 3. Location and content of signage, including no smoking signs. 4. Description of fencing to be provided around the ESS, including locking methods. 5. Details on fire suppression, smoke and automatic fire detection, system monitoring, thermal management, exhaust ventilation and explosion control, if provided. 6. For deployment, the intended duration of operation, including anticipated connection and disconnection times and dates. 7. Location and description of local staging stops during transit to the deployment site. See Section 1207.10.7.5. 8. Description of the temporary wiring, including connection methods, conductor type and size, and circuit overcurrent protection to be provided. 9. Description of how fire suppression system connections to water supplies or extinguishing agents are to be provided. 10. Contact information for personnel who are responsible for maintaining and servicing the equipment, and responding to emergencies as required by Section 1207.1.6.1. 1207.10.5 Approved locations. Locations where mobile ESS are charged, stored and deployed shall be restricted to the locations established on the construction and operational permits. pg. 83 1207.10.6 Charging and storage. Installations where mobile ESS are charged and stored shall be treated as permanent ESS indoor or outdoor installations, and shall comply with the following sections, as applicable: 1. Indoor charging and storage shall comply with Section 1207.7. 2. Outdoor charging and storage shall comply with Section 1207.8. 3. Charging and storage on rooftops and in open parking garages shall comply with Section 1207.9. Exceptions: 1. Electrical connections shall be permitted to be made using temporary wiring complying with the manufacturer's instructions, the UL 9540 listing and NFPA 70. 2. Fire suppression system connections to the water supply shall be permitted to use approved temporary connections. 1207.10.7 Deployed mobile ESS requirements. Deployed mobile ESS equipment and operations shall comply with this section and Table 1207.10. 1207.10.7.1 Duration. The duration of mobile ESS deployment shall not exceed 30 days. Exceptions: 1. Mobile ESS deployments that provide power for durations longer than 30 days shall comply with Section 1207.10.6. 2. Mobile ESS deployments shall not exceed 180 days unless additional operational permits are obtained. 1207.10.7.2 Restricted locations. Deployed mobile ESS operations shall not be located indoors, in covered parking garages, on rooftops, below grade or under building overhangs. 1207.10.7.3 Clearance to exposures. Deployed mobile ESS shall be separated by a minimum of 10 feet (3048 mm) from the following exposures: 1. Public ways. 2. Buildings. 3. Stored combustible materials. 4. Hazardous materials. 5. High-piled storage. 6. Other exposure hazards. Deployed mobile ESS shall be separated by a minimum of 50 feet (15 240 mm) from public seating areas and from tents, canopies and membrane structures with an occupant load of 30 or more. 1207.10.7.4 Electrical connections. Electrical connections shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the UL 9540 listing. Temporary wiring for electrical power connections shall comply with NFPA 70. Fixed electrical wiring shall not be provided. 1207.10.7.5 Local staging. Mobile ESS in transit from the charging and storage location to the deployment location and back shall not be parked within 100 feet (30 480 mm) of an occupied building for more than 1 hour during transit, unless specifically approved by the fire code official when the permit is issued. 1207.10.7.6 Fencing. An approved fence with a locked gate or other approved barrier shall be provided to keep the general public at least 5 feet (1524 mm) from the outer enclosure of a deployed mobile ESS. 1207.10.7.7 Smoking. Smoking shall be prohibited within 10 feet (3048 mm) of mobile ESS. Signs shall be posted in accordance with Section 310. 1207.11 ESS in Group R-3 and R-4 occupancies. ESS in Group R-3 and R-4 occupancies shall be installed and maintained in accordance with Sections 1207.11.1 through 1207.11.9. The temporary use of an owner or occupant's electric-powered vehicle as an ESS shall be in accordance with Section 1207.11.10. pg. 84 1207.11.1 Equipment listings. ESS shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 9540. ESS listed and labeled solely for utility or commercial use shall not be used for residential applications. Exceptions: 1. Where approved, repurposed unlisted battery systems from electric vehicles are allowed to be installed outdoors or in detached dedicated cabinets located not less than 5 feet (1524 mm) from exterior walls, property lines and public ways. 2. ESS less than 1 kWh (3.6 megajoules). 1207.11.2 Installation. ESS shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and their listing. 1207.11.2.1 Spacing. Individual units shall be separated from each other by at least 3 feet (914 mm) of spacing unless smaller separation distances are documented to be adequate based on large-scale fire testing complying with Section 1207.1.5. 1207.11.3 Location. ESS shall be installed only in the following locations: 1. Detached garages and detached accessory structures. 2. Attached garages separated from the dwelling unit living space and sleeping units in accordance with Section 406.3.2 of the International Building Code. 3. Outdoors on exterior walls located a minimum of 3 feet (914 mm) from doors and windows. 4. Utility closets and storage or utility spaces within dwelling units and sleeping units. 1207.11.4 Energy ratings. Individual ESS units shall have a maximum rating of 20 kWh. The aggregate rating structure shall not exceed: 1. 40 kWh within utility closets and storage or utility spaces. 2. 80 kWh in attached or detached garages and detached accessory structures. 3. 80 kWh on exterior walls. 4. 80 kWh outdoors on the ground. 1207.11.5 Electrical installation. ESS shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 70. Inverters shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 1741 or provided as part of the UL 9540 listing. Systems connected to the utility grid shall use inverters listed for utility interaction. 1207.11.6 Fire detection. Rooms and areas within dwellings units, sleeping units and attached garages in which ESS are installed shall be protected by smoke alarms in accordance with Section 907.2.10. A heat detector listed and interconnected to the smoke alarms shall be installed in locations within dwelling units, sleeping units and attached garages where smoke alarms cannot be installed based on their listing. 1207.11.7 Protection from impact. Stationary storage battery systems installed in a location subject to vehicle damage shall be protected by approved barriers. Appliances in garages shall also be installed in accordance with Section 304.3 of the International Mechanical Code. 1207.11.8 Ventilation. Indoor installations of ESS that include batteries that produce hydrogen or other flammable gases during charging shall be provided with exhaust ventilation in accordance with Section 1207.6.1. 1207.11.9 Toxic and highly toxic gas. ESS that have the potential to release toxic or highly toxic gas during charging, discharging and normal use conditions shall not be installed within Group R-3 or R-4 occupancies. 1207.11.10 Electric vehicle use. The temporary use of an owner or occupant’s electric-powered vehicle to power a dwelling unit or sleeping unit while parked in an attached or detached garage or outside shall comply with the vehicle manufacturer’s instructions and NFPA 70. pg. 85 Part IV— Special Occupancies and Operations CHAPTER 20 AVIATION FACILITIES CHAPTER 21 DRY CLEANING CHAPTER 22 COMBUSTIBLE DUST-PRODUCING OPERATIONS SECTION 2201 GENERAL 2201.1 Scope. The equipment, processes and operations involving dust explosion hazards and use or handling of combustible dust shall comply with the provisions of this chapter. Code and NFPA 652. Exceptions: 1. Storage and use of consumer materials in Group B or R occupancies. 2. Storage and use of commercially packaged materials in Group M occupancies. 3. Materials displayed in original packaging in Group M occupancies and intended as building materials or for personal or household use. 4. Storage of sealed containers of combustible dust at facilities not associated with an operation that uses, handles or generates combustible dust. 5. Materials stored or used in farm buildings or similar occupancies intended for on-premises agricultural purposes. 2201.2 Permits. Permits shall be required for combustible dust -producing operations as set forth in Section 105.5. SECTION 2202 DEFINITIONS 2202.1 Definition. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2: COMBUSTIBLE DUST. DUST COLLECTION SYSTEM. SECTION 2203 PRECAUTIONS DUST EXPLOSION PREVENTION 2203.1 Owner responsibility. The owner or operator of a facility with operations that manufacture, process, blend, convey, repackage, generate or handle potentially combustible dust or combustible particulate solids shall be responsible for compliance with the provisions of this code and NFPA 652. 2203.1 Critical depth layer. The maximum dust layer on all surfaces, including but not limited to walls, ceilings, beams, equipment, furniture, pipes and ducts, shall not exceed the critical depth layer specified in Table 2203.1. The critical depth layer is permitted to be adjusted for explosion hazard where further evaluated in accordance with one of the following: 1. Section 7.2.1.3 of NFPA 654. 2. Section 4.1.3.3 of NFPA 664 for wood floor. Accumulated combustible dust shall be collected by one of the methods listed in Section 2203.5. pg. 86 2203.2 Dust hazard analysis (DHA). The requirements of NFPA 652 apply to all new and existing facilities and operations with combustible dust hazard. Existing facilities shall have a dust hazard analysis (DHA) completed in accordance with Section 7.1.2 of NFPA 652. The fire code official shall be authorized to order a dust hazard analysis to occur sooner if a combustible dust hazard has been identified in a facility that has not previously performed an analysis. 2203.2 Dust-producing and dust-handling equipment. Dust-producing equipment and dust-handling equipment, including but not limited to vacuums, dust collection systems, dryers, mixers, blenders, separators, conveyors, storage containers, silos or other similar devices, shall be listed and shall be maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended standards. 2203.2.1 Signage’s and markings. Signages and markings shall be provided in accordance with Sections 2203.2.1.1 through 2203.2.1.3. 2203.2.1.1 Deflagration vent discharge area markings. Where dust collection systems and other equipment, systems or system components are provided with deflagration vents, the area within the deflagration vent's discharge area shall be marked in an approved manner. 2203.2.1.2 Caution signs. Signs that read as follows shall be posted near the dust-containing equipment with deflagration vents: CAUTION: THIS EQUIPMENT CAN CONTAIN EXPLOSIVE DUST. KEEP OUTSIDE THE MARKED AREA WHILE EQUIPMENT IS OPERATING. 2203.2.1.3 Warning signs. Where dust collection systems and other equipment, systems or system components are provided with deflagration vents, vent closures shall be clearly marked as follows: WARNING: EXPLOSION RELIEF DEVICE. STAY CLEAR. 2203.3 Sources of ignition. Smoking, the use of heating or other devices employing an open flame, or the use of spark producing equipment is prohibited in areas where combustible dust is generated, stored, manufactured, processed or handled. 2203.3 Dust-collection and dust-conveying systems. Dust-collection and dust-conveying systems shall be in accordance with Sections 2203.3.1 through 2203.3.3. 2203.3.1 Dust-collection systems. Dust-collection systems shall be designed to collect dust emissions from dust-producing equipment at the point of generation. Dust-collection systems shall be in accordance with Section 511 of the International Mechanical Code. Exception: Closed systems using listed equipment and designed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and specifications, where cleanouts are provided in accordance with Section 2203.3.3. Heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) systems shall not be used as the means to collect dusts from localized sources. 2203.3.1.1 Location. Dust collectors shall be located outside of buildings. Exceptions: 1. Dust collectors inside buildings complying with Section 511 of the International Mechanical Code. 2. Wet-type dust collectors specifically listed for the type of dust conveyed shall be permitted inside buildings where in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and specifications. 3. Dust collectors designed to specific NFPA standards listed in Table 2205.1 for the specific type of dust conveyed. 2203.3.1.2 Minimum conveying velocities. The minimum velocities within ducts used as part of the dust collection system shall be in accordance with Table 2203.3.1.2. pg. 87 TABLE 2203.3.1.2 MINIMUM CONVEYING VELOCITIES 2203.3.2 Plastic ducts and conveying systems. Plastic, fiberglass, other nonconductive ducts, duct liners or pipes shall not be used as part of ducts and conveying systems. Ductwork utilizing a combustible lining shall be permitted only in high-impact areas and where approved. Flexible hose shall be permitted if designed and installed in accordance with the following requirements: 1. Manufactured of static dissipative construction. 2. Used only for connections and isolation purposes. 3. Limited to 18 inches (457 mm) in length. 4. Properly grounded. 2203.3.3 Cleanouts. Openings in enclosed equipment and conveyors shall be provided to allow access to all parts of the equipment and conveyors to permit inspection, cleaning, maintenance and the effective use of portable fire extinguishers or hose streams. Cleanouts for ducts used as part of the dust collection system shall be in accordance with the International Mechanical Code. 2203.4 Housekeeping. Accumulation of combustible dust shall be kept to a minimum in the interior of buildings. Accumulated combustible dust shall be collected by vacuum cleaning or other means that will not place combustible dust into suspension in air. Forced air or similar methods shall not be used to remove dust from surfaces. 2203.4 Sources of ignition. Sources of ignition shall be controlled in accordance with Sections 2203.4.1 through 2203.4.9.5. 2203.4.1 Classified electrical. Classified electrical shall be in accordance with NFPA 70. Electrical motors and electrical components of the equipment shall not be installed in the dust-laden airstream unless listed for Class II, Division 1, locations. 2203.4.2 Static electricity. Bonding and grounding is required to minimize accumulation of static electric charge in the following locations: 1. Dust-producing equipment. 2. Dust-collection system. 3. Pneumatic dust-conveying systems conveying combustible dust from one location to another, combustible dust conveyors, piping and conductive components. Conveying systems include transport modes such as railcars, hopper cars, boxcars, tank cars and trucks into which or from which commodities or products are pneumatically conveyed. 4. Conveying systems using metallic piping. 2203.4.3 Hot works. Hot work and similar spark-producing operations shall not be conducted in or adjacent to combustible dust -producing areas unless precautions have been taken to provide safety. Hot work shall be permitted only in safe, designated areas in accordance with Chapter 35. Hot work is prohibited on equipment that is operating. 2203.4.3.1 Signs. Conspicuous signs with the following warning shall be posted in the vicinity of combustible dust -producing areas or in the vicinity of combustible dust use: NO WELDING. THE USE OF WELDING OR CUTTING EQUIPMENT IN OR NEAR THIS AREA IS DANGEROUS BECAUSE OF FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS. pg. 88 WELDING AND CUTTING SHALL BE DONE ONLY UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF THE PERSON IN CHARGE. 2203.4.4 Hot surfaces and hot equipment. In areas where a dust explosion hazard or dust flash fire hazard exists, the temperature (in degrees Celsius) of external surfaces shall be maintained below 80 percent of the lower of the dust-surface ignition temperature or the dust-cloud ignition temperature for worst-case dusts. External surfaces shall include but are not limited to: 1. Compressors. 2. Steam, water or process piping. 3. Ducts. 4. Conveyors. 5. Process equipment. Where steam pipes or hot surfaces occur in dust-producing or dust-handling areas, accumulation of dust on the surfaces shall be minimized by an approved method. Exception: Drying apparatus listed for the intended use and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 2203.4.5 Powered industrial trucks. Powered industrial trucks used in electrically classified areas shall be listed for such use. 2203.4.6 Smoking prohibited. Smoking shall be prohibited in or adjacent to dust-producing or dust- handling areas. “No Smoking” signs complying with Section 310 shall be conspicuously posted in such areas. Smoking shall be permitted only in designated areas. 2203.4.7 Spark-producing devices. Spark-producing devices shall not be located within 20 feet (6096 mm) of areas requiring classified electrical unless separated by a permanent partition. 2203.4.8 Self-heating materials. Materials in silos and other large storage piles of particulates prone to self- heating shall be in accordance with Section 9.4.11 of NFPA 652. 2203.4.9 Open flames and fuel-fired equipment. Open flames and fuel-fired equipment shall be in accordance with Sections 2203.4.9.1 through 2203.4.9.5. 2203.4.9.1 Release of airborne combustible dust. Production, maintenance or repair activities that have the potential to release or force combustible dust to become airborne shall not be conducted within 35 feet (11 m) of an open flame or pilot flame. 2203.4.9.2 Space heaters. Fuel-fired space heaters drawing local ambient air shall not be located within electrically classified areas. Space-heating appliances in dust-producing or dust-handling areas shall be located where not subject to the accumulation of deposits of combustible dust. 2203.4.9.3 Equipment listing. Fuel-fired process equipment shall be listed for its intended use and shall be operated and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 2203.4.9.4 Inspection and preventive maintenance. Inspection and maintenance of fuel-fired process equipment shall include verification that significant combustible dust accumulations do not exist within or around the equipment. 2203.4.9.5 Sources of combustion air. In Class II electrically classified locations, heating units shall be provided with a source of combustion air ducted directly from the building exterior or from an unclassified location. 2203.5 Housekeeping. Accumulation of combustible dust on surfaces inside buildings shall be maintained below the critical depth layer in Section 2203.1. Pressurized air or similar methods shall not be used to pg. 89 remove dust from surfaces. Accumulated combustible dust shall be collected by one of the following methods: 1. Portable vacuum cleaners listed for use in Class II, Group G, Division 1, atmospheres as defined in NFPA 70. 2. Dust collection systems. 3. Other approved means that will not place combustible dust into suspension in air. Exception: Forced-air or similar methods shall be permitted to remove dust in accordance with NFPA 652, NFPA 654 or NFPA 664. 2203.6 Standard operational procedures. Dust-producing equipment and all associated equipment, including dust-collection equipment, shall be maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and specifications and applicable codes. The inspection, testing and maintenance program shall include the following, as applicable: 1. Fire and explosion protection and prevention equipment, as applicable, in accordance with the appropriate NFPA standards. 2. Dust-control equipment. 3. Control of potential ignition sources. 4. Electrical, process and mechanical equipment, including applicable process interlocks. 5. Lubrication of bearings for dust-collection, dust-handling and dust-producing equipment. 6. Additional maintenance in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and specifications for dust- collection, dust-handling and dust-producing equipment. Records shall be kept of maintenance and repairs performed. The standard operating procedures shall be submitted to the fire code official for review and approval. The written standard operating procedures shall be signed by the person responsible for facility operations. 2203.7 Emergency response plan. A written emergency response plan shall be developed for preventing, preparing for and responding to work-related emergencies, including but not limited to fire and explosion. The following information shall be developed into the plan: 1. Identification of dust hazards. 2. Identification and location of all utilities to affected areas. 3. Site plans or floor plans locating utility shutoff controls, including water, gas and power. 4. The potential for explosion. 5. Locations of fire-extinguishing equipment compatible with the hazards present. 6. Any additional information required by the fire code official. 2203.8 Training. The plans and procedures required in Sections 2203.5, 2203.6 and 2203.7 shall be approved by the fire code official. The plans and procedures shall be reviewed annually and updated as required by process changes. Initial and annual refresher training shall be provided to employees who are involved in operating, maintaining and supervising facilities that handle combustible dust . Initial and annual refresher training shall include: 1. Workplace hazards. 2. General orientation, plant diagrams and plant safety rules. 3. Process description or flowchart. 4. Equipment operation, safe startup and shutdown, and response to hazard conditions or an incident. 5. The location and use of all related fire and explosion protection and prevention systems. 6. Equipment maintenance requirements and practices, including visual inspections of conveyors and ducts. 7. Housekeeping requirements, including the maintenance of the critical depth layer in Section 2203.1. 8. Emergency response plans as required in Section 2203.7. The employer shall maintain records of initial and annual training and review. SECTION 2204 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS DUST EXPLOSION SCREENING TESTS pg. 90 2204.1 Specific hazards standards. The industry- or commodity-specific codes and standards listed in Table 2205.1 shall be complied with based on the identification and evaluation of the specific fire and deflagration hazards that exist at a facility. 2204.1 Combustibility and explosivity tests. Where combustibility or explosivity screening tests are required to analyze the combustible dust as part of compliance with Section 104.8 and Section 414.1.3 of the International Building Code, they shall be in accordance with Section 5.4 of NFPA 652. 2204.2 Samples. Representative samples for the screening test shall be obtained in accordance with Section 5.5 of NFPA 652. SECTION 2205 STANDARDS 2205.1 Specific hazards standards. The fire code official is authorized to enforce additional industry- or material-specific provisions of the codes and standards listed in Table 2205.1 to prevent and control dust explosions, as applicable. TABLE 2204.1 TABLE 2205.1 SPECIFIC HAZARDS STANDARDS EXPLOSION PROTECTION STANDARDS 2205.1.1 Dust hazard analysis. If a dust hazard analysis (DHA) is required by the fire code official for new or existing facilities and operations, it shall be in accordance with NFPA 652. The DHA for existing facilities shall be in accordance with Section 7.1.1 of NFPA 652. pg. 91 CHAPTER 23 MOTOR FUEL-DISPENSING FACILITIES AND REPAIR GARAGES SECTION 2303 LOCATION OF DISPENSING DEVICES 2303.1 Location of dispensing devices. Dispensing devices shall be located as follows: 1. Ten feet (3048 mm) or more from lot lines. 2. Ten feet (3048 mm) or more from buildings having combustible exterior wall surfaces or buildings having noncombustible exterior wall surfaces that are not part of a 1-hour fire-resistance-rated assembly or buildings having combustible overhangs. Exception: Canopies constructed in accordance with the International Building Code providing weather protection for the fuel islands. 3. Such that all portions of the vehicle being fueled will be on the premises of the motor fuel-dispensing facility. 4. Such that the nozzle, where the hose is fully extended, will not reach within 5 feet (1524 mm) of building openings. 5. Twenty feet (6096 mm) or more from fixed sources of ignition. 6. Such that fuel dispensing is in view of the attendant at attended self-service motor fuel-dispensing facilities, as required by Section 2304.2.4. SECTION 2304 DISPENSING OPERATIONS 2304.2.3 Operating instructions. Dispenser operating instructions shall be conspicuously posted in approved locations on every dispenser. 2304.2.4 Obstructions to view. Dispensing devices shall be in clear view of the attendant The attendant shall have a direct line of sight to observe fuel dispensing operations at all times. Obstructions shall not be placed between the dispensing area and the attendant. SECTION 2308 COMPRESSED NATURAL GAS MOTOR FUEL-DISPENSING FACILITIES 2308.1 General. Motor fuel-dispensing facilities for compressed natural gas (CNG) fuel shall be in accordance with this section, and Chapter 53 and Section 413 of the International Fuel Gas Code. 2308.2 Approvals. Storage vessels and equipment used for the storage, compression or dispensing of CNG shall be approved or listed in accordance with Sections 2308.2.1 through 2308.2.4 and 2308.2.2. 2308.2.1 Approved equipment. Containers, compressors, pressure relief devices (including pressure relief valves), and pressure regulators and piping used for CNG shall be approved. 2308.2.2 Listed equipment. Hoses, hose connections, dispensers and electrical equipment used for CNG shall be listed. Vehicle-fueling connections shall be listed and labeled. 2308.2.3 Residential fueling appliance (RFA). Residential fueling appliances shall be listed and installed in accordance with the installation requirements of CSA/ANSI NGV 5.1, manufacturer's installation instructions and Section 413 of the International Fuel Gas Code. The capacity of an RFA shall not exceed 5 cubic feet per minute (0.14 m3/min) of natural gas. 2308.2.4 Vehicle fueling appliance (VFA). Nonresidential fueling appliances shall be listed and installed in accordance with the installation requirements of CSA/ANSI NGV 5.2, manufacturer's installation instructions and the requirements of Section 413 of the International Fuel Gas Code for VFAs. The capacity of the VFA shall not exceed 10 cubic feet per minute (0.28 m3/min) of natural gas. pg. 92 2309.3.2 Canopies. Dispensing equipment need not be separated from canopies of Type I or II construction that are constructed in a manner that prevents the accumulation of hydrogen gas and in accordance with Section 406.7 of the International Building Code. 2309.4 Dispensing into motor vehicles at self-service hydrogen motor fuel-dispensing facilities. Self-service hydrogen Hydrogen motor fuel-dispensing systems, including key, code and card lock dispensing systems, shall be limited to the filling of permanently mounted motor vehicle fuel tanks containers on hydrogen- powered vehicles. In addition to the requirements in Section 2311, the owner of a self-service hydrogen motor fuel-dispensing facility shall provide for the safe operation of the system by complying with this code and the fueling protocols in NFPA 2 and through the institution of a fire safety plan submitted in accordance with Section 404, the training of employees and operators who use and maintain the system in accordance with Section 406, and provisions for hazard communication in accordance with Section 407. Exception: Filling of non-permanently mounted storage containers or tanks for motor fuel-dispensing system testing purposes is permitted. 2309.5.3.1 System requirements. Activation of the emergency shutdown control shall automatically shut off the power supply to all hydrogen storage, compression and dispensing equipment; shut off natural gas or other fuel supply to the hydrogen generator; and close valves between the main supply and the compressor and between the storage containers and dispensing equipment. 2309.6 Repairs, purging, defueling and discharge. The repair, purging, defueling or discharge activities associated with hydrogen motor fuel-supply systems and dispensing and generation systems, storage tanks and the installation of the systems shall be in accordance with Chapters 53 and 58 and NFPA 2. Exception: The motor vehicle fuel tank and the fuel supply piping from the motor vehicle fuel storage tank to the engine compartment on a motor vehicle or forklift unless the fuel tank is required to be defueled in accordance with Section 2311.8.11 SECTION 2311 REPAIR GARAGES 2311.7 Fire extinguishers. Fire extinguishers shall be provided in accordance with Section 906. 2311.8 Repair garages for vehicles fueled by lighter-than-air fuels. The room, motor vehicle repair booth or motor vehicle repair space containing repair garage activities for the conversion or repair of vehicles that use CNG, LNG, hydrogen or other lighter-than-air motor fuels shall be in accordance with Sections 2311.8 through 2311.8.11 in addition to the other requirements of Section 2311. Repair garages for the repair of vehicles that use hydrogen fuel shall be in accordance with this code and NFPA 2. Exceptions: 1. Repair garages where work is conducted only on vehicles where the motor vehicle fuel tank and system have been defueled and their systems the motor vehicle fuel tank has been purged with nitrogen gas, and where standard operating procedures to document and maintain the fueling status throughout repair operations are approved. 2. Repair garages where work is not performed on the fuel system and is limited to exchange of parts and maintenance not requiring open flame or welding on the CNG-, LNG-, hydrogen- or other lighter-than-air- fueled motor vehicle. Movement of a subassembly on which the motor vehicle fuel tank remains mounted to allow access to other parts of the vehicle that are not a portion of the fuel system shall be permitted. 3. Repair garages for hydrogen-fueled vehicles where work is not performed on the hydrogen storage tank motor vehicle fuel tank and is limited to the exchange of parts and maintenance not requiring open flame or welding on the hydrogen-fueled vehicle. During the work, the entire hydrogen fuel system shall contain less than 200400 cubic feet (5.611.3 m3) of hydrogen. 4. Repair garages for natural-gas-fueled vehicles where work is not being performed on the motor vehicle fuel storage tank, and is limited to the exchange of parts and maintenance not requiring open flame or welding on the natural-gas-fueled vehicle. During the work, the natural gas in the motor vehicle fuel tank shall contain a pressure of not more than 250 psi at 70°F (1724 kPa at 21°C). pg. 93 CHAPTER 28 LUMBER YARDS AND AGRO-INDUSTRIAL, SOLID BIOMASS AND WOODWORKING FACILITIES SECTION 2808 STORAGE AND PROCESSING OF WOOD CHIPS, HOGGED MATERIALS, FINES, COMPOST, SOLID BIOMASS FEEDSTOCK AND RAW PRODUCT ASSOCIATED WITH YARD WASTE, AGRO-INDUSTRIAL AND RECYCLING FACILITIES 2808.1 General. The storage and processing of wood chips, hogged materials, fines, compost, solid biomass feedstock and raw product produced from yard waste, debris and agro-industrial and recycling facilities shall comply with Sections 2808.2 through 2808.10. 2808.2 Storage site. Storage sites shall be level and on solid ground, elevated soil lifts or other all-weather surface. Sites shall be thoroughly cleaned before transferring wood products to the site. 2808.3 Size of piles. Piles shall not exceed 25 feet (7620 mm) in height, 150 feet (45 720 mm) in width and 250 feet (76 200 mm) in length. Stackable products shall not be stacked in excess of 25 feet (7620 mm) in height, 80 feet (24 384 mm) in width and 250 feet (76 200 mm) in length. Exception: The fire code official is authorized to allow the pile size to be increased where a fire protection plan is provided for approval that includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Storage yard areas and materials-handling equipment selection, design and arrangement shall be based on sound fire prevention and protection principles. 2. Factors that lead to spontaneous heating shall be identified in the plan, and control of the various factors shall be identified and implemented, including provisions for monitoring the internal condition of the pile. 3. The plan shall include means for early fire detection and reporting to the public fire department; and facilities needed by the fire department for fire extinguishment including a water supply and fire hydrants. 4. Fire apparatus access roads around the piles and access roads to the top of the piles shall be established, identified and maintained. 5. Regular yard inspections by trained personnel shall be included as part of an effective fire prevention maintenance program. Additional fire protection called for in the plan shall be provided and shall be installed in accordance with this code. The increase of the pile size shall be based on the capabilities of the installed fire protection systems and features. 2808.3.1 Increase in pile or stack size. Piles or stackable products are permitted to be increased beyond the dimensions in Section 2808.3 provided that a written fire protection plan is approved by the fire code official. The fire protection plan shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Contact information for after-hours response by facility personnel. 2. Storage yard areas and material-handling equipment selection, pile design and arrangement shall be based on sound safety and fire protection principles. 3. Fire apparatus access roads around the piles or stacks and access roads to the top of piles, if applicable, shall be established, identified and maintained. 4. The potential for spontaneous heating shall be evaluated and provisions made to control the temperature of the piles. Methods for monitoring the internal temperature of the pile shall be provided. 5. Routine yard inspections shall be conducted by trained personnel. 6. A means for early fire detection and reporting to the public fire department shall be provided. 7. Facilities and equipment needed by the fire department for fire extinguishment shall be provided, including a water supply in compliance with Section 507 and heavy equipment necessary to move material. 8. A de-inventory plan shall be utilized to remove alternating piles or stacked products in a manner to increase the separation distances between the remaining piles or stacks. 9. The increased pile size shall be based on the capabilities of the installed fire protection systems and features. pg. 94 10. A controlled burn area shall be provided on-site for smoldering or damaged product. 2808.4 Pile separation. Piles or stacked product shall be separated from buildings, property lines and adjacent piles by approved fire apparatus access roads. Or stacks by a distance of not less than one and one-half times the height of the pile or stack. The distance between rows shall be a minimum of 30 feet (9144 mm). Approved fire apparatus access roads shall be provided within the separation space in accordance with Section 503. SECTION 2810 OUTDOOR STORAGE OF PALLETS AT PALLET MANUFACTURING AND RECYCLING FACILITIES 2810.1 General. The outside storage of wood pallets and wood composite pallets on the same site as a pallet manufacturing or pallet recycling facility shall comply with Sections 2810.2 through 2810.11. 2810.2 Site plan. Each site shall maintain a current site plan. The site plan shall be submitted to the fire code official for approval that includes a general description of the property, the boundaries of the lot, the size and location of buildings, and contain all of the following: 1. Lot lines. 1.2. Utilities. 2.3. Size, location and type of construction and presence of sprinkler protection for other of the buildings on the site property. 4. Presence of the fire protection systems. 3.5. Water supply sources for fire-fighting purposes. 4.6. Location of hazardous material storage areas. 5.7. Location of pallet storage. 6.8. Equipment protected with a dust collection system. 7.9. Fire apparatus access roads. 8.10. Designated smoking areas. 9.11. Location of fire alarm control panels. 2810.3 Fire prevention plan. The owner or owner’s authorized representative shall prepare an approved submit a fire prevention plan for review and approval by the fire code official that includes all of the following: 1. Frequency of walk-through inspections to verify compliance with the plan. 2. Hot work permit program in accordance with Chapter 35. 3. Preventative maintenance program for equipment associated with pallet activities. 4. Inspection, testing and maintenance of fire protection systems in accordance with Chapter 9. 2810.4 Fire safety and emergency evacuation plan. The owner or owner’s authorized representative shall prepare and train employees in an approved fire safety and emergency evacuation plan in accordance with Chapter 4. 2810.10 Portable fire extinguishers. Portable fire extinguishers shall be provided within 75 feet (22 860 mm) of any pallet stack. Selected, installed and maintained in accordance with Section 906. 2810.11 Alternative approach. Where approved by the fire code official, pallet stacks are permitted to be located closer to a property line or structure than as required by Sections 2810.6 and 2810.7 shall be provided with where additional fire protection is provided, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. The storage yard areas and materials-handling equipment selection, design, and arrangement are based on an approved risk assessment. 2. Automatic fire detection that transmits an alarm to a supervising station in accordance with NFPA 72. 3. Fire apparatus access roads around all storage areas. pg. 95 CHAPTER 30 INDUSTRIAL OVENS SECTION 3006 FIRE PROTECTION 3006.1 Required protection. Class A and B ovens that contain, or are utilized for the processing of, combustible materials shall be protected by an approved automatic fire extinguishing system complying with Chapter 9. Exceptions: 1. Small tabletop ovens used in laboratory facilities. 2. Non walk-in ovens that are less than 4 feet (1219 mm) in length and width. pg. 96 CHAPTER 31 TENTS, TEMPORARY SPECIAL EVENT STRUCTURES AND OTHER MEMBRANE STRUCTURE SECTION 3104 TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT TENTS AND MEMBRANE STRUCTURES 3104.2 Flame propagation performance treatment. testing and certification. Before a permit is granted, the owner or agent shall file with the fire code official a certificate executed provided by the product manufacturer to verify that the materials have been tested and certified by an approved testing laboratory. The certificate shall indicate that the floor coverings, tents, membrane structures and their appurtenances, which include sidewalls, drops and tarpaulins, are composed of materials meeting the flame propagation performance of Test Method 2 of NFPA 701. Additionally, it shall indicate that the bunting and combustible decorative materials and effects are composed of material meeting the flame propagation performance criteria of Test Method 1 or Test Method 2 of NFPA 701, as applicable. Alternatively, the materials shall be treated with a flame retardant in an approved manner and meet the flame propagation performance criteria of the applicable test method of NFPA 701. The certificate shall indicate compliance with the testing requirements of NFPA 701, Chapter 16. The flame propagation performance criteria shall be effective for the period specified by the permit. 3104.3 Label. Membrane structures or tents shall have a permanently affixed label bearing the following information: 1. The identification of size and fabric or material type. 2. The names and addresses of the manufacturers of the tent or air-supported structure. 3. A statement that the fabric or material meets the requirements of Section 3104.2. 4. If treated, the date the fabric or material was last treated with flame-retardant solution, the trade name or kind of chemical used in treatment, name of person or firm treating the fabric or material, and name of testing agency and test standard by which the fabric or material was tested. 5. If untreated, a statement that no treatment was applied when the fabric or material met the requirements of Section 3104.2. 3104.4 Certification. Affidavit. The affidavit required by Section 3104.2 shall contain all of the information specified in Section 3104.3. An affidavit or affirmation shall be submitted to the fire code official and a copy retained on the premises on which the tent or air-supported structure is located. The affidavit shall attest to all of the following information relative to the flame propagation performance criteria of the fabric: 1. Names and address of the owners of the tent or air-supported structure. 2. Date the fabric was last treated with flame-retardant solution. 3. Trade name or kind of chemical used in treatment. 4. Name of person or firm treating the material. 5. Name of testing agency and test standard by which the fabric was tested. pg. 97 CHAPTER 32 HIGH-PILED COMBUSTIBLE STORAGE SECTION 3205 HOUSEKEEPING AND MAINTENANCE 3205.1 Storage layout plan maintenance. The approved storage layout shall be verified and evaluated annually in accordance with Section 3201.3.2. Modifications or changes to the provisions of the approved storage layout shall not be made without the prior approval of the fire code official. 3205.1 3205.2 Rack structures. The structural integrity of racks shall be maintained. 3205.2 3205.3 Ignition sources. Clearance from ignition sources shall be provided in accordance with Section 305. 3205.3 3205.4 Smoking. Smoking shall be prohibited. Approved “No Smoking” signs shall be conspicuously posted in accordance with Section 310. 3205.4 3205.5 Aisle maintenance. When restocking is not being conducted, aisles shall be kept clear of storage, waste material and debris. Fire department access doors, aisles and exit doors shall not be obstructed. During restocking operations using manual stocking methods, a minimum unobstructed aisle width of 24 inches (610 mm) shall be maintained in 48-inch (1219 mm) or smaller aisles, and a minimum unobstructed aisle width of one-half of the required aisle width shall be maintained in aisles greater than 48 inches (1219 mm). During mechanical stocking operations, a minimum unobstructed aisle width of 44 inches (1118 mm) shall be maintained in accordance with Section 3206.10. Exception: In high-piled single- and double-row rack storage of combustible materials protected by automatic sprinkler systems designed and installed in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 13 governing the use of K-25.2 (360) sprinklers, displays and wing stacks not exceeding 48 inches (1219 mm) in height provided that they do not obstruct or reduce the clear width of the aisle to less than 48 inches (1219 mm). 3209.4 Automated rack storage. High-piled storage areas with automated rack storage shall be provided with a manually activated emergency shutdown switch and automatic shutdown in accordance with Sections 3209.4.1 and 3209.4.2. 3209.4.1 Manual activated shutdown. A manually activated switch shall be provided to initiate the approved automatic shutdown process. The switch shall be clearly identified and shall be in a location approved by the fire code official. 3209.4.2 Automatic shutdown. Automatic shutdown shall be required for high-piled combustible storage areas greater than 500 square feet (46 m2). The approved automatic shutdown process shall commence upon any of the following events: 1. Water flow is detected in the automatic sprinkler system, if present. 2. Activation of the fire detection system, if present. SECTION 3210 SPECIALTY STORAGE 3210.1 General. Records storage facilities used for the rack or shelf storage of combustible paper records greater than 12 feet (3658 mm) in height shall be in accordance with Sections 3206 and 3208 and NFPA 13. Palletized storage of records shall be in accordance with Section 3207. 3210.1.1 Alternative fire protection. The design and installation of automatic fire-extinguishing systems in archives, vaults and record storage rooms shall be in accordance with NFPA 232. pg. 98 CHAPTER 33 FIRE SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION SECTION 3303 OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FIRE PROTECTION 3308.1 3303.1 Program development and maintenance. The owner or owner’s authorized agent shall be responsible for the development, implementation and maintenance of a an approved , written site safety plan establishing a fire prevention program at the project site applicable throughout all phases of the construction, repair, alteration or demolition work. The plan shall be submitted and approved before a building permit is issued, any changes to the plan shall address the requirements of this chapter and other applicable portions of this code, the duties of staff and staff training requirements. The plan shall be submitted for approval made available for review by the fire code official upon request. 3303.1.1 Components of site safety plans. Site safety plans shall include the following as applicable: 1. Name and contact information of site safety director. 2. Documentation of the training of the site safety director and fire watch personnel. 3. Procedures for reporting emergencies. 4. Fire department vehicle access routes. 5. Location of fire protection equipment, including portable fire extinguishers, standpipes, fire department connections and fire hydrants. 6. Smoking and cooking policies, designated areas to be used where approved, and signage locations in accordance with Section 3305.8. 7. Location and safety considerations for temporary heating equipment. 8. Hot work permit plan. 9. Plans for control of combustible waste material. 10. Locations and methods for storage and use of flammable and combustible liquids and other hazardous materials. 11. Provisions for site security. 12. Changes that affect this plan. 13. Other site-specific information required by the fire code official. 3308.2 3303.2 Program superintendent. Site safety director. The owner shall designate a person to be the fire prevention program superintendent site safety director. The site safety director who shall be responsible for the fire prevention program and ensure that it is carried out through completion of the project. The fire prevention program superintendent ensuring compliance with the site safety plan. The site safety director shall have the authority to enforce the provisions of this chapter and other provisions as necessary to secure the intent of this chapter. Where guard service is provided in accordance with NFPA 241, the superintendent site safety director shall be responsible for the guard service. 3303.3 Daily fire safety inspection. The site safety director shall be responsible for completion of a daily fire safety inspection at the project site. Each day, all building and outdoor areas shall be inspected to ensure compliance with the inspection list in this section. The results of each inspection shall be documented and maintained on-site until a certificate of occupancy has been issued. Documentation shall be immediately available on-site for presentation to the fire code official upon request. 1. Any contractors entering the site to perform hot work each day have been instructed in the hot work safety requirements in Chapter 35, and hot work is performed only in areas approved by the site safety director. 2. Temporary heating equipment is maintained away from combustible materials in accordance with the equipment manufacturer's instructions. 3. Combustible debris, rubbish and waste material is removed from the building in areas where work is not being performed. 4. Temporary wiring does not have exposed conductors. 5. Flammable liquids and other hazardous materials are stored in locations that have been approved by the site safety director when not involved in work that is being performed. pg. 99 6. Fire apparatus access roads required by Section 3311 are maintained clear of obstructions that reduce the width of the usable roadway to less than 20 feet (6096 mm). 7. Fire hydrants are clearly visible from access roads and are not obstructed. 8. The location of fire department connections to standpipe and in-service sprinkler systems are clearly identifiable from the access road and such connections are not obstructed. 9. Standpipe systems are in service and continuous to the highest work floor, as specified in Section 3313.1. 10. Portable fire extinguishers are available in locations required by Sections 3316 and 3318.3. 3303.3.1 Violations. Failure to properly conduct, document and maintain documentation required by this section shall constitute an unlawful act in accordance with Section 112.1 and shall result in the issuance of a notice of violation to the site safety director in accordance with Section 112.3. Upon the third offense, the fire code official is authorized to issue a stop work order in accordance with Section 113, and work shall not resume until satisfactory assurances of future compliance have been presented to and approved by the fire code official. 3308.3 3303.4 Prefire plans. Qualifications. The fire prevention program superintendent shall develop and maintain an approved prefire plan in cooperation with the fire chief. The fire chief and the fire code official shall be notified of changes affecting the utilization of information contained in such prefire plans. Site safety directors shall acquire training specific to their roles and responsibilities. Upon request, the training and qualifications of the site safety director shall be submitted to the fire code official for approval. 3303.5 Fire safety requirements for buildings of Types IV-A, IV-B and IV-C construction. Buildings of Types IV-A, IV-B and IV-C construction designed to be greater than six stories above grade plane shall comply with the following requirements during construction unless otherwise approved by the fire code official : 1. Standpipes shall be provided in accordance with Section 3313. 2. A water supply for fire department operations, as approved by the fire code official and the fire chief. 3. Where building construction exceeds six stories above grade plane and noncombustible protection is required by Section 602.4 of the International Building Code, at least one layer of noncombustible protection shall be installed on all building elements on floor levels, including mezzanines, more than four levels below active mass timber construction before additional floor levels can be erected. Exception: Shafts and vertical exit enclosures shall not be considered part of the active mass timber construction. 4. Where building construction exceeds six stories above grade plane, required exterior wall coverings shall be installed on floor levels, including mezzanines, more than four levels below active mass timber construction before additional floor levels can be erected. Exception: Shafts and vertical exit enclosures shall not be considered part of the active mass timber construction. 3308.4 3303.6 Training. Training of fire watch and other responsible personnel in the use of fire protection equipment shall be the responsibility of the site safety director fire prevention program superintendent. Records of training shall be kept and made a part of the written plan for the site safety plan fire prevention program. 3308.5 3303.7 Fire protection devices. The fire prevention program superintendent shall determine site safety director shall ensure that all fire protection equipment is maintained and serviced in accordance with this code. The quantity and type of fire protection equipment shall be approved. Fire protection equipment shall be inspected in accordance with the fire protection program. 3308.6 3303.8 Hot work operations. The fire prevention program superintendent shall be responsible for supervising the permit system site safety director shall ensure for hot work operations and permit procedures are in accordance with Chapter 35. pg. 100 3308.7 3303.9 Impairment of fire protection systems. Impairments the site safety director shall ensure impairments to any fire protection system shall be are in accordance with Section 901. SECTION 3305 PRECAUTIONS AGAINST FIRE 3304.5 3305.5 Fire watch. Where required by the fire code official or the pre-fire site safety plan established in accordance with Section 3303.1, a fire watch shall be provided for building demolition and for building construction that is hazardous in nature, such as temporary heating or hot work. 3304.5.1 3305.5.1 Fire watch during construction. Where required by the fire code official l, a A fire watch shall be provided during nonworking hours for new construction that exceeds 40 feet (12 192 mm) in height above the lowest adjacent grade at any point along the building perimeter, for new multistory construction with an aggregate area exceeding 50,000 square feet (4645 m2) per story or as required by the fire code official. 3304.5.2 3305.5.2 Fire watch personnel. Trained personnel shall be provided to serve as an on-site fire watch. Fire watch personnel shall be provided in accordance with this section with no fewer than one approved means for notification of the fire department, and the sole duty of such personnel shall be to perform constant patrols and watch for the occurrence of fire. The combination of fire watch duties and site security duties is acceptable. Fire watch personnel shall be trained in the use of portable fire extinguishers. 3305.5.2.1 Duties. The primary duty of fire watch personnel shall be to perform constant patrols and watch for the occurrence of fire. The combination of fire watch duties and site security duties is acceptable. 3305.5.2.2 Training. Personnel shall be trained to serve as an on-site fire watch. Training shall include the use of portable fire extinguishers. Fire extinguishers and fire reporting shall be in accordance with Section 3310. 3305.5.2.3 Means of notification. Fire watch personnel shall be provided with no fewer than one approved means for notifying the fire department. 3304.5.3 3305.5.3 Fire watch location and records. The fire watch shall include areas specified by the site safety pre-fire plan established in accordance with Section 3303. The fire watch personnel shall keep a record of all time periods of duty, including a log entry each time the site was patrolled and each time a structure under construction was entered and inspected. The records and log entries shall be made available for review by the fire code official upon request. 3305.5.4 Fire watch records. Fire watch personnel shall keep a record of all time periods of duty, including the log entry for each time the site was patrolled and each time a structure was entered and inspected. Records shall be made available for review by the fire code official upon request. 3304.8 3305.8 Cooking. Cooking shall be prohibited except in approved designated cooking areas separated from combustible materials by a minimum of 10 feet (3048 mm). Signs with a minimum letter height of 3 inches (76 mm) and a minimum brush stroke of 1/2 inch (13 mm) shall be posted in conspicuous locations in designated cooking areas and state: DESIGNATED COOKING AREA COOKING OUTSIDE OF A DESIGNATED COOKING AREA IS PROHIBITED 3305.9 Separations between construction areas. Separations used in Type I and Type II construction to separate construction areas from occupied portions of the building shall be constructed of materials that comply with one of the following: 1. Noncombustible materials. pg. 101 2. Materials that exhibit a flame spread index not exceeding 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723. 3. Materials exhibiting a peak heat release rate not exceeding 300 kW/m2 when tested in accordance with ASTM E1354 at an incident heat flux of 50 kW/m2 in the horizontal orientation on specimens at the thickness intended for use. SECTION 3313 WATER SUPPLY FOR FIRE PROTECTION 3312.1 3313.1 When required. An approved water supply for fire protection, either temporary or permanent, shall be made available as soon as combustible building materials arrives on the site. , on commencement of vertical combustible construction and on installation of a standpipe system in buildings under construction, in accordance with Sections 3313.2 through 3313.5. Exception: T h e fire code official is authorized to reduce the fire-flow requirements for isolated buildings or a group of buildings in rural areas or small communities where the development of full fire-flow requirements is impractical. 3313.2 Combustible building materials. When combustible building materials of the building under construction are delivered to a site, a minimum fire flow of 500 gallons per minute (1893 L/m) shall be provided. The fire hydrant used to provide this fire-flow supply shall be within 500 feet (152 m) of the combustible building materials, as measured along an approved fire apparatus access lane. Where the site configuration is such that one fire hydrant cannot be located within 500 feet (152 m) of all combustible building materials, additional fire hydrants shall be required to provide coverage in accordance with this section. 3313.3 Vertical construction of Types III, IV and V construction. Prior to commencement of vertical construction of Type III, IV or V buildings that utilize any combustible building materials, the fire flow required by Sections 3313.3.1 through 3313.3.3 shall be provided, accompanied by fire hydrants in sufficient quantity to deliver the required fire flow and proper coverage. 3313.3.1 Fire separation up to 30 feet. Where a building of Type III, IV or V construction has a fire separation distance of less than 30 feet (9144 mm) from property lot lines, and an adjacent property has an existing structure or otherwise can be built on, the water supply shall provide either a minimum of 500 gallons per minute (1893 L/m) or the entire fire flow required for the building when constructed, whichever is greater. 3313.3.2 Fire separation of 30 feet up to 60 feet. Where a building of Type III, IV or V construction has a fire separation distance of 30 feet (9144 mm) up to 60 feet (18 288 mm) from property lot lines, and an adjacent property has an existing structure or otherwise can be built on, the water supply shall provide a minimum of 500 gallons per minute (1893 L/m) or 50 percent of the fire flow required for the building when constructed, whichever is greater. 3313.3.3 Fire separation of 60 feet or greater. Where a building of Type III, IV or V construction has a fire separation of 60 feet (18 288 mm) or greater from a property lot line , a water supply of 500 gallons per minute (1893 L/m) shall be provided. 3313.4 Vertical construction, Type I and II construction. If combustible building materials are delivered to the construction site, water supply in accordance with Section 3313.2 shall be provided. Additional water supply for fire flow is not required prior to commencing vertical construction of Type I and II buildings. 3313.5 Standpipe supply. Regardless of the presence of combustible building materials, the construction type or the fire separation distance, where a standpipe is required in accordance with Section 3314, a water supply providing a minimum flow of 500 gallons per minute (1893 L/m) shall be provided. The fire hydrant used for this water supply shall be located within 100 feet (30 480 mm) of the fire department connection supplying the standpipe. pg. 102 CHAPTER 38 HIGHER EDUCATION LABORATORIES SECTION 3805 NONSPRINKLERED LABORATORIES 3805.1 Scope. Storage and use of hazardous materials in existing laboratories located within existing buildings not equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 is permitted where such use complies with Section 3803, Chapters 50 through 67, as applicable, and Sections 3805.2 through 3805.4. 3805.2 Nonsprinklered laboratories. The maximum allowable quantities of hazardous materials in storage and use in control areas in laboratories located in buildings not equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 shall be in accordance with Table 5003.1.1(1), Table 5003.1.1(2) and Table 5003.8.3.2, except as modified by Sections 3805.2.1 and 3805.2.2. 3805.2.1 Restricted materials storage. Where approved by the fire code official, storage of the following hazardous materials prohibited by Table 5003.1.1(1) in buildings not equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 shall be allowed within a laboratory control area at 25 percent of Table 5003.1.1(1) limits for a building equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system. 1. Pyrophorics. Class 4 oxidizers. 2. Class 4 Oxidizers. Pyrophorics. The percentage of the maximum allowable quantity per control area shown in Table 3805.4 shall be applied to 25 percent of Table 5003.1.1(1) limits for Class 4 oxidizers or pyrophoric materials. Additional quantity increases shall be prohibited, and such materials shall be stored in accordance with all of the following: 1. Containers shall be completely sealed and stored in accordance with the manufacturers’ recommendations. 2. Storage shall be within approved hazardous material storage cabinets in accordance with Section 5003.8.7, or shall be located in an inert atmosphere glove box in accordance with NFPA 45, Section 7.11. 3. The storage cabinet or glove box shall not contain any storage of incompatible materials. 3805.2.2 Restricted materials use. Where approved by the fire code official, use of the following hazardous materials prohibited by Table 5003.1.1(1) in buildings not equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, shall be allowed within a laboratory control area at 25 percent of Table 5003.1.1(1) limits for buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system. 1. Pyrophorics. Class 4 oxidizers. 2. Class 4 Oxidizers. Pyrophorics. The percentage of the maximum allowable quantity per control area shown in Table 3805.4 shall be applied to 25 percent of Table 5003.1.1(1) limits for Class 4 oxidizers or pyrophoric materials. Additional quantity increases shall be prohibited, and such materials shall be stored in accordance with all of the following: 1. Use shall be within an approved chemical fume hood listed in accordance with UL 1805, or in an inert atmosphere glove box in accordance with NFPA 45, Section 7.11, or other approved equipment designed for the specific hazard of the material. 2. Combustible materials shall be kept not less than 2 feet (610 mm) away from the work area, except for those items directly related to the research. 3. A portable fire extinguisher appropriate for the specific material shall be provided within 20 feet (6096 mm) of the use in accordance with Section 906. pg. 103 3805.4 Percentage of maximum allowable quantity per control area. The percentage of maximum allowable quantities per control area of hazardous materials shall be permitted to be increased in accordance comply with Table 3805.4. TABLE 3805.4 a. Percentages shall be of the maximum allowable quantity per control area shown in Table 5003.1.1(1) and Table 5003.1.1(2), excluding all increases allowed in the footnotes to those tables. b. Fire barriers shall include walls, floors and ceilings necessary to provide separation from other portions of the building. c. Vertical fire barriers separating control areas from other spaces on the same floor are permitted to be 1-hour fire-resistance rated. d. See Section 414.2.4 of the International Building Code for additional requirements. e. The percentage of the maximum allowable quantity per control area shown in Table 3805.4 shall be applied to 25 percent of Table 5003.1.1(1) limits for Class 4 oxidizers or pyrophoric materials. pg. 104 CHAPTER 39 PROCESSING AND EXTRACTION FACILITIES SECTION 3904 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT 3904.2 Systems and equipment. Systems or equipment used for the extraction of oils from plant material shall comply with Section 3904.2.1 or 3904.2.2. be listed or approved for the specific use. If the system used for extraction of oils and products from plant material is not listed, the system shall be reviewed by a registered design professional. The registered design professional shall review and consider any information provided by the system’s designer or manufacturer. For systems and equipment not listed for the specific use, a technical report in accordance with Section 3904.2.2.1 shall be prepared and submitted to the fire code official for review and approval. The firm or individual preparing the technical report shall be approved by the fire code official prior to performing the analysis. 3904.2.1 Listings. Systems or equipment used for the extraction of oils from plant material shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 1389 and installed in accordance with the listing and the manufacturer's installation instructions. 3904.2.2 Approvals. Systems or equipment used for the extraction of oils from plant material shall be approved for the specific use. The system shall be reviewed by a registered design professional. The registered design professional shall review and consider any information provided by the system's designer or manufacturer. A technical report in accordance with Section 3904.2.2.1 shall be prepared and submitted to the fire code official for review and approval. The firm or individual preparing the technical report shall be approved by the fire code official prior to performing the analysis. pg. 105 CHAPTER 40 STORAGE OF DISTILLED SPIRITS AND WINES User note: About this chapter: Chapter 40 provides specific requirements for the storage of distilled spirits and wines. In accordance with Section 307.1.1 of the International Building Code®, these occupancies are not classified as a Group H occupancy. Instead, as listed in Sections 311.2 and 311.3 of the International Building Code, the storage of beverages that contain up to and including 16-percent alcohol are classified as a Group S-2 occupancy, and those that contain over 16-percent alcohol content are classified as a Group S-1 occupancy. Note that those that are classified as a Group S-1 occupancy are required to be provided with an automatic sprinkler system throughout the Group S-1 fire area, regardless of size, in accordance with Section 903. SECTION 4001 GENERAL 4001.1 General. The storage of distilled spirits and wines in barrels and casks shall comply with this chapter in addition to other applicable requirements of this code. 4001.1.1 Non applicability. Chapter 50 and Chapter 57 are not applicable to the storage of distilled spirits and wines in barrels and casks as identified in Section 5001.1, Exception 10, and Section 5701.2, Item 10. SECTION 4002 DEFINITIONS 4002.1 Definitions. Words and terms used in this chapter and defined in Chapter 2 shall have the meanings ascribed to them as defined therein. SECTION 4003 PRECAUTIONS AGAINST FIRE 4003.1 Spill control. Drainage or containment systems shall be provided by means of curbs, scuppers, special drains or other suitable means to prevent the flow of spills throughout the building. 4003.2 Ventilation. For rooms and spaces where distilled spirits and wines in barrels and casks are stored, ventilation shall be provided in accordance with the International Mechanical Code and one of the following: 1. The rooms and spaces shall be ventilated at a rate sufficient to maintain the concentration of vapors within the area at or below 25 percent of the lower flammable limit (LFL). This shall be confirmed by sampling the actual vapor concentration under normal operating conditions. The sampling shall be conducted throughout the enclosed storage area, extending to or toward the bottom and the top of the enclosed storage area. The vapor concentration used to determine the required ventilation rate shall be the highest measured concentration during the sampling procedure. The sampling shall be conducted manually or by installation of a continuously monitoring flammable vapor detection system. 2. The rooms and spaces shall be provided exhaust ventilation at a rate of not less than 1 cfm per square foot [0.00508 m3/(s × m2)] of solid floor area. The exhaust ventilation shall be accomplished by natural or mechanical means, with discharge of the exhaust to a safe location outside the building. 4003.3 Sources of ignition. Sources of ignition shall be controlled in accordance with Sections 4003.3.1 through 4003.4. 4003.3.1 Smoking. Smoking shall be prohibited and “No Smoking” signs provided as follows: 1. In rooms or areas where hazardous materials are stored or dispensed or used in open systems in amounts requiring a permit in accordance with Sections 105.5 and 105.6. 2. Within 25 feet (7620 mm) of outdoor storage, dispensing or open-use areas. pg. 106 3. Facilities or areas within facilities that have been designated as totally “no smoking” shall have “No Smoking” signs placed at all entrances to the facility or area. Designated areas within such facilities where smoking is permitted either permanently or temporarily shall be identified with signs designating that smoking is permitted in these areas only. 4. In rooms or areas where flammable or combustible hazardous materials are stored, dispensed or used. Signs required by this section shall be in English as a primary language or in symbols allowed by this code and shall comply with Section 310. 4003.3.2 Open flame. Open flames and high-temperature devices shall not be used in a manner that creates a hazardous condition and shall be listed for use with the hazardous materials stored or used. 4003.3.3 Industrial trucks. Powered industrial trucks used in areas designated as hazardous (classified) locations in accordance with NFPA 70 shall be listed and labeled for use in the environment intended in accordance with NFPA 505. 4003.3.4 Electrical. Electrical wiring and equipment shall be installed and maintained in accordance with Section 608 and NFPA 70. 4003.4 Lightning. Structures containing barrel storage should be protected from lightning. The lightning protection equipment shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 70 and NFPA 780. SECTION 4004 STORAGE 4004.1 Storage. Storage shall be in accordance with this section and Section 315. 4004.2 Empty containers. The storage of empty containers previously used for the storage of flammable or combustible liquids, unless free from explosive vapors, shall be stored as required for filled containers. 4004.3 Basement storage. Class I liquids shall be allowed to be stored in basements in amounts not exceeding the maximum allowable quantity per control area for use-open systems in Table 5003.1.1(1), provided that automatic suppression and other fire protection are provided in accordance with Chapter 9. Class II and IIIA liquids shall also be allowed to be stored in basements, provided that automatic suppression and other fire protection are provided in accordance with Chapter 9. 4004.4 Bulk beverage storage areas. There shall be no storage of combustible materials in the bulk beverage storage areas not related to the beverage storage activities. SECTION 4005 FIRE PROTECTION 4005.1 Automatic sprinkler system. The storage of distilled spirits and wines shall be protected by an approved automatic sprinkler system as required by Chapter 9. 4005.2 Portable fire extinguishers. Approved portable fire extinguishers shall be provided in accordance with Section 906. SECTION 4006 SIGNAGE 4006.1 Hazard identification signs. Unless otherwise exempted by the fire code official, visible hazard identification signs, as specified in NFPA 704 for the specific material contained, shall be placed on stationary containers and above-ground tanks; at entrances to locations where hazardous materials are pg. 107 stored, dispensed, used or handled in quantities requiring a permit; and at specific entrances and locations designated by the fire code official. 4006.1.1 Maintenance and style. Signs and markings required by Section 4006.1 shall not be obscured or removed; shall be in English as a primary language or in symbols allowed by this code; shall be durable; and the size, color and lettering shall be approved. pg. 108 Part V— Hazardous Materials CHAPTER 50 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS—GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 5001 GENERAL 5001.1 Scope. Prevention, control and mitigation of dangerous conditions related to storage, dispensing, use and handling of hazardous materials shall be in accordance with this chapter. This chapter shall apply to all hazardous materials, including those materials regulated elsewhere in this code, except that where specific requirements are provided in other chapters, those specific requirements shall apply in accordance with the applicable chapter. Where a material has multiple hazards, all hazards shall be addressed. Exceptions: 1. In retail or wholesale sales occupancies, the quantities of medicines, foodstuff, cosmetics and commercial or institutional consumer products and cosmetics containing not more than 50 percent by volume of water-miscible liquids and with the remainder of the solutions not being flammable shall not be limited, provided that such materials are packaged in individual containers not exceeding 1.3 gallons (5L). 2. Quantities of Alcoholic beverages in retail or wholesale sales occupancies, shall not be limited providing provided that the liquids are packaged in individual containers not exceeding 1.3 gallons (5 L). 3. Application and release of pesticide and agricultural products and materials intended for use in weed abatement, erosion control, soil amendment or similar applications where applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and label directions. 4. The off-site transportation of hazardous materials where in accordance with Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations. 5. Building materials not otherwise regulated by this code. 6. Refrigeration systems (see Section 608). 7. Stationary storage battery systems regulated by Section 1207. 8. The display, storage, sale or use of fireworks and explosives in accordance with Chapter 56. 9. Corrosives utilized in personal and household products in the manufacturer's original consumer packaging in Group M occupancies. 10. The storage of beer, distilled spirits and wines in wooden barrels and casks. 11. The use of wall-mounted dispensers containing alcohol-based hand rubs classified as Class I or II liquids where in accordance with Section 5705.5. 12. Specific provisions for flammable liquids in motor fuel-dispensing facilities, repair garages, airports and marinas in Chapter 23. 13. Storage and use of fuel oil in tanks and containers connected to oil-burning equipment. Such storage and use shall be in accordance with Section 605. For abandonment of fuel oil tanks, Chapter 57 applies. 14. Storage and display of aerosol products complying with Chapter 51. 15. Storage and use of flammable or combustible liquids that do not have a fire point when tested in accordance with ASTM D92, not otherwise regulated by this code. 16. Flammable or combustible liquids with a flash point greater than 95°F (35°C) in a water-miscible solution or dispersion with a water and inert (noncombustible) solids content of more than 80 percent by weight, which do not sustain combustion, not otherwise regulated by this code. 17. Commercial cooking oil storage tank systems located within a building and designed and installed in accordance with Section 607 and NFPA 30. SECTION 5003 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 5003.2 Systems, equipment, and processes. Systems, equipment, and processes utilized for storage, dispensing, use or handling of hazardous materials shall be in accordance with Sections 5003.2.1 through 5003.2.9. pg. 109 5003.2.1 Design and construction of containers, cylinders, and tanks. Containers, cylinders and tanks shall be designed and constructed in accordance with approved standards. Containers, cylinders, tanks, and other means used for containment of hazardous materials shall be of an approved type. Pressure vessels not meeting DOT requirements for transportation shall comply with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. 5003.2.2 Piping, tubing, valves, and fittings. Piping, tubing, valves, and fittings conveying hazardous materials shall be designed and installed in accordance with ASME B31.1 or other approved standards, and shall be in accordance with Sections 5003.2.2.1 and 5003.2.2.2. 5003.2.2.1 Design and construction. Piping, tubing, valves, fittings and related components used for hazardous materials shall be in accordance with the following: 1. Piping, tubing, valves, fittings, and related components shall be designed and fabricated from materials that are compatible with the material to be contained and shall be of adequate strength and durability to withstand the pressure, structural and seismic stress and exposure to which they are subject. 2. Piping and tubing shall be identified in accordance with ASME A13.1 to indicate the material conveyed. 3. Manual valves or automatic remotely activated fail-safe emergency shutoff valves shall be installed on supply piping and tubing and provided with ready access at the following locations: 3.1. The point of use. 3.2. The tank, cylinder, or bulk source. 4. Manual emergency shutoff valves and controls for remotely activated emergency shutoff valves shall be identified and the location shall have access clearly visible and indicated by means of a sign provided with ready access and identified in an approved manner. 5. Backflow prevention or check valves shall be provided where the backflow of hazardous materials could create a hazardous condition or cause the unauthorized discharge of hazardous materials. Exceptions: 1. Piping for inlet connections designed to prevent backflow. 2. Piping for pressure relief devices 5003.7.3 Industrial trucks. Powered industrial trucks used in areas designated as hazardous (classified) locations shall be in accordance with Section 309.2. 5003.7.4 Respiratory therapy. In Group I-2 and ambulatory care facilities, within areas with respiratory therapy services, sources of ignition shall be regulated in accordance with NFPA 99. pg. 110 a. For materials that are detonable, the distance to other buildings or lot lines shall be in accordance with Section 415.6 of the International Building Code or Chapter 56 based on the trinitrotoluene (TNT) equivalence of the material, whichever is greater. b. “Maximum Allowable Quantity” means the maximum allowable quantity per control area set forth in Table 5003.1.1(1). c. Limited to Division 1.4 materials and articles, including articles packaged for shipment, that are not regulated as an explosive under Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives regulations, or unpackaged articles used in process operations that do not propagate a detonation or deflagration between articles, providing the net explosive weight of individual articles does not exceed 1 pound. d. Detached buildings are not required for gases in gas rooms that support H-5 fabrication facilities where the gas room is separated from other areas by a fire barrier with a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 hours and the gas is located in a gas cabinet that is internally sprinklered, equipped with continuous leak detection, automatic shutdown, and is not manifolded upstream of pressure controls. The gas supply is limited to cylinders that do not exceed 125 pounds water capacity in accordance with DOT n 49 CFR 173.192 for Hazard Zone. a. Hazard categories are as specified in Section 5001.2.2. b. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent in buildings equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. Where Note c applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively. c. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent where stored in approved storage cabinets in accordance with Section 5003.8. Where note b applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively. d. See Table 5003.8.3.2 for design and number of control areas. e. Maximum allowable quantities for other hazardous material categories shall be in accordance with Section 5003.1. f. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent in outdoor control areas. g. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased to 2,250 pounds where individual packages are in the original sealed containers from the manufacturer or packager and do not exceed 10 pounds each. h. Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased to 4,500 pounds where individual packages are in the original sealed containers from the manufacturer or packager and do not exceed 10 pounds each. i. Quantities are unlimited where protected by an automatic sprinkler system. j. Quantities are unlimited in an outdoor control area. pg. 111 k. Maximum allowable quantity of consumer products shall be increased to 10,000 pounds where individual packages are in the original sealed containers from the manufacturer and the toxic classification is exclusively based on the LC50 threshold and no other hazardous materials classifications apply. 5003.12 Outdoor control areas. Outdoor control areas for hazardous materials in amounts not exceeding the maximum allowable quantity per outdoor control area shall be in accordance with the following general requirements: 1. Outdoor control areas shall be kept free from weeds, debris, and common combustible materials not necessary to the storage. The area surrounding an outdoor control area shall be kept clear of such materials for not less than 15 feet (4572 mm). 2. Outdoor control areas shall be located not closer than 20 feet (6096 mm) from a public street, public alley, public way or lot line that can be built on. pg. 112 CHAPTER 51 AEROSOLS SECTION 5101 GENERAL 5101.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter, the International Building Code and NFPA 30B shall apply to the manufacturing, storage and display of aerosol products, aerosol cooking spray products and plastic aerosol 3 products. Manufacturing of aerosol products, aerosol cooking spray products and plastic aerosol 3 products using hazardous materials shall also comply with Chapter 50. 5104.1.2 Plastic aerosol 3 products. Plastic aerosol 3 products shall be defined as those that meet one of the following criteria: 1. Base product does not have a fire point where tested in accordance with ASTM D92, and there is not more than 10 percent by weight flammable propellant. 2. Base product does not sustain combustion as tested in accordance with DOT n 49 CFR 173, Appendix H, and there is not more than 10 percent by weight flammable propellant. 3. Base product contains 50 percent by volume or less of flammable or combustible water-miscible alcohols in an aqueous mix, and there is not more than 10 percent by weight of flammable propellant. 5104.7 Storage in Group M occupancies. Storage of Level 2 and 3 aerosol products, and aerosol cooking spray products and plastic aerosol 3 products in occupancies in Group M shall comply with Table 5104.7. Retail display shall comply with Section 5106. SECTION 5105 OUTSIDE STORAGE 5105.1 General. The outside storage of Level 2 and 3 aerosol products and plastic aerosol 3 products, including storage in temporary storage trailers, shall be separated from exposures in accordance with Table 5105.1. pg. 113 SECTION 5106 RETAIL DISPLAY 5106.1 General. This section shall apply to the retail display of 500 pounds (227 kg) or more of Level 2 and 3 aerosol products, and aerosol cooking spray products and plastic aerosol 3 products. 5106.2 Aerosol display and normal merchandising not exceeding 8 feet in height. Aerosol display and normal merchandising not exceeding 8 feet (2438 mm) in height shall be in accordance with Sections 5106.2.1 through 5106.2.5. 5106.2.1 Maximum quantities in retail display areas. Aerosol products, and aerosol cooking spray products and plastic aerosol 3 products in retail display areas shall not exceed quantities needed for display and normal merchandising and shall not exceed the quantities in Table 5106.2.1. 5106.2.2 Aerosol cooking spray product and plastic aerosol 3 product storage and fire protection. The storage and handling of aerosol cooking spray products and plastic aerosol 3 products shall comply with this chapter and NFPA 30B. 5106.3.2 Automatic sprinkler protection. Aerosol product and plastic aerosol 3 product display and merchandising areas shall be protected by an automatic sprinkler system based on the requirements set forth in Tables 6.4.2.7(a) through 6.4.2.7(l) of NFPA 30B and the following: 1. Protection shall be based on the highest level of aerosol product in the array and the packaging method of the storage located more than 6 feet (1829 mm) above the finished floor. 2. Where using the cartoned aerosol products tables of NFPA 30B, uncartoned or display-cut Level 2 and 3 aerosol products and plastic aerosol 3 products shall not be permitted more than 6 feet (1829 mm) above the finished floor. 3. The design area for Level 2 and 3 aerosol products and plastic aerosol 3 products shall extend not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) beyond the Level 2 and 3 aerosol product and plastic aerosol 3 product display and merchandising areas. 4. Where ordinary and high-temperature ceiling sprinkler systems are adjacent to each other, noncombustible draft curtains shall be installed at the interface. pg. 114 5106.3.3 Separation of Level 2 and 3 aerosol product and plastic aerosol 3 product areas. Separation of Level 2 and 3 aerosol product areas or plastic aerosol 3 product areas shall comply with the following: 1. Level 2 and 3 aerosol product or plastic aerosol 3 product display and merchandising areas shall be separated from each other by not less than 25 feet (7620 mm). See Table 5106.2.1. 2. Level 2 and 3 aerosol product or plastic aerosol 3 product display and merchandising areas shall be separated from flammable and combustible liquids storage and display areas by one or a combination of the following: 2.1. Segregating areas from each other by horizontal distance of not less than 25 feet (7620 mm). 2.2. Isolating areas from each other by a noncombustible partition extending not less than 18 inches (457 mm) above the merchandise. 2.3. In accordance with Section 5106.5. 3. Where Item 2.2 is used to separate Level 2 or 3 aerosol products or plastic aerosol 3 products from flammable or combustible liquids , and the aerosol products are located within 25 feet (7620 mm) of flammable or combustible liquids , the area below the noncombustible partition shall be liquid tight at the floor to prevent spilled liquids from flowing beneath the aerosol products. pg. 115 CHAPTER 53 COMPRESSED GASES SECTION 5306 MEDICAL GASES 5306.1 General. Medical gases at health care-related facilities intended for patient or veterinary care shall comply with Sections 5306.2 through 5306.5 in addition to other requirements of this chapter and Section 427 of the International Building Code. 5306.1.1 Training. Personnel who handle medical gases and associated equipment and cylinders shall be trained on the use, safe handling and associated Hazards. 5306.2.2 One-hour interior room. Where an exterior wall cannot be provided for the room, a 1-hour interior room shall be provided and shall be a room or enclosure separated from the remainder of the building by fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 of the International Building Code or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711 of the International Building Code, or both, with a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour. Openings between the room or enclosure and interior spaces shall be provided with self-closing, smoke- and draft-control assemblies having a fire protection rating of not less than 1 hour. An automatic sprinkler system shall be installed within the room. The room shall be exhausted through a duct to the exterior. Supply and exhaust ducts shall be enclosed in a 1-hour-rated shaft enclosure from the room to the exterior. Approved mechanical ventilation shall comply with the International Mechanical Code and be provided at a minimum rate of 1 cfm per square foot [0.00508 m3/(s × m2)] of the area of the room. 5306.5 Medical gas systems and equipment. Medical gas systems including, but not limited to, distribution piping, supply manifolds, connections, pressure regulators and relief devices and valves, and equipment shall be installed, tested and labeled in accordance with NFPA 99 and the general provisions of this chapter. Existing medical gas systems and equipment shall be used and maintained in accordance with the use, maintenance, inspection, and testing provisions of NFPA 99 for medical gas systems and equipment. pg. 116 CHAPTER 56 EXPLOSIVES AND FIREWORKS 5606.6 Commercial reloading. Commercial reloading of small arms ammunition shall comply with Sections 5606.6.1 through 5606.6.8. 5606.6.1 Electrical. Areas within 3 feet (914 mm) of reloading equipment shall be Class I, Division 2, Group A type. 5606.6.2 Exhaust fans. Squirrel cage blowers shall not be used for exhausting hazardous fumes, vapors or gases. Only nonferrous fan blades shall be used for fans located within the ductwork and through which hazardous materials are exhausted. Motors shall be located outside the duct. 5606.6.3 Work stations. Work stations shall be separated by distance, barrier or other approved alternatives so that fire in one station will not ignite material in another work station. 5606.6.4 Personnel limits. The number of occupants in each process building and in each magazine shall not exceed the number necessary for proper conduct of production operations. 5606.6.5 Approved containers. Smokeless powder shall be kept in its original container. 5606.6.6 Static controls. The work area shall be provided with approved static controls. 5606.6.7 Waste disposal. Approved receptacles with covers shall be provided for each location for disposing of waste material and debris. These waste receptacles shall be emptied and cleaned as often as necessary but not less than once each day or at the end of each shift. 5606.6.8 Safety rules. General safety rules and operating instructions governing the particular operation or process conducted at that location shall be available at each location. pg. 117 CHAPTER 57 FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS SECTION 5701 GENERAL 5701.1 Scope and application. Prevention, control and mitigation of dangerous conditions related to storage, use, dispensing, mixing and handling of flammable and combustible liquids shall be in accordance with Chapter 50 and this chapter. 5701.2 Non-applicability. This chapter shall not apply to liquids as otherwise provided in other laws or regulations or chapters of this code, including: 1. Specific provisions for flammable liquids in motor fuel-dispensing facilities, repair garages, airports and marinas in Chapter 23. 2. Medicines, foodstuffs, cosmetics and commercial or institutional products containing not more than 50 percent by volume of water-miscible liquids and with the remainder of the solution not being flammable, provided that such materials are packaged in individual containers not exceeding 1.3 gallons (5 L). 3. Quantities of alcoholic beverages in retail or wholesale sales or storage occupancies, provided that the liquids are packaged in individual containers not exceeding 1.3 gallons (5 L). 4. Storage and use of fuel oil in tanks and containers connected to oil-burning equipment. Such storage and use shall be in accordance with Section 605. For abandonment of fuel oil tanks, this chapter applies. 5. Refrigerant liquids and oils in Refrigeration systems (see Section 608). 6. Storage and display of aerosol products complying with Chapter 51. 7. Storage and use of liquids that do not have a fire point when tested in accordance with ASTM D92. 8. Liquids with a flash point greater than 95°F (35°C) in a water-miscible solution or dispersion with a water and inert (noncombustible) solids content of more than 80 percent by weight, which do not sustain combustion. 9. Liquids without flash points that can be flammable under some conditions, such as certain halogenated hydrocarbons and mixtures containing halogenated hydrocarbons. 10. The storage of beer, distilled spirits and wines in wooden barrels and casks. 11. Commercial cooking oil storage tank systems located within a building and designed and installed in accordance with Section 607 and NFPA 30. 12. Application and release of pesticide and agricultural products and materials intended for use in weed abatement, erosion control, soil amendment or similar applications where applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and label directions. 13. The off-site transportation of flammable or combustible liquids where in accordance with Department of Transportation (DOT n) regulation. SECTION 5707 ON-DEMAND MOBILE FUELING OPERATIONS 5707.1.1 Approval required. Mobile fueling operations shall not be conducted without first obtaining a permit and approval from the fire code official. Mobile fueling operations shall occur only at approved locations. The fire code official is authorized to approve individual locations or geographic areas where mobile fueling is allowed. 5707.2 Mobile fueling vehicle. An on-demand mobile fueling vehicle shall be one of the following: that which is utilized in on-demand fueling operations for the dispensing of Class I, II or III liquids into the fuel tanks of motor vehicles. 1. A vehicle that has chassis-mounted tanks or containers where the aggregate cargo capacity does not exceed 1200 gallons (4592 L). A mobile fueling vehicle with a mounted tank in excess of pg. 118 110 gallons (415 L) shall comply with the requirements of Section 5706.6, Section 5707 and NFPA 385. 2. A vehicle that carries a maximum of 60 gallons (227 L) of motor fuel in metal safety cans listed in accordance with UL 30 or other approved metal containers, each not to exceed 5 gallons (19 L) in capacity. Containers shall be secured to the mobile fueling vehicle except when in use. The mobile fueling vehicle shall comply with all local, state and federal requirements. The mobile fueling vehicle and its equipment shall be maintained in good repair. 5707.2.1 Mobile fueling vehicle classifications. An on-demand mobile fueling vehicle shall be characterized as one of the following: 1. Tier 1 mobile fueling vehicle. A tank vehicle that complies with NFPA 385 and that has chassis- mounted tanks where the aggregate capacity does not exceed 1,600 gallons (6057 L). 2. Tier 2 mobile fueling vehicle. A vehicle with one or more chassis-mounted tanks or containers that do not exceed 110 gallons (416 L) in capacity with an aggregate capacity that does not exceed 800 gallons (3028 L) or the weight capacity of the vehicle in accordance with DOT n. 3. Tier 3 mobile fueling vehicle. A vehicle that carries a maximum aggregate capacity of 60 gallons (227 L) of motor fuel in metal safety cans listed in accordance with UL 30 or other approved metal containers, each not to exceed 5 gallons (19 L) in capacity. 5707.2.2 Mobile fueling vehicle requirements. Each mobile fueling vehicle shall comply with all local, state and federal requirements, as well as the following: 1. Mobile fueling vehicles with a chassis-mounted tank in excess of 110 gallons (416 L) shall also comply with the requirements of Section 5706.6 and NFPA 385. 2. The mobile fueling vehicle and its equipment shall be maintained in good repair. 3. Safety cans and approved metal containers shall be secured to the mobile fueling vehicle except when in use. 4. Fueling a motor vehicle from tanks or containers mounted in a trailer connected to a mobile fueling vehicle shall be prohibited. 5707.3.3 Site plan. Where required by the fire code official, a site plan shall be developed for each location or area at which mobile fueling occurs. The site plan shall be in sufficient detail to indicate the following: 1. All buildings and structures. 2. Lot lines or property lines. 3. Electric car chargers. 4. Solar photovoltaic parking lot canopies. 5. Appurtenances on-site and their use or function. 6. All uses adjacent to the lot lines of the site. 7. Fueling locations. 8. Locations of all storm drain openings and adjacent waterways or wetlands. 9. Information regarding slope, natural drainage, curbing and impounding. 10. How a spill will be kept on the site property. 11. Scale of the site plan. 5707.4 Mobile fueling areas. Mobile fueling During fueling, the mobile fueling vehicle and point of connection to the vehicle shall not be located shall not occur on public streets, public ways or inside buildings . Fueling on the roof level of parking structures or other buildings is prohibited. 5707.4.1 Separation. Mobile fueling During fueling, the point of connection to the vehicle being fueled shall not take place within 25 feet (7620 mm) of buildings, lot lines, property lines or combustible storage. Mobile fueling vehicles shall not park within 10 feet (3048 mm) of buildings, lot lines, property lines or combustible storage. Exceptions: 1. The fire code official shall be authorized to decrease the separation distance for dispensing from metal safety cans or other approved metal containers in pg. 119 accordance with Section 5707.2. 3. The point of fueling shall not take place within 10 feet (3048 mm) of buildings, lot lines, property lines or combustible storage where the mobile fueling vehicle has an approved vapor recovery system or is servicing vehicles with onboard refueling vapor recovery. Where dispensing operations occur within 15 feet (4572 mm) of a storm drain, an approved storm drain cover or an approved equivalent method that will prevent any fuel from reaching the drain that shall be used. 5707.4.3 Electrical equipment. Mobile fueling shall not occur within 20 feet (6096 mm) of electrical equipment located within 18 inches (457 mm) of the ground unless such electrical equipment is rated for Class I, Division 2, hazardous locations in accordance with NFPA 70. 5707.5 Equipment. Mobile fueling equipment shall comply with Sections 5707.5.1 through 5707.5.5. 5707.5.1 Dispensing hoses and nozzles. Where equipped, the dispensing hose shall not exceed 50 feet (15 240 mm) in length. The dispensing nozzles and hoses shall be of an approved and listed type. Where metal-to-metal contact cannot be made between the nozzle and the fuel fill opening, a means for bonding the mobile fueling vehicle to the motor vehicle shall be provided and employed during fueling operations. 5707.5.2 Breakaway device. A listed breakaway device shall be provided at the nozzle. Exception: Mobile fueling vehicles equipped with an approved brake interlock tied to the nozzle holder that prohibits movement of the mobile fueling vehicle when the nozzle is removed from its holder or tied to the delivery of fuel that prevents activation of the pumping system. 5707.5.25707.5.3 Fuel Shutoff valve and fuel limit. Mobile fueling vehicles shall be equipped with a listed shutoff valve assembly and a fuel limit switch set to a maximum of 30 gallons (116 L) and a nozzle or other approved device that, when activated, immediately causes flow of fuel from the mobile fueling vehicle to cease. 5707.5.3 5707.5.4 Fire extinguisher. An approved portable fire extinguisher complying with Section 906 with a minimum rating of 40-4-A:80-B:C shall be provided on the mobile fueling vehicle with signage clearly indicating its location. 5707.6 Operations. Mobile fueling vehicles shall be constantly attended during fueling operations with brakes set and warning lights in operation. Mobile fueling vehicles shall not obstruct emergency vehicle access roads. 5707.6.3 Safety cones. Safety cones or other visual barriers shall be employed as warning devices to highlight the vehicle fueling area. 5707.6.4 Vehicle lights. The mobile fueling vehicle flasher lights shall be in operation while dispensing operations are in progress. 5707.6.5 Nighttime deliveries. Nighttime deliveries shall be made only in areas deemed adequately lighted by the fire code official . pg. 120 CHAPTER 61 LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GASES SECTION 6103 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT 6103.1 General. LP-gas equipment shall be installed in accordance with the International Fuel Gas Code and NFPA 58, except as otherwise provided in this chapter. 6103.2 Use of LP-gas containers in buildings. The use of LP-gas containers in buildings shall be in accordance with Sections 6103.2.1 through 6103.2.2. 6103.2.1 Portable containers. Portable LP-gas containers, as defined in NFPA 58, shall not be used in buildings except as specified in NFPA 58 and Sections 6103.2.1.1 through 6103.2.1.7. 6103.2.1.1 Use in basement, pit or similar location. LP-gas containers shall not be used in a basement , pit, above-grade underfloor space or similar location where heavier-than-air gas might collect LP-gas containers shall not be used in an above-grade underfloor space or basement unless such location is provided with an approved means of ventilation. Exception: Use with self-contained torch assemblies in accordance with Section 6103.2.1.6. SECTION 6110 LP-GAS CONTAINERS NOT IN SERVICE 6110.1 Temporarily out of service. Removed from service. LP-gas containers whose use has been temporarily discontinued shall comply with all of the following: 1. Be disconnected from appliance piping. 2. Have LP-gas container outlets, except relief valves, closed or plugged. 3. Be positioned with the relief valve in direct communication with the LP-gas container vapor space. 6110.2 Permanently out of service. Removal from site. LP-gas containers to be placed permanently out of discontinued from service shall be removed from the site. pg. 121 CHAPTER 63 OXIDIZERS, OXIDIZING GASES AND OXIDIZING CRYOGENIC FLUIDS MAQ = Maximum Allowable Quantity. NA = Not Applicable. a. The minimum aisle width shall be equal to the pile height, but not less than 4 feet and not greater than 8 feet. b. There shall not be a minimum distance from the pile to a wall for amounts less than 9,000 pounds. c. Maximum storage height in non-sprinklered buildings is limited to 6 feet. In sprinklered buildings, see NFPA 400 for storage heights based on ceiling sprinkler protection. d. Maximum quantity per building varies. See Chapter 50 for control areas and MAQs. pg. 122 Part VII— Appendices APPENDIX A BOARD OF APPEALS The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance or legislation of the jurisdiction. User note: About this appendix: Appendix A contains optional criteria that, when adopted, provide jurisdictions with detailed appeals, board member qualifications and administrative procedures to supplement the basic requirements found in Section 111 of this code. SECTION A101 GENERAL A101.1 Scope. A board of appeals shall be established within the jurisdiction for the purpose of hearing applications for modification of the requirements of the International Fire Code this code pursuant to the provisions of Section 111 of the International Fire Code. The board shall be established and operated in accordance with this section, and shall be authorized to hear evidence from appellants and the fire code official pertaining to the application and intent of this code for the purpose of issuing orders pursuant to these provisions. A101.2 Membership. The membership of the board shall consist of five voting members having the qualifications established by this section. Members shall be nominated by the fire code official or the chief administrative officer of the jurisdiction, subject to confirmation by a majority vote of the governing body. Members shall serve without remuneration or compensation, and shall be removed from office prior to the end of their appointed terms only for cause. A101.2.1 Design professional. One member shall be a practicing design professional registered in the practice of engineering or architecture in the state in which the board is established. A101.2.2 Fire protection engineering professional. One member shall be a qualified engineer, technologist, technician or safety professional trained in fire protection engineering, fire science or fire technology. Qualified representatives in this category shall include fire protection contractors and certified technicians engaged in fire protection system design. A101.2.3 Industrial safety professional. One member shall be a registered industrial or chemical engineer, certified hygienist, certified safety professional, certified hazardous materials manager or comparably qualified specialist experienced in chemical process safety or industrial safety. A101.2.4 General contractor. One member shall be a contractor regularly engaged in the construction, alteration, maintenance, repair or remodeling of buildings or building services and systems regulated by the code. A101.2.5 General industry or business representative. One member shall be a representative of business or industry not represented by a member from one of the other categories of board members described in Sections A101.2.1 through A101.2.4. A101.2 Application for appeal. Any person shall have the right to appeal a decision of the fire code official to the board. An application for appeal shall be based on a claim that the intent of this code or the rules legally adopted hereunder have been incorrectly interpreted, the provisions of this code do not fully apply, or an equally good or better form of construction is proposed. The application shall be filed on a form obtained from the fire code official within 20 days after the notice was served. pg. 123 A101.2.1 Limitation of authority. The board shall not have authority to waive requirements of this code or interpret the administration of this code. A101.2.2 Stays of enforcement. Appeals of notice and orders, other than Imminent Danger notices, shall stay the enforcement of the notice and order until the appeal is heard by the board. A101.3 Terms of office. Membership of board. Members shall be appointed for terms of 4 years. Members shall not be reappointed to serve more than two consecutive full terms. The board shall consist of five voting members appointed by the chief appointing authority of the jurisdiction. Each member shall serve for [NUMBER OF YEARS] years or until a successor has been appointed. The board member’s terms shall be staggered at intervals, so as to provide continuity. The fire code official shall be an ex officio member of said board but shall not vote on any matter before the board. A101.3.1 Initial appointments. Of the members first appointed, two shall be appointed for a term of 1 year, two for a term of 2 years, one for a term of 3 years. A101.3.1 Qualifications. The board shall consist of members who are qualified by experience and training to pass on matters pertaining to hazards of fire, explosions, hazardous conditions or fire protection systems , and are not employees of the jurisdiction. A101.3.2 Alternate members. The chief appointing authority is authorized to appoint two alternate members who shall be called by the board chairperson to hear appeals during the absence or disqualification of a member. Alternate members shall possess the qualifications required for board membership, and shall be appointed for the same term or until a successor has been appointed. A101.3.2 A101.3.3 Vacancies. Vacancies shall be filled for an unexpired term in the same manner in which original appointments are required to be made. Members appointed to fill a vacancy in an unexpired term shall be eligible for reappointment to two full terms. A101.3.4 Chairperson. The board shall annually select one of its members to serve as chairperson. A101.5 A101.3.5 Secretary of board. The fire code official shall act as secretary of the board and shall keep chief appointing authority shall designate a qualified clerk to serve as secretary to the board. The secretary shall file a detailed record of all its proceedings, which shall set forth the reasons for its decisions the board's decision, the vote of each member, the absence of a member and any failure of a member to vote. A101.8 A101.3.6 Conflict of interest. Members with a material A member with any personal, professional or financial interest in a matter before the board shall declare such interest and refrain from participating in discussions, deliberations and voting on such matters. A101.3.7 Compensation of members. Compensation of members shall be determined by law. A101.3.3 A101.3.8 Removal from office. the board. Members A member shall be removed from office the board prior to the end of their terms only for cause. Continued absence of any member Any member with continued absence from regular meetings of the board shall may be removed at the discretion of the applicable governing body, render any such member liable to immediate removal from office. chief appointing authority. A101.10 A101.4 Procedures. Rules and procedures. The board shall be operated in accordance with the Administrative Procedures Act of the state in which it is established or shall establish rules and regulations for its own procedure not inconsistent establish policies and procedures necessary to carry out its duties consistent with the provisions of this code and applicable state law. The procedures shall not require compliance with strict rules of evidence but shall mandate that only relevant information be presented. pg. 124 A101.7 A101.5 Meetings. Notice of meetings. The board shall meet at regular intervals, to be determined by the chairman. In any event, the board shall meet upon notice from the chairperson within 10 days after notice of the filing of appeal has been received. an appeal or at stated periodic intervals. A101.5.1 Open hearing. All hearings before the board shall be open to the public. The appellant, the appellant’s representative, the fire code official and any person whose interests are affected shall be given an opportunity to be heard. A101.4 A101.5.2 Quorum. Three members of the board shall constitute a quorum. In varying the application of any provisions of this code or in modifying an order of the fire code official , affirmative votes of the majority present, but not less than three, shall be required. A101.5.3 Postponed hearing. When five members are not present to hear an appeal, either the appellant or the appellant’s representative shall have the right to request a postponement of the hearing. A101.6 Legal counsel. The jurisdiction shall furnish legal counsel to the board to provide members with general legal advice concerning matters before them for consideration. Members shall be represented by legal counsel at the jurisdiction’s expense in all matters arising from service within the scope of their duties. A101.7 Board decision. The board shall only modify or reverse the decision of the fire code official by a concurring vote of three or more members. A101.7.1 Resolution. The decision of the board shall be by resolution. Every decision shall be promptly filed in writing in the office of the fire code official within three days and shall be open to the public for inspection. A certified copy shall be furnished to the appellant or the appellant’s representative and to the fire code official. A101.7.2 Administration. The fire code official shall take immediate action in accordance with the decision of the board. A101.8 Court review. Any person, whether or not a previous party of the appeal, shall have the right to apply to the appropriate court for a writ of certiorari to correct errors of law. Application for review shall be made in the manner and time required by law following the filing of the decision in the office of the chief administrative officer. A101.9 Decisions. Every decision shall be promptly filed in writing in the office of the fire code official and shall be open to public inspection. A certified copy shall be sent by mail or otherwise to the appellant, and a copy shall be kept publicly posted in the office of the fire code official for 2 weeks after filing. pg. 125 APPENDIX D FIRE APPARATUS ACCESS ROADS APPARATUS ACCESS ROADS D105.1 Where required. Where the vertical distance between the grade plane and the highest roof surface exceeds 30 feet (9144 mm), approved aerial fire apparatus access roads shall be provided. For purposes of this section, the highest roof surface shall be determined by measurement to the eave of a pitched roof, the intersection of the roof to the exterior wall, or the top of parapet walls, whichever is greater. Exception: Where approved by the fire code official, buildings of Type IA, Type IB or Type IIA construction equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and having fire fighter access through an enclosed stairway with a Class I standpipe from the lowest level of fire department vehicle access to all roof surfaces. pg. 126 FIGURE H103.1 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT PLAN SECTION III: EMERGENCY PLAN SECTION H104 SECURITY H104.1 General. Hazardous materials storage, dispensing, use and handling areas shall be secured against unauthorized entry and safeguarded in a manner approved by the fire code official. H104.2 Chemical Facility Anti-Terrorism Standards (CFATS). Chemical facilities deemed to be high risk by the US Department of Homeland Security shall be required to develop and implement security plans in accordance with the Chemical Facility Anti-Terrorism Standards set forth in DHS CFATS 6 CFR Part 27. City Hall 55 W. Tompkins Street Galesburg, IL 61401 309-345-3619 www.ci.galesburg.il.us TO: Overall Code Review Commission FROM: Eric Heiden, Code Compliance Supervisor DATE: February 9, 2022 SUBJECT: OC-23-0202 The City of Galesburg is considering adoption of the following codes. 2021 International Existing Building Code City of Galesburg Building Inspector Rory Speidel will be presenting the 2021 Existing Building Code for the commission’s consideration. The City is looking to take the commissions recommendation on this code adoption to City Council. The City has not previously adopted a version of this code. A copy of this code will be sent along with this packet. Copy’s are also available for review in the City Clerk’s Office. 101166248 IEBC® INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® A Member of the International Code Family® Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 International Existing Building Code Date of First Publication: December 28, 2020 First Printing: December 2020 ISBN: 978-1-60983-969-7 (soft-cover edition) ISBN: 978-1-60983-970-3 (loose-leaf edition) COPYRIGHT  2020 by INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. This 2021 International Existing Building Code® is a copyrighted work owned by the Interna- tional Code Council, Inc. (“ICC”). Without advance written permission from the ICC, no part of this book may be reproduced, distributed or transmitted in any form or by any means, including, without limitation, electronic, optical or mechanical means (by way of example, and not limitation, photocopying or recording by or in an information storage retrieval system). For infor- mation on use rights and permissions, please contact: ICC Publications, 4051 Flossmoor Road, Country Club Hills, IL 60478. Phone 1-888-ICC-SAFE (422-7233). Trademarks: “International Code Council,” the “International Code Council” logo, “ICC,” the “ICC” logo, “International Exist- ing Building Code,” “IEBC” and other names and trademarks appearing in this book are registered trademarks of the Interna- tional Code Council, Inc., and/or its licensors (as applicable), and may not be used without permission. T025869 PRINTED IN THE USA Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®iii PREFACE Introduction The International Existing Building Code® (IEBC®) establishes minimum requirements for existing buildings using prescriptive and performance-related provisions. It is founded on broad-based principles intended to encourage the use and reuse of existing buildings while requiring reason- able upgrades and improvements. This 2021 edition is fully compatible with all of the Interna- tional Codes® (I-Codes®) published by the International Code Council® (ICC®), including the International Building Code® (IBC®), International Energy Conservation Code® (IECC®), Interna- tional Fire Code® (IFC®), International Fuel Gas Code® (IFGC®), International Green Construction Code® (IgCC®), International Mechanical Code® (IMC®), International Plumbing Code® (IPC®), International Private Sewage Disposal Code® (IPSDC®), International Property Maintenance Code® (IPMC®), International Residential Code® (IRC®), International Swimming Pool and Spa Code® (ISPSC®), International Wildland-Urban Interface Code® (IWUIC®), International Zoning Code® (IZC®) and International Code Council Performance Code® (ICCPC®). The I-Codes, including the IEBC, are used in a variety of ways in both the public and private sec- tors. Most industry professionals are familiar with the I-Codes as the basis of laws and regulations in communities across the US and in other countries. However, the impact of the codes extends well beyond the regulatory arena, as they are used in a variety of nonregulatory settings, includ- ing: • Voluntary compliance programs such as those promoting sustainability, energy efficiency and disaster resistance. • The insurance industry, to estimate and manage risk, and as a tool in underwriting and rate decisions. • Certification and credentialing of individuals involved in the fields of building design, con- struction and safety. • Certification of building and construction-related products. • US federal agencies, to guide construction in an array of government-owned properties. • Facilities management. • “Best practices” benchmarks for designers and builders, including those who are engaged in projects in jurisdictions that do not have a formal regulatory system or a governmental enforcement mechanism. • College, university and professional school textbooks and curricula. • Reference works related to building design and construction. In addition to the codes themselves, the code development process brings together building professionals on a regular basis. It provides an international forum for discussion and deliberation about building design, construction methods, safety, performance requirements, technological advances and innovative products. Development This 2021 edition presents the code as originally issued, with changes reflected in the 2006 through 2018 editions and further changes approved by the ICC Code Development Process through 2019. A new edition such as this is promulgated every 3 years. This code is founded on principles intended to encourage the use and reuse of existing build- ings that adequately protect public health, safety and welfare; provisions that do not unnecessar- ily increase construction costs; provisions that do not restrict the use of new materials, products or methods of construction; and provisions that do not give preferential treatment to particular types or classes of materials, products or methods of construction. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®iv Maintenance The IEBC is kept up to date through the review of proposed changes submitted by code enforcement officials, industry representatives, design professionals and other interested parties. Proposed changes are carefully considered through an open code development process in which all interested and affected parties may participate. The ICC Code Development Process reflects principles of openness, transparency, balance, due pro- cess and consensus, the principles embodied in OMB Circular A-119, which governs the federal govern- ment’s use of private-sector standards. The ICC process is open to anyone; there is no cost to participate, and people can participate without travel cost through the ICC’s cloud-based app, cdpAccess®. A broad cross section of interests are represented in the ICC Code Development Process. The codes, which are updated regularly, include safeguards that allow for emergency action when required for health and safety reasons. In order to ensure that organizations with a direct and material interest in the codes have a voice in the process, the ICC has developed partnerships with key industry segments that support the ICC’s important public safety mission. Some code development committee members were nominated by the following industry partners and approved by the ICC Board: • American Institute of Architects (AIA) • National Association of Home Builders (NAHB) The code development committees evaluate and make recommendations regarding proposed changes to the codes. Their recommendations are then subject to public comment and council-wide votes. The ICC’s governmental members—public safety officials who have no financial or business interest in the outcome—cast the final votes on proposed changes. The contents of this work are subject to change through the code development cycles and by any governmental entity that enacts the code into law. For more information regarding the code develop- ment process, contact the Codes and Standards Development Department of the ICC. While the I-Code development procedure is thorough and comprehensive, the ICC, its members and those participating in the development of the codes disclaim any liability resulting from the publi- cation or use of the I-Codes, or from compliance or noncompliance with their provisions. The ICC does not have the power or authority to police or enforce compliance with the contents of this code. Code Development Committee Responsibilities (Letter Designations in Front of Section Numbers) In each code development cycle, proposed changes to this code are considered at the Committee Action Hearings by the International Existing Building Code Development Committee. Proposed changes to a code section having a number beginning with a letter in brackets are considered by a dif- ferent code development committee. For example, proposed changes to code sections that are pre- ceded by the designation [F] (e.g., [F] 1504.2 are considered by the International Fire Code Development Committee at the Committee Action Hearings. The content of sections in this code that begin with a letter designation is maintained by another code development committee in accordance with the following: [A] = Administrative Code Development Committee; [BE] = IBC—Means of Egress Code Development Committee; [BG] = IBC—General Code Development Committee; [BS] = IBC—Structural Code Development Committee; Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®v [E] = International Commercial Energy Conservation Code Development Committee or International Residential Energy Conservation Code Development Committee; [F] = International Fire Code Development Committee; [FG] = International Fuel Gas Code Development Committee; [M] = International Mechanical Code Development Committee; and [P] = International Plumbing Code Development Committee. For the development of the 2024 edition of the I-Codes, there will be two groups of code develop- ment committees and they will meet in separate years, as shown in the following Code Development Hearings Table. Code change proposals submitted for code sections that have a letter designation in front of them will be heard by the respective committee responsible for such code sections. Because different com- mittees hold Committee Action Hearings in different years, it is possible that some proposals for this code will be heard by a committee in a different year than the year in which the primary committee for this code meets. In the case of the IEBC, the primary committees that maintain this code will meet in 2022. For instance, Section 1501.3 is designated as the responsibility of the IBC—General Code Develop- ment Committee. This committee will conduct its code development hearings in 2021 to consider all code change proposals to the International Building Code and any portions of other codes that it is responsible for, including Section 1501.3 of the IEBC and other general provisions of the IEBC (desig- nated with [BG] in front of those sections). Therefore, any proposals received for Section 1501.3 will be considered in 2021 by the IBC—General Code Development Committee. It is very important that anyone submitting code change proposals understand which code devel- opment committee is responsible for the section of the code that is the subject of the code change proposal. For further information on the Code Development Committee responsibilities, please visit the ICC website at www.iccsafe.org/current-code-development-cycle. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®vi CODE DEVELOPMENT HEARINGS Note: Proposed changes to the ICCPC will be heard by the code development committee noted in brackets [ ] in the text of the ICCPC. Group A Codes (Heard in 2021, Code Change Proposals Deadline: January 11, 2021) Group B Codes (Heard in 2022, Code Change Proposals Deadline: January 10, 2022) International Building Code – Egress (Chapters 10, 11, Appendix E) – Fire Safety (Chapters 7, 8, 9, 14, 26) – General (Chapters 2–6, 12, 27–33, Appendices A, B, C, D, K, N) Administrative Provisions (Chapter 1 of all codes except IECC, IRC and IgCC, IBC Appendix O, the appendices titled “Board of Appeals” for all codes except IECC, IRC, IgCC, ICCPC and IZC, administrative updates to currently referenced standards, and designated definitions) International Fire Code International Building Code – Structural (Chapters 15–25, Appendices F, G, H, I, J, L, M) International Fuel Gas Code International Existing Building Code International Mechanical Code International Energy Conservation Code—Com- mercial International Plumbing Code International Energy Conservation Code—Resi- dential – IECC—Residential – IRC—Energy (Chapter 11) International Property Maintenance Code International Green Construction Code (Chapter 1) International Private Sewage Disposal Code International Residential Code – IRC—Building (Chapters 1–10, Appendices AE, AF, AH, AJ, AK, AL, AM, AO, AQ, AR, AS, AT, AU, AV, AW) International Residential Code – IRC—Mechanical (Chapters 12–23) – IRC—Plumbing (Chapters 25–33, Appendices AG, AI , AN, AP) International Swimming Pool and Spa Code International Wildland-Urban Interface Code International Zoning Code Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®vii Marginal Markings Solid vertical lines in the margins within the body of the code indicate a technical change from the requirements of the 2018 edition. Deletion indicators in the form of an arrow () are provided in the margin where an entire section, exception or table has been deleted or an item in a list of items or row of a table has been deleted. A single asterisk [*] placed in the margin indicates that text or a table has been relocated within the code. A double asterisk [**] placed in the margin indicates that the text or table immediately following it has been relocated there from elsewhere in the code. The following table indicates such relocations in the 2021 edition of the IEBC. RELOCATIONS Coordination of the International Codes The coordination of technical provisions is one of the strengths of the ICC family of model codes. The codes can be used as a complete set of complementary documents, which will provide users with full integration and coordination of technical provisions. Individual codes can also be used in subsets or as stand-alone documents. To make sure that each individual code is as complete as possible, some tech- nical provisions that are relevant to more than one subject area are duplicated in some of the model codes. This allows users maximum flexibility in their application of the I-Codes. Italicized Terms Terms italicized in code text, other than document titles, are defined in Chapter 2. The terms selected to be italicized have definitions that the user should read carefully to better understand the code. Where italicized, the Chapter 2 definition applies. If not italicized, common-use definitions apply. Adoption The ICC maintains a copyright in all of its codes and standards. Maintaining copyright allows the ICC to fund its mission through sales of books, in both print and electronic formats. The ICC welcomes adop- tion of its codes by jurisdictions that recognize and acknowledge the ICC’s copyright in the code, and further acknowledge the substantial shared value of the public/private partnership for code develop- ment between jurisdictions and the ICC. The ICC also recognizes the need for jurisdictions to make laws available to the public. All I-Codes and I-Standards, along with the laws of many jurisdictions, are available for free in a nondownloadable form on the ICC’s website. Jurisdictions should contact the ICC at adoptions@iccsafe.org to learn how to adopt and distribute laws based on the IEBC in a manner that provides necessary access, while maintaining the ICC’s copyright. To facilitate adoption, several sections of this code contain blanks for fill-in information that needs to be supplied by the adopting jurisdiction as part of the adoption legislation. For this code, please see: Section 101.1 Insert: [NAME OF JURISDICTION] Section 103.1 Insert: [NAME OF DEPARTMENT] 2021 LOCATION 2018 LOCATION 303 1106 307 502.6, 503.14, 803.4.3, 1104 308 502.7, 503.15, 804, 1105 1009.1 809.1 1501.2.1 705.2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®viii Effective Use of the International Existing Building Code The IEBC is a model code in the International Code family of codes intended to provide requirements for repair and alternative approaches for alterations, changes of occupancy and additions to existing buildings. A large number of existing buildings and structures do not comply with the current building code requirements for new construction. Although many of these buildings are potentially salvage- able, rehabilitation is often cost-prohibitive because compliance with all the requirements for new construction could require extensive changes that go well beyond the value of the building or the orig- inal scope of the alteration. At the same time, it is necessary to regulate construction in existing build- ings that undergo additions, alterations, extensive repairs or change of occupancy. Such activity represents an opportunity to ensure that new construction complies with the current building codes and that existing conditions are maintained, at a minimum, to their current level of compliance or are improved as required to meet basic safety levels. To accomplish this objective, and to make the alter- ation process easier, this code allows for options for controlled departure from full compliance with the International Codes dealing with new construction, while maintaining basic levels for fire safety, structural and life safety features of the rehabilitated building. This code provides three main options for a designer in dealing with alterations of existing build- ings. These are laid out in Section 301 of this code: OPTION 1: Work for alteration, change of occupancy or addition of all existing buildings shall be done in accordance with the Prescriptive Compliance Method given in Chapter 5. It should be noted that this method originates from the former Chapter 34 of the International Building Code (2012 and ear- lier editions). OPTION 2: Work for alteration, change of occupancy or addition of all existing buildings shall be done in accordance with the Work Area Compliance Method given in Chapters 6 through 12. OPTION 3: Work for alteration, change of occupancy or addition of all existing buildings shall be done in accordance with the Performance Compliance Method given in Chapter 13. It should be noted that this option was also provided in the former Chapter 34 of the International Building Code (2012 and earlier editions). Under limited circumstances, a building alteration can be made to comply with the laws under which the building was originally built, as long as the accessibility requirements are met, there has been no substantial structural damage and there will be limited structural alteration. Flood hazard provisions also must still be addressed where there is a substantial improvement. Note that all repairs must comply with Chapter 4 and all relocated buildings are addressed by Chap- ter 14. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®ix ARRANGEMENT AND FORMAT OF THE 2021 IEBC Before applying the requirements of the IEBC, it is beneficial to understand its arrangement and format. The IEBC, like other codes published by ICC, is arranged and organized to follow logical steps that generally occur during a plan review or inspection. The following table shows how the IEBC is divided. The ensuing chapter-by-chapter synopsis details the scope and intent of the provisions of the IEBC. CHAPTER TOPICS Chapter 1 Scope and Administration This chapter contains provisions for the application, enforcement and administration of subse- quent requirements of the code. In addition to establishing the scope of the code, Chapter 1 iden- tifies which buildings and structures come under its purview. Chapter 1 is largely concerned with maintaining “due process of law” in enforcing the regulations contained in the body of the code. Only through careful observation of the administrative provisions can the code official reasonably expect to demonstrate that “equal protection under the law” has been provided. Chapter 2 Definitions All defined terms in the code are provided in Chapter 2. While a defined term may only be used in one chapter or another, the meaning provided in Chapter 2 is applicable throughout the code. Where understanding of a term’s definition is especially key to or necessary for understanding of a particular code provision, the term is shown in italics wherever it appears in the code. This is true only for those terms that have a meaning that is unique to the code. In other words, the gen- erally understood meaning of a term or phrase might not be sufficient or consistent with the meaning prescribed by the code; therefore, it is essential that the code-defined meaning be known. Guidance regarding tense, gender and plurality of defined terms as well as guidance regarding terms not defined in this code is also provided. Chapter Subjects 1–2 Administrative Requirements and Definitions 3 Provisions for all Compliance Methods 4Repairs 5 Prescriptive Compliance Method for Existing Buildings 6–12 Work Area Compliance Method for Existing Buildings 13 Performance Compliance Method for Existing Buildings 14 Relocated Buildings 15 Construction Safeguards 16 Referenced Standards Appendix A Guidelines for Seismic Retrofit of Existing Buildings Appendix B Supplementary Accessibility Requirements for Existing Buildings Appendix C Guidelines for Wind Retrofit of Existing Buildings Appendix D Board of Appeals Resource A Guidelines on Fire Ratings of Archaic Materials and Assemblies Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®x Chapter 3 Provisions for All Compliance Methods This chapter serves several purposes. The main role is to explain the three compliance options avail- able in the code. Clarification is provided as to how provisions in other I-Codes related to repairs, alter- ations, additions, relocation and changes in occupancy must also be addressed unless they conflict with the IEBC. In that case, the IEBC takes precedence. In addition, this chapter also lays out the meth- ods to be used for seismic design and evaluation throughout the IEBC. There are also several issues that are addressed globally for all methods for consistent application including storm shelters, accessi- bility, smoke alarms, carbon monoxide detection and exterior wall coverings. Chapter 4 Repairs Chapter 4 governs the repair of existing buildings. The provisions define conditions under which repairs may be made using materials and methods like those of the original construction or the extent to which repairs must comply with requirements for new buildings. This chapter, like Chapter 14 related to relocated or moved buildings, is independent from the three methods presented by this code. Chapter 5 Prescriptive Compliance Method This chapter provides one of the three main options of compliance available in the IEBC for buildings and structures undergoing alteration, addition or change of occupancy. Chapter 6 Classification of Work This chapter provides an overview of the Work Area Method available as an option for rehabilitation of a building. The chapter defines the different classifications of alterations and provides general requirements for alterations, change of occupancy, additions and historic buildings. Detailed require- ments for all of these are given in subsequent Chapters 7 through 12. Chapter 7 Alterations—Level 1 This chapter provides the technical requirements for those existing buildings that undergo Level 1 alterations as described in Section 503, which includes replacement or covering of existing materials, elements, equipment or fixtures using new materials for the same purpose. This chapter, similar to other chapters of this code, covers all building-related subjects, such as structural, mechanical, plumb- ing and electrical as well as the fire and life safety issues when the alterations are classified as Level 1. The purpose of this chapter is to provide detailed requirements and provisions to identify the required improvements in the existing building elements, building spaces and building structural system. This chapter is distinguished from Chapters 8 and 9 by only involving replacement of building components with new components. In contrast, Level 2 alterations involve more space reconfiguration and Level 3 alterations involve more extensive space reconfiguration, exceeding 50 percent of the building area. Chapter 8 Alterations—Level 2 Like Chapter 7, the purpose of this chapter is to provide detailed requirements and provisions to iden- tify the required improvements in the existing building elements, building spaces and building struc- tural system when a building is being altered. This chapter is distinguished from Chapters 7 and 9 by involving space reconfiguration that could be up to and including 50 percent of the area of the build- ing. In contrast, Level 1 alterations (Chapter 7) do not involve space reconfiguration, and Level 3 alter- ations (Chapter 9) involve extensive space reconfiguration that exceeds 50 percent of the building area. Depending on the nature of alteration work, its location within the building and whether it encompasses one or more tenants, improvements and upgrades could be required for the open floor penetrations, sprinkler system or the installation of additional means of egress such as stairs or fire escapes. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®xi Chapter 9 Alterations—Level 3 This chapter provides the technical requirements for those existing buildings that undergo Level 3 alterations. The purpose of this chapter is to provide detailed requirements and provisions to identify the required improvements in the existing building elements, building spaces and building structural system. This chapter is distinguished from Chapters 7 and 8 by involving alterations that cover 50 per- cent of the aggregate area of the building. In contrast, Level 1 alterations do not involve space recon- figuration and Level 2 alterations involve extensive space reconfiguration that does not exceed 50 percent of the building area. Depending on the nature of alteration work, its location within the build- ing and whether it encompasses one or more tenants, improvements and upgrades could be required for the open floor penetrations, sprinkler system or the installation of additional means of egress such as stairs or fire escapes. At times and under certain situations, this chapter also intends to improve the safety of certain building features beyond the work area and in other parts of the building where no alteration work might be taking place. Chapter 10 Change of Occupancy The purpose of this chapter is to provide regulations for the circumstances when an existing building is subject to a change of occupancy or a change of occupancy classification. A change of occupancy is not to be confused with a change of occupancy classification. The IBC defines different occupancy classifi- cations in Chapter 3 and special occupancy requirements in Chapter 4. Within specific occupancy clas- sifications, there can be many different types of actual activities that can take place. For instance, a Group A-3 occupancy classification deals with a wide variation of different types of activities, including bowling alleys and courtrooms, indoor tennis courts and dance halls. When a facility changes use from, for example, a bowling alley to a dance hall, the occupancy classification remains A-3, but the different uses could lead to drastically different code requirements. Therefore, this chapter deals with the special circumstances that are associated with a change in the use of a building within the same occupancy classification as well as a change of occupancy classification. Chapter 11 Additions Chapter 11 provides the requirements for additions, which correlate to the code requirements for new construction. There are, however, some exceptions that are specifically stated within this chapter. An “Addition” is defined in Chapter 2 as “an extension or increase in the floor area, number of stories or height of a building or structure.” Chapter 11 contains the minimum requirements for an addition that is not separated from the existing building by a fire wall. Chapter 12 Historic Buildings This chapter provides some exceptions from code requirements when the building in question has his- toric value. The most important criterion for application of this chapter is that the building must be essentially accredited as being of historic significance by a state or local authority after careful review of the historical value of the building. Most, if not all, states have such authorities, as do many local jurisdictions. The agencies with such authority can be located at the state or local government level or through the local chapter of the American Institute of Architects (AIA). Other considerations include the structural condition of the building (i.e., is the building structurally sound), its proposed use, its impact on life safety and how the intent of the code, if not the letter, will be achieved. Chapter 13 Performance Compliance Methods This chapter allows for existing buildings to be evaluated so as to show that alterations or a change of occupancy, while not meeting new construction requirements, will improve the current existing situa- tion. Provisions are based on a numerical scoring system involving 21 various safety parameters and the degree of code compliance for each issue. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®xii Chapter 14 Relocated or Moved Buildings Chapter 14 is applicable to any building that is moved or relocated. This chapter, like the chapter on repairs, is independent from the three methods presented in this code. Chapter 15 Construction Safeguards The building construction process involves a number of known and unanticipated hazards. Chapter 15 establishes specific regulations in order to minimize the risk to the public and adjacent property. Some construction failures have resulted during the initial stages of grading, excavation and demolition. During these early stages, poorly designed and installed sheeting and shoring have resulted in ditch and embankment cave-ins. Also, inadequate underpinning of adjoining existing structures or careless removal of existing structures has produced construction failures. There are also several fire safety and means of egress issues addressed by this chapter. This chapter is also consistent with Chapter 33 of the IBC and IFC. Chapter 16 Referenced Standards The code contains numerous references to standards that are used to regulate materials and methods of construction. Chapter 16 contains a comprehensive list of all standards that are referenced in the code. The standards are part of the code to the extent of the reference to the standard. Compliance with the referenced standard is necessary for compliance with this code. By providing specifically adopted standards, the construction and installation requirements necessary for compliance with the code can be readily determined. The basis for code compliance is, therefore, established and available on an equal basis to the building code official, contractor, designer and owner. Chapter 16 is organized in a manner that makes it easy to locate specific standards. It lists all of the referenced standards, alphabetically, by acronym of the promulgating agency of the standard. Each agency’s standards are then listed in either alphabetical or numeric order based upon the standard identification. The list also contains the title of the standard; the edition (date) of the standard refer- enced; any addenda included as part of the ICC adoption; and the section or sections of this code that reference the standard. Appendix A Guidelines for the Seismic Retrofit of Existing Buildings Appendix A provides guidelines for upgrading the seismic resistance capacity of different types of existing buildings. It is organized into separate chapters which deal with buildings of different types, including unreinforced masonry buildings, reinforced concrete and reinforced masonry wall buildings, and lightframe wood buildings. This appendix includes its own referenced standards. Appendix B Supplementary Accessibility Requirements for Existing Buildings and Facilities Chapter 11 of the IBC contains provisions that set forth requirements for accessibility to buildings and their associated sites and facilities for people with physical disabilities. Section 306 addresses accessi- bility provisions and alternatives permitted in existing buildings. Appendix B was added to address accessibility in construction for items that are not typically enforceable through the traditional build- ing code enforcement process. Appendix C Guidelines for the Wind Retrofit of Existing Buildings This appendix is intended to provide guidance for retrofitting existing structures to strengthen their resistance to wind forces. This appendix is similar in scope to Appendix A which addresses seismic ret- rofits for existing buildings except that the subject matter is related to wind retrofits. These retrofits are voluntary measures that serve to better protect the public and reduce damage from high wind events for existing buildings. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®xiii The purpose of the appendix is to provide prescriptive alternatives for addressing retrofit of build- ings in high-wind areas. Currently there are two chapters which deal with the retrofit of gable ends and the fastening of roof decks, Appendix Chapters C1 and C2, respectively. This appendix includes its own referenced standards. Appendix D Board of Appeals Section 112 of Chapter 1 requires the establishment of a board of appeals to hear appeals regarding determinations made by the code official. Appendix D provides qualification standards for members of the board as well as operational procedures of such board. Resource A Guidelines on Fire Ratings of Archaic Materials and Assemblies In the process of repair and alteration of existing buildings, based on the nature and the extent of the work, the IEBC might require certain upgrades in the fire-resistance rating of building elements, at which time it becomes critical for the designers and the code officials to be able to determine the fire- resistance rating of the existing building elements as part of the overall evaluation for the assessment of the need for improvements. This resource document provides a guideline for such an evaluation for fire-resistance rating of archaic materials that is not typically found in the modern model building codes. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®xiv Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®xv TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER 1 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION . . 1-1 PART 1—SCOPE AND APPLICATION . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Section 101 Scope and General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 102 Applicability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 PART 2—ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 103 Code Compliance Agency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 104 Duties and Powers of Code Official . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 105 Permits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 106 Construction Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 107 Temporary Structures and Uses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 108 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 109 Inspections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 110 Certificate of Occupancy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 111 Service Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 112 Means of Appeals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 113 Violations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 114 Stop Work Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 115 Unsafe Structures and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 116 Emergency Measures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 117 Demolition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 CHAPTER 2 DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Section 201 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 202 General Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 CHAPTER 3 PROVISIONS FOR ALL COMPLIANCE METHODS. . . . . . . . 3-1 Section 301 Administration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 302 General Provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 303 Storm Shelters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 304 Structural Design Loads and Evaluation and Design Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 305 In-Situ Load Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 306 Accessibility for Existing Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 307 Smoke Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 308 Carbon Monoxide Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 309 Additions and Replacements of Exterior Wall Coverings and Exterior Wall Envelopes. . . . . . 3-6 CHAPTER 4 REPAIRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Section 401 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 402 Building Elements and Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 403 Fire Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 404 Means of Egress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 405 Structural. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 406 Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 407 Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 408 Plumbing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 CHAPTER 5 PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE METHOD. . . . . . . . . 5-1 Section 501 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 502 Additions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 503 Alterations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 504 Fire Escapes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 505 Windows and Emergency Escape Openings. . . . . 5-5 506 Change of Occupancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 507 Historic Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 CHAPTER 6 CLASSIFICATION OF WORK . . . . 6-1 Section 601 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 602 Alteration—Level 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 603 Alteration—Level 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 604 Alteration—Level 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 605 Change of Occupancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 606 Additions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 607 Historic Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 CHAPTER 7 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 1 . . . . . . . 7-1 Section 701 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 702 Building Elements and Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 TABLE OF CONTENTS xvi 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 703 Fire Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 704 Means of Egress. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 705 Reroofing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 706 Structural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 707 Electrical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 708 Energy Conservation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 CHAPTER 8 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 2. . . . . . . . 8-1 Section 801 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 802 Building Elements and Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 803 Fire Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 804 Means of Egress. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 805 Structural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 806 Electrical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 807 Mechanical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 808 Plumbing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 809 Energy Conservation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 CHAPTER 9 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 3. . . . . . . . 9-1 Section 901 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 902 Special Use and Occupancy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 903 Building Elements and Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 904 Fire Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 905 Means of Egress. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 906 Structural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 907 Energy Conservation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 CHAPTER 10 CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY . . . . . 10-1 Section 1001 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 1002 Special Use and Occupancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 1003 Building Elements and Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 1004 Fire Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 1005 Means of Egress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 1006 Structural. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 1007 Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 1008 Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 1009 Plumbing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 1010 Other Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 1011 Change of Occupancy Classification . . . . . . . . . 10-3 CHAPTER 11 ADDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Section 1101 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 1102 Heights and Areas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 1103 Structural. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 1104 Energy Conservation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2 CHAPTER 12 HISTORIC BUILDINGS. . . . . . . . . 12-1 Section 1201 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 1202 Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 1203 Fire Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2 1204 Change of Occupancy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2 1205 Structural. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3 1206 Relocated Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3 CHAPTER 13 PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE METHODS. . . . . . 13-1 Section 1301 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 CHAPTER 14 RELOCATED OR MOVED BUILDINGS . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 Section 1401 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 1402 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 CHAPTER 15 CONSTRUCTION SAFEGUARDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1 Section 1501 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1 1502 Protection of Adjoining Property . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2 1503 Temporary Use of Streets, Alleys and Public Property. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3 1504 Fire Extinguishers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3 1505 Means of Egress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3 1506 Standpipes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3 1507 Automatic Sprinkler System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4 1508 Accessibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4 1509 Water Supply for Fire Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4 CHAPTER 16 REFERENCED STANDARDS . . . . 16-1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 TABLE OF CONTENTS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®xvii APPENDIX A GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS . . . . . . . . .APPENDIX A-1 CHAPTER A1 SEISMIC STRENGTHENING PROVISIONS FOR UNREINFORCED MASONRY BEARING WALL BUILDINGS . . . . . . . . .APPENDIX A-1 Section A101 Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-1 A102 Scope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-1 A103 Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-1 A104 Symbols and Notations . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-2 A105 General Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-3 A106 Materials Requirements. . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-4 A107 Quality Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-5 A108 Design Strengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-6 A109 Analysis and Design Procedure. . . . APPENDIX A-6 A110 General Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-7 A111 Special Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-8 A112 Analysis and Design . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-11 A113 Detailed Building System Design Requirements . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-13 A114 Walls of Unburned Clay, Adobe or Stone Masonry . . . . . APPENDIX A-14 CHAPTER A2 EARTHQUAKE HAZARD REDUCTION IN EXISTING REINFORCED CONCRETE AND REINFORCED MASONRY WALL BUILDINGS WITH FLEXIBLE DIAPHRAGMS. . . . . .APPENDIX A-15 Section A201 Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-15 A202 Scope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-15 A203 Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-15 A204 Symbols and Notations . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-15 A205 General Requirements. . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-15 A206 Analysis and Design . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-16 A207 Materials of Construction . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-17 CHAPTER A3 PRESCRIPTIVE PROVISIONS FOR SEISMIC STRENGTHENING OF CRIPPLE WALLS AND SILL PLATE ANCHORAGE OF LIGHT, WOOD-FRAME RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-19 Section A301 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-19 A302 Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-19 A303 Structural Weaknesses . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-20 A304 Strengthening Requirements. . . . . APPENDIX A-20 CHAPTER A4 EARTHQUAKE RISK REDUCTION IN WOOD-FRAME RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS WITH SOFT, WEAK OR OPEN FRONT WALLS. . . . .APPENDIX A-37 Section A401 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-37 A402 Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-37 A403 Analysis and Design . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-37 A404 Prescriptive Measures for Weak Story . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-39 A405 Materials of Construction . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-40 A406 Construction Documents. . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-40 A407 Quality Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-41 CHAPTER A5 REFERENCED STANDARDS . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-43 Section A501 Referenced Standards . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX A-43 APPENDIX B SUPPLEMENTARY ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR EXISTING BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES . . . . APPENDIX B-1 Section B101 Qualified Historic Buildings and Facilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX B-1 B102 Fixed Transportation Facilities and Stations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX B-1 B103 Dwelling Units and Sleeping Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX B-2 B104 Referenced Standards . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX B-2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 TABLE OF CONTENTS xviii 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® APPENDIX C GUIDELINES FOR THE WIND RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS . . . . . . . . .APPENDIX C-1 CHAPTER C1 GABLE END RETROFIT FOR HIGH-WIND AREAS. . . . . . . . . . . . . .APPENDIX C-1 Section C101 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX C-1 C102 Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX C-1 C103 Materials of Construction . . . . . . . . APPENDIX C-2 C104 Retrofitting Gable End Walls to Enhance Wind Resistance. . . . . . APPENDIX C-4 CHAPTER C2 ROOF DECK FASTENING FOR HIGH-WIND AREAS. . . . . . . . . . . . .APPENDIX C-21 Section C201 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX C-21 C202 Roof Deck Attachment for Wood Roofs. . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX C-21 CHAPTER C3 REFERENCED STANDARDS . . . . . . .APPENDIX C-23 Section C301 Referenced Standards . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX C-23 APPENDIX D BOARD OF APPEALS . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX D-1 Section D101 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX D-1 RESOURCE A GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES. . . . . . . RESOURCE A-1 Section 1 Fire-related Performance of Archaic Materials and Assemblies . . . . . .RESOURCE A-2 2 Building Evaluation. . . . . . . . . . . . .RESOURCE A-3 3 Final Evaluation and Design Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RESOURCE A-6 4 Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RESOURCE A-13 Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RESOURCE A-15 Resource A Table of Contents. . . .RESOURCE A-15 Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RESOURCE A-134 INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .INDEX-1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® CHAPTER 1 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION User note: About this chapter: Chapter 1 establishes the limits of applicability of the code and describes how the code is to be applied and enforced. Chapter 1 is in two parts: Part 1—Scope and Administration (Sections 101–102) and Part 2—Administration and Enforcement (Sections 103–117). Section 101 identifies which buildings and structures come under its purview and references other I-Codes® as applicable. This code is intended to be adopted as a legally enforceable document, and it cannot be effective without adequate provisions for its admin- istration and enforcement. The provisions of Chapter 1 establish the authority and duties of the code official appointed by the authority having jurisdiction and also establish the rights and privileges of the registered design professional, contractor and property owner. PART 1—SCOPE AND APPLICATION SECTION 101 SCOPE AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS [A] 101.1 Title. These regulations shall be known as the Existing Building Code of [NAME OF JURISDICTION], herein- after referred to as “this code.” [A] 101.2 Scope. The provisions of this code shall apply to the repair, alteration, change of occupancy, addition to and relocation of existing buildings. Exception: Detached one- and two-family dwellings and townhouses not more than three stories above grade plane in height with a separate means of egress, and their acces- sory structures not more than three stories above grade plane in height, shall comply with this code or the Inter- national Residential Code. 101.2.1 Application of fire code. Where work regulated by this code is also regulated by the construction require- ments for existing buildings in Chapter 11 of the International Fire Code, such work shall comply with applicable requirements in both codes. [A] 101.3 Purpose. The intent of this code is to provide flex- ibility to permit the use of alternative approaches to achieve compliance with minimum requirements to provide a reason- able level of safety, health, property protection and general welfare insofar as they are affected by the repair, alteration, change of occupancy, addition and relocation of existing buildings. [A] 101.4 Applicability. This code shall apply to the repair, alteration, change of occupancy, addition and relocation of existing buildings, regardless of occupancy, subject to the criteria of Sections 101.4.1 and 101.4.2. [A] 101.4.1 Buildings not previously occupied. A build- ing or portion of a building that has not been previously occupied or used for its intended purpose, in accordance with the laws in existence at the time of its completion, shall be permitted to comply with the provisions of the laws in existence at the time of its original permit unless such permit has expired. Subsequent permits shall comply with the International Building Code or International Residential Code, as applicable, for new construction. [A] 101.4.2 Buildings previously occupied. The legal occupancy of any building existing on the date of adop- tion of this code shall be permitted to continue without change, except as is specifically covered in this code, the International Fire Code, or the International Property Maintenance Code, or as is deemed necessary by the code official for the general safety and welfare of the occupants and the public. [A] 101.5 Safeguards during construction. Construction work covered in this code, including any related demolition, shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 15. [A] 101.6 Appendices. The code official is authorized to require retrofit of buildings, structures or individual struc- tural members in accordance with the appendices of this code if such appendices have been individually adopted. [A] 101.7 Correction of violations of other codes. Repairs or alterations mandated by any property, housing or fire safety maintenance code, or mandated by any licensing rule or ordinance adopted pursuant to law, shall conform only to the requirements of that code, rule or ordinance, and shall not be required to conform to this code unless the code requiring such repair or alteration so provides. SECTION 102 APPLICABILITY [A] 102.1 General. Where there is a conflict between a general requirement and a specific requirement, the specific requirement shall be applicable. Where, in any specific case, different sections of this code specify different materials, methods of construction or other requirements, the most restrictive shall govern. [A] 102.2 Other laws. The provisions of this code shall not be deemed to nullify any provisions of local, state or federal law. [A] 102.3 Application of references. References to chapter or section numbers or to provisions not specifically identi- fied by number shall be construed to refer to such chapter, section or provision of this code. [A] 102.4 Referenced codes and standards. The codes and standards referenced in this code shall be considered part of the requirements of this code to the prescribed extent of each 1-1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® such reference and as further regulated in Sections 102.4.1 and 102.4.2. Exception: Where enforcement of a code provision would violate the conditions of the listing of the equip- ment or appliance, the conditions of the listing shall govern. [A] 102.4.1 Conflicts. Where conflicts occur between provisions of this code and referenced codes and stan- dards, the provisions of this code shall apply. [A] 102.4.2 Conflicting provisions. Where the extent of the reference to a referenced code or standard includes subject matter that is within the scope of this code, the provisions of this code, as applicable, shall take prece- dence over the provisions in the referenced code or standard. [A] 102.5 Partial invalidity. In the event that any part or provision of this code is held to be illegal or void, this shall not have the effect of making void or illegal any of the other parts or provisions. PART 2—ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT SECTION 103 CODE COMPLIANCE AGENCY [A] 103.1 Creation of agency. The [INSERT NAME OF DEPARTMENT] is hereby created, and the official in charge thereof shall be known as the code official. The function of the agency shall be the implementation, administration and enforcement of the provisions of this code. [A] 103.2 Appointment. The code official shall be appointed by the chief appointing authority of the jurisdiction. [A] 103.3 Deputies. In accordance with the prescribed procedures of this jurisdiction and with the concurrence of the appointing authority, the code official shall have the authority to appoint a deputy code official, other related technical officers, inspectors and other employees. Such employees shall have powers as delegated by the code official. SECTION 104 DUTIES AND POWERS OF CODE OFFICIAL [A] 104.1 General. The code official is hereby authorized and directed to enforce the provisions of this code. The code official shall have the authority to render interpretations of this code and to adopt policies and procedures in order to clarify the application of its provisions. Such interpretations, policies and procedures shall be in compliance with the intent and purpose of this code. Such policies and procedures shall not have the effect of waiving requirements specifically provided for in this code. [A] 104.2 Applications and permits. The code official shall receive applications, review construction documents and issue permits for the repair, alteration, addition, demolition, change of occupancy and relocation of buildings; inspect the premises for which such permits have been issued; and enforce compliance with the provisions of this code. [A] 104.2.1 Determination of substantially improved or substantially damaged existing buildings and struc- tures in flood hazard areas. For applications for reconstruction, rehabilitation, repair, alteration, addition or other improvement of existing buildings or structures located in flood hazard areas, the building official shall determine where the proposed work constitutes substan- tial improvement or repair of substantial damage. Where the building official determines that the proposed work constitutes substantial improvement or repair of substan- tial damage, and where required by this code, the building official shall require the building to meet the requirements of Section 1612 of the International Build- ing Code, or Section R322 of the International Residential Code, as applicable. [A] 104.2.2 Preliminary meeting. When requested by the permit applicant or the code official, the code official shall meet with the permit applicant prior to the applica- tion for a construction permit to discuss plans for the proposed work or change of occupancy in order to estab- lish the specific applicability of the provisions of this code. Exception: Repairs and Level 1 alterations. [A] 104.2.2.1 Building evaluation. The code official is authorized to require an existing building to be investigated and evaluated by a registered design professional based on the circumstances agreed on at the preliminary meeting. The design professional shall notify the code official if any potential noncompliance with the provisions of this code is identified. [A] 104.3 Notices and orders. The code official shall issue necessary notices or orders to ensure compliance with this code. [A] 104.4 Inspections. The code official shall make the required inspections, or the code official shall have the authority to accept reports of inspection by approved agen- cies or individuals. Reports of such inspections shall be in writing and be certified by a responsible officer of such approved agency or by the responsible individual. The code official is authorized to engage such expert opinion as deemed necessary to report on unusual technical issues that arise, subject to the approval of the appointing authority. [A] 104.5 Identification. The code official shall carry proper identification when inspecting structures or premises in the performance of duties under this code. [A] 104.6 Right of entry. Where it is necessary to make an inspection to enforce the provisions of this code, or where the code official has reasonable cause to believe that there exists in a structure or on a premises a condition that is contrary to or in violation of this code that makes the struc- ture or premises unsafe, dangerous or hazardous, the code official is authorized to enter the structure or premises at 1-2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® reasonable times to inspect or to perform the duties imposed by this code, provided that if such structure or premises be occupied that credentials be presented to the occupant and entry requested. If such structure or premises be unoccupied, the code official shall first make a reasonable effort to locate the owner, the owner’s authorized agent or other person having charge or control of the structure or premises and request entry. If entry is refused, the code official shall have recourse to the remedies provided by law to secure entry. [A] 104.7 Department records. The code official shall keep official records of applications received, permits and certifi- cates issued, fees collected, reports of inspections, and notices and orders issued. Such records shall be retained in the official records for the period required for retention of public records. [A] 104.8 Liability. The code official, member of the Board of Appeals or employee charged with the enforcement of this code, while acting for the jurisdiction in good faith and with- out malice in the discharge of the duties required by this code or other pertinent law or ordinance, shall not thereby be rendered civilly or criminally liable personally and is hereby relieved from personal liability for any damage accruing to persons or property as a result of any act or by reason of an act or omission in the discharge of official duties. [A] 104.8.1 Legal defense. Any suit or criminal complaint instituted against an officer or employee because of an act performed by that officer or employee in the lawful discharge of duties and under the provisions of this code shall be defended by legal representatives of the jurisdiction until the final termination of the proceed- ings. The code official or any subordinate shall not be liable for cost in any action, suit or proceeding that is instituted in pursuance of the provisions of this code. [A] 104.9 Approved materials and equipment. Materials, equipment and devices approved by the code official shall be constructed and installed in accordance with such approval. [A] 104.9.1 Used materials and equipment. The use of used materials that meet the requirements of this code for new materials is permitted. Used equipment and devices shall be permitted to be reused subject to the approval of the code official. [A] 104.10 Modifications. Wherever there are practical difficulties involved in carrying out the provisions of this code, the code official shall have the authority to grant modi- fications for individual cases on application of the owner or owner’s authorized representative, provided that the code official shall first find that special individual reason makes the strict letter of this code impractical, the modification is in compliance with the intent and purpose of this code and such modification does not lessen health, accessibility, life and fire safety, or structural requirements. The details of action granting modifications shall be recorded and entered in the files of the Department of Building Safety. [A] 104.10.1 Flood hazard areas. For existing buildings located in flood hazard areas for which repairs, alter- ations and additions constitute substantial improvement, the code official shall not grant modifications to provi- sions related to flood resistance unless a determination is made that: 1. The applicant has presented good and sufficient cause that the unique characteristics of the size, configuration or topography of the site render compliance with the flood-resistant construction provisions inappropriate. 2.Failure to grant the modification would result in exceptional hardship. 3. The granting of the modification will not result in increased flood heights, additional threats to public safety, extraordinary public expense nor create nuisances, cause fraud on or victimization of the public, or conflict with existing laws or ordinances. 4. The modification is the minimum necessary to afford relief, considering the flood hazard. 5. A written notice will be provided to the applicant specifying, if applicable, the difference between the design flood elevation and the elevation to which the building is to be built, stating that the cost of flood insurance will be commensurate with the increased risk resulting from the reduced floor elevation and that construction below the design flood elevation increases risks to life and property. [A] 104.11 Alternative materials, design and methods of construction, and equipment. The provisions of this code are not intended to prevent the installation of any material or to prohibit any design or method of construction not specifi- cally prescribed by this code, provided that any such alternative has been approved. An alternative material, design or method of construction shall be approved where the code official finds that the proposed design is satisfactory and complies with the intent of the provisions of this code, and that the material, method or work offered is, for the purpose intended, not less than the equivalent of that prescribed in this code in quality, strength, effectiveness, fire resistance, durability and safety. Where the alternative mate- rial, design or method of construction is not approved, the code official shall respond in writing, stating the reasons why the alternative was not approved. [A] 104.11.1 Research reports. Supporting data, where necessary to assist in the approval of materials or assem- blies not specifically provided for in this code, shall consist of valid research reports from approved sources. [A] 104.11.2 Tests. Where there is insufficient evidence of compliance with the provisions of this code or evidence that a material or method does not conform to the requirements of this code, or in order to substantiate claims for alternative materials or methods, the code offi- cial shall have the authority to require tests as evidence of compliance to be made without expense to the jurisdic- tion. Test methods shall be as specified in this code or by other recognized test standards. In the absence of recog- nized and accepted test methods, the code official shall approve the testing procedures. Tests shall be performed by an approved agency. Reports of such tests shall be 1-3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® retained by the code official for the period required for retention. SECTION 105 PERMITS [A] 105.1 Required. Any owner or owner’s authorized agent who intends to repair, add to, alter, relocate, demolish or change the occupancy of a building or to repair, install, add, alter, remove, convert or replace any electrical, gas, mechanical or plumbing system, the installation of which is regulated by this code, or to cause any such work to be performed, shall first make application to the code official and obtain the required permit. [A] 105.1.1 Annual permit. Instead of an individual permit for each alteration to an already approved electri- cal, gas, mechanical, or plumbing installation, the code official is authorized to issue an annual permit on applica- tion therefor to any person, firm or corporation regularly employing one or more qualified trade persons in the building, structure, or on the premises owned or operated by the applicant for the permit. [A] 105.1.2 Annual permit records. The person to whom an annual permit is issued shall keep a detailed record of alterations made under such annual permit. The code official shall have access to such records at all times, or such records shall be filed with the code official as designated. [A] 105.2 Work exempt from permit. Exemptions from permit requirements of this code shall not be deemed to grant authorization for any work to be done in any manner in violation of the provisions of this code or any other laws or ordinances of this jurisdiction. Permits shall not be required for the following: Building: 1. Sidewalks and driveways not more than 30 inches (762 mm) above grade and not over any basement or story below and that are not part of an accessi- ble route. 2. Painting, papering, tiling, carpeting, cabinets, counter tops and similar finish work. 3. Temporary motion picture, television, and theater stage sets and scenery. 4. Shade cloth structures constructed for nursery or agricultural purposes, and not including service systems. 5. Window awnings supported by an exterior wall of Group R-3 or Group U occupancies. 6. Nonfixed and movable cases, counters and parti- tions not over 5 feet 9 inches (1753 mm) in height. Electrical: 1.Repairs and maintenance: Minor repair work, including the replacement of lamps or the connec- tion of approved portable electrical equipment to approved permanently installed receptacles. 2.Radio and television transmitting stations: The provisions of this code shall not apply to electrical equipment used for radio and television transmis- sions, but do apply to equipment and wiring for power supply, the installations of towers and antennas. 3.Temporary testing systems: A permit shall not be required for the installation of any temporary system required for the testing or servicing of electrical equipment or apparatus. Gas: 1. Portable heating appliance. 2. Replacement of any minor part that does not alter approval of equipment or make such equipment unsafe. Mechanical: 1. Portable heating appliance. 2. Portable ventilation equipment. 3. Portable cooling unit. 4. Steam, hot or chilled water piping within any heating or cooling equipment regulated by this code. 5.Replacement of any part that does not alter its approval or make it unsafe. 6. Portable evaporative cooler. 7. Self-contained refrigeration system containing 10 pounds (4.54 kg) or less of refrigerant and actu- ated by motors of 1 horsepower (746 W) or less. Plumbing: 1. The stopping of leaks in drains, water, soil, waste or vent pipe; provided, however, that if any concealed trap, drainpipe, water, soil, waste or vent pipe becomes defective and it becomes necessary to remove and replace the same with new material, such work shall be considered as new work, and a permit shall be obtained and inspection made as provided in this code. 2. The clearing of stoppages or the repairing of leaks in pipes, valves or fixtures, and the removal and reinstallation of water closets, provided that such repairs do not involve or require the replacement or rearrangement of valves, pipes or fixtures. [A] 105.2.1 Emergency repairs. Where equipment replacements and repairs must be performed in an emer- gency situation, the permit application shall be submitted within the next working business day to the code official. [A] 105.2.2 Repairs. Application or notice to the code official is not required for repairs to structures and items listed in Section 105.2 provided that such repairs do not include any of the following: 1. The cutting away of any wall, partition or portion thereof. 2. The removal or cutting of any structural beam or load-bearing support. 1-4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 3. The removal or change of any required means of egress or rearrangement of parts of a structure affecting the egress requirements. 4. Any addition to, alteration of, replacement or relocation of any standpipe, water supply, sewer, drainage, drain leader, gas, soil, waste, vent or similar piping, or electric wiring. 5. Mechanical or other work affecting public health or general safety. [A] 105.2.3 Public service agencies. A permit shall not be required for the installation, alteration or repair of generation, transmission, distribution or metering, or other related equipment that is under the ownership and control of public service agencies by established right. [A] 105.3 Application for permit. To obtain a permit, the applicant shall first file an application therefor in writing on a form furnished by the Department of Building Safety for that purpose. Such application shall: 1. Identify and describe the work in accordance with Chapter 3 to be covered by the permit for which application is made. 2. Describe the land on which the proposed work is to be done by legal description, street address or similar description that will readily identify and definitely locate the proposed building or work. 3. Indicate the use and occupancy for which the proposed work is intended. 4. Be accompanied by construction documents and other information as required in Section 106.3. 5. State the valuation of the proposed work. 6. Be signed by the applicant or the applicant’s autho- rized agent. 7. Give such other data and information as required by the code official. [A] 105.3.1 Action on application. The code official shall examine or cause to be examined applications for permits and amendments thereto within a reasonable time after filing. If the application or the construction docu- ments do not conform to the requirements of pertinent laws, the code official shall reject such application in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If the code official is satisfied that the proposed work conforms to the require- ments of this code and laws and ordinances applicable thereto, the code official shall issue a permit therefor as soon as practicable. [A] 105.3.2 Time limitation of application. An applica- tion for a permit for any proposed work shall be deemed to have been abandoned 180 days after the date of filing, unless such application has been pursued in good faith or a permit has been issued; except that the code official is authorized to grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The exten- sion shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. [A] 105.4 Validity of permit. The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of this code or of any other ordinance of the jurisdiction. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provi- sions of this code or other ordinances of the jurisdiction shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the code official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. The code official is authorized to prevent occupancy or use of a structure where in violation of this code or of any other ordinances of this jurisdiction. [A] 105.5 Expiration. Every permit issued shall become invalid unless the work on the site authorized by such permit is commenced within 180 days after its issuance, or if the work authorized on the site by such permit is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days after the time the work is commenced. The code official is authorized to grant, in writ- ing, one or more extensions of time for periods not more than 180 days each. The extension shall be requested in writ- ing and justifiable cause demonstrated. [A] 105.6 Suspension or revocation. The code official is authorized to suspend or revoke a permit issued under the provisions of this code wherever the permit is issued in error or on the basis of incorrect, inaccurate or incomplete infor- mation, or in violation of any ordinance or regulation or any of the provisions of this code. [A] 105.7 Placement of permit. The building permit or copy shall be kept on the site of the work until the comple- tion of the project. SECTION 106 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS [A] 106.1 General. Submittal documents consisting of construction documents, special inspection and structural observation programs, investigation and evaluation reports, and other data shall be submitted in two or more sets, or in a digital format where allowed by the code official, with each application for a permit. The construction documents shall be prepared by a registered design professional where required by the statutes of the jurisdiction in which the proj- ect is to be constructed. Where special conditions exist, the code official is authorized to require additional construction documents to be prepared by a registered design professional. Exception: The code official is authorized to waive the submission of construction documents and other data not required to be prepared by a registered design profes- sional if it is found that the nature of the work applied for is such that reviewing of construction documents is not necessary to obtain compliance with this code. [A] 106.2 Construction documents. Construction docu- ments shall be in accordance with Sections 106.2.1 through 106.2.6. [A] 106.2.1 Construction documents. Construction documents shall be dimensioned and drawn on suitable material. Electronic media documents are permitted to be submitted where approved by the code official. Construc- tion documents shall be of sufficient clarity to indicate the 1-5 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® location, nature and extent of the work proposed and show in detail that it will conform to the provisions of this code and relevant laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, as determined by the code official. The work areas shall be shown. [A] 106.2.2 Fire protection system(s) shop drawings. Shop drawings for the fire protection system(s) shall be submitted to indicate compliance with this code and the construction documents and shall be approved prior to the start of system installation. Shop drawings shall contain information as required by the referenced installation standards in Chapter 9 of the International Building Code. [A] 106.2.3 Means of egress. The construction docu- ments for Alterations—Level 2, Alterations—Level 3, additions and changes of occupancy shall show in suffi- cient detail the location, construction, size and character of all portions of the means of egress in compliance with the provisions of this code. The construction documents shall designate the number of occupants to be accommo- dated in every work area of every floor and in all affected rooms and spaces. [A] 106.2.4 Exterior wall envelope. Construction docu- ments for work affecting the exterior wall envelope shall describe the exterior wall envelope in sufficient detail to determine compliance with this code. The construction documents shall provide details of the exterior wall enve- lope as required, including windows, doors, flashing, intersections with dissimilar materials, corners, end details, control joints, intersections at roof, eaves or para- pets, means of drainage, water-resistive barriers and details around openings. The construction documents shall include manufac- turer’s installation instructions that provide supporting documentation that the proposed penetration and opening details described in the construction documents maintain the wind and weather resistance of the exterior wall enve- lope. The supporting documentation shall fully describe the exterior wall system that was tested, where applicable, as well as the test procedure used. [A] 106.2.5 Exterior balconies and elevated walking surfaces. Where the scope of work involves balconies or other elevated walking surfaces have weather-exposed surfaces, and the structural framing is protected by an impervious moisture barrier, the construction documents shall include details for all elements of the impervious moisture barrier system. The construction documents shall include manufacturer’s installation instructions. [A] 106.2.6 Site plan. The construction documents submitted with the application for permit shall be accom- panied by a site plan showing to scale the size and location of new construction and existing structures on the site, distances from lot lines, the established street grades, and the proposed finished grades; and it shall be drawn in accordance with an accurate boundary line survey. In the case of demolition, the site plan shall show construction to be demolished and the location and size of existing structures and construction that are to remain on the site or plot. The code official is authorized to waive or modify the requirement for a site plan where the applica- tion for permit is for alteration, repair or change of occupancy. [A] 106.3 Examination of documents. The code official shall examine or cause to be examined the submittal docu- ments and shall ascertain by such examinations whether the construction or occupancy indicated and described is in accordance with the requirements of this code and other pertinent laws or ordinances. [A] 106.3.1 Approval of construction documents. Where the code official issues a permit, the construction documents shall be approved in writing or by stamp as “Reviewed for Code Compliance.” One set of construc- tion documents so reviewed shall be retained by the code official. The other set shall be returned to the applicant, shall be kept at the site of work, and shall be open to inspection by the code official or a duly authorized representative. [A] 106.3.2 Previous approval. This code shall not require changes in the construction documents, construc- tion or designated occupancy of a structure for which a lawful permit has been issued and the construction of which has been pursued in good faith within 180 days after the effective date of this code and has not been abandoned. [A] 106.3.3 Phased approval. The code official is autho- rized to issue a permit for the construction of foundations or any other part of a building before the construction documents for the whole building or structure have been submitted, provided that adequate information and detailed statements have been filed complying with perti- nent requirements of this code. The holder of such permit for the foundation or other parts of a building shall proceed at the holder’s own risk with the building opera- tion and without assurance that a permit for the entire structure will be granted. [A] 106.3.4 Deferred submittals. Deferral of any submittal items shall have the prior approval of the code official. The registered design professional in responsible charge shall list the deferred submittals on the construc- tion documents for review by the code official. Submittal documents for deferred submittal items shall be submitted to the registered design professional in responsible charge who shall review them and forward them to the code official with a notation indicating that the deferred submittal documents have been reviewed and that they have been found to be in general confor- mance to the design of the building. The deferred submittal items shall not be installed until their deferred submittal documents have been approved by the code official. [A] 106.4 Amended construction documents. Work shall be installed in accordance with the reviewed construction documents, and any changes made during construction that are not in compliance with the approved construction docu- ments shall be resubmitted for approval as an amended set of construction documents. 1-6 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [A] 106.5 Retention of construction documents. One set of approved construction documents shall be retained by the code official for a period of not less than the period required for retention of public records. [A] 106.6 Design professional in responsible charge. Where it is required that documents be prepared by a regis- tered design professional, the code official shall be authorized to require the owner or the owner’s authorized agent to engage and designate on the building permit appli- cation a registered design professional who shall act as the registered design professional in responsible charge. If the circumstances require, the owner or the owner’s authorized agent shall designate a substitute registered design profes- sional in responsible charge who shall perform the duties required of the original registered design professional in responsible charge. The code official shall be notified in writing by the owner or the owner’s authorized agent if the registered design professional in responsible charge is changed or is unable to continue to perform the duties. The registered design professional in responsible charge shall be responsible for reviewing and coordinating submittal docu- ments prepared by others, including phased and deferred submittal items, for compatibility with the design of the building. Where structural observation is required, the inspection program shall name the individual or firms who are to perform structural observation and describe the stages of construction at which structural observation is to occur. SECTION 107 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES AND USES [A] 107.1 General. The code official is authorized to issue a permit for temporary uses. Such permits shall be limited as to time of service but shall not be permitted for more than 180 days. The code official is authorized to grant extensions for demonstrated cause. [A] 107.2 Conformance. Temporary uses shall conform to the structural strength, fire safety, means of egress, accessi- bility, light, ventilation and sanitary requirements of this code as necessary to ensure the public health, safety and general welfare. [A] 107.3 Temporary power. The code official is autho- rized to give permission to temporarily supply and use power in part of an electric installation before such installation has been fully completed and the final certificate of completion has been issued. The part covered by the temporary certifi- cate shall comply with the requirements specified for temporary lighting, heat or power in NFPA 70. [A] 107.4 Termination of approval. The code official is authorized to terminate such permit for a temporary use and to order the temporary use to be discontinued. SECTION 108 FEES [A] 108.1 Payment of fees. A permit shall not be valid until the fees prescribed by law have been paid, nor shall an amendment to a permit be released until the additional fee, if any, has been paid. [A] 108.2 Schedule of permit fees. Where a permit is required, a fee for each permit shall be paid as required, in accordance with the schedule as established by the applica- ble governing authority. [A] 108.3 Permit valuations. The applicant for a permit shall provide an estimated permit value at time of applica- tion. Permit valuations shall include total value of work, including materials and labor for which the permit is being issued, such as electrical, gas, mechanical, plumbing equip- ment and permanent systems. If, in the opinion of the code official, the valuation is underestimated on the application, the permit shall be denied unless the applicant can show detailed estimates to meet the approval of the code official. Final building permit valuation shall be set by the code official. [A] 108.4 Work commencing before permit issuance. Any person who commences any work before obtaining the necessary permits shall be subject to a fee established by the code official that shall be in addition to the required permit fees. [A] 108.5 Related fees. The payment of the fee for the construction, alteration, removal or demolition of work done in connection to or concurrently with the work authorized by a permit shall not relieve the applicant or holder of the permit from the payment of other fees that are prescribed by law. [A] 108.6 Refunds. The code official is authorized to estab- lish a refund policy. SECTION 109 INSPECTIONS [A] 109.1 General. Construction or work for which a permit is required shall be subject to inspection by the code official, and such construction or work shall remain visible and able to be accessed for inspection purposes until approved. Approval as a result of an inspection shall not be construed to be an approval of a violation of the provisions of this code or of other ordinances of the jurisdiction. Inspections presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provi- sions of this code or of other ordinances of the jurisdiction shall not be valid. It shall be the duty of the permit applicant to cause the work to remain visible and able to be accessed for inspection purposes. Neither the code official nor the jurisdiction shall be liable for expense entailed in the removal or replacement of any material required to allow inspection. [A] 109.2 Preliminary inspection. Before issuing a permit, the code official is authorized to examine or cause to be examined buildings and sites for which an application has been filed. [A] 109.3 Required inspections. The code official, on noti- fication, shall make the inspections set forth in Sections 109.3.1 through 109.3.11. 1-7 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [A] 109.3.1 Footing or foundation inspection. Footing and foundation inspections shall be made after excava- tions for footings are complete and any required reinforcing steel is in place. For concrete foundations, any required forms shall be in place prior to inspection. Mate- rials for the foundation shall be on the job, except where concrete is ready-mixed in accordance with ASTM C94, the concrete need not be on the job. [A] 109.3.2 Concrete slab or under-floor inspection. Concrete slab and under-floor inspections shall be made after in-slab or under-floor reinforcing steel and building service equipment, conduit, piping accessories and other ancillary equipment items are in place but before any concrete is placed or floor sheathing installed, including the subfloor. [A] 109.3.3 Lowest floor elevation. For additions and substantial improvements to existing buildings in flood hazard areas, on placement of the lowest floor, including basement, and prior to further vertical construction, the elevation documentation required in the International Building Code, or the International Residential Code, as applicable, shall be submitted to the code official. [A] 109.3.4 Frame inspection. Framing inspections shall be made after the roof deck or sheathing, framing, fire blocking and bracing are in place and pipes, chimneys and vents to be concealed are complete and the rough electrical, plumbing, heating wires, pipes and ducts are approved. [A] 109.3.5 Lath or gypsum board inspection. Lath and gypsum board inspections shall be made after lathing and gypsum board, interior and exterior, is in place but before any plastering is applied or before gypsum board joints and fasteners are taped and finished. Exception: Gypsum board that is not part of a fire- resistance-rated assembly or a shear assembly. [A] 109.3.6 Weather-exposed balcony and walking surface waterproofing. Where the scope of work involves balconies or other elevated walking surfaces that have weather-exposed surfaces and the structural framing is protected by an impervious moisture barrier, all elements of the impervious moisture barrier system shall not be concealed until inspected and approved. Exception: Where special inspections are provided in accordance with Section 1705.1.1, Item 3, of the Inter- national Building Code. [A] 109.3.7 Fire- and smoke-resistant penetrations. Protection of joints and penetrations in fire-resistance- rated assemblies, smoke barriers and smoke partitions shall not be concealed from view until inspected and approved. [A] 109.3.8 Other inspections. In addition to the inspec- tions specified in Sections 109.2 through 109.3.7, the code official is authorized to make or require other inspections of any construction work to ascertain compli- ance with the provisions of this code and other laws that are enforced by the Department of Building Safety. [A] 109.3.9 Special inspections. Special inspections shall be required in accordance with the International Building Code. [A] 109.3.10 Flood hazard documentation. Where a building is located in a flood hazard area, documentation of the elevation of the lowest floor as required in the International Building Code or the International Residen- tial Code, as applicable, shall be submitted to the code official prior to the final inspection. [A] 109.3.11 Final inspection. The final inspection shall be made after work required by the building permit is completed. [A] 109.4 Inspection agencies. The code official is autho- rized to accept reports of approved inspection agencies, provided that such agencies satisfy the requirements as to qualifications and reliability. [A] 109.5 Inspection requests. It shall be the duty of the holder of the building permit or their duly authorized agent to notify the code official when work is ready for inspection. It shall be the duty of the permit holder to provide access to and means for any inspections of such work that are required by this code. [A] 109.6 Approval required. Work shall not be done beyond the point indicated in each successive inspection without first obtaining the approval of the code official. The code official, on notification, shall make the requested inspections and shall either indicate the portion of the construction that is satisfactory as completed or shall notify the permit holder or an agent of the permit holder wherein the same fails to comply with this code. Any portions that do not comply shall be corrected and such portion shall not be covered or concealed until authorized by the code official. SECTION 110 CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY [A] 110.1 Change of occupancy. A structure shall not be used or occupied in whole or in part, and a change of occu- pancy of a structure or portion thereof shall not be made until the code official has issued a certificate of occupancy there- for as provided herein. Issuance of a certificate of occupancy shall not be construed as an approval of a violation of the provisions of this code or of other ordinances of the jurisdic- tion. Certificates presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code or other ordinances of the jurisdiction shall not be valid. Exception: Certificates of occupancy are not required for work exempt from permits in accordance with Section 105.2. [A] 110.2 Certificate issued. After the code official inspects the structure and does not find violations of the provisions of this code or other laws that are enforced by the department, the code official shall issue a certificate of occupancy that contains the following: 1. The permit number. 2. The address of the structure. 1-8 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 3. The name and address of the owner or the owner’s authorized agent. 4. A description of that portion of the structure for which the certificate is issued. 5. A statement that the described portion of the struc- ture has been inspected for compliance with the requirements of this code for the occupancy and divi- sion of occupancy and the use for which the proposed occupancy is classified. 6. The name of the code official. 7. The edition of the code under which the permit was issued. 8. The use and occupancy in accordance with the provi- sions of the International Building Code. 9. The type of construction as defined in the Interna- tional Building Code. 10. The design occupant load and any impact the alter- ation has on the design occupant load of the area not within the scope of the work. 11. Where an automatic sprinkler system is provided, and whether an automatic sprinkler system is required. 12. Any special stipulations and conditions of the build- ing permit. [A] 110.3 Temporary occupancy. The code official is authorized to issue a temporary certificate of occupancy before the completion of the entire work covered by the permit, provided that such portion or portions shall be occu- pied safely. The code official shall set a time period during which the temporary certificate of occupancy is valid. [A] 110.4 Revocation. The code official is authorized to suspend or revoke a certificate of occupancy or completion issued under the provisions of this code, in writing, wherever the certificate is issued in error or on the basis of incorrect information supplied, or where it is determined that the building or structure or portion thereof is in violation of the provisions of this code or other ordinance of the jurisdiction. SECTION 111 SERVICE UTILITIES [A] 111.1 Connection of service utilities. A person shall not make connections from a utility, source of energy, fuel, power, water system or sewer system to any building or system that is regulated by this code for which a permit is required, until approved by the code official. [A] 111.2 Temporary connection. The code official shall have the authority to authorize the temporary connection of the building or system to the utility, source of energy, fuel, power, water system or sewer system for the purpose of test- ing systems or for use under a temporary approval. [A] 111.3 Authority to disconnect service utilities. The code official shall have the authority to authorize disconnec- tion of utility service to the building, structure or system regulated by this code and the referenced codes and stan- dards in case of emergency where necessary to eliminate an immediate hazard to life or property or where such utility connection has been made without the approval required by Section 111.1 or 111.2. The code official shall notify the serving utility and, wherever possible, the owner or the owner’s authorized agent and the occupant of the building, structure or service system of the decision to disconnect prior to taking such action. If not notified prior to discon- necting, the owner, the owner’s authorized agent or occupant of the building, structure or service system shall be notified in writing, as soon as practical thereafter. SECTION 112 MEANS OF APPEALS [A] 112.1 General. In order to hear and decide appeals of orders, decisions or determinations made by the code official relative to the application and interpretation of this code, there shall be and is hereby created a board of appeals. The board of appeals shall be appointed by the applicable governing authority and shall hold office at its pleasure. The board shall adopt rules of procedure for conducting its busi- ness and shall render all decisions and findings in writing to the appellant with a duplicate copy to the code official. [A] 112.2 Limitations on authority. An application for appeal shall be based on a claim that the true intent of this code or the rules legally adopted thereunder have been incor- rectly interpreted, the provisions of this code do not fully apply or an equivalent or better form of construction is proposed. The board shall not have authority to waive requirements of this code or interpret the administration of this code. [A] 112.3 Qualifications. The board of appeals shall consist of members who are qualified by experience and training to pass on matters pertaining to building construction and are not employees of the jurisdiction. [A] 112.4 Administration. The code official shall take immediate action in accordance with the decision of the board. SECTION 113 VIOLATIONS [A] 113.1 Unlawful acts. It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to repair, alter, extend, add, move, remove, demolish or change the occupancy of any building or equipment regulated by this code or cause same to be done in conflict with or in violation of any of the provisions of this code. [A] 113.2 Notice of violation. The code official is autho- rized to serve a notice of violation or order on the person responsible for the repair, alteration, extension, addition, moving, removal, demolition or change in the occupancy of a building in violation of the provisions of this code or in violation of a permit or certificate issued under the provi- sions of this code. Such order shall direct the discontinuance of the illegal action or condition and the abatement of the violation. 1-9 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [A] 113.3 Prosecution of violation. If the notice of violation is not complied with promptly, the code official is authorized to request the legal counsel of the jurisdiction to institute the appropriate proceeding at law or in equity to restrain, correct or abate such violation or to require the removal or termina- tion of the unlawful occupancy of the building or structure in violation of the provisions of this code or of the order or direction made pursuant thereto. [A] 113.4 Violation penalties. Any person who violates a provision of this code or fails to comply with any of the requirements thereof or who repairs or alters or changes the occupancy of a building or structure in violation of the approved construction documents or directive of the code official or of a permit or certificate issued under the provi- sions of this code shall be subject to penalties as prescribed by law. SECTION 114 STOP WORK ORDER [A] 114.1 Authority. Where the code official finds any work regulated by this code being performed in a manner contrary to the provisions of this code or in a dangerous or unsafe manner, the code official is authorized to issue a stop work order. [A] 114.2 Issuance. The stop work order shall be in writing and shall be given to the owner of the property, the owner’s authorized agent or the person performing the work. Upon issuance of a stop work order, the cited work shall immedi- ately cease. The stop work order shall state the reason for the order and the conditions under which the cited work is authorized to resume. [A] 114.3 Emergencies. Where an emergency exists, the code official shall not be required to give a written notice prior to stopping the work. [A] 114.4 Failure to comply. Any person who shall continue any work after having been served with a stop work order, except such work as that person is directed to perform to remove a violation or unsafe condition, shall be subject to fines established by the authority having jurisdiction. SECTION 115 UNSAFE STRUCTURES AND EQUIPMENT [A] 115.1 Unsafe conditions. Structures or existing equip- ment that are or hereafter become unsafe, insanitary or deficient because of inadequate means of egress facilities, inadequate light and ventilation, or that constitute a fire hazard, or are otherwise dangerous to human life or the public welfare, or that involve illegal or improper occupancy or inadequate maintenance, shall be deemed an unsafe condition. Unsafe structures shall be taken down and removed or made safe as the code official deems necessary and as provided for in this code. A vacant structure that is not secured against unauthorized entry shall be deemed unsafe. [A] 115.2 Record. The code official shall cause a report to be filed on an unsafe condition. The report shall state the occupancy of the structure and the nature of the unsafe condition. [A] 115.3 Notice. If an unsafe condition is found, the code official shall serve on the owner of the structure or the owner’s authorized agent a written notice that describes the condition deemed unsafe and specifies the required repairs or improvements to be made to abate the unsafe condition, or that requires the unsafe building to be demolished within a stipulated time. Such notice shall require the person thus notified to declare immediately to the code official accep- tance or rejection of the terms of the order. [A] 115.4 Method of service. Such notice shall be deemed properly served where a copy thereof is served in accordance with one of the following methods: 1. A copy is delivered to the owner or the owner’s authorized agent personally. 2. A copy is sent by certified or registered mail addressed to the owner at the last known address with the return receipt requested. 3. A copy is delivered in any other manner as prescribed by local law. If the certified or registered letter is returned showing that the letter was not delivered, a copy thereof shall be posted in a conspicuous place in or about the structure affected by such notice. Service of such notice in the foregoing manner on the owner’s authorized agent shall constitute service of notice on the owner. [A] 115.5 Restoration or abatement. The structure or equipment determined to be unsafe by the code official is permitted to be restored to a safe condition. The owner, the owner’s authorized agent, operator or occupant of a struc- ture, premises or equipment deemed unsafe by the code official shall abate or cause to be abated or corrected such unsafe conditions either by repair, rehabilitation, demolition or other approved corrective action. To the extent that repairs, alterations or additions are made, or a change of occupancy occurs during the restoration of the structure, such repairs, alterations, additions or change of occupancy shall comply with the requirements of this code. SECTION 116 EMERGENCY MEASURES [A] 116.1 Imminent danger. Where, in the opinion of the code official, there is imminent danger of failure or collapse of a building that endangers life, or where any building or part of a building has fallen and life is endangered by the occupation of the building, or where there is actual or poten- tial danger to the building occupants or those in the proximity of any structure because of explosives, explosive fumes or vapors, or the presence of toxic fumes, gases, or materials, or operation of defective or dangerous equipment, the code official is hereby authorized and empowered to order and require the occupants to vacate the premises forth- with. The code official shall cause to be posted at each entrance to such structure a notice reading as follows: “This Structure Is Unsafe and Its Occupancy Has Been Prohibited by the Code Official.” It shall be unlawful for any person to 1-10 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® enter such structure except for the purpose of securing the structure, making the required repairs, removing the hazard- ous condition, or of demolishing the same. [A] 116.2 Temporary safeguards. Notwithstanding other provisions of this code, whenever, in the opinion of the code official, there is imminent danger due to an unsafe condition, the code official shall order the necessary work to be done, including the boarding up of openings, to render such struc- ture temporarily safe whether or not the legal procedure herein described has been instituted; and shall cause such other action to be taken as the code official deems necessary to meet such emergency. [A] 116.3 Closing streets. Where necessary for public safety, the code official shall temporarily close structures and close or order the authority having jurisdiction to close sidewalks, streets, public ways and places adjacent to unsafe structures, and prohibit the same from being utilized. [A] 116.4 Emergency repairs. For the purposes of this section, the code official shall employ the necessary labor and materials to perform the required work as expeditiously as possible. [A] 116.5 Costs of emergency repairs. Costs incurred in the performance of emergency work shall be paid by the juris- diction. The legal counsel of the jurisdiction shall institute appropriate action against the owner of the premises or the owner’s authorized agent where the unsafe structure is or was located for the recovery of such costs. [A] 116.6 Hearing. Any person ordered to take emergency measures shall comply with such order forthwith. Any affected person shall thereafter, on petition directed to the appeals board, be afforded a hearing as described in this code. SECTION 117 DEMOLITION [A] 117.1 General. The code official shall order the owner or owner’s authorized agent of any premises on which is located any structure that in the code official’s judgment is so old or dilapidated, or has become so out of repair as to be dangerous, unsafe, insanitary or otherwise unfit for human habitation of occupancy, and such that it is unreasonable to repair the structure, to demolish and remove such structure; or if such structure is capable of being made safe by repairs, to repair and make safe and sanitary or to demolish and remove to the owner’s or the owner’s authorized agent’s option; or where there has been a cessation of normal construction of any structure for a period of more than two years, to demolish and remove such structure. [A] 117.2 Notices and orders. Notices and orders shall comply with Section 113. [A] 117.3 Failure to comply. If the owner or the owner’s authorized agent of a premises fails to comply with a demoli- tion order within the time prescribed, the code official shall cause the structure to be demolished and removed, either through an available public agency or by contract or arrange- ment with private persons, and the cost of such demolition and removal shall be charged against the real estate on which the structure is located and shall be a lien on such real estate. [A] 117.4 Salvage materials. Where any structure has been ordered demolished and removed, the governing body or other designated officer under said contract or arrangement aforesaid shall have the right to sell the salvage and valuable materials at the highest price obtainable. The net proceeds of such sale, after deducting the expenses of such demolition and removal, shall be promptly remitted with a report of such sale or transaction, including the items of expense and the amounts deducted, for the person who is entitled thereto, subject to any order of a court. If such a surplus does not remain to be turned over, the report shall so state. 1-11 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®1-12 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® CHAPTER 2 DEFINITIONS User note: About this chapter: Codes, by their very nature, are technical documents. Every word, term and punctuation mark can add to or change the meaning of a technical requirement. It is necessary to maintain a consensus on the specific meaning of each term contained in the code. Chapter 2 performs this function by stating clearly what specific terms mean for the purpose of the code. SECTION 201 GENERAL 201.1 Scope. Unless otherwise expressly stated, the follow- ing words and terms shall, for the purposes of this code, have the meanings shown in this chapter. 201.2 Interchangeability. Words used in the present tense include the future; words stated in the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter; the singular number includes the plural and the plural, the singular. 201.3 Terms defined in other codes. Where terms are not defined in this code and are defined in the other International Codes, such terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in those codes. 201.4 Terms not defined. Where terms are not defined through the methods authorized by this chapter, such terms shall have ordinarily accepted meanings such as the context implies. SECTION 202 GENERAL DEFINITIONS [A] ADDITION. An extension or increase in floor area, number of stories, or height of a building or structure. [A] ALTERATION. Any construction or renovation to an existing structure other than a repair or addition. [A] APPROVED. Acceptable to the code official. [A] BUILDING. Any structure utilized or intended for supporting or sheltering any occupancy. [A] CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY. Any of the following shall be considered as a change of occupancy where the current International Building Code requires a greater degree of safety, accessibility, structural strength, fire protection, means of egress, ventilation or sanitation than is existing in the current building or structure: 1. Any change in the occupancy classification of a building or structure. 2. Any change in the purpose of, or a change in the level of activity within, a building or structure. 3. A change of use. [A] CHANGE OF USE. A change in the use of a building or a portion of a building, within the same group classification, for which there is a change in application of the code requirements. [A] CODE OFFICIAL. The officer or other designated authority charged with the administration and enforcement of this code. [BS] DANGEROUS. Any building, structure or portion thereof that meets any of the conditions described below shall be deemed dangerous: 1. The building or structure has collapsed, has partially collapsed, has moved off its foundation or lacks the necessary support of the ground. 2. There exists a significant risk of collapse, detach- ment or dislodgement of any portion, member, appurtenance or ornamentation of the building or structure under permanent, routine or frequent loads; under actual loads already in effect; or under snow, wind, rain, flood, earthquake or other environmental loads when such loads are imminent. [A] DEFERRED SUBMITTAL. Those portions of the design that are not submitted at the time of the application and that are to be submitted to the code official within a specified period. [BS] DISPROPORTIONATE EARTHQUAKE DAMAGE. A condition of earthquake-related damage where both of the following occur: 1. The 0.3-second spectral acceleration at the building site as estimated by the United States Geological Survey for the earthquake in question is less than 40 percent of the mapped acceleration parameter SS. 2. The vertical elements of the lateral force-resisting system have suffered damage such that the lateral load-carrying capacity of any story in any horizontal direction has been reduced by more than 10 percent from its predamage condition. [BE] EMERGENCY ESCAPE AND RESCUE OPEN- ING. An operable exterior window, door or other similar device that provides for a means of escape and access for rescue in the event of an emergency. EQUIPMENT OR FIXTURE. Any plumbing, heating, electrical, ventilating, air conditioning, refrigerating and fire protection equipment; and elevators, dumbwaiters, escala- tors, boilers, pressure vessels and other mechanical facilities; or installations that are related to building services. Equip- ment or fixture shall not include manufacturing, production or process equipment, but shall include connections from building service to process equipment. 2-1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 DEFINITIONS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [A] EXISTING BUILDING. A building erected prior to the date of adoption of the appropriate code, or one for which a legal building permit has been issued. [A] EXISTING STRUCTURE. A structure erected prior to the date of adoption of the appropriate code, or one for which a legal building permit has been issued. [BF] EXTERIOR WALL COVERING. A material or assembly of materials applied on the exterior side of exterior walls for the purpose of providing a weather-resisting barrier, insulation or for aesthetics, including but not limited to, veneers, siding, exterior insulation and finish systems, archi- tectural trim and embellishments, such as cornices, soffits, facias, gutters and leaders. [BF] EXTERIOR WALL ENVELOPE. A system or assembly of exterior wall components, including exterior wall finish materials, that provides protection of the building structural members, including framing and sheathing materi- als, and conditioned interior space from the detrimental effects of the exterior environment. [A] FACILITY. All or any portion of buildings, structures, site improvements, elements and pedestrian or vehicular routes located on a site. [BS] FLOOD HAZARD AREA. The greater of the follow- ing two areas: 1. The area within a flood plain subject to a 1-percent or greater chance of flooding in any year. 2. The area designated as a flood hazard area on a community’s flood hazard map, or otherwise legally designated. [A] HISTORIC BUILDING. Any building or structure that is one or more of the following: 1. Listed, or certified as eligible for listing, by the State Historic Preservation Officer or the Keeper of the National Register of Historic Places, in the National Register of Historic Places. 2. Designated as historic under an applicable state or local law. 3. Certified as a contributing resource within a National Register, state designated or locally designated historic district. [BF] NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL. A material that, under the conditions anticipated, will not ignite or burn when subjected to fire or heat. Materials that pass ASTM E136 are considered noncombustible materials. PRIMARY FUNCTION. A primary function is a major activity for which the facility is intended. Areas that contain a primary function include, but are not limited to, the customer services lobby of a bank, the dining area of a cafe- teria, the meeting rooms in a conference center, as well as offices and other work areas in which the activities of the public accommodation or other private entity using the facil- ity are carried out. Mechanical rooms, boiler rooms, supply storage rooms, employee lounges or locker rooms, janitorial closets, entrances, corridors and restrooms are not areas containing a primary function. [A] REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL IN RESPONSIBLE CHARGE. A registered design profes- sional engaged by the owner or the owner’s authorized agent to review and coordinate certain aspects of the project, as determined by the code official, for compatibility with the design of the building or structure, including submittal docu- ments prepared by others, deferred submittal documents and phased submittal documents. REHABILITATION. Any work, as described by the cate- gories of work defined herein, undertaken in an existing building. [A] RELOCATABLE BUILDING. A partially or completely assembled building constructed and designed to be reused multiple times and transported to different building sites. [A] REPAIR. The reconstruction, replacement or renewal of any part of an existing building for the purpose of its mainte- nance or to correct damage. [BS] REROOFING. The process of recovering or replacing an existing roof covering. See “Roof recover” and “Roof replacement.” [BS] RISK CATEGORY. A categorization of buildings and other structures for determination of flood, wind, snow, ice and earthquake loads based on the risk associated with unac- ceptable performance, as provided in Section 1604.5 of the International Building Code. [BS] ROOF COATING. A fluid-applied adhered coating used for roof maintenance, roof repair or as a component of a roof covering system or roof assembly. [BS] ROOF RECOVER. The process of installing an addi- tional roof covering over a prepared existing roof covering without removing the existing roof covering. [BS] ROOF REPAIR. Reconstruction or renewal of any part of an existing roof for the purpose of correcting damage or restoring the predamage condition. [BS] ROOF REPLACEMENT. The process of removing the existing roof covering, repairing any damaged substrate and installing a new roof covering. [BS] SEISMIC FORCES. The loads, forces and require- ments prescribed herein, related to the response of the building to earthquake motions, to be used in the analysis and design of the structure and its components. Seismic forces are considered either full or reduced, as provided in Chapter 3. [BS] SUBSTANTIAL DAMAGE. For the purpose of deter- mining compliance with the flood provisions of this code, damage of any origin sustained by a structure whereby the cost of restoring the structure to its before-damaged condition would equal or exceed 50 percent of the market value of the structure before the damage occurred. [BS] SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT. For the purpose of determining compliance with the flood provisions of this code, any repair, alteration, addition or improvement of a building or structure, the cost of which equals or exceeds 50 percent of the market value of the structure, before the improvement or repair is started. If the structure has sustained substantial damage, any repairs are considered 2-2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 DEFINITIONS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® substantial improvement regardless of the actual repair work performed. The term does not, however, include either of the following: 1. Any project for improvement of a building required to correct existing health, sanitary or safety code violations identified by the code official and that is the minimum necessary to ensure safe living conditions. 2. Any alteration of a historic structure, provided that the alteration will not preclude the structure’s contin- ued designation as a historic structure. [BS] SUBSTANTIAL STRUCTURAL ALTERATION. An alteration in which the gravity load-carrying structural elements altered within a 5-year period support more than 30 percent of the total floor and roof area of the building or struc- ture. The areas to be counted toward the 30 percent shall include mezzanines, penthouses, and in-filled courts and shafts tributary to the altered structural elements. [BS] SUBSTANTIAL STRUCTURAL DAMAGE. A condition where any of the following apply: 1. The vertical elements of the lateral force-resisting system have suffered damage such that the lateral load-carrying capacity of any story in any horizontal direction has been reduced by more than 33 percent from its predamage condition. 2. The capacity of any vertical component carrying gravity load, or any group of such components, that has a tributary area more than 30 percent of the total area of the structure’s floor(s) and roof(s) has been reduced more than 20 percent from its predamage condition, and the remaining capacity of such affected elements, with respect to all dead and live loads, is less than 75 percent of that required by the International Building Code for new buildings of similar structure, purpose and location. 3. The capacity of any structural component carrying snow load, or any group of such components, that supports more than 30 percent of the roof area of similar construction has been reduced more than 20 percent from its predamage condition, and the remaining capacity with respect to dead, live and snow loads is less than 75 percent of that required by the International Building Code for new buildings of similar structure, purpose and location. TECHNICALLY INFEASIBLE. An alteration of a facility that has little likelihood of being accomplished because the existing structural conditions require the removal or alter- ation of a load-bearing member that is an essential part of the structural frame, or because other existing physical or site constraints prohibit modification or addition of elements, spaces or features which are in full and strict compliance with the minimum requirements for new construction and which are necessary to provide accessibility. UNSAFE. Buildings, structures or equipment that are unsan- itary, or that are deficient due to inadequate means of egress facilities, inadequate light and ventilation, or that constitute a fire hazard, or in which the structure or individual structural members meet the definition of “Dangerous,” or that are otherwise dangerous to human life or the public welfare, or that involve illegal or improper occupancy or inadequate maintenance shall be deemed unsafe. A vacant structure that is not secured against entry shall be deemed unsafe. WORK AREA. That portion or portions of a building consisting of all reconfigured spaces as indicated on the construction documents. Work area excludes other portions of the building where incidental work entailed by the intended work must be performed and portions of the build- ing where work not initially intended by the owner is specifically required by this code. 2-3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®2-4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® CHAPTER 3 PROVISIONS FOR ALL COMPLIANCE METHODS User note: About this chapter: Chapter 3 explains the three compliance options for alterations and additions available in the code. In addition, this chapter also lays out the methods to be used for seismic design and evaluation throughout this code. Finally, this chapter clarifies that provisions in other I-Codes® related to repairs, alterations, additions, relocation and changes of occupancy must also be addressed unless they conflict with this code. In that case, this code takes precedence. SECTION 301 ADMINISTRATION 301.1 Applicability. The repair, alteration, change of occu- pancy, addition or relocation of all existing buildings shall comply with Section 301.2, 301.3 or 301.4. The provisions of Sections 302 through 309 shall apply to all alterations, repairs, additions, relocation of structures and changes of occupancy regardless of compliance method. 301.1.1 Bleachers, grandstands and folding and tele- scopic seating. Existing bleachers, grandstands and folding and telescopic seating shall comply with ICC 300. 301.2 Repairs. Repairs shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 4. 301.3 Alteration, addition or change of occupancy. The alteration, addition or change of occupancy of all existing buildings shall comply with one of the methods listed in Section 301.3.1, 301.3.2 or 301.3.3 as selected by the appli- cant. Sections 301.3.1 through 301.3.3 shall not be applied in combination with each other. Exception: Subject to the approval of the code official, alterations complying with the laws in existence at the time the building or the affected portion of the building was built shall be considered in compliance with the provisions of this code. New structural members added as part of the alteration shall comply with the International Building Code. This exception shall not apply to the following: 1.Alterations for accessibility required by Section 306. 2.Alterations that constitute substantial improve- ment in flood hazard areas, which shall comply with Sections 503.2, 701.3 or 1301.3.3. 3. Structural provisions of Section 304, Chapter 5 or to the structural provisions of Sections 706, 805 and 906. 301.3.1 Prescriptive compliance method. Alterations, additions and changes of occupancy complying with Chapter 5 of this code in buildings complying with the International Fire Code shall be considered in compli- ance with the provisions of this code. 301.3.2 Work area compliance method. Alterations, additions and changes of occupancy complying with the applicable requirements of Chapters 6 through 12 of this code shall be considered in compliance with the provi- sions of this code. 301.3.3 Performance compliance method. Alterations, additions and changes of occupancy complying with Chapter 13 of this code shall be considered in compliance with the provisions of this code. 301.4 Relocated buildings. Relocated buildings shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 14. SECTION 302 GENERAL PROVISIONS 302.1 Dangerous conditions. The code official shall have the authority to require the elimination of conditions deemed dangerous. 302.2 Additional codes. Alterations, repairs, additions and changes of occupancy to, or relocation of, existing buildings and structures shall comply with the provisions for alter- ations, repairs, additions and changes of occupancy or relocation, respectively, in this code and the International Energy Conservation Code, International Fire Code, Inter- national Fuel Gas Code, International Mechanical Code, International Plumbing Code, International Private Sewage Disposal Code, International Property Maintenance Code, International Residential Code and NFPA 70. Where provi- sions of the other codes conflict with provisions of this code, the provisions of this code shall take precedence. 302.2.1 Additional codes in health care. In existing Group I-2 occupancies, ambulatory health care facilities, outpatient clinics and hyperbaric facilities, alterations, repairs, additions and changes of occupancy to, or reloca- tion of, existing buildings and structures shall also comply with NFPA 99. 302.3 Existing materials. Materials already in use in a building in compliance with requirements or approvals in effect at the time of their erection or installation shall be permitted to remain in use unless determined by the code official to be unsafe. 3-1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 PROVISIONS FOR ALL COMPLIANCE METHODS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 302.4 New and replacement materials. Except as other- wise required or permitted by this code, materials permitted by the applicable code for new construction shall be used. Like materials shall be permitted for repairs and alterations, provided that unsafe conditions are not created. Hazardous materials shall not be used where the code for new construc- tion would not permit their use in buildings of similar occupancy, purpose and location. [BS] 302.4.1 New structural members and connec- tions. New structural members and connections shall comply with the detailing provisions of the International Building Code for new buildings of similar structure, purpose and location. Exception: Where alternative design criteria are specifically permitted. 302.5 Occupancy and use. Where determining the appropri- ate application of the referenced sections of this code, the occupancy and use of a building shall be determined in accordance with Chapter 3 of the International Building Code. SECTION 303 STORM SHELTERS 303.1 Storm shelters. This section applies to the construc- tion of storm shelters constructed as rooms or spaces within existing buildings for the purpose of providing protection during storms that produce high winds, such as tornados and hurricanes. Such structures shall be designated to be hurri- cane shelters, tornado shelters, or combined hurricane and tornado shelters. Such structures shall be constructed in accordance with this code and ICC 500. 303.2 Addition to a Group E occupancy. Where an addi- tion is added to an existing Group E occupancy located in an area where the shelter design wind speed for tornados is 250 mph (402.3 km/h) in accordance with Figure 304.2(1) of ICC 500 and the occupant load in the addition is 50 or more, the addition shall have a storm shelter constructed in accor- dance with ICC 500. Exceptions: 1. Group E day care facilities. 2. Group E occupancies accessory to places of reli- gious worship. 3.Additions meeting the requirements for shelter design in ICC 500. 303.2.1 Required occupant capacity. The required occupant capacity of the storm shelter shall include all buildings on the site, and shall be the total occupant load of the classrooms, vocational rooms and offices in the Group E occupancy. Exceptions: 1. Where an addition is being added on an exist- ing Group E site, and where the addition is not of sufficient size to accommodate the required occupant capacity of the storm shelter for all of the buildings on-site, the storm shelter shall at a minimum accommodate the required capacity for the addition. 2. Where approved by the code official, the required occupant capacity of the shelter shall be permitted to be reduced by the occupant capacity of any existing storm shelters on the site. 303.2.2 Occupancy classification. The occupancy classi- fication for storm shelters shall be determined in accordance with Section 423.3 of the International Build- ing Code. SECTION 304 STRUCTURAL DESIGN LOADS AND EVALUATION AND DESIGN PROCEDURES [BS] 304.1 Live loads. Where an addition or alteration does not result in increased design live load, existing gravity load- carrying structural elements shall be permitted to be evalu- ated and designed for live loads approved prior to the addition or alteration. If the approved live load is less than that required by Section 1607 of the International Building Code, the area designated for the nonconforming live load shall be posted with placards of approved design indicating the approved live load. Where the addition or alteration results in increased design live load, the live load required by Section 1607 of the International Building Code shall be used. [BS] 304.2 Snow loads on adjacent buildings. Where an alteration or addition changes the potential snow drift effects on an adjacent building, the code official is autho- rized to enforce Section 7.12 of ASCE 7. [BS] 304.3 Seismic evaluation and design procedures. Where required, seismic evaluation or design shall be based on the procedures and criteria in this section, regardless of which compliance method is used. [BS] 304.3.1 Compliance with full seismic forces. Where compliance requires the use of full seismic forces, the criteria shall be in accordance with one of the following: 1. One-hundred percent of the values in the Interna- tional Building Code. Where the existing seismic force-resisting system is a type that can be desig- nated as “Ordinary,” values of R, Ω0 and Cd used for analysis in accordance with Chapter 16 of the International Building Code shall be those speci- fied for structural systems classified as “Ordinary” in accordance with Table 12.2-1 of ASCE 7, unless it can be demonstrated that the structural system will provide performance equivalent to that of a “Detailed,” “Intermediate” or “Special” system. 2. ASCE 41, using a Tier 3 procedure and the two- level performance objective in Table 304.3.1 for the applicable risk category. ** 3-2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 PROVISIONS FOR ALL COMPLIANCE METHODS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [BS] TABLE 304.3.1 PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES FOR USE IN ASCE 41 FOR COMPLIANCE WITH FULL SEISMIC FORCES [BS] 304.3.2 Compliance with reduced seismic forces. Where seismic evaluation and design is permitted to use reduced seismic forces, the criteria used shall be in accor- dance with one of the following: 1. The International Building Code using 75 percent of the prescribed forces. Values of R, Ω0 and Cdused for analysis shall be as specified in Section 304.3.1 of this code. 2. Structures or portions of structures that comply with the requirements of the applicable chapter in Appendix A as specified in Items 2.1 through 2.4 and subject to the limitations of the respective Appendix A chapters shall be deemed to comply with this section. 2.1. The seismic evaluation and design of unre- inforced masonry bearing wall buildings in Risk Category I or II are permitted to be based on the procedures specified in Appendix Chapter A1. 2.2. Seismic evaluation and design of the wall anchorage system in reinforced concrete and reinforced masonry wall buildings with flexible diaphragms in Risk Category I or II are permitted to be based on the procedures specified in Chapter A2. 2.3. Seismic evaluation and design of cripple walls and sill plate anchorage in residen- tial buildings of light-frame wood construction in Risk Category I or II are permitted to be based on the procedures specified in Chapter A3. 2.4. Seismic evaluation and design of soft, weak or open-front wall conditions in multiple-unit residential buildings of wood construction in Risk Category I or II are permitted to be based on the procedures specified in Chapter A4. 3. ASCE 41, using the performance objective in Table 304.3.2 for the applicable risk category. [BS] TABLE 304.3.2 PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES FOR USE IN ASCE 41 FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REDUCED SEISMIC FORCES a. For Risk Categories I, II and III, the Tier 1 and Tier 2 procedures need not be considered for the BSE-1E earthquake hazard level. b. For Risk Category III, the Tier 1 screening checklists shall be based on the Collapse Prevention, except that checklist statements using the Quick Check provisions shall be based on MS-factors that are the average of the values for Collapse Prevention and Life Safety. c. For Risk Category IV, the Tier 1 screening checklists shall be based on Collapse Prevention, except that checklist statements using the Quick Check provisions shall be based on MS-factors for Life Safety. SECTION 305 IN-SITU LOAD TESTS [BS] 305.1 General. Where used, in-situ load tests shall be conducted in accordance with Section 1708 of the Interna- tional Building Code. SECTION 306 ACCESSIBILITY FOR EXISTING BUILDINGS 306.1 Scope. The provisions of Sections 306.1 through 306.7.16 apply to maintenance and repair, change of occu- pancy, additions and alterations to existing buildings, including those identified as historic buildings. 306.2 Design. Buildings and facilities shall be designed and constructed to be accessible in accordance with this code and the alteration and existing building provisions in ICC A117.1, as applicable. 306.3 Maintenance and repair. A facility that is constructed or altered to be accessible shall be maintained accessible during occupancy. Required accessible means of egress shall be maintained during construction, demolition, remodeling or alterations and additions to any occupied building. Exception: Existing means of egress need not be main- tained where approved temporary means of egress and accessible means of egress systems and facilities are provided. 306.3.1 Prohibited reduction in accessibility. An alter- ation that decreases or has the effect of decreasing accessibility of a building, facility or element, thereof, below the requirements for new construction at the time of the alteration is prohibited. The number of accessible RISK CATEGORY (Based on IBC Table 1604.5) STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE LEVEL FOR USE WITH BSE-1N EARTHQUAKE HAZARD LEVEL STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE LEVEL FOR USE WITH BSE-2N EARTHQUAKE HAZARD LEVEL I Life Safety (S-3) Collapse Prevention (S-5) II Life Safety (S-3) Collapse Prevention (S-5) III Damage Control (S-2) Limited Safety (S-4) IV Immediate Occupancy (S-1) Life Safety (S-3) RISK CATEGORY (Based on IBC Table 1604.5) STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE LEVEL FOR USE WITH BSE-1E EARTHQUAKE HAZARD LEVEL STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE LEVEL FOR USE WITH BSE-2E EARTHQUAKE HAZARD LEVEL I Life Safety (S-3). See Note a Collapse Prevention (S-5) II Life Safety (S-3). See Note a Collapse Prevention (S-5) III Damage Control (S-2). See Note a Limited Safety (S-4). See Note b IV Immediate Occupancy (S-1) Life Safety (S-3). See Note c 3-3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 PROVISIONS FOR ALL COMPLIANCE METHODS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® elements need not exceed that required for new construc- tion at the time of alteration. 306.4 Extent of application. An alteration of an existing facility shall not impose a requirement for greater accessibil- ity than that which would be required for new construction. 306.5 Change of occupancy. Existing buildings that undergo a change of group or occupancy shall comply with Section 306.7. Exception: Type B dwelling or sleeping units required by Section 1108 of the International Building Code are not required to be provided in existing buildings and facilities undergoing a change of occupancy in conjunction with alterations where the work area is 50 percent or less of the aggregate area of the building. 306.6 Additions. Provisions for new construction shall apply to additions. An addition that affects the accessibility to, or contains an area of, a primary function shall comply with the requirements in Section 306.7.1. 306.7 Alterations. A facility that is altered shall comply with the applicable provisions in Chapter 11 of the Interna- tional Building Code, ICC A117.1 and the provisions of Sections 306.7.1 through 306.7.16, unless technically infea- sible. Where compliance with this section is technically infeasible, the alteration shall provide access to the maxi- mum extent technically feasible. 306.7.1 Alterations affecting an area containing a primary function. Where an alteration affects the acces- sibility to, or contains an area of primary function, the route to the primary function area shall be accessible. The accessible route to the primary function area shall include toilet facilities and drinking fountains serving the area of primary function. Exceptions: 1. The costs of providing the accessible route are not required to exceed 20 percent of the costs of the alterations affecting the area of primary function. 2. This provision does not apply to alterations limited solely to windows, hardware, operating controls, electrical outlets and signs. 3. This provision does not apply to alterations limited solely to mechanical systems, electrical systems, installation or alteration of fire protection systems and abatement of hazardous materials. 4.This provision does not apply to alterations undertaken for the primary purpose of increas- ing the accessibility of a facility. 5. This provision does not apply to altered areas limited to Type B dwelling and sleeping units. 306.7.2 Accessible means of egress. Accessible means of egress required by Chapter 10 of the International Build- ing Code are not required to be added in existing facilities. 306.7.3 Alteration of Type A units. The alteration to Type A individually owned dwelling units within a Group R-2 occupancy shall be permitted to meet the provision for a Type B dwelling unit. 306.7.4 Type B units. Type B dwelling or sleeping units required by Section 1108 of the International Building Code are not required to be provided in existing buildings and facilities undergoing alterations where the work area is 50 percent or less of the aggregate area of the building. 306.7.5 Entrances. Where an alteration includes alter- ations to an entrance that is not accessible, and the facility has an accessible entrance, the altered entrance is not required to be accessible unless required by Section 306.7.1. Signs complying with Section 1112 of the Inter- national Building Code shall be provided. 306.7.6 Accessible route. Exterior accessible routes, including curb ramps, shall be not less than 36 inches (914 mm) minimum in width. 306.7.7 Elevators. Altered elements of existing elevators shall comply with ASME A17.1. Such elements shall also be altered in elevators programmed to respond to the same hall call control as the altered elevator. 306.7.8 Platform lifts. Platform (wheelchair) lifts installed in accordance with ASME A18.1 shall be permitted as a component of an accessible route. 306.7.9 Stairways and escalators in existing buildings. Where an escalator or stairway is added where none existed previously and major structural modifications are necessary for installation, an accessible route complying with Section 1104.4 of the International Building Code is required between levels served by such escalator or stairway. 306.7.10 Determination of number of units. Where Chapter 11 of the International Building Code requires Accessible, Type A or Type B units and where such units are being altered or added, the number of Accessible, Type A and Type B units shall be determined in accor- dance with Sections 306.7.10.1 through 306.7.10.3. 306.7.10.1 Accessible dwelling or sleeping units. Where Group I-1, I-2, I-3, R-1, R-2 or R-4 dwelling or sleeping units are being altered or added, the require- ments of Section 1108 of the International Building Code for Accessible units apply only to the quantity of spaces being altered or added. 306.7.10.2 Type A dwelling or sleeping units. Where more than 20 Group R-2 dwelling or sleeping units are being altered or added, the requirements of Section 1108 of the International Building Code for Type A units apply only to the quantity of the spaces being altered or added. 306.7.10.3 Type B dwelling or sleeping units. Where four or more Group I-1, I-2, R-1, R-2, R-3 or R-4 dwelling or sleeping units are being added, the require- ments of Section 1108 of the International Building Code for Type B units apply only to the quantity of the spaces being added. Where Group I-1, I-2, R-1, R-2, R-3 or R-4 dwelling or sleeping units are being altered 3-4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 PROVISIONS FOR ALL COMPLIANCE METHODS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® and where the work area is greater than 50 percent of the aggregate area of the building, the requirements of Section 1108 of the International Building Code for Type B units apply only to the quantity of the spaces being altered. 306.7.11 Toilet rooms. Where it is technically infeasible to alter existing toilet rooms to be accessible, one accessi- ble single-user toilet room or one accessible family or assisted-use toilet room constructed in accordance with Section 1110.2.1 of the International Building Code is permitted. This toilet room shall be located on the same floor and in the same area as the existing toilet rooms. At the inaccessible toilet rooms, directional signs indicating the location of the nearest such toilet room shall be provided. These directional signs shall include the Inter- national Symbol of Accessibility, and sign characters shall meet the visual character requirements in accor- dance with ICC A117.1. 306.7.12 Bathing rooms. Where it is technically infeasi- ble to alter existing bathing rooms to be accessible, one accessible single-user bathing room or one accessible family or assisted-use bathing room constructed in accor- dance with Section 1110.2.1 of the International Building Code is permitted. This accessible bathing room shall be located on the same floor and in the same area as the existing bathing rooms. At the inaccessible bathing rooms, directional signs indicating the location of the nearest such bathing room shall be provided. These direc- tional signs shall include the International Symbol of Accessibility, and sign characters shall meet the visual character requirements in accordance with ICC A117.1. 306.7.13 Additional toilet and bathing facilities. In assembly and mercantile occupancies, where additional toilet fixtures are added, not fewer than one accessible family or assisted-use toilet room shall be provided where required by Section 1110.2.1 of the International Build- ing Code. In recreational facilities, where additional bathing rooms are being added, not fewer than one family or assisted-use bathing room shall be provided where required by Section 1110.2.1 of the International Build- ing Code. 306.7.14 Dressing, fitting and locker rooms. Where it is technically infeasible to provide accessible dressing, fitting or locker rooms at the same location as similar types of rooms, one accessible room on the same level shall be provided. Where separate-sex facilities are provided, accessible rooms for each sex shall be provided. Separate-sex facilities are not required where only unisex rooms are provided. 306.7.15 Amusement rides. Where the structural or operational characteristics of an amusement ride are altered to the extent that the amusement ride’s perfor- mance differs from that specified by the manufacturer or the original design, the amusement ride shall comply with requirements for new construction in Section 1111.4.8 of the International Building Code. 306.7.16 Historic structures. Where compliance with the requirements for accessible routes, entrances or toilet rooms would threaten or destroy the historic significance of the historic structure, as determined by the authority having jurisdiction, the alternative requirements of Sections 306.7.16.1 through 306.7.16.5 for that element shall be permitted. Exceptions: 1. Accessible means of egress required by Chap- ter 10 of the International Building Code are not required to be provided in historic structures. 2. The altered element or space is not required to be on an accessible route, unless required by Sections 306.7.16.1 or 306.7.16.2. 306.7.16.1 Site arrival points. Not fewer than one exterior accessible route, including curb ramps from a site arrival point to an accessible entrance, shall be provided and shall not be less than 36 inches (914 mm) minimum in width. 306.7.16.2 Multiple-level buildings and facilities. An accessible route from an accessible entrance to public spaces on the level of the accessible entrance shall be provided. 306.7.16.3 Entrances. Where an entrance cannot be made accessible in accordance with Section 306.7.5, an accessible entrance that is unlocked while the build- ing is occupied shall be provided; or, a locked accessible entrance with a notification system or remote monitoring shall be provided. Signs complying with Section 1112 of the Interna- tional Building Code shall be provided at the public entrances and the accessible entrance. 306.7.16.4 Toilet facilities. Where toilet rooms are provided, not fewer than one accessible single-user toilet room or one accessible family or assisted-use toilet room complying with Section 1110.2.1 of the International Building Code shall be provided. 306.7.16.5 Bathing facilities. Where bathing rooms are provided, not fewer than one accessible single-user bathing room or one accessible family or assisted-use bathing rooms complying with Section 1110.2.1 of the International Building Code shall be provided. 306.7.16.6 Type A units. The alteration to Type A individually owned dwelling units within a Group R-2 occupancy shall be permitted to meet the provision for a Type B dwelling unit. 306.7.16.7 Type B units. Type B dwelling or sleeping units required by Section 1108 of the International Building Code are not required to be provided in historic buildings. SECTION 307 SMOKE ALARMS 307.1 Smoke alarms. Where an alteration, addition, change of occupancy or relocation of a building is made to an exist- ing building or structure of a Group R and I-1 occupancy, the ** 3-5 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 PROVISIONS FOR ALL COMPLIANCE METHODS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® existing building shall be provided with smoke alarms in accordance with the International Fire Code or Section R314 of the International Residential Code. Exception: Work classified as Level 1 Alterations in accordance with Chapter 7. SECTION 308 CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTION 308.1 Carbon monoxide detection. Where an addition, alteration, change of occupancy or relocation of a building is made to Group I-1, I-2, I-4 and R occupancies and class- rooms of Group E occupancies, the existing building shall be provided with carbon monoxide detection in accordance with the International Fire Code or Section R315 of the International Residential Code. Exceptions: 1. Work involving the exterior surfaces of buildings, such as the replacement of roofing or siding, the addition or replacement of windows or doors, or the addition of porches or decks. 2. Installation, alteration or repairs of plumbing or mechanical systems, other than fuel-burning appliances. 3. Work classified as Level 1 Alterations in accor- dance with Chapter 7. SECTION 309 ADDITIONS AND REPLACEMENTS OF EXTERIOR WALL COVERINGS AND EXTERIOR WALL ENVELOPES 309.1 General. The provisions of Section 309 apply to all alterations, repairs, additions, relocations of structures and changes of occupancy regardless of compliance method. 309.2 Additions and replacements. Where an exterior wall covering or exterior wall envelope is added or replaced, the materials and methods used shall comply with the require- ments for new construction in Chapter 14 and Chapter 26 of the International Building Code if the added or replaced exterior wall covering or exterior wall envelope involves two or more contiguous stories and comprises more than 15 percent of the total wall area on any side of the building. ** 3-6 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® CHAPTER 4 REPAIRS User note: About this chapter: Chapter 4 provides requirements for repairs of existing buildings. The provisions define conditions under which repairs may be made using materials and methods like those of the original construction or the extent to which repairs must comply with require- ments for new buildings. SECTION 401 GENERAL 401.1 Scope. Repairs shall comply with the requirements of this chapter. Repairs to historic buildings need only comply with Chapter 12. 401.1.1 Bleachers, grandstands and folding and tele- scopic seating. Repairs to existing bleachers, grandstands and folding and telescopic seating shall comply with ICC 300. 401.2 Compliance. The work shall not make the building less complying than it was before the repair was undertaken. [BS] 401.3 Flood hazard areas. In flood hazard areas, repairs that constitute substantial improvement shall require that the building comply with Section 1612 of the Interna- tional Building Code, or Section R322 of the International Residential Code, as applicable. SECTION 402 BUILDING ELEMENTS AND MATERIALS 402.1 Glazing in hazardous locations. Replacement glaz- ing in hazardous locations shall comply with the safety glazing requirements of the International Building Code or International Residential Code as applicable. Exception: Glass block walls, louvered windows and jalousies repaired with like materials. SECTION 403 FIRE PROTECTION 403.1 General. Repairs shall be done in a manner that main- tains the level of fire protection provided. SECTION 404 MEANS OF EGRESS 404.1 General. Repairs shall be done in a manner that main- tains the level of protection provided for the means of egress. SECTION 405 STRUCTURAL [BS] 405.1 General. Structural repairs shall be in compli- ance with this section and Section 401.2. [BS] 405.2 Repairs to damaged buildings. Repairs to damaged buildings shall comply with this section. [BS] 405.2.1 Repairs for less than substantial struc- tural damage. Unless otherwise required by this section, for damage less than substantial structural damage, the damaged elements shall be permitted to be restored to their predamage condition. [BS] 405.2.1.1 Snow damage. Structural components whose damage was caused by or related to snow load effects shall be repaired, replaced or altered to satisfy the requirements of Section 1608 of the International Building Code. [BS] 405.2.2 Disproportionate earthquake damage. A building assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F that has sustained disproportionate earthquake damage shall be subject to the requirements for buildings with substantial structural damage to vertical elements of the lateral force-resisting system. [BS] 405.2.3 Substantial structural damage to vertical elements of the lateral force-resisting system. A build- ing that has sustained substantial structural damage to the vertical elements of its lateral force-resisting system shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 405.2.3.1, and either repaired in accordance with Section 405.2.3.2 or repaired and retrofitted in accordance with Section 405.2.3.3, depending on the results of the evaluation. Exceptions: 1. Buildings assigned to Seismic Design Category A, B or C whose substantial structural damage was not caused by earthquake need not be eval- uated or retrofitted for load combinations that include earthquake effects. 2. One- and two-family dwellings need not be evaluated or retrofitted for load combinations that include earthquake effects. [BS] 405.2.3.1 Evaluation. The building shall be eval- uated by a registered design professional, and the evaluation findings shall be submitted to the code offi- cial. The evaluation shall establish whether the damaged building, if repaired to its predamage state, would comply with the provisions of the International Building Code for load combinations that include wind or earthquake effects, except that the seismic forces shall be the reduced seismic forces. 4-1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 REPAIRS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [BS] 405.2.3.2 Extent of repair for compliant build- ings. If the evaluation establishes that the building in its predamage condition complies with the provisions of Section 405.2.3.1, then the damaged elements shall be permitted to be restored to their predamage condition. [BS] 405.2.3.3 Extent of repair for noncompliant buildings. If the evaluation does not establish that the building in its predamage condition complies with the provisions of Section 405.2.3.1, then the building shall be retrofitted to comply with the provisions of this section. The wind loads for the repair and retrofit shall be those required by the building code in effect at the time of original construction, unless the damage was caused by wind, in which case the wind loads shall be in accordance with the International Building Code. The seismic loads for this retrofit design shall be those required by the building code in effect at the time of original construction, but not less than the reduced seismic forces. [BS] 405.2.4 Substantial structural damage to gravity load-carrying components. Gravity load-carrying components that have sustained substantial structural damage shall be rehabilitated to comply with the applica- ble provisions for dead, live and snow loads in the International Building Code. Undamaged gravity load- carrying components that receive dead, live or snow loads from rehabilitated components shall also be rehabilitated if required to comply with the design loads of the rehabil- itation design. [BS] 405.2.4.1 Lateral force-resisting elements. Regardless of the level of damage to vertical elements of the lateral force-resisting system, if substantial structural damage to gravity load-carrying compo- nents was caused primarily by wind or seismic effects, then the building shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 405.2.3.1 and, if noncompliant, retrofitted in accordance with Section 405.2.3.3. Exceptions: 1. Buildings assigned to Seismic Design Category A, B or C whose substantial structural damage was not caused by earthquake need not be evaluated or retro- fitted for load combinations that include earthquake effects. 2. One- and two-family dwellings need not be evaluated or retrofitted for load combi- nations that include earthquake effects. [BS] 405.2.5 Substantial structural damage to snow load-carrying components. Where substantial structural damage to any snow load-carrying components is caused by or related to snow load effects, any components required to carry snow loads on roof framing of similar construction shall be repaired, replaced or retrofitted to satisfy the requirements of Section 1608 of the Interna- tional Building Code. [BS] 405.2.6 Flood hazard areas. In flood hazard areas, buildings that have sustained substantial damage shall be brought into compliance with Section 1612 of the Inter- national Building Code, or Section R322 of the International Residential Code, as applicable. SECTION 406 ELECTRICAL 406.1 Material. Existing electrical wiring and equipment undergoing repair shall be allowed to be repaired or replaced with like material. 406.1.1 Receptacles. Replacement of electrical recepta- cles shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 406.4(D) of NFPA 70. 406.1.2 Plug fuses. Plug fuses of the Edison-base type shall be used for replacements only where there is no evidence of over fusing or tampering per applicable requirements of Section 240.51(B) of NFPA 70. 406.1.3 Nongrounding-type receptacles. For replace- ment of nongrounding-type receptacles with grounding- type receptacles and for branch circuits that do not have an equipment grounding conductor in the branch circuitry, the grounding conductor of a grounding-type receptacle outlet shall be permitted to be grounded to any accessible point on the grounding electrode system or to any accessible point on the grounding electrode conduc- tor in accordance with Section 250.130(C) of NFPA 70. 406.1.4 Health care facilities. Portions of electrical systems being repaired in Group I-2, ambulatory care facilities and outpatient clinics shall comply with NFPA 99 requirements for repairs. 406.1.5 Grounding of appliances. Frames of electric ranges, wall-mounted ovens, counter-mounted cooking units, clothes dryers and outlet or junction boxes that are part of the existing branch circuit for these appliances shall be permitted to be grounded to the grounded circuit conductor in accordance with Section 250.140 of NFPA 70. SECTION 407 MECHANICAL 407.1 General. Existing mechanical systems undergoing repair shall not make the building less complying than it was before the damaged occurred. 407.2 Mechanical draft systems for manually fired appli- ances and fireplaces. A mechanical draft system shall be permitted to be used with manually fired appliances and fire- places where such a system complies with all of the following requirements: 1. The mechanical draft device shall be listed and installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 2. A device shall be installed that produces visible and audible warning upon failure of the mechanical draft device or loss of electrical power at any time that the 4-2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 REPAIRS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® mechanical draft device is turned on. This device shall be equipped with a battery backup if it receives power from the building wiring. 3. A smoke detector shall be installed in the room with the appliance or fireplace. This device shall be equipped with a battery backup if it receives power from the building wiring. SECTION 408 PLUMBING 408.1 Materials. Plumbing materials and supplies shall not be used for repairs that are prohibited in the International Plumbing Code. 408.2 Water closet replacement. The maximum water consumption flow rates and quantities for all replaced water closets shall be 1.6 gallons (6 L) per flushing cycle. Exception: Blowout-design water closets [3.5 gallons (13 L) per flushing cycle]. 408.3 Health care facilities. Portions of medical gas systems being repaired in Group I-2, ambulatory care facili- ties and outpatient clinics shall comply with NFPA 99 requirements for repairs. 4-3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®4-4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® CHAPTER 5 PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE METHOD User note: About this chapter: Chapter 5 provides details for the prescriptive compliance method—one of the three main options of compliance avail- able in this code for buildings and structures undergoing alteration, addition or change of occupancy. SECTION 501 GENERAL 501.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall control the alteration, addition and change of occupancy of existing buildings and structures, including historic buildings and structures as referenced in Section 301.3.1. 501.1.1 Compliance with other methods. Alterations, additions and changes of occupancy to existing buildings and structures shall comply with the provisions of this chapter or with one of the methods provided in Section 301.3. 501.2 Fire-resistance ratings. Where approved by the code official, in buildings where an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 of the International Building Code has been added, and the building is now sprinklered throughout, the required fire- resistance ratings of building elements and materials shall be permitted to meet the requirements of the current building code. The building is required to meet the other applicable requirements of the International Building Code. Plans, investigation and evaluation reports, and other data shall be submitted indicating which building elements and materials the applicant is requesting the code official to review and approve for determination of applying the current building code fire-resistance ratings. Any special construc- tion features, including fire-resistance-rated assemblies and smoke-resistive assemblies, conditions of occupancy, means of egress conditions, fire code deficiencies, approved modi- fications or approved alternative materials, design and methods of construction, and equipment applying to the building that impact required fire-resistance ratings shall be identified in the evaluation reports submitted. 501.3 Health care facilities. In Group I-2 facilities, ambula- tory care facilities and outpatient clinics, any altered or added portion of an existing electrical or medical gas systems shall be required to meet installation and equipment requirements in NFPA 99. SECTION 502 ADDITIONS 502.1 General. Additions to any building or structure shall comply with the requirements of the International Building Code for new construction. Alterations to the existing build- ing or structure shall be made to ensure that the existing building or structure together with the addition are not less complying with the provisions of the International Building Code than the existing building or structure was prior to the addition. An existing building together with its additions shall comply with the height and area provisions of Chapter 5 of the International Building Code. [BS] 502.2 Disproportionate earthquake damage. A building assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F that has sustained disproportionate earthquake damage shall be subject to the requirements for buildings with substantial structural damage to vertical elements of the lateral force- resisting system. [BS] 502.3 Flood hazard areas. For buildings and struc- tures in flood hazard areas established in Section 1612.3 of the International Building Code, or Section R322 of the International Residential Code, as applicable, any addition that constitutes substantial improvement of the existing structure shall comply with the flood design requirements for new construction, and all aspects of the existing structure shall be brought into compliance with the requirements for new construction for flood design. For buildings and structures in flood hazard areas estab- lished in Section 1612.3 of the International Building Code, or Section R322 of the International Residential Code, as applicable, any additions that do not constitute substantial improvement of the existing structure are not required to comply with the flood design requirements for new construction. [BS] 502.4 Existing structural elements carrying gravity load. Any existing gravity load-carrying structural element for which an addition and its related alterations cause an increase in design dead, live or snow load, including snow drift effects, of more than 5 percent shall be replaced or altered as needed to carry the gravity loads required by the International Building Code for new structures. Any existing gravity load-carrying structural element whose vertical load- carrying capacity is decreased as part of the addition and its related alterations shall be considered to be an altered element subject to the requirements of Section 503.3. Any existing element that will form part of the lateral load path for any part of the addition shall be considered to be an exist- ing lateral load-carrying structural element subject to the requirements of Section 502.5. Exception: Buildings of Group R occupancy with not more than five dwelling or sleeping units used solely for residential purposes where the existing building and the addition together comply with the conventional light- frame construction methods of the International Building 5-1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE METHOD 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® Code or the provisions of the International Residential Code. [BS] 502.5 Existing structural elements carrying lateral load. Where the addition is structurally independent of the existing structure, existing lateral load-carrying structural elements shall be permitted to remain unaltered. Where the addition is not structurally independent of the existing struc- ture, the existing structure and its addition acting together as a single structure shall be shown to meet the requirements of Sections 1609 and 1613 of the International Building Code using full seismic forces. Exceptions: 1. Any existing lateral load-carrying structural element whose demand-capacity ratio with the addition considered is not more than 10 percent greater than its demand-capacity ratio with the addition ignored shall be permitted to remain unaltered. For purposes of calculating demand- capacity ratios, the demand shall consider applica- ble load combinations with design lateral loads or forces in accordance with Sections 1609 and 1613 of the International Building Code. For purposes of this exception, comparisons of demand-capac- ity ratios and calculation of design lateral loads, forces and capacities shall account for the cumula- tive effects of additions and alterations since original construction. 2. Buildings of Group R occupancy with not more than five dwelling or sleeping units used solely for residential purposes where the existing building and the addition together comply with the conven- tional light-frame construction methods of the International Building Code or the provisions of the International Residential Code. 502.6 Enhanced classroom acoustics. In Group E occupan- cies, enhanced classroom acoustics shall be provided in all classrooms in the addition with a volume of 20,000 cubic feet (565 m3) or less. Enhanced classroom acoustics shall comply with the reverberation time in Section 808 of ICC A117.1. SECTION 503 ALTERATIONS 503.1 General. Alterations to any building or structure shall comply with the requirements of the International Building Code for new construction. Alterations shall be such that the existing building or structure is not less complying with the provisions of the International Building Code than the exist- ing building or structure was prior to the alteration. Exceptions: 1. An existing stairway shall not be required to comply with the requirements of Section 1011 of the International Building Code where the exist- ing space and construction does not allow a reduction in pitch or slope. 2. Handrails otherwise required to comply with Section 1011.11 of the International Building Code shall not be required to comply with the requirements of Section 1014.6 of the Interna- tional Building Code regarding full extension of the handrails where such extensions would be hazardous because of plan configuration. 3. Where provided in below-grade transportation stations, existing and new escalators shall be permitted to have a clear width of less than 32 inches (815 mm). [BS] 503.2 Flood hazard areas. For buildings and struc- tures in flood hazard areas established in Section 1612.3 of the International Building Code, or Section R322 of the International Residential Code, as applicable, any alteration that constitutes substantial improvement of the existing structure shall comply with the flood design requirements for new construction, and all aspects of the existing structure shall be brought into compliance with the requirements for new construction for flood design. For buildings and structures in flood hazard areas estab- lished in Section 1612.3 of the International Building Code, or Section R322 of the International Residential Code, as applicable, any alterations that do not constitute substantial improvement of the existing structure are not required to comply with the flood design requirements for new construction. [BS] 503.3 Existing structural elements carrying gravity load. Any existing gravity load-carrying structural element for which an alteration causes an increase in design dead, live or snow load, including snow drift effects, of more than 5 percent shall be replaced or altered as needed to carry the gravity loads required by the International Building Code for new structures. Any existing gravity load-carrying structural element whose gravity load-carrying capacity is decreased as part of the alteration shall be shown to have the capacity to resist the applicable design dead, live and snow loads includ- ing snow drift effects required by the International Building Code for new structures. Exceptions: 1. Buildings of Group R occupancy with not more than five dwelling or sleeping units used solely for residential purposes where the altered building complies with the conventional light-frame construction methods of the International Build- ing Code or the provisions of the International Residential Code. 2. Buildings in which the increased dead load is due entirely to the addition of a second layer of roof covering weighing 3 pounds per square foot (0.1437 kN/m2) or less over an existing single layer of roof covering. [BS] 503.4 Existing structural elements carrying lateral load. Except as permitted by Section 503.13, where the alteration increases design lateral loads, results in a prohib- ited structural irregularity as defined in ASCE 7, or decreases the capacity of any existing lateral load-carrying * * 5-2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE METHOD 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® structural element, the structure of the altered building or structure shall meet the requirements of Sections 1609 and 1613 of the International Building Code. Reduced seismic forces shall be permitted. Exceptions: 1. Any existing lateral load-carrying structural element whose demand-capacity ratio with the alteration considered is not more than 10 percent greater than its demand-capacity ratio with the alteration ignored shall be permitted to remain unaltered. For purposes of calculating demand- capacity ratios, the demand shall consider applica- ble load combinations with design lateral loads or forces in accordance with Sections 1609 and 1613 of the International Building Code. Reduced seis- mic forces shall be permitted. For purposes of this exception, comparisons of demand-capacity ratios and calculation of design lateral loads, forces and capacities shall account for the cumulative effects of additions and alterations since original construction. 2. Buildings in which the increase in the demand- capacity ratio is due entirely to the addition of rooftop-supported mechanical equipment individ- ually having an operating weight less than 400 pounds (181.4 kg) and where the total additional weight of all rooftop equipment placed after initial construction of the building is less than 10 percent of the roof dead load. For purposes of this excep- tion, “roof” shall mean the roof level above a particular story. [BS] 503.5 Seismic Design Category F. Where the work area exceeds 50 percent of the building area, and where the building is assigned to Seismic Design Category F, the struc- ture of the altered building shall meet the requirements of Sections 1609 and 1613 of the International Building Code. Reduced seismic forces shall be permitted. [BS] 503.6 Bracing for unreinforced masonry parapets on reroofing. Where the intended alteration requires a permit for reroofing and involves removal of roofing materi- als from more than 25 percent of the roof area of a building assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F that has para- pets constructed of unreinforced masonry, the work shall include installation of parapet bracing to resist out-of-plane seismic forces, unless an evaluation demonstrates compli- ance of such items. Reduced seismic forces shall be permitted. [BS] 503.7 Anchorage for concrete and reinforced masonry walls. Where the work area exceeds 50 percent of the building area, the building is assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F and the building’s structural system includes concrete or reinforced masonry walls with a flexible roof diaphragm, the alteration work shall include installation of wall anchors at the roof line, unless an evaluation demon- strates compliance of existing wall anchorage. Use of reduced seismic forces shall be permitted. [BS] 503.8 Anchorage for unreinforced masonry walls in major alterations. Where the work area exceeds 50 percent of the building area, the building is assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F and the building’s structural system includes unreinforced masonry bearing walls, the alteration work shall include installation of wall anchors at the floor and roof lines, unless an evaluation demonstrates compliance of existing wall anchorage. Reduced seismic forces shall be permitted. [BS] 503.9 Bracing for unreinforced masonry parapets in major alterations. Where the work area exceeds 50 percent of the building area, and where the building is assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, parapets constructed of unreinforced masonry shall have bracing installed as needed to resist out-of-plane seismic forces, unless an evalu- ation demonstrates compliance of such items. Reduced seismic forces shall be permitted. [BS] 503.10 Anchorage of unreinforced masonry parti- tions in major alterations. Where the work area exceeds 50 percent of the building area, and where the building is assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, unrein- forced masonry partitions and nonstructural walls within the work area and adjacent to egress paths from the work area shall be anchored, removed or altered to resist out-of-plane seismic forces, unless an evaluation demonstrates compli- ance of such items. Use of reduced seismic forces shall be permitted. [BS] 503.11 Substantial structural alteration. Where the work area exceeds 50 percent of the building area and where work involves a substantial structural alteration, the lateral load-resisting system of the altered building shall satisfy the requirements of Sections 1609 and 1613 of the International Building Code. Reduced seismic forces shall be permitted. Exceptions: 1. Buildings of Group R occupancy with not more than five dwelling or sleeping units used solely for residential purposes that are altered based on the conventional light-frame construction methods of the International Building Code or in compliance with the provisions of the International Residen- tial Code. 2. Where the intended alteration involves only the lowest story of a building, only the lateral load- resisting components in and below that story need comply with this section. [BS] 503.12 Roof diaphragms resisting wind loads in high-wind regions. Where the intended alteration requires a permit for reroofing and involves removal of roofing materi- als from more than 50 percent of the roof diaphragm of a building or section of a building located where the ultimate design wind speed is greater than 130 mph (58 m/s) in accor- dance with Figure 1609.3(1) of the International Building Code, roof diaphragms, connections of the roof diaphragm to roof framing members, and roof-to-wall connections shall be evaluated for the wind loads specified in Section 1609 of the International Building Code, including wind uplift. If the diaphragms and connections in their current condition are not capable of resisting 75 percent of those wind loads, they shall be replaced or strengthened in accordance with the 5-3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE METHOD 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® loads specified in Section 1609 of the International Building Code. Exception: Buildings that have been demonstrated to comply with the wind load provisions in ASCE 7-88 or later editions. [BS] 503.13 Voluntary lateral force-resisting system alterations. Structural alterations that are intended exclu- sively to improve the lateral force-resisting system and are not required by other sections of this code shall not be required to meet the requirements of Section 1609 or 1613 of the International Building Code, provided that all of the following apply: 1. The capacity of existing structural systems to resist forces is not reduced. 2. New structural elements are detailed and connected to existing or new structural elements as required by the International Building Code for new construction. 3. New or relocated nonstructural elements are detailed and connected to existing or new structural elements as required by the International Building Code for new construction. 4. The alterations do not create a structural irregularity as defined in ASCE 7 or make an existing structural irregularity more severe. 503.14 Smoke compartments. In Group I-2 occupancies where the alteration is on a story used for sleeping rooms for more than 30 care recipients, the story shall be divided into not less than two compartments by smoke barrier walls in accordance with Section 407.5 of the International Building Code as required for new construction. 503.15 Refuge areas. Where alterations affect the configu- ration of an area utilized as a refuge area, the capacity of the refuge area shall not be reduced below the required capacity of the refuge area for horizontal exits in accordance with Section 1026.4 of the International Building Code. Where the horizontal exit also forms a smoke compart- ment, the capacity of the refuge area for Group I-1, I-2 and I-3 occupancies and Group B ambulatory care facilities shall not be reduced below that required in Sections 407.5.3, 408.6.2, 420.6.1 and 422.3.2 of the International Building Code, as applicable. 503.16 Enhanced classroom acoustics. In Group E occu- pancies, where the work area exceeds 50 percent of the building area, enhanced classroom acoustics shall be provided in all classrooms with a volume of 20,000 cubic feet (565 m3) or less. Enhanced classroom acoustics shall comply with the reverberation time in Section 808 of ICC A117.1. 503.17 Locking arrangements in educational occupan- cies. In Group E occupancies, Group B educational occupancies and Group I-4 occupancies, egress doors with locking arrangements designed to keep intruders from enter- ing the room shall comply with Section 1010.2.8 of the International Building Code. 503.18 Two-way communications systems. Where the work area for alterations exceeds 50 percent of the building area and the building has elevator service, a two-way communication systems shall be provided where required by Section 1009.8 of the International Building Code. SECTION 504 FIRE ESCAPES [BE] 504.1 Where permitted. Fire escapes shall be permit- ted only as provided for in Sections 504.1.1 through 504.1.4. [BE] 504.1.1 New buildings. Fire escapes shall not constitute any part of the required means of egress in new buildings. [BE] 504.1.2 Existing fire escapes. Existing fire escapes shall continue to be accepted as a component in the means of egress in existing buildings only. [BE] 504.1.3 New fire escapes. New fire escapes for existing buildings shall be permitted only where exterior stairways cannot be utilized because of lot lines limiting stairway size or because of sidewalks, alleys or roads at grade level. New fire escapes shall not incorporate ladders or access by windows. [BE] 504.1.4 Limitations. Fire escapes shall comply with this section and shall not constitute more than 50 percent of the required number of exits nor more than 50 percent of the required exit capacity. [BE] 504.2 Location. Where located on the front of the building and where projecting beyond the building line, the lowest landing shall be not less than 7 feet (2134 mm) or more than 12 feet (3658 mm) above grade, and shall be equipped with a counterbalanced stairway to the street. In alleyways and thoroughfares less than 30 feet (9144 mm) wide, the clearance under the lowest landing shall be not less than 12 feet (3658 mm). [BE] 504.3 Construction. The fire escape shall be designed to support a live load of 100 pounds per square foot (4788 Pa) and shall be constructed of steel or other approved noncombustible materials. Fire escapes constructed of wood not less than nominal 2 inches (51 mm) thick are permitted on buildings of Type V construction. Walkways and railings located over or supported by combustible roofs in buildings of Type III and IV construction are permitted to be of wood not less than nominal 2 inches (51 mm) thick. [BE] 504.4 Dimensions. Stairways shall be not less than 22 inches (559 mm) wide with risers not more than, and treads not less than, 8 inches (203 mm) and landings at the foot of stairways not less than 40 inches (1016 mm) wide by 36 inches (914 mm) long, located not more than 8 inches (203 mm) below the door. [BE] 504.5 Opening protectives. Doors and windows within 10 feet (3048 mm) of fire escape stairways shall be protected with 3/4-hour opening protectives. Exception: Opening protection shall not be required in buildings equipped throughout with an approved auto- matic sprinkler system. * * 5-4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE METHOD 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® SECTION 505 WINDOWS AND EMERGENCY ESCAPE OPENINGS 505.1 Replacement windows. The installation or replace- ment of windows shall be as required for new installations. 505.2 Window opening control devices on replacement windows. In Group R-2 or R-3 buildings containing dwell- ing units, and one- and two-family dwellings and townhouses regulated by the International Residential Code, window opening control devices or fall prevention devices complying with ASTM F2090 shall be installed where an existing window is replaced and where all of the following apply to the replacement window: 1. The window is operable. 2. One of the following applies: 2.1. The window replacement includes replacement of the sash and frame. 2.2. The window replacement includes the sash only where the existing frame remains. 3. One of the following applies: 3.1. In Group R-2 or R-3 buildings containing dwelling units, the bottom of the clear opening of the window opening is at a height less than 36 inches (915 mm) above the finished floor. 3.2. In one- and two-family dwellings and town- houses regulated by the International Residential Code, the bottom of the clear open- ing of the window opening is at a height less than 24 inches (610 mm) above the finished floor. 4. The window will permit openings that will allow passage of a 4-inch-diameter (102 mm) sphere when the window is in its largest opened position. 5. The vertical distance from the bottom of the clear opening of the window opening to the finished grade or other surface below, on the exterior of the build- ing, is greater than 72 inches (1829 mm). Exception: Operable windows where the bottom of the clear opening of the window opening is located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the finished grade or other surface below, on the exterior of the room, space or build- ing, and that are provided with window fall prevention devices that comply with ASTM F2006. 505.3 Replacement window emergency escape and rescue openings. Where windows are required to provide emer- gency escape and rescue openings in Group R-2 and R-3 occupancies and one- and two-family dwellings and town- houses regulated by the International Residential Code, replacement windows shall be exempt from the requirements of Section 1031.3 of the International Building Code and Section R310.2 of the International Residential Code, provided that the replacement window meets the following conditions: 1. The replacement window is the manufacturer’s larg- est standard size window that will fit within the existing frame or existing rough opening. The replacement window shall be permitted to be of the same operating style as the existing window or a style that provides for an equal or greater window opening area than the existing window. 2. Where the replacement of the window is part of a change of occupancy, it shall comply with Section 1011.5.6. 505.3.1 Control devices. Window opening control devices or fall prevention devices complying with ASTM F2090 shall be permitted for use on windows required to provide emergency escape and rescue openings. After operation to release the control device allowing the window to fully open, the control device shall not reduce the net clear opening area of the window unit. Emergency escape and rescue openings shall be operational from the inside of the room without the use of keys or tools. 505.4 Bars, grilles, covers or screens. Bars, grilles, covers, screens or similar devices are permitted to be placed over emergency escape and rescue openings, bulkhead enclosure or window wells that serve such openings, provided all of the following conditions are met: 1. The minimum net clear opening size complies with the code that was in effect at the time of construction. 2. Such devices shall be releasable or removable from the inside without the use of a key, tool or force greater than that which is required for normal opera- tion of the escape and rescue opening. 3. Where such devices are installed, they shall not reduce the net clear opening of the emergency escape and rescue openings. 4. Smoke alarms shall be installed in accordance with Section 907.2.10 of the International Building Code. SECTION 506 CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY 506.1 Compliance. A change of occupancy shall not be made in any building unless that building is made to comply with the requirements of the International Building Code for the use or occupancy. Changes of occupancy in a building or portion thereof shall be such that the existing building is not less complying with the provisions of this code than the existing building or structure was prior to the change. Subject to the approval of the code official, changes of occu- pancy shall be permitted without complying with all of the requirements of this code for the new occupancy, provided that the new occupancy is less hazardous, based on life and fire risk, than the existing occupancy. Exception: The building need not be made to comply with Chapter 16 of the International Building Code unless required by Section 506.5. 506.1.1 Change in the character of use. A change of occupancy with no change of occupancy classification shall not be made to any structure that will subject the structure to any special provisions of the applicable Inter- national Codes, without approval of the code official. Compliance shall be only as necessary to meet the 5-5 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE METHOD 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® specific provisions and is not intended to require the entire building be brought into compliance. 506.2 Certificate of occupancy. A certificate of occupancy shall be issued where it has been determined that the require- ments for the new occupancy classification have been met. 506.3 Stairways. An existing stairway shall not be required to comply with the requirements of Section 1011 of the International Building Code where the existing space and construction does not allow a reduction in pitch or slope. 506.4 Existing emergency escape and rescue openings. Where a change of occupancy would require an emergency escape and rescue opening in accordance with Section 1031.1 of the International Building Code, operable windows serving as the emergency escape and rescue open- ing shall comply with the following 1. An existing operable window shall provide a minimum net clear opening of 4 square feet (0.38 m2) with a minimum net clear opening height of 22 inches (559 mm) and a minimum net clear opening width of 20 inches (508 mm). 2. A replacement window where such window complies with both of the following: 2.1. The replacement window meets the size requirements in Item 1. 2.2. The replacement window is the manufac- turer’s largest standard size window that will fit within the existing frame or exist- ing rough opening. The replacement window shall be permitted to be of the same operating style as the existing window or a style that provides for an equal or greater window opening area than the existing window. 506.5 Structural. Any building undergoing a change of occupancy shall satisfy the requirements of this section. 506.5.1 Live loads. Structural elements carrying tributary live loads from an area with a change of occupancy shall satisfy the requirements of Section 1607 of the Interna- tional Building Code. Design live loads for areas of new occupancy shall be based on Section 1607 of the Interna- tional Building Code. Design live loads for other areas shall be permitted to use previously approved design live loads. Exception: Structural elements whose demand-capac- ity ratio considering the change of occupancy is not more than 5 percent greater than the demand-capacity ratio based on previously approved live loads need not comply with this section. 506.5.2 Snow and wind loads. Where a change of occu- pancy results in a structure being assigned to a higher risk category, the structure shall satisfy the requirements of Sections 1608 and 1609 of the International Building Code for the new risk category. Exception: Where the area of the new occupancy is less than 10 percent of the building area, compliance with this section is not required. The cumulative effect of occupancy changes over time shall be considered. 506.5.3 Seismic loads (seismic force-resisting system). Where a change of occupancy results in a building being assigned to a higher risk category, or where the change is from a Group S or Group U occupancy to any occupancy other than Group S or Group U, the building shall satisfy the requirements of Section 1613 of the International Building Code for the new risk category using full seis- mic forces. Exceptions: 1. Where the area of the new occupancy is less than 10 percent of the building area, the occu- pancy is not changing from a Group S or Group U occupancy, and the new occupancy is not assigned to Risk Category IV, compliance with this section is not required. The cumula- tive effect of occupancy changes over time shall be considered. 2. Where a change of use results in a building being reclassified from Risk Category I or II to Risk Category III and the seismic coefficient, SDS, is less than 0.33, compliance with this section is not required. 3. Unreinforced masonry bearing wall buildings assigned to Risk Category III and to Seismic Design Category A or B, shall be permitted to use Appendix Chapter A1 of this code. 4. Where the change is from a Group S or Group U occupancy and there is no change of risk category, use of reduced seismic forces shall be permitted. 506.5.4 Access to Risk Category IV. Any structure that provides operational access to an adjacent structure assigned to Risk Category IV as the result of a change of occupancy shall itself satisfy the requirements of Sections 1608, 1609 and 1613 of the International Building Code. For compliance with Section 1613, International Building Code-level seismic forces shall be used. Where opera- tional access to the Risk Category IV structure is less than 10 feet (3048 mm) from either an interior lot line or from another structure, access protection from potential falling debris shall be provided. 506.6 Enhanced classroom acoustics. In Group E occupan- cies, where the work area exceeds 50 percent of the building area, enhanced classroom acoustics shall be provided in all classrooms with a volume of 20,000 cubic feet (565 m3) or less. Enhanced classroom acoustics shall comply with the reverberation time in Section 808 of ICC A117.1. SECTION 507 HISTORIC BUILDINGS 507.1 Historic buildings. The provisions of this code that require improvements relative to a building’s existing condi- tion or, in the case of repairs, that require improvements relative to a building’s predamage condition, shall not be 5-6 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE METHOD 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® mandatory for historic buildings unless specifically required by this section. 507.2 Life safety hazards. The provisions of this code shall apply to historic buildings judged by the code official to constitute a distinct life safety hazard. [BS] 507.3 Flood hazard areas. Within flood hazard areas established in accordance with Section 1612.3 of the Inter- national Building Code, or Section R322 of the International Residential Code, as applicable, where the work proposed constitutes substantial improvement, the building shall be brought into compliance with Section 1612 of the Interna- tional Building Code, or Section R322 of the International Residential Code, as applicable. Exception: Historic buildings meeting any of the follow- ing criteria need not be brought into compliance: 1. Listed or preliminarily determined to be eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places. 2. Determined by the Secretary of the US Depart- ment of Interior as contributing to the historical significance of a registered historic district or a district preliminarily determined to qualify as an historic district. 3. Designated as historic under a state or local historic preservation program that is approved by the Department of Interior. [BS] 507.4 Structural. Historic buildings shall comply with the applicable structural provisions in this chapter. Exceptions: 1. The code official shall be authorized to accept existing floors and existing live loads and to approve operational controls that limit the live load on any floor. 2.Repair of substantial structural damage is not required to comply with Sections 405.2.3, and 405.2.4. Substantial structural damage shall be repaired in accordance with Section 405.2.1. 5-7 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®5-8 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® CHAPTER 6 CLASSIFICATION OF WORK User note: About this chapter: Chapter 6 provides an overview of the Work Area Method available as an option for rehabilitation of a building. The chapter defines the different classifications of alterations and provides general requirements for alterations, change of occupancy, additions and historic buildings. Detailed requirements for all of these are given in Chapters 7 through 12. SECTION 601 GENERAL 601.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall be used in conjunction with Chapters 7 through 12 and shall apply to the alteration, addition and change of occupancy of existing structures, including historic and moved structures, as refer- enced in Section 301.3.2. The work performed on an existing building shall be classified in accordance with this chapter. 601.1.1 Compliance with other alternatives. Alter- ations, additions and changes of occupancy to existing structures shall comply with the provisions of Chapters 7 through 12 or with one of the alternatives provided in Section 301.3. 601.2 Work area. The work area, as defined in Chapter 2, shall be identified on the construction documents. SECTION 602 ALTERATION—LEVEL 1 602.1 Scope. Level 1 alterations include the removal and replacement or the covering of existing materials, elements, equipment or fixtures using new materials, elements, equip- ment or fixtures that serve the same purpose. 602.2 Application. Level 1 alterations shall comply with the provisions of Chapter 7. SECTION 603 ALTERATION—LEVEL 2 603.1 Scope. Level 2 alterations include the addition or elimination of any door or window, the reconfiguration or extension of any system, or the installation of any additional equipment, and shall apply where the work area is equal to or less than 50 percent of the building area. Exception: The movement or addition of nonfixed and movable fixtures, cases, racks, counters and partitions not over 5 feet 9 inches (1753 mm) in height shall not be considered a Level 2 alteration. 603.2 Application. Level 2 alterations shall comply with the provisions of Chapter 7 for Level 1 alterations as well as the provisions of Chapter 8. SECTION 604 ALTERATION—LEVEL 3 604.1 Scope. Level 3 alterations apply where the work area exceeds 50 percent of the building area. 604.2 Application. Level 3 alterations shall comply with the provisions of Chapters 7 and 8 for Level 1 and 2 alterations, respectively, as well as the provisions of Chapter 9. SECTION 605 CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY 605.1 Scope. Change of occupancy provisions apply where the activity is classified as a change of occupancy as defined in Chapter 2. 605.2 Application. Changes of occupancy shall comply with the provisions of Chapter 10. SECTION 606 ADDITIONS 606.1 Scope. Provisions for additions shall apply where work is classified as an addition as defined in Chapter 2. 606.2 Application. Additions to existing buildings shall comply with the provisions of Chapter 11. SECTION 607 HISTORIC BUILDINGS 607.1 Scope. Historic building provisions shall apply to buildings classified as historic as defined in Chapter 2. 607.2 Application. Except as specifically provided for in Chapter 12, historic buildings shall comply with applicable provisions of this code for the type of work being performed. 6-1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®6-2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® CHAPTER 7 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 1 User note: About this chapter: Chapter 7 provides the technical requirements for those existing buildings that undergo Level 1 alterations as described in Section 603, which includes replacement or covering of existing materials, elements, equipment or fixtures using new materi- als for the same purpose. This chapter, similar to other chapters of this code, covers all building-related subjects, such as structural, mechanical, plumbing, electrical and accessibility as well as the fire and life safety issues when the alterations are classified as Level 1. The purpose of this chapter is to provide detailed requirements and provisions to identify the required improvements in the existing building elements, building spaces and building structural system. This chapter is distinguished from Chapters 8 and 9 by involving only replace- ment of building components with new components. In contrast, Level 2 alterations involve more space reconfiguration, and Level 3 alterations involve more extensive space reconfiguration, exceeding 50 percent of the building area. SECTION 701 GENERAL 701.1 Scope. Level 1 alterations as described in Section 602 shall comply with the requirements of this chapter. Level 1 alterations to historic buildings shall comply with this chap- ter, except as modified in Chapter 12. 701.2 Conformance. An existing building or portion thereof shall not be altered such that the building becomes less safe than its existing condition. Exception: Where the current level of safety or sanitation is proposed to be reduced, the portion altered shall conform to the requirements of the International Building Code. [BS] 701.3 Flood hazard areas. In flood hazard areas, alterations that constitute substantial improvement shall require that the building comply with Section 1612 of the International Building Code, or Section R322 of the Interna- tional Residential Code, as applicable. SECTION 702 BUILDING ELEMENTS AND MATERIALS 702.1 Interior finishes. Newly installed interior wall and ceiling finishes shall comply with Chapter 8 of the Interna- tional Building Code. 702.2 Interior floor finish. New interior floor finish, includ- ing new carpeting used as an interior floor finish material, shall comply with Section 804 of the International Building Code. 702.3 Interior trim. Newly installed interior trim materials shall comply with Section 806 of the International Building Code. 702.4 Window opening control devices on replacement windows. In Group R-2 or R-3 buildings containing dwell- ing units and one- and two-family dwellings and townhouses regulated by the International Residential Code, window opening control devices complying with ASTM F2090 shall be installed where an existing window is replaced and where all of the following apply to the replacement window: 1. The window is operable. 2. One of the following applies: 2.1. The window replacement includes replacement of the sash and frame. 2.2. The window replacement includes the sash only where the existing frame remains. 3. One of the following applies: 3.1. In Group R-2 or R-3 buildings containing dwelling units, the bottom of the clear opening of the window opening is at a height less than 36 inches (915 mm) above the finished floor. 3.2. In one- and two-family dwellings and town- houses regulated by the International Residential Code, the bottom of the clear open- ing of the window opening is at a height less than 24 inches (610 mm) above the finished floor. 4. The window will permit openings that will allow passage of a 4-inch-diameter (102 mm) sphere when the window is in its largest opened position. 5. The vertical distance from the bottom of the clear opening of the window opening to the finished grade or other surface below, on the exterior of the build- ing, is greater than 72 inches (1829 mm). Exception: Operable windows where the bottom of the clear opening of the window opening is located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the finished grade or other surface below, on the exterior of the room, space or building, and that are provided with window fall preven- tion devices that comply with ASTM F2006. 702.5 Replacement window for emergency escape and rescue openings. Where windows are required to provide emergency escape and rescue openings in Group R-2 and R- 3 occupancies and one- and two-family dwellings and town- houses regulated by the International Residential Code, replacement windows shall be exempt from the requirements 7-1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 1 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® of Section 1031.3 of the International Building Code and Section R310.2 of the International Residential Code, provided that the replacement window meets the following conditions: 1. The replacement window is the manufacturer’s larg- est standard size window that will fit within the existing frame or existing rough opening. 2. Where the replacement window is part of a change of occupancy it shall comply with Section 1011.5.6. 702.5.1 Control devices. Window opening control devices or fall prevention devices complying with ASTM F2090 shall be permitted for use on windows required to provide emergency escape and rescue openings. After operation to release the control device allowing the window to fully open, the control device shall not reduce the net clear opening area of the window unit. Emergency escape and rescue openings shall be operational from the inside of the room without the use of keys or tools. 702.6 Bars, grilles, covers or screens. Bars, grilles, covers, screens or similar devices are permitted to be placed over emergency escape and rescue openings, bulkhead enclosure or window wells that serve such openings, provided all of the following conditions are met: 1. The minimum net clear opening size complies with the code that was in effect at the time of construction. 2. Such devices shall be releasable or removable from the inside without the use of a key, tool or force greater than that which is required for normal opera- tion of the escape and rescue opening. 3. Where such devices are installed, they shall not reduce the net clear opening of the emergency escape and rescue openings. 4. Smoke alarms shall be installed in accordance with Section 907.2.11 of the International Building Code. 702.7 Materials and methods. New work shall comply with the materials and methods requirements in the International Building Code, International Energy Conservation Code, International Mechanical Code and International Plumbing Code, as applicable, that specify material standards, detail of installation and connection, joints, penetrations and continu- ity of any element, component or system in the building. [FG] 702.7.1 International Fuel Gas Code. The follow- ing sections of the International Fuel Gas Code shall constitute the fuel gas materials and methods require- ments for Level 1 alterations. 1. Chapter 3, entitled “General Regulations,” except Sections 303.7 and 306. 2. Chapter 4, entitled “Gas Piping Installations,” except Sections 401.8 and 402.3. 2.1. Sections 401.8 and 402.3 shall apply where the work being performed increases the load on the system such that the exist- ing pipe does not meet the size required by code. Existing systems that are modified shall not require resizing as long as the load on the system is not increased and the system length is not increased even if the altered system does not meet code minimums. 3. Chapter 5, entitled “Chimneys and Vents.” 4. Chapter 6, entitled “Specific Appliances.” SECTION 703 FIRE PROTECTION 703.1 General. Alterations shall be done in a manner that maintains the level of fire protection provided. SECTION 704 MEANS OF EGRESS 704.1 General. Alterations shall be done in a manner that maintains the level of protection provided for the means of egress. 704.1.1 Projections in nursing home corridors. In Group I-2, Condition 1 occupancies, where the corridor is at least 96 inches (2438 mm) wide, projections into the corridor width are permitted in accordance with Section 407.4.3 of the International Building Code. 704.2 Casework. Addition, alteration or reconfiguration of nonfixed and movable cases, counters and partitions not over 5 feet 9 inches (1753 mm) in height shall maintain the required means of egress path. 704.3 Locking arrangements in educational occupancies. In Group E occupancies, Group B educational occupancies and Group I-4 occupancies, egress doors with locking arrangements designed to keep intruders from entering the room shall comply with Section 1010.2.8 of the Interna- tional Building Code. SECTION 705 REROOFING [BS] 705.1 General. Materials and methods of application used for recovering or replacing an existing roof covering shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 15 of the International Building Code. Exceptions: 1.Roof replacement or roof recover of existing low- slope roof coverings shall not be required to meet the minimum design slope requirement of 1/4 unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (2-percent slope) in Section 1507 of the International Building Code for roofs that provide positive roof drainage. 2. Recovering or replacing an existing roof covering shall not be required to meet the requirement for secondary (emergency overflow) drains or scup- pers in Section 1502 of the International Building Code for roofs that provide for positive roof drain- age. For the purposes of this exception, existing secondary drainage or scupper systems required in accordance with this code shall not be removed unless they are replaced by secondary drains or 7-2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 1 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® scuppers designed and installed in accordance with Section 1502 of the International Building Code. [BS] 705.2 Roof replacement. Roof replacement shall include the removal of all existing layers of roof coverings down to the roof deck. Exception: Where the existing roof assembly includes an ice barrier membrane that is adhered to the roof deck, the existing ice barrier membrane shall be permitted to remain in place and covered with an additional layer of ice barrier membrane in accordance with Section 1507 of the International Building Code. [BS] 705.2.1 Roof recover. The installation of a new roof covering over an existing roof covering shall be permitted where any of the following conditions occur: 1. The new roof covering is installed in accordance with the roof covering manufacturer’s approved instructions. 2. Complete and separate roofing systems, such as standing-seam metal roof panel systems, that are designed to transmit the roof loads directly to the building’s structural system and that do not rely on existing roofs and roof coverings for support, are installed. 3. Metal panel, metal shingle and concrete and clay tile roof coverings are installed over existing wood shake roofs in accordance with Section 705.3. 4. A new protective roof coating is applied over an existing protective roof coating, a metal roof panel, metal roof shingles, mineral-surfaced roll roofing, a built-up roof, modified bitumen roof- ing, thermoset and thermoplastic single-ply roofing or a spray polyurethane foam roofing system. [BS] 705.2.1.1 Exceptions. A roof recover shall not be permitted where any of the following conditions occur: 1. The existing roof or roof covering is water soaked or has deteriorated to the point that the existing roof or roof covering is not adequate as a base for additional roofing. 2. The existing roof covering is slate, clay, cement or asbestos-cement tile. 3. The existing roof has two or more applications of any type of roof covering. [BS] 705.3 Roof recovering. Where the application of a new roof covering over wood shingle or shake roofs creates a combustible concealed space, the entire existing surface shall be covered with gypsum board, mineral fiber, glass fiber or other approved materials securely fastened in place. [BS] 705.4 Reinstallation of materials. Existing slate, clay or cement tile shall be permitted for reinstallation, except that damaged, cracked or broken slate or tile shall not be reinstalled. Existing vent flashing, metal edgings, drain outlets, collars and metal counterflashings shall not be rein- stalled where rusted, damaged or deteriorated. Existing ballast that is damaged, cracked or broken shall not be rein- stalled. Existing aggregate surfacing materials from built-up roofs shall not be reinstalled. [BS] 705.5 Flashings. Flashings shall be reconstructed in accordance with approved manufacturer’s installation instructions. Metal flashing to which bituminous materials are to be adhered shall be primed prior to installation. SECTION 706 STRUCTURAL [BS] 706.1 General. Where alteration work includes replacement of equipment that is supported by the building or where a reroofing permit is required, the provisions of this section shall apply. [BS] 706.2 Addition or replacement of roofing or replace- ment of equipment. Any existing gravity load-carrying structural element for which an alteration causes an increase in design dead, live or snow load, including snow drift effects, of more than 5 percent shall be replaced or altered as needed to carry the gravity loads required by the Interna- tional Building Code for new structures. Exceptions: 1. Buildings of Group R occupancy with not more than five dwelling or sleeping units used solely for residential purposes where the altered building complies with the conventional light-frame construction methods of the International Build- ing Code or the provisions of the International Residential Code. 2. Buildings in which the increased dead load is due entirely to the addition of a second layer of roof covering weighing 3 pounds per square foot (0.1437 kN/m2) or less over an existing single layer of roof covering. [BS] 706.3 Additional requirements for reroof permits. The requirements of this section shall apply to alteration work requiring reroof permits. [BS] 706.3.1 Bracing for unreinforced masonry bear- ing wall parapets. Where a permit is issued for reroofing for more than 25 percent of the roof area of a building assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F that has parapets constructed of unreinforced masonry, the work shall include installation of parapet bracing unless an evaluation demonstrates compliance of such items. Reduced seismic forces shall be permitted. [BS] 706.3.2 Roof diaphragms resisting wind loads in high-wind regions. Where roofing materials are removed from more than 50 percent of the roof diaphragm or section of a building located where the ultimate design wind speed, Vult, determined in accordance with Figure 1609.3(1) of the International Building Code, is greater than 130 mph (58 m/s), roof diaphragms, connections of the roof diaphragm to roof framing members, and roof-to- wall connections shall be evaluated for the wind loads specified in the International Building Code, including wind uplift. If the diaphragms and connections in their * 7-3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 1 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® current condition are not capable of resisting 75 percent of those wind loads, they shall be replaced or strength- ened in accordance with the loads specified in the International Building Code. Exception: Buildings that have been demonstrated to comply with the wind load provisions in ASCE 7-88 or later editions. SECTION 707 ELECTRICAL 707.1 Health care facilities. In Group I-2 facilities, ambula- tory care facilities and outpatient clinics, any altered portion of an existing electrical systems shall be required to meet installation and equipment requirements in NFPA 99. SECTION 708 ENERGY CONSERVATION 708.1 Minimum requirements. Level 1 alterations to exist- ing buildings or structures do not require the entire building or structure to comply with the energy requirements of the International Energy Conservation Code or International Residential Code. The alterations shall conform to the energy requirements of the International Energy Conserva- tion Code or International Residential Code as they relate to new construction only. 7-4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® CHAPTER 8 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 2 User note: About this chapter: Like Chapter 7, the purpose of this chapter is to provide detailed requirements and provisions to identify the required improvements in the existing building elements, building spaces and building structural system when a building is being altered. This chap- ter is distinguished from Chapters 7 and 9 by involving space reconfiguration that could be up to and including 50 percent of the area of the building. In contrast, Level 1 alterations (Chapter 7) do not involve space reconfiguration, and Level 3 alterations (Chapter 9) involve exten- sive space reconfiguration that exceeds 50 percent of the building area. Depending on the nature of alteration work, its location within the building, and whether it encompasses one or more tenants, improvements and upgrades could be required for the open floor penetrations, sprinkler system or the installation of additional means of egress such as stairs or fire escapes. SECTION 801 GENERAL 801.1 Scope. Level 2 alterations as described in Section 603 shall comply with the requirements of this chapter. Exception: Buildings in which the reconfiguration is exclusively the result of compliance with the accessibility requirements of Section 306.7.1 shall be permitted to comply with Chapter 7. 801.2 Alteration Level 1 compliance. In addition to the requirements of this chapter, all work shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 7. 801.3 System installations. Requirements related to work area are not applicable where the Level 2 alterations are limited solely to one or more of the following: 1. Mechanical systems, electrical systems, fire protec- tion systems and abatement of hazardous materials. 2. Windows, hardware, operating controls, electrical outlets and signs. 3.Alterations undertaken for the primary purpose of increasing the accessibility of a facility. 801.4 Compliance. New construction elements, compo- nents, systems and spaces shall comply with the requirements of the International Building Code. Exceptions: 1. Where windows are added they are not required to comply with the light and ventilation requirements of the International Building Code. 2. Newly installed electrical equipment shall comply with the requirements of Section 806. 3. The length of dead-end corridors in newly constructed spaces shall only be required to comply with the provisions of Section 804.7. 4. The minimum ceiling height of the newly created habitable and occupiable spaces and corridors shall be 7 feet (2134 mm). 5. Where provided in below-grade transportation stations, existing and new escalators shall be permitted to have a clear width of less than 32 inches (815 mm). 6. New structural members and connections shall be permitted to comply with alternative design crite- ria in accordance with Section 302. SECTION 802 BUILDING ELEMENTS AND MATERIALS 802.1 Scope. The requirements of this section are limited to work areas in which Level 2 alterations are being performed and shall apply beyond the work area where specified. 802.2 Vertical openings. Existing vertical openings shall comply with the provisions of Sections 802.2.1, 802.2.2 and 802.2.3. 802.2.1 Existing vertical openings. Existing interior vertical openings connecting two or more floors shall be enclosed with approved assemblies having a fire-resis- tance rating of not less than 1 hour with approved opening protectives. Exceptions: 1. Where vertical opening enclosure is not required by the International Building Code or the International Fire Code. 2. Interior vertical openings other than stairways may be blocked at the floor and ceiling of the work area by installation of not less than 2 inches (51 mm) of solid wood or equivalent construction. 3. The enclosure shall not be required where: 3.1. Connecting the main floor and mezza- nines; or 3.2. All of the following conditions are met: 3.2.1. The communicating area has a low-hazard occupancy or has a moderate-hazard occu- pancy that is protected throughout by an automatic sprinkler system. 3.2.2. The lowest or next-to-the- lowest level is a street floor. 8-1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 2 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 3.2.3. The entire area is open and unobstructed in a manner such that it is reasonable to assume that a fire in any part of the interconnected spaces will be readily obvious to all of the occupants. 3.2.4. Exit capacity is sufficient to provide egress simultane- ously for all occupants of all levels by considering all areas to be a single floor area for the determination of required exit capacity. 3.2.5. Each floor level, considered separately, has not less than one-half of its individual required exit capacity provided by an exit or exits leading directly out of that level without having to traverse another communi- cating floor level or be exposed to the smoke or fire spreading from another communicating floor level. 4. In Group A occupancies, a minimum 30- minute enclosure shall be provided to protect all vertical openings not exceeding three stories. 5. In Group B occupancies, a minimum 30- minute enclosure shall be provided to protect all vertical openings not exceeding three stories. This enclosure, or the enclosure speci- fied in Section 802.2.1, shall not be required in the following locations: 5.1. Buildings not exceeding 3,000 square feet (279 m2) per floor. 5.2. Buildings protected throughout by an approved automatic fire sprinkler system. 6. In Group E occupancies, the enclosure shall not be required for vertical openings not exceeding three stories where the building is protected throughout by an approved automatic fire sprinkler system. 7. In Group F occupancies, the enclosure shall not be required in the following locations: 7.1. Vertical openings not exceeding three stories. 7.2. Special-purpose occupancies where necessary for manufacturing opera- tions and direct access is provided to not fewer than one protected stairway. 7.3. Buildings protected throughout by an approved automatic sprinkler system. 8. In Group H occupancies, the enclosure shall not be required for vertical openings not exceeding three stories where necessary for manufacturing operations and every floor level has direct access to not fewer than two remote enclosed stairways or other approved exits. 9. In Group M occupancies, a minimum 30- minute enclosure shall be provided to protect all vertical openings not exceeding three stories. This enclosure, or the enclosure speci- fied in Section 802.2.1, shall not be required in the following locations: 9.1. Openings connecting only two floor levels. 9.2. Occupancies protected throughout by an approved automatic sprinkler system. 10. In Group R-1 occupancies, the enclosure shall not be required for vertical openings not exceeding three stories in the following locations: 10.1. Buildings protected throughout by an approved automatic sprinkler system. 10.2. Buildings with less than 25 dwelling units or sleeping units where every sleeping room above the second floor is provided with direct access to a fire escape or other approved second exit by means of an approved exterior door or window having a sill height of not greater than 44 inches (1118 mm) and where both of the following conditions are met: 10.2.1. Any exit access corridor exceeding 8 feet (2438 mm) in length that serves two means of egress, one of which is an unprotected vertical opening, shall have not fewer than one of the means of egress separated from the vertical opening by a 1-hour fire barrier. 10.2.2.The building is protected throughout by an automatic fire alarm system, installed and supervised in accor- dance with the International Building Code. 11. In Group R-2 occupancies, a minimum 30- minute enclosure shall be provided to protect all vertical openings not exceeding three stories. This enclosure, or the enclosure speci- fied in Section 802.2.1, shall not be required in the following locations: 11.1. Vertical openings not exceeding two stories with not more than four dwell- ing units per floor. 8-2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 2 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 11.2. Buildings protected throughout by an approved automatic sprinkler system. 11.3. Buildings with not more than four dwelling units per floor where every sleeping room above the second floor is provided with direct access to a fire escape or other approved second exit by means of an approved exterior door or window having a sill height of not greater than 44 inches (1118 mm) and the building is protected through- out by an automatic fire alarm system complying with Section 803.4. 12. One- and two-family dwellings. 13. Group S occupancies where connecting not more than two floor levels or where connecting not more than three floor levels and the struc- ture is equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system. 14. Group S occupancies where vertical opening protection is not required for open parking garages and ramps. 802.2.2 Supplemental shaft and floor opening enclo- sure requirements. Where the work area on any floor exceeds 50 percent of that floor area, the enclosure requirements of Section 802.2 shall apply to vertical openings other than stairways throughout the floor. Exception: Vertical openings located in tenant spaces that are entirely outside the work area. 802.2.3 Supplemental stairway enclosure require- ments. Where the work area on any floor exceeds 50 percent of that floor area, stairways that are part of the means of egress serving the work area shall, at a mini- mum, be enclosed with smoketight construction on the highest work area floor and all floors below. Exception: Where stairway enclosure is not required by the International Building Code or the Interna- tional Fire Code. 802.3 Smoke compartments. In Group I-2 occupancies where the work area is on a story used for sleeping rooms for more than 30 care recipients, the story shall be divided into not less than two compartments by smoke barrier walls in accordance with Section 407.5 of the International Building Code as required for new construction. 802.4 Interior finish. The interior finish and trim of walls and ceilings in exits and corridors in any work area shall comply with the requirements of the International Building Code. Exception: Existing materials that do not comply with the requirements of the International Building Code shall be permitted to be treated with an approved fire-retardant coating in accordance with the manufacturer’s instruc- tions to achieve the required classification. Compliance with this section shall be demonstrated by testing the fire- retardant coating on the same material and achieving the required performance. Where the same material is not available, testing on a similar material shall be permitted. 802.4.1 Supplemental interior finish requirements. Where the work area on any floor exceeds 50 percent of the floor area, Section 802.4 shall apply to the interior finish and trim in exits and corridors serving the work area throughout the floor. Exception: Interior finish within tenant spaces that are entirely outside the work area. 802.5 Guards. The requirements of Sections 802.5.1 and 802.5.2 shall apply in all work areas. 802.5.1 Minimum requirement. Every portion of a floor, such as a balcony or a loading dock, that is more than 30 inches (762 mm) above the floor or grade below and is not provided with guards, or those in which the existing guards are judged to be in danger of collapsing, shall be provided with guards. 802.5.2 Design. Where there are no guards or where existing guards must be replaced, the guards shall be designed and installed in accordance with the Interna- tional Building Code. 802.6 Fire-resistance ratings. Where approved by the code official, buildings where an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 of the International Building Code has been added, and the building is now sprinklered throughout, the required fire- resistance ratings of building elements and materials shall be permitted to meet the requirements of the current building code. The building is required to meet the other applicable requirements of the International Building Code. Plans, investigation and evaluation reports, and other data shall be submitted indicating which building elements and materials the applicant is requesting the code official to review and approve for determination of applying the current building code fire-resistance ratings. Any special construc- tion features, including fire-resistance-rated assemblies and smoke-resistive assemblies, conditions of occupancy, means-of-egress conditions, fire code deficiencies, approved modifications or approved alternative materials, design and methods of construction, and equipment applying to the building that impact required fire-resistance ratings shall be identified in the evaluation reports submitted. SECTION 803 FIRE PROTECTION 803.1 Scope. The requirements of this section shall be limited to work areas in which Level 2 alterations are being performed, and where specified they shall apply throughout the floor on which the work areas are located or otherwise beyond the work area. 803.1.1 Corridor ratings. Where an approved automatic sprinkler system is installed throughout the story, the required fire-resistance rating for any corridor located on the story shall be permitted to be reduced in accordance with the International Building Code. In order to be 8-3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 2 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® considered for a corridor rating reduction, such system shall provide coverage for the stairway landings serving the floor and the intermediate landings immediately below. 803.2 Automatic sprinkler systems. Automatic sprinkler systems shall be provided in accordance with the require- ments of Sections 803.2.1 through 803.2.6. Installation requirements shall be in accordance with the International Building Code. 803.2.1 High-rise buildings. In high-rise buildings, work areas that have exits or corridors shared by more than one tenant or that have exits or corridors serving an occupant load greater than 30 shall be provided with automatic sprinkler protection in the entire work area where the work area is located on a floor that has a sufficient sprin- kler water supply system from an existing standpipe or a sprinkler riser serving that floor. 803.2.1.1 Supplemental automatic sprinkler system requirements. Where the work area on any floor exceeds 50 percent of that floor area, Section 803.2.1 shall apply to the entire floor on which the work area is located. Exception: Occupied tenant spaces that are entirely outside the work area. 803.2.2 Groups A, B, E, F-1, H, I-1, I-3, I-4, M, R-1, R- 2, R-4, S-1 and S-2. In buildings with occupancies in Groups A, B, E, F-1, H, I-1, I-3, I-4, M, R-1, R-2, R-4, S- 1 and S-2, work areas that have exits or corridors shared by more than one tenant or that have exits or corridors serving an occupant load greater than 30 shall be provided with automatic sprinkler protection where both of the following conditions occur: 1. The work area is required to be provided with automatic sprinkler protection in accordance with the International Building Code as applicable to new construction. 2. The work area exceeds 50 percent of the floor area. Exception: If the building does not have sufficient municipal water supply for design of a fire sprinkler system available to the floor without installation of a new fire pump, work areas shall be protected by an automatic smoke detection system throughout all occupiable spaces other than sleeping units or individ- ual dwelling units that activates the occupant notification system in accordance with Sections 907.4, 907.5 and 907.6 of the International Building Code. 803.2.2.1 Mixed uses. In work areas containing mixed uses, one or more of which requires automatic sprin- kler protection in accordance with Section 803.2.2, such protection shall not be required throughout the work area provided that the uses requiring such protection are separated from those not requiring protection by fire-resistance-rated construction having a minimum 2-hour rating for Group H and a minimum 1-hour rating for all other occupancy groups. 803.2.3 Group I-2. In Group I-2 occupancies, an auto- matic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 of the International Fire Code shall be provided in the following 1. In Group I-2, Condition 1, throughout the work area. 2. In Group I-2, Condition 2, throughout the work area where the work area is 50 percent or less of the smoke compartment. 3. In Group I-2, Condition 2, throughout the smoke compartment in which the work occurs where the work area exceeds 50 percent of the smoke compartment. 803.2.4 Windowless stories. Work located in a window- less story, as determined in accordance with the International Building Code, shall be sprinklered where the work area is required to be sprinklered under the provisions of the International Building Code for newly constructed buildings and the building has a sufficient municipal water supply without installation of a new fire pump. 803.2.5 Other required automatic sprinkler systems. In buildings and areas listed in Table 903.2.11.6 of the International Building Code, work areas that have exits or corridors shared by more than one tenant or that have exits or corridors serving an occupant load greater than 30 shall be provided with an automatic sprinkler system under the following conditions 1. The work area is required to be provided with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with the International Building Code applicable to new construction; and 2. The building has sufficient municipal water supply for design of an automatic sprinkler system available to the floor without installation of a new fire pump. 803.2.6 Supervision. Fire sprinkler systems required by this section shall be supervised by one of the following methods: 1.Approved central station system in accordance with NFPA 72. 2.Approved proprietary system in accordance with NFPA 72. 3.Approved remote station system of the jurisdiction in accordance with NFPA 72. 4. Where approved by the code official, approved local alarm service that will cause the sounding of an alarm in accordance with NFPA 72. Exception: Supervision is not required for the following: 1. Underground key or hub gate valves in road- way boxes. 2. Halogenated extinguishing systems. 3. Carbon dioxide extinguishing systems. 4. Dry- and wet-chemical extinguishing systems. 8-4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 2 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 5. Automatic sprinkler systems installed in accor- dance with NFPA 13R where a common supply main is used to supply both domestic and automatic sprinkler systems and a separate shutoff valve for the automatic sprinkler system is not provided. 803.3 Standpipes. Where the work area includes exits or corridors shared by more than one tenant and is located more than 50 feet (15 240 mm) above or below the lowest level of fire department access, a standpipe system shall be provided. Standpipes shall have an approved fire department connec- tion with hose connections at each floor level above or below the lowest level of fire department access. Standpipe systems shall be installed in accordance with the International Build- ing Code. Exceptions: 1. A pump shall not be required provided that the standpipes are capable of accepting delivery by fire department apparatus of not less than 250 gallons per minute (gpm) at 65 pounds per square inch (psi) (946 L/m at 448 KPa) to the topmost floor in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system or not less than 500 gpm at 65 psi (1892 L/m at 448 KPa) to the topmost floor in all other buildings. Where the standpipe terminates below the topmost floor, the standpipe shall be designed to meet (gpm/psi) (L/m/KPa) requirements of this exception for possible future extension of the standpipe. 2. The interconnection of multiple standpipe risers shall not be required. 803.4 Fire alarm and detection. An approved fire alarm system shall be installed in accordance with Sections 803.4.1 through 803.4.2. Where automatic sprinkler protection is provided in accordance with Section 803.2 and is connected to the building fire alarm system, automatic heat detection shall not be required. An approved automatic fire detection system shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of this code and NFPA 72. Devices, combinations of devices, appliances, and equipment shall be approved. The automatic fire detectors shall be smoke detectors, except that an approved alternative type of detector shall be installed in spaces such as boiler rooms, where products of combustion are present during normal operation in sufficient quantity to actuate a smoke detector. 803.4.1 Occupancy requirements. A fire alarm system shall be installed in accordance with Sections 803.4.1.1 through 803.4.1.6. Existing alarm-notification appliances shall be automatically activated throughout the building. Where the building is not equipped with a fire alarm system, alarm-notification appliances within the work area shall be provided and automatically activated. Exceptions: 1. Occupancies with an existing, previously approved fire alarm system. 2. Where selective notification is permitted, alarm-notification appliances shall be automat- ically activated in the areas selected. 803.4.1.1 Group E. A fire alarm system shall be installed in work areas of Group E occupancies as required by the International Fire Code for existing Group E occupancies. 803.4.1.2 Group I-1. An automatic fire alarm system shall be installed in work areas of Group I-1 facilities as required by Chapter 11 of the International Fire Code for existing Group I-1 occupancies. 803.4.1.3 Group I-2. An automatic fire alarm system shall be installed throughout Group I-2 occupancies as required by Chapter 11 of the International Fire Code. 803.4.1.4 Group I-3. A fire alarm system shall be installed in work areas of Group I-3 occupancies as required by the International Fire Code. 803.4.1.5 Group R-1. A fire alarm system shall be installed in Group R-1 occupancies as required by the International Fire Code for existing Group R-1 occupancies. 803.4.1.6 Group R-2. A fire alarm system shall be installed in work areas of Group R-2 apartment build- ings as required by the International Fire Code for existing Group R-2 occupancies. 803.4.2 Supplemental fire alarm system requirements. Where the work area on any floor exceeds 50 percent of that floor area, Section 803.4.1 shall apply throughout the floor. Exception: Alarm-initiating and notification appli- ances shall not be required to be installed in tenant spaces outside of the work area. SECTION 804 MEANS OF EGRESS 804.1 Scope. The requirements of this section shall be limited to work areas that include exits or corridors shared by more than one tenant within the work area in which Level 2 alterations are being performed, and where specified they shall apply throughout the floor on which the work areas are located or otherwise beyond the work area. 804.2 General. The means of egress shall comply with the requirements of this section. Exceptions: 1. Where the work area and the means of egress serving it complies with NFPA 101. 2. Means of egress complying with the requirements of the building code under which the building was constructed shall be considered to be compliant means of egress if, in the opinion of the code offi- cial, they do not constitute a distinct hazard to life. * 8-5 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 2 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 804.3 Group I-2. In Group I-2 occupancies, in areas where corridors are used for movement of care recipients in beds, the clear width of ramps and corridors shall be not less than 48 inches (1219 mm). 804.4 Number of exits. The number of exits shall be in accordance with Sections 804.4.1 through 804.4.3. 804.4.1 Minimum number. Every story utilized for human occupancy on which there is a work area that includes exits or corridors shared by more than one tenant within the work area shall be provided with the minimum number of exits based on the occupancy and the occupant load in accordance with the International Building Code. In addition, the exits shall comply with Sections 804.4.1.1 and 804.4.1.2. 804.4.1.1 Single-exit buildings. A single exit or access to a single exit shall be permitted from spaces, any story or any occupied roof where one of the following conditions exists: 1. The occupant load, number of dwelling units and exit access travel distance do not exceed the values in Table 804.4.1.1(1) or Table 804.4.1.1(2). 2. In Group R-1 or R-2, buildings without an approved automatic sprinkler system, individ- ual single-story or multiple-story dwelling or sleeping units shall be permitted to have a single exit or access to a single exit from the dwelling or sleeping unit provided one of the following criteria are met: 2.1. The occupant load is not greater than 10 and the exit access travel distance within the unit does not exceed 75 feet (22 860 mm). 2.2. The building is not more than three stories in height; all third-story space is part of dwelling with an exit access doorway on the second story; and the portion of the exit access travel distance from the door to any habit- able room within any such unit to the unit entrance doors does not exceed 50 feet (15 240 mm). 3. In buildings of Group R-2 occupancy of any number of stories with not more than four dwelling units per floor served by an interior exit stairway; with a smokeproof enclosure in accordance with Sections 909.20 and 1023.12 of the International Building Code or an exte- rior stairway as an exit; and where the portion of the exit access travel distance from the dwelling unit entrance door to the exit is not greater than 20 feet (6096 mm). TABLE 804.4.1.1(1) STORIES WITH ONE EXIT OR ACCESS TO ONE EXIT FOR R-2 OCCUPANCIES For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm. NP = Not Permitted. NA = Not Applicable. a. Group R-2, without an approved automatic sprinkler system and provided with emergency escape and rescue openings in accordance with Section 1031 of the International Building Code. TABLE 804.4.1.1(2) STORIES WITH ONE EXIT OR ACCESS TO ONE EXIT FOR OTHER OCCUPANCIES For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm. NP = Not Permitted. NA = Not Applicable. a. The length of exit access travel distance in a Group S-2 open parking garage shall be not more than 100 feet. 804.4.1.2 Fire escapes required. For other than Group I-2, where more than one exit is required, an existing or newly constructed fire escape complying with Section 804.4.1.2.1 shall be accepted as providing one of the required means of egress. 804.4.1.2.1 Fire escape access and details. Fire escapes shall comply with all of the following requirements: 1. Occupants shall have unobstructed access to the fire escape without having to pass through a room subject to locking. 2. Access to a new fire escape shall be through a door, except that windows shall be permitted to provide access from single dwelling units or sleeping units in Group R-1, R-2 and I-1 occupancies or to provide access from spaces having a maximum occupant load of 10 in other occupancy classifications. 2.1. The window shall have a mini- mum net clear opening of 5.7 STORY OCCUPANCY MAXIMUM NUMBER OF DWELLING UNITS MAXIMUM EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE (feet) Basement, first or second story above grade plane R-2a 4 dwelling units 50 Third story above grade plane and higher NP NA NA STORY OCCUPANCY MAXIMUM OCCUPANT LOAD PER STORY MAXIMUM EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE (feet) First story above or below grade plane B, F-2, S-2a 35 75 Second story above grade plane B, F-2, S-2a 35 75 Third story above grade plane and higher NP NA NA 8-6 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 2 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® square feet (0.53 m2) or 5 square feet (0.46 m2) where located at grade. 2.2. The minimum net clear opening height shall be 24 inches (610 mm) and net clear opening width shall be 20 inches (508 mm). 2.3. The bottom of the clear opening shall not be greater than 44 inches (1118 mm) above the floor. 2.4. The operation of the window shall comply with the opera- tional constraints of the International Building Code. 3. Newly constructed fire escapes shall be permitted only where exterior stairways cannot be utilized because of lot lines limiting the stairway size or because of the sidewalks, alleys, or roads at grade level. 4. Openings within 10 feet (3048 mm) of fire escape stairways shall be protected by fire assemblies having minimum 3/4-hour fire- resistance ratings. Exception: Opening protection shall not be required in buildings equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system. 5. In all buildings of Group E occupancy, up to and including the 12th grade, buildings of Group I occupancy, rooming houses and childcare centers, ladders of any type are prohibited on fire escapes used as a required means of egress. 804.4.1.2.2 Construction. The fire escape shall be designed to support a live load of 100 pounds per square foot (4788 Pa) and shall be constructed of steel or other approved noncombustible materials. Fire escapes constructed of wood not less than nominal 2 inches (51 mm) thick are permitted on buildings of Type V construction. Walkways and railings located over or supported by combustible roofs in buildings of Types III and IV construction are permitted to be of wood not less than nominal 2 inches (51 mm) thick. 804.4.1.2.3 Dimensions. Stairways shall be not less than 22 inches (559 mm) wide with risers not more than, and treads not less than, 8 inches (203 mm). Landings at the foot of stairways shall be not less than 40 inches (1016 mm) wide by 36 inches (914 mm) long and located not more than 8 inches (203 mm) below the door. 804.4.2 Mezzanines. Mezzanines in the work area and with an occupant load of more than 50 or in which the travel distance to an exit exceeds 75 feet (22 860 mm) shall have access to not fewer than two independent means of egress. Exception: Two independent means of egress are not required where the travel distance to an exit does not exceed 100 feet (30 480 mm) and the building is protected throughout with an automatic sprinkler system. 804.4.3 Main entrance—Group A. Buildings of Group A with an occupant load of 300 or more shall be provided with a main entrance capable of serving as the main exit with an egress capacity of not less than one-half of the total occupant load. The remaining exits shall be capable of providing one-half of the total required exit capacity. Exception: Where a main exit is not well defined or where multiple main exits are provided, exits shall be permitted to be distributed around the perimeter of the building provided that the total width of egress is not less than 100 percent of the required width. 804.5 Egress doorways. Egress doorways in any work area shall comply with Sections 804.5.1 through 804.5.5. 804.5.1 Two egress doorways required. Work areas shall be provided with two egress doorways in accor- dance with the requirements of Sections 804.5.1.1 and 804.5.1.2. 804.5.1.1 Occupant load and travel distance. In any work area, all rooms and spaces having an occupant load greater than 50 or in which the travel distance to an exit exceeds 75 feet (22 860 mm) shall have not fewer than two egress doorways. Exceptions: 1. Storage rooms having a maximum occu- pant load of 10. 2. Where the work area is served by a single exit in accordance with Section 804.4.1.1. 804.5.1.2 Group I-2. In Group I-2, Condition 2 work areas that include altered care suites shall comply with Sections 407.4.4 through 407.4.4.6.2 of the Interna- tional Building Code. 804.5.2 Door swing. In the work area and in the egress path from any work area to the exit discharge, all egress doors serving an occupant load greater than 50 shall swing in the direction of exit travel. 804.5.2.1 Supplemental requirements for door swing. Where the work area exceeds 50 percent of the floor area, door swing shall comply with Section 804.5.2 throughout the floor. Exception: Means of egress within or serving only a tenant space that is entirely outside the work area. 804.5.3 Door closing. In any work area, all doors open- ing onto an exit passageway at grade or an exit stairway 8-7 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 2 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® shall be self-closing or automatic-closing by listed clos- ing devices. Exceptions: 1. Where exit enclosure is not required by the International Building Code. 2. Means of egress within or serving only a tenant space that is entirely outside the work area. 804.5.3.1 Supplemental requirements for door clos- ing. Where the work area exceeds 50 percent of the floor area, doors shall comply with Section 804.5.3 throughout the exit stairway from the work area to, and including, the level of exit discharge. 804.5.4 Panic and fire exit hardware. In any work area, and in the egress path from any work area to the exit discharge, in buildings or portions thereof of Group A assembly occupancies with an occupant load greater than 100, all required exit doors equipped with latching devices shall be equipped with approved panic or fire exit hardware in accordance with Section 1010.2.9 of the International Building Code. 804.5.4.1 Supplemental requirements for panic hardware. Where the work area exceeds 50 percent of the floor area, panic hardware shall comply with Section 804.5.4 throughout the floor. Exception: Means of egress within a tenant space that is entirely outside the work area. 804.5.5 Emergency power source in Group I-3. Power- operated sliding doors or power-operated locks for swing- ing doors shall be operable by a manual release mechanism at the door. Emergency power shall be provided for the doors and locks in accordance with Section 2702 of the International Building Code. Exceptions: 1. Emergency power is not required in facilities with 10 or fewer locks complying with the exception to Section 408.4.1 of the Interna- tional Building Code. 2. Emergency power is not required where remote mechanical operating releases are provided. 804.6 Openings in corridor walls. Openings in corridor walls in any work area shall comply with Sections 804.6.1 through 804.6.4. Exception: Openings in corridors where such corridors are not required to be rated in accordance with the Inter- national Building Code. 804.6.1 Corridor doors. Corridor doors in the work area shall not be constructed of hollow core wood and shall not contain louvers. Dwelling unit or sleeping unit corri- dor doors in work areas in buildings of Groups R-1, R-2 and I-1 shall be not less than 13/8-inch (35 mm) solid core wood or approved equivalent and shall not have any glass panels, other than approved wired glass or other approved glazing material in metal frames. Dwelling unit or sleep- ing unit corridor doors in work areas in buildings of Groups R-1, R-2 and I-1 shall be equipped with approved door closers. Replacement doors shall be 13/4-inch (44 mm) solid bonded wood core or approved equivalent, unless the existing frame will accommodate only a 13/8- inch (35 mm) door. Exceptions: 1. Corridor doors within a dwelling unit or sleep- ing unit. 2. Existing doors meeting the requirements of Guidelines on Fire Ratings of Archaic Materi- als and Assemblies (Resource A) for a rating of 15 minutes or more shall be accepted as meet- ing the provisions of this requirement. 3. Existing doors in buildings protected through- out with an approved automatic sprinkler system shall be required only to resist smoke, be reasonably tight fitting and shall not contain louvers. 4. In group homes with not more than 15 occu- pants and that are protected with an approved automatic detection system, closing devices are not required. 5. Door assemblies having a fire protection rating of not less than 20 minutes. 804.6.2 Transoms. In all buildings of Group I-1, I-2, R-1 and R-2 occupancies, all transoms in corridor walls in work areas shall be either glazed with 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) wired glass set in metal frames or other glazing assem- blies having a fire protection rating as required for the door and permanently secured in the closed position or sealed with materials consistent with the corridor construction. 804.6.3 Other corridor openings. In any work area, unless protected in accordance with Section 716 of the International Building Code, any other sash, grille or opening in a corridor, and any window in a corridor not opening to the outside air, shall be sealed with materials consistent with the corridor construction. 804.6.3.1 Supplemental requirements for other corridor opening. Where the work area exceeds 50 percent of the floor area, Section 804.6.3 shall be applicable to all corridor windows, grills, sashes and other openings on the floor. Exception: Means of egress within or serving only a tenant space that is entirely outside the work area. 804.6.4 Supplemental requirements for corridor open- ings. Where the work area on any floor exceeds 50 percent of the floor area, the requirements of Sections 804.6.1 through 804.6.3 shall apply throughout the floor. 804.7 Dead-end corridors. Dead-end corridors in any work area shall not exceed 35 feet (10 670 mm). In Group I-2 occupancies, dead-end corridors shall not exceed 30 feet (9144 mm). Exceptions: 1. Where dead-end corridors of greater length are permitted by the International Building Code. 8-8 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 2 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 2. In other than Group A, I-2 and H occupancies, the maximum length of an existing dead-end corridor shall be 50 feet (15 240 mm) in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic fire alarm system installed in accordance with the Interna- tional Building Code. 3. In other than Group A, I-2 and H occupancies, the maximum length of an existing dead-end corridor shall be 70 feet (21 356 mm) in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with the Interna- tional Building Code. 4. In other than Group A, I-2 and H occupancies, the maximum length of an existing, newly constructed, or extended dead-end corridor shall not exceed 50 feet (15 240 mm) on floors equipped with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with the International Building Code. 804.8 Means-of-egress lighting. Means-of-egress lighting shall be in accordance with this section, as applicable. 804.8.1 Artificial lighting required. Means of egress in all work areas shall be provided with artificial lighting in accordance with the requirements of the International Building Code. 804.8.2 Supplemental requirements for means-of- egress lighting. Where the work area on any floor exceeds 50 percent of that floor area, means of egress throughout the floor shall comply with Section 804.8.1. Exception: Means of egress within or serving only a tenant space that is entirely outside the work area. 804.9 Exit signs. Exit signs shall be in accordance with this section, as applicable. 804.9.1 Work areas. Means of egress in all work areas shall be provided with exit signs in accordance with the requirements of the International Building Code. 804.9.2 Supplemental requirements for exit signs. Where the work area on any floor exceeds 50 percent of that floor area, means of egress throughout the floor shall comply with Section 804.9.1. Exception: Means of egress within a tenant space that is entirely outside the work area. 804.10 Handrails. The requirements of Sections 804.10.1 and 804.10.2 shall apply to handrails from the work area floor to, and including, the level of exit discharge. 804.10.1 Minimum requirement. Every required exit stairway that is part of the means of egress for any work area and that has three or more risers and is not provided with not fewer than one handrail, or in which the existing handrails are judged to be in danger of collapsing, shall be provided with handrails for the full length of the stairway on not fewer than one side. Exit stairways with a required egress width of more than 66 inches (1676 mm) shall have handrails on both sides. 804.10.2 Design. Handrails required in accordance with Section 804.10.1 shall be designed and installed in accor- dance with the provisions of the International Building Code. 804.11 Refuge areas. Where alterations affect the configu- ration of an area utilized as a refuge area, the capacity of the refuge area shall not be reduced below the required capacity of the refuge area for horizontal exits in accordance with Section 1026.4 of the International Building Code. Where the horizontal exit also forms a smoke compartment, the capacity of the refuge area for Group I-1, I-2 and I-3 occu- pancies and Group B ambulatory care facilities shall not be reduced below that required in Sections 407.5.3, 408.6.2, 420.6.1 and 422.3.2 of the International Building Code, as applicable. 804.12 Guards. The requirements of Sections 804.12.1 and 804.12.2 shall apply to guards from the work area floor to, and including, the level of exit discharge but shall be confined to the egress path of any work area. 804.12.1 Minimum requirement. Every open portion of a stairway, landing, or balcony that is more than 30 inches (762 mm) above the floor or grade below and is not provided with guards, or those portions in which existing guards are judged to be in danger of collapsing, shall be provided with guards. 804.12.2 Design. Guards required in accordance with Section 804.12.1 shall be designed and installed in accor- dance with the International Building Code. SECTION 805 STRUCTURAL [BS] 805.1 General. Structural elements and systems within buildings undergoing Level 2 alterations shall comply with this section. [BS] 805.2 Existing structural elements carrying gravity loads. Any existing gravity load-carrying structural element for which an alteration causes an increase in design dead, live or snow load, including snow drift effects, of more than 5 percent shall be replaced or altered as needed to carry the gravity loads required by the International Building Code for new structures. Any existing gravity load-carrying structural element whose gravity load-carrying capacity is decreased as part of the alteration shall be shown to have the capacity to resist the applicable design dead, live and snow loads, including snow drift effects, required by the International Building Code for new structures. Exceptions: 1. Buildings of Group R occupancy with not more than five dwelling or sleeping units used solely for residential purposes where the altered building complies with the conventional light-frame construction methods of the International Build- ing Code or the provisions of the International Residential Code. 2. Buildings in which the increased dead load is attributable to the addition of a second layer of roof covering weighing 3 pounds per square foot 8-9 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 2 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® (0.1437 kN/m2) or less over an existing single layer of roof covering. [BS] 805.3 Existing structural elements resisting lateral loads. Except as permitted by Section 805.4, where the alteration increases design lateral loads, or where the alter- ation results in prohibited structural irregularity as defined in ASCE 7, or where the alteration decreases the capacity of any existing lateral load-carrying structural element, the structure of the altered building or structure shall meet the requirements of Sections 1609 and 1613 of the International Building Code. Reduced seismic forces shall be permitted. Exception: Any existing lateral load-carrying structural element whose demand-capacity ratio with the alteration considered is not more than 10 percent greater than its demand-capacity ratio with the alteration ignored shall be permitted to remain unaltered. For purposes of calculating demand-capacity ratios, the demand shall consider appli- cable load combinations with design lateral loads or forces in accordance with Sections 1609 and 1613 of the International Building Code. Reduced seismic forces shall be permitted. For purposes of this exception, comparisons of demand-capacity ratios and calculation of design lateral loads, forces and capacities shall account for the cumulative effects of additions and alterations since original construction. [BS] 805.4 Voluntary lateral force-resisting system alter- ations. Structural alterations that are intended exclusively to improve the lateral force-resisting system and are not required by other sections of this code shall not be required to meet the requirements of Section 1609 or Section 1613 of the International Building Code, provided that the following conditions are met: 1. The capacity of existing structural systems to resist forces is not reduced. 2. New structural elements are detailed and connected to existing or new structural elements as required by the International Building Code for new construction. 3. New or relocated nonstructural elements are detailed and connected to existing or new structural elements as required by the International Building Code for new construction. 4. The alterations do not create a structural irregularity as defined in ASCE 7 or make an existing structural irregularity more severe. SECTION 806 ELECTRICAL 806.1 New installations. Newly installed electrical equip- ment and wiring relating to work done in any work area shall comply with all applicable requirements of NFPA 70 except as provided for in Section 806.4. 806.2 Existing installations. Existing wiring in all work areas in Group A-1, A-2, A-5, H and I occupancies shall be upgraded to meet the materials and methods requirements of Chapter 7. 806.3 Health care facilities. In Group I-2 facilities, ambula- tory care facilities and outpatient clinics, any added portion of an existing electrical system shall be required to meet installation and equipment requirements in NFPA 99. 806.4 Residential occupancies. In Group R-2, R-3 and R-4 occupancies and buildings regulated by the International Residential Code, the requirements of Sections 806.4.1 through 806.4.7 shall be applicable only to work areas located within a dwelling unit. 806.4.1 Enclosed areas. Enclosed areas, other than clos- ets, kitchens, basements, garages, hallways, laundry areas, utility areas, storage areas and bathrooms shall have not fewer than two duplex receptacle outlets or one duplex receptacle outlet and one ceiling or wall-type lighting outlet. 806.4.2 Kitchens. Kitchen areas shall have not fewer than two duplex receptacle outlets. 806.4.3 Laundry areas. Laundry areas shall have not fewer than one duplex receptacle outlet located near the laundry equipment and installed on an independent circuit. 806.4.4 Ground fault circuit interruption. Newly installed receptacle outlets shall be provided with ground fault circuit interruption as required by NFPA 70. 806.4.5 Minimum lighting outlets. Not fewer than one lighting outlet shall be provided in every bathroom, hall- way, stairway, attached garage and detached garage with electric power, and to illuminate outdoor entrances and exits. 806.4.6 Utility rooms and basements. Not fewer than one lighting outlet shall be provided in utility rooms and basements where such spaces are used for storage or contain equipment requiring service. 806.4.7 Clearance for equipment. Clearance for electri- cal service equipment shall be provided in accordance with NFPA 70. SECTION 807 MECHANICAL 807.1 Reconfigured or converted spaces. Reconfigured spaces intended for occupancy and spaces converted to habitable or occupiable space in any work area shall be provided with natural or mechanical ventilation in accor- dance with the International Mechanical Code. Exception: Existing mechanical ventilation systems shall comply with the requirements of Section 807.2. 807.2 Altered existing systems. In mechanically ventilated spaces, existing mechanical ventilation systems that are altered, reconfigured or extended shall provide not less than 5 cubic feet per minute (cfm) (0.0024 m3/s) per person of outdoor air and not less than 15 cfm (0.0071 m3/s) of ventila- tion air per person, or not less than the amount of ventilation air determined by the Indoor Air Quality Procedure of ASHRAE 62.1. 8-10 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 2 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 807.3 Local exhaust. Newly introduced devices, equipment or operations that produce airborne particulate matter, odors, fumes, vapor, combustion products, gaseous contaminants, pathogenic and allergenic organisms, and microbial contam- inants in such quantities as to affect adversely or impair health or cause discomfort to occupants shall be provided with local exhaust. SECTION 808 PLUMBING 808.1 Health care facilities. In Group I-2 facilities, ambula- tory care facilities and outpatient clinics, any added portion of an existing medical gas system shall be required to meet installation and equipment requirements in NFPA 99. SECTION 809 ENERGY CONSERVATION 809.1 Minimum requirements. Level 2 alterations to exist- ing buildings or structures are permitted without requiring the entire building or structure to comply with the energy requirements of the International Energy Conservation Code or International Residential Code. The alterations shall conform to the energy requirements of the International Energy Conservation Code or International Residential Code as they relate to new construction only. * 8-11 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®8-12 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® CHAPTER 9 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 3 User note: About this chapter: Chapter 9 provides the technical requirements for those existing buildings that undergo Level 3 alterations. The purpose of this chapter is to provide detailed requirements and provisions to identify the required improvements in the existing building elements, building spaces and building structural system. This chapter is distinguished from Chapters 7 and 8 by involving alterations that cover 50 percent or more of the aggregate area of the building. In contrast, Level 1 alterations do not involve space reconfiguration, and Level 2 alterations involve extensive space reconfiguration that does not exceed 50 percent of the building area. Depending on the nature of alteration work, its location within the building, and whether it encompasses one or more tenants, improvements and upgrades could be required for the open floor penetrations, sprinkler system or the installation of additional means of egress such as stairs or fire escapes. At times and under certain situations, this chapter also is intended to improve the safety of certain building features beyond the work area and in other parts of the building where no alteration work might be taking place. SECTION 901 GENERAL 901.1 Scope. Level 3 alterations as described in Section 604 shall comply with the requirements of this chapter. 901.2 Compliance. In addition to the provisions of this chapter, work shall comply with all of the requirements of Chapters 7 and 8. The requirements of Sections 802, 803, 804 and 805 shall apply within all work areas whether or not they include exits and corridors shared by more than one tenant and regardless of the occupant load. Exception: Buildings in which the reconfiguration of space affecting exits or shared egress access is exclu- sively the result of compliance with the accessibility requirements of Section 306.7.1 shall not be required to comply with this chapter. SECTION 902 SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY 902.1 High-rise buildings. Any building having occupied floors more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access shall comply with the requirements of Sections 902.1.1 and 902.1.2. 902.1.1 Recirculating air or exhaust systems. Where a floor is served by a recirculating air or exhaust system with a capacity greater than 15,000 cubic feet per minute (701 m3/s), that system shall be equipped with approved smoke and heat detection devices installed in accordance with the International Mechanical Code. 902.1.2 Elevators. Where there is an elevator or elevators for public use, not fewer than one elevator serving the work area shall comply with this section. Existing eleva- tors with a travel distance of 25 feet (7620 mm) or more above or below the main floor or other level of a building and intended to serve the needs of emergency personnel for fire-fighting or rescue purposes shall be provided with emergency operation in accordance with ASME A17.3. New elevators shall be provided with Phase I emergency recall operation and Phase II emergency in-car operation in accordance with ASME A17.1/CSA B44.1. 902.2 Boiler and furnace equipment rooms. Boiler and furnace equipment rooms adjacent to or within Group I-1, I- 2, I-4, R-1, R-2 and R-4 occupancies shall be enclosed by 1- hour fire-resistance-rated construction. Exceptions: 1. Steam boiler equipment operating at pressures of 15 pounds per square inch gauge (psig) (103.4 kPa) or less is not required to be enclosed. 2. Hot water boilers operating at pressures of 170 psig (1171 kPa) or less are not required to be enclosed. 3. Furnace and boiler equipment with 400,000 Brit- ish thermal units (Btu) (4.22 × 108 J) per hour input rating or less is not required to be enclosed. 4. Furnace rooms protected with an automatic sprin- kler system are not required to be enclosed. SECTION 903 BUILDING ELEMENTS AND MATERIALS 903.1 Existing shafts and vertical openings. Existing stair- ways that are part of the means of egress shall be enclosed in accordance with Section 802.2.1 from the highest work area floor to, and including, the level of exit discharge and all floors below. 903.2 Fire partitions in Group R-3. Fire separation in Group R-3 occupancies shall be in accordance with Section 903.2.1. 903.2.1 Separation required. Where the work area is in any attached dwelling unit in Group R-3 or any multiple single-family dwelling (townhouse), walls separating the dwelling units that are not continuous from the founda- tion to the underside of the roof sheathing shall be constructed to provide a continuous fire separation using 9-1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 3 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® construction materials consistent with the existing wall or complying with the requirements for new structures. Work shall be performed on the side of the dwelling unit wall that is part of the work area. Exception: Where alterations or repairs do not result in the removal of wall or ceiling finishes exposing the structure, walls are not required to be continuous through concealed floor spaces. 903.3 Interior finish. Interior finish in exits serving the work area shall comply with Section 802.4 between the highest floor on which there is a work area to the floor of exit discharge. 903.4 Enhanced classroom acoustics. In Group E occupan- cies, where the work area is a Level 3 alteration, enhanced classroom acoustics shall be provided in all classrooms with a volume of 20,000 cubic feet (565 m3) or less. Enhanced classroom acoustics shall comply with the reverberation time in Section 808 of ICC A117.1. SECTION 904 FIRE PROTECTION 904.1 Automatic sprinkler systems. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided in a work area where required by Section 803.2 or this section. 904.1.1 High-rise buildings. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided in work areas where the high- rise building has a sufficient municipal water supply for the design and installation of an automatic sprinkler system at the site. 904.1.2 Rubbish and linen chutes. Rubbish and linen chutes located in the work area shall be provided with automatic sprinkler system protection or an approved automatic fire-extinguishing system where protection of the rubbish and linen chute would be required under the provisions of the International Building Code for new construction. 904.1.3 Upholstered furniture or mattresses. Work areas shall be provided with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with the International Building Code where any of the following conditions exist: 1. A Group F-1 occupancy used for the manufacture of upholstered furniture or mattresses exceeds 2,500 square feet (232 m2). 2. A Group M occupancy used for the display and sale of upholstered furniture or mattresses exceeds 5,000 square feet (464 m2). 3. A Group S-1 occupancy used for the storage of upholstered furniture or mattresses exceeds 2,500 square feet (232 m2). 904.1.4 Groups A, B, E, F-1, H, I-1, I-3, I-4, M, R-1, R-2, R-4, S-1 and S-2. In buildings with occupancies in Groups A, B, E, F-1, H, I-1, I-3, I-4, M, R-1, R-2, R-4, S-1 and S-2 work areas shall be provided with automatic sprinkler protection where all of the following conditions occur: 1. The work area is required to be provided with automatic sprinkler protection in accordance with the International Building Code as applicable to new construction. 2. The building site has sufficient municipal water supply for design and installation of an automatic sprinkler system. Exception: If the building site does not have sufficient municipal water supply for design of an automatic sprinkler system, work areas shall be protected by an automatic smoke detection system throughout all occupiable spaces other than sleeping units or individ- ual dwelling units that activates the occupant notification system in accordance with Sections 907.4 , 907.5 and 907.6 of the International Building Code. 904.1.5 Group I-2. In Group I-2 occupancies, an auto- matic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 of the International Fire Code shall be provided in the following: 1. In Group I-2, Condition 1, throughout the work area. 2. In Group I-2, Condition 2, throughout the work area where the work area is 50 percent or less of the smoke compartment. 3. In Group I-2, Condition 2, throughout the smoke compartment in which the work occurs where the work area exceeds 50 percent of the smoke compartment. 904.1.6 Windowless stories. Work located in a window- less story, as determined in accordance with the International Building Code, shall be sprinklered where the work area is required to be sprinklered under the provisions of the International Building Code for newly constructed buildings and the building site has a sufficient municipal water supply for the design and installation of an automatic sprinkler system. 904.1.7 Other required automatic sprinkler systems. In buildings and areas listed in Table 903.2.11.6 of the International Building Code, work areas shall be provided with an automatic sprinkler system under the following conditions: 1. The work area is required to be provided with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with the International Building Code applicable to new construction. 2. The building site has sufficient municipal water supply for design and installation of an automatic sprinkler system. 904.2 Fire alarm and detection systems. Fire alarm and detection shall be provided in accordance with Section 907 of the International Building Code as required for new construction. 9-2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 ALTERATIONS—LEVEL 3 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 904.2.1 Manual fire alarm systems. Where required by the International Building Code, a manual fire alarm system shall be provided throughout the work area. Alarm notification appliances shall be provided on such floors and shall be automatically activated as required by the International Building Code. Exceptions: 1. Alarm-initiating and notification appliances shall not be required to be installed in tenant spaces outside of the work area. 2. Visual alarm notification appliances are not required, except where an existing alarm system is upgraded or replaced or where a new fire alarm system is installed. 904.2.2 Automatic fire detection. Where required by the International Building Code for new buildings, automatic fire detection systems shall be provided throughout the work area. SECTION 905 MEANS OF EGRESS 905.1 General. The means of egress shall comply with the requirements of Section 804 except as specifically required in Sections 905.2 and 905.3. 905.2 Means-of-egress lighting. Means of egress from the highest work area floor to the floor of exit discharge shall be provided with artificial lighting within the exit enclosure in accordance with the requirements of the International Build- ing Code. 905.3 Exit signs. Means of egress from the highest work area floor to the floor of exit discharge shall be provided with exit signs in accordance with the requirements of the International Building Code. 905.4 Two-way communications systems. In buildings with elevator service, a two-way communication system shall be provided where required by Section 1009.8 of the International Building Code. SECTION 906 STRUCTURAL [BS] 906.1 General. Where buildings are undergoing Level 3 alterations, the provisions of this section shall apply. [BS] 906.2 Existing structural elements resisting lateral loads. Where work involves a substantial structural alter- ation, the lateral load-resisting system of the altered building shall be shown to satisfy the requirements of Sections 1609 and 1613 of the International Building Code. Reduced seis- mic forces shall be permitted. Exceptions: 1. Buildings of Group R occupancy with not more than five dwelling or sleeping units used solely for residential purposes that are altered based on the conventional light-frame construction methods of the International Building Code or in compliance with the provisions of the International Residen- tial Code. 2. Where the intended alteration involves only the lowest story of a building, only the lateral load resisting components in and below that story need comply with this section. [BS] 906.3 Seismic Design Category F. Where the building is assigned to Seismic Design Category F, the structure of the altered building shall meet the requirements of Sections 1609 and 1613 of the International Building Code. Reduced seismic forces shall be permitted. [BS] 906.4 Anchorage for concrete and masonry build- ings. For any building assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F with a structural system that includes concrete or reinforced masonry walls with a flexible roof diaphragm, the alteration work shall include installation of wall anchors at the roof line of all subject buildings and at the floor lines of unreinforced masonry buildings unless an evaluation demon- strates compliance of existing wall anchorage. Reduced seismic forces shall be permitted. [BS] 906.5 Anchorage for unreinforced masonry walls. For any building assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F with a structural system that includes unreinforced masonry bearing walls, the alteration work shall include installation of wall anchors at the roof line, unless an evalua- tion demonstrates compliance of existing wall anchorage. Reduced seismic forces shall be permitted. [BS] 906.6 Bracing for unreinforced masonry parapets. Parapets constructed of unreinforced masonry in buildings assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F shall have bracing installed as needed to resist the reduced Interna- tional Building Code-level seismic forces in accordance with Section 304.3, unless an evaluation demonstrates compli- ance of such items. Use of reduced seismic forces shall be permitted. [BS] 906.7 Anchorage of unreinforced masonry parti- tions. Where the building is assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, unreinforced masonry partitions and nonstructural walls within the work area and adjacent to egress paths from the work area shall be anchored, removed, or altered to resist out-of-plane seismic forces, unless an evaluation demonstrates compliance of such items. Use of reduced seismic forces shall be permitted. SECTION 907 ENERGY CONSERVATION 907.1 Minimum requirements. Level 3 alterations to exist- ing buildings or structures are permitted without requiring the entire building or structure to comply with the energy requirements of the International Energy Conservation Code or International Residential Code. The alterations shall conform to the energy requirements of the International Energy Conservation Code or International Residential Code as they relate to new construction only. 9-3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®9-4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® CHAPTER 10 CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY User note: About this chapter: The purpose of this chapter is to provide regulations for the circumstances where an existing building is subject to a change of occupancy or a change of occupancy classification. A change of occupancy is not to be confused with a change of occupancy classification. The International Building Code® defines different occupancy classifications in Chapter 3 and special occupancy require- ments in Chapter 4. Within specific occupancy classifications there can be many different types of actual activities that can take place. For instance, a Group A-3 occupancy classification deals with a wide variation of different types of activities, including bowling alleys and court- rooms, indoor tennis courts and dance halls. When a facility changes use from, for example, a bowling alley to a dance hall, the occupancy classification remains A-3, but the different uses could lead to drastically different code requirements. Therefore, this chapter deals with the special circumstances that are associated with a change in the use of a building within the same occupancy classification as well as a change of occupancy classification. SECTION 1001 GENERAL 1001.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall apply where a change of occupancy occurs, as defined in Section 202. 1001.2 Certificate of occupancy. A change of occupancy or a change of occupancy within a space where there is a differ- ent fire protection system threshold requirement in Chapter 9 of the International Building Code shall not be made to any structure without the approval of the code official. A certifi- cate of occupancy shall be issued where it has been determined that the requirements for the change of occu- pancy have been met. 1001.2.1 Change of use. Any work undertaken in connection with a change in use that does not involve a change of occupancy classification or a change to another group within an occupancy classification shall conform to the applicable requirements for the work as classified in Chapter 6 and to the requirements of Sections 1002 through 1010. Exception: As modified in Section 1204 for historic buildings. 1001.2.2 Change of occupancy classification or group. Where the occupancy classification of a building changes, the provisions of Sections 1002 through 1011 shall apply. This includes a change of occupancy classification and a change to another group within an occupancy classification. 1001.2.2.1 Partial change of occupancy. Where the occupancy classification or group of a portion of an existing building is changed, Section 1011 shall apply. 1001.3 Certificate of occupancy required. A certificate of occupancy shall be issued where a change of occupancy occurs that results in a different occupancy classification as determined by the International Building Code. SECTION 1002 SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY 1002.1 Compliance with the building code. Where an existing building or part of an existing building undergoes a change of occupancy to one of the special use or occupancy categories as described in Chapter 4 in the International Building Code, the building shall comply with all of the requirements of Chapter 4 of the International Building Code applicable to the special use or occupancy. 1002.2 Incidental uses. Where a portion of a building undergoes a change of occupancy to one of the incidental uses listed in Table 509.1 of the International Building Code, the incidental use shall comply with Section 509 of the International Building Code applicable to the incidental use. 1002.3 Change of occupancy in health care. Where a change of occupancy occurs to a Group I-2 or I-1 facility, the work area with the change of occupancy shall comply with the International Building Code. Exception: A change in use or occupancy in the follow- ing cases shall not be required to meet the International Building Code: 1. Group I-2, Condition 2 to Group I-2, Condition 1. 2. Group I-2 to ambulatory health care. 3. Group I-2 to Group I-1. 4. Group I-1, Condition 2 to Group I-1, Condition 1. 1002.4 Storage. In Group I-2 occupancies, equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 of the International Building Code, where a room 250 square feet (23.2 m2) or less undergoes a change in occupancy to a storage room, the room shall be separated from the remainder of the building by construction capable of resisting the passage of smoke in accordance with Section 509.4.2 of the International Building Code. 10-1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® SECTION 1003 BUILDING ELEMENTS AND MATERIALS 1003.1 General. Building elements and materials in portions of buildings undergoing a change of occupancy classifica- tion shall comply with Section 1011. SECTION 1004 FIRE PROTECTION 1004.1 General. Fire protection requirements of Section 1011 shall apply where a building or portions thereof undergo a change of occupancy classification or where there is a change of occupancy within a space where there is a different fire protection system threshold requirement in Chapter 9 of the International Building Code. SECTION 1005 MEANS OF EGRESS 1005.1 General. Means of egress in portions of buildings undergoing a change of occupancy classification shall comply with Section 1011. SECTION 1006 STRUCTURAL [BS] 1006.1 Live loads. Structural elements carrying tribu- tary live loads from an area with a change of occupancy shall satisfy the requirements of Section 1607 of the International Building Code. Design live loads for areas of new occupancy shall be based on Section 1607 of the International Building Code. Design live loads for other areas shall be permitted to use previously approved design live loads. Exception: Structural elements whose demand-capacity ratio considering the change of occupancy is not more than 5 percent greater than the demand-capacity ratio based on previously approved live loads. [BS] 1006.2 Snow and wind loads. Where a change of occupancy results in a structure being assigned to a higher risk category, the structure shall satisfy the requirements of Sections 1608 and 1609 of the International Building Code for the new risk category. Exception: Where the area of the new occupancy is less than 10 percent of the building area. The cumulative effect of occupancy changes over time shall be considered. [BS] 1006.3 Seismic loads. Where a change of occupancy results in a building being assigned to a higher risk category, or where the change is from a Group S or Group U occu- pancy to any occupancy other than Group S or Group U, the building shall satisfy the requirements of Section 1613 of the International Building Code for the new risk category using full seismic forces. Exceptions: 1. Where a change of use results in a building being reclassified from Risk Category I or II to Risk Category III and the seismic coefficient, SDS, is less than 0.33, compliance with this section is not required. 2. Where the area of the new occupancy is less than 10 percent of the building area, the occupancy is not changing from a Group S or Group U occu- pancy, and the new occupancy is not assigned to Risk Category IV, compliance with this section is not required. The cumulative effect of occupancy changes over time shall be considered. 3. Unreinforced masonry bearing wall buildings assigned to Risk Category III and to Seismic Design Category A or B shall be permitted to use Appendix Chapter A1 of this code. 4. Where the change is from a Group S or Group U occupancy and there is no change of risk category, use of reduced seismic forces shall be permitted. [BS] 1006.4 Access to Risk Category IV. Any structure that provides operational access to an adjacent structure assigned to Risk Category IV as the result of a change of occupancy shall itself satisfy the requirements of Sections 1608, 1609 and 1613 of the International Building Code. For compli- ance with Section 1613 of the International Building Code, the full seismic forces shall be used. Where operational access to Risk Category IV is less than 10 feet (3048 mm) from either an interior lot line or from another structure, access protection from potential falling debris shall be provided. SECTION 1007 ELECTRICAL 1007.1 Special occupancies. Where the occupancy of an existing building or part of an existing building is changed to one of the following special occupancies as described in NFPA 70, the electrical wiring and equipment of the build- ing or portion thereof that contains the proposed occupancy shall comply with the applicable requirements of NFPA 70. Health care facilities, including Group I-2, ambulatory health care facilities and outpatient clinics, shall also comply with the applicable requirements of NFPA 99: 1. Hazardous locations. 2. Commercial garages, repair and storage. 3. Aircraft hangars. 4. Gasoline dispensing and service stations. 5. Bulk storage plants. 6. Spray application, dipping and coating processes. 7. Health care facilities, including Group I-2, ambula- tory health care facilities and outpatient clinics. 8. Places of assembly. 9. Theaters, audience areas of motion picture and tele- vision studios, and similar locations. 10. Motion picture and television studios and similar locations. 11. Motion picture projectors. 12. Agricultural buildings. 10-2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 1007.2 Unsafe conditions. Where the occupancy of an exist- ing building or part of an existing building is changed, all unsafe conditions shall be corrected without requiring that all parts of the electrical system comply with NFPA 70. 1007.3 Service upgrade. Where the occupancy of an exist- ing building or part of an existing building is changed, electrical service shall be upgraded to meet the requirements of NFPA 70 for the new occupancy. 1007.4 Number of electrical outlets. Where the occupancy of an existing building or part of an existing building is changed, the number of electrical outlets shall comply with NFPA 70 for the new occupancy. SECTION 1008 MECHANICAL 1008.1 Mechanical requirements. Where the occupancy of an existing building or part of an existing building is changed such that the new occupancy is subject to different kitchen exhaust requirements or to increased mechanical ventilation requirements in accordance with the International Mechani- cal Code, the new occupancy shall comply with the respective International Mechanical Code provisions. SECTION 1009 PLUMBING 1009.1 Increased demand. Where the occupancy of an existing building or part of an existing building is changed such that the new occupancy is subject to increased or differ- ent plumbing fixture requirements or to increased water supply requirements in accordance with the International Plumbing Code, the new occupancy shall comply with the intent of the respective International Plumbing Code provisions. Exception: Only where the occupant load of the story is increased by more than 20 percent, plumbing fixtures for the story shall be provided in quantities specified in the International Plumbing Code based on the increased occupant load. 1009.2 Food-handling occupancies. If the new occupancy is a food-handling establishment, all existing sanitary waste lines above the food or drink preparation or storage areas shall be panned or otherwise protected to prevent leaking pipes or condensation on pipes from contaminating food or drink. New drainage lines shall not be installed above such areas and shall be protected in accordance with the Interna- tional Plumbing Code. 1009.3 Interceptor required. If the new occupancy will produce grease or oil-laden wastes, interceptors shall be provided as required in the International Plumbing Code. 1009.4 Chemical wastes. If the new occupancy will produce chemical wastes, the following shall apply: 1. If the existing piping is not compatible with the chemical waste, the waste shall be neutralized prior to entering the drainage system or the piping shall be changed to a compatible material. 2. Chemical waste shall not discharge to a public sewer system without the approval of the sewage authority. 1009.5 Group I-2. If the occupancy group is changed to Group I-2, the plumbing system and medical gas system shall comply with the applicable requirements of the Inter- national Plumbing Code. SECTION 1010 OTHER REQUIREMENTS 1010.1 Light and ventilation. Light and ventilation shall comply with the requirements of the International Building Code for the new occupancy. SECTION 1011 CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION 1011.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply to buildings or portions thereof undergoing a change of occu- pancy classification. This includes a change of occupancy classification within a group as well as a change of occu- pancy classification from one group to a different group or where there is a change of occupancy within a space where there is a different fire protection system threshold require- ment in Chapter 9 of the International Building Code. Such buildings shall also comply with Sections 1002 through 1010 of this code. 1011.2 Fire protection systems. Fire protection systems shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1011.2.1 and 1011.2.2. 1011.2.1 Fire sprinkler system. Where a change in occu- pancy classification occurs or where there is a change of occupancy within a space where there is a different fire protection system threshold requirement in Chapter 9 of the International Building Code that requires an auto- matic fire sprinkler system to be provided based on the new occupancy in accordance with Chapter 9 of the Inter- national Building Code. The installation of the automatic sprinkler system shall be required within the area of the change of occupancy and areas of the building not sepa- rated horizontally and vertically from the change of occupancy by one of the following: 1. Nonrated permanent partition and horizontal assemblies. 2. Fire partition. 3. Smoke partition. 4. Smoke barrier. 5. Fire barrier. 6. Fire wall. Exceptions: 1. An automatic sprinkler system shall not be required in a one- or two-family dwelling constructed in accordance with the Interna- tional Residential Code. ** 10-3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 2. Automatic sprinkler system shall not be required in a townhouse constructed in accor- dance with the International Residential Code. 3. The townhouse shall be separated from adjoin- ing units in accordance with Section R302.2 of the International Residential Code. 1011.2.2 Fire alarm and detection system. Where a change in occupancy classification occurs or where there is a change of occupancy within a space where there is a different fire protection system threshold requirement in Chapter 9 of the International Building Code that requires a fire alarm and detection system to be provided based on the new occupancy in accordance with Chapter 9 of the International Building Code, such system shall be provided throughout the area where the change of occu- pancy occurs. Existing alarm notification appliances shall be automatically activated throughout the building. Where the building is not equipped with a fire alarm system, alarm notification appliances shall be provided throughout the area where the change of occupancy occurs in accordance with Section 907 of the Interna- tional Building Code as required for new construction. 1011.3 Interior finish. In areas of the building undergoing the change of occupancy classification, the interior finish of walls and ceilings shall comply with the requirements of the International Building Code for the new occupancy classification. 1011.4 Enhanced classroom acoustics. In Group E occu- pancies, where the work area is a Level 3 alteration, enhanced classroom acoustics shall be provided in all class- rooms with a volume of 20,000 cubic feet (565 m3) or less. Enhanced classroom acoustics shall comply with the rever- beration time in Section 808 of ICC A117.1. 1011.5 Means of egress, general. Hazard categories in regard to life safety and means of egress shall be in accor- dance with Table 1011.5. TABLE 1011.5 MEANS OF EGRESS HAZARD CATEGORIES 1011.5.1 Means of egress for change to a higher- hazard category. Where a change of occupancy classifi- cation is made to a higher-hazard category (lower number) as shown in Table 1011.5, the means of egress shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 10 of the International Building Code. Exceptions: 1. Stairways shall be enclosed in compliance with the applicable provisions of Section 903.1. 2. Existing stairways including handrails and guards complying with the requirements of Chapter 9 shall be permitted for continued use subject to approval of the code official. 3. Any stairway replacing an existing stairway within a space where the pitch or slope cannot be reduced because of existing construction shall not be required to comply with the maxi- mum riser height and minimum tread depth requirements. 4. Existing corridor walls constructed on both sides of wood lath and plaster in good condi- tion or 1/2-inch-thick (12.7 mm) gypsum wallboard shall be permitted. Such walls shall either terminate at the underside of a ceiling of equivalent construction or extend to the under- side of the floor or roof next above. 5. Existing corridor doorways, transoms and other corridor openings shall comply with the requirements in Sections 804.6.1, 804.6.2 and 804.6.3. 6. Existing dead-end corridors shall comply with the requirements in Section 804.7. 7. An operable window complying with Section 1011.5.6 shall be accepted as an emergency escape and rescue opening. 1011.5.2 Means of egress for change of use to an equal or lower-hazard category. Where a change of occu- pancy classification is made to an equal or lesser-hazard category (higher number) as shown in Table 1011.5, existing elements of the means of egress shall comply with the requirements of Section 905 for the new occu- pancy classification. Newly constructed or configured means of egress shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 10 of the International Building Code. Exception: Any stairway replacing an existing stair- way within a space where the pitch or slope cannot be reduced because of existing construction shall not be required to comply with the maximum riser height and minimum tread depth requirements. 1011.5.3 Egress capacity. Egress capacity shall meet or exceed the occupant load as specified in the International Building Code for the new occupancy. 1011.5.4 Handrails. Existing stairways shall comply with the handrail requirements of Section 804.10 in the area of the change of occupancy classification. 1011.5.5 Guards. Existing guards shall comply with the requirements in Section 804.12 in the area of the change of occupancy classification. 1011.5.6 Existing emergency escape and rescue open- ings. Where a change of occupancy would require an emergency escape and rescue opening in accordance with Section 1031 of the International Building Code, opera- ble windows serving as the emergency escape and rescue opening shall comply with the following: 1. An existing operable window shall provide a minimum net clear opening of 4 square feet (0.38 m2) with a minimum net clear opening height of RELATIVE HAZARD OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATIONS 1 (Highest Hazard)H 2 I-2; I-3; I-4 3 A; E; I-1; M; R-1; R-2; R-4, Condition 2 4 B; F-1; R-3; R-4, Condition 1; S-1 5 (Lowest Hazard)F-2; S-2; U 10-4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 22 inches (559 mm) and a minimum net clear opening width of 20 inches (508 mm). 2. A replacement window where such window complies with both of the following: 2.1. The replacement window meets the size requirements in Item 1. 2.2. The replacement window is the manufac- turer’s largest standard size window that will fit within the existing frame or exist- ing rough opening. The replacement window shall be permitted to be of the same operating style as the existing window or a style that provides for an equal or greater window opening area than the existing window. 1011.6 Heights and areas. Hazard categories in regard to height and area shall be in accordance with Table 1011.6. TABLE 1011.6 HEIGHTS AND AREAS HAZARD CATEGORIES 1011.6.1 Height and area for change to a higher- hazard category. Where a change of occupancy classifi- cation is made to a higher-hazard category as shown in Table 1011.6, heights and areas of buildings and struc- tures shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 5 of the International Building Code for the new occupancy classification. Exception: For high-rise buildings constructed in compliance with a previously issued permit, the type of construction reduction specified in Section 403.2.1 of the International Building Code is permitted. This shall include the reduction for columns. The high-rise building is required to be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 of the International Building Code. 1011.6.1.1 Fire wall alternative. In other than Groups H, F-1 and S-1, fire barriers and horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Sections 707 and 711, respectively, of the International Building Code shall be permitted to be used in lieu of fire walls to subdi- vide the building into separate buildings for the purpose of complying with the area limitations required for the new occupancy where all of the following conditions are met: 1. The buildings are protected throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 of the International Fire Code. 2. The maximum allowable area between fire barriers, horizontal assemblies or any combina- tion thereof shall not exceed the maximum allowable area determined in accordance with Chapter 5 of the International Building Code without an increase allowed for an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 506 of the International Building Code. 3. The fire-resistance rating of the fire barriers and horizontal assemblies shall be not less than that specified for fire walls in Table 706.4 of the International Building Code. Exception: Where horizontal assemblies are used to limit the maximum allowable area, the required fire- resistance rating of the horizontal assemblies shall be permitted to be reduced by 1 hour provided that the height and number of stories increases allowed for an automatic sprinkler system by Section 504 of the International Building Code are not used for the buildings. 1011.6.2 Height and area for change to an equal or lesser-hazard category. Where a change of occupancy classification is made to an equal or lesser-hazard cate- gory as shown in Table 1011.6, the height and area of the existing building shall be deemed acceptable. 1011.6.3 Fire barriers. Where a change of occupancy classification is made to a higher-hazard category as shown in Table 1011.6, fire barriers in separated mixed use buildings shall comply with the fire-resistance requirements of the International Building Code. Exception: Where the fire barriers are required to have a 1-hour fire-resistance rating, existing wood lath and plaster in good condition or existing 1/2-inch-thick (12.7 mm) gypsum wallboard shall be permitted. 1011.7 Exterior wall fire-resistance ratings. Hazard cate- gories in regard to fire-resistance ratings of exterior walls shall be in accordance with Table 1011.7. TABLE 1011.7 EXPOSURE OF EXTERIOR WALLS HAZARD CATEGORIES 1011.7.1 Exterior wall rating for change of occupancy classification to a higher-hazard category. Where a change of occupancy classification is made to a higher hazard category as shown in Table 1011.7, exterior walls shall have fire resistance and exterior opening protectives as required by the International Building Code. Exception: A 2-hour fire-resistance rating shall be allowed where the building does not exceed three stories in height and is classified as one of the follow- ing groups: A-2 and A-3 with an occupant load of less than 300, B, F, M or S. RELATIVE HAZARD OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATIONS 1 (Highest Hazard)H 2 A-1; A-2; A-3; A-4; I; R-1; R-2; R-4, Condition 2 3E; F-1; S-1; M 4 (Lowest Hazard) B; F-2; S-2; A-5; R-3; R-4, Condition 1; U RELATIVE HAZARD OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION 1 (Highest Hazard)H 2F-1; M; S-1 3A; B; E; I; R 4 (Lowest Hazard)F-2; S-2; U 10-5 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 1011.7.2 Exterior wall rating for change of occupancy classification to an equal or lesser-hazard category. Where a change of occupancy classification is made to an equal or lesser-hazard category as shown in Table 1011.7, existing exterior walls, including openings, shall be accepted. 1011.7.3 Opening protectives. Openings in exterior walls shall be protected as required by the International Building Code. Where openings in the exterior walls are required to be protected because of their distance from the lot line, the sum of the area of such openings shall not exceed 50 percent of the total area of the wall in each story. Exceptions: 1. Where the International Building Code permits openings in excess of 50 percent. 2. Protected openings shall not be required in buildings of Group R occupancy that do not exceed three stories in height and that are located not less than 3 feet (914 mm) from the lot line. 3. Exterior opening protectives are not required where an automatic sprinkler system has been installed throughout. 4. Exterior opening protectives are not required where the change of occupancy group is to an equal or lower hazard classification in accor- dance with Table 1011.7. 1011.8 Enclosure of vertical shafts. Enclosure of vertical shafts shall be in accordance with Sections 1011.8.1 through 1011.8.4. 1011.8.1 Minimum requirements. Vertical shafts shall be designed to meet the International Building Code requirements for atriums or the requirements of this section. 1011.8.2 Stairways. Where a change of occupancy clas- sification is made to a higher-hazard category as shown in Table 1011.5, interior stairways shall be enclosed as required by the International Building Code. Exceptions: 1. In other than Group I occupancies, an enclo- sure shall not be required for openings serving only one adjacent floor and that are not connected with corridors or stairways serving other floors. 2. Unenclosed existing stairways need not be enclosed in a continuous vertical shaft if each story is separated from other stories by 1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction or approved wired glass set in steel frames and all exit corri- dors are sprinklered. The openings between the corridor and the occupant space shall have not fewer than one sprinkler head above the open- ings on the tenant side. The sprinkler system shall be permitted to be supplied from the domestic water-supply systems, provided that the system is of adequate pressure, capacity and sizing for the combined domestic and sprinkler requirements. 3. Existing penetrations of stairway enclosures shall be accepted if they are protected in accor- dance with the International Building Code. 1011.8.3 Other vertical shafts. Interior vertical shafts other than stairways, including but not limited to elevator hoistways and service and utility shafts, shall be enclosed as required by the International Building Code where there is a change of use to a higher-hazard category as specified in Table 1011.5. Exceptions: 1. Existing 1-hour interior shaft enclosures shall be accepted where a higher rating is required. 2. Vertical openings, other than stairways, in buildings of other than Group I occupancy and connecting less than six stories shall not be required to be enclosed if the entire building is provided with an approved automatic sprinkler system. 1011.8.4 Openings. Openings into existing vertical shaft enclosures shall be protected by fire assemblies having a fire protection rating of not less than 1 hour and shall be maintained self-closing or shall be automatic-closing by actuation of a smoke detector. Other openings shall be fire protected in an approved manner. Existing fusible link-type automatic door-closing devices shall be permit- ted in all shafts except stairways if the fusible link rating does not exceed 135°F (57°C). 10-6 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® CHAPTER 11 ADDITIONS User note: About this chapter: Chapter 11 provides the requirements for additions, which correlate to the code requirements for new construction. There are, however, some exceptions that are specifically stated within this chapter. An “Addition” is defined in Chapter 2 as “an extension or increase in the floor area, number of stories or height of a building or structure.” Chapter 11 contains the minimum requirements for an addition that is not separated from the existing building by a fire wall. SECTION 1101 GENERAL 1101.1 Scope. An addition to a building or structure shall comply with the International Codes as adopted for new construction without requiring the existing building or struc- ture to comply with any requirements of those codes or of these provisions, except as required by this chapter. Where an addition impacts the existing building or structure, that portion shall comply with this code. 1101.2 Creation or extension of nonconformity. An addi- tion shall not create or extend any nonconformity in the existing building to which the addition is being made with regard to accessibility, structural strength, fire safety, means of egress or the capacity of mechanical, plumbing or electri- cal systems. 1101.3 Other work. Any repair or alteration work within an existing building to which an addition is being made shall comply with the applicable requirements for the work as classified in Chapter 6. 1101.4 Enhanced classroom acoustics. In Group E occu- pancies, enhanced classroom acoustics shall be provided in all classrooms in the addition with a volume of 20,000 cubic feet (565 m3) or less. Enhanced classroom acoustics shall comply with the reverberation time in Section 808 of ICC A117.1. SECTION 1102 HEIGHTS AND AREAS 1102.1 Height limitations. An addition shall not increase the height of an existing building beyond that permitted under the applicable provisions of Chapter 5 of the Interna- tional Building Code for new buildings. 1102.2 Area limitations. An addition shall not increase the area of an existing building beyond that permitted under the applicable provisions of Chapter 5 of the International Building Code for new buildings unless fire separation as required by the International Building Code is provided. Exception: In-filling of floor openings and nonoccupia- ble appendages such as elevator and exit stairway shafts shall be permitted beyond that permitted by the Interna- tional Building Code. 1102.3 Fire protection systems. Existing fire areas increased by the addition shall comply with Chapter 9 of the International Building Code. SECTION 1103 STRUCTURAL [BS] 1103.1 Additional gravity loads. Any existing gravity load-carrying structural element for which an addition and its related alterations cause an increase in design dead, live or snow load, including snow drift effects, of more than 5 percent shall be replaced or altered as needed to carry the gravity loads required by the International Building Code for new structures. Any existing gravity load-carrying structural element whose gravity load-carrying capacity is decreased as part of the addition and its related alterations shall be considered to be an altered element subject to the require- ments of Section 805.2. Any existing element that will form part of the lateral load path for any part of the addition shall be considered to be an existing lateral load-carrying struc- tural element subject to the requirements of Section 1103.3. Exception: Buildings of Group R occupancy with not more than five dwelling units or sleeping units used solely for residential purposes where the existing building and the addition together comply with the conventional light-frame construction methods of the International Building Code or the provisions of the International Resi- dential Code. [BS] 1103.2 Lateral force-resisting system. Where the addition is structurally independent of the existing structure, existing lateral load-carrying structural elements shall be permitted to remain unaltered. Where the addition is not structurally independent of the existing structure, the exist- ing structure and its addition acting together as a single structure shall meet the requirements of Sections 1609 and 1613 of the International Building Code using full seismic forces. Exceptions: 1. Buildings of Group R occupancy with not more than five dwelling or sleeping units used solely for residential purposes where the existing building and the addition comply with the conventional light-frame construction methods of the Interna- tional Building Code or the provisions of the International Residential Code. 11-1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 ADDITIONS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 2. Any existing lateral load-carrying structural element whose demand-capacity ratio with the addition considered is not more than 10 percent greater than its demand-capacity ratio with the addition ignored shall be permitted to remain unaltered. For purposes of calculating demand- capacity ratios, the demand shall consider applica- ble load combinations with design lateral loads or forces in accordance with Sections 1609 and 1613 of the International Building Code. For purposes of this exception, comparisons of demand-capac- ity ratios and calculation of design lateral loads, forces and capacities shall account for the cumula- tive effects of additions and alterations since original construction. [BS] 1103.3 Flood hazard areas. Additions and foundations in flood hazard areas shall comply with the following requirements: 1. For horizontal additions that are structurally inter- connected to the existing building: 1.1. If the addition and all other proposed work, when combined, constitute substantial improvement, the existing building and the addition shall comply with Section 1612 of the International Building Code, or Section R322 of the International Residential Code, as applicable. 1.2. If the addition constitutes substantial improvement, the existing building and the addition shall comply with Section 1612 of the International Building Code, or Section R322 of the International Residential Code, as applicable. 2. For horizontal additions that are not structurally interconnected to the existing building: 2.1. The addition shall comply with Section 1612 of the International Building Code, or Section R322 of the International Residen- tial Code, as applicable. 2.2. If the addition and all other proposed work, when combined, constitute substantial improvement, the existing building and the addition shall comply with Section 1612 of the International Building Code, or Section R322 of the International Residential Code, as applicable. 3. For vertical additions and all other proposed work that, when combined, constitute substantial improve- ment, the existing building shall comply with Section 1612 of the International Building Code, or Section R322 of the International Residential Code, as applicable. 4. For a raised or extended foundation, if the foundation work and all other proposed work, when combined, constitute substantial improvement, the existing building shall comply with Section 1612 of the Inter- national Building Code, or Section R322 of the International Residential Code, as applicable. 5. For a new foundation or replacement foundation, the foundation shall comply with Section 1612 of the International Building Code, or Section R322 of the International Residential Code, as applicable. SECTION 1104 ENERGY CONSERVATION 1104.1 Minimum requirements. Additions to existing buildings shall conform to the energy requirements of the International Energy Conservation Code or International Residential Code as they relate to new construction. * * 11-2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® CHAPTER 12 HISTORIC BUILDINGS User note: About this chapter: Chapter 12 provides some exceptions from code requirements when the building in question has historic value. The most important criterion for application of this chapter is that the building must be essentially accredited as being of historic significance by a state or local authority after careful review of the historical value of the building. Most, if not all, states have such authorities, as do many local jurisdictions. The agencies with such authority can be located at the state or local government level or through the local chapter of the American Institute of Architects (AIA). Other considerations include the structural condition of the building (i.e., is the building structurally sound), its proposed use, its impact on life safety and how the intent of the code, if not the letter, will be achieved. SECTION 1201 GENERAL 1201.1 Scope. This chapter is intended to provide means for the preservation of historic buildings. Historic buildings shall comply with the provisions of this chapter relating to their repair, alteration, relocation and change of occupancy. [BS] 1201.2 Report. A historic building undergoing alter- ation or change of occupancy shall be investigated and evaluated. If it is intended that the building meet the require- ments of this chapter, a written report shall be prepared and filed with the code official by a registered design profes- sional where such a report is necessary in the opinion of the code official. Such report shall be in accordance with Chap- ter 1 and shall identify each required safety feature that is in compliance with this chapter and where compliance with other chapters of these provisions would be damaging to the contributing historic features. For buildings assigned to Seis- mic Design Category D, E or F, a structural evaluation describing, at a minimum, the vertical and horizontal elements of the lateral force-resisting system and any strengths or weaknesses therein shall be prepared. Addition- ally, the report shall describe each feature that is not in compliance with these provisions and shall demonstrate how the intent of these provisions is complied with in providing an equivalent level of safety. 1201.3 Special occupancy exceptions—museums. Where a building in Group R-3 is used for Group A, B or M purposes such as museum tours, exhibits and other public assembly activities, or for museums less than 3,000 square feet (279 m2), the code official is authorized to determine that the occupancy is Group B where life safety conditions can be demonstrated in accordance with Section 1201.2. Adequate means of egress in such buildings, including, but not limited to, a means of maintaining doors in an open position to permit egress, a limit on building occupancy to an occupant load permitted by the means of egress capacity, a limit on occupancy of certain areas or floors, or supervision by a person knowledgeable in the emergency exiting procedures, shall be provided. [BS] 1201.4 Flood hazard areas. In flood hazard areas, if all proposed work, including repairs, work required because of a change of occupancy, and alterations, constitutes substantial improvement, then the existing building shall comply with Section 1612 of the International Building Code, or Section R322 of the International Residential Code, as applicable. Exception: If a historic building will continue to be a historic building after the proposed work is completed, then the proposed work is not considered a substantial improvement. For the purposes of this exception, a historic building is any of the following: 1. Listed or preliminarily determined to be eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places. 2. Determined by the Secretary of the US Depart- ment of Interior to contribute to the historical significance of a registered historic district or a district preliminarily determined to qualify as a historic district. 3. Designated as historic under a state or local historic preservation program that is approved by the Department of Interior. 1201.5 Unsafe conditions. Conditions determined by the code official to be unsafe shall be remedied. Work shall not be required beyond what is required to remedy the unsafe conditions. SECTION 1202 REPAIRS 1202.1 General. Repairs to any portion of a historic building or structure shall be permitted with original or like materials and original methods of construction, subject to the provi- sions of this chapter. Hazardous materials, such as asbestos and lead-based paint, shall not be used where the code for new construction would not permit their use in buildings of similar occupancy, purpose and location. 1202.2 Replacement. Replacement of existing or missing features using original materials shall be permitted. Partial replacement for repairs that match the original in configura- tion, height and size shall be permitted. Replacement glazing in hazardous locations shall comply with the safety glazing requirements of Chapter 24 of the International Building Code. Exception: Glass block walls, louvered windows and jalousies repaired with like materials. 12-1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 HISTORIC BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® SECTION 1203 FIRE SAFETY 1203.1 Scope. Historic buildings undergoing alterations, changes of occupancy or that are moved shall comply with Section 1203. 1203.2 General. Every historic building that does not conform to the construction requirements specified in this code for the occupancy or use and that constitutes a distinct fire hazard as defined herein shall be provided with an approved automatic fire-extinguishing system as determined appropriate by the code official. However, an automatic fire- extinguishing system shall not be used to substitute for, or act as an alternative to, the required number of exits from any facility. 1203.3 Means of egress. Existing door openings and corri- dor and stairway widths less than those specified elsewhere in this code may be approved, provided that, in the opinion of the code official, there is sufficient width and height for a person to pass through the opening or traverse the means of egress. Where approved by the code official, the front or main exit doors need not swing in the direction of the path of exit travel, provided that other approved means of egress having sufficient capacity to serve the total occupant load are provided. 1203.4 Transoms. In buildings with automatic sprinkler systems of Group R-1, R-2 or R-3, existing transoms in corridors and other fire-resistance-rated walls may be main- tained if fixed in the closed position. A sprinkler shall be installed on each side of the transom. 1203.5 Interior finishes. The existing interior finishes shall be accepted where it is demonstrated that they are the historic finishes. 1203.6 Stairway enclosure. In buildings of three stories or less, exit enclosure construction shall limit the spread of smoke by the use of tight-fitting doors and solid elements. Such elements are not required to have a fire-resistance rating. 1203.7 One-hour fire-resistant assemblies. Where 1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction is required by these provi- sions, it need not be provided, regardless of construction or occupancy, where the existing wall and ceiling finish is wood or metal lath and plaster. 1203.8 Glazing in fire-resistance-rated systems. Historic glazing materials are permitted in interior walls required to have a 1-hour fire-resistance rating where the opening is provided with approved smoke seals and the area affected is provided with an automatic sprinkler system. 1203.9 Stairway railings. Grand stairways shall be accepted without complying with the handrail and guard require- ments. Existing handrails and guards at all stairways shall be permitted to remain, provided they are not structurally dangerous. 1203.10 Guards. Guards shall comply with Sections 1203.10.1 and 1203.10.2. 1203.10.1 Height. Existing guards shall comply with the requirements of Section 404. 1203.10.2 Guard openings. The spacing between exist- ing intermediate railings or openings in existing ornamental patterns shall be accepted. Missing elements or members of a guard may be replaced in a manner that will preserve the historic appearance of the building or structure. 1203.11 Exit signs. Where exit sign or egress path marking location would damage the historic character of the building, alternative exit signs are permitted with approval of the code official. Alternative signs shall identify the exits and egress path. 1203.12 Automatic fire-extinguishing systems. Every historic building that cannot be made to conform to the construction requirements specified in the International Building Code for the occupancy or use and that constitutes a distinct fire hazard shall be deemed to be in compliance if provided with an approved automatic fire-extinguishing system. Exception: Where the code official approves an alterna- tive life-safety system. SECTION 1204 CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY 1204.1 General. Historic buildings undergoing a change of occupancy shall comply with the applicable provisions of Chapter 10, except as specifically permitted in this chapter. Where Chapter 10 requires compliance with specific require- ments of Chapter 7, Chapter 8 or Chapter 9 and where those requirements are subject to the exceptions in Section 1202, the same exceptions shall apply to this section. 1204.2 Building area. The allowable floor area for historic buildings undergoing a change of occupancy shall be permit- ted to exceed by 20 percent the allowable areas specified in Chapter 5 of the International Building Code. 1204.3 Location on property. Historic structures undergo- ing a change of use to a higher-hazard category in accordance with Section 1011.7 may use alternative methods to comply with the fire-resistance and exterior opening protective requirements. Such alternatives shall comply with Section 1201.2. 1204.4 Occupancy separation. Required occupancy separa- tions of 1 hour may be omitted where the building is provided with an approved automatic sprinkler system throughout. 1204.5 Roof covering. Regardless of occupancy or use group, roof-covering materials not less than Class C, where tested in accordance with ASTM E108 or UL 790, shall be permitted where a fire-retardant roof covering is required. 1204.6 Means of egress. Existing door openings and corri- dor and stairway widths less than those that would be acceptable for nonhistoric buildings under these provisions shall be approved, provided that, in the opinion of the code official, there is sufficient width and height for a person to pass through the opening or traverse the exit and that the capacity of the exit system is adequate for the occupant load, 12-2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 HISTORIC BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® or where other operational controls to limit occupancy are approved by the code official. 1204.7 Door swing. Where approved by the code official, existing front doors need not swing in the direction of exit travel, provided that other approved exits having sufficient capacity to serve the total occupant load are provided. 1204.8 Transoms. In corridor walls required by these provi- sions to be fire-resistance rated, existing transoms may be maintained if fixed in the closed position, and fixed wired glass set in a steel frame or other approved glazing shall be installed on one side of the transom. Exception: Transoms conforming to Section 1203.4 shall be accepted. 1204.9 Interior finishes. Where interior finish materials are required to comply with the fire test requirements of Section 803.1 of the International Building Code, existing noncon- forming materials shall be permitted to be surfaced with an approved fire-retardant coating to achieve the required clas- sification. Compliance with this section shall be demonstrated by testing the fire-retardant coating on the same material and achieving the required fire classification. Where the same material is not available, it shall be permit- ted to test on a similar material. Exception: Existing nonconforming materials need not be surfaced with an approved fire-retardant coating where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with the Interna- tional Building Code and the nonconforming materials can be substantiated as being historic in character. 1204.10 One-hour fire-resistant assemblies. Where 1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction is required by these provi- sions, it need not be provided, regardless of construction or occupancy, where the existing wall and ceiling finish is wood lath and plaster. 1204.11 Stairways and guards. Existing stairways shall comply with the requirements of these provisions. The code official shall grant alternatives for stairways and guards if alternative stairways are found to be acceptable or are judged to meet the intent of these provisions. Existing stairways shall comply with Section 1203. Exception: For buildings less than 3,000 square feet (279 m2), existing conditions are permitted to remain at all stairways and guards. 1204.12 Exit signs. The code official may accept alternative exit sign locations where the location of such signs would damage the historic character of the building or structure. Such signs shall identify the exits and exit path. [BS] 1204.13 Exit stair live load. Existing historic stair- ways in buildings changed to a Group R-1 or R-2 occupancy shall be accepted where it can be shown that the stairway can support a 75-pounds-per-square-foot (366 kg/m2) live load. 1204.14 Natural light. Where it is determined by the code official that compliance with the natural light requirements of Section 1010.1 will lead to loss of historic character or historic materials in the building, the existing level of natural lighting shall be considered to be acceptable. SECTION 1205 STRUCTURAL [BS] 1205.1 General. Historic buildings shall comply with the applicable structural provisions for the work as classified in Chapter 4 or 5. Exceptions: 1. The code official shall be authorized to accept existing floors and existing live loads and to approve operational controls that limit the live load on any floor. 2.Repair of substantial structural damage is not required to comply with Sections 405.2.3 and 405.2.4. Substantial structural damage shall be repaired in accordance with Section 405.2.1. [BS] 1205.2 Dangerous conditions. Conditions determined by the code official to be dangerous shall be remedied. Work shall not be required beyond what is required to remedy the dangerous condition. SECTION 1206 RELOCATED BUILDINGS 1206.1 Relocated buildings. Foundations of relocated historic buildings and structures shall comply with the Inter- national Building Code. Relocated historic buildings shall otherwise be considered a historic building for the purposes of this code. Relocated historic buildings and structures shall be sited so that exterior wall and opening requirements comply with the International Building Code or with the compliance alternatives of this code. 12-3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®12-4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® CHAPTER 13 PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE METHODS User note: About this chapter: Chapter 13 allows for existing buildings to be evaluated so as to show that alterations, while not meeting new construction requirements, will improve the current existing situation. Provisions are based on a numerical scoring system involving 19 vari- ous safety parameters and the degree of code compliance for each issue. SECTION 1301 GENERAL 1301.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall apply to the alteration, addition and change of occupancy of existing structures, including historic structures, as referenced in Section 301.3.3. The provisions of this chapter are intended to maintain or increase the current degree of public safety, health and general welfare in existing buildings while permitting, alteration, addition and change of occupancy without requiring full compliance with Chapters 6 through 12, except where compliance with the prescriptive method of Chapter 5 or the work area method of other provisions of this code is specifically required in this chapter. 1301.1.1 Compliance with other methods. Alterations, additions and changes of occupancy to existing structures shall comply with the provisions of this chapter or with one of the methods provided in Section 301.3. 1301.2 Applicability. Existing buildings in which there is work involving additions, alterations or changes of occu- pancy shall be made to conform to the requirements of this chapter or the provisions of Chapters 6 through 12. The provisions of Sections 1301.2.1 through 1301.2.6 shall apply to existing occupancies that will continue to be, or are proposed to be, in Groups A, B, E, F, I-2, M, R and S. These provisions shall also apply to Group U occupancies where such occupancies are undergoing a change of occupancy or a partial change in occupancy with separations in accordance with Section 1301.2.2. These provisions shall not apply to buildings with occupancies in Group H, I-1, I-3 or I-4. 1301.2.1 Change in occupancy. Where an existing build- ing is changed to a new occupancy classification and this section is applicable, the provisions of this section for the new occupancy shall be used to determine compliance with this code. 1301.2.2 Partial change in occupancy. Where a portion of the building is changed to a new occupancy classifica- tion and that portion is separated from the remainder of the building with fire barrier or horizontal assemblies having a fire-resistance rating as required by Table 508.4 of the International Building Code or Section R302 of the International Residential Code for the separate occupan- cies, or with approved compliance alternatives, the portion changed shall be made to conform to the provi- sions of this section. Only the portion separated shall be required to be evaluated for compliance. Where a portion of the building is changed to a new occupancy classification and that portion is not separated from the remainder of the building with fire barriers or horizontal assemblies having a fire-resistance rating as required by Table 508.4 of the International Building Code or Section R302 of the International Residential Code for the separate occupancies, or with approved compliance alternatives, the provisions of this section which apply to each occupancy shall apply to the entire building. Where there are conflicting provisions, those requirements which secure the greater public safety shall apply to the entire building or structure. 1301.2.3 Additions. Additions to existing buildings shall comply with the requirements of the International Build- ing Code or the International Residential Code for new construction. The combined height and area of the exist- ing building and the new addition shall not exceed the height and area allowed by Chapter 5 of the International Building Code. Where a fire wall that complies with Section 706 of the International Building Code is provided between the addition and the existing building, the addition shall be considered a separate building. 1301.2.4 Alterations. An existing building or portion thereof shall not be altered in such a manner that results in the building being less safe or sanitary than such building is currently. Exception: Where the current level of safety or sanita- tion is proposed to be reduced, the portion altered shall conform to the requirements of the International Building Code. 1301.2.5 Escalators. Where escalators are provided in below-grade transportation stations, existing and new escalators shall be permitted to have a clear width of less than 32 inches (815 mm). 1301.2.6 Plumbing fixtures. Plumbing fixtures shall be provided in accordance with Section 1009 for a change of occupancy and Section 808 for alterations. Plumbing fixtures for additions shall be in accordance with the International Plumbing Code. 1301.3 Acceptance. For repairs, alterations, additions and changes of occupancy to existing buildings that are evaluated in accordance with this section, compliance with this section shall be accepted by the code official. 1301.3.1 Hazards. Where the code official determines that an unsafe condition exists as provided for in Section 13-1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE METHODS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 115, such unsafe condition shall be abated in accordance with Section 115. 1301.3.2 Compliance with other codes. Buildings that are evaluated in accordance with this section shall comply with the International Fire Code and International Prop- erty Maintenance Code. [BS] 1301.3.3 Compliance with flood hazard provi- sions. In flood hazard areas, buildings that are evaluated in accordance with this section shall comply with Section 1612 of the International Building Code, or Section R322 of the International Residential Code, as applicable, if the work covered by this section constitutes substantial improvement. 1301.4 Investigation and evaluation. For proposed work covered by this chapter, the building owner shall cause the existing building to be investigated and evaluated in accor- dance with the provisions of Sections 1301.4 through 1301.9. [BS] 1301.4.1 Structural analysis. The owner shall have a structural analysis of the existing building made to determine adequacy of structural systems for the proposed alteration, addition or change of occupancy. The analysis shall demonstrate that the building with the work completed is capable of resisting the loads specified in Chapter 16 of the International Building Code. 1301.4.2 Submittal. The results of the investigation and evaluation as required in Section 1301.4, along with proposed compliance alternatives, shall be submitted to the code official. 1301.4.3 Determination of compliance. The code offi- cial shall determine whether the existing building, with the proposed addition, alteration or change of occupancy, complies with the provisions of this section in accordance with the evaluation process in Sections 1301.5 through 1301.9. 1301.5 Evaluation. The evaluation shall be composed of three categories: fire safety, means of egress and general safety, as defined in Sections 1301.5.1 through 1301.5.3. 1301.5.1 Fire safety. Included within the fire safety cate- gory are the structural fire resistance, automatic fire detection, fire alarm, automatic sprinkler system and fire suppression system features of the facility. 1301.5.2 Means of egress. Included within the means of egress category are the configuration, characteristics and support features for means of egress in the facility. 1301.5.3 General safety. Included within the general safety category are the fire safety parameters and the means of egress parameters. 1301.6 Evaluation process. The evaluation process speci- fied herein shall be followed in its entirety to evaluate existing buildings in Groups A, B, E, F, M, R, S and U. For existing buildings in Group I-2, the evaluation process speci- fied herein shall be followed and applied to each and every individual smoke compartment. Table 1301.7 shall be utilized for tabulating the results of the evaluation. Refer- ences to other sections of this code or other codes indicate that compliance with those sections is required in order to gain credit in the evaluation herein outlined. In applying this section to a building with mixed occupancies, where the separation between the mixed occupancies does not qualify for any category indicated in Section 1301.6.16, the score for each occupancy shall be determined, and the lower score determined for each section of the evaluation process shall apply to the entire building or to each smoke compartment for Group I-2 occupancies. Where the separation between the mixed occupancies qualifies for any category indicated in Section 1301.6.16, the score for each occupancy shall apply to each portion or smoke compartment of the building based on the occupancy of the space. 1301.6.1 Building height and number of stories. The value for building height and number of stories shall be the lesser value determined by the formula in Section 1301.6.1.1. Section 504 of the International Building Code shall be used to determine the allowable height and number of stories of the building. Subtract the actual building height from the allowable height and divide by 121/2 feet (3810 mm). Enter the height value and its sign (positive or negative) in Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.1, Building Height, for fire safety, means of egress and general safety. The maximum score for a building shall be 10. 1301.6.1.1 Height formula. The following formulas shall be used in computing the building height value. (Equation 13-1) Height value, stories = (AS – EBS) × CF (Equation 13-2) where: AH = Allowable height in feet (mm) from Section 504 of the International Building Code. EBH = Existing building height in feet (mm). AS = Allowable height in stories from Section 504 of the International Building Code. EBS = Existing building height in stories. CF = 1 if (AH) – (EBH) is positive. CF = Construction-type factor shown in Table 1301.6.6(2) if (AH) – (EBH) is negative. Note: Where mixed occupancies are separated and individually evaluated as indicated in Section 1301.6, the values AH, AS, EBH and EBS shall be based on the height of the occupancy being evaluated. 1301.6.2 Building area. The value for building area shall be determined by the formula in Section 1301.6.2.2. Section 506 of the International Building Code and the formula in Section 1301.6.2.1 shall be used to determine the allowable area of the building. Enter the area value and its sign (positive or negative) in Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.2, Building Area, for fire safety, Height value, feet = AHEBH– 12.5------------------------------------CF 13-2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE METHODS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® means of egress and general safety. In determining the area value, the maximum permitted positive value for area is 50 percent of the fire safety score as listed in Table 1301.8, Mandatory Safety Scores. Group I-2 occupancies shall be scored zero. 1301.6.2.1 Allowable area formula. The following formula shall be used in computing allowable area: Aa = At + (NS × If)(Equation 13-3) where: Aa = Allowable building area per story (square feet). At = Tabular allowable area factor (NS, S1, S13R, or SM value, as applicable) in accordance with Table 506.2 of the International Building Code. NS = Tabular allowable area factor in accordance with Table 506.2 of the International Building Code for a nonsprinklered building (regardless of whether the building is sprinklered). If = Area factor increase due to frontage as calculated in accordance with Section 506.3 of the International Building Code. 1301.6.2.2 Area formula. The following formulas shall be used in computing the area value. Equation 13-4 shall be used for a single occupancy buildings and Equation 13-5 shall be used for multiple occu- pancy buildings. Determine the area value for each occupancy floor area on a floor-by-floor basis. For multiple occupancy, buildings with the minimum area value of the set of values obtained for the particular occupancy shall be used as the area value for that occupancy. For single occupancy buildings: Area valuei = (Allowable area  Actual area)/1200 square feet (Equation 13-4) For multiple occupancy buildings: (Equation 13-5) where: i = Value for an individual separated occupancy on a floor. n = Number of separated occupancies on a floor. 1301.6.3 Compartmentation. Evaluate the compart- ments created by fire barriers or horizontal assemblies which comply with Sections 1301.6.3.2 and 1301.6.3.3and which are exclusive of the wall elements considered under Sections 1301.6.4 and 1301.6.5. Conforming compartments shall be figured as the net area and do not include shafts, chases, stairways, walls or columns. Using Table 1301.6.3, determine the appropri- ate compartmentation value (CV) and enter that value into Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.3, Compartmentation, for fire safety, means of egress and general safety. TABLE 1301.6.3 COMPARTMENTATION VALUES a. For compartment sizes between categories, the compartmentation value shall be obtained by linear interpolation. 1301.6.3.1 Categories. The categories for compart- ment separations are: 1. Category a—Compartment size of 15,000 square feet (1394 m2) or more. 2. Category b—Maximum compartment size of 10,000 square feet (929 m2). 3. Category c—Maximum compartment size of 7,500 square feet (697 m2). 4. Category d—Maximum compartment size of 5,000 square feet (464 m2). 5. Category e—Maximum compartment size of 2,500 square feet (232 m2). 1301.6.3.2 Wall construction. A wall used to create separate compartments shall be a fire barrier conform- ing to Section 707 of the International Building Code with a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 hours. Where the building is not divided into more than one compartment, the compartment size shall be taken as the total floor area on all floors. Where there is more than one compartment within a story, each compart- mented area on such story shall be provided with a horizontal exit conforming to Section 1026 of the International Building Code. The fire door serving as the horizontal exit between compartments shall be so installed, fitted and gasketed that such fire door will provide a substantial barrier to the passage of smoke. 1301.6.3.3 Floor/ceiling construction. A floor/ceiling assembly used to create compartments shall conform to Section 711 of the International Building Code and shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 hours. 1301.6.4 Tenant and dwelling unit separations. Evalu- ate the fire-resistance rating of floors and walls separating tenants, including dwelling units, and not evaluated under Sections 1301.6.3 and 1301.6.5. Group I-2 occupancies shall evaluate the rating of the separations between care recipient sleeping rooms. Under the categories and occupancies in Table 1301.6.4, determine the appropriate value and enter that value in Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.4, Tenant and Dwelling Unit Separation, for fire safety, Area valuei Allowable areai 1200square feet-------------------------------------- 1 Actual area i Allowable area i ------------------------- Actual arean Allowable arean -------------------------++  –= OCCUPANCY CATEGORIESa abcde A-1, A-3 0 6 101418 A-2 0 4 101418 A-4, B, E, S-2 0 5 101520 F, M, R, S-1 0 4 101622 I-2 0 2 8 10 14 13-3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE METHODS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® means of egress and general safety. The value shall be zero for single tenant buildings and buildings without dwelling units. TABLE 1301.6.4 SEPARATION VALUES 1301.6.4.1 Categories. The categories for tenant and dwelling unit separations are: 1. Category a—No fire partitions; incomplete fire partitions; no doors; doors not self-closing or automatic-closing. 2. Category b—Fire partitions or floor assemblies with less than 1-hour fire-resistance ratings or not constructed in accordance with Section 708 or 711 of the International Building Code, respectively. 3. Category c—Fire partitions with 1-hour or greater fire-resistance ratings constructed in accordance with Section 708 of the Interna- tional Building Code and floor assemblies with 1-hour but less than 2-hour fire-resistance ratings constructed in accordance with Section 711 of the International Building Code or with only one tenant within the floor area. 4. Category d—Fire barriers with 1-hour but less than 2-hour fire-resistance ratings constructed in accordance with Section 707 of the Interna- tional Building Code and floor assemblies with 2-hour or greater fire-resistance ratings constructed in accordance with Section 711 of the International Building Code. 5. Category e—Fire barriers and floor assemblies with 2-hour or greater fire-resistance ratings and constructed in accordance with Sections 707 and 711 of the International Building Code, respectively. 1301.6.5 Corridor walls. Evaluate the fire-resistance rating and degree of completeness of walls which create corridors serving the floor and that are constructed in accordance with Section 1020 of the International Build- ing Code. This evaluation shall not include the wall elements considered under Sections 1301.6.3 and 1301.6.4. Under the categories and groups in Table 1301.6.5, determine the appropriate value and enter that value into Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.5, Corridor Walls, for fire safety, means of egress and general safety. TABLE 1301.6.5 CORRIDOR WALL VALUES a. Corridors not providing at least one-half the exit access travel distance for all occupants on a floor shall use Category b. 1301.6.5.1 Categories. The categories for corridor walls are: 1. Category a—No fire partitions; incomplete fire partitions; no doors; or doors not self-closing. 2. Category b—Less than 1-hour fire-resistance rating or not constructed in accordance with Section 708.4 of the International Building Code. 3. Category c—1-hour to less than 2-hour fire- resistance rating, with doors conforming to Section 716 of the International Building Code or corridors as permitted by Section 1020 of the International Building Code to be without a fire-resistance rating. 4. Category d—2-hour or greater fire-resistance rating, with doors conforming to Section 716 of the International Building Code. 1301.6.6 Vertical openings. Evaluate the fire-resistance rating of interior exit stairways or ramps, hoistways, esca- lator openings and other shaft enclosures within the building, and openings between two or more floors. Table 1301.6.6(1) contains the appropriate protection values. Multiply that value by the construction-type factor found in Table 1301.6.6(2). Enter the vertical opening value and its sign (positive or negative) in Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.6, Vertical Openings, for fire safety, means of egress and general safety. If the structure is a one-story building or if all the unenclosed vertical openings within the building conform to the requirements of Section 712 of the International Building Code, enter a value of 2. The maximum positive value for this require- ment (VO) shall be 2. TABLE 1301.6.6(1) VERTICAL OPENING PROTECTION VALUE OCCUPANCY CATEGORIES abcde A-1 00001 A-2 -5 -3 0 1 3 R-4-2024 A-3, A-4, B, E, F, M, S-1 -4 -3 0 2 4 I-2 01234 S-2 -5 -2 0 2 4 OCCUPANCY CATEGORIES abcada A-1 -10 -4 0 2 A-2 -30 -12 0 2 A-3, F, M, R, S-1 -7 -3 0 2 A-4, B, E, S-2 -5 -2 0 5 I-2 -10 0 1 2 PROTECTION VALUE None (unprotected opening)-2 times number of floors connected Less than 1 hour -1 times number of floors connected 1 to less than 2 hours 1 2 hours or more 2 13-4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE METHODS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® TABLE 1301.6.6(2) CONSTRUCTION-TYPE FACTOR 1301.6.6.1 Vertical opening formula. The following formula shall be used in computing vertical opening value. VO = PV × CF (Equation 13-6) where: VO = Vertical opening value. The calculated value shall not be greater than positive 2.0. PV = Protection value from Table 1301.6.6(1). CF = Construction-type factor from Table 1301.6.6(2). 1301.6.7 HVAC systems. Evaluate the ability of the HVAC system to resist the movement of smoke and fire beyond the point of origin. Under the categories in Section 1301.6.7.1, determine the appropriate value and enter that value into Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.7, HVAC Systems, for fire safety, means of egress and general safety. Facilities in Group I-2 occupancies meeting Category a, b or c shall be considered to fail the evaluation. 1301.6.7.1 Categories. The categories for HVAC systems are: 1. Category a—Plenums not in accordance with Section 602 of the International Mechanical Code. -10 points. 2. Category b—Air movement in egress elements not in accordance with Section 1020.6 of the International Building Code. -5 points. 3. Category c—Both Categories a and b are appli- cable. -15 points. 4. Category d—Compliance of the HVAC system with Section 1020.6 of the International Build- ing Code and Section 602 of the International Mechanical Code. 0 points. 5. Category e—Systems serving one story; or a central boiler/chiller system without ductwork connecting two or more stories or where systems have no ductwork. +5 points. 1301.6.8 Automatic fire detection. Evaluate the smoke detection capability based on the location and operation of automatic fire detectors in accordance with the Inter- national Mechanical Code and Section 907 of the International Building Code. Under the categories and occupancies in Table 1301.6.8, determine the appropriate value and enter that value into Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.8, Automatic Fire Detection, for fire safety, means of egress and general safety. Facilities in Group I-2 occupancies meeting Category a, b or c shall be considered to fail the evaluation. TABLE 1301.6.8 AUTOMATIC FIRE DETECTION VALUES NA = Not Applicable. NP = Not Permitted. 1301.6.8.1 Categories. The categories for automatic fire detection are: 1. Category a—None. 2. Category b—Existing smoke detectors in HVAC systems and maintained in accordance with the International Fire Code. 3. Category c—Smoke detectors in HVAC systems. The detectors are installed in accor- dance with the requirements for new buildings in the International Mechanical Code. 4. Category d—Smoke detectors throughout all floor areas other than individual sleeping units, tenant spaces and dwelling units. 5. Category e—Smoke detectors installed throughout the floor area. 6. Category f—Smoke detectors in corridors only. 1301.6.9 Fire alarm systems. Evaluate the capability of the fire alarm system in accordance with Section 907 of the International Building Code. Under the categories and occupancies in Table 1301.6.9, determine the appropriate value and enter that value into Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.9, Fire Alarm System, for fire safety, means of egress and general safety. TABLE 1301.6.9 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM VALUES a. For buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system, add 2 points for activation by a sprinkler water-flow device. 1301.6.9.1 Categories. The categories for fire alarm systems are: 1. Category a—None. 2. Category b—Fire alarm system with manual fire alarm boxes in accordance with Section 907.4 of the International Building Code and alarm notification appliances in accordance with Section 907.5.2 of the International Building Code. FACTOR TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION IA IB IIA IIB IIIA IIIB IV VA VB 1.2 1.5 2.2 3.5 2.5 3.5 2.3 3.3 7 OCCUPANCY CATEGORIES abcdef A-1, A-3, F, M, R, S-1 -10 -5 0 2 6 NA A-2 -25 -5 0 5 9 NA A-4, B, E, S-2 -4 -2 0 4 8 NA I-2 NP NP NP 4 5 2 OCCUPANCY CATEGORIES aba cd A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4, B, E, R -10 -5 0 5 F, M, S 0 5 10 15 I-2 -4 1 2 5 13-5 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE METHODS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 3. Category c—Fire alarm system in accordance with Section 907 of the International Building Code. 4. Category d—Category c plus a required emer- gency voice/alarm communications system and a fire command station that conforms to Section 911 of the International Building Code and contains the emergency voice/alarm communications system controls, fire depart- ment communication system controls, and any other controls specified in Section 911 of the International Building Code where those systems are provided. 1301.6.10 Smoke control. Evaluate the ability of a natu- ral or mechanical venting, exhaust or pressurization system to control the movement of smoke from a fire. Under the categories and occupancies in Table 1301.6.10, determine the appropriate value and enter that value into Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.10, Smoke Control, for means of egress and general safety. TABLE 1301.6.10 SMOKE CONTROL VALUES a. This value shall be 0 if compliance with Category d or e in Section 1301.6.8.1 has not been obtained. 1301.6.10.1 Categories. The categories for smoke control are: 1. Category a—None. 2. Category b—The building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system. Openings are provided in exterior walls at the rate of 20 square feet (1.86 m2) per 50 linear feet (15 240 mm) of exterior wall in each story and distributed around the building perimeter at intervals not exceeding 50 feet (15 240 mm). Such openings shall be readily openable from the inside without a key or separate tool and shall be provided with ready access thereto. In lieu of operable openings, clearly and perma- nently marked tempered glass panels shall be used. 3. Category c—One enclosed exit stairway, with ready access thereto, from each occupied floor of the building. The stairway has operable exterior windows, and the building has open- ings in accordance with Category b. 4. Category d—One smokeproof enclosure and the building has openings in accordance with Category b. 5. Category e—The building is equipped through- out with an automatic sprinkler system. Each floor area is provided with a mechanical air- handling system designed to accomplish smoke containment. Return and exhaust air shall be moved directly to the outside without recircula- tion to other floor areas of the building under fire conditions. The system shall exhaust not less than six air changes per hour from the floor area. Supply air by mechanical means to the floor area is not required. Containment of smoke shall be considered as confining smoke to the floor area involved without migration to other floor areas. Any other tested and approved design that will adequately accom- plish smoke containment is permitted. 6. Category f—Each stairway shall be one of the following: a smokeproof enclosure in accor- dance with Section 1023.12 of the International Building Code; pressurized in accordance with Section 909.20.5 of the Inter- national Building Code; or shall have operable exterior windows. 1301.6.11 Means of egress capacity and number. Eval- uate the means of egress capacity and the number of exits available to the building occupants. In applying this section, the means of egress are required to conform to the following sections of the International Building Code: 1003.7, 1004, 1005, 1006, 1007, 1016.2, 1026.1, 1028.3, 1028.5, 1030.2, 1030.3, 1030.4 and 1031. The number of exits credited is the number that is available to each occu- pant of the area being evaluated. Existing fire escapes shall be accepted as a component in the means of egress when conforming to Section 504. Under the categories and occupancies in Table 1301.6.11, determine the appropriate value and enter that value into Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.11, Means of Egress Capacity, for means of egress and general safety. TABLE 1301.6.11 MEANS OF EGRESS VALUES a. The values indicated are for buildings six stories or less in height. For buildings over six stories above grade plane, add an additional -10 points. 1301.6.11.1 Categories. The categories for means-of- egress capacity and number of exits are: 1. Category a—Compliance with the minimum required means-of-egress capacity or number of exits is achieved through the use of a fire escape in accordance with Section 405. OCCUPANCY CATEGORIES abcdef A-1, A-2, A-3 012366 A-4, E 000135 B, M, R 0 2 a 3a 3a 3a 4a F, S 0 2 a 2a 3a 3a 3a I-2 -4 0 0 0 3 0 OCCUPANCY CATEGORIES aa bcde A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4, E, I-2 -10 0 2 8 10 M -30124 B, F, S -10000 R -30000 13-6 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE METHODS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 2. Category b—Capacity of the means of egress complies with Section 1005 of the Interna- tional Building Code, and the number of exits complies with the minimum number required by Section 1006 of the International Building Code. 3. Category c—Capacity of the means of egress is equal to or exceeds 125 percent of the required means-of-egress capacity, the means of egress complies with the minimum required width dimensions specified in the International Building Code, and the number of exits complies with the minimum number required by Section 1006 of the International Building Code. 4. Category d—The number of exits provided exceeds the number of exits required by Section 1006 of the International Building Code. Exits shall be located a distance apart from each other equal to not less than that spec- ified in Section 1007 of the International Building Code. 5. Category e—The area being evaluated meets both Categories c and d. 1301.6.12 Dead ends. In spaces required to be served by more than one means of egress, evaluate the length of the exit access travel path in which the building occupants are confined to a single path of travel. Under the categories and occupancies in Table 1301.6.12, determine the appro- priate value and enter that value into Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.12, Dead Ends, for means of egress and general safety. TABLE 1301.6.12 DEAD-END VALUES a. For dead-end distances between categories, the dead-end value shall be obtained by linear interpolation. 1301.6.12.1 Categories. The categories for dead ends are: 1. Category a—Dead end of 35 feet (10 670 mm) in nonsprinklered buildings or 70 feet (21 340 mm) in sprinklered buildings. 2. Category b—Dead end of 20 feet (6096 mm); or 50 feet (15 240 mm) in Group B in accor- dance with Section 1020.5, Exception 2, of the International Building Code. 3. Category c—No dead ends; or ratio of length to width (l/w) is less than 2.5:1. 4. Category d—Dead ends exceeding Category a. 1301.6.13 Maximum exit access travel distance to an exit. Evaluate the length of exit access travel to an approved exit. Determine the appropriate points in accor- dance with the following equation and enter that value into Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.13, Maximum Exit Access Travel Distance for means of egress and general safety. The maximum allowable exit access travel distance shall be determined in accordance with Section 1017.1 of the International Building Code. (Equation 13-7) 1301.6.14 Elevator control. Evaluate the passenger elevator equipment and controls that are available to the fire department to reach all occupied floors. Emergency recall and in-car operation of elevators shall be provided in accordance with the International Fire Code. Under the categories and occupancies in Table 1301.6.14, deter- mine the appropriate value and enter that value into Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.14, Elevator Control, for fire safety, means of egress and general safety. The values shall be zero for a single-story building. TABLE 1301.6.14 ELEVATOR CONTROL VALUES For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm. NP = Not Permitted. 1301.6.14.1 Categories. The categories for elevator controls are: 1. Category a—No elevator. 2. Category b—Any elevator without Phase I emergency recall operation and Phase II emer- gency in-car operation. 3. Category c—All elevators with Phase I emer- gency recall operation and Phase II emergency in-car operation as required by the Interna- tional Fire Code. 4. Category d—All meet Category c; or Category b where permitted to be without Phase I emer- gency recall operation and Phase II emergency in-car operation; and at least one elevator that complies with new construction requirements serves all occupied floors. OCCUPANCY CATEGORIESa abcd A-1, A-3, A-4, B, F, M, R, S -2 0 2 -4 A-2, E -2 0 2 -4 I-2 -2 0 2 -6 ELEVATOR TRAVEL CATEGORIES abcd Less than 25 feet of travel above or below the primary level of elevator access for emergency fire-fighting or rescue personnel -2 0 0 +2 Travel of 25 feet or more above or below the primary level of elevator access for emergency fire-fighting or rescue personnel -4 NP 0 +4 Points = 20 Maximum allowable travel distance Maximum actual travel distance– Maximum allowable travel distance------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13-7 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE METHODS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 1301.6.15 Means of egress emergency lighting. Evalu- ate the presence of and reliability of means of egress emergency lighting. Under the categories and occupan- cies in Table 1301.6.15, determine the appropriate value and enter that value into Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.15, Means of Egress Emergency Light- ing, for means of egress and general safety. TABLE 1301.6.15 MEANS OF EGRESS EMERGENCY LIGHTING VALUES NP = Not Permitted. 1301.6.15.1 Categories. The categories for means of egress emergency lighting are: 1. Category a—Means-of-egress lighting and exit signs not provided with emergency power in accordance with Section 2702 of the Interna- tional Building Code. 2. Category b—Means of egress lighting and exit signs provided with emergency power in accor- dance with Section 2702 of the International Building Code. 3. Category c—Emergency power provided to means of egress lighting and exit signs, which provides protection in the event of power fail- ure to the site or building. 1301.6.16 Mixed occupancies. Where a building has two or more occupancies that are not in the same occupancy classification, the separation between the mixed occupan- cies shall be evaluated in accordance with this section. Where there is no separation between the mixed occupan- cies or the separation between mixed occupancies does not qualify for any of the categories indicated in Section 1301.6.16.1, the building shall be evaluated as indicated in Section 1301.6, and the value for mixed occupancies shall be zero. Under the categories and occupancies in Table 1301.6.16, determine the appropriate value and enter that value into Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.16, Mixed Occupancies, for fire safety and general safety. For buildings without mixed occupancies, the value shall be zero. Facilities in Group I-2 occupan- cies meeting Category a shall be considered to fail the evaluation. TABLE 1301.6.16 MIXED OCCUPANCY VALUESa NP = Not Permitted. a. For fire-resistance ratings between categories, the value shall be obtained by linear interpolation. 1301.6.16.1 Categories. The categories for mixed occupancies are: 1. Category a—Occupancies separated by mini- mum 1-hour fire barriers or minimum 1-hour horizontal assemblies, or both. 2. Category b—Separations between occupan- cies in accordance with Section 508.4 of the International Building Code. 3. Category c—Separations between occupancies having a fire-resistance rating of not less than twice that required by Section 508.4 of the International Building Code. 1301.6.17 Automatic sprinklers. Evaluate the ability to suppress or control a fire based on the installation of an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1 of the International Building Code. “Required sprinklers” shall be based on the requirements of the International Building Code. Under the categories and occupancies in Table 1301.6.17, determine the appropri- ate value and enter that value into Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.17, Automatic Sprinklers, for fire safety, means of egress divided by 2, and general safety. High-rise buildings defined in Chapter 2 of the International Building Code that undergo a change of occupancy to Group R shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 403 of the International Building Code and Chapter 9 of the International Building Code. Facilities in Group I-2 occupancies meeting Category a, b, c or f shall be consid- ered to fail the evaluation. TABLE 1301.6.17 SPRINKLER SYSTEM VALUES NP = Not Permitted. a. These options cannot be taken if Category a in Section 1301.6.18 is used. 1301.6.17.1 Categories. The categories for automatic sprinkler system protection are: 1. Category a— An approved automatic sprinkler system is required throughout; an approved automatic sprinkler system is not provided. 2. Category b—An approved automatic sprinkler system is required in a portion of a building; an approved automatic sprinkler system is not provided; the sprinkler system design is not adequate for the hazard protected in accor- dance with Chapter 9 of the International Building Code. 3. Category c—An approved automatic sprinkler system is not required; none are provided. NUMBER OF EXITS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1006 OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE CATEGORIES abc Two or more exits NP 0 4 Minimum of one exit 0 1 1 OCCUPANCY CATEGORIES abc A-1, A-2, R -10 0 10 A-3, A-4, B, E, F, M, S -5 0 5 I-2 NP 0 5 OCCUPANCY CATEGORIES aa ba cdef A-1, A-3, F, M, R, S-1-6-30246 A-2 -4-20124 A-4, B, E, S-2 -12 -6 0 3 6 12 I-2 NPNPNP 8 10NP 13-8 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE METHODS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 4. Category d—An approved automatic sprinkler system is required in a portion of a building; an approved automatic sprinkler system is provided in a portion of a building in accor- dance with Chapter 9 of the International Building Code. 5. Category e—An approved automatic sprinkler system is required throughout; an approved automatic sprinkler system is provided throughout in accordance with Chapter 9 of the International Building Code. 6. Category f—An approved automatic sprinkler system is not required throughout; an approved automatic sprinkler system is provided throughout in accordance with Chapter 9 of the International Building Code. 1301.6.18 Standpipes. Evaluate the ability to initiate attack on a fire by making a supply of water readily avail- able through the installation of standpipes in accordance with Section 905 of the International Building Code. “Required Standpipes” shall be based on the requirements of the International Building Code. Under the categories and occupancies in Table 1301.6.18, determine the appro- priate value and enter that value into Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.18, Standpipes, for fire safety, means of egress and general safety. TABLE 1301.6.18 STANDPIPE SYSTEM VALUES a. This option cannot be taken if Category a or Category b in Section 1301.6.17 is used. 1301.6.18.1 Standpipe categories. The categories for standpipe systems are: 1. Category a—Standpipes are required; stand- pipe is not provided or the standpipe system design is not in compliance with Section 905.3 of the International Building Code. 2. Category b—Standpipes are not required; none are provided. 3. Category c—Standpipes are required; stand- pipes are provided in accordance with Section 905 of the International Building Code. 4. Category d—Standpipes are not required; standpipes are provided in accordance with Section 905 of the International Building Code. 1301.6.19 Incidental uses. Evaluate the protection of incidental uses in accordance with Section 509.4.2 of the International Building Code. Do not include those where this code requires automatic sprinkler systems throughout the building including covered and open mall buildings, high-rise buildings, public garages and unlimited area buildings. Assign the lowest score from Table 1301.6.19 for the building or floor area being evaluated and enter that value into Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.19, Incidental Uses, for fire safety, means of egress and general safety. If there are no specific occu- pancy areas in the building or floor area being evaluated, the value shall be zero. TABLE 1301.6.19 INCIDENTAL USE AREA VALUES AS = Automatic Sprinkler System. CRS = Construction capable of resisting the passage of smoke (see Section 509.4.2 of the International Building Code). 1301.6.20 Smoke compartmentation. Evaluate the smoke compartments for compliance with Section 407.5 of the International Building Code. Under the categories and occupancies in Table 1301.6.20, determine the appro- priate smoke compartmentation value (SCV) and enter that value into Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.20, Smoke Compartmentation, for fire safety, means of egress and general safety. Facilities in Group I- 2 occupancies meeting Category b or c shall be consid- ered to fail the evaluation. TABLE 1301.6.20 SMOKE COMPARTMENTATION VALUES NP = Not Permitted. a. For areas between categories, the smoke compartmentation value shall be obtained by linear interpolation. 1301.6.20.1 Categories. Categories for smoke compartment size are: 1. Category a—Smoke compartment complies with Section 407.5 of the International Build- ing Code. 2. Category b—Smoke compartment are provided but do not comply with Section 407.5 of the International Building Code. OCCUPANCY CATEGORIES aa bcd A-1, A-3, F, M, R, S-1 -6 0 4 6 A-2 -4 0 2 4 A-4, B, E, S-2 -12 0 6 12 I-2 -2 0 1 2 PROTECTION REQUIRED BY TABLE 509.1 OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE PROTECTION PROVIDED None 1 hour AS AS with CRS 1 hour and AS 2 hours 2 hours and AS 2 hours and AS -4 -3 -2 -2 -1 -2 0 2 hours, or 1 hour and AS -3 -2 -1 -1 0 0 0 1 hour and AS -3 -2 -1 -1 0 -1 0 1 hour -1 0 -1 -1 0 0 0 1 hour, or AS with CRS -1 0 -1 -1 0 0 0 AS with CRS -1 -1 -1 -1 0 -1 0 1 hour or AS -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 OCCUPANCY CATEGORIESa abc A, B, E, F, M, R and S 0 0 0 I-2 0 -10 NP 13-9 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE METHODS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 3. Category c—Smoke compartments are not provided. 1301.6.21 Care recipient ability, concentration, smoke compartment location and ratio to attendant. In I-2 occupancies, the ability of care recipients, their concen- tration and ratio to attendants shall be evaluated and applied in accordance with this section. Evaluate each smoke compartment using the categories in Sections 1301.6.21.1, 1301.6.21.2 and 1301.6.21.3 and enter the value in Table 1301.7. To determine the safety factor, multiply the three values together; if the product is less than 6, compliance has failed. 1301.6.21.1 Care recipient ability for self-preserva- tion. Evaluate the ability of the care recipients for self- preservation in each smoke compartment in an emer- gency. Under the categories and occupancies in Table 1301.6.21.1, determine the appropriate value and enter that value in Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.21.1, Care Recipient Ability for Self-preserva- tion, for means of egress and general safety. TABLE 1301.6.21.1 CARE RECIPIENT ABILITY VALUES 1301.6.21.1.1 Categories. The categories for care recipient ability for self-preservation are: 1. Category a—(mobile) Care recipients are capa- ble of self-preservation without assistance. 2. Category b—(not mobile) Care recipients rely on assistance for evacuation or relocation. 3. Category c—(not movable) Care recipients cannot be evacuated or relocated. 1301.6.21.2 Care recipient concentration. Evaluate the concentration of care recipients in each smoke compartment under Section 1301.6.21.2. Under the categories and occupancies in Table 1301.6.21.2 deter- mine the appropriate value and enter that value in Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.21.2, Care Recipient Concentration, for means of egress and general safety. TABLE 1301.6.21.2 CARE RECIPIENT CONCENTRATION VALUES 1301.6.21.2.1 Categories: The categories for care recipient concentration are: 1. Category a—smoke compartment has 1 to 10 care recipients. 2. Category b—smoke compartment has more than 10 to 40 care recipients. 3. Category c—smoke compartment has more than 40 care recipients. 1301.6.21.3 Attendant-to-care recipients ratio. Evaluate the attendant-to-care recipients ratio for each compartment under Section 1301.6.21.3. Under the categories and occupancies in Table 1301.6.21.3 deter- mine the appropriate value and enter that value in Table 1301.7 under Safety Parameter 1301.6.21.3, Attendant-to-Care Recipients Ratio, for means of egress and general safety. TABLE 1301.6.21.3 ATTENDANT-TO-CARE RECIPIENTS RATIO VALUES 1301.6.21.3.1 Categories. The categories for atten- dant-to-care recipient concentrations are: 1. Category a—attendant-to-care recipients concentration is 1:5 or no care recipients. 2. Category b—attendant-to-care recipients concentration is 1:6 to 1:10. 3. Category c—attendant-to-care recipients concentration is greater than 1:10. 1301.7 Building score. After determining the appropriate data from Section 1301.6, enter those data in Table 1301.7 and total the building score. 1301.8 Safety scores. The values in Table 1301.8 are the required mandatory safety scores for the evaluation process listed in Section 1301.6. TABLE 1301.8 MANDATORY SAFETY SCORESa a. MFS = Mandatory Fire Safety. MME = Mandatory Means of Egress. MGS = Mandatory General Safety. OCCUPANCY CATEGORIES abc I-2 3 2 1 OCCUPANCY CATEGORIES abc I-2 3 2 1 OCCUPANCY CATEGORIES abc I-2 3 2 1 OCCUPANCY FIRE SAFETY(MFS) MEANS OF EGRESS (MME) GENERAL SAFETY (MGS) A-1 203131 A-2 213232 A-3 223333 A-4, E 294040 B 304040 F 243434 I-2 19 34 34 M 234040 R 213838 S-1 192929 S-2 293939 13-10 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE METHODS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®13-11 TABLE 1301.7 SUMMARY SHEET—BUILDING CODE * * * *No applicable value to be inserted. a. Only applicable to Group I-2 occupancies. Existing occupancy: ____________________________________Proposed occupancy: ______________________________ Year building was constructed:____________________________ Number of stories: _________ Height in feet:___________ Type of construction: ___________________________________Area per floor: ___________________________________ Percentage of open perimeter increase: ________ % Completely suppressed:Yes_______ No_____ Corridor wall rating: _______________________________ Type:___________________________________________ Compartmentation:Yes ______ No _______ Required door closers: Yes________ No_________ Fire-resistance rating of vertical opening enclosures: ____________________________________________________________________ Type of HVAC system:___________________________________________, serving number of floors: ___________________________ Automatic fire detection:Yes_______ No_______ Type and location: ________________________________ Fire alarm system:Yes_______ No_______ Type:___________________________________________ Smoke control:Yes_______ No_______ Type:___________________________________________ Adequate exit routes:Yes_______ No_______ Dead ends: ______________ Yes _______ No _________ Maximum exit access travel distance: ______________________Elevator controls:Yes _______ No _________ Means of egress emergency lighting:Yes _______ No ______ Mixed occupancies: Yes _______ No _________ Standpipes:Yes_______ No_______ Care recipients ability for self-preservation: ____________ Incidental use:Yes_______ No_______ Care recipients concentration: _______________________ Smoke compartmentation less than 22,500 sq. feet (2092 m2):Yes_______ No_______ Attendant-to-care recipients ratio: ____________________ SAFETY PARAMETERS FIRE SAFETY (FS) MEANS OF EGRESS (ME) GENERAL SAFETY (GS) 1301.6.1 Building height 1301.6.2 Building area 1301.6.3 Compartmentation 1301.6.4 Tenant and dwelling unit separations 1301.6.5 Corridor walls 1301.6.6 Vertical openings 1301.6.7 HVAC systems 1301.6.8 Automatic fire detection 1301.6.9 Fire alarm system 1301.6.10 Smoke control * * * * 1301.6.11 Means of egress * * * * 1301.6.12 Dead ends * * * * 1301.6.13 Maximum exit access travel distance * * * * 1301.6.14 Elevator control 1301.6.15 Means of egress emergency lighting * * * * 1301.6.16 Mixed occupancies * * * * 1301.6.17 Automatic sprinklers ÷ 2 = 1301.6.18 Standpipes 1301.6.19 Incidental use 1301.6.20 Smoke compartmentation 1301.6.21.1 Care recipients ability for self- preservationa * * * * 1301.6.21.2 Care recipients concentrationa * * * * 1301.6.21.3 Attendant-to-care recipients ratioa * * * * Building score–total value Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE METHODS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 1301.9 Evaluation of building safety. The mandatory safety score in Table 1301.8 shall be subtracted from the building score in Table 1301.7 for each category in accor- dance with the evaluation formulas in Table 1301.9. Where the final score for any category equals zero or more, the building is in compliance with the requirements of this section for that category. Where the final score for any cate- gory is less than zero, the building is not in compliance with the requirements of this section. 1301.9.1 Mixed occupancies. For mixed occupancies, the following provisions shall apply: 1. Where the separation between mixed occupancies does not qualify for any category indicated in Section 1301.6.16, the mandatory safety scores for the occupancy with the lowest general safety score in Table 1301.8 shall be utilized (see Section 1301.6). 2. Where the separation between mixed occupancies qualifies for any category indicated in Section 1301.6.16, the mandatory safety scores for each occupancy shall be placed against the evaluation scores for the appropriate occupancy. An evalua- tion is not required for areas of the building with separated occupancies in accordance with Table 508.4 of the International Building Code in which there are no alterations or change of occupancy. 13-12 TABLE 1301.9 EVALUATION FORMULASa a. FS = Fire Safety. ME = Means of Egress. GS = General Safety. MFS = Mandatory Fire Safety. MME = Mandatory Means of Egress. MGS = Mandatory General Safety. FORMULA TABLE 1301.7 TABLE 1301.8 SCORE PASS FAIL FS – MFS ≥ 0 ______(FS) – ______(MFS) = ______ ______ ______ ME – MME ≥ 0 ______(ME) – ______(MME) = ______ ______ ______ GS – MGS ≥ 0 ______(GS) – ______(MGS) = ______ ______ ______ Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® CHAPTER 14 RELOCATED OR MOVED BUILDINGS User note: About this chapter: Chapter 14 is applicable to any building that is moved or relocated. The relocation of a building will automatically cause an inspection and evaluation process that enables the jurisdiction to determine the level of compliance with the International Fire Code® and the International Property Maintenance Code®. These two codes, by their scope, are applicable to existing buildings. This is the case regardless of any repair, remodeling, alteration work or change of occupancy occurring (see the International Fire Code and Interna- tional Property Maintenance Code). SECTION 1401 GENERAL 1401.1 Scope. This chapter provides requirements for relo- cated or moved structures, including relocatable buildings as defined in Chapter 2. 1401.1.1 Bleachers, grandstands and folding and tele- scopic seating. Relocated or moved bleachers, grandstands and folding and telescopic seating shall comply with ICC 300. 1401.2 Conformance. The building shall be safe for human occupancy as determined by the International Fire Code and the International Property Maintenance Code. Any repair, alteration or change of occupancy undertaken within the moved structure shall comply with the requirements of this code applicable to the work being performed. Any field- fabricated elements shall comply with the requirements of the International Building Code or the International Resi- dential Code, as applicable. SECTION 1402 REQUIREMENTS 1402.1 Location on the lot. The building shall be located on the lot in accordance with the requirements of the Interna- tional Building Code or the International Residential Code, as applicable. [BS] 1402.2 Foundation. The foundation system of relo- cated buildings shall comply with the International Building Code or the International Residential Code, as applicable. [BS] 1402.2.1 Connection to the foundation. The connection of the relocated building to the foundation shall comply with the International Building Code or the International Residential Code, as applicable. [BS] 1402.3 Wind loads. Buildings shall comply with Inter- national Building Code or International Residential Code wind provisions, as applicable. Exceptions: 1. Detached one- and two-family dwellings and Group U occupancies where wind loads at the new location are not higher than those at the previous location. 2. Structural elements whose stress is not increased by more than 10 percent. [BS] 1402.4 Seismic loads. Buildings shall comply with International Building Code or International Residential Code seismic provisions at the new location, as applicable. Exceptions: 1. Structures in Seismic Design Categories A and B and detached one- and two-family dwellings in Seismic Design Categories A, B and C where the seismic loads at the new location are not higher than those at the previous location. 2. Structural elements whose stress is not increased by more than 10 percent. [BS] 1402.5 Snow loads. Structures shall comply with Inter- national Building Code or International Residential Code snow loads, as applicable, where snow loads at the new loca- tion are higher than those at the previous location. Exception: Structural elements whose stress is not increased by more than 5 percent. [BS] 1402.6 Flood hazard areas. If relocated or moved into a flood hazard area, structures shall comply with Section 1612 of the International Building Code, or Section R322 of the International Residential Code, as applicable. [BS] 1402.7 Required inspection and repairs. The code official shall be authorized to inspect, or to require approved professionals to inspect at the expense of the owner, the vari- ous structural parts of a relocated building to verify that structural components and connections have not sustained structural damage. Any repairs required by the code official as a result of such inspection shall be made prior to the final approval. 14-1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®14-2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® CHAPTER 15 CONSTRUCTION SAFEGUARDS User note: About this chapter: Chapter 15 looks to the construction process. Parameters are provided for demolition and for protecting adjacent property during demolition and construction. Issues such as how to provide egress and adequate water supply while the building is growing, the timing of standpipe and sprinkler installation, and protection of pedestrians are addressed. Note that this chapter is consistent with Chapter 33 of the International Building Code and Chapter 33 of the International Fire Code. SECTION 1501 GENERAL [BG] 1501.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern safety during construction and the protection of adja- cent public and private properties. [BG] 1501.2 Storage and placement. Construction equip- ment and materials shall be stored and placed so as not to endanger the public, the workers or adjoining property for the duration of the construction project. [BS] 1501.2.1 Structural and construction loads. Struc- tural roof components shall be capable of supporting the roof-covering system and the material and equipment loads that will be encountered during installation of the system. [BG] 1501.3 Alterations, repairs and additions. Required exits, existing structural elements, fire protection devices and sanitary safeguards shall be maintained at all times during alterations, repairs or additions to any building or structure. Exceptions: 1. Where such required elements or devices are being altered or repaired, adequate substitute provisions shall be made. 2. Maintenance of such elements and devices is not required where the existing building is not occupied. [BG] 1501.4 Manner of removal. Waste materials shall be removed in a manner that prevents injury or damage to persons, adjoining properties and public rights-of-way. [BG] 1501.5 Fire safety during construction. Fire safety during construction shall comply with the applicable require- ments of the International Building Code and the applicable provisions of Chapter 33 of the International Fire Code. [BS] 1501.6 Protection of pedestrians. Pedestrians shall be protected during construction and demolition activities as required by Sections 1501.6.1 through 1501.6.7 and Table 1501.6. Signs shall be provided to direct pedestrian traffic. [BS] TABLE 1501.6 PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm. [BS] 1501.6.1 Walkways. A walkway shall be provided for pedestrian travel in front of every construction and demolition site unless the applicable governing authority authorizes the sidewalk to be fenced or closed. A walk- way shall be provided for pedestrian travel that leads from a building entrance or exit of an occupied structure to a public way. Walkways shall be of sufficient width to accommodate the pedestrian traffic, but shall be not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) in width. Walkways shall be provided with a durable walking surface and shall be accessible in accordance with Chapter 11 of the Interna- tional Building Code. Walkways shall be designed to support all imposed loads and the design live load shall be not less than 150 pounds per square foot (psf) (7.2 kN/m2). [BS] 1501.6.2 Directional barricades. Pedestrian traffic shall be protected by a directional barricade where the walkway extends into the street. The directional barricade shall be of sufficient size and construction to direct vehic- ular traffic away from the pedestrian path. [BS] 1501.6.3 Construction railings. Construction rail- ings shall be not less than 42 inches (1067 mm) in height and shall be sufficient to direct pedestrians around construction areas. ** HEIGHT OF CONSTRUCTION DISTANCE OF CONSTRUCTION TO LOT LINE TYPE OF PROTECTION REQUIRED 8 feet or less Less than 5 feet Construction railings 5 feet or more None More than 8 feet Less than 5 feet Barrier and covered walkway 5 feet or more, but not more than one-fourth the height of construction Barrier and covered walkway 5 feet or more, but between one-fourth and one-half the height of construction Barrier 5 feet or more, but exceeding one-half the height of construction None 15-1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 CONSTRUCTION SAFEGUARDS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [BS] 1501.6.4 Barriers. Barriers shall be not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) in height and shall be placed on the side of the walkway nearest the construction. Barriers shall extend the entire length of the construction site. Openings in such barriers shall be protected by doors that are normally kept closed. [BS] 1501.6.4.1 Barrier design. Barriers shall be designed to resist loads required in Chapter 16 of the International Building Code unless constructed as follows: 1. Barriers shall be provided with 2-inch by 4- inch (51 mm by 102 mm) top and bottom plates. 2. The barrier material shall be boards not less than 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) in thickness or wood structural use panels not less than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) in thickness. 3. Wood structural use panels shall be bonded with an adhesive identical to that for exterior wood structural use panels. 4. Wood structural use panels 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) or 15/16 inch (23.8 mm) in thickness shall have studs spaced not more than 2 feet (610 mm) on center. 5. Wood structural use panels 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) or 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) in thickness shall have studs spaced not more than 4 feet (1219 mm) on center, provided that a 2-inch by 4-inch (51 mm by 102 mm) stiffener is placed horizon- tally at mid-height where the stud spacing is greater than 2 feet (610 mm) on center. 6. Wood structural use panels 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) or thicker shall not span over 8 feet (2438 mm). [BS] 1501.6.5 Covered walkways. Covered walkways shall have a clear height of not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) as measured from the floor surface to the canopy over- head. Adequate lighting shall be provided at all times. Covered walkways shall be designed to support all imposed loads. The design live load shall be not less than 150 psf (7.2 kN/m2) for the entire structure. Exception: Roofs and supporting structures of covered walkways for new, light-frame construction not exceeding two stories above grade plane are permitted to be designed for a live load of 75 psf (3.6 kN/m2) or the loads imposed on them, whichever is greater. In lieu of such designs, the roof and supporting structure of a covered walkway are permitted to be constructed as follows: 1. Footings shall be continuous 2-inch by 6-inch (51 mm by 152 mm) members. 2. Posts not less than 4 inches by 6 inches (102 mm by 152 mm) shall be provided on both sides of the roof and spaced not more than 12 feet (3658 mm) on center. 3. Stringers not less than 4 inches by 12 inches (102 mm by 305 mm) shall be placed on edge on the posts. 4. Joists resting on the stringers shall be not less than 2 inches by 8 inches (51 mm by 203 mm) and shall be spaced not more than 2 feet (610 mm) on center. 5. The deck shall be planks not less than 2 inches (51 mm) thick or wood structural panels with an exterior exposure durability classification not less than 23/32 inch (18.3 mm) thick nailed to the joists. 6. Each post shall be knee-braced to joists and stringers by members not less than 2 inches by 4 inches (51 mm by 102 mm); 4 feet (1219 mm) in length. 7. A curb that is not less than 2 inches by 4 inches (51 mm by 102 mm) shall be set on edge along the outside edge of the deck. [BS] 1501.6.6 Repair, maintenance and removal. Pedestrian protection required by Section 1501.6 shall be maintained in place and kept in good order for the entire length of time pedestrians are subject to being endan- gered. The owner or the owner’s authorized agent, on completion of the construction activity, shall immediately remove walkways, debris and other obstructions and leave such public property in as good a condition as it was before such work was commenced. [BS] 1501.6.7 Adjacent to excavations. Every excava- tion on a site located 5 feet (1524 mm) or less from the street lot line shall be enclosed with a barrier not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) in height. Where located more than 5 feet (1524 mm) from the street lot line, a barrier shall be erected where required by the code official. Barriers shall be of adequate strength to resist wind pressure as speci- fied in Chapter 16 of the International Building Code. [BG] 1501.7 Facilities required. Sanitary facilities shall be provided during construction or demolition activities in accordance with the International Plumbing Code. SECTION 1502 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY [BS] 1502.1 Protection required. Adjoining public and private property shall be protected from damage during construction and demolition work. Protection must be provided for footings, foundations, party walls, chimneys, skylights and roofs. Provisions shall be made to control water runoff and erosion during construction or demolition activities. The person making or causing an excavation to be made shall provide written notice to the owners of adjoining buildings advising them that the excavation is to be made and that the adjoining buildings should be protected. Said notification shall be delivered not less than 10 days prior to the scheduled starting date of the excavation. [BS] 1502.2 Excavation retention systems. Where a reten- tion system is used to provide support of an excavation for 15-2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 CONSTRUCTION SAFEGUARDS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® protection of adjacent structures, the system shall conform to the requirements in Section 1502.2.1 through 1502.2.3. [BS] 1502.2.1 Excavation retention system design. Excavation retention systems shall be designed by a registered design professional to provide vertical and lateral support. [BS] 1502.2.2 Excavation retention system monitoring. The retention system design shall include requirements for monitoring of the system and adjacent structures for horizontal and vertical movement. [BS] 1502.2.3 Retention system removal. Elements of the system shall only be removed or decommissioned where adequate replacement support is provided by back- fill or by the new structure. Removal or decommissioning shall be performed in such a manner that protects the adjacent property. SECTION 1503 TEMPORARY USE OF STREETS, ALLEYS AND PUBLIC PROPERTY [BG] 1503.1 Storage and handling of materials. The temporary use of streets or public property for the storage or handling of materials or equipment required for construction or demolition, and the protection provided to the public shall comply with the provisions of the applicable governing authority and this chapter. [BG] 1503.2 Obstructions. Construction materials and equipment shall not be placed or stored so as to obstruct access to fire hydrants, standpipes, fire or police alarm boxes, catch basins or manholes, nor shall such material or equipment be located within 20 feet (6096 mm) of a street intersection, or placed so as to obstruct normal observations of traffic signals or to hinder the use of public transit loading platforms. [BG] 1503.3 Utility fixtures. Building materials, fences, sheds or any obstruction of any kind shall not be placed so as to obstruct free approach to any fire hydrant, fire department connection, utility pole, manhole, fire alarm box or catch basin, or so as to interfere with the passage of water in the gutter. Protection against damage shall be provided to such utility fixtures during the progress of the work, but sight of them shall not be obstructed. SECTION 1504 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS [F] 1504.1 Where required. Structures under construction, alteration or demolition shall be provided with not fewer than one approved portable fire extinguisher in accordance with Section 906 of the International Fire Code and sized for not less than ordinary hazard as follows: 1. At each stairway on all floor levels where combusti- ble materials have accumulated. 2. In every storage and construction shed. 3. Additional portable fire extinguishers shall be provided where special hazards exist, such as the storage and use of flammable and combustible liquids. [F] 1504.2 Fire hazards. The provisions of this code and of the International Fire Code shall be strictly observed to safe- guard against all fire hazards attendant upon construction operations. SECTION 1505 MEANS OF EGRESS [BE] 1505.1 Stairways required. Where building construc- tion exceeds 40 feet (12 192 mm) in height above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access, a temporary or permanent stairway shall be provided. As construction progresses, such stairway shall be extended to within one floor of the highest point of construction having secured decking or flooring. [F] 1505.2 Maintenance of means of egress. Means of egress and required accessible means of egress shall be maintained at all times during construction, demolition, remodeling or alterations and additions to any building. Exception: Existing means of egress need not be main- tained where approved temporary means of egress and accessible means of egress systems and facilities are provided. SECTION 1506 STANDPIPES [F] 1506.1 Where required. In buildings required to have standpipes by Section 905.3.1 of the International Building Code, not less than one standpipe shall be provided for use during construction. Such standpipes shall be installed prior to construction exceeding 40 feet (12 192 mm) in height above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access. Such standpipes shall be provided with fire department hose connections at locations adjacent to stairways, complying with Section 1505.1. As construction progresses, such stand- pipes shall be extended to within one floor of the highest point of construction having secured decking or flooring. [F] 1506.2 Buildings being demolished. Where a building or portion of a building is being demolished and a standpipe is existing within such a building, such standpipe shall be maintained in an operable condition so as to be available for use by the fire department. Such standpipe shall be demol- ished with the building but shall not be demolished more than one floor below the floor being demolished. [F] 1506.3 Detailed requirements. Standpipes shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 9 of the International Building Code. Exception: Standpipes shall be either temporary or permanent in nature, and with or without a water supply, provided that such standpipes conform to the require- ments of Section 905 of the International Building Code as to capacity, outlets and materials. 15-3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 CONSTRUCTION SAFEGUARDS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® SECTION 1507 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM [F] 1507.1 Completion before occupancy. In buildings where an automatic sprinkler system is required by this code or the International Building Code, it shall be unlawful to occupy any portions of a building or structure until the auto- matic sprinkler system installation has been tested and approved, except as provided in Section 110.3. [F] 1507.2 Operation of valves. Operation of sprinkler control valves shall be permitted only by properly authorized personnel and shall be accompanied by notification of duly designated parties. When the sprinkler protection is being regularly turned off and on to facilitate connection of newly completed segments, the sprinkler control valves shall be checked at the end of each work period to ascertain that protection is in service. SECTION 1508 ACCESSIBILITY [BE] 1508.1 Construction sites. Structures, sites and equip- ment directly associated with the actual process of construction, including, but not limited to, scaffolding, bridging, material hoists, material storage or construction trailers, are not required to be accessible. SECTION 1509 WATER SUPPLY FOR FIRE PROTECTION [F] 1509.1 When required. An approved water supply for fire protection, either temporary or permanent, shall be made available as soon as combustible building material arrives on the site, on commencement of vertical combustible construc- tion, and on installation of a standpipe system in buildings under construction, in accordance with Sections 1509.1 through 1509.5. Exception: The fire code official is authorized to reduce the fire-flow requirements for isolated buildings or a group of buildings in rural areas or small communities where the development of full fire-flow requirements is impractical. [F] 1509.2 Combustible building materials. When combustible building materials of the building under construction are delivered to a site, a minimum fire flow of 500 gallons per minute (1893 L/m) shall be provided. The fire hydrant used to provide this fire flow supply shall be within 500 feet (152 m) of the combustible building materi- als as measured along an approved fire apparatus access lane. Where the site configuration is such that one fire hydrant cannot be located within 500 feet (152 m) of all combustible building materials, additional fire hydrants shall be required to provide coverage in accordance with this section. [F] 1509.3 Vertical construction of Types III, IV and V construction. Prior to commencement of vertical construc- tion of Type III, IV or V buildings that utilize any combustible building materials, the fire flow required by Sections 1509.3.1 through 1509.3.3 shall be provided, accompanied by fire hydrants in sufficient quantity to deliver the required fire flow and proper coverage. [F] 1509.3.1 Fire separation up to 30 feet. Where a building of Type III, IV or V construction has a fire sepa- ration distance of less than 30 feet (9144 mm) from property lot lines, and an adjacent property has an existing structure or otherwise can be built on, the water supply shall provide either a minimum of 500 gallons per minute (1893 L/m), or the entire fire flow required for the build- ing when constructed, whichever is greater. [F] 1509.3.2 Fire separation of 30 feet up to 60 feet. Where a building of Type III, IV or V construction has a fire separation distance of 30 feet (9144 mm) up to 60 feet (18 288 mm) from property lot lines, and an adjacent property has an existing structure or otherwise can be constructed upon, the water supply shall provide a mini- mum of 500 gallons per minute (1893 L/m), or 50 percent of the fire flow required for the building when constructed, whichever is greater. [F] 1509.3.3 Fire separation of 60 feet or greater. Where a building of Type III, IV or V construction has a fire separation of 60 feet (18 288 mm) or greater from a property lot line, a water supply of 500 gallons per minute (1893 L/m) shall be provided. [F] 1509.4 Vertical construction, Types I and II construc- tion. If combustible construction materials are delivered to the construction site, water supply in accordance with Section 1509.2 shall be provided. Additional water supply for fire flow is not required prior to commencing vertical construction of Type I and II buildings. [F] 1509.5 Standpipe supply. Regardless of the presence of combustible building materials, the construction type or the fire separation distance, where a standpipe is required in accordance with Section 1506, a water supply providing a minimum flow of 500 gallons per minute (1893 L/m) shall be provided. The fire hydrant used for this water supply shall be located within 100 feet (30 480 mm) of the fire depart- ment connection supplying the standpipe. 15-4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® CHAPTER 16 REFERENCED STANDARDS User note: About this chapter: This code contains numerous references to standards that are used to regulate materials and methods of construc- tion. Chapter 16 contains a comprehensive list of all standards that are referenced in the code, including the appendices. The standards are part of the code to the extent of the reference to the standard. Compliance with the referenced standard is necessary for compliance with this code. By providing specifically adopted standards, the construction and installation requirements necessary for compliance with the code can be readily determined. The basis for code compliance is, therefore, established and available on an equal basis to the building code official, contractor, designer and owner. This chapter lists the standards that are referenced in various sections of this document. The standards are listed herein by the promulgat- ing agency of the standard, the standard identification, the effective date and title, and the section or sections of this document that reference the standard. The application of the referenced standards shall be as specified in Section 102.4. ASCE/SEI American Society of Civil Engineers Structural Engineering Institute 1801 Alexander Bell Drive Reston, VA 20191-4400 7—1988: Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures 503.12 , 706.3.2 7—1993: Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures 503.12 , 706.3.2 7—1995: Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures 503.12 , 706.3.2 7—1998: Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures 503.12 , 706.3.2 7—2002: Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures 503.12 , 706.3.2 7—2005: Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures 503.12 , 706.3.2 7—2010: Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures 503.12 , 706.3.2 7—2016: Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures with Supplement 1 304.2, 304.3.1, 503.4, 503.12, 503.13, 706.3.2, 805.3, 805.4 41—2017: Seismic Evaluation and Retrofit of Existing Buildings 304.3.1, Table 304.3.1, 304.3.2, Table 304.3.2 ASHRAE ASHRAE 1791 Tullie Circle NE Atlanta, GA 30329 62.1—2019: Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality 807.2 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers Two Park Avenue New York, NY 10016 A17.1—2019/CSA B44—19: Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators 306.7.7, 902.1.2 A17.3—2020: Safety Code for Existing Elevators and Escalators 902.1.2 A18.1—2020: Safety Standard for Platform Lifts and Stairway Chair Lifts 306.7.8 16-1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 REFERENCED STANDARDS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® ASTM ASTM International 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700 West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959 C94/C94M—17A: Specification for Ready-mixed Concrete 109.3.1 E108—17: Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings 1204.5 E136—16A: Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750°C 202 F2006—17: Standard Safety Specification for Window Fall Prevention Devices for Non-Emergency Escape (Egress) and Rescue (Ingress) Windows 505.2, 702.4 F2090—17: Standard Specification for Window Fall Prevention Devices with Emergency (Egress) Release Mechanisms 505.2, 505.3.1, 702.4, 702.5.1 ICC International Code Council, Inc. 500 New Jersey Avenue NW 6th Floor Washington, DC 20001 IBC—21: International Building Code® 101.4.1, 104.2.1, 106.2.2, 109.3.3, 109.3.6, 109.3.9, 109.3.10, 110.2, 202, 301.3, 302.4.1, 302.5, 303.1, 303.2.2, 304.1, 304.3.1, 304.3.2, 305.1, 306.5, 306.7, 306.7.2, 306.7.4, 306.7.5, 306.7.9, 306.7.10, 306.7.10.1, 306.7.10.2, 306.7.10.3, 306.7.11, 306.7.12, 306.7.13, 306.7.15, 306.7.16, 306.7.16.3, 306.7.16.4, 306.7.16.5, 306.7.16.7, 309.2, 401.3, 402.1, 405.2.1.1, 405.2.3.1, 405.2.3.3, 405.2.4, 405.2.5, 405.2.6, 501.2, 502.1, 502.3, 502.4, 502.5, 503.1, 503.2, 503.3, 503.4, 503.5, 503.11, 503.12, 503.13, 503.14, 503.15, 503.17, 503.18, 505.3, 505.4, 506.1, 506.3, 506.4, 506.5.1, 506.5.2, 506.5.3, 506.5.4, 507.3, 701.2, 701.3, 702.1, 702.2, 702.3, 702.5, 702.6, 702.7, 704.1.1, 704.3, 705.1, 705.2, 706.2, 706.3.2, 802.2.1, 802.2.3, 802.3, 802.4, 802.5.2, 802.6, 802.6, 803.1.1, 803.2, 803.2.2, 803.2.3, 803.2.4, 803.2.5, 803.3, 804.1, 804.4.1, 804.4.1.1, Table 804.4.1.1(1), 804.4.1.2.1, 804.5.1.2, 804.5.3, 804.5.4, 804.5.5, 804.6, 804.7, 804.8.1, 804.9.1, 804.10.2, 804.11, 804.12.2, 805.2, 805.3, 805.4, 904.1.2, 904.1.3, 904.1.4, 904.1.6, 904.1.7, 904.2, 904.2.1, 904.2.2, 905.2, 905.3, 905.4, 906.2, 906.3, 906.6, 1001.2, 1001.3, 1002.1, 1002.2, 1002.3, 1002.4, 1004.1, 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3, 1006.4, 1010.1, 1011.1, 1011.2.1, 1011.2.2, 1011.3, 1011.5.1, 1011.5.2, 1011.5.3, 1011.5.6, 1011.6.1, 1011.6.1.1, 1011.6.3, 1011.7.1, 1011.7.2, 1011.7.3, 1011.8.1, 1011.8.2, 1011.8.3, 1102.1, 1102.2, 1102.3, 1103.1, 1103.2, 1103.3, 1201.4, 1202.2, 1203.12, 1204.2, 1204.9, 1206.1, 1301.2.2, 1301.2.3, 1301.2.4, 1301.3.3, 1301.4.1, 1301.6.1, 1301.6.1.1, 1301.6.2, 1301.6.2.1, 1301.6.3.2, 1301.6.3.3, 1301.6.4.1, 1301.6.5, 1301.6.5.1, 1301.6.6, 1301.6.7.1, 1301.6.8, 1301.6.9, 1301.6.9.1, 1301.6.10, 1301.6.10.1, 1301.6.11, 1301.6.11.1, 1301.6.12.1, 1301.6.13, Table 1301.6.15, 1301.6.15.1, 1301.6.16.1, 1301.6.17, 1301.6.17.1, 1301.6.18, 1301.6.18.1, 1301.6.19, Table 1301.6.19, 1301.6.20, 1301.6.20.1, 1301.9.1, 1401.2, 1402.1, 1402.2, 1402.2.1, 1402.3, 1402.4, 1402.5, 1402.6, 1501.5, 1501.6.1, 1501.6.4.1, 1501.6.7, 1506.1, 1506.3, 1507.1 ICC 300—17: ICC Standard on Bleachers, Folding and Telescopic Seating and Grandstands 301.1.1 ICC 500—20: Standard for the Design and Construction of Storm Shelters 303.1, 303.2 ICC A117.1—17: Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities 306.3, 306.7, 306.7.11, 306.7.12 IECC—21: International Energy Conservation Code® 302.2, 702.7, 708.1, 809.1, 907.1, 1104.1 IFC—21: International Fire Code® 101.2.1, 101.4.2, 301.3.1, 302.2, 307.1, 308.1, 802.2.1, 802.2.3, 803.2.3, 803.4.1.1, 803.4.1.2, 803.4.1.3, 803.4.1.4, 803.4.1.5, 803.4.1.6, 904.1.5, 1011.6.1.1, 1301.3.2, 1301.6.8.1, 1301.6.14, 1301.6.14.1, 1401.2, 1501.5, 1504.1, 1504.2 IFGC—21: International Fuel Gas Code® 302.2, 702.7.1 16-2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 REFERENCED STANDARDS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® ICC—continued IMC—21: International Mechanical Code® 302.2, 702.7, 807.1, 902.1.1, 1008.1, 1301.6.7.1, 1301.6.8, 1301.6.8.1 IPC—21: International Plumbing Code® 302.2, 408.1, 702.7, 1009.1, 1009.2, 1009.3, 1009.5, 1501.7 IPMC—21: International Property Maintenance Code® 101.4.2, 302.2, 1301.3.2, 1401.2 IRC—21: International Residential Code® 101.2, 101.4.1, 104.2.1, 109.3.3, 109.3.10, 302.2, 307.1, 308.1, 401.3, 402.1, 405.2.6, 502.3, 502.4, 502.5, 503.2, 503.3, 503.11, 505.2, 505.3, 507.3, 701.3, 702.4, 702.5, 706.2, 708.1, 805.2, 806.4, 809.1, 906.2, 907.1, 1011.2.1, 1103.1, 1103.2, 1103.3, 1104.1, 1201.4, 1301.2.2, 1301.2.3, 1301.3.3, 1401.2, 1402.1, 1402.2, 1402.2.1, 1402.3, 1402.4, 1402.5, 1402.6 NFPA National Fire Protection Association 1 Batterymarch Park Quincy, MA 02169-7471 NFPA 13R—19: Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Residential Occupancies up to and Including Four Stories in Height 803.2.4 NFPA 70—20: National Electrical Code 107.3, 302.2, 406.1.1, 406.1.2, 406.1.3, 406.1.5, 806.1, 806.4.4, 1007.1, 1007.2, 1007.3, 1007.4 NFPA 72—19: National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code 803.2.6, 803.4 NFPA 99—21: Health Care Facilities Code 302.2.1, 406.1.4, 408.3, 501.3, 707.1, 806.3, 808.1, 1007.1 NFPA 101—21: Life Safety Code 804.2 UL UL LLC 333 Pfingsten Road Northbrook, IL 60062 790—04: Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings—with Revisions through October 2018 1204.5 16-3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®16-4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® Appendix A: GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS CHAPTER A1 SEISMIC STRENGTHENING PROVISIONS FOR UNREINFORCED MASONRY BEARING WALL BUILDINGS User note: About this appendix: Appendix A provides guidelines for upgrading the seismic-resistance capacity of different types of existing buildings. It is organized into separate chapters that deal with buildings of different types, including unreinforced masonry buildings, reinforced concrete and reinforced masonry wall buildings, and light-frame wood buildings. SECTION A101 PURPOSE [BS] A101.1 Purpose. The purpose of this chapter is to promote public safety and welfare by reducing the risk of death or injury from the effects of earthquakes on existing unreinforced masonry bearing wall buildings. The provisions of this chapter are intended as minimum standards for structural seismic resistance, and are estab- lished primarily to reduce the risk of life loss or injury. Compliance with these provisions will not necessarily prevent loss of life or injury, or prevent earthquake damage to retrofitted buildings. SECTION A102 SCOPE [BS] A102.1 General. The provisions of this chapter shall apply to all existing buildings not more than six stories in height above the base of the structure and having not fewer than one unreinforced masonry bearing wall. The elements regulated by this chapter shall be determined in accordance with Table A102.1. Except as provided herein, other struc- tural provisions of the building code shall apply. This chapter does not apply to the alteration of existing electrical, plumbing, mechanical or fire safety systems. [BS] A102.2 Essential and hazardous facilities. The provi- sions of this chapter shall not apply to the strengthening of buildings in Risk Category III or IV. Such buildings shall be strengthened to meet the requirements of the International Building Code for new buildings of the same risk category or other such criteria approved by the code official. SECTION A103 DEFINITIONS [BS] A103.1 Definitions. For the purpose of this chapter, the applicable definitions in the building code shall also apply. [BS] BED JOINT. The horizontal layer of mortar on which a masonry unit is laid. [BS] COLLAR JOINT. The vertical space between adjacent wythes. A collar joint may contain mortar or grout. [BS] CROSSWALL. A new or existing wall that meets the requirements of Section A111.3. A crosswall is not a shear wall. [BS] CROSSWALL SHEAR CAPACITY. The unit shear value times the length of the crosswall, νcLc. [BS] DETAILED BUILDING SYSTEM ELEMENTS. The localized elements and the interconnections of these elements that define the design of the building. APPENDIX A-1 [BS] TABLE A102.1 ELEMENTS REGULATED BY THIS CHAPTER a. Applies only to buildings designed according to the general procedures of Section A110. b. Applies only to buildings designed according to the special procedures of Section A111. BUILDING ELEMENTS SD1 ≥ 0.067g < 0.133g ≥ 0.133g < 0.20g ≥ 0.20g < 0.30g ≥ 0.30g Parapets XXXX Walls, anchorage XXXX Walls, h/t ratios X X X Walls, in-plane shear X X X Diaphragmsa XX Diaphragms, shear transferb XXX Diaphragms, demand-capacity ratiosb XX Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [BS] DIAPHRAGM EDGE. The intersection of the hori- zontal diaphragm and a shear wall. [BS] DIAPHRAGM SHEAR CAPACITY. The unit shear value times the depth of the diaphragm, νuD. [BS] FLEXIBLE DIAPHRAGM. A diaphragm of wood or untopped metal deck construction in which the horizontal deformation along its length is at least two times the average story drift. HEAD JOINT. The vertical mortar joint placed between masonry units within the wythe. [BS] NORMAL WALL. A wall perpendicular to the direc- tion of seismic forces. [BS] OPEN FRONT. An exterior building wall line on one side only without vertical elements of the seismic force- resisting system in one or more stories. [BS] POINTING. The process of removal of deteriorated mortar from between masonry units and placement of new mortar. Also known as repointing or tuckpointing for purposes of this chapter. [BS] REPOINTING. See “Pointing.” [BS] RIGID DIAPHRAGM. A diaphragm of concrete construction or concrete-filled metal deck construction. [BS] TUCKPOINTING. See “Pointing.” [BS] UNREINFORCED MASONRY (URM). Includes burned clay, concrete or sand-lime brick; hollow clay or concrete block; plain concrete; and hollow clay tile. These materials shall comply with the requirements of Section A106 as applicable. [BS] UNREINFORCED MASONRY BEARING WALL. A URM wall that provides the vertical support for the reac- tion of floor or roof-framing members for which the total superimposed vertical load exceeds 100 pounds per linear foot (1459 N/m) of wall length. [BS] UNREINFORCED MASONRY WALL. A masonry wall that relies on the tensile strength of masonry units, mortar and grout in resisting design loads, and in which the area of reinforcement is less than the minimum amounts as defined for reinforced masonry walls. [BS] YIELD STORY DRIFT. The lateral displacement of one level relative to the level above or below at which yield stress is first developed in a frame member. SECTION A104 SYMBOLS AND NOTATIONS [BS] A104.1 Symbols and notations. For the purpose of this chapter, the following notations supplement the applica- ble symbols and notations in the building code. an = Diameter of core multiplied by its length or the area of the side of a square prism. A = Cross-sectional area of unreinforced masonry pier or wall, square inches (10-6 m2). Ab = Total area of the bed joints above and below the test specimen for each in-place shear test, square inches (10-6 m2). An = Area of net mortared or grouted section of a wall or wall pier. D = In-plane width dimension of pier, inches (10-3 m), or depth of diaphragm, feet (m). DCR = Demand-capacity ratio specified in Section A111.4.2. f’m = Lower bound masonry compressive strength. fsp = Tensile-splitting strength of masonry. Fwx = Force applied to a wall at level x, pounds (N). H = Least clear height of opening on either side of a pier, inches (10-3 m). h/t = Height-to-thickness ratio of URM wall. Height, h, is measured between wall anchorage levels and/or slab-on-grade. L = Span of diaphragm between shear walls, or span between shear wall and open front, feet (m). Lc = Length of crosswall, feet (m). Li = Effective diaphragm span for an open-front building specified in Section A111.8, feet (m). P = Applied force as determined by standard test method of ASTM C496 or ASTM E519, pounds (N). PD = Superimposed dead load at the location under consideration, pounds (N). For determination of the rocking shear capacity, dead load at the top of the pier under consideration shall be used. PD+L = Stress resulting from the dead plus actual live load in place at the time of testing, pounds per square inch (kPa). Ptest = Splitting tensile test load determined by standard test method ASTM C496, pounds (N). Pw = Weight of wall, pounds (N). R = Response modification factor for Ordinary plain masonry shear walls in Bearing Wall System from Table 12.2-1 of ASCE 7, where R = 1.5. SDS = Design spectral acceleration at short period, in g units. SD1 = Design spectral acceleration at 1-second period, in g units. va = The shear strength of any URM pier, vmA/1.5 pounds (N). vc = Unit shear strength for a crosswall sheathed with any of the materials given in Table A108.1(1) or Table A108.1(2), pounds per foot (N/m). vmL = Shear strength of unreinforced masonry, pounds per square inch (kPa). Vaa = The shear strength of any URM pier or wall, pounds (N). APPENDIX A-2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® Vca = Total shear capacity of crosswalls in the direction of analysis immediately above the diaphragm level being investigated, vcLc, pounds (N). Vcb = Total shear capacity of crosswalls in the direction of analysis immediately below the diaphragm level being investigated, vcLc, pounds (N). Vp = Shear force assigned to a pier on the basis of its relative shear rigidity, pounds (N). Vr = Pier rocking shear capacity of any URM wall or wall pier, pounds (N). vtest = Load at incipient cracking for each in-place shear test performed in accordance with Section A106.2.3.6, pounds (N). vtl = Lower bound mortar shear strength, pounds per square inch (kPa). vto = Mortar shear test values as specified in Section A106.2.3.6, pounds per square inch (kPa). vu = Unit shear capacity value for a diaphragm sheathed with any of the materials given in Table A108.1(1) or A108.1(2), pounds per foot (N/m). Vwx = Total shear force resisted by a shear wall at the level under consideration, pounds (N). W = Total seismic dead load as defined in the building code, pounds (N). Wd = Total dead load tributary to a diaphragm level, pounds (N). Ww = Total dead load of a URM wall above the level under consideration or above an open-front building, pounds (N). Wwx = Dead load of a URM wall assigned to level x halfway above and below the level under consideration, pounds (N). ΣvuD = Sum of diaphragm shear capacities of both ends of the diaphragm, pounds (N). ΣΣvuD = For diaphragms coupled with crosswalls, vuD includes the sum of shear capacities of both ends of diaphragms coupled at and above the level under consideration, pounds (N). ΣWd = Total dead load of all the diaphragms at and above the level under consideration, pounds (N). SECTION A105 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS [BS] A105.1 General. The seismic force-resisting system specified in this chapter shall comply with the International Building Code and referenced standards, except as modified herein. [BS] A105.2 Alterations and repairs. Alterations and repairs required to meet the provisions of this chapter shall comply with applicable structural requirements of the build- ing code unless specifically provided for in this chapter. [BS] A105.3 Requirements for plans. The following construction information shall be included in the plans required by this chapter: 1. Dimensioned floor and roof plans showing existing walls and the size and spacing of floor and roof-fram- ing members and sheathing materials. The plans shall indicate all existing URM walls, and new crosswalls and shear walls, and their materials of construction. The location of these walls and their openings shall be fully dimensioned and drawn to scale on the plans. 2. Dimensioned URM wall elevations showing open- ings, piers, wall classes as defined in Section A106.2.3.9, thickness, heights, wall shear test loca- tions, cracks or damaged portions requiring repairs, the general condition of the mortar joints, and if and where pointing is required. Where the exterior face is veneer, the type of veneer, its thickness and its bond- ing and/or ties to the structural wall masonry shall be noted. 3. The type of interior wall and ceiling materials, and framing. 4. The extent and type of existing wall anchorage to floors and roof where used in the design. 5. The extent and type of parapet corrections that were previously performed, if any. 6.Repair details, if any, of cracked or damaged unrein- forced masonry walls required to resist forces specified in this chapter. 7. All other plans, sections and details necessary to delineate required retrofit construction. 8. The design procedure used shall be stated on both the plans and the permit application. 9. Details of the anchor prequalification program required by Section A107.5.3, if used, including location and results of all tests. 10. Quality assurance requirements of special inspection for all new construction materials and for retrofit construction including: anchor tests, pointing or repointing of mortar joints, installation of adhesive or mechanical anchors, and other elements as deemed necessary to ensure compliance with this chapter. [BS] A105.4 Structural observation, testing and inspec- tion. Structural observation, in accordance with Section 1704.6 of the International Building Code, shall be required for all structures in which seismic retrofit is being performed in accordance with this chapter. Structural observation shall include visual observation of work for compliance with the approved construction documents and confirmation of exist- ing conditions assumed during design. Structural testing and inspection for new and existing construction materials shall be in accordance with the build- ing code, except as modified by this chapter. APPENDIX A-3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® Special inspection as described in Section A105.3, Item 10, shall be provided equivalent to Level 3 as prescribed in TMS 402, Table 3.1(2). SECTION A106 MATERIALS REQUIREMENTS [BS] A106.1 Condition of existing materials. Existing materials used as part of the required vertical load-carrying or seismic force-resisting system shall be evaluated by on- site investigation and: determined to be in good condition (free of degraded mortar, degraded masonry units or signifi- cant cracking); or shall be repaired, enhanced, retrofitted or removed and replaced with new materials. Mortar joint dete- rioration shall be patched by pointing or repointing of the eroded joint in accordance with Section A106.2.3.10. Exist- ing significant cracks in solid unit unreinforced and solid grouted hollow unit masonry shall be repaired. [BS] A106.2 Existing unreinforced masonry. [BS] A106.2.1 General. Unreinforced masonry walls used to support vertical loads or seismic forces parallel and perpendicular to the wall plane shall be tested as specified in this section. Masonry that does not meet the minimum requirements established by this chapter shall be repaired, enhanced, removed and replaced with new materials, or alternatively, shall have its structural func- tions replaced with new materials and shall be anchored to supporting elements. [BS] A106.2.2 Lay-up of walls. Unreinforced masonry walls shall be laid in a running bond pattern. [BS] A106.2.2.1 Header in multiple-wythe solid brick. The facing and backing wythes of multiple- wythe walls shall be bonded so that not less than 10 percent of the exposed face area is composed of solid headers extending not less than 4 inches (102 mm) into the backing wythes. The clear distance between adja- cent header courses shall not exceed 24 inches (610 mm) vertically or horizontally. Where backing consists of two or more wythes, the headers shall extend not less than 4 inches (102 mm) into the most distant wythe, or the backing wythes shall be bonded together with separate headers for which the area and spacing conform to the foregoing. Wythes of walls not meeting these requirements shall be considered to be veneer, and shall not be included in the effective thick- ness used in calculating the height-to-thickness ratio and the shear capacity strength of the wall. Exception: Where SD1 is 0.3 g or less, veneer wythes anchored and made composite with backup masonry are permitted to be used for calculation of the effective thickness. [BS] A106.2.2.2 Lay-up patterns. Lay-up patterns other than those specified in Section A106.2.2.1 are allowed if their performance can be justified. [BS] A106.2.3 Testing of masonry. [BS] A106.2.3.1 Concrete masonry units and struc- tural clay load-bearing tile. Grouted or ungrouted hollow concrete masonry units shall be tested in accor- dance with ASTM C140. Grouted or ungrouted structural clay load-bearing tile shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C67. [BS] A106.2.3.2 In-place mortar joint shear tests. Mortar joint shear test values, vto, shall be obtained by one of the following: 1. ASTM C1531. 2. For masonry walls that have high shear strength mortar, or where in-place testing is not practical because of crushing or other failure mode of the masonry, alternative procedures for testing shall be used in accordance with Section A106.2.3.2. [BS] A106.2.3.3 Alternative procedures for testing masonry. The splitting tensile strength of existing masonry, fsp, or the prism strength of existing masonry, f′m, is permitted to be determined in accordance with ASTM C496 and calculated by the following equation: (Equation A1-1) [BS] A106.2.3.4 Location of tests. The shear tests shall be taken at locations representative of the mortar conditions throughout the building. Test locations shall be determined at the building site by the regis- tered design professional in charge. Results of all tests and their locations shall be recorded. [BS] A106.2.3.5 Number of tests. The minimum number of tests per masonry class shall be determined as follows: 1. At each of both the first and top stories, not less than two tests per wall or line of wall elements providing a common line of resistance to seis- mic forces. 2. At each of all other stories, not less than one test per wall or line of wall elements providing a common line of resistance to seismic forces. 3. In any case, not less than one test per 1,500 square feet (139.4 m2) of wall surface and not less than a total of eight tests. [BS] A106.2.3.6 Minimum quality of mortar. 1. Mortar shear test values, vto, in pounds per square inch (kPa), shall be obtained for each in-place shear test in accordance with the following equation: vto = (Vtest/Ab) - PD+L (Equation A1-2) where: Vtest = Load at first observed movement. Ab = Total area of the bed joints above and below the test specimen. PD+L = Stress resulting from actual dead plus live loads in place at the time of testing. fsp 0.494 P a n -----------------= APPENDIX A-4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 2. Individual unreinforced masonry walls with more than 50 percent of mortar test values, vto, less than 30 pounds per square inch (207 kPa) shall be pointed prior to and retested. 3. The lower bound mortar shear strength, vtL, is defined as the mean minus one standard devia- tion of the mortar shear test values, vto. 4. Unreinforced masonry with mortar shear strength, vtL, less than 30 pounds per square inch (207 kPa) shall be pointed and retested or shall have its structural function replaced, and shall be anchored to supporting elements in accordance with Sections A106.2.1 and A113.8. When existing mortar in any wythe is pointed to increase its shear strength and is retested, the condition of the mortar in the adja- cent bed joints of the inner wythe or wythes and the opposite outer wythe shall be examined for extent of deterioration. The shear strength of any wall class shall be not greater than that of the weakest wythe of that class. [BS] A106.2.3.7 Minimum quality of masonry. Where the alternative procedures of Section A106.2.3.2 are used to determine masonry quality, the following minimums apply: 1. The minimum average value of splitting tensile strength, fsp, as calculated by Equation A1-1 shall be 50 pounds per square inch (344.7 kPa). 2. Individual unreinforced masonry walls with average splitting tensile strength of less than 50 pounds per square inch (344.7 kPa) shall be pointed and retested. 3. The lower-bound mortar strength fspL is defined as the mean minus one standard deviation PD+Lof the splitting tensile test values fsp. [BS] A106.2.3.8 Collar joints. The collar joints shall be inspected at the test locations during each in-place shear test, and estimates of the percentage of surfaces of the adjacent wythe that are covered with mortar shall be reported along with the results of the in-place shear tests. [BS] A106.2.3.9 Unreinforced masonry classes. Existing unreinforced masonry shall be categorized into one or more classes based on shear strength, qual- ity of construction, state of repair, deterioration and weathering. A class shall be characterized by the masonry shear strength determined in accordance with Section A108.2. Classes are defined for whole walls, not for small areas of masonry within a wall. Discre- tion in the definition of classes of masonry is permitted to avoid unnecessary testing. [BS] A106.2.3.10 Pointing. Deteriorated mortar joints in unreinforced masonry walls shall be pointed in accordance with the following requirements: 1.Joint preparation. Deteriorated mortar shall be cut out by means of a toothing chisel or nonimpact power tool until sound mortar is reached, to a depth not less than 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) or twice the thickness of the joint, which- ever is less, but not greater than 2 inches (50 mm). Care shall be taken not to damage the masonry edges. After cutting is complete, all loose material shall be removed with a brush, or air or water stream. 2.Mortar preparation. The mortar mix shall be proportioned as required by the construction specifications and manufacturer’s approved instructions. 3.Packing. The joint into which the mortar is to be packed shall be dampened but without free- standing water. The mortar shall be tightly packed into the joint in layers not exceeding 1/4inch (6.4 mm) deep until it is filled; then it shall be tooled to a smooth surface to match the original profile. Nothing shall prevent pointing of any masonry wall joints before testing is performed in accordance with Section A106.2.3, except as required in Section A107.2. SECTION A107 QUALITY CONTROL [BS] A107.1 Pointing. Preparation and mortar pointing shall be performed with special inspection. Exception: At the discretion of the code official, inciden- tal pointing may be performed without special inspection. [BS] A107.2 Masonry shear tests. In-place masonry shear tests shall comply with Section A106.2.3.1. Testing of masonry for determination of splitting tensile strength shall comply with Section A106.2.3.3. [BS] A107.3 Existing wall anchors. Existing wall anchors used as all or part of the required tension anchors shall be tested in pullout according to Section A107.5.1. Not fewer than four anchors tested per floor shall be tested in pullout, with not fewer than two tests at walls with joists framing into the wall and two tests at walls with joists parallel to the wall, but not less than 10 percent of the total number of existing tension anchors at each level. [BS] A107.4 New wall anchors. New wall anchors embed- ded in URM walls shall be subject to special inspection prior to placement of the anchor and grout or adhesive in the drilled hole. Five percent of all anchors that do not extend through the wall shall be subject to a direct-tension test, and an additional 20 percent shall be tested using a calibrated torque wrench. Testing shall be performed in accordance with Section A107.5. New wall anchors embedded in URM walls resisting tension forces or a combination of tension and shear forces shall be subject to special inspection, prior to placement of the anchor and grout or adhesive in the drilled hole. Five percent of all anchors resisting tension forces shall be subject to a direct-tension test, and an additional 20 percent shall be APPENDIX A-5 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® tested using a calibrated torque wrench. Testing shall be performed in accordance with Section A107.5. Exception: New bolts that extend through the wall with steel plates on the far side of the wall need not be tested. [BS] A107.5 Tests of anchors in unreinforced masonry walls. Tests of anchors in unreinforced masonry walls shall be in accordance with Sections A107.5.1 through A107.5.3. Results of all tests shall be reported to the authority having jurisdiction. The report shall include the test results of maxi- mum load for each test; pass-fail results; corresponding anchor size and type; orientation of loading; details of the anchor installation, testing apparatus and embedment; wall thickness; and joist orientation and proximity to the tested anchor. [BS] A107.5.1 Direct tension testing of existing anchors and new anchors. The test apparatus shall be supported by the masonry wall. The test procedure for prequalification of tension and shear anchors shall comply with ASTM E488. Existing wall anchors shall be given a preload of 300 pounds (1335 N) before establish- ing a datum for recording elongation. The tension test load reported shall be recorded at 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) rela- tive movement between the existing anchor and the adjacent masonry surface. New embedded tension anchors shall be subject to a direct tension load of not less than 2.5 times the design load but not less than 1,500 pounds (6672 N) for 5 minutes. Exception: Where obstructions occur, the distance between the anchor and the test apparatus support shall be not less than one-half the wall thickness for existing anchors and 75 percent of the embedment length for new embedded anchors. [BS] A107.5.2 Torque testing of new anchors. Anchors embedded in unreinforced masonry walls shall be tested using a torque-calibrated wrench to the following mini- mum torques: •1/2-inch-diameter (12.7 mm) bolts: 40 foot pounds (54.2 N-m). •5/8-inch-diameter (15.9 mm) bolts: 50 foot pounds (67.8 N-m). •3/4-inch-diameter (19.1 mm) bolts: 60 foot pounds (81.3 N-m). [BS] A107.5.3 Prequalification test for bolts and other types of anchors. ASTM E488 or the test procedure in Section A107.5.1 is permitted to be used to determine tension or shear strength values for anchors greater than those permitted by Table A108.1(2). Anchors shall be installed in the same manner and using the same materials as will be used in the actual construction. Not fewer than five tests for each bolt size and type shall be performed for each class of masonry in which they are proposed to be used. The tension and shear strength values for such anchors shall be the lesser of the average ultimate load divided by 5.0 or the average load at which 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) elongation occurs for each size and type of anchor and class of masonry. SECTION A108 DESIGN STRENGTHS [BS] A108.1 Strength values. 1. Strength values for existing materials are given in Table A108.1(1) and for new materials in Table A108.1(2). 2. The strength reduction factor, , shall be taken equal to 1.0. 3. The use of materials not specified herein shall be based on substantiating research data or engineering judgment, as approved by the code official. [BS] A108.2 Masonry shear strength. The unreinforced masonry shear strength, vmL, shall be determined for each masonry class from one of the following equations: 1. When testing is performed in accordance with Section A106.2.3.1, the unreinforced masonry shear strength, vm, shall be determined by Equation A1-3. (Equation A1-3) The mortar shear strength values, vtL, shall be determined in accordance with Section A106.2.3.6. 2. When alternate testing is performed in accordance with Section A106.2.3.3, unreinforced masonry shear, vmL, shall be determined by Equation A1-4. (Equation A1-4) [BS] A108.3 Masonry compression. Where any increase in wall dead plus live load compression stress occurs, the maxi- mum compression stress in unreinforced masonry, QG/An, shall not exceed 300 pounds per square inch (2070 kPa). [BS] A108.4 Masonry tension. Unreinforced masonry shall be assumed to have no tensile capacity. [BS] A108.5 Wall tension anchors. The tension strength of wall anchors shall be the average of the tension test values for anchors having the same wall thickness and framing orientation. [BS] A108.6 Foundations. For existing foundations, new total dead loads are permitted to be increased over the exist- ing dead load by 25 percent. New total dead load plus live load plus seismic forces may be increased over the existing dead load plus live load by 50 percent. Higher values may be justified only in conjunction with a geotechnical investigation. SECTION A109 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN PROCEDURE [BS] A109.1 General. The elements of buildings hereby required to be analyzed are specified in Table A102.1. v mL 0.75 0.75 vtL PD An ------ 1.5-----------------------------------------= v mL 0.75 fsp P D An ------+ 1.5-----------------------------------= APPENDIX A-6 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [BS] A109.2 Selection of procedure. Buildings with rigid diaphragms shall be analyzed by the general procedure of Section A110. Buildings with flexible diaphragms shall be analyzed by the general procedure or, where applicable, are permitted to be analyzed by the special procedure of Section A111. SECTION A110 GENERAL PROCEDURE [BS] A110.1 Minimum design lateral forces. Buildings shall be analyzed to resist minimum lateral forces assumed to act nonconcurrently in the direction of each of the main axes of the structure in accordance with the following: (Equation A1-5) [BS] A110.2 Seismic forces on elements of structures. Parts and portions of a structure not covered in Section A110.3 shall be analyzed and designed per the current build- ing code, using force levels defined in Section A110.1. Exceptions: 1. Unreinforced masonry walls for which height- tothickness ratios do not exceed ratios set forth in Table A110.2 need not be analyzed for out-of- plane loading. Unreinforced masonry walls that exceed the allowable h/t ratios of Table A110.2 shall be braced according to Section A113.5. 2. Parapets complying with Section A113.6 need not be analyzed for out-of-plane loading. 3. Where walls are to be anchored to flexible floor and roof diaphragms, the anchorage shall be in accordance with Section A113.1. [BS] A110.3 In-plane loading of URM shear walls and frames. Vertical seismic force-resisting elements shall be analyzed in accordance with Section A112. [BS] A110.4 Redundancy and overstrength factors. Any redundancy or overstrength factors contained in the building code may be taken as unity. The vertical component of seis- mic force (Ev) may be taken as zero. V 0.75 S DSW R------------------------= APPENDIX A-7 [BS] TABLE A108.1(1) STRENGTH VALUES FOR EXISTING MATERIALS For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square inch = 645.16 mm2, 1 pound = 4.4 N, 1 pound per square inch = 6894.75 N/m2, 1 pound per foot = 14.43 N/m. a. Material must be sound and in good condition. b. Shear values of these materials may be combined, except the total combined value should not exceed 900 pounds per foot. c. Minimum 22-gage steel deck with welds to supports satisfying the standards of the Steel Deck Institute. d. Minimum 22-gage steel deck with 3/4-inch diameter plug welds at an average spacing not exceeding 8 inches and with sidelap welds appropriate for the deck span. EXISTING MATERIALS OR CONFIGURATION OF MATERIALSa STRENGTH VALUES x 14.594 for N/m Horizontal diaphragms Roofs with straight sheathing and roofing applied directly to the sheathing.300 lbs. per ft. for seismic shear Roofs with diagonal sheathing and roofing applied directly to the sheathing.750 lbs. per ft. for seismic shear Floors with straight tongue-and-groove sheathing. 300 lbs. per ft. for seismic shear Floors with straight sheathing and finished wood flooring with board edges offset or perpendicular.1,500 lbs. per ft. for seismic shear Floors with diagonal sheathing and finished wood flooring.1,800 lbs. per ft. for seismic shear Metal deck welded with minimal welding.c 1,800 lbs. per ft. for seismic shear Metal deck welded for seismic resistance.d 3,000 lbs. per ft. for seismic shear Crosswallsb Plaster on wood or metal lath.600 lbs. per ft. for seismic shear Plaster on gypsum lath.550 lbs. per ft. for seismic shear Gypsum wallboard, unblocked edges.200 lbs. per ft. for seismic shear Gypsum wallboard, blocked edges.400 lbs. per ft. for seismic shear Existing footing, wood framing, structural steel, reinforcing steel Plain concrete footings.f′c = 1,500 psi unless otherwise shown by tests Douglas fir wood.Same as D.F. No. 1 Reinforcing steel.Fy = 40,000 psi maximum Structural steel.Fy = 33,000 psi maximum Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® SECTION A111 SPECIAL PROCEDURE [BS] A111.1 Limits for the application of this procedure. The special procedures of this section shall be applied only to buildings having the following characteristics: 1. Flexible diaphragms at all levels above the base of the structure. 2. Vertical elements of the seismic force-resisting system consisting predominantly of masonry or a combination of masonry and concrete shear walls. 3. Except for single-story buildings with an open front on one side only, not fewer than two lines of vertical elements of the seismic force-resisting system paral- lel to each axis of the building (see Section A111.8 for open front buildings). [BS] A111.2 Seismic forces on elements of structures. With the exception of the provisions in Sections A111.4 through A111.7, elements of structures shall comply with Sections A110.2 through A110.4. [BS] A111.3 Crosswalls. Crosswalls shall meet the require- ments of this section. [BS] A111.3.1 Crosswall definition. A crosswall is a wood-framed wall sheathed with any of the materials described in Table A108.1(1) or Table A108.1(2) or other APPENDIX A-8 [BS] TABLE A108.1(2) STRENGTH VALUES OF NEW MATERIALS USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square inch = 645.16 mm2, 1 pound = 4.4 N, 1 degree = 0.017 rad, 1 pound per foot = 14.43 N/m, 1 foot = 304.8 mm. a. Embedded anchors to be tested as specified in Section A107.4. b. Anchors shall be 1/2 inch minimum in diameter. c. Drilling for anchors shall be done with an electric rotary drill; impact tools should not be used for drilling holes or tightening anchors and shear bolt nuts. d. Load factors or capacity reduction factors shall not be used. e. Other bolt sizes, values and installation methods may be used, provided that a testing program is conducted in accordance with Section A107.5.3. The strength value shall be determined by multiplying the calculated allowable value, determined in accordance with Section A107.5.3, by 3.0, and the usable value shall be limited to not greater than 1.5 times the value given in the table. Bolt spacing shall not exceed 6 feet on center and shall be not less than 12 inches on center. f. An alternative adhesive anchor bolt system is permitted to be used providing: its properties and installation conform to an ICC Evaluation Service Report; and the report states that the system’s use is in unreinforced masonry as an acceptable alternative to Sections A107.4 and A113.1 or TMS 402, Section 2.1.4. The report’s allowable values shall be multiplied by a factor of three to obtain strength values and the strength reduction factor, , shall be taken equal to 1.0. NEW MATERIALS OR CONFIGURATION OF MATERIALS STRENGTH VALUES Horizontal diaphragms Plywood sheathing applied directly over existing straight sheathing with ends of plywood sheets bearing on joists or rafters and edges of plywood located on center of individ- ual sheathing boards. 675 lbs. per ft. Crosswalls Plywood sheathing applied directly over wood studs; no value should be given to plywood applied over existing plaster or wood sheathing. 1.2 times the value specified in the current build- ing code. Drywall or plaster applied directly over wood studs. The value specified in the current building code. Drywall or plaster applied to sheathing over existing wood studs. 50 percent of the value specified in the current building code. Tension anchorsf Anchors extending entirely through unreinforced masonry wall secured with bearing plates on far side of a wall 30 square inches of area.b, c 5,400 lbs. per anchor for three-wythe minimum walls. 2,700 lbs. for two-wythe walls. Shear boltse, f Anchors embedded not less than 8 inches into unrein- forced masonry walls; anchors should be centered in 21/2- inch-diameter holes with dry-pack or nonshrink grout around the circumference of the anchor. The value for plain masonry specified for solid masonry TMS 402; and no value larger than those given for 3/4-inch bolts should be used. Combined tension and shear anchorsf Through-anchors—anchors meeting the requirements for shear and for tension anchors.b, c Tension—same as for tension anchors. Shear—same as for shear anchors. Embedded anchors—anchors extending to the exterior face of the wall with a 21/2-inch round plate under the head and drilled at an angle of 221/2 degrees to the horizontal; installed as specified for shear anchors.a, b, c Tension—3,600 lbs. per anchor. Shear—same as for shear anchors. Infilled walls Reinforced masonry infilled openings in existing unrein- forced masonry walls; provide keys or dowels to match reinforcing. Same as values specified for unreinforced masonry walls. Reinforced masonryd Masonry piers and walls reinforced per the current build- ing code. The value specified in the current building code for strength design. Reinforced concreted Concrete footings, walls and piers reinforced as specified in the current building code. The value specified in the current building code for strength design. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® system as defined in Section A111.3.5. Crosswalls shall be spaced not more than 40 feet (12 192 mm) on center measured perpendicular to the direction of consideration, and shall be placed in each story of the building. Cross- walls shall extend the full story height between diaphragms. Exceptions: 1. Crosswalls need not be provided at all levels where used in accordance with Section A111.4.2, Item 4. 2. Existing crosswalls need not be continuous below a wood diaphragm at or within 4 feet (1219 mm) of grade, provided that: 2.1. Shear connections and anchorage require- ments of Section A111.5 are satisfied at all edges of the diaphragm. 2.2. Crosswalls with total shear capacity of 0.5SD1ΣWd interconnect the diaphragm to the foundation. 2.3. The demand-capacity ratio of the diaphragm between the crosswalls that are continuous to their foundations does not exceed 2.5, calculated as follows: (Equation A1-6) [BS] A111.3.2 Crosswall shear capacity. Within any 40 feet (12 192 mm) measured along the span of the diaphragm, the sum of the crosswall shear capacities shall be not less than 30 percent of the diaphragm shear capac- ity of the strongest diaphragm at or above the level under consideration. [BS] A111.3.3 Existing crosswalls. Existing crosswalls shall have a maximum height-to-length ratio between openings of 1.5 to 1. Existing crosswall connections to diaphragms need not be investigated as long as the cross- wall extends to the framing of the diaphragms above and below. [BS] A111.3.4 New crosswalls. New crosswall connec- tions to the diaphragm shall develop the crosswall shear capacity. New crosswalls shall have the capacity to resist an overturning moment equal to the crosswall shear capacity times the story height. Crosswall overturning moments need not be cumulative over more than two stories. [BS] A111.3.5 Other crosswall systems. Other systems, such as moment-resisting frames, may be used as cross- walls provided that the yield story drift does not exceed 1 inch (25 mm) in any story. [BS] A111.4 Wood diaphragms. [BS] A111.4.1 Acceptable diaphragm span. A diaphragm is acceptable if the point (L,DCR) on Figure A111.4.1 falls within Region 1, 2 or 3. [BS] A111.4.2 Demand-capacity ratios. Demand-capac- ity ratios shall be calculated for the diaphragm at any level according to the following formulas: 1. For a diaphragm without qualifying crosswalls at levels immediately above or below: (Equation A1-7) 2. For a diaphragm in a single-story building with qualifying crosswalls, or for a roof diaphragm coupled by crosswalls to the diaphragm directly below: (Equation A1-8) 3. For diaphragms in a multiple-story building with qualifying crosswalls in all levels: (Equation A1-9) DCR shall be calculated at each level for the set of diaphragms at and above the level under consideration. In addition, the roof diaphragm shall meet the requirements of Equation A1-10. DCR 2.1 S D1Wd Vca+ 2 vu D-------------------------------------------= DCR 2.1 SD1Wd /vu D= DCR 2.1 SD1Wd /vu DVcb+= DCR 2.1 SD1Wd /vu DVcb+= APPENDIX A-9 [BS] TABLE A110.2 ALLOWABLE VALUE OF HEIGHT-TO-THICKNESS RATIO OF UNREINFORCED MASONRY WALLS For SI:1 pound per square inch = 6894.75 N/m2. a. Applies to the special procedures of Section A111 only. See Section A111.7 for other restrictions. b. This value of height-to-thickness ratio shall be used where mortar shear tests establish a tested mortar shear strength, vt, of not less than 100 pounds per square inch. This value shall also be used where the tested mortar shear strength is not less than 60 pounds per square inch, and where a visual examination of the collar joint indicates not less than 50-percent mortar coverage. c. Where a visual examination of the collar joint indicates not less than 50-percent mortar coverage, and the tested mortar shear strength, vt, is greater than 30 pounds per square inch but less than 60 pounds per square inch, the allowable height-to-thickness ratio may be determined by linear interpolation between the larger and smaller ratios in direct proportion to the tested mortar shear strength. WALL TYPES 0.13g ≤ SD1 < 0.25g 0.25g ≤ SD1 < 0.4g SD1 ≥ 0.4g BUILDINGS WITH CROSSWALLSa SD1 ≥ 0.4g ALL OTHER BUILDINGS Walls of one-story buildings 20 16 16b, c 13 First-story wall of multiple-story building 20 18 16 15 Walls in top story of multiple-story building 14 14 14 b, c 9 All other walls 20 16 16 13 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 4. For a roof diaphragm and the diaphragm directly below, if coupled by crosswalls: (Equation A1-10) [BS] A111.4.3 Chords. An analysis for diaphragm flex- ure need not be made, and chords need not be provided. [BS] A111.4.4 Collectors. An analysis of diaphragm collector forces shall be made for the transfer of diaphragm edge shears into vertical elements of the lateral force-resisting system. Collector forces may be resisted by new or existing elements. [BS] A111.4.5 Diaphragm openings. 1. Diaphragm forces at corners of openings shall be investigated and shall be developed into the diaphragm by new or existing materials. 2. In addition to the demand-capacity ratios of Section A111.4.2, the demand-capacity ratio of the portion of the diaphragm adjacent to an open- ing shall be calculated using the opening dimension as the span. 3. Where an opening occurs in the end quarter of the diaphragm span, the calculation of vuD for the demand-capacity ratio shall be based on the net depth of the diaphragm. [BS] A111.5 Diaphragm shear transfer. Diaphragms shall be connected to shear walls and new vertical seismic force- resisting elements with connections capable of developing the diaphragm-loading tributary to the shear wall or new seismic force-resisting elements given by the lesser of the following formulas: (Equation A1-11) using the Cp values in Table A111.5, or (Equation A1-12) DCR 2.1 SD1Wd /vu D= V 1.2 SD1Cp Wd= VvuD= APPENDIX A-10 540 1 3 34563 1. 2. Region of demand-capacity ratios where h/t ratios of “buildings with crosswalls” may be used, whether or not crosswalls are present. 3. Region of demand-capacity ratios where h/t ratios of “all other buildings” shall be used, whether or not crosswalls are present. Region of demand-capacity ratios where crosswalls may be used to increase h/t ratios. 20 2 480 DIAPHRAGM SPAN, L OR Li (FEET)y 0.3048 FOR mDEMAND-CAPACITY RATIO, DCR 420 360 300 240 180 120 60 0 For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm. [BS] FIGURE A111.4.1 ACCEPTABLE DIAPHRAGM SPAN Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [BS] TABLE A111.5 HORIZONTAL FORCE FACTOR, Cp [BS] A111.6 Shear walls (In-plane loading). [BS] A111.6.1 Wall story force. The wall story force distributed to a shear wall at any diaphragm level shall be the lesser value calculated as: (Equation A1-13) but need not exceed (Equation A1-14) [BS] A111.6.2 Wall story shear. The wall story shear shall be the sum of the wall story forces at and above the level of consideration. (Equation A1-15) [BS] A111.6.3 Shear wall analysis. Shear walls shall comply with Section A112. [BS] A111.6.4 New seismic force-resisting elements. New seismic force-resisting elements such as moment frames, braced frames or shear walls shall be designed as required by the building code, except that the seismic forces shall be as specified in Section A111.6.1, and the story drift ratio shall be limited to 0.015, except as further limited by Section A112.4.2 for moment frames. [BS] A111.7 Out-of-plane forces—unreinforced masonry walls. [BS] A111.7.1 Allowable unreinforced masonry wall height-to-thickness ratios. The provisions of Section A110.2 are applicable, except the allowable height-to- thickness ratios given in Table A110.2 shall be deter- mined from Figure A111.4.1 as follows: 1. In Region 1, height-to-thickness ratios for build- ings with crosswalls may be used if qualifying crosswalls are present in all stories. 2. In Region 2, height-to-thickness ratios for build- ings with crosswalls may be used whether or not qualifying crosswalls are present. 3. In Region 3, height-to-thickness ratios for “all other buildings” shall be used whether or not qual- ifying crosswalls are present. [BS] A111.7.2 Walls with diaphragms in different regions. Where diaphragms above and below the wall under consideration have demand-capacity ratios in different regions of Figure A111.4.1, the lesser height-to- thickness ratio shall be used. [BS] A111.8 Open-front design procedure. A single-story building with an open front on one side and crosswalls paral- lel to the open front may be designed by the following procedure: 1. Effective diaphragm span, Li, for use in Figure A111.4.1 shall be determined in accordance with the following formula: Li = 2[(Ww/Wd)L + L] (Equation A1-16) 2. Diaphragm demand-capacity ratio shall be calculated as: DCR = 2.1SD1(Wd + Ww)/[(vuD) + Vcb] (Equation A1-17) SECTION A112 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN [BS] A112.1 General. The following requirements are applicable to both the general procedure and the special procedure for analyzing vertical elements of the lateral force-resisting system. [BS] A112.2 In-plane shear of unreinforced masonry walls. [BS] A112.2.1 Flexural rigidity. Flexural components of deflection need not be considered in determining the rigidity of an unreinforced masonry wall. [BS] A112.2.2 Shear walls with openings. Wall piers shall be analyzed according to the following procedure, which is diagrammed in Figure A112.2.2. 1. For any pier, 1.1. The pier shear capacity shall be calculated as: va = vmAn (Equation A1-18) where: An = area of net mortared or grouted section of a wall or wall pier. 1.2. The pier rocking shear capacity shall be calculated as: Vr = 0.9PDD/H (Equation A1-19) 2. The wall piers at any level are acceptable if they comply with one of the following modes of behavior: 2.1. Rocking controlled mode. Where the pier rocking shear capacity is less than the pier shear capacity, in other words, Vr < va, for each pier in a level, forces in the wall at that level, Vwx, shall be distributed to each pier in proportion to PDD/H. For the wall at that level: 0.7Vwx < Vr (Equation A1-20) 2.2. Shear controlled mode. Where the pier shear capacity is less than the pier rocking capacity, in other words, va < Vr in one or CONFIGURATION OF MATERIALS Cp Roofs with straight or diagonal sheathing and roofing applied directly to the sheathing, or floors with straight tongue-and-groove sheathing. 0.50 Diaphragms with double or multiple layers of boards with edges offset, and blocked plywood systems.0.75 Diaphragms of metal deck without topping: Minimal welding or mechanical attachment. 0.6 Welded or mechanically attached for seismic resistance.0.68 F wx 0.8 SD1 W wx W d /2+= F wx 0.8 SD1W wx v u D+= V wx Fwx= APPENDIX A-11 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® more pier(s) in a level, forces in the wall at the level, Vwx, shall be distributed to each pier in proportion to D/H. For each pier at that level: Vp < va (Equation A1-21) and Vp < Vr (Equation A1-22) If Vp < va for each pier and Vp > Vr for one or more piers, such piers shall be omit- ted from the analysis, and the procedure shall be repeated for the remaining piers, unless the wall is strengthened and reanalyzed. 3. Masonry pier tension stress. Unreinforced masonry wall piers need not be analyzed for tension stress. [BS] A112.2.3 Shear walls without openings. Shear walls without openings shall be analyzed the same as for walls with openings, except that Vr shall be calculated as follows: Vr = 0.9(PD + 0.5Pw)D/H (Equation A1-23) [BS] A112.3 Plywood-sheathed shear walls. Plywood- sheathed shear walls may be used to resist lateral forces for URM buildings with flexible diaphragms analyzed accord- ing to provisions of Section A111. Plywood-sheathed shear walls shall not be used to share lateral forces with other materials along the same line of resistance. [BS] A112.4 Combinations of vertical elements. [BS] A112.4.1 Seismic force distribution. Seismic forces shall be distributed among the vertical-resisting elements in proportion to their relative rigidities, except that moment-resisting frames shall comply with Section A112.4.2. APPENDIX A-12 [BS] FIGURE A112.2.2 ANALYSIS OF URM WALL IN-PLANE SHEAR FORCES OK 2 1 3 Vr < Va COMPARE Vr AND Va IN EACH PIER Vr > Va IN AT LEAST ONE PIER Vp > Va ALL PIERS STRENGTHEN WALL SHEAR STRESS IS OK PIER IS OVERSTRESSED IN SHEAR SHEAR FORCE IN AN INDIVIDUAL PIER IS PROPORTIONAL TO D/H Vr ≤ Vp IN AT LEAST ONE PIER OMIT FROM ANALYSIS ANY PIER WITH Vr ≤ Vp DISTRIBUTION OF SHEAR FORCES IN PIERS CANNOT BE DETERMINED Vr > Vp IN ALL PIERS Vp > Va IN ANY PIER RELATIVE RIGIDITY ANALYSIS SHEAR CONTROLLED MODE ROCKING SHEAR IS ADEQUATE; ROCKING OF PIER SYSTEM IS SAFEIN EACH PIER SHEAR FORCE IN AN INDIVIDUAL PIER IS PROPORTIONAL TO PDD/H. INDIVIDUAL PIERS CAN ROCK SAFELY ROCKING CONTROLLED MODE 2STRENGTHEN WALL RETURNROCKING SHEAR OF PIER SYSTEM IS NOT ADEQUATE RETURN RETURN OK 3 3 0.7 VWX ≤∑Vr VWX Vr Vp = Shear force assigned to a pier on the basis of a relative shear rigidity analysis. = Rocking shear capacity of pier. = Total shear force resisted by the wall. = Rocking shear capacity of all piers in the wall. Va = Allowable shear strength of a pier. ∑Vr 0.7 VWX >∑Vr Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [BS] A112.4.2 Moment-resisting frames. Moment resisting frames shall not be used with an unreinforced masonry wall in a single line of resistance unless the wall has piers that have adequate shear capacity to sustain rocking in accordance with Section A112.2.2. The frames shall be designed in accordance with the building code to resist 100 percent of the seismic forces tributary to that line of resistance, as determined from Section A111.2. The story drift ratio shall be limited to 0.0075. SECTION A113 DETAILED BUILDING SYSTEM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS [BS] A113.1 Wall anchorage. [BS] A113.1.1 Anchor locations. Unreinforced masonry walls shall be anchored at the roof and floor levels as required in Section A110.2. Ceilings of plaster or similar materials, where not attached directly to roof or floor framing and where abutting masonry walls, shall either be anchored to the walls at a maximum spacing of 6 feet (1829 mm) or be removed. [BS] A113.1.2 Anchor requirements. Anchors shall consist of bolts installed through the wall as specified in Table A108.1(2), or an approved equivalent at a maxi- mum anchor spacing of 6 feet (1829 mm). Wall anchors shall be secured to the framing members parallel or perpendicular to the wall to develop the required forces. [BS] A113.1.3 Minimum wall anchorage. Anchorage of masonry walls to each floor or roof shall resist a mini- mum force determined as 0.9SDS times the tributary weight or 200 pounds per linear foot (2920 N/m), which- ever is greater, acting normal to the wall at the level of the floor or roof. Existing wall anchors, if used, must be tested and meet the requirements of Section A107.5.1 or be upgraded. [BS] A113.1.4 Anchors at corners. At the roof and floor levels, both shear and tension anchors shall be provided within 2 feet (610 mm) horizontally from the inside of the corners of the walls. [BS] A113.2 Diaphragm shear transfer. Anchors transmit- ting shear forces shall have a maximum spacing of 6 feet (1829 mm) and shall have nuts installed over malleable iron or plate washers where bearing on wood, and heavy-cut washers where bearing on steel. [BS] A113.3 Collectors. Collector elements shall be provided that are capable of transferring the seismic forces originating in other portions of the building to the element providing the resistance to those forces. [BS] A113.4 Ties and continuity. Ties and continuity shall conform to the requirements of the building code. [BS] A113.5 Wall bracing. [BS] A113.5.1 General. Where a wall height-to-thick- ness ratio exceeds the specified limits, the wall may be laterally supported by vertical bracing members per Section A113.5.2 or by reducing the wall height by brac- ing per Section A113.5.3. [BS] A113.5.2 Vertical bracing members. Vertical bracing members shall be attached to floor and roof construction for their design loads independently of required wall anchors. Horizontal spacing of vertical bracing members shall not exceed one-half of the unsup- ported height of the wall or 10 feet (3048 mm). Deflection of such bracing members at design loads shall not exceed one-tenth of the wall thickness. [BS] A113.5.3 Intermediate wall bracing. The wall height may be reduced by bracing elements connected to the floor or roof. Horizontal spacing of the bracing elements and wall anchors shall be as required by design, but shall not exceed 6 feet (1829 mm) on center. Bracing elements shall be detailed to minimize the horizontal displacement of the wall by the vertical displacement of the floor or roof. [BS] A113.6 Parapets. Parapets and exterior wall append- ages not conforming to this chapter shall be removed, or stabilized or braced to ensure that the parapets and append- ages remain in their original positions. The maximum height of an unbraced unreinforced masonry parapet above the lower of either the level of tension anchors or the roof sheathing shall not exceed the height-to-thickness ratio shown in Table A113.6. If the required parapet height exceeds this maximum height, a bracing system designed for the forces determined in accor- dance with the building code shall support the top of the parapet. Parapet corrective work must be performed in conjunction with the installation of tension roof anchors. The height of a URM parapet above any wall anchor shall be not less than 12 inches (305 mm). Exception: If a reinforced concrete beam is provided at the top of the wall, the height above the wall anchor is permitted to be not less than 6 inches (152 mm). [BS] A113.7 Veneer. 1. Veneer shall be anchored with approved anchor ties conforming to the required design capacity specified in the building code and shall be placed at a maxi- mum spacing of 24 inches (610 mm) with a maximum supported area of 4 square feet (0.372 m2). Exception: Existing anchor ties for attaching brick veneer to brick backing shall be acceptable, provided that the ties are in good condition and APPENDIX A-13 [BS] TABLE A113.6 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE HEIGHT-TO-THICKNESS RATIO FOR PARAPETS SD1 0.13g ≤ SD1 ≤ 0.25g 0.25g ≤ SD1 < 0.4g SD1 ≥ 0.4g Maximum allowable height-to-thickness ratios 2.5 2.5 1.5 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® conform to the following minimum size and mate- rial requirements. Existing veneer anchor ties shall be considered adequate if they are of corrugated galvanized iron strips not less than 1 inch (25 mm) in width, 8 inches (203 mm) in length and 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) in thickness, or the equivalent. 2. The location and condition of existing veneer anchor ties shall be verified as follows: 2.1. An approved testing laboratory shall verify the location and spacing of the ties and shall submit a report to the code offi- cial for approval as part of the structural analysis. 2.2. The veneer in a selected area shall be removed to expose a representative sample of ties (not less than four) for inspection by the code official. [BS] A113.8 Nonstructural masonry walls. Unreinforced masonry walls that do not carry design vertical or lateral loads and that are not required by the design to be part of the lateral force-resisting system shall be adequately anchored to new or existing supporting elements. The anchors and elements shall be designed for the out-of-plane forces speci- fied in the building code. The height- or length-to-thickness ratio between such supporting elements for such walls shall not exceed nine. [BS] A113.9 Truss and beam supports. Where trusses and beams other than rafters or joists are supported on masonry, independent secondary columns shall be installed to support vertical loads of the roof or floor members. Exception: Secondary supports are not required where SD1 is less than 0.3 g. [BS] A113.10 Adjacent buildings. Where elements of adja- cent buildings do not have a separation of 5 inches (127 mm) or greater, the allowable height-to-thickness ratios for “all other buildings” per Table A110.2 shall be used in the direc- tion of consideration. SECTION A114 WALLS OF UNBURNED CLAY, ADOBE OR STONE MASONRY [BS] A114.1 General. Walls of unburned clay, adobe or stone masonry construction shall conform to the following: 1. Walls of unburned clay, adobe or stone masonry shall not exceed a height- or length-to-thickness ratio specified in Table A114.1. 2. Adobe shall be allowed a maximum value of 9 pounds per square inch (62.1 kPa) for shear unless higher values are justified by test. 3. Mortar for repointing may be of the same soil composition and stabilization as the brick, in lieu of cement mortar. APPENDIX A-14 [BS] TABLE A114.1 MAXIMUM HEIGHT-TO-THICKNESS RATIO FOR ADOBE OR STONE WALLS SD1 0.13g ≤ SD1 < 0.25g 0.25g ≤ SD1 < 0.4g SD1 ≥ 0.4g One-story buildings 12 10 8 Two-story buildings First story 14 11 9 Second story 12 10 8 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® CHAPTER A2 EARTHQUAKE HAZARD REDUCTION IN EXISTING REINFORCED CONCRETE AND REINFORCED MASONRY WALL BUILDINGS WITH FLEXIBLE DIAPHRAGMS SECTION A201 PURPOSE [BS] A201.1 Purpose. The purpose of this chapter is to promote public safety and welfare by reducing the risk of death or injury as a result of the effects of earthquakes on reinforced concrete and reinforced masonry wall buildings with flexible diaphragms. Based on past earthquakes, these buildings have been categorized as being potentially hazard- ous and prone to significant damage, including possible collapse in a moderate to major earthquake. The provisions of this chapter are minimum standards for structural seismic resistance established primarily to reduce the risk of life loss or injury on both subject and adjacent properties. These provisions will not necessarily prevent loss of life or injury, or prevent earthquake damage to an existing building that complies with these standards. SECTION A202 SCOPE [BS] A202.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall apply to wall anchorage systems that resist out-of-plane forces and to collectors in existing reinforced concrete or reinforced masonry buildings with flexible diaphragms. Wall anchorage systems that were designed and constructed in accordance with the 1997 Uniform Building Code or the 2000 or subsequent editions of the International Building Code shall be deemed to comply with these provisions. SECTION A203 DEFINITIONS [BS] A203.1 Definitions. For the purpose of this chapter, the applicable definitions in the International Building Code and the following shall apply: [BS] CONTINUITY CONNECTOR. A component, typi- cally a plate, rod, strap or hold-down, that ensures load path continuity along the full length of a crosstie or strut. [BS] CROSSTIE. A member or group of members continu- ous across the main diaphragm that connects opposite wall lines and transfers out-of-plane wall anchorage forces into the diaphragm. [BS] FLEXIBLE DIAPHRAGM. A roof or floor sheathed with plywood, wood decking (1-by or 2-by) or metal deck without a concrete topping slab. [BS] STRUT. A member or group of members continuous across a subdiaphragm that transfers out-of-plane wall anchorage forces into the subdiaphragm. [BS] WALL ANCHORAGE SYSTEM. The components comprising a complete load path for out-of-plane wall forces from the wall to the main diaphragm, typically including anchors embedded in or fastened to the wall; rods, straps, plates, hold-downs or other hardware; subdiaphragms and their chords; crossties; struts; and continuity connectors. [BS] WALL SEGMENT. Any length of concrete wall with continuous horizontal reinforcing and not interrupted or intersected by a pilaster or vertical construction joint, or any length of reinforced masonry wall with continuous horizon- tal reinforcing and not interrupted or intersected by a pilaster or vertical control joint. SECTION A204 SYMBOLS AND NOTATIONS [BS] A204.1 General. For the purpose of this chapter, the applicable symbols and notations in the International Build- ing Code shall apply. SECTION A205 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS [BS] A205.1 General. The seismic-resisting elements speci- fied in this chapter shall comply with applicable provisions of Section 1613 of the International Building Code and Chapter 12 of ASCE 7, except as modified herein. [BS] A205.2 Requirements for plans. The plans shall accu- rately reflect the results of the engineering investigation and design and shall show all pertinent dimensions and sizes for plan review and construction. The following shall be provided: 1. Floor plans and roof plans shall show existing fram- ing construction, diaphragm construction, proposed wall anchors, crossties and collectors. Existing nail- ing, anchors, crossties and collectors shall be shown on the plans if they are considered part of the lateral force-resisting systems. 2. Typical wall panel details and sections with panel thickness, height, pilasters and location of anchors shall be provided. 3.Details shall include existing and new anchors and the method of developing anchor forces into the APPENDIX A-15 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® diaphragm framing, existing and new crossties, and existing and new or improved support of roof and floor girders at pilasters or walls. 4. The basis for design and the building code used for the design shall be stated on the plans. [BS] A205.3 Structural observation. Structural observa- tion, in accordance with Section 1704.6 of the International Building Code is required, regardless of seismic design cate- gory, height or other conditions. Structural observation shall include visual observation of work for conformance to the approved construction documents and confirmation of exist- ing conditions assumed during design. A205.3.1 Additional special inspection. In addition to the requirements of Section 1705.13 of the International Building Code, special inspection shall be required for: 1. Installation of anchors into existing concrete or masonry walls to form part of a wall anchorage system. 2. Fastening of new or existing steel deck forming part of a wall anchorage system. 3. Installation of continuity connectors along the length of crossties, to ensure compliance with Section A206.2. This inspection may be periodic special inspection. A205.3.2 Testing to establish adequacy of existing wall anchors. Testing shall show that the existing anchors can sustain a test load of 1.5 times the design tension load without noticeable deformation or damage to the anchor, to the masonry or concrete element, or to any part of the existing load path between the anchor and new retrofit components. Three anchors of each existing detail type shall be tested, and all three shall satisfy the requirement. Prior to testing, the design professional shall submit a test plan for code official approval identifying the expected locations of the existing anchors in question, the locations of the proposed tests, and the test procedure and criteria. After testing, the design professional shall submit a report of the satisfactory testing showing the test results, the design strengths derived from them, and the size and spacing as confirmed by investigation. A205.4 Testing and Inspection. Structural testing and inspection for new construction materials, submittals, reports and certificates of compliance shall be in accordance with Sections 1704 and 1705 of the International Building Code. Work done to comply with this chapter shall not be eligible for Exception 1 to Section 1704.2 of the International Build- ing Code or Exception 2 to Section 1705.13 of the International Building Code. SECTION A206 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN [BS] A206.1 Reinforced concrete and reinforced masonry wall anchorage. Concrete and masonry walls shall be anchored to all floors and roofs that provide lateral support for the wall in accordance with Section 12.11.2 of ASCE 7. The anchorage shall provide a direct connection capable of resisting 75 percent of the forces specified in Section 12.11.2.1 of ASCE 7. Exceptions: 1. Existing walls need not be evaluated or retrofitted for bending between anchors. 2. Work required by this chapter need not consider shrinkage, thermal changes or differential settlement. A206.1.1 Seismicity parameters, site class and geologic hazards. For any site designated as Site Class E, the value of Fa shall be taken as 1.2. Site-specific procedures are not required for compliance with this chapter. Mitiga- tion of existing geologic site hazards such as liquefiable soil, fault rupture or landslide is not required for compli- ance with this chapter. [BS] A206.2 Additional requirements for wall anchorage systems. The wall anchorage system shall comply with the requirements of this section and Section 12.11.2.2 of ASCE 7. The maximum spacing between wall anchors shall be 8 feet (2438 mm), and each wall segment shall have at least two wall anchors. The wall anchorage system, excluding subdiaphragms and existing roof or floor framing members, shall be designed and installed to limit the relative movement between the wall and the diaphragm to no more than 1/8 inch before engagement of the anchors. Wall anchors shall be provided to resist out-of-plane forces, independent of exist- ing shear anchors. Where new members are added as crossties, they shall be spaced no more than 24 feet (7315 mm) apart. Where exist- ing girders are used as crossties, their actual spacing shall be deemed adequate even where the spacing exceeds 24 feet (7315 mm), as long as the girders are provided with continu- ity connectors as required. Wall anchorage shall not be provided by fastening the edge of plywood sheathing to steel ledgers. Wall anchorage shall not be provided solely by fastening the edge of steel decking to steel ledgers unless analysis demonstrates accept- able capacity. The existing connections shall be subject to field verification and the new connections shall be subject to special inspection. New wall anchors shall be provided to resist the full wall anchorage design force independent of existing shear or tension anchors. Exception: Existing cast-in-place anchors shall be permitted as part of the wall anchorage system if the tie element can be readily attached to the anchors, and if the anchors are capable of resisting the total vertical and lateral shear load (including dead load) while being acted on by the maximum wall anchorage tension force caused by an earthquake. Acceptable tension values for the exist- ing anchors shall be established by testing in accordance with Section A205.4. [BS] A206.3 Development of anchor forces into the diaphragm. Development of the required anchorage forces into roof and floor diaphragms shall comply with the APPENDIX A-16 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® requirements of this section and Section 12.11.2.2 of ASCE 7. Lengths of development of anchor loads in wood diaphragms shall be based on existing field nailing of the sheathing unless existing edge nailing is positively identified on the original construction plans or at the site. [BS] A206.4 Anchorage at pilasters. Where pilasters are present, the wall anchorage system shall comply with the requirements of this section and Section 12.11.2.2.7 of ASCE 7. The pilasters or the walls immediately adjacent to the pilasters shall be anchored directly to the roof framing such that the existing vertical anchor bolts at the top of the pilasters are bypassed without permitting tension or shear failure at the top of the pilasters. Exception: If existing vertical anchor bolts at the top of the pilasters are used for the anchorage, additional exte- rior confinement shall be provided as required to resist the total anchorage force. [BS] A206.5 Combination of anchor types. New anchors used in combination on a single framing member shall be of compatible behavior and stiffness. [BS] A206.6 Anchorage at interior walls. Existing interior reinforced concrete or reinforced masonry walls that extend to the floor above or to the roof diaphragm shall be anchored for out-of-plane forces per Sections A206.1 and A206.3. Walls extending through the roof diaphragm shall be anchored for out-of-plane forces on both sides, and continu- ity ties shall be spliced across or continuous through the interior wall to provide diaphragm continuity. [BS] A206.7 Collectors. Collectors designed in accordance with this section shall be provided at reentrant corners and at interior shear walls. Existing or new collectors shall have the capacity to develop into the diaphragm a force equal to the lesser of the rocking or shear capacity of the reentrant wall or the tributary shear based on 75 percent of the diaphragm design forces specified in Section 12.10 of ASCE 7. The capacity of the collector need not exceed the capacity of the diaphragm to deliver loads to the collector. A connection shall be provided from the collector to the reentrant wall to transfer the full collector internal force . If a truss or beam other than a rafter or purlin is supported by the reentrant wall or by a column integral with the reentrant wall, then an inde- pendent secondary column is required to support the roof or floor members whenever rocking or shear capacity of the reentrant wall is less than the tributary shear. [BS] A206.8 Mezzanines. Existing mezzanines relying on reinforced concrete or reinforced masonry walls for vertical or lateral support shall be anchored to the walls for the tribu- tary mezzanine load. Walls depending on the mezzanine for lateral support shall be anchored per Sections A206.1, A206.2 and A206.3. Exception: Existing mezzanines that have independent lateral and vertical support need not be anchored to the walls. SECTION A207 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION [BS] A207.1 Materials. Materials permitted by the building code, including their appropriate strength or allowable stresses, shall be used to meet the requirements of this chapter. APPENDIX A-17 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®APPENDIX A-18 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® CHAPTER A3 PRESCRIPTIVE PROVISIONS FOR SEISMIC STRENGTHENING OF CRIPPLE WALLS AND SILL PLATE ANCHORAGE OF LIGHT, WOOD-FRAME RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS SECTION A301 GENERAL [BS] A301.1 Purpose. The provisions of this chapter are intended to promote public safety and welfare by reducing the risk of earthquake-induced damage to existing wood- frame residential buildings. The requirements contained in this chapter are prescriptive minimum standards intended to improve the seismic performance of residential buildings; however, they will not necessarily prevent earthquake damage. This chapter sets standards for strengthening that may be approved by the code official without requiring plans or calculations prepared by a registered design professional. The provisions of this chapter are not intended to prevent the use of any material or method of construction not prescribed herein. The code official may require that construction docu- ments for strengthening using alternative materials or methods be prepared by a registered design professional. [BS] A301.2 Scope. The provisions of this chapter apply to residential buildings of light-frame wood construction containing one or more of the structural weaknesses speci- fied in Section A303. Exception: The provisions of this chapter do not apply to the buildings, or elements thereof, listed as follows. These buildings or elements require analysis by a registered design professional in accordance with Section A301.3 to determine appropriate strengthening: 1. Group R-1. 2. Group R with more than four dwelling units. 3. Buildings with a lateral force-resisting system using poles or columns embedded in the ground. 4. Cripple walls that exceed 4 feet (1219 mm) in height. 5. Buildings exceeding three stories in height and any three-story building with cripple wall studs exceeding 14 inches (356 mm) in height. 6. Buildings where the code official determines that conditions exist that are beyond the scope of the prescriptive requirements of this chapter. 7. Buildings or portions thereof constructed on concrete slabs on grade. [BS] A301.3 Alternative design procedures. The details and prescriptive provisions herein are not intended to be the only acceptable strengthening methods permitted. Alterna- tive details and methods shall be permitted to be used where approved by the code official. Approval of alternatives shall be based on a demonstration that the method or material used is at least equivalent in terms of strength, deflection and capacity to that provided by the prescriptive methods and materials. Where analysis by a registered design professional is required, such analysis shall be in accordance with all requirements of the building code, except that the seismic forces may be taken as 75 percent of those specified in the International Building Code. SECTION A302 DEFINITIONS [BS] A302.1 Definitions. For the purpose of this chapter, in addition to the applicable definitions in the building code, certain additional terms are defined as follows: [BS] ADHESIVE ANCHOR. An assembly consisting of a threaded rod, washer, nut, and chemical adhesive approved by the code official for installation in existing concrete or masonry. [BS] CRIPPLE WALL. A wood-frame stud wall extending from the top of the foundation to the underside of the lowest floor framing. [BS] EXPANSION ANCHOR. An approved post-installed anchor, inserted into a predrilled hole in existing concrete or masonry, that transfers loads to or from the concrete or masonry by direct bearing or friction or both. [BS] PERIMETER FOUNDATION. A foundation system that is located under the exterior walls of a building. [BS] SNUGTIGHT. As tight as an individual can torque a nut on a bolt by hand, using a wrench with a 10-inch-long (254 mm) handle, and the point at which the full surface of the plate washer is contacting the wood member and slightly indenting the wood surface. [BS] WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL. A panel manufac- tured from veneers, wood strands or wafers or a combination of veneer and wood strands or wafers bonded together with APPENDIX A-19 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® waterproof synthetic resins or other suitable bonding systems. Examples of wood structural panels are: Composite panels. A wood structural panel that is comprised of wood veneer and reconstituted wood-based material and bonded together with waterproof adhesive. Oriented strand board (OSB). A mat-formed wood structural panel comprised of thin rectangular wood strands arranged in cross-aligned layers with surface layers normally arranged in the long panel direction and bonded with waterproof adhesive. Plywood. A wood structural panel comprised of plies of wood veneer arranged in cross-aligned layers. The plies are bonded with waterproof adhesive that cures on appli- cation of heat and pressure. SECTION A303 STRUCTURAL WEAKNESSES [BS] A303.1 General. For the purposes of this chapter, any of the following conditions shall be deemed a structural weakness: 1. Sill plates or floor framing that are supported directly on the ground without a foundation system that conforms to the building code. 2. A perimeter foundation system that is constructed only of wood posts supported on isolated pad footings. 3. Perimeter foundation systems that are not continuous. Exceptions: 1. Existing single-story exterior walls not exceeding 10 feet (3048 mm) in length, forming an extension of floor area beyond the line of an existing continuous perime- ter foundation. 2. Porches, storage rooms and similar spaces not containing fuel-burning appliances. 4. A perimeter foundation system that is constructed of unreinforced masonry or stone. 5. Sill plates that are not connected to the foundation or that are connected with less than what is required by the building code. Exception: Where approved by the code official, connections of a sill plate to the foundation made with other than sill bolts shall be accepted if the capacity of the connection is equivalent to that required by the building code. 6. Cripple walls that are not braced in accordance with the requirements of Section A304.4 and Table A304.3.1, or cripple walls not braced with diagonal sheathing or wood structural panels in accordance with the building code. SECTION A304 STRENGTHENING REQUIREMENTS [BS] A304.1 General. [BS] A304.1.1 Scope. The structural weaknesses noted in Section A303 shall be strengthened in accordance with the requirements of this section. Strengthening work may include both new construction and alteration of existing construction. Except as provided herein, all strengthening work and materials shall comply with the applicable provisions of the International Building Code. [BS] A304.1.2 Condition of existing wood materials. Existing wood materials that will be a part of the strength- ening work (such as sills, studs and sheathing) shall be in a sound condition and free from defects that substantially reduce the capacity of the member. Any wood material found to contain fungus infection shall be removed and replaced with new material. Any wood material found to be infested with insects or to have been infested with insects shall be strengthened or replaced with new materi- als to provide a net dimension of sound wood equal to or greater than its undamaged original dimension. [BS] A304.1.3 Floor joists not parallel to foundations. Floor joists framed perpendicular or at an angle to perim- eter foundations shall be restrained either by an existing nominal 2-inch-wide (51 mm) continuous rim joist or by a nominal 2-inch-wide (51 mm) full-depth block between alternate joists in one- and two-story buildings, and between each joist in three-story buildings. Existing blocking for multiple-story buildings must occur at each joist space above a braced cripple wall panel. Existing connections at the top and bottom edges of an existing rim joist or blocking need not be verified in one story buildings. In multiple-story buildings, the existing top edge connection need not be verified; however, the bottom edge connection to either the foundation sill plate or the top plate of a cripple wall shall be verified. The minimum existing bottom edge connection shall consist of 8d toenails spaced 6 inches (152 mm) apart for a continuous rim joist, or three 8d toenails per block. Where this minimum bottom edge-connection is not pres- ent or cannot be verified, a supplemental connection installed as shown in Figure A304.1.3 or A304.1.4(2) shall be provided. Where an existing continuous rim joist or the mini- mum existing blocking does not occur, new 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) or 23/32-inch (18 mm) wood structural panel blocking installed tightly between floor joists and nailed as shown in Figure A304.1.4(3) shall be provided at the inside face of the cripple wall. In lieu of wood structural panel block- ing, tight fitting, full-depth 2-inch (51 mm) blocking may be used. New blocking may be omitted where it will inter- fere with vents or plumbing that penetrates the wall. APPENDIX A-20 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [BS] A304.1.4 Floor joists parallel to foundations. Where existing floor joists are parallel to the perimeter foundations, the end joist shall be located over the foun- dation and, except for required ventilation openings, shall be continuous and in continuous contact with the founda- tion sill plate or the top plate of the cripple wall. Existing connections at the top and bottom edges of the end joist need not be verified in one-story buildings. In multiple- story buildings, the existing top edge connection of the end joist need not be verified; however, the bottom edge connection to either the foundation sill plate or the top plate of a cripple wall shall be verified. The minimum bottom edge connection shall be 8d toenails spaced 6 inches (152 mm) apart. If this minimum bottom edge connection is not present or cannot be verified, a supple- mental connection installed as shown in Figure A304.1.4(1), A304.1.4(2) or A304.1.4(3) shall be provided. APPENDIX A-21 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 4.4 N. NOTE: See manufacturing instructions for nail sizes associated with metal framing clips. [BS] FIGURE A304.1.3 TYPICAL FLOOR TO CRIPPLE WALL CONNECTION (FLOOR JOISTS NOT PARALLEL TO FOUNDATIONS) WHERE AN EXISTING RIM JOIST OR BLOCKING NAILING CANNOT BE VERIFIED, PROVIDE A NEW FRAMING CLIP FROM BLOCKS TO TOP PLATE WITH A MINIMUM HORIZONTAL CAPACITY OF 450 POUNDS AS FOLLOWS: 3-STORY: 16″ O.C. 2-STORY: 32″ O.C. 1-STORY: 48″ O.C. EXISTING RIM JOIST OR BLOCKING WITH EXISTING NAILING TO BE VERIFIED PER SECTION A304.1.3 WHERE AN EXISTING RIM JOIST OR BLOCKING IS NOT PRESENT, PROVIDE NEW 2x SOLID BLOCKING AS FOLLOWS: 3-STORY: EVERY JOIST SPACE 2-STORY: EVERY JOIST SPACE ABOVE BRACED PANELS, ALTERNATE JOIST SPACES AT OTHER LOCATIONS 1-STORY: 2-2x OR 1-2x PLATE A304.4.1(1) FOR BRACING NEW 2x SOLID BLOCKING INSTALLED TO FIT TIGHTLY BETWEEN FLOOR JOISTS NEW FRAMING CLIP (FLAT) AT EACH BLOCK TO PLATE WITH A MINIMUM HORIZONTAL CAPACITY OF 450 POUNDS. SPACE AS INDICATED ABOVE Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®APPENDIX A-22 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 4.4 N. NOTE: See manufacturing instructions for nail sizes associated with metal framing clips. [BS] FIGURE A304.1.4(1) TYPICAL FLOOR TO CRIPPLE WALL CONNECTION (FLOOR JOISTS PARALLEL TO FOUNDATIONS) VERIFIED PER SECTION A304.1.4 SEE FIGURE A304.4.1(2) FOR BRACING Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®APPENDIX A-23 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. NOTES: 1. See Section A304.3 for sill plate anchorage. 2. See manufacturing instructions for nail sizes associated with metal framing clips. [BS] FIGURE A304.1.4(2) TYPICAL FLOOR TO MUDSILL CONNECTIONS WHERE AN EXISTING RIM JOIST OR BLOCKING IS NOT PRESENT, PROVIDE NEW 2x SOLID BLOCKING AS FOLLOWS: 3-STORY: EVERY JOIST SPACE 2-STORY: EVERY JOIST SPACE ABOVE BRACED PANELS, ALTERNATE JOIST SPACES AT OTHER LOCATIONS 1-STORY: ALTERNATE JOIST SPACES EXISTING END FLOOR JOIST OR BLOCKING WITH EXISTING TOENAILS FLOOR JOISTS NOT PARALLEL TO FOUNDATIONS FLOOR JOISTS PARALLEL TO FOUNDATIONS TO BE VERIFIED PER SECTION A304.1.3 EXISTING 2x MUDSILL EXISTING END JOIST WITH EXISTING TOENAILS TO BE VERIFIED PER SECTION A304.1.4 EXISTING 2x MUDSILL EXISTING FOUNDATION WALL EXISTING GROUND LEVEL WHERE AN EXISTING END JOIST OR BLOCK TOENAILING CANNOT BE VERIFIED, PROVIDE A NEW FRAMING CLIP FROM END JOIST OR BLOCK TO MUDSILLAS FOLLOWS: 3-STORY: 16″O.C. 2-STORY: 32″O.C. 1-STORY: 48″O.C. NEW FRAMING CLIP MINIMUM ALLOWABLE CAPACITY IS 450 POUNDS WHERE AN EXISTING END JOIST OR BLOCK TOENAILING CANNOT BE VERIFIED, PROVIDE A NEW FRAMING CLIP FROM END JOIST OR BLOCK TO MUDSILLAS FOLLOWS: 3-STORY: 16″O.C. 2-STORY: 32″O.C. 1-STORY: 48″O.C. NEW FRAMING CLIP MINIMUM ALLOWABLE CAPACITY IS 450 POUNDS Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [BS] A304.2 Foundations. [BS] A304.2.1 New perimeter foundations. New perim- eter foundations shall be provided for structures with the structural weaknesses noted in Items 1 and 2 of Section A303. Soil investigations or geotechnical studies are not required for this work unless the building is located in a special study zone as designated by the code official or other authority having jurisdiction. [BS] A304.2.2 Evaluation of existing foundations. Partial perimeter foundations or unreinforced masonry foundations shall be evaluated by a registered design professional for the force levels specified in Section A301.3. Test reports or other substantiating data to deter- mine existing foundation material strengths shall be submitted to the code official. Where approved by the code official, these existing foundation systems shall be strengthened in accordance with the recommendations included with the evaluation in lieu of being replaced. Exception: In lieu of testing existing foundations to determine material strengths, and where approved by the code official, a new nonperimeter foundation system designed for the forces specified in Section A301.3 shall be used to resist lateral forces from perimeter walls. A registered design professional shall confirm the ability of the existing diaphragm to trans- fer seismic forces to the new nonperimeter foundations. APPENDIX A-24 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 4.4 N. NOTE: See Section A304.4 for cripple wall bracing. [BS] FIGURE A304.1.4(3) ALTERNATIVE FLOOR FRAMING TO CRIPPLE WALL CONNECTION NEW 2x BLOCK WITH 3-10d NAILS PRE-DRILL BLOCK TO PRECLUDE SPLITTING NEW 2x BLOCKING. SEE REQUIREMENTS ABOVE )/225 -2,676 3$5$//(/72 )281'$7,21 WHERE EXISTING NAILING FROM EXISTING RIM JOIST TO TOP PLATE CANNOT BE VERIFIED PROVIDE NEW ¾ WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL BLOCKING. SEE REQUIREMENTS ABOVE. " EXISTING RIM JOIST WITH EXISTING NAILING TO BE VERIFIED PER A304.1.4 WHERE AN EXISTING RIM JOIST OR BLOCKING IS NOT PRESENT, PROVIDE NEW ¾ WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL BLOCKING INSTALLED TO FIT TIGHTLY BETWEEN FLOOR JOISTS. NAIL WITH 8d NAILS AT 4 ON CENTER TO TOP PLATE AND SILL PLATE. SPACE BLOCKS AS FOLLOWS: 3-STORY: EVERY JOIST SPACE 2-STORY: EVERY JOIST SPACE ABOVE BRACED PANELS, ALTERNATE JOIST SPACES AT OTHER LOCATIONS 1-STORY: ALTERNATE JOIST SPACE " "EXISTING CRIPPLESTUD WALL. SEE FIGURE A304.4.1(2)FOR BRACING NEW 2x BLOCK BETWEEN EACH STUD WHEN EXISTING CRIPPLE STUD WALL HAS SINGLE TOP PLATE. NAIL TO TOP PLATE WITH 3-10d NAILS. (PRE-DRILL BLOCK) EXISTING 2-2x OR 1-2x PLATE )/225 -2,676 127 3$5$//(/72 )281'$7,21 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [BS] A304.2.3 Details for new perimeter foundations. All new perimeter foundations shall be continuous and constructed according to Figure A304.2.3(1) and Table A304.2.3(1) or Figure A304.2.3(2) and Table A304.2.3(2). New construction materials shall comply with the requirements of building code. Where approved by the code official, the existing clearance between exist- ing floor joists or girders and existing grade below the floor need not comply with the building code. Exception: Where designed by a registered design professional and approved by the code official, partial perimeter foundations shall be used in lieu of a contin- uous perimeter foundation. APPENDIX A-25 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm. [BS] FIGURE A304.2.3(1) NEW REINFORCED CONCRETE FOUNDATION SYSTEM NEW ANCHORS SPACED AS REQUIRED BY TABLE A304.3.1. SEE FIGURE A304.3.1(1) FOR PLATE WASHER REQUIREMENTS Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®APPENDIX A-26 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm. [BS] FIGURE A304.2.3(2) NEW MASONRY CONCRETE FOUNDATION NEW ANCHORS SPACED AS REQUIRED BY TABLE A304.3.1. SEE FIGURE A304.3.1(1) FOR PLATE WASHER REQUIREMENTS [BS] TABLE A304.2.3(1) NEW REINFORCED CONCRETE FOUNDATION SYSTEM For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. a. Where frost conditions occur, the minimum depth shall extend below the frost line. b. The ground surface along the interior side of the foundation may be excavated to the elevation of the top of the footing. c. Where the soil is designated as expansive, the foundation depth and reinforcement shall be approved by the code official. MINIMUM FOUNDATION DIMENSIONS MINIMUM FOUNDATION REINFORCING NUMBER OF STORIES WFDa, b, c TH VERTICAL REINFORCING Single-pour wall and footing Footing placed separate from wall 1 12 inches 6 inches 12 inches 6 inches ≤ 24 inches #4 @ 48 inches on center #4 @ 32 inches on center 2 15 inches 7 inches 18 inches 8 inches ≥ 36 inches #4 @ 48 inches on center #4 @ 32 inches on center 3 18 inches 8 inches 24 inches 10 inches ≥ 36 inches #4 @ 48 inches on center #4 @ 18 inches on center Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [BS] A304.2.4 New concrete foundations. New concrete foundations shall have a minimum compressive strength of 2,500 pounds per square inch (17.24 MPa) at 28 days. [BS] A304.2.5 New hollow-unit masonry foundations. New hollow-unit masonry foundations shall be solidly grouted. The grout shall have minimum compressive strength of 2,000 pounds per square inch (13.79 MPa). Mortar shall be Type M or S. [BS] A304.2.6 New sill plates. Where new sill plates are used in conjunction with new foundations, they shall be minimum two times nominal thickness and shall be preservative-treated wood or naturally durable wood permitted by the building code for similar applications, and shall be marked or branded by an approved agency. Fasteners in contact with preservative-treated wood shall be hot-dip galvanized or other material permitted by the building code for similar applications. Anchors, that attach a preservative-treated sill plate to the foundation, shall be permitted to be of mechanically deposited zinc- coated steel with coating weights in accordance with ASTM B695, Class 55 minimum. Metal framing anchors in contact with preservative-treated wood shall be galva- nized in accordance with ASTM A653 with a G185 coating. [BS] A304.3 Foundation sill plate anchorage. [BS] A304.3.1 Existing perimeter foundations. Where the building has an existing continuous perimeter founda- tion, all perimeter wall sill plates shall be anchored to the foundation with adhesive anchors or expansion anchors in accordance with Table A304.3.1. Anchors shall be installed in accordance with Figure A304.3.1(1), with the plate washer installed between the nut and the sill plate. The nut shall be tightened to a snug- tight condition after curing is complete for adhesive anchors and after expansion wedge engagement for expansion anchors. Anchors shall be installed in accor- dance with manufacturer’s recommendations. Expansion anchors shall not be used where the installation causes surface cracking of the foundation wall at the locations of the anchor. APPENDIX A-27 [BS] TABLE A304.2.3(2) NEW MASONRY CONCRETE FOUNDATION For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. a. Where frost conditions occur, the minimum depth shall extend below the frost line. b. The ground surface along the interior side of the foundation may be excavated to the elevation of the top of the footing. c. Where the soil is designated as expansive, the foundation depth and reinforcement shall be approved by the code official. MINIMUM FOUNDATION DIMENSIONS MINIMUM FOUNDATION REINFORCING NUMBER OF STORIES WFDa, b, c TH VERTICAL REINFORCING HORIZONTAL REINFORCING 1 12 inches 6 inches 12 inches 6 inches ≤ 24 inches #4 @ 24 inches on center #4 continuous at top of stem wall 2 15 inches 7 inches 18 inches 8 inches ≥ 24 inches #4 @ 24 inches on center #4 @ 16 inches on center 3 18 inches 8 inches 24 inches 10 inches ≥ 36 inches #4 @ 24 inches on center #4 @ 16 inches on center [BS] TABLE A304.3.1 SILL PLATE ANCHORAGE AND CRIPPLE WALL BRACING For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 47.88 N/m2. a. Sill plate anchors shall be adhesive anchors or expansion anchors in accordance with Section A304.3.1. b. All washer plates shall be 3 inches by 3 inches by 0.229 inch minimum. The hole in the plate washer is permitted to be diagonally slotted with a width of up to 3/16 inch larger than the bolt diameter and a slot length not to exceed 13/4 inches, provided that a standard cut washer is placed between the plate washer and the nut. c. This table shall also be permitted for the spacing of the alternative connections specified in Section A304.3.1. d. See Figure A304.4.2 for braced panel layout. e. Braced panels at ends of walls shall be located as near to the end as possible. f. All panels along a wall shall be nearly equal in length and shall be nearly equal in spacing along the length of the wall. g. The minimum required underfloor ventilation openings are permitted in accordance with Section A304.4.4. NUMBER OF STORIES ABOVE CRIPPLE WALLS MINIMUM SILL PLATE CONNECTION AND MAXI- MUM SPACINGa, b, c AMOUNT OF BRACING FOR EACH WALL LINEd, e, f A Combination of Exterior Walls Finished with Portland Cement Plaster and Roofing Using Clay Tile or Concrete Tile Weighing More than 6 psf (287 N/m2) All Other Conditions One story 1/2 inch spaced 6 feet, 0 inch center-to-center with washer plate Each end and not less than 50 percent of the wall length Each end and not less than 40 percent of the wall length Two stories 1/2 inch spaced 4 feet, 0 inch center-to-center with washer plate; or 5/8 inch spaced 6 feet, 0 inch center-to-center with washer plate Each end and not less than 70 percent of the wall length Each end and not less than 50 percent of the wall length Three stories 5/8 inch spaced 4 feet, 0 inch center-to-center with washer plate 100 percent of the wall lengthg Each end and not less than 80 percent of the wall lengthg Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® Where existing conditions prevent anchor installations through the top of the sill plate, this connection shall be made in accordance with Figure A304.3.1(2), A304.3.1(3) or A304.3.1(4). Alternative anchorage meth- ods having a minimum shear capacity of 900 pounds (4003 N) per connection parallel to the wall shall be permitted. The spacing of these alternative connections shall comply with the maximum spacing requirements of Table A304.3.1 for 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) bolts. APPENDIX A-28 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. a. Plate washers shall comply with the following: 1/2-inch anchor or bolt—3 inches × 3 inches × 0.229 inch minimum. 5/8-inch anchor or bolt—3 inches × 3 inches × 0.229 inch minimum. A diagonal slot in the plate washer is permitted in accordance with Table A304.3.1, Note b. b. See Figure A304.4.1(1) or A304.4.1(2) for cripple wall bracing. [BS] FIGURE A304.3.1(1) SILL PLATE BOLTING TO EXISTING FOUNDATIONa, b ADHESIVE ANCHOR OR EXPANSION ANCHOR WITH PLATE WASHER & NUT, WITH SIZE & SPACING AS REQUIRED. FILL ANNULAR SPACE IN SILL PLATE WITH ADHESIVE (ADHESIVE ANCHORS ONLY) SEE TABLE A304.3.1 FOR QUANTITY Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®APPENDIX A-29 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. NOTES: a. If shim space exceeds 1 1/2 inches, alternative details will be required. b. Where required, single piece shim shall be naturally durable wood or preservative-treated wood. If preservative-treated wood is used, it shall be isolated from the foundation system with a moisture barrier. [BS] FIGURE A304.3.1(2) ALTERNATIVE SILL PLATE ANCHORING IN EXISTING FOUNDATION—WITHOUT CRIPPLE WALLS AND FLOOR FRAMING NOT PARALLEL TO FOUNDATIONSa, b EXISTING 2x BLOCKING OR RIM JOIST WITH EXISTING TOENAILS SEE SECTION A304.1.3 EXISTING SILL PLATE EXISTING FOUNDATION WALL EXISTING GROUND LEVEL 21/2″ MIN. 4″ MIN. EXISTING STUD WALL WITH SOLE PLATE EXISTING SHEATHING OVER EXISTING FLOOR FRAMING 7″ x 3/16″ x 9″ LONG PLATE WITH TWO 1/2″ DIAMETER ADHESIVE ANCHORS OR EXPANSION ANCHORS TO FOUNDATION WALL AND THREE 1/4″ DIAMETER LAG SCREWS PREDRILLED INTO SILL PLATE. PROVIDE SINGLE PIECE WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL SHIM OR MULTIPLE LAYERS OF WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL BETWEEN PLATE AND SILL WHEN SPACING EXCEEDS 3/16″ AND IS LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 11/2″. SEE TABLE A304.3.1 FOR SPACING OF ANCHORS ¾″¾″1″-5″ MIN. 2″ MIN. CONNECTION WHEN SHIM SPACE EXCEEDS 3/″ WIDTH UP TO 11/″ HOLE DIAMETER SHALL NOT EXCEED CONNECTOR DIAMETER BY MORE THAN 1/16″ 1/4″ DIAMETER LAG SCREW 21/2″ MIN. INTO SILL PLATE FOR SHIM ATTACHMENT 7″ x 9″ PLATE SINGLE PIECE SHIM (AS REQUIRED) 5/16″ DIAMETER HOLES FOR 1/4″ LAG SCREWS 1″1″ 9″7″For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. [BS] FIGURE A304.3.1(3) ALTERNATIVE SILL PLATE ANCHOR TO EXISTING FOUNDATION WITHOUT CRIPPLE WALL AND FLOOR FRAMING PARALLEL TO FOUNDATIONS SEE FIGURE A304.3.1(2) FOR CONNECTION FOR SHIMS, WHERE REQUIRED SEE NOTE B, FIGURE A304.3.1(2) Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [BS] A304.3.2 Placement of anchors. Anchors shall be placed within 12 inches (305 mm), but not less than 9 inches (229 mm), from the ends of sill plates and shall be placed in the center of the stud space closest to the required spacing. New sill plates may be installed in pieces where necessary because of existing conditions. For lengths of sill plates 12 feet (3658 mm) or greater, anchors shall be spaced along the sill plate as specified in Table A304.3.1. For other lengths of sill plate, anchor placement shall be in accordance with Table A304.3.2. Exception: Where physical obstructions such as fire- places, plumbing or heating ducts interfere with the placement of an anchor, the anchor shall be placed as close to the obstruction as possible, but not less than 9 inches (229 mm) from the end of the plate. Center-to- center spacing of the anchors shall be reduced as necessary to provide the minimum total number of anchors required based on the full length of the wall. Center-to-center spacing shall be not less than 12 inches (305 mm). [BS] A304.3.3 New perimeter foundations. Sill plates for new perimeter foundations shall be anchored in accor- dance with Table A304.3.1 and Figure A304.2.3(1) and Table A304.2.3(1) or Figure A304.2.3(2) and Table A304.2.3(2). APPENDIX A-30 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. [BS] FIGURE A304.3.1(4) SILL PLATE ANCHORING TO EXISTING FOUNDATION—ALTERNATIVE CONNECTION FOR BATTERED FOOTING A304.3.1(2)A304.3.1(2) A304.3.1(2) FOR b [BS] TABLE A304.3.2 SILL PLATE ANCHORAGE FOR VARIOUS LENGTHS OF SILL PLATEa, b For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm. a. Connections shall be either adhesive anchors or expansion anchors. b. See Section A304.3.2 for minimum end distances. c. Connections shall be placed as near to the center of the length of plate as possible. NUMBER OF STORIES LENGTHS OF SILL PLATE Less than 12 feet to 6 feet Less than 6 feet to 30 inches Less than 30 inches c One story Three connections Two connections One connection Two stories Four connections for 1/2-inch anchors or bolts or three connections for 5/8-inch anchors or bolts Two connections One connection Three stories Four connections Two connections One connection Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [BS] A304.4 Cripple wall bracing. [BS] A304.4.1 General. Exterior cripple walls not exceeding 4 feet (1219 mm) in height shall be permitted to be specified by the prescriptive bracing method in Section A304.4. Cripple walls over 4 feet (1219 mm) in height require analysis by a registered design professional in accordance with Section A301.3. APPENDIX A-31 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. NOTE: See Figure A304.3.1(1) for sill plate anchoring. [BS] FIGURE A304.4.1(1) CRIPPLE WALL BRACING WITH NEW WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL ON EXTERIOR FACE OF CRIPPLE STUDS EXISTING 2x SILL PLATE. SEE FIGURES A304.3.1(1), A304.3.1(2), A304.3.1(3) OR A304.3.1(4) FOR NEW CONNECTION A304.4.1(3) FOR Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®APPENDIX A-32 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. [BS] FIGURE A304.4.1(2) CRIPPLE WALL BRACING WITH WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL ON INTERIOR FACE OF CRIPPLE STUDS THICK WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL. SEE FIGURE A304.4.1(3) FOR PANEL AND NAILING LAYOUT NEW 2x BLOCKING WITH 4-10d NAILS EACH BLOCK TO SILL. PRE-DRILLED HOLES AS NEEDED TO PRECLUDE SPLITTING Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [BS] A304.4.1.1 Sheathing installation require- ments. Wood structural panel sheathing shall be not less than 15/32-inch (12 mm) thick and shall be installed in accordance with Figure A304.4.1(1) or A304.4.1(2). Individual pieces of wood structural panels shall be nailed with 8d common nails spaced 4 inches (102 mm) on center at all edges and 12 inches (305 mm) on center at each intermediate support with not less than two nails for each stud. Nails shall be driven so that their heads are flush with the surface of the sheathing and shall penetrate the supporting member not less than 11/2 inches (38 mm). When a nail fractures the surface, it shall be left in place and not counted as part of the required nailing. A new 8d nail shall be located within 2 inches (51 mm) of the discounted nail and be hand-driven flush with the sheathing surface. Where the installation involves horizontal joints, those joints shall occur over nominal 2-inch by 4-inch (51 mm by 102 mm) blocking installed with the nominal 4-inch (102 mm) dimension against the face of the plywood. Vertical joints at adjoining pieces of wood struc- tural panels shall be centered on studs such that there is a minimum 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) between the panels. Where required edge distances cannot be maintained because of the width of the existing stud, a new stud shall be added adjacent to the existing studs and connected in accordance with Figure A304.4.1(3). [BS] A304.4.2 Distribution and amount of bracing. See Table A304.3.1 and Figure A304.4.2 for the distribution and amount of bracing required for each wall line. Each braced panel length must be not less than two times the height of the cripple stud. Where the minimum amount of bracing prescribed in Table A304.3.1 cannot be installed APPENDIX A-33 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. [BS] FIGURE A304.4.1(3) PARTIAL CRIPPLE STUD WALL ELEVATION EXISTING FOUNDATION WALL GROUND LEVELEXISTING VENT EXISTING CRIPPLE STUDS 2x BLOCKING FLAT ABOVE VENT OPENING. CONNECT TO STUDS WITH SHEET METAL CONNECTORS. 2-IN.- TO 3-IN.-DIAMETER VENTILATION HOLES. SEE SECTION A304.4.3. SILL BOLT SEE ALTERNATES BELOW FOR VERTICAL PANEL JOINTS 8d NAILS AT 12 IN. ON CENTER AT INTERMEDIATE STUDS. MIN 2 NAILS EACH STUD. 8d NAILS AT 4 IN. ON CENTER ON ALL EDGES OF EACH INDIVIDUAL PIECE NEW 2x CRIPPLE STUD NAILED TO EXISTING STUD WITH 16d COMMON NAILS AT 6 IN. ON CENTER AT WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL JOINT. 3 NAILS MIN. EXISTING STUD 2 / IN. MIN 1 2 VERTICAL SPLICE AT DOUBLE STUD VERTICAL SPLICE AT SINGLE STUD 1IN. CLEAR 1IN. CLEAR 0.75H MIN 1 8/ IN. MIN 1 8/ IN. MIN 3/ IN. MIN8 1 2/ IN. MIN1 2/ IN. MIN 3/ IN. MIN8 3/ IN. MIN8 3/ IN. MIN8 H 8 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® along any walls, the bracing must be designed in accor- dance with Section A301.3. Exception: Where physical obstructions such as fire- places, plumbing or heating ducts interfere with the placement of cripple wall bracing, the bracing shall then be placed as close to the obstruction as possible. The total amount of bracing required shall not be reduced because of obstructions. APPENDIX A-34 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 42.88 N/m2. [BS] FIGURE A304.4.2 FLOOR PLAN-CRIPPLE WALL BRACING LAYOUT 2 FT. 8 IN. 2 FT. 8 IN. Bracing determination: 1-story building each end and not less than 40% of wall length. a⎯ Transverse wall 30 ft. 0.40 = 12 ft. minimum panel length = 4 ft. 0 in.⎯× 2-story building each end and not less than 50% of wall length. a⎯ Longitudinal wall 40 ft. 0.50 = 20 ft. 0 in. minimum of bracing.⎯× 3-story building each end and not less than 80% of wall length. a⎯ Transverse wall 30 ft. 0.80 = 24 ft. 0 in. minimum of bracing.⎯× a. See Table 304.3.1 for buildings with both plaster walls and roofing exceeding 6 psf. NOTES: Bracing shown assumes cripple stud height of 24 in. Minimum panel length shall be two times the cripple stud wall height. All panels along a wall shall be nearly equal in length and nearly equal in spacing along the wall. Wherever possible, panels should be laid out to begin and end on studs while maintaining required panel lengths.This may require the occasional addition of a new stud. 1. 2. 3. REQUIRED BRACING FOR 1-STORY BUILDING REQUIRED BRACING NOT SHOWN FOR THIS WALL 30 FT. 8 FT. 8 FT. 8 FT. 4 FT.4 FT.4 FT. 4 FT. 4 FT. 4 FT. 4 FT. 4 FT. 4 FT. 4 FT. 5 FT. 4 IN. 5 FT. 4 IN.(4' EACH)(4 FT. EACH)40 FT.REQUIRED BRACING FOR 2-STORY BUILDINGREQUIRED BRACING FOR 3-STORY BUILDING Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [BS] A304.4.3 Stud space ventilation. Where bracing materials are installed on the interior face of studs form- ing an enclosed space between the new bracing and the existing exterior finish, each braced stud space must be ventilated. Adequate ventilation and access for future inspection shall be provided by drilling one 2-inch to 3- inch-diameter (51 mm to 76 mm) round hole through the sheathing, nearly centered between each stud at the top and bottom of the cripple wall. Such holes should be spaced not less than 1 inch (25 mm) clear from the sill or top plates. In stud spaces containing sill bolts, the hole shall be located on the centerline of the sill bolt but not closer than 1 inch (25 mm) clear from the nailing edge of the sheathing. Where existing blocking occurs within the stud space, additional ventilation holes shall be placed above and below the blocking, or the existing block shall be removed and a new nominal 2-inch by 4-inch (51 mm by 102 mm) block shall be installed with the nominal 4- inch (102 mm) dimension against the face of the plywood. For stud heights less than 18 inches (457 mm), only one ventilation hole need be provided. [BS] A304.4.4 Existing underfloor ventilation. Existing underfloor ventilation shall not be reduced without providing equivalent new ventilation as close to the exist- ing ventilation as possible. Braced panels may include underfloor ventilation openings where the height of the opening, measured from the top of the foundation wall to the top of the opening, does not exceed 25 percent of the height of the cripple stud wall; however, the length of the panel shall be increased a distance equal to the length of the opening or one stud space minimum. Where an open- ing exceeds 25 percent of the cripple wall height, braced panels shall not be located where the opening occurs. See Figure A304.4.1(3). Exception: For homes with a post and pier foundation system where a new continuous perimeter foundation system is being installed, new ventilation shall be provided in accordance with the building code. [BS] A304.5 Quality control. All work shall be subject to inspection by the code official including, but not limited to: 1. Placement and installation of new adhesive or expan- sion anchors installed in existing foundations. Special inspection is not required for adhesive anchors installed in existing foundations regulated by the prescriptive provisions of this chapter. 2. Installation and nailing of new cripple wall bracing. 3. Any work shall be subject to special inspection where required by the code official in accordance with the building code. [BS] A304.5.1 Nails. All nails specified in this chapter shall be common wire nails of the following diameters and lengths: 1. 8d nails = 0.131 inch (3.3 mm) by 2 1/2 inches (64 mm). 2. 10d nails = 0.148 inch (3.8 mm) by 3 inches (76 mm). 3. 12d nails = 0.148 inch (3.8 mm) by 3 1/4 inches (83 mm). 4. 16d nails = 0.162 inch (4.1 mm) by 3 1/2 inches (89 mm). Nails used to attach metal framing connectors directly to wood members shall be as specified by the connector manufacturer in an approved report. APPENDIX A-35 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®APPENDIX A-36 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® CHAPTER A4 EARTHQUAKE RISK REDUCTION IN WOOD-FRAME RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS WITH SOFT, WEAK OR OPEN FRONT WALLS SECTION A401 GENERAL [BS] A401.1 Purpose. The purpose of this chapter is to promote public welfare and safety by reducing the risk of death or injury as a result of the effects of earthquakes on existing wood-frame, multiple-unit residential buildings. The ground motions of past earthquakes have caused the loss of human life, personal injury and property damage in these types of buildings. This chapter creates minimum standards to strengthen the more vulnerable portions of these struc- tures. Where fully followed, these minimum standards will improve the performance of these buildings but will not necessarily prevent all earthquake-related damage. [BS] A401.2 Scope. The provisions of this chapter apply to existing buildings of wood construction that contain residen- tial occupancies and are assigned to Risk Category II, and where the structure has a soft, weak or open-front wall line, and there exists one or more stories above. SECTION A402 DEFINITIONS [BS] A402.1 Definitions. Notwithstanding the applicable definitions, symbols and notations in the building code, the following definitions shall apply for the purposes of this chapter: [BS] ASPECT RATIO. The span-width ratio for horizontal diaphragms and the height-length ratio for shear walls. [BS] NONCONFORMING STRUCTURAL MATERI- ALS. Wall bracing materials other than wood structural panels or diagonal sheathing. [BS] OPEN-FRONT WALL LINE. An exterior wall line, without vertical elements of the lateral force-resisting system, that requires tributary seismic forces to be resisted by diaphragm rotation or excessive cantilever beyond paral- lel lines of shear walls. Diaphragms that cantilever more than 25 percent of the distance between lines of lateral force- resisting elements from which the diaphragm cantilevers shall be considered to be excessive. Exterior exit balconies of 6 feet (1829 mm) or less in width shall not be considered excessive cantilevers. [BS] RETROFIT. An improvement of the lateral force- resisting system by alteration of existing structural elements or addition of new structural elements. [BS] SOFT WALL LINE. A wall line whose lateral stiff- ness is less than that required by story drift limitations or deformation compatibility requirements of this chapter. In lieu of analysis, a soft wall line may be defined as a wall line in a story where the story stiffness is less than 70 percent of the story above for the direction under consideration. [BS] STORY. A story as defined by the building code, including any basement or underfloor space of a building with cripple walls exceeding 4 feet (1219 mm) in height. [BS] WALL LINE. Any length of wall along a principal axis of the building used to provide resistance to lateral loads. Parallel wall lines separated by less than 4 feet (1219 mm) shall be considered to be one wall line for the distribu- tion of loads. [BS] WEAK WALL LINE. A wall line in a story where the story strength is less than 80 percent of the story above in the direction under consideration. SECTION A403 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN [BS] A403.1 General. Modifications required by the provi- sions in this chapter shall be designed in accordance with the International Building Code provisions for new construc- tion, except as modified by this chapter. Exception: Buildings for which the prescriptive measures provided in Section A404 apply and are used. Alteration of the existing lateral force-resisting system or vertical load-carrying system shall not reduce the strength or stiffness of the existing structure, unless the altered structure would remain in conformance to the building code and this chapter. [BS] A403.2 Scope of analysis. This chapter requires the alteration, repair, replacement or addition of structural elements and their connections to meet the strength and stiff- ness requirements herein. The lateral load-path analysis shall include the resisting elements and connections from the wood diaphragm immediately above any soft, weak or open- front wall lines to the foundation soil interface or to the uppermost story of a podium structure comprised of steel, masonry, or concrete structural systems that supports the upper wood-framed structure. Stories above the uppermost story with a soft, weak or open-front wall line shall be considered in the analysis but need not be modified. The lateral load-path analysis for added structural elements shall include evaluation of the allowable soil-bearing and lateral pressures in accordance with the building code. Where any portion of a building within the scope of this chapter is constructed on or into a slope steeper than one unit vertical in three units horizontal (33-percent slope), the lateral force- resisting system at and below the base level diaphragm shall be analyzed for the effects of concentrated lateral forces at the base caused by this hillside condition. APPENDIX A-37 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [BS] A403.3 Design base shear and design parameters. The design base shear in a given direction shall be permitted to be 75 percent of the value required for similar new construction in accordance with the building code. The value of R used in the design of the strengthening of any story shall not exceed the lowest value of R used in the same direction at any story above. The system overstrength factor, Ω0, and the deflection amplification factor, Cd, shall be not less than the largest respective value corresponding to the R factor being used in the direction under consideration. Exceptions: 1. For structures assigned to Seismic Design Cate- gory B, values of R, Ω0 and Cd shall be permitted to be based on the seismic force-resisting system being used to achieve the required strengthening. 2. For structures assigned to Seismic Design Cate- gory C or D, values of R, Ω0 and Cd shall be permitted to be based on the seismic force-resist- ing system being used to achieve the required strengthening, provided that when the strengthen- ing is complete, the strengthened structure will not have an extreme weak story irregularity defined as Type 5b in ASCE 7 Table 12.3-2. 3. For structures assigned to Seismic Design Cate- gory E, values of R, Ω0 and Cd shall be permitted to be based on the seismic force-resisting system being used to achieve the required strengthening, provided that when the strengthening is complete, the strengthened structure will not have an extreme soft story, a weak story, or an extreme weak story irregularity defined, respectively, as Types 1b, 5a and 5b in ASCE 7 Table 12.3-2. 4. For retrofit systems involving different seismic force-resisting systems in the same direction within the same story, resisting elements are permitted to be designed using the least value of R for the different structural systems found in each independent line of resistance if all of the follow- ing conditions are met: 4.1. The building is assigned to Risk Category I or II. 4.2. The building height is no more than four stories above grade plane. 4.3. The seismic force-resisting systems of the retrofitted building comprise only wood structural panel shear walls, steel moment- resisting frames, steel cantilever columns and steel-braced frames. Values for C and Ω0 shall be consistent with the R value used. 5. With reference to ASCE 7 Table 12.2-1, ordinary, intermediate and special steel systems, and all light-frame systems shall be permitted without limitation where those systems are used only for retrofit to comply with the requirements of this chapter. [BS] A403.3.1 Expected story strength. Despite any other requirement of Section A403.3 or A403.4, the total expected strength of retrofit elements added to any story need not exceed 1.7 times the expected strength of the story immediately above in a two-story building, or 1.3 times the expected strength of the story immediately above in a three-story or taller building, as long as the retrofit elements are located symmetrically about the center of mass of the story above, or so as to minimize torsion in the retrofitted story. Calculation of expected story strength and identification of irregularities in Section A403.3 shall be based on the expected strength of all wall lines, even if sheathed with nonconforming mate- rials. The strength of a wall line above the retrofitted story shall be permitted to be reduced to account for inadequate load path or overturning resistance. [BS] A403.3.2 Seismicity parameters, site class and geologic hazards. For any site designated as Site Class E, the value of F shall be taken as 1.2. Site-specific proce- dures are not required for compliance with this chapter. Mitigation of existing geologic site hazards such as lique- fiable soil, fault rupture or landslide is not required for compliance with this chapter. [BS] A403.4 Story drift limitations. The calculated story drift for each retrofitted story shall not exceed the allowable deformation compatible with all vertical load-resisting elements and 0.025 times the story height. The calculated story drift shall not be reduced by the effects of horizontal diaphragm stiffness but shall be increased where these effects produce rotation. Drift calculations shall be in accor- dance with the building code. [BS] A403.4.1 Pole structures. The effects of rotation and soil stiffness shall be included in the calculated story drift where lateral loads are resisted by vertical elements whose required depth of embedment is determined by pole formulas. The coefficient of subgrade reaction used in deflection calculations shall be based on a geotechnical investigation conducted in accordance with the building code. [BS] A403.5 Deformation compatibility and P Δ effects. The requirements of the building code shall apply, except as modified herein. Structural framing elements and their connections not required by design to be part of the lateral force-resisting system shall be designed and detailed to be adequate to maintain support of expected gravity loads when subjected to the expected deformations caused by seismic forces. Increased demand caused by P Δ effects and story sidesway stability shall be considered in retrofit stories that rely on the strength and stiffness of cantilever columns for lateral resistance. [BS] A403.6 Ties and continuity. All parts of the structure included in the scope of Section A403.2 shall be intercon- nected as required by the building code. [BS] A403.7 Collector elements. Collector elements shall be provided to transfer the seismic forces between the elements within the scope of Section A403.2. APPENDIX A-38 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [BS] A403.8 Floor diaphragms. Floor diaphragms within the scope of Section A403.2 shall be shown to have adequate strength at the following locations: 1. For straight lumber sheathed diaphragms without integral hardwood flooring throughout the diaphragm: The code official is authorized to waive the requirement where it is shown that the condition occurs in areas small enough not to affect overall building performance. 2. For all other diaphragms adequate strength shall be shown to be provided at locations where forces are transferred between the diaphragm and each new or strengthened vertical element of the seis- mic force-resisting system. Collector elements shall be provided where needed to distribute the transferred force over a greater length of diaphragm. Exception: Where the existing vertical elements of the seismic force-resisting system are shown to comply with this chapter, diaphragms need not be evaluated. [BS] A403.9 Wood-framed shear walls. Wood-framed shear walls shall have strength and stiffness sufficient to resist the seismic loads and shall conform to the require- ments of this section. Where new sheathing is applied to existing studs to create new wood-framed shear walls, the new wall elements shall be considered bearing wall systems for purposes of determining seismic design parameters. [BS] A403.9.1 Gypsum or cement plaster products. Gypsum or cement plaster products shall not be used to provide the strength required by Section A403.3 or the stiffness required by Section A403.4. [BS] A403.9.2 Wood structural panels. [BS] A403.9.2.1 Drift limit. Wood structural panel shear walls shall meet the story drift limitation of Section A403.4. Conformance to the story drift limita- tion shall be determined by approved testing or calculation. Individual shear panels shall be permitted to exceed the maximum aspect ratio, provided that the allowable story drift and allowable shear capacities are not exceeded. [BS] A403.9.2.2 Openings. Shear walls are permitted to be designed for continuity around openings in accordance with the building code. Blocking and steel strapping shall be provided at corners of the openings to transfer forces from discontinuous boundary elements into adjoining panel elements. Alternatively, perforated shear wall provisions of the building code are permitted to be used. [BS] A403.9.3 Hold-down connectors. [BS] A403.9.3.1 Expansion anchors in tension. Expansion anchors that provide tension strength by friction resistance shall not be used to connect hold- down devices to existing concrete or masonry elements. [BS] A403.9.3.2 Required depth of embedment. The required depth of embedment or edge distance for the anchor used in the hold-down connector shall be provided in the concrete or masonry below any plain concrete slab unless satisfactory evidence is submitted to the code official that shows that the concrete slab and footings are of monolithic construction. A403.10 Steel retrofit systems. Steel retrofit systems shall have strength and stiffness sufficient to resist the seismic loads and shall conform to the requirements of this section. A403.10.1 Special moment frames. Steel special moment frames shall comply with all applicable provi- sions of AISC 341, except that Section E3.4a addressing strong-column/weak-beams of AISC 341, is not required for columns that carry no gravity load. A403.10.2 Inverted moment frame systems. Cantile- vered column systems shall be permitted to be designed as inverted special, intermediate or ordinary moment frames, with corresponding moment frame seismic design coefficients, where the system satisfies the following conditions: 1. The columns carry no gravity load. 2. The columns are configured in pairs or larger groups connected by a continuous reinforced concrete foundation or grade beam. 3. The foundation or grade beam shall be designed to resist the expected plastic moment at the base of each column, computed as RyFyZ in accordance with AISC 341. 4. The flexibility of the foundation or grade beam, considering cracked section properties of the rein- forced concrete, shall be included in computing the deformation of the steel frame system. 5. The column height shall be taken as twice the actual height when checking lateral torsional buckling. SECTION A404 PRESCRIPTIVE MEASURES FOR WEAK STORY [BS] A404.1 Limitation. These prescriptive measures shall apply only to two-story buildings and only where deemed appropriate by the code official. These prescriptive measures rely on rotation of the second floor diaphragm to distribute the seismic load between the side and rear walls around a ground floor open area. In the absence of an existing floor diaphragm of wood structural panel or diagonal sheathing at the top of the first story, a new wood structural panel diaphragm of minimum thickness of 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) and with 10d common nails at 6 inches (152 mm) on center shall be applied. [BS] A404.1.1 Additional conditions. To qualify for these prescriptive measures, the following additional conditions need to be satisfied by the retrofitted structure: 1. Diaphragm aspect ratio L/W is less than 0.67, where W is the diaphragm dimension parallel to the soft, weak or open-front wall line and L is the distance in the orthogonal direction between that APPENDIX A-39 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® wall line and the rear wall of the ground floor open area. 2. Minimum length of side shear walls = 20 feet (6096 mm). 3. Minimum length of rear shear wall = three-fourths of the total rear wall length. 4. Plan or vertical irregularities shall not be other than a soft, weak or open-front wall line. 5. Roofing weight less than or equal to 5 pounds per square foot (240 N/m2). 6. Aspect ratio of the full second floor diaphragm meets the requirements of the building code for new construction. [BS] A404.2 Minimum required retrofit. [BS] A404.2.1 Anchor size and spacing. The anchor size and spacing shall be not less than 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) in diameter at 32 inches (813 mm) on center. Where existing anchors are inadequate, supplemental or alternative approved connectors (such as new steel plates bolted to the side of the foundation and nailed to the sill) shall be used. [BS] A404.2.2 Connection to floor above. Shear wall top plates shall be connected to blocking or rim joist at upper floor with not less than 18-gage galvanized steel angle clips 41/2 inches (114 mm) long with 12-8d nails spaced not farther than 16 inches (406 mm) on center, or by equivalent shear transfer methods. [BS] A404.2.3 Shear wall sheathing. The shear wall sheathing shall be not less than 15/32-inch (11.9 mm), 5-ply Structural I with 10d nails at 4 inches (102 mm) on center at edges and 12 inches (305 mm) on center at field; blocked all edges with 3 by 4 board or larger. Where existing sill plates are less than 3-by thick, place flat 2-by on top of sill between studs, with flat 18-gage galvanized steel clips 41/2 inches (114 mm) long with 12-8d nails or 3/8-inch-diameter (9.5 mm) lags through blocking for shear transfer to sill plate. Stagger nailing from wall sheathing between existing sill and new blocking. Anchor new blocking to foundation as specified in this section. [BS] A404.2.4 Shear wall hold-downs. Shear walls shall be provided with hold-down anchors at each end. Two hold-down anchors are required at intersecting corners. Hold-downs shall be approved connectors with a mini- mum 5/8-inch-diameter (15.9 mm) threaded rod or other approved anchor with a minimum allowable load of 4,000 pounds (17.8 kN). Anchor embedment in concrete shall be not less than 5 inches (127 mm). Tie-rod systems shall be not less than 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) in diameter unless using high-strength cable. High-strength cable elongation shall not exceed 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) under a 4,000 pound (17.8 kN) axial load. SECTION A405 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION [BS] A405.1 New materials. New materials shall meet the requirements of the International Building Code, except where allowed by this chapter. [BS] A405.2 Allowable foundation and lateral pressures. The use of default values from the building code for continu- ous and isolated concrete spread footings shall be permitted. For soil that supports embedded vertical elements, Section A403.4.1 shall apply. [BS] A405.3 Existing materials. The physical condition, strengths and stiffnesses of existing building materials shall be taken into account in any analysis required by this chap- ter. The verification of existing materials conditions and their conformance to these requirements shall be made by physical observation, material testing or record drawings as determined by the registered design professional subject to the approval of the code official. [BS] A405.3.1 Wood-structural-panel shear walls. [BS] A405.3.1.1 Existing nails. Where the required calculations rely on design values for common nails or surfaced dry lumber, their use in construction shall be verified by exposure. [BS] A405.3.1.2 Existing plywood. Where verifica- tion of the existing plywood is by use of record drawings alone, plywood shall be assumed to be of three plies. [BS] A405.3.2 Existing wood framing. Wood framing is permitted to use the design stresses specified in the build- ing code under which the building was constructed or other stress criteria approved by the code official. [BS] A405.3.3 Existing structural steel. All existing structural steel shall be permitted to be assumed to comply with ASTM A36. Existing pipe or tube columns shall be assumed to be of minimum wall thickness unless verified by testing or exposure. [BS] A405.3.4 Existing concrete. All existing concrete footings shall be permitted to be assumed to be plain concrete with a compressive strength of 2,000 pounds per square inch (13.8 MPa). Existing concrete compressive strength taken greater than 2,000 pounds per square inch (13.8 MPa) shall be verified by testing, record drawings or department records. [BS] A405.3.5 Existing sill plate anchorage. The analy- sis of existing cast-in-place anchors shall be permitted to assume proper anchor embedment for purposes of evalu- ating shear resistance to lateral loads. SECTION A406 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS [BS] A406.1 General. The plans shall show all information necessary for plan review and for construction and shall accurately reflect the design. The plans shall contain a note that states that this retrofit was designed in compliance with the criteria of this chapter. APPENDIX A-40 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX A—GUIDELINES FOR THE SEISMIC RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [BS] A406.2 Existing construction. The plans shall show existing diaphragm and shear wall sheathing and framing materials; fastener type and spacing; diaphragm and shear wall connections; continuity ties; collector elements; and the portion of the existing materials that needs verification during construction. If the cap allowed by Section A403.3.1 is used to limit the scope of retrofit, the foregoing informa- tion shall be shown for each retrofitted story and at least one story above the uppermost retrofitted story. If the cap allowed by Section A403.3.1 is not used, the foregoing information need only be shown for each retrofitted story and for the floor at the top of that story. [BS] A406.3 New construction. [BS] A406.3.1 Foundation plan elements. The founda- tion plan shall include the size, type, location and spacing of all anchor bolts with the required depth of embedment, edge and end distance; the location and size of all shear walls and all columns for braced frames or moment frames; referenced details for the connection of shear walls, braced frames or moment-resisting frames to their footing; and referenced sections for any grade beams and footings. [BS] A406.3.2 Framing plan elements. The framing plan shall include the length, location and material of shear walls; the location and material of frames; refer- ences or details for the column-to-beam connectors, beam-to-wall connections and shear transfers at floor and roof diaphragms; and the required nailing and length for wall top plate splices. [BS] A406.3.3 Shear wall schedule, notes and details. Shear walls shall have a referenced schedule on the plans that includes the correct shear wall capacity in pounds per foot (N/m); the required fastener type, length, gage and head size; and a complete specification for the sheathing material and its thickness. The schedule shall also show the required location of 3-inch (76 mm) nominal or two 2- inch (51 mm) nominal edge members; the spacing of shear transfer elements such as framing anchors or added sill plate nails; the required hold-down with its bolt, screw or nail sizes; and the dimensions, lumber grade and species of the attached framing member. Notes shall show required edge distance for fasteners of structural wood panels and framing members; required flush nailing at the plywood surface; limits of mechanical penetrations; and the sill plate material assumed in the design. The limits of mechanical penetrations shall be detailed showing the maximum notching and drilled hole sizes. [BS] A406.3.4 General notes. General notes shall show the requirements for material testing, special inspection and structural observation. SECTION A407 QUALITY CONTROL [BS] A407.1 Structural observation. Structural observa- tion, in accordance with Section 1704.6 of the International Building Code is required, regardless of seismic design cate- gory, height or other conditions. Structural observation shall include visual observation of work for conformance to the approved construction documents and confirmation of exist- ing conditions assumed during design. A407.2 Contractor responsibility. Contractor responsibil- ity shall be in accordance with Section 1704.4 of the International Building Code. A407.3 Testing and inspection. Structural testing and inspection for new construction materials, submittals, reports and certificates of compliance shall be in accordance with Sections 1704 and 1705 of the International Building Code. Work done to comply with this chapter shall not be eligible for Exceptions 1, 2, or 3 of Section 1704.2 of the Interna- tional Building Code or for the exception to Section 1705.13.2 of the International Building Code. APPENDIX A-41 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®APPENDIX A-42 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® CHAPTER A5 REFERENCED STANDARDS SECTION A501 REFERENCED STANDARDS A501.1 General. See Table A501.1 for standards that are referenced in various sections of this appendix. Standards are listed by the standard identification with the effective date, standard title, and the section or sections of this appen- dix that references the standard. TABLE A501.1 REFERENCED STANDARDS TABLE A501.1—continued REFERENCED STANDARDS STANDARD ACRONYM STANDARD NAME SECTIONS HEREIN REFERENCED AISC 341-16 Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings A403.10.1, A403.10.2 ASCE/SEI 7 —16 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures with Supple- ment No. 1 A104.1, A205.1, A206.1, A206.2, A206.3, A206.4, A206.7, A403.3 ASTM A36/A36M— 14 Specification for Carbon Structural Steel A405.3.3 ASTM A653/A653M — 15 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvan- nealed) by Hot-Dip Process A304.2.6 ASTM B695 — 04(2009) Standard Specification for Coating of Zinc Mechani- cally Deposited on Iron and Steel A304.2.6 ASTM C67- 14 Test Methods of Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile A106.2.3.1 ASTM C140/C140M — 15 Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units and Related Units A106.2.3.1 ASTM C496 — 96/C496M —11 Standard Test Method for Splitting Tensile Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens A104.1, A106.2.3.3 ASTM C1531— 15 Standard Test Methods for In Situ Measurement of Masonry Mortar Joint Shear Strength Index A106.2.3.2 ASTM E488/E488M — 15 Standard Test Methods for Strength of Anchors in Concrete and Masonry Elements A107.5.1, A107.5.3 ASTM E519/E519M — 2010 Standard Test Method for Diagonal Tension (Shear) in Masonry Assemblages A104.1 STANDARD ACRONYM STANDARD NAME SECTIONS HEREIN REFERENCED IBC—00 International Building Code A202.1 IBC—03 International Building Code A202.1 IBC—06 International Building Code A202.1 IBC—09 International Building Code A202.1 IBC—12 International Building Code A202.1 IBC—15 International Building Code A202.1 IBC—18 International Building Code A202.1 IBC—21 International Building Code A102.2, A105.1, A105.4, A202.1, A203.1, A204.1, A205.1, A205.3, A205.3.1, A205.4, A301.3, A304.1.1, A403.1, A405.1, A407.1, A407.2, A407.3 UBC—97 Uniform Building Code A202.1 APPENDIX A-43 (continued) Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®APPENDIX A-44 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® APPENDIX B SUPPLEMENTARY ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR EXISTING BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. User note: About this appendix: Chapter 11 of the International Building Code® contains provisions that set forth requirements for accessibility to buildings and their associated sites and facilities for people with physical disabilities. Sections 306 and 1508 in the code address accessibil- ity provisions and alternatives permitted in existing buildings. Appendix B was added to address accessibility in construction for items that are not typically enforceable through the traditional building code enforcement process. SECTION B101 QUALIFIED HISTORIC BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES [BE] B101.1 General. Qualified historic buildings and facil- ities shall comply with Sections B101.2 through B101.5. [BE] B101.2 Qualified historic buildings and facilities. These procedures shall apply to buildings and facilities designated as historic structures that undergo alterations or a change of occupancy. [BE] B101.3 Qualified historic buildings and facilities subject to Section 106 of the National Historic Preserva- tion Act. Where an alteration or change of occupancy is undertaken to a qualified historic building or facility that is subject to Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act, the federal agency with jurisdiction over the undertak- ing shall follow the Section 106 process. Where the state historic preservation officer or Advisory Council on Historic Preservation determines that compliance with the require- ments for accessible routes, ramps, entrances, or toilet facilities would threaten or destroy the historic significance of the building or facility, the alternative requirements of Section 306.7.16 for that element are permitted. [BE] B101.4 Qualified historic buildings and facilities not subject to Section 106 of the National Historic Preserva- tion Act. Where an alteration or change of occupancy is undertaken to a qualified historic building or facility that is not subject to Section 106 of the National Historic Preserva- tion Act, and the entity undertaking the alterations believes that compliance with the requirements for accessible routes, ramps, entrances or toilet facilities would threaten or destroy the historic significance of the building or facility, the entity shall consult with the state historic preservation officer. Where the state historic preservation officer determines that compliance with the accessibility requirements for accessi- ble routes, ramps, entrances or toilet facilities would threaten or destroy the historical significance of the building or facil- ity, the alternative requirements of Section 306.7.16 for that element are permitted. [BE] B101.4.1 Consultation with interested persons. Interested persons shall be invited to participate in the consultation process, including state or local accessibility officials, individuals with disabilities, and organizations representing individuals with disabilities. [BE] B101.4.2 Certified local government historic preservation programs. Where the state historic preser- vation officer has delegated the consultation responsibility for purposes of this section to a local government historic preservation program that has been certified in accordance with Section 101 of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 [(16 U.S.C. 470a(c)] and implementing regulations (36 CFR 61.5), the respon- sibility shall be permitted to be carried out by the appropriate local government body or official. [BE] B101.5 Displays. In qualified historic buildings and facilities where alternative requirements of Section 306.7.16 are permitted, displays and written information shall be located where they can be seen by a seated person. Exhibits and signs displayed horizontally shall be 44 inches (1120 mm) maximum above the floor. SECTION B102 FIXED TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES AND STATIONS [BE] B102.1 General. Existing fixed transportation facili- ties and stations shall comply with Section B102.2. [BE] B102.2 Existing facilities—key stations. Rapid rail, light rail, commuter rail, intercity rail, high-speed rail and other fixed guideway systems, altered stations, and intercity rail and key stations, as defined under criteria established by the Department of Transportation in Subpart C of 49 CFR Part 37, shall comply with Sections B102.2.1 through B102.2.3. [BE] B102.2.1 Accessible route. One accessible route, or more, from an accessible entrance to those areas neces- sary for use of the transportation system shall be provided. The accessible route shall include the features specified in Section E109.2 of the International Building Code, except that escalators shall comply with Section 3004.2.2 of the International Building Code. Where tech- nical unfeasibility in existing stations requires the accessible route to lead from the public way to a paid area of the transit system, an accessible fare collection machine complying with Section E109.2.3 of the Interna- APPENDIX B-1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX B—SUPPLEMENTARY ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR EXISTING BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® tional Building Code shall be provided along such accessible route. [BE] B102.2.2 Platform and vehicle floor coordina- tion. Station platforms shall be positioned to coordinate with vehicles in accordance with applicable provisions of 36 CFR Part 1192. Low-level platforms shall be 8 inches (250 mm) minimum above top of rail. Exception: Where vehicles are boarded from side- walks or street-level, low-level platforms shall be permitted to be less than 8 inches (250 mm). [BE] B102.2.3 Direct connections. New direct connec- tions to commercial, retail or residential facilities shall, to the maximum extent feasible, have an accessible route complying with Section 306.7.1 from the point of connec- tion to boarding platforms and transportation system elements used by the public. Any elements provided to facilitate future direct connections shall be on an accessible route connecting boarding platforms and transportation system elements used by the public. SECTION B103 DWELLING UNITS AND SLEEPING UNITS [BE] B103.1 Communication features. Where dwelling units and sleeping units are altered or added, the require- ments of Section E104.2 of the International Building Code shall apply only to the units being altered or added until the number of units with accessible communication features complies with the minimum number required for new construction. SECTION B104 REFERENCED STANDARDS [BE] B104.1 General. See Table B104.1 for standards that are referenced in various sections of this appendix. Stan- dards are listed by the standard identification with the effective date, standard title, and the section or sections of this appendix that reference the standard. [BE] TABLE B104.1 REFERENCED STANDARDS STANDARD ACRONYM STANDARD NAME SECTIONS HEREIN REFERENCED Y3.H626 2P National Historic Preservation J101.2, 43/933 Act of 1966 as amended J101.3, 3rd Edition B101.3, B101.4, B101.4.2 IBC—21 International Building Code®B102.2.1, B103.1 36 CFR Part 1192 Americans with Disabilities Act Guidelines for Transportation Vehicles—Rapid Rail Vehicles and Systems B102.2.2 49 CFR Part 37 Subpart C Alteration of Transportation Facilities by Public Entities Department of Transportation B102.2 APPENDIX B-2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® APPENDIX C: GUIDELINES FOR THE WIND RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS CHAPTER C1 GABLE END RETROFIT FOR HIGH-WIND AREAS The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. User note: About this appendix: Appendix C is intended to provide guidance for retrofitting existing structures to strengthen their resistance to wind forces. This appendix is similar in scope to Appendix A, which addresses seismic retrofits for existing buildings, except that the subject matter is related to wind retrofits. These retrofits are voluntary measures that serve to better protect the public and reduce damage from high-wind events for existing buildings. The purpose of this appendix is to provide prescriptive alternatives for addressing retrofit of buildings in high-wind areas. Currently there are two chapters that deal with the retrofit of gable ends and the fastening of roof decks, Appendix Chapters C1 and C2, respectively. SECTION C101 GENERAL [BS] C101.1 Purpose. This chapter provides prescriptive methods for partial structural retrofit of an existing building to increase its resistance to out-of-plane wind loads. It is intended for voluntary use and for reference by mitigation programs. The provisions of this chapter do not necessarily satisfy requirements for new construction. Unless specifi- cally cited, the provisions of this chapter do not necessarily satisfy requirements for structural improvements triggered by addition, alteration, repair, change of occupancy, build- ing relocation or other circumstances. [BS] C101.2 Eligible buildings and gable end walls. The provisions of this chapter are applicable only to buildings that meet the following eligibility requirements: 1. The building is not more than three stories tall, from adjacent grade to the bottom plate of each gable end wall being retrofitted with this chapter. 2. The building is classified as Occupancy Group R3 or is within the scope of the International Residential Code. 3. The structure includes one or more wood-framed gable end walls, either conventionally framed or metal-plate-connected. In addition, the provisions of this chapter are applicable only to gable end walls that meet the following eligibility requirements: 4. Each gable end wall has or shall be provided with studs or vertical webs spaced 24 inches (610 mm) on center maximum. 5. Each gable end wall has a maximum height of 16 feet (4877 mm). [BS] C101.3 Compliance Eligible gable end walls in eligi- ble buildings may be retrofitted in accordance with this chapter. Other modifications required for compliance with this chapter shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the International Building Code or International Resi- dential Code provisions for new construction, except as specifically provided for by this chapter. SECTION C102 DEFINITIONS [BS] C102.1 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, for the purposes of this chapter, have the meanings shown herein. [BS] ANCHOR BLOCK. A piece of lumber secured to hori- zontal braces and filling the gap between existing framing members for the purpose of restraining horizontal braces from movement perpendicular to the framing members. [BS] COMPRESSION BLOCK. A piece of lumber used to restrain in the compression mode (force directed toward the interior of the attic) an existing or retrofit stud. It is attached to a horizontal brace and bears directly against the existing or retrofit stud. [BS] CONVENTIONALLY FRAMED GABLE END. A gable end framed with studs whose faces are perpendicular to the gable end wall. [BS] GABLE END FRAME. A factory or site-fabricated frame, installed as a complete assembly that incorporates vertical webs with their faces parallel to the plane of the frame. [BS] HORIZONTAL BRACE. A piece of lumber used to restrain both compression and tension loads applied by a retrofit stud. It is typically installed horizontally on the top of attic floor framing members (truss bottom chords or ceiling joists) or on the bottom of pitched roof framing members (truss top chord or rafters). [BS] HURRICANE TIES. Manufactured metal connectors designed to provide uplift and lateral restraint for roof fram- ing members. APPENDIX C-1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX C—GUIDELINES FOR THE WIND RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [BS] NAIL PLATE. A manufactured metal plate made of galvanized steel with factory-punched holes for fasteners. A nail plate may have the geometry of a strap. [BS] RETROFIT. The voluntary process of strengthening or improving buildings or structures, or individual components of buildings or structures for the purpose of making existing conditions better serve the purpose for which they were orig- inally intended or the purpose that current building codes intend. [BS] RETROFIT STUD. A lumber member used to struc- turally supplement an existing gable end wall stud or gable end frame web. [BS] STUD-TO-PLATE CONNECTOR. A manufactured metal connector designed to connect studs to plates. SECTION C103 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION [BS] C103.1 Existing materials. Existing wood materials that will be part of the retrofitting work (such as trusses, rafters, ceiling joists, top plates and wall studs) shall be in sound condition and free from defects or damage that substantially reduces the load-carrying capacity of the member. Any wood materials found to be damaged or deteri- orated shall be strengthened or replaced with new materials to provide a net dimension of sound wood equivalent to its undamaged original dimensions. [BS] C103.2 New materials. All new materials shall comply with the standards for those materials as specified in the International Building Code or the International Residential Code. [BS] C103.3 Material specifications for retrofits. Materi- als for retrofitting gable end walls shall comply with Table C103.3. [BS] C103.4 Twists in straps. Straps shall be permitted to be twisted or bent where they transition between framing members or connection points. Straps shall be bent only once at a given location though it is permissible that they be bent or twisted at multiple locations along their length. [BS] C103.5 Fasteners. Fasteners shall meet the require- ments of Table C103.5, Sections C103.5.1 and C103.5.2, and shall be permitted to be screws or nails meeting the minimum length requirement shown in the figures and speci- fied in the tables of this appendix. Fastener spacing shall meet the requirements of Section C103.5.3. [BS] C103.5.1 Screws. Unless otherwise indicated in the appendix, screw sizes and lengths shall be in accordance with Table C103.5. Permissible screws include deck screws and wood screws. Screws shall have not less than 1 inch (25 mm) of thread. Fine threaded screws or drywall screws shall not be permitted. Select the largest possible diameter screw such that the shank adjacent to the head fits through the hole in the strap. [BS] C103.5.2 Nails. Unless otherwise indicated in this appendix, nail sizes and lengths shall be in accordance with Table C103.5. [BS] C103.5.3 General fastener spacing. Fastener spac- ing for shear connections of lumber-to-lumber shall meet the requirements shown in Figure C103.5.3 and the following conditions. APPENDIX C-2 [BS] TABLE C103.5 NAIL AND SCREW REQUIREMENTS For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. NA = Not Applicable. FASTENER TYPE MINIMUM SHANK DIAMETER MINIMUM HEAD DIAMETER MINIMUM FASTENER LENGTH #8 screws NA 0.28 inches 11/4 inches 8d common nails 0.131 inches 0.28 inches 2 1/2 inches 10d common nails 0.148 inches 0.28 inches 3 inches [BS] TABLE C103.3 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR RETROFITSa For SI: 1 pound = 4.4 N. NA = Not Applicable. a. Metal plate connectors, nail plates, stud-to-plate connectors, straps and anchors shall be products approved for connecting wood-to-wood or wood-to- concrete as appropriate. COMPONENT MINIMUM SIZE OR THICKNESS MINIMUM MATERIAL GRADE MINIMUM CAPACITY Anchor blocks, compression blocks and horizontal braces 2 × 4 nominal lumber #2 Spruce-Pine-Fir or better NA Nail plates 20 gage thickness 8d minimum nail holes Galvanized sheet steel NA Retrofit studs 2 × 4 nominal lumber #2 Spruce-Pine-Fir or better NA Gusset angle 14 gage thickness Galvanized sheet steel 350 pounds uplift and lateral load Stud-to-plate connector 20 gage thickness Galvanized sheet steel 500 pounds uplift Metal plate connectors, straps and anchors 20 gage thickness Galvanized sheet steel NA Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX C—GUIDELINES FOR THE WIND RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [BS] C103.5.3.1 General fastener spacing. Fastener spacing shall meet the following conditions except as provided for in Section C103.5.3. The distance between fasteners and the edge of lumber that is less than 31/2 inches deep (89 mm) in the direction of the fastener length shall be not less than 3/4inch (19.1 mm). 1. The distance between fasteners and the edge of lumber that is more than 2 inches (51 mm) thick in the direction of the fastener length shall be not less than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm). 2. The distance between a fastener and the end of lumber shall be not less than 21/2 inches (64 mm). 3. The distance between fasteners parallel to the grain (center-to-center) shall be not less than 21/2 inches (64 mm). 4. The distance between fasteners perpendicular to the grain (center-to-center) in lumber that is less than 31/2 inches (89 mm) deep in the direc- tion of the fastener length shall be 1 inch (25 mm). 5. The distance between fasteners perpendicular to the grain (center-to-center) in lumber that is more than 2 inches (51 mm) thick in the direc- tion of the fastener length shall be 1/2 inch (12.7 mm). [BS] C103.5.3.2 Wood-to-wood connections of two members each 2 inches or less in thickness. Wood- to-wood connections fastener spacing shall meet the following conditions. 1. The distance between fasteners parallel to grain (center-to-center) shall be not less than 21/2inches (64 mm). 2. The distance between fasteners across grain (center-to-center) shall be not less than 1 inch (25 mm). 3. For wood-to-wood connections of lumber at right angles, fasteners shall be spaced not less than 21/2 inches (64 mm) parallel to the grain and 1 inch (25 mm) perpendicular to the grain in any direction. [BS] C103.5.3.3 Metal connectors for wood-to- wood connections. Metal connectors for wood-to- wood connections shall meet the following conditions. 1. Fastener spacing to edge or ends of lumber shall be as dictated by the prefabricated holes in the connectors and the connectors shall be installed in a configuration that is similar to that shown by the connector manufacturer. 2. Fasteners in 1 1/4-inch-wide (32 mm) metal straps that are installed on the narrow face of lumber shall be a minimum 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) from either edge of the lumber. Consistent with Section C103.5.3.1, fasteners shall be permit- ted to be spaced according to the fastener holes fabricated into the strap. 3. Fasteners in metal nail plates shall be spaced not less than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) perpendicular to grain and not less than 11/2 inches (38 mm) parallel to grain. APPENDIX C-3 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. [BS] FIGURE C103.5.3 FASTENER SPACINGS FOR LUMBER-TO-LUMBER CONNECTIONS OPERATING IN SHEAR PARALLEL TO GRAIN FASTENER SPACING FOR LUMBER TO LUMBER CONNECTIONS OPERATING IN SHEAR PARALLEL TO GRAIN END DISTANCE MINIMUM 2¹/″ EDGE DISTANCE MINIMUM ¹/″ DISTANCE ACROSS GRAIN MINIMUM 1″ DISTANCE PARALLEL TO GRAIN MINIMUM 2¹/″ 2 X 4 3¹/″ FACE 2 X 6 5¹/″ FACE Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX C—GUIDELINES FOR THE WIND RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® SECTION C104 RETROFITTING GABLE END WALLS TO ENHANCE WIND RESISTANCE [BS] C104.1 General. These prescriptive methods of retro- fitting are intended to increase the resistance of existing gable end construction for out-of-plane wind loads resulting from high-wind events. The ceiling diaphragm shall be comprised of minimum 1/2-inch-thick (12.7 mm) gypsum board, minimum nominal 3/8-inch-thick (9.5 mm) wood structural panels, or plaster. An overview isometric drawing of one type of gable end retrofit to improve wind resistance is shown in Figure C104.1. [BS] C104.2 Horizontal braces. Horizontal braces shall be installed perpendicular to the roof and ceiling framing members at the location of each existing gable end stud greater than 3 feet (91 cm) in length. Unless it is adjacent to an omitted horizontal brace location, horizontal braces shall be minimum 2-inch by 4-inch (38 mm by 89 mm) dimen- sional lumber as defined in Section C103.3. A single horizontal brace is required at the top and bottom of each gable end stud for Retrofit Configuration A, B, or C. Two horizontal braces are required at the top and bottom of each gable end stud for Retrofit Configuration D. Maximum heights of gable end wall studs and associated retrofit studs for each Retrofit Configuration shall not exceed the values listed in Table C104.2. Horizontal braces shall be oriented with their wide faces across the roof or ceiling framing members, be fastened to not fewer than three framing members, and extend not less than 6 feet (183 cm) measured perpendicularly from the gable end plus 21/2 inches (64 mm) beyond the last top chord or bottom chord member (rafter or ceiling joist) from the gable end as shown in Figures C104.2(1), C104.2(2), C104.2(3) and C104.2(4). [BS] C104.2.1 Existing gable end studs. If the spacing of existing vertical gable end studs is greater than 24 inches (64 mm), a new stud and corresponding horizontal braces shall be installed such that the maximum spacing between existing and added studs shall be not greater than 24 inches (64 mm). Additional gable end wall studs shall not be required at locations where their length would be 3 feet (914 mm) or less. Each end of each required new stud shall be attached to the existing roofing framing members (truss top chord or rafter and truss bottom chord or ceiling joist) using not fewer than two 3-inch (76 mm) toenail fasteners (#8 wood screws or 10d nails) and a metal connector with minimum uplift capacity of 175 pounds (778 N), or nail plates with not fewer than four 11/4-inch- long (32 mm) fasteners (No. 8 wood screws or 8d nails). [BS] C104.2.2 Main method of installation. Each hori- zontal brace shall be fastened to each existing roof or ceiling member that it crosses using three 3-inch-long (76 mm) fasteners (No. 8 wood screws or 10d nails) as indi- cated in Figure C104.2(1) and Figure C104.2(3) for trusses and Figure C104.2(2) and Figure C104.2(4) for conventionally framed gable end walls. Alternative meth- ods for providing horizontal bracing of the gable end studs as provided in Sections C104.2.3 through C104.2.9 shall be permitted. APPENDIX C-4 [BS] FIGURE C104.1 BASIC GABLE END RETROFIT METHODOLOGY Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX C—GUIDELINES FOR THE WIND RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®APPENDIX C-5 [BS] TABLE C104.2 STUD LENGTH LIMITATIONS BASED ON EXPOSURE AND DESIGN WIND SPEED For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm. NR = Not Required. a. Interpolation between given wind speeds is not permitted. b. Existing gable end studs less than or equal to 3 feet 0 inches in height shall not require retrofitting. c. Configuration C is acceptable to 16 feet 0 inches maximum height. EXPOSURE CATEGORY MAXIMUM 3-SEC GUST BASIC WIND SPEEDa MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF GABLE END RETROFIT STUDb C1408′-0″11′-3″14′-9″16′-0″ C1507′-6″10′-6″13′-6″16′-0″ C1657′-0″10′-0″12′-3″16′-0″ C1807′-0″10′-0″12′-3″16′-0″ C1906′-6″8′-9″11′-0″16′-0″ B1408′-0″12′-3″16′-0″NRc B1508′-0″11′-3″14′-9″16′-0″ B1658′-0″11′-3″14′-9″16′-0″ B1807′-6″10′-6″13′-6″16′-0″ B1907′-0″10′-0″12′-3″16′-0″ Retrofit Configuration ABCD For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. [BS] FIGURE C104.2(1) TRUSS FRAMED GABLE END ELEVATION VIEW EXISTING STUD OF TRUSS FLAT AGAINST GABLE END WALL RETROFIT STUD, MINIMUM 2X4 SECURED TO EXISTING STUD WITH MINIMUM 3″ FASTENERS 6″ ON CENTER WITH MINIMUM END DISTANCE OF 21/2″ MINIMUM 2X4 FOR RETROFIT CONFIGURATION A MINIMUM 2X6 FOR RETROFIT CONFIGURATION B MINIMUM 2X8 FOR RETROFIT CONFIGURATION C MINIMUM 2 EACH 2X8 FOR RETROFIT CONFIGURATION D METAL STRAP, BENT TO ‘L’ SHAPE AND SECURED TO BACK OF RETROFIT STUD AND FACE OF HORIZONTAL BRACE MINIMUM THICKNESS 20 GAUGE FASTENED WITH MINIMUM 6 EACH 11/4″ FASTENERS AT EACH END FOR RETROFIT CONFIGURATION A MINIMUM THICKNESS 20 GAUGE FASTENED WITH MINIMUM 9 EACH 11/4″ FASTENERS AT EACH END FOR RETROFIT CONFIGURATION B MINIMUM THICKNESS 18 GAUGE FASTENED WITH MINIMUM 12 EACH 11/4″ FASTENERS AT EACH END FOR RETROFIT CONFIGURATION C MINIMUM THICKNESS 18 GAUGE FASTENED WITH MINIMUM 8 EACH 11/4″ FASTENERS AT EACH END OF EACH STRAP FOR RETROFIT CONFIGURATION D COMPRESSION BLOCK, MINIMUM 2X4. COMPRESSION BLOCKS ARE PERMITTED TO BE PLACED OVER STRAPS. SECURED TO HORIZONTAL BRACE WITH MINIMUM 6 EACH FOR RETROFIT CONFIGURATION A SECURED TO HORIZONTAL BRACE WITH MINIMUM 8 EACH FOR RETROFIT CONFIGURATION B SECURED TO HORIZONTAL BRACE WITH MINIMUM 10 EACH FOR RETROFIT CONFIGURATION C SECURED TO HORIZONTAL BRACE WITH MINIMUM 12 EACH FOR RETROFIT CONFIGURATION D HORIZONTAL BRACE, MINIMUM 2X4 SECURED TO EACH ATTIC FRAMING MEMBER WITH 3 EACH 3″ FASTENERS 1 HORIZONTAL BRACE FOR RETROFIT CONFIGURATIONS A, B AND C 2 HORIZONTAL BRACES FOR RETROFIT CONFIGURATION D ATTIC FRAMING MEMBERS PLAN VIEWS FASTENERS SHALL NOT BE PLACED CLOSER TO ENDS OF LUMBER THAN 21/2″. FASTENERS SHALL NOT BE PLACED CLOSER TO EDGES OF LUMBER THAN 1/2″ EXCEPT WHERE STRAPS DICTATE OTHERWISE. THE NUMBER OF FASTENERS SHOWN IS NOT NECESSARILY THE NUMBER REQUIRED. WALL BELOW RETROFIT CONFIGURATIONS A, B AND C EXISTING STUDS HORIZONTAL BRACEATTIC FRAMING RETROFIT CONFIGURATION D COMPRESSION BLOCK (CAN BE PLACED OVER STRAP.) (EACH CAN BUTT EXISTING STUD.) METAL STRAPRETROFIT STUD EXISTING STUDSEXTERIOR WALLEXTERIOR WALLCopyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX C—GUIDELINES FOR THE WIND RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®APPENDIX C-6 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. [BS] FIGURE C104.2(2) CONVENTIONALLY FRAMED GABLE END L-BENT STRAP For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. [BS] FIGURE C104.2(3) TRUSS FRAMED GABLE END U-BENT STRAP Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX C—GUIDELINES FOR THE WIND RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [BS] C104.2.3 Omitted horizontal brace. Where condi- tions exist that prevent installation in accordance with Section C104.2.2, horizontal braces shall be permitted to be omitted for height limitations corresponding to Retro- fit Configurations A and B as defined in Table C104.2 provided that installation is as indicated in Figure C104.2.3 and provided that all of the following conditions are met. This method is not permitted for Retrofit Config- urations C or D. 1. There shall be not fewer than two horizontal braces on each side of an omitted horizontal brace or not fewer than one horizontal brace if it is the end horizontal brace. Omitted horizontal braces must be separated by not fewer than two horizon- tal braces even if that location is composed of two retrofit studs and two horizontal braces. 2. Horizontal braces adjacent to the omitted horizon- tal brace shall be 2-inch by 6-inch (38 mm by 140 mm) lumber, shall butt against the existing studs, and shall be fastened to each existing roof or ceil- ing member crossed using three 3-inch-long (76 mm) fasteners (No. 8 wood screws or 10d nails). For Retrofit Configuration B, four fasteners shall be required on not fewer than one of the connec- tions between the horizontal brace and the existing roof and ceiling framing members. Fasteners shall be spaced a not less than 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) from the edges of the horizontal braces and not less than 13/4 inches (44 mm) from adjacent fasteners. 3. Where the existing studs on each side of an omit- ted horizontal brace have their wide face perpendicular to the gable end wall, the retrofit studs at those locations and the retrofit stud at the omitted horizontal brace locations shall extend not less than 33/4 inches (95 mm) beyond the interior edge of the existing studs for both Retrofit Config- urations A and B. The edges of the three retrofit studs facing towards the interior of the attic shall be aligned such that they are the same distance from the gable end wall. 4. Retrofit studs shall be fastened to existing studs in accordance with Section C104.3. 5. Retrofit studs adjacent to the omitted horizontal brace shall be fastened to the horizontal brace using straps in accordance with Table C104.4.1 consistent with the size of the retrofit stud. The method applicable to Table C104.4.2 is not permitted. APPENDIX C-7 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. [BS] FIGURE C104.2(4) CONVENTIONALLY FRAMED GABLE END U-BENT STRAP Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX C—GUIDELINES FOR THE WIND RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 6. A strong back made of minimum of 2-inch by 8- inch (38 mm by 184 mm) nominal lumber shall be placed parallel to the gable end and shall be located on and span between horizontal braces on the two sides of the omitted horizontal brace and shall extend beyond each horizontal brace by not less than 21/2 inches (64 mm). The strong back shall be butted to the three retrofit studs. The strong back shall be attached to each of the hori- zontal braces on which it rests with five 3-inch- long (76 mm) fasteners (#8 screws or 8d nails). The fasteners shall have a minimum 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) edge distance and a minimum 21/2-inch (64 mm) spacing between fasteners. Additional compression blocks shall not be required at loca- tions where a strong back butts against a retrofit stud. 7. The retrofit stud at the location of the omitted horizontal braces shall be fastened to the strong back using a connector with minimum uplift capacity of 800 pounds (3559 N) and installed such that this capacity is oriented in the direction perpendicular to the gable end wall. 8. The use of shortened horizontal braces using the alternative method of Section C104.2.5 is not permitted for horizontal braces adjacent to the omitted horizontal braces. 9. Horizontal braces shall be permitted to be inter- rupted in accordance with Section C104.2.8. APPENDIX C-8 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. [BS] FIGURE C104.2.3 OMITTED HORIZONTAL BRACE Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX C—GUIDELINES FOR THE WIND RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®APPENDIX C-9 [BS] C104.2.4 Omitted horizontal brace and retrofit stud. Where conditions exist that prevent installation in accordance with Section C104.2.2 or C104.2.3, then retrofit studs and horizontal braces shall be permitted to be omitted from those locations by installation of ladder assemblies for Retrofit Configurations A and B as defined in Table C104.2 provided that all of the following condi- tions are met. This method is not permitted for Retrofit Configurations C or D. 1. Not more than two ladder assemblies are permit- ted on a single gable end. 2. There shall be not fewer than two retrofit studs and horizontal brace assemblies on either side of the locations where the retrofit studs and horizon- tal bracing members are omitted (two ladder braces shall not bear on a single retrofit stud). 3. Where the existing studs on each side of an omit- ted horizontal brace have their wide face parallel to the gable end wall the retrofit studs at those locations and the retrofit stud at the omitted hori- zontal brace locations shall be 2-inch by 6-inch (38 mm by 180 mm) nominal lumber for Retrofit Configuration A and 2-inch by 8-inch (38 mm by 184 mm) lumber for Retrofit Configuration B. 4. Horizontal braces adjacent to the omitted horizon- tal brace shall be 2-inch by 6-inch (38 mm by 180 mm) nominal lumber and be fastened to each existing roof or ceiling member crossed using three 3-inchlong (76 mm) fasteners (#8 wood screws or 10d nails) as indicated in Figures C104.2(1) and C104.2(3) for gable end frames and Figures C104.2(2) and C104.2(4) for convention- ally framed gable end walls. For Retrofit Configuration B, four fasteners shall be required on one of the connections between the horizontal brace and the existing roof and ceiling framing members. 5. Ladder rungs shall be provided across the location of the omitted retrofit studs as indicated in Figure C104.2.4(1) for gable end frames and Figure C104.2.4(2) for conventionally framed gable end walls. 6. Ladder rungs shall be minimum 2-inch by 4-inch (38 mm by 89 mm) lumber oriented with their wide face horizontal and spaced not greater than 16 inches (406 mm) on center vertically. 7. Where ladder rungs cross wall framing members they shall be connected to the wall framing members with a metal connector with a minimum capacity of 175 pounds (778 N) in the direction perpendicular to the gable end wall. 8. Notching of the ladder rungs shall not be permit- ted unless the net depth of the framing member is not less than 31/2 inches (89 mm). [BS] C104.2.5 Short horizontal brace. Where condi- tions exist that prevent installation in accordance with Section C104.2.2, C104.2.3 or C104.2.4, the horizontal braces shall be permitted to be shortened provided that installation is as indicated in Figure C104.2.5 and all of the following conditions are met. 1. The horizontal brace shall be installed across not fewer than two framing spaces, extend not less than 4 feet (1220 mm) from the gable end wall plus 21/2 inches (64 mm) beyond the farthest roof or ceiling framing member from the gable end, and be fastened to each existing framing member with three 3-inch-long (76 mm) fasteners (#8 wood screws or 10d nails). 2. An anchor block shall be fastened to the side of the horizontal brace in the second framing space from the gable end wall as shown in Figure C104.2.5. The anchor block lumber shall have a minimum edge thickness of 11/2 inches (38 mm) and the depth shall be at a minimum the depth of the existing roof or ceiling framing member. Six 3-inch-long (76 mm) fasteners (#8 wood screws or 10d nails) shall be used to fasten the anchor block to the side of the horizontal brace. 3. The anchor block shall extend into the space between the roof or ceiling framing members not less than one-half the depth of the existing-fram- ing members at the location where the anchor block is installed. The anchor block shall be installed tightly between the existing framing members such that the gap at either end shall not exceed 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). 4. The use of omitted horizontal braces using the method of Section C104.2.3 adjacent to a short horizontal brace as defined in this section is not permitted. [BS] C104.2.6 Installation of horizontal braces onto webs of trusses. Where existing conditions preclude installation of horizontal braces on truss top or bottom chords they shall be permitted to be installed on truss webs provided that all of the following conditions are met. 1. Horizontal braces shall be installed as close to the top or bottom chords as practical without altering the truss or any of its components and not more than three times the depth of the truss member to which it would ordinarily be attached. 2. A racking block, comprised of an anchor block meeting the definition of “Anchor block” in Section C102 or comprised of minimum 15/32-inch (12 mm) plywood or 7/16-inch (11.1 mm) oriented strand board (OSB), shall be fastened to the hori- zontal brace in the second framing space from the gable end wall. The racking block shall extend toward the roof or ceiling diaphragm so that the edge of the racking block closest to the diaphragm is within one-half the depth of the existing fram- ing member from the diaphragm surface. The racking block shall be attached to horizontal braces using six fasteners (No. 8 wood screws or 10d nails) of sufficient length to provide 11/2inches (38 mm) of penetration into the horizontal brace. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX C—GUIDELINES FOR THE WIND RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®APPENDIX C-10 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 4.4 N. [BS] FIGURE C104.2.4(1) LADDER BRACING FOR OMITTED RETROFIT STUD (GABLE END FRAME) HURRICANE TIE (MIN. 175 LB. CAPACITY) W/ 1¼″ LONG FASTENERS (TYP) FROM EXISTING GABLE END STUD TO LADDER BLOCKING WHEN ANY EXISTING VERTICAL MEMBERS ARE PRESENT TO WHICH WALL SHEATHING IS ATTACHED METAL FRAMING ANGLE (MIN. 175 LB. CAPACITY PERPENDICULAR TO WALL) W/ 1¼″ LONG FASTENER (TYP) FROM RETROFIT STUD (INCREASED SIZE) TO LADDER BLOCKING MIN. 2x4 LADDER RUNG BLOCKING @ 12″ O.C. VERTICAL REQUIRED 2x RETROFIT STUD (INCREASED SIZE), ATTACH TO EXISTING STUD W/ MIN. 3″ LONG FASTENERS @ 6″ O.C. HURRICANE TIE (MIN. 175 LB. CAPACITY) W/ 1¼″ LONG FASTENERS (TYP) FROM EXISTING GABLE END STUD TO LADDER BLOCKING WHEN EXISTING VERTICAL MEMBER IS PRESENT METAL FRAMING ANGLE (MIN. 175 LB. CAPACITY PERPENDICULAR TO WALL) W/ 1¼″ LONG FASTENERS (TYP) FROM RETROFIT STUD (INCREASED SIZE) TO LADDER BLOCKING MIN. 2x4 LADDER RUNG BLOCKING @ 12″ VERTICAL SPACING REQUIRED 2x RETROFIT STUD (INCREASED SIZE), ATTACH TO EXISTING STUD W/ MIN. 3″ LONG FASTENERS @ 6″ O.C. EXISTING TRUSS GABLE END WALL EXISTING TRUSS GABLE END WALL PLAN VIEW ELEVATION VIEW For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 4.4 N. [BS] FIGURE C104.2.4(2) LADDER BRACING FOR OMITTED RETROFIT STUD (CONVENTIONALLY FRAMED GABLE END) EXISTING CONVENTIONALLY FRAMED GABLE END WALL REQUIRED 2x RETROFIT STUD (INCREASED SIZE), ATTACH TO EXISTING STUD W/ MIN. 3″ LONG FASTENERS @ 6″ O.C. MIN. 2x4 LADDER RUNG BLOCKING @ 12″ O.C. VERTICAL HURRICANE TIE (MIN. 175 LB. CAPACITY) W/ 1¼″ LONG FASTENERS (TYP) FROM EXISTING GABLE END STUD TO LADDER BLOCKING WHEN EXISTING VERTICAL MEMBER IS PRESENT METAL FRAMING ANGLE (MIN. 175 LB. CAPACITY PERPENDICULAR TO WALL) W/ 1¼″ LONG FASTENERS (TYP) FROM RETROFIT STUD INCREASED SIZE) TO LADDER BLOCKING MIN. 2x4 LADDER RUNG BLOCKING @ 12″ VERTICAL SPACING REQUIRED 2x RETROFIT STUD (INCREASED SIZE), ATTACH TO EXISTING STUD W/ MIN. 3″ LONG FASTENERS @ 6″ O.C. EXISTING CONVENTIONALLY FRAMED GABLE END WALL HURRICANE TIE (MIN. 175 LB. CAPACITY) W/ 1¼″ LONG FASTENERS (TYP) FROM EXISTING GABLE END STUD TO LADDER BLOCKING WHEN ANY EXISTING VERTICAL MEMBERS ARE PRESENT TO WHICH WALL SHEATHING IS ATTACHED METAL FRAMING ANGLE (MIN. 175 LB. CAPACITY PERPENDICULAR TO WALL) W/ 1¼″ LONG FASTENER (TYP) FROM RETROFIT STUD (INCREASED SIZE) TO LADDER BLOCKINGPLAN VIEW ELEVATION VIEW Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX C—GUIDELINES FOR THE WIND RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 3. Racking blocks shall be permitted to be fastened to any face or edge of horizontal braces between each web or truss vertical posts to which a hori- zontal brace is attached. Racking blocks shall be permitted to be on alternate sides of horizontal braces. Racking blocks shall be installed tightly between the lumber of truss members or truss plates such that the gap at either end shall be not greater than 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). [BS] C104.2.7 Alternative method of installation of horizontal braces at truss ridges. Where conditions exist that limit or restrict installation of horizontal braces near the peak of the roof, ridge ties shall be added to provide support for the required horizontal brace. The top of additional ridge tie members shall be installed not greater than 16 inches (406 mm) below the existing ridge line or 4 inches (102 mm) below impediments. A mini- mum 2-inch by 4-inch (38 mm by 89 mm) nominal member shall be used for each ridge tie, and fastening shall consist of two 3-inch-long (76 mm) wood screws, four 3-inch-long (76 mm) 10d nails or two 31/2-inch-long (89 mm) 16d nails driven through and clinched at each top chord or web member intersected by the ridge tie as illustrated in Figure C104.2.7. APPENDIX C-11 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. [BS] FIGURE C104.2.5 ANCHOR BLOCK INSTALLATION½″STAGGERANCHOR BLOCKS ALLOWED AT ALL FRAMING SPACES EXCEPT THE SPACE CLOSEST TO THE GABLE END ANCHOR BLOCK (MIN. SIZE EQUIVALENT TO EXISTING FRAMING MEMBER), ATTACH TO HORIZONTAL BRACE W/ MIN. 3″LONG FASTENERS AT MIN. 2½″SPACING BETWEEN FASTENERS AND TO END OF BLOCK MIN. (3) 3″LONG FASTENERS @ HORIZONTAL BRACE CONNECTION TO EACH FRAMING MEMBER ANCHOR BLOCK (MIN. SIZE EQUIVALENT TO EXISTING FRAMING MEMBER), ATTACH TO HORIZONTAL BRACE W/ MIN. (6) 3″LONG FASTENERS FLAT HORIZONTAL BRACE W/ MIN. (3) 3″LONG FASTENERS @ CONNECTION TO EACH FRAMING MEMBER EXISTING FRAMING MEMBER SECTION VIEW PLAN VIEW EXTEND BLOCKTO ONE-HALF DEPTH OF EXISTINGFRAMING MEMBEREXISTING FRAMING MEMBER FLAT HORIZONTAL BRACE 2½″MIN.2½″MIN.½″STAGGER½″MIN. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX C—GUIDELINES FOR THE WIND RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [BS] C104.2.8 Interrupted horizontal braces. Where conditions exist that prevent the installation of a continu- ous horizontal brace then horizontal braces shall be permitted to be interrupted using the methods shown in Figures C104.2.8(1), C104.2.8(2), and C104.2.8(3). For interruptions that occur in the attic framing space closest to the gable end, nine 3-inch (76 mm) fasteners shall be used to connect each section of the interrupted horizontal braces. For interruptions that occur in the second attic space from the gable end, six 3-inch (76 mm) fasteners shall be used to connect each section of the interrupted horizontal braces. For interruptions that occur in the attic framing space farthest from the gable end, three 3-inch (76 mm) fasteners shall be used to connect each section of the interrupted horizontal braces. Horizontal braces shall be continued far enough to allow connections to three existing roof framing members as shown in Figure C104.2.8(1), C104.2.8(2) or C104.2.8(3). Fasteners shall be spaced in accordance with Section C103.5.3. Horizon- tal braces shall be the same width and depth as required for an uninterrupted member. [BS] C104.2.9 Piggyback gable end frames. Piggyback gable end frames (gable end frames built in two sections one above the other) shall be permitted to be retrofitted if either of the following cases is true: 1. The existing studs in both the upper gable end frames and the lower gable end frames to which wall sheathing, panel siding, or other wall cover- ing are attached are sufficiently in line that retrofit studs can be installed and connections made between the two with retrofit stud(s). 2. Existing studs in the upper frame are not suffi- ciently in line with the studs in the frame below and the existing studs in the upper frame are 3 feet (91 cm) or shorter. For Condition 1 both the lower stud and the upper stud shall be retrofitted using the methods of Section C104.2. For Condition 2 the retrofit stud shall be connected to the lower studs using the methods of Section C104.2 and be continuous from the bottom horizontal brace to the top horizontal brace. Connection is not required between the retrofit stud and the upper stud. In both conditions the bottom chord of the piggyback truss section shall be fastened to each retrofit stud using a connector with mini- mum axial capacity of 175 pounds (778 N). [BS] C104.3 Retrofit studs. Retrofit studs shall be installed in accordance with Section C104.3.1 using one of the five methods of Sections C104.3.2, C104.3.3, C104.3.4, C104.3.5 or C104.3.6. Figure C104.3 shows these methods of installation. For the Retrofit Configuration obtained from Table C104.2, the size of retrofit studs shall be as indicated in Table C104.4.1 or Table C104.4.2. Retrofit studs shall extend from the top of the lower horizontal brace to the bottom of the upper horizontal brace except that a maximum gap of 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) is permitted at the bottom and 1/2inch (12.7 mm) at the top. Where wall sheathing, panel siding or other wall covering is fastened to a conventionally framed gable end, retrofit studs shall be applied in accor- dance with Section C104.2.1. APPENDIX C-12 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm. [BS] FIGURE C104.2.7 DETAIL OF RETROFIT TIE INSTALLATION WHEN ADDITIONAL SUPPORTS ARE NEEDED FOR HORIZONTAL BRACE NEAR RIDGE, MIN. 2x4 RAFTER TIE, ATTACH TO EACH INTERSECTING MEMBER FLAT 2x4 HORIZONTAL BRACES INSTALL 2x4 COMPRESSION BLOCK (TIGHT FIT) BETWEEN CENTER EXISTING GABLE END STUD OR RETROFIT STUD (TOP AND BOTTOM) CENTER FLAT 2x4 HORIZONTAL BRACES @ SIDE OF CENTER EXISTING GABLE END STUD AND LINE WITH RETROFIT STUD GABLE END STUDS ≤3′-0″ NO RETROFITS GABLE END STUDS ≤3′-0″ NO RETROFITS RETROFITS REQUIRED FOR GABLE END STUDS > 3′-0″AND LESS THAN 16′-0″TALL ELEVATION VIEW REQUIRED 2x RETROFIT STUD, ATTACH TO EXISTING STUD IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION C104.2.712″MAX.2x4 COMPRESSION BLOCK OF REQUIRED LENGTH, ATTACH TO HORIZONTAL BRACE W/ REQUIRED NUMBER OF 3″LONG FASTENERS Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX C—GUIDELINES FOR THE WIND RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [BS] C104.3.1 Fastening. Where nail plates are not used, retrofit studs shall be attached to existing studs using 3- inch (76 mm) fasteners at not greater than 6 inches (152 mm) on center but not closer than 21/2 inches (64 mm) on center with fasteners not closer to ends of members than 21/2 inches (64 mm). [BS] C104.3.2 Method #1: Face-to-edge or face-to-face method. Retrofit studs shall be installed immediately adjacent to existing gable end wall studs as indicated in Figure C104.3(a). The retrofit studs shall overlap the edge or side of the existing stud by not less than 11/4 inches (32 mm). Fasteners shall be installed as specified in Section C104.3.1. [BS] C104.3.3 Method #2: Face-to-face offset method. Retrofit studs shall be installed against the face of exist- ing studs as indicated in Figure C104.3(b) such that the faces overlap not less than 11/2 inches (38 mm) and the edge distance to fasteners is not less than 3/4 inch (19.1 mm). Fasteners shall be installed as specified in Section C104.3.1. APPENDIX C-13 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. [BS] FIGURE C104.2.8(1) SPLICED HORIZONTAL BRACES Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX C—GUIDELINES FOR THE WIND RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®APPENDIX C-14 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. [BS] FIGURE C104.2.8(2) SPLICED HORIZONTAL BRACES For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. [BS] FIGURE C104.2.8(3) SPLICED HORIZONTAL BRACES Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX C—GUIDELINES FOR THE WIND RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [BS] C104.3.4 Method #3: Butted retrofit stud method. Provided that all of the following fastening conditions are met, retrofit studs shall be permitted to be butted by their edge to existing studs with the addition of nail plates as indicated in Figure C104.3(c) and Figure C104.3.4. 1. The narrow edge of retrofit studs shall be installed against the narrow or the wide face of existing studs. 2. Not fewer than two nail plates shall be used. 3. Fasteners used to secure nail plates to studs shall be a minimum 11/4 inches (32 mm) long (#8 wood screws or 8d nails). 4. Fasteners placed in nail plates shall have a mini- mum end distance of 21/2 inches (64 mm) for both studs and a maximum end distance of 6 inches (152 mm) from the ends of the shorter stud. 5. Fasteners shall have a minimum 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) edge distance. Fasteners shall be placed not greater than 11/2 inches (38 mm) from the abutting vertical edges of existing studs and retrofit studs. APPENDIX C-15 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. [BS] FIGURE C104.3 METHOD OF INSTALLING RETROFIT STUDS SECTION C104.3.3 SECTION C104.3.2 SECTION C104.3.4 SECTION C104.3.5 SECTION C104.3.6 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX C—GUIDELINES FOR THE WIND RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® 6. There shall be at least three fasteners through nail plates into all existing and retrofit studs to which the nail plate is attached. 7. Nail plates with three fasteners onto a single exist- ing or retrofit stud shall be spaced not greater than 15 inches (38 cm) on center. 8. Nail plates with more than three fasteners onto a single existing or retrofit stud shall be spaced not greater than 20 inches (51 cm) on center. 9. Fasteners used to secure nail plates shall be spaced vertically not less than 11/2 inches (38 mm) on center. Staggered fasteners used to secure nail plates shall be spaced horizontally not less than 1/2inch (12.7 mm). [BS] C104.3.5 Method #4: Offset retrofit stud method. Retrofit studs may be offset from existing studs by use of nail plates as shown in Figure C104.3(d) such that the vertical corner of a retrofit stud shall align with the verti- cal corner of an existing stud as indicated in Figure C104.3(d) and Figure C104.3.4, and the fastening condi- tions of Section C104.3.4 are met. [BS] C104.3.6 Method #5: Nailer with retrofit stud method. Retrofit studs and existing studs shall be permit- ted to be connected using noncontinuous 2-inch by 4-inch (38 mm by 89 mm) nailers as indicated in Figure C104.3(e) provided that the following conditions are met. 1. Both the existing stud and the retrofit stud shall be butted to nailers and both shall be fastened to the nailer with 3-inch-long (76 mm) fasteners (#8 wood screws or 8d nails). Fasteners connecting each stud to the nailer shall be a spaced 6 inches (152 mm) o.c. 2. Fasteners into nailers from any direction shall be offset vertically by not less than 21/2 inches (64 mm). 3. Fasteners into nailers shall be not less than 2 1/2inches (64 mm) but not more than 6 inches (152 mm) from the end of the shorter of the existing stud and retrofit stud to which they are fastened. [BS] C104.3.7 Reduced depth of retrofit studs. Retrofit studs may be reduced in depth by notching, tapering or other methods at any number of locations along their length provided that all of the following conditions are met: 1. Retrofit studs to be reduced in depth shall be sized such that the remaining minimum depth of member at the location of the notch (including APPENDIX C-16 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. [BS] FIGURE C104.3.4 NAIL PLATE FASTENING 2. NAIL PLATE 1. MINIMUM OF TWO PLATE VERTICALLY CONNECTING THE TWO STUDS3. THE CLOSEST FASTENER SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 2½″AND A MAXIMUM OF 6″FROM THE END OF THE SHORTER OF THE EXISTING OR RETROFIT STUDS. 4. FASTENERS ON EXISTING STUD SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF ½″FROM EITHER EDGE. 5. A SET OF FASTENERS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF ½″FROM THE EDGE NEAREST THE EXISTING STUD AND A MAXIMUM OF 1¼″ FROM THE EDGE OF THE RETROFIT STUD NEAREST THE EXISTING STUD. SEE NOTE BELOW. 6. IN-LINEFASTENERS SHALL BE SPACED VERTICALLY A MINIMUM OF 1½″ON CENTER. IN LINE FASTENERS SHALL BE SPACED HORIZONTALLY A MINIMUM OF ½″ AND A MINIMUM OF 2½″ 7. THE DISTANCE BETWEEN FASTENERS ON PLATES SHALL BE A MAXIMUM OF 20″ ON CENTER. 8. FASTENERS SHALL BE MINIMUM 1¼″LONG (#8 WOOD SCREWS OR 8D NAILS) STUD SIZES MAY DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN. DIAGONAL HATCHES INDICATE ALLOWABLE LATERAL RANGE FOR FASTENERS. THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN STUDS AND PLATES WILL VARY ACCORDING TO THE PARTICULARS OF THE METHOD USED. ELEVATION VIEW EXTERIORWALLEXISTING STUD(EDGE OR FACE)RETROFITSTUD(FACE)RETROFIT STUDEXISTINGSTUDCopyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX C—GUIDELINES FOR THE WIND RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® cross-cut kerfs) shall be not less than that required by Table C104.4.1 or Table C104.4.2. 2. Reduced in-depth retrofit stud shall not be spliced within 12 inches (30 cm) of the location of notches. Splice members shall not be notched. 3. The vertical extent of notches shall not exceed 12 inches (30 cm) as measured at the depth of loca- tion of reduced depth. 4. A reduced in-depth retrofit stud member shall be fastened to the side of the existing gable end wall studs in accordance with Section C104.3.1. Two additional 3-inch (76 mm) fasteners (#8 wood screws or 10d nails) shall be installed on each side of notches in addition to those required by Section C104.3.1. [BS] C104.3.8 Retrofit stud splices. Retrofit studs greater than 8 feet (244 cm) in height may be field spliced in accordance with Figure C104.3.8. [BS] C104.4 Connection between horizontal braces and retrofit studs. Connections between horizontal braces and retrofit studs shall comply with Section C104.4.1 or C104.4.2. Each retrofit stud shall be connected to the top and bottom horizontal brace members with a minimum 20-gage 11/4-inch-wide (32 mm) flat or coil metal strap with prepunched holes for fasteners. Straps shall be fastened with 11/4-inch-long (32 mm) fasteners (#8 wood screws or 8d nails) with the number of fasteners as indicated in Table C104.4.1 and Table C104.4.2. Fasteners shall be not closer to the end of lumber than 21/2 inches (64 mm). [BS] C104.4.1 L-bent strap method. Retrofit studs shall be connected to horizontal braces or to strong backs in accordance with Figure C104.2(1), C104.2(2) or C104.2.3, and shall comply with the following conditions. 1. A strap shall be applied to the edges of a retrofit stud nearest the gable end wall and to the face of horizontal braces using at each end of the strap the number of fasteners specified in Table C104.4.1. Straps shall be long enough so that each strap extends sufficient distance onto the vertical face of the retrofit stud that the fastener closest to the ends of the studs is not less than 21/2 inches (64 mm) from the end of the stud. Straps shall be permitted to be twisted to accommodate the transi- tion between the tops of retrofit studs and horizontal bracings following roof pitches. 2. Compression blocks shall be installed on the hori- zontal braces directly against either the existing vertical gable end wall stud or the retrofit stud. Figure C104.2(1) (trusses) and Figure C104.2(2) (conventionally framed) show the installation of the compression block against the existing vertical gable end wall stud with the strap from the retrofit stud running beside the compression block. Compression blocks shall be permitted to be placed over straps. Compression blocks shall be fastened to the horizontal braces with not fewer than the minimum number of 3-inch-long (76 mm) fasteners (#8 wood screws or 10d nails) specified in Table C104.4.1. End and edge distances for fasteners shall be in accordance with Section C103.5.3. [BS] C104.4.2 U-bent strap method. Retrofit studs shall be connected to horizontal braces in accordance with Figure C104.2(3) or C104.2(4), shall be limited to Retro- fit Configurations A and B as defined in Table C104.2, and shall comply with the following conditions. 1. Straps of sufficient length to meet the require- ments for the number of fasteners in accordance with Table C104.4.2 and meet the end distance requirements of Section C103.5.3 shall be shaped around retrofit studs and fastened to the edges of horizontal braces. Straps shall wrap the back edge of the retrofit stud snugly with a maximum gap of 1/4 inch (6.4 mm). Rounded bends of straps shall be permitted. One fastener shall be installed that connects each strap to the side of the associated retrofit stud. 2. The horizontal brace shall butt snugly against the retrofit stud with a maximum gap of 1/4 inch (6.4 mm). 3. Straps shall be permitted to be twisted to accom- modate the transition between the tops of retrofit studs and horizontal braces that follow the roof pitch. [BS] C104.5 Connection of gable end wall to wall below. The bottom chords or bottom members of wood-framed gable end walls shall be attached to the wall below using one of the methods prescribed in Section C104.5.1 or C104.5.2. The particular method chosen shall correspond to the fram- ing system and type of wall construction encountered. APPENDIX C-17 [BS] TABLE C104.4.1 ELEMENT SIZING AND SPACING FOR L-BENT RETROFIT METHOD For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm. RETROFIT ELEMENTS RETROFIT CONFIGURATION ABC D Minimum size and number of Horizontal Braces 2 × 4 2 × 4 2 × 4 2 each 2 × 4 Minimum size and number of Retrofit Studs 2 × 4 2 × 6 2 × 8 2 each 2 × 8 Minimum number of fasteners connecting each end of straps to Retrofit Studs or to Horizontal Braces #8 screws or 10d nails 11/4″ long 6 9 12 8 on each strap Minimum number of fasteners to connect Compression Blocks to Horizontal Braces #8 screws or 10d nails 3″ long 6810 12 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX C—GUIDELINES FOR THE WIND RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [BS] C104.5.1 Gable end frame. The bottom chords of the gable end frame shall be attached to the wall below using gusset angles. Not fewer than two fasteners shall be installed into the bottom chord. The gusset angles shall be installed throughout the portion of the gable end where the gable end wall height is greater than 3 feet (91 cm) at the spacing specified in Table C104.5.1. Connection to the wall below shall be by one of the following methods: 1. For a wood-frame wall below, not fewer than two fasteners shall be installed. The fasteners shall be of the same diameter and style specified by the gusset angle manufacturer and sufficient length to extend through the double top plate of the wall below. 2. For a concrete or masonry wall below without a sill plate, the type and number of fasteners into the wall shall be consistent with the gusset angle manufacturer’s specifications for fasteners installed in concrete or masonry. 3. For a concrete or masonry wall below with a 2x sill plate, the fasteners into the wall below shall be of the diameter and style specified by the gusset angle manufacturer for concrete or masonry connections; but, long enough to pass through the wood sill plate and provide the required embed- ment into the concrete or masonry below. Alternatively, the gusset angle can be anchored to the sill plate using four each 11/2-inch-long (38 mm) fasteners of the same type as specified by the gusset angle manufacturer for wood connections, provided that the sill plate is anchored to the wall on each side of the gusset angle by a 1/4-inch- diameter (6.4 mm) masonry screw with 23/4 inches (70 mm) of embedment into the concrete or masonry wall. A 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) washer shall be placed under the heads of the masonry screws. [BS] C104.5.2 Conventionally framed gable end wall. Each stud in a conventionally framed gable end wall, throughout the length of the gable end wall where the wall height is greater than 3 feet (914 mm), shall be attached to the bottom or sill plate using a stud to plate connector with minimum uplift capacity of 175 pounds (778 N). The bottom or sill plate shall then be connected to the wall below using one of the following methods: 1. For a wood frame wall below, the sill or bottom plate shall be connected to the top plate of the wall below using 1/4-inch-diameter (6.4 mm) lag bolt fasteners of sufficient length to penetrate the bottom plate of the upper gable end wall and extend through the bottom top plate of the wall below. A washer sized for the diameter of the lag bolt shall be placed under the head of each lag bolt. The fasteners shall be installed at the spacing indicated in Table C104.5.2. 2. For a concrete or masonry wall below, the sill or bottom plate shall be connected to the concrete or masonry wall below using 1/4-inch-diameter (6.4 mm) concrete or masonry screws of sufficient length to provide 23/4 inches (70 mm) of embed- ment into the top of the concrete or masonry wall. A washer sized for the diameter of the lag bolt shall be placed under the head of each lag bolt. The fasteners shall be installed at the spacing indi- cated in Table C104.5.2. APPENDIX C-18 [BS] TABLE C104.4.2 ELEMENT SIZING AND SPACING FOR U-BENT RETROFIT METHOD For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm. RETROFIT ELEMENTS RETROFIT CONFIGURATION ABC D Minimum size and number of Horizontal Braces 2 × 4 2 × 4 2 × 4 2 each 2 × 4 Minimum size and number of Retrofit Studs 2 × 4 2 × 6 2 × 8 2 each 2 × 8 Minimum number of fasteners connecting Straps to each edge of Horizontal Braces #8 screws or 10d nails 11/4″ long 6 7 7 6 on each side of strap [BS] TABLE C104.5.1 SPACING OF GUSSET ANGLES For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s. EXPOSURE CATEGORY BASIC WIND SPEED (mph)SPACING OF GUSSET ANGLES (inches) C 140 38 C 150 32 C 165 28 C 180 24 C 190 20 B 140 48 B 150 40 B 165 36 B 180 30 B 190 26 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX C—GUIDELINES FOR THE WIND RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®APPENDIX C-19 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm. [BS] FIGURE C104.3.8 RETROFIT STUD SPLICES ELEVATION VIEW SECTION VIEW REQUIRED CONNECTION TO HORIZONTAL BRACE EXISTING GABLE END STUD HEIGHTOF GABLEEND STUD > 8′-0″SPLICE RETROFIT STUD36″TO 48″FROM BOTTOMREQUIRED 2x RETROFIT STUD W/ 3″LONG FASTENERS @ 6″O.C. 50″LONG SPLICE MEMBER (MATCH SIZE OF RETROFIT STUD) - CENTER ON SPLICE LOCATION INSTALL MINIMUM (27) 3″LONG FASTENERS FROM SPLICE MEMBER TO RETROFIT STUD (EACH SIDE OF SPLICE LOCATION) REQUIRED CONNECTION TO HORIZONTAL BRACE NOTE: SPLICE LOCATION MAY BE REQUIRED AT TOP OF GABLE END STUD IF HEIGHT > 11′-0″TO 12′-0″ ¾″MIN.2½″O.C.Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX C—GUIDELINES FOR THE WIND RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®APPENDIX C-20 [BS] TABLE C104.5.2 SPACING OF LAG OR MASONRY SCREWS USED TO CONNECT SILL PLATE OF GABLE END WALL TO TOP OF THE WALL BELOW For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s. EXPOSURE CATEGORY BASIC WIND SPEED (mph)SPACING OF LAG OR MASONRY SCREWS (inches) C 140 19 C 150 16 C 165 14 C 180 14 C 190 10 B 140 24 B 150 20 B 165 18 B 180 15 B 190 13 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® CHAPTER C2 ROOF DECK FASTENING FOR HIGH-WIND AREAS SECTION C201 GENERAL [BS] C201.1 Purpose. This chapter provides prescriptive methods for partial structural retrofit of an existing building to increase its resistance to wind loads. It is intended for voluntary use where the ultimate design wind speed, Vult, determined in accordance with Figure 1609.3(1) of the Inter- national Building Code exceeds 130 mph (58 m/s) and for reference by mitigation programs. The provisions of this chapter do not necessarily satisfy requirements for new construction. Unless specifically cited, the provisions of this chapter do not necessarily satisfy requirements for structural improvements triggered by addition, alteration, repair, change of occupancy, building relocation or other circumstances. [BS] C201.2 Eligible conditions. The provisions of this chapter are applicable only to buildings that meet either of the following eligibility requirements: 1. Buildings assigned to Risk Category I or II in accor- dance with Table 1604.5 of the International Building Code. 2. Buildings within the scope of the International Resi- dential Code. SECTION C202 ROOF DECK ATTACHMENT FOR WOOD ROOFS [BS] C202.1 Roof decking attachment for one- and two- family dwellings. For one- and two-family dwellings, fastening shall be in accordance with Section C202.1.1 or C202.1.2 as appropriate for the existing construction. The diameter of 8d nails shall be not less than 0.131 inch (3 mm) and the length shall be not less than 21/4 inches (57 mm) to qualify for the provisions of this section for existing nails regardless of head shape or head diameter. [BS] C202.1.1 Sawn lumber or wood plank roofs. Roof decking consisting of sawn lumber or wood planks up to 12 inches (30 cm) wide and secured with not fewer than two nails (minimum size 8d) to each roof framing member it crosses shall be deemed to be sufficiently connected. Sawn lumber or wood plank decking secured with smaller fasteners than 8d nails or with fewer than two nails (minimum size 8d) to each framing member it crosses shall be deemed sufficiently connected if fasten- ers are added such that two clipped head, round head or ring shank nails (minimum size 8d) are in place on each framing member the nail crosses. [BS] C202.1.2 Wood structural panel roofs For roof decking consisting of wood structural panels, fasteners and spacings required in Table C202.1.2 shall be deemed to comply with the requirements of Section 706.3. Supplemental fasteners as required by Table C202.1.2 shall be 8d ring shank nails with round heads and the following minimum dimensions: 1. 0.113-inch-nominal (3 mm) shank diameter. 2. Ring diameter not less than 0.012 inch (0.3 mm) greater than shank diameter. 3. 16 to 20 rings per inch. 4. A minimum 0.280-inch (7 mm) full round head diameter. 5. Ring shank to extend not less than 1 1/2 inches (38 mm) from the tip of the nail. 6. Minimum 2 1/4-inch (57 mm) nail length. APPENDIX C-21 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX C—GUIDELINES FOR THE WIND RETROFIT OF EXISTING BUILDINGS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®APPENDIX C-22 [BS] TABLE C202.1.2 SUPPLEMENT FASTENERS AT PANEL EDGES AND INTERMEDIATE FRAMING For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 foot = 304.8 mm; 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s. a. Maximum spacing determined based on existing fasteners and supplemental fasteners. b. Maximum spacing determined based on supplemental fasteners only. c. Interior zone = sheathing that is not located within 4 feet of the perimeter edge of the roof or within 4 feet of each side of a ridge. d. Edge zone = sheathing that is located within 4 feet of the perimeter edge of the roof and within 4 feet of each side of a ridge. EXISTING FASTENERS EXISTING FASTENER SPACING (EDGE OR INTERMEDIATE SUPPORTS) MAXIMUM SUPPLEMENTAL FASTENER SPACING FOR 130 MPH < Vult ≤ 140 MPH MAXIMUM SUPPLEMENTAL FASTENER SPACING FOR INTERIOR ZONEc LOCA- TIONS FOR MPH Vult > 140 MPH AND EDGE ZONES NOT COVERED BY THE COLUMN TO THE RIGHT EDGE ZONEd FOR Vult > 160 MPH AND EXPOSURE C, OR Vult > 180 MPH AND EXPO- SURE B Staples or 6d Any 6″ o.c.b 6″ o.c.b 4″ o.c.b at panel edges and 4″ o.c.b at intermediate supports 8d clipped head or round head smooth shank 6″ o.c. or less None necessary None necessary along edges of panels but 6″ o.c.b at intermediate supports of panel 4″ o.c.a at panel edges and 4″ o.c.a at intermediate supports 8d clipped head or round head ring shank 6″ o.c. or less None necessary None necessary 4″ o.c.a at panel edges and 4″ o.c.a at intermediate supports 8d clipped head or round head smooth shank Greater than 6″ o.c. 6″ o.c.a 6″ o.c.a along panel edges and 6″ o.c.b at intermediate supports of panel 4″ o.c.a at panel edges and 4″ o.c.a at intermediate supports 8d clipped head or round head ring shank Greater than 6″ o.c. 6″ o.c.a 6″ o.c.a 4″ o.c.a at panel edges and 4″ o.c.a at intermediate supports Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® CHAPTER C3 REFERENCED STANDARDS SECTION C301 REFERENCED STANDARDS [BS] C301.1 General. See Table C301.1 for standards that are referenced in various sections of this appendix. Stan- dards are listed by the standard identification with the effective date, standard title, and the section or sections of this appendix that reference the standard. [BS] TABLE C301.1 REFERENCED STANDARDS STANDARD ACRONYM STANDARD NAME SECTIONS HEREIN REFERENCED IBC—21 International Building Code®C101.3, C103.2, C201.1, C201.2 IRC—21 International Residential Code® C101.2, C101.3, C103.2, C201.2 APPENDIX C-23 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®APPENDIX C-24 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® APPENDIX D BOARD OF APPEALS The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. User notes: About this appendix: Appendix D provides criteria for Board of Appeals members. Also provided are procedures by which the Board of Appeals should conduct its business. Code development reminder: Code change proposals to this appendix will be considered by the Administrative Code Development Committee during the 2022 (Group B) Code Development Cycle. SECTION D101 GENERAL [A] D101.1 Scope. A board of appeals shall be established within the jurisdiction for the purpose of hearing applica- tions for modification of the requirements of this code pursuant to the provisions of Section 112. The board shall be established and operated in accordance with this section, and shall be authorized to hear evidence from appellants and the code official pertaining to the application and intent of this code for the purpose of issuing orders pursuant to these provisions. [A] D101.2 Application for appeal. Any person shall have the right to appeal a decision of the code official to the board. An application for appeal shall be based on a claim that the intent of this code or the rules legally adopted hereunder have been incorrectly interpreted, the provisions of this code do not fully apply or an equally good or better form of construction is proposed. The application shall be filed on a form obtained from the code official within 20 days after the notice was served. [A] D101.2.1 Limitation of authority. The board shall not have authority to waive requirements of this code or interpret the administration of this code. [A] D101.2.2 Stays of enforcement. Appeals of notice and orders, other than Imminent Danger notices, shall stay the enforcement of the notice and order until the appeal is heard by the board. [A] D101.3 Membership of board. The board shall consist of five voting members appointed by the chief appointing authority of the jurisdiction. Each member shall serve for [INSERT NUMBER OF YEARS] years or until a successor has been appointed. The board member’s terms shall be stag- gered at intervals, so as to provide continuity. The code official shall be an ex officio member of said board but shall not vote on any matter before the board. [A] D101.3.1 Qualifications. The board shall consist of five individuals, who are qualified by experience and training to pass on matters pertaining to building construction and are not employees of the jurisdiction. [A] D101.3.2 Alternate members. The chief appointing authority is authorized to appoint two alternate members who shall be called by the board chairperson to hear appeals during the absence or disqualification of a member. Alternate members shall possess the qualifica- tions required for board membership, and shall be appointed for the same term or until a successor has been appointed. [A] D101.3.3 Vacancies. Vacancies shall be filled for an unexpired term in the same manner in which original appointments are required to be made. [A] D101.3.4 Chairperson. The board shall annually select one of its members to serve as chairperson. [A] D101.3.5 Secretary. The chief appointing authority shall designate a qualified clerk to serve as secretary to the board. The secretary shall file a detailed record of all proceedings, which shall set forth the reasons for the board’s decision, the vote of each member, the absence of a member and any failure of a member to vote. [A] D101.3.6 Conflict of interest. A member with any personal, professional or financial interest in a matter before the board shall declare such interest and refrain from participating in discussions, deliberations and voting on such matters. [A] D101.3.7 Compensation of members. Compensa- tion of members shall be determined by law. [A] D101.3.8 Removal from the board. A member shall be removed from the board prior to the end of their terms only for cause. Any member with continued absence from regular meeting of the board may be removed at the discretion of the chief appointing authority. [A] D101.4 Rules and procedures. The board shall estab- lish policies and procedures necessary to carry out its duties consistent with the provisions of this code and applicable state law. The procedures shall not require compliance with strict rules of evidence, but shall mandate that only relevant information be presented. [A] D101.5 Notice of meeting. The board shall meet upon notice from the chairperson, within 10 days of the filing of an appeal or at stated periodic intervals. [A] D101.5.1 Open hearing. All hearings before the board shall be open to the public. The appellant, the appellant’s representative, the code official and any person whose interests are affected shall be given an opportunity to be heard. APPENDIX D-1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 APPENDIX D—BOARD OF APPEALS 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® [A] D101.5.2 Quorum. Three members of the board shall constitute a quorum. [A] D101.5.3 Postponed hearing. When five members are not present to hear an appeal, either the appellant or the appellant’s representative shall have the right to request a postponement of the hearing. [A] D101.6 Legal counsel. The jurisdiction shall furnish legal counsel to the board to provide members with general legal advice concerning matters before them for consider- ation. Members shall be represented by legal counsel at the jurisdiction’s expense in all matters arising from service within the scope of their duties. [A] D101.7 Board decision. The board shall only modify or reverse the decision of the code official by a concurring vote of three or more members. [A] D101.7.1 Resolution. The decision of the board shall be by resolution. Every decision shall be promptly filed in writing in the office of the code official within three days and shall be open to the public for inspection. A certified copy shall be furnished to the appellant or the appellant’s representative and to the code official. [A] D101.7.2 Administration. The code official shall take immediate action in accordance with the decision of the board. [A] D101.8 Court review. Any person, whether or not a previous party of the appeal, shall have the right to apply to the appropriate court for a writ of certiorari to correct errors of law. Application for review shall be made in the manner and time required by law following the filing of the decision in the office of the chief administrative officer. APPENDIX D-2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-1 RESOURCE A GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES User note: About this resource: In the process of repair and alteration of existing buildings, based on the nature and the extent of the work, this code might require certain upgrades in the fire-resistance rating of building elements, at which time it becomes critical for the designers and the code officials to be able to determine the fire-resistance rating of the existing building elements as part of the overall evaluation for the assess- ment of the need for improvements. This resource document provides a guideline for such an evaluation for fire-resistance rating of archaic materials that is not typically found in the modern model building codes. Introduction The International Existing Building Code (IEBC) is a comprehensive code with the goal of addressing all aspects of work taking place in existing buildings and providing user-friendly methods and tools for regulation and improvement of such build- ings. This resource document is included within the cover of the IEBC with that goal in mind and as a step towards accomplish- ing that goal. In the process of repair and alteration of existing buildings, based on the nature and the extent of the work, the IEBC might require certain upgrades in the fire-resistance rating of building elements, at which time it becomes critical for the designers and the code officials to be able to determine the fire-resistance rating of the existing building elements as part of the overall evalua- tion for the assessment of the need for improvements. This resource document provides a guideline for such an evaluation for fire-resistance ratings of archaic materials that are not typically found in the modern model building codes. Resource A is only a guideline and is not intended to be a document for specific adoption as it is not written in the format or language of ICC’s International Codes and is not subject to the code development process. PURPOSE The Guidelines on Fire Ratings of Archaic Materials and Assemblies focuses upon the fire-related performance of archaic construction. “Archaic” encompasses construction typical of an earlier time, generally prior to 1950. “Fire-related performance” includes fire resistance, flame spread, smoke production and degree of combustibility. The purpose of this guideline is to update the information which was available at the time of original construction, for use by architects, engineers and code officials when evaluating the fire safety of a rehabilitation project. In addition, information rele- vant to the evaluation of general classes of materials and types of construction is presented for those cases when documentation of the fire performance of a particular archaic material or assembly cannot be found. It has been assumed that the building materials and their fastening, joining and incorporation into the building structure are sound mechanically. Therefore, some determination must be made that the original manufacture, the original construction prac- tice, and the rigors of aging and use have not weakened the building. This assessment can often be difficult because process and quality control was not good in many industries, and variations among locally available raw materials and manufacturing tech- niques often resulted in a product which varied widely in its strength and durability. The properties of iron and steel, for exam- ple, varied widely, depending on the mill and the process used. There is nothing inherently inferior about archaic materials or construction techniques. The pressures that promote funda- mental change are most often economic or technological matters not necessarily related to concerns for safety. The high cost of labor made wood lath and plaster uneconomical. The high cost of land and the congestion of the cities provided the impetus for high-rise construction. Improved technology made it possible. The difficulty with archaic materials is not a question of suitabil- ity, but familiarity. Code requirements for the fire performance of key building elements (e.g., walls, floor/ceiling assemblies, doors, shaft enclo- sures) are stated in performance terms: hours of fire resistance. It matters not whether these elements were built in 1908 or 1980, only that they provide the required degree of fire resistance. The level of performance will be defined by the local community, primarily through the enactment of a building or rehabilitation code. This guideline is only a tool to help evaluate the various building elements, regardless of what the level of performance is required to be. The problem with archaic materials is simply that documentation of their fire performance is not readily available. The appli- cation of engineering judgment is more difficult because building officials may not be familiar with the materials or construction method involved. As a result, either a full-scale fire test is required or the archaic construction in question removed and replaced. Both alternatives are time consuming and wasteful. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-2 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® This guideline and the accompanying appendix are designed to help fill this information void. By providing the necessary documentation, there will be a firm basis for the continued acceptance of archaic materials and assemblies. 1 FIRE-RELATED PERFORMANCE OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 1.1 FIRE PERFORMANCE MEASURES This guideline does not specify the level of performance required for the various building components. These require- ments are controlled by the building occupancy and use and are set forth in the local building or rehabilitation code. The fire resistance of a given building element is estab- lished by subjecting a sample of the assembly to a “standard” fire test which follows a “standard” time-temperature curve. This test method has changed little since the 1920s. The test results tabulated in the Appendix have been adjusted to reflect current test methods. The current model building codes cite other fire-related properties not always tested for in earlier years: flame spread, smoke production, and degree of combustibility. However, they can generally be assumed to fall within well defined val- ues because the principal combustible component of archaic materials is cellulose. Smoke production is more important today because of the increased use of plastics. However, the early flame spread tests, developed in the early 1940s, also included a test for smoke production. “Plastics,” one of the most important classes of contempo- rary materials, were not found in the review of archaic mate- rials. If plastics are to be used in a rehabilitated building, they should be evaluated by contemporary standards. Information and documentation of their fire-related properties and perfor- mance is widely available. Flame spread, smoke production and degree of combusti- bility are discussed in detail below. Test results for eight common species of lumber, published in an Underwriter’s Laboratories’ report (104), are noted in the following table: TUNNEL TEST RESULTS FOR EIGHT SPECIES OF LUMBER Flame Spread The flame spread of interior finishes is most often mea- sured by the ASTM E84 “tunnel test.” This test measures how far and how fast the flames spread across the surface of the test sample. The resulting flame spread rating (FSR) is expressed as a number on a continuous scale where cement- asbestos board is 0 and red oak is 100. (Materials with a flame spread greater than red oak have an FSR greater than 100.) The scale is divided into distinct groups or classes. The most commonly used flame spread classifications are: Class I or A*, with a 0–25 FSR; Class II or B, with a 26–75 FSR; and Class III or C, with a 76–200 FSR. The NFPA Life Safety Code also has a Class D (201–500 FSR) and Class E (over 500 FSR) interior finish. These classifications are typically used in modern building codes to restrict the rate of fire spread. Only the first three classifications are normally permitted, though not all classes of materials can be used in all places throughout a building. For example, the interior finish of building materials used in exits or in corridors leading to exits is more strictly regulated than materials used within private dwelling units. In general, inorganic archaic materials (e.g., bricks or tile) can be expected to be in Class I. Materials of whole wood are mostly Class II. Whole wood is defined as wood used in the same form as sawn from the tree. This is in contrast to the contemporary reconstituted wood products such as plywood, fiberboard, hardboard, or particle board. If the organic archaic material is not whole wood, the flame spread classifi- cation could be well over 200 and thus would be particularly unsuited for use in exits and other critical locations in a build- ing. Some plywoods and various wood fiberboards have flame spreads over 200. Although they can be treated with fire retardants to reduce their flame spread, it would be advis- able to assume that all such products have a flame spread over 200 unless there is information to the contrary. Smoke Production The evaluation of smoke density is part of the ASTM E84 tunnel test. For the eight species of lumber shown in the table above, the highest levels are 275–305 for Yellow Pine, but most of the others are less smoky than red oak which has an index of 100. The advent of plastics caused substantial increases in the smoke density values measured by the tunnel test. The ensuing limitation of the smoke production for wall and ceiling materials by the model building codes has been a reaction to the introduction of plastic materials. In general, cellulosic materials fall in the 50–300 range of smoke density which is below the general limitation of 450 adopted by many codes. Degree of Combustibility The model building codes tend to define “noncombustibil- ity” on the basis of having passed ASTM E136 or if the mate- rial is totally inorganic. The acceptance of gypsum wallboard as noncombustible is based on limiting paper thickness to not over 1/8 inch and a 0–50 flame spread rating by ASTM E84. SPECIES OF LUMBER FLAME SPREAD FUEL CONTRIBUTED SMOKE DEVELOPED Western White Pine 75 50-60 50 Northern White Pine 120–215 120–140 60–65 Ponderosa Pine 80–215 120–135 100–110 Yellow Pine 180–190 130–145 275–305 Red Gum 140–155 125–175 40–60 Yellow Birch 105–110 100–105 45–65 Douglas Fir 65–100 50–80 10–100 * Some codes are Roman numerals, others use letters. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-3 At times there were provisions to define a Class I or A mate- rial (0–25 FSR) as noncombustible, but this is not currently recognized by most model building codes. If there is any doubt whether or not an archaic material is noncombustible, it would be appropriate to send out samples for evaluation. If an archaic material is determined to be non- combustible according to ASTM E136, it can be expected that it will not contribute fuel to the fire. 1.2 COMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION TYPES One of the earliest forms of timber construction used exte- rior load-bearing masonry walls with columns and/or wooden walls supporting wooden beams and floors in the interior of the building. This form of construction, often called “mill” or “heavy timber” construction, has approximately 1 hour fire resistance. The exterior walls will generally contain the fire within the building. With the development of dimensional lumber, there was a switch from heavy timber to “balloon frame” construction. The balloon frame uses load-bearing exterior wooden walls which have long timbers often extending from foundation to roof. When longer lumber became scarce, another form of construction, “platform” framing, replaced the balloon fram- ing. The difference between the two systems is significant because platform framing is automatically fire-blocked at every floor while balloon framing commonly has concealed spaces that extend unblocked from basement to attic. The architect, engineer, and code official must be alert to the details of construction and the ease with which fire can spread in concealed spaces. 2 BUILDING EVALUATION A given rehabilitation project will most likely go through several stages. The preliminary evaluation process involves the designer in surveying the prospective building. The fire resistance of existing building materials and construction sys- tems is identified; potential problems are noted for closer study. The final evaluation phase includes: developing design solutions to upgrade the fire resistance of building elements, if necessary; preparing working drawings and specifications; and the securing of the necessary code approvals. 2.1 PRELIMINARY EVALUATION A preliminary evaluation should begin with a building sur- vey to determine the existing materials, the general arrange- ment of the structure and the use of the occupied spaces, and the details of construction. The designer needs to know “what is there” before a decision can be reached about what to keep and what to remove during the rehabilitation process. This preliminary evaluation should be as detailed as necessary to make initial plans. The fire-related properties need to be determined from the applicable building or rehabilitation code, and the materials and assemblies existing in the build- ing then need to be evaluated for these properties. Two work sheets are shown below to facilitate the preliminary evalua- tion. Two possible sources of information helpful in the prelim- inary evaluation are the original building plans and the build- ing code in effect at the time of original construction. Plans may be on file with the local building department or in the offices of the original designers (e.g., architect, engineer) or their successors. If plans are available, the investigator should verify that the building was actually constructed as called for in the plans, as well as incorporate any later alterations or changes to the building. Earlier editions of the local building code should be on file with the building official. The code in effect at the time of construction will contain fire perfor- mance criteria. While this is no guarantee that the required performance was actually provided, it does give the investi- gator some guidance as to the level of performance which may be expected. Under some code administration and enforcement systems, the code in effect at the time of con- struction also defines the level of performance that must be provided at the time of rehabilitation. Figure 1 illustrates one method for organizing preliminary field notes. Space is provided for the materials, dimensions, and condition of the principal building elements. Each floor of the structure should be visited and the appropriate informa- tion obtained. In practice, there will often be identical materi- als and construction on every floor, but the exception may be of vital importance. A schematic diagram should be prepared of each floor showing the layout of exits and hallways and indicating where each element described in the field notes fits into the structure as a whole. The exact arrangement of inte- rior walls within apartments is of secondary importance from a fire safety point of view and need not be shown on the drawings unless these walls are required by code to have a fire-resistance rating. The location of stairways and elevators should be clearly marked on the drawings. All exterior means of escape (e.g., fire escapes) should be identified.1 The following notes explain the entries in Figure 1. Exterior Bearing Walls: Many old buildings utilize heavily constructed walls to support the floor/ceiling assemblies at the exterior of the building. There may be columns and/or interior bearing walls within the structure, but the exterior walls are an important factor in assessing the fire safety of a building. The field investigator should note how the floor/ceiling assemblies are supported at the exterior of the building. If columns are incorporated in the exterior walls, the walls may be considered nonbearing. Interior Bearing Walls: It may be difficult to determine whether or not an interior wall is load bearing, but the field investigator should attempt to make this determination. At a later stage of the rehabilitation process, this question will 1. Problems providing adequate exiting are discussed at length in the Egress Guideline for Residential Rehabilitation. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-4 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® need to be determined exactly. Therefore, the field notes should be as accurate as possible. Exterior Nonbearing Walls: The fire resistance of the exterior walls is important for two reasons. These walls (both bearing and nonbearing) are depended upon to: a) contain a fire within the building of origin; or b) keep an exterior fire out- side the building. It is therefore important to indicate on the drawings where any openings are located as well as the mate- rials and construction of all doors or shutters. The drawings should indicate the presence of wired glass, its thickness and framing, and identify the materials used for windows and door frames. The protection of openings adjacent to exterior means of escape (e.g., exterior stairways, fire escapes) is par- ticularly important. The ground floor drawing should locate the building on the property and indicate the precise distances to adjacent buildings. Interior Nonbearing Walls (Partitions): A partition is a “wall that extends from floor to ceiling and subdivides space within any story of a building.” (48) Figure 1 has two categories (A & B) for Interior Nonbearing Walls (Partitions) which can be used for different walls, such as hallway walls as compared to inter-apartment walls. Under some circumstances there may be only one type of wall construction; in others, three or more types of wall construction may occur. The field investigator should be alert for differences in function as well as in materials and construction details. In general, the details within apartments are not as important as the major exit paths and exit stairways. The preliminary field investigation should attempt to determine the thickness of all walls. A term introduced below called “thickness design” will depend on an accurate (± 1/4 inch) determination. Even though this initial field survey is called “preliminary,” the data generated should be as accurate and complete as possi- ble. The field investigator should note the exact location from which observations are recorded. For instance, if a hole is found through a wall enclosing an exit stairway which allows a cataloguing of the construction details, the field investiga- tion notes should reflect the location of the “find.” At the pre- liminary stage it is not necessary to core every wall; the interior details of construction can usually be determined at some location. Structural Frame: There may or may not be a complete skele- tal frame, but usually there are columns, beams, trusses, or other like elements. The dimensions and spacing of the struc- tural elements should be measured and indicated on the draw- ings. For instance, if there are 10-inch square columns located on a 30-foot square grid throughout the building, this should be noted. The structural material and cover or protec- tive materials should be identified wherever possible. The thickness of the cover materials should be determined to an accuracy of ± 1/4 inch. As discussed above, the preliminary field survey usually relies on accidental openings in the cover materials rather than a systematic coring technique. Floor/Ceiling Structural Systems: The span between supports should be measured. If possible, a sketch of the cross-section of the system should be made. If there is no location where accidental damage has opened the floor/ceiling construction to visual inspection, it is necessary to make such an opening. An evaluation of the fire resistance of a floor/ceiling assem- bly requires detailed knowledge of the materials and their arrangement. Special attention should be paid to the cover on structural steel elements and the condition of suspended ceil- ings and similar membranes. FIGURE 1 PRELIMINARY EVALUATION FIELD NOTES BUILDING ELEMENT MATERIALS THICKNESS CONDITION NOTES Exterior Bearing Walls Interior Bearing Walls Exterior Nonbearing Walls Interior Nonbearing Walls or Partitions: A B Structural Frame: Columns Beams Other Floor/Ceiling Structural System Spanning Roofs Doors (including frame and hardware): a) Enclosed vertical exitway b) Enclosed horizontal exitway c) Other Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-5 Roofs: The preliminary field survey of the roof system is ini- tially concerned with watertightness. However, once it is apparent that the roof is sound for ordinary use and can be retained in the rehabilitated building, it becomes necessary to evaluate the fire performance. The field investigator must measure the thickness and identify the types of materials which have been used. Be aware that there may be several layers of roof materials. Doors: Doors to stairways and hallways represent some of the most important fire elements to be considered within a build- ing. The uses of the spaces separated largely controls the level of fire performance necessary. Walls and doors enclos- ing stairways or elevator shafts would normally require a higher level of performance than between the bedroom and bath. The various uses are differentiated in Figure 1. Careful measurements of the thickness of door panels must be made, and the type of core material within each door must be determined. It should be noted whether doors have self-closing devices; the general operation of the doors should be checked. The latch should engage and the door should fit tightly in the frame. The hinges should be in good condition. If glass is used in the doors, it should be identified as either plain glass or wired glass mounted in either a wood or steel frame. Materials: The field investigator should be able to identify ordinary building materials. In situations where an unfamiliar material is found, a sample should be obtained. This sample should measure at least 10 cubic inches so that an ASTM E136 fire test can be conducted to determine if it is combusti- ble. Thickness: The thickness of all materials should be measured accurately since, under certain circumstances, the level of fire resistance is very sensitive to the material thickness. Condition: The method of attaching the various layers and facings to one another or to the supporting structural element should be noted under the appropriate building element. The “secureness” of the attachment and the general condition of the layers and facings should be noted here. Notes: The “Notes” column can be used for many purposes, but it might be a good idea to make specific references to other field notes or drawings. After the building survey is completed, the data collected must be analyzed. A suggested work sheet for organizing this information is given below as Figure 2. The required fire resistance and flame spread for each building element are normally established by the local build- ing or rehabilitation code. The fire performance of the exist- ing materials and assemblies should then be estimated, using FIGURE 2 PRELIMINARY EVALUATION WORKSHEET BUILDING ELEMENT REQUIRED FIRE RESISTANCE REQUIRED FLAME SPREAD ESTIMATED FIRE RESISTANCE ESTIMATED FLAME SPREAD METHOD OF UPGRADING ESTIMATED UPGRADED PROTECTION NOTES Exterior Bearing Walls Interior Bearing Walls Exterior Nonbearing Walls Interior Nonbearing Walls or Partitions: A B Structural Frame: Columns Beams Other Floor/Ceiling Structural System Spanning Roofs Doors (including frame and hardware): a) Enclosed vertical exitway b) Enclosed horizontal exitway c) Others Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-6 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® one of the techniques described below. If the fire perfor- mance of the existing building element(s) is equal to or greater than that required, the materials and assemblies may remain. If the fire performance is less than required, then cor- rective measures must be taken. The most common methods of upgrading the level of pro- tection are to either remove and replace the existing building element(s) or to repair and upgrade the existing materials and assemblies. Other fire protection measures, such as automatic sprinklers or detection and alarm systems, also could be con- sidered, though they are beyond the scope of this guideline. If the upgraded protection is still less than that required or deemed to be acceptable, additional corrective measures must be taken. This process must continue until an acceptable level of performance is obtained. 2.2 FIRE RESISTANCE OF EXISTING BUILDING ELEMENTS The fire resistance of the existing building elements can be estimated from the tables and histograms contained in the Appendix. The Appendix is organized first by type of build- ing element: walls, columns, floor/ceiling assemblies, beams, and doors. Within each building element, the tables are orga- nized by type of construction (e.g., masonry, metal, wood frame), and then further divided by minimum dimensions or thickness of the building element. A histogram precedes every table that has 10 or more entries. The X-axis measures fire resistance in hours; the Y- axis shows the number of entries in that table having a given level of fire resistance. The histograms also contain the loca- tion of each entry within that table for easy cross-referencing. The histograms, because they are keyed to the tables, can speed the preliminary investigation. For example, Table 1.3.2, Wood Frame Walls 4" to Less Than 6" Thick, contains 96 entries. Rather than study each table entry, the histogram shows that every wall assembly listed in that table has a fire resistance of less than 2 hours. If the building code required the wall to have 2 hours fire resistance, the designer, with a minimum of effort, is made aware of a problem that requires closer study. Suppose the code had only required a wall of 1 hour fire resistance. The histogram shows far fewer complying ele- ments (19) than noncomplying ones (77). If the existing assembly is not one of the 19 complying entries, there is a strong possibility the existing assembly is deficient. The his- tograms can also be used in the converse situation. If the existing assembly is not one of the smaller number of entries with a lower than required fire resistance, there is a strong possibility the existing assembly will be acceptable. At some point, the existing building component or assem- bly must be located within the tables. Otherwise, the fire resistance must be determined through one of the other tech- niques presented in the guideline. Locating the building com- ponent in the Appendix Tables not only guarantees the accuracy of the fire-resistance rating, but also provides a source of documentation for the building official. 2.3 EFFECTS OF PENETRATIONS IN FIRE-RESISTANT ASSEMBLIES There are often many features in existing walls or floor/ ceiling assemblies which were not included in the original certification or fire testing. The most common examples are pipes and utility wires passed through holes poked through an assembly. During the life of the building, many penetrations are added, and by the time a building is ready for rehabilita- tion it is not sufficient to just consider the fire resistance of the assembly as originally constructed. It is necessary to con- sider all penetrations and their relative impact upon fire per- formance. For instance, the fire resistance of the corridor wall may be less important than the effect of plain glass doors or transoms. In fact, doors are the most important single class of penetrations. A fully developed fire generates substantial quantities of heat and excess gaseous fuel capable of penetrating any holes which might be present in the walls or ceiling of the fire com- partment. In general, this leads to a severe degradation of the fire resistance of those building elements and to a greater potential for fire spread. This is particularly applicable to penetrations located high in a compartment where the posi- tive pressure of the fire can force the unburned gases through the penetration. Penetrations in a floor/ceiling assembly will generally completely negate the barrier qualities of the assembly and will lead to rapid spread of fire to the space above. It will not be a problem, however, if the penetrations are filled with non- combustible materials strongly fastened to the structure. The upper half of walls are similar to the floor/ceiling assembly in that a positive pressure can reasonably be expected in the top of the room, and this will push hot and/or burning gases through the penetration unless it is completely sealed. Building codes require doors installed in fire resistive walls to resist the passage of fire for a specified period of time. If the door to a fully involved room is not closed, a large plume of fire will typically escape through the doorway, pre- venting anyone from using the space outside the door while allowing the fire to spread. This is why door closers are so important. Glass in doors and transoms can be expected to rapidly shatter unless constructed of listed or approved wire glass in a steel frame. As with other building elements, pene- trations or nonrated portions of doors and transoms must be upgraded or otherwise protected. Table 5.1 in Section V of the Appendix contains 41 entries of doors mounted in sound tight-fitting frames. Part 3.4 below outlines one procedure for evaluating and possibly upgrading existing doors. 3 FINAL EVALUATION AND DESIGN SOLUTION The final evaluation begins after the rehabilitation project has reached the final design stage and the choice is made to keep certain archaic materials and assemblies in the rehabili- tated building. The final evaluation process is essentially a more refined and detailed version of the preliminary evalua- tion. The specific fire resistance and flame spread require- Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-7 ments are determined for the project. This may involve local building and fire officials reviewing the preliminary evalua- tion as depicted in Figures 1 and 2 and the field drawings and notes. When necessary, provisions must be made to upgrade existing building elements to provide the required level of fire performance. There are several approaches to design solutions that can make possible the continued use of archaic materials and assemblies in the rehabilitated structure. The simplest case occurs when the materials and assembly in question are found within the Appendix Tables and the fire performance proper- ties satisfy code requirements. Other approaches must be used, though, if the assembly cannot be found within the Appendix or the fire performance needs to be upgraded. These approaches have been grouped into two classes: exper- imental and theoretical. 3.1 THE EXPERIMENTAL APPROACH If a material or assembly found in a building is not listed in the Appendix Tables, there are several other ways to evalu- ate fire performance. One approach is to conduct the appro- priate fire test(s) and thereby determine the fire-related properties directly. There are a number of laboratories in the United States which routinely conduct the various fire tests. A current list can be obtained by writing the Center for Fire Research, National Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234. The contract with any of these testing laboratories should require their observation of specimen preparation as well as the testing of the specimen. A complete description of where and how the specimen was obtained from the building, the transportation of the specimen, and its preparation for testing should be noted in detail so that the building official can be satisfied that the fire test is representative of the actual use. The test report should describe the fire test procedure and the response of the material or assembly. The laboratory usu- ally submits a cover letter with the report to describe the pro- visions of the fire test that were satisfied by the material or assembly under investigation. A building official will gener- ally require this cover letter, but will also read the report to confirm that the material or assembly complies with the code requirements. Local code officials should be involved in all phases of the testing process. The experimental approach can be costly and time con- suming because specimens must be taken from the building and transported to the testing laboratory. When a load bearing assembly has continuous reinforcement, the test specimen must be removed from the building, transported, and tested in one piece. However, when the fire performance cannot be determined by other means, there may be no alternative to a full-scale test. A “nonstandard” small-scale test can be used in special cases. Sample sizes need only be 10–25 square feet (0.93–2.3 m2), while full-scale tests require test samples of either 100 or 180 square feet (9.3 or 17 m2) in size. This small-scale test is best suited for testing nonload-bearing assemblies against thermal transmission only. 3.2 THE THEORETICAL APPROACH There will be instances when materials and assemblies in a building undergoing rehabilitation cannot be found in the Appendix Tables. Even where test results are available for more or less similar construction, the proper classification may not be immediately apparent. Variations in dimensions, loading conditions, materials, or workmanship may markedly affect the performance of the individual building elements, and the extent of such a possible effect cannot be evaluated from the tables. Theoretical methods being developed offer an alternative to the full-scale fire tests discussed above. For example, Sec- tion 4302(b) of the 1979 edition of the Uniform Building Code specifically allows an engineering design for fire resis- tance in lieu of conducting full-scale tests. These techniques draw upon computer simulation and mathematical modeling, thermodynamics, heat-flow analysis, and materials science to predict the fire performance of building materials and assem- blies. One theoretical method, known as the “Ten Rules of Fire Endurance Ratings,” was published by T. Z. Harmathy in the May, 1965 edition of Fire Technology. (35) Harmathy’s Rules provide a foundation for extending the data within the Appendix Tables to analyze or upgrade current as well as archaic building materials or assemblies. HARMATHY'S TEN RULES Rule 1: The “thermal”1 fire endurance of a construction consisting of a number of parallel layers is greater than the sum of the “thermal” fire endurances characteristic of the individual layers when exposed separately to fire. The minimum performance of an untested assembly can be estimated if the fire endurance of the individual compo- nents is known. Though the exact rating of the assembly can- not be stated, the endurance of the assembly is greater than the sum of the endurance of the components. When a building assembly or component is found to be deficient, the fire endurance can be upgraded by providing a protective membrane. This membrane could be a new layer of brick, plaster, or drywall. The fire endurance of this mem- brane is called the “finish rating.” Appendix Tables 1.5.1 and 1.5.2 contain the finish ratings for the most commonly employed materials. (See also the notes to Rule 2). The test criteria for the finish rating is the same as for the thermal fire endurance of the total assembly: average tem- perature increases of 250°F (121°C) above ambient or 325°F (163°C) above ambient at any one place with the membrane 1. The “thermal” fire endurance is the time at which the average temperature on the unexposed side of a construction exceeds its initial value by 250° when the other side is exposed to the “standard” fire specified by ASTM Test Method E-19. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-8 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® being exposed to the fire. The temperature is measured at the interface of the assembly and the protective membrane. Rule 2: The fire endurance of a construction does not decrease with the addition of further layers. Harmathy notes that this rule is a consequence of the pre- vious rule. Its validity follows from the fact that the addi- tional layers increase both the resistance to heat flow and the heat capacity of the construction. This, in turn, reduces the rate of temperature rise at the unexposed surface. This rule is not just restricted to “thermal” performance but affects the other fire test criteria: direct flame passage, cotton waste ignition, and load bearing performance. This means that certain restrictions must be imposed on the mate- rials to be added and on the loading conditions. One restric- tion is that a new layer, if applied to the exposed surface, must not produce additional thermal stresses in the construc- tion, i.e., its thermal expansion characteristics must be similar to those of the adjacent layer. Each new layer must also be capable of contributing enough additional strength to the assembly to sustain the added dead load. If this requirement is not fulfilled, the allowable live load must be reduced by an amount equal to the weight of the new layer. Because of these limitations, this rule should not be applied without careful consideration. Particular care must be taken if the material added is a good thermal insulator. Properly located, the added insulation could improve the “thermal” performance of the assembly. Improperly located, the insulation could block necessary ther- mal transmission through the assembly, thereby subjecting the structural elements to greater temperatures for longer periods of time, and could cause premature structural failure of the supporting members. Rule 3: The fire endurance of constructions containing continuous air gaps or cavities is greater than the fire endur- ance of similar constructions of the same weight, but contain- ing no air gaps or cavities. By providing for voids in a construction, additional resis- tances are produced in the path of heat flow. Numerical heat flow analyses indicate that a 10 to 15 percent increase in fire endurance can be achieved by creating an air gap at the mid- plane of a brick wall. Since the gross volume is also increased by the presence of voids, the air gaps and cavities have a ben- eficial effect on stability as well. However, constructions containing combustible materials within an air gap may be regarded as exceptions to this rule because of the possible development of burning in the gap. There are numerous examples of this rule in the tables. For instance: Table 1.1.4; Item W-8-M-82: Cored concrete masonry, nominal 8 inch thick wall with one unit in wall thickness and with 62 percent minimum of solid material in each unit, load bearing (80 PSI). Fire endurance: 21/2 hours. Table 1.1.5; Item W-10-M-11: Cored concrete masonry, nominal 10 inch thick wall with two units in wall thickness and a 2-inch (51 mm) air space, load bearing (80 PSI). The units are essentially the same as item W-8-M-82. Fire endur- ance: 31/2 hours. These walls show 1 hour greater fire endurance by the addition of the 2-inch (51 mm) air space. Rule 4: The farther an air gap or cavity is located from the exposed surface, the more beneficial is its effect on the fire endurance. Radiation dominates the heat transfer across an air gap or cavity, and it is markedly higher where the temperature is higher. The air gap or cavity is thus a poor insulator if it is located in a region which attains high temperatures during fire expo- sure. Some of the clay tile designs take advantage of these fac- tors. The double cell design, for instance, ensures that there is a cavity near the unexposed face. Some floor/ceiling assem- blies have air gaps or cavities near the top surface and these enhance their thermal performance. Rule 5: The fire endurance of a construction cannot be increased by increasing the thickness of a completely enclosed air layer. Harmathy notes that there is evidence that if the thickness of the air layer is larger than about 1/2 inch (12.7 mm), the heat transfer through the air layer depends only on the tem- perature of the bounding surfaces, and is practically indepen- dent of the distance between them. This rule is not applicable if the air layer is not completely enclosed, i.e., if there is a possibility of fresh air entering the gap at an appreciable rate. Rule 6: Layers of materials of low thermal conductivity are better utilized on that side of the construction on which fire is more likely to happen. As in Rule 4, the reason lies in the heat transfer process, though the conductivity of the solid is much less dependent on the ambient temperature of the materials. The low thermal conductor creates a substantial temperature differential to be established across its thickness under transient heat flow con- ditions. This rule may not be applicable to materials undergo- ing physico-chemical changes accompanied by significant heat absorption or heat evolution. Rule 7: The fire endurance of asymmetrical constructions depends on the direction of heat flow. This rule is a consequence of Rules 4 and 6, as well as other factors. This rule is useful in determining the relative protection of corridors and walls enclosing an exit stairway from the surrounding spaces. In addition, there are often situ- ations where a fire is more likely, or potentially more severe, from one side or the other. Rule 8: The presence of moisture, if it does not result in explosive spalling, increases the fire endurance. The flow of heat into an assembly is greatly hindered by the release and evaporation of the moisture found within cementitious materials such as gypsum, Portland cement, or magnesium oxychloride. Harmathy has shown that the gain in fire endurance may be as high as 8 percent for each percent (by volume) of moisture in the construction. It is the moisture chemically bound within the construction material at the time of manufacture or processing that leads to increased fire endurance. There is no direct relationship between the rela- Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-9 tive humidity of the air in the pores of the material and the increase in fire endurance. Under certain conditions there may be explosive spalling of low permeability cementitious materials such as dense concrete. In general, one can assume that extremely old con- crete has developed enough minor cracking that this factor should not be significant. Rule 9: Load-supporting elements, such as beams, girders and joists, yield higher fire endurances when subjected to fire endurance tests as parts of floor, roof, or ceiling assemblies than they would when tested separately. One of the fire endurance test criteria is the ability of a load-supporting element to carry its design load. The element will be deemed to have failed when the load can no longer be supported. Failure usually results for two reasons. Some materials, particularly steel and other metals, lose much of their struc- tural strength at elevated temperatures. Physical deflection of the supporting element, due to decreased strength or thermal expansion, causes a redistribution of the load forces and stresses throughout the element. Structural failure often results because the supporting element is not designed to carry the redistributed load. Roof, floor, and ceiling assemblies have primary (e.g., beams) and secondary (e.g., floor joists) structural members. Since the primary load-supporting elements span the largest distances, their deflection becomes significant at a stage when the strength of the secondary members (including the roof or floor surface) is hardly affected by the heat. As the secondary members follow the deflection of the primary load-supporting element, an increasingly larger portion of the load is transferred to the secondary members. When load-supporting elements are tested separately, the imposed load is constant and equal to the design load throughout the test. By definition, no distribution of the load is possible because the element is being tested by itself. With- out any other structural members to which the load could be transferred, the individual elements cannot yield a higher fire endurance than they do when tested as parts of a floor, roof or ceiling assembly. Rule 10: The load-supporting elements (beams, girders, joists, etc.) of a floor, roof, or ceiling assembly can be replaced by such other load-supporting elements which, when tested separately, yielded fire endurances not less than that of the assembly. This rule depends on Rule 9 for its validity. A beam or girder, if capable of yielding a certain performance when tested separately, will yield an equally good or better perfor- mance when it forms a part of a floor, roof, or ceiling assem- bly. It must be emphasized that the supporting element of one assembly must not be replaced by the supporting element of another assembly if the performance of this latter element is not known from a separate (beam) test. Because of the load- reducing effect of the secondary elements that results from a test performed on an assembly, the performance of the sup- porting element alone cannot be evaluated by simple arithme- tic. This rule also indicates the advantage of performing separate fire tests on primary load-supporting elements. ILLUSTRATION OF HARMATHY’S RULES Harmathy provided one schematic figure which illustrated his Rules.1 It should be useful as a quick reference to assist in applying his Rules. EXAMPLE APPLICATION OF HARMATHY’S RULES The following examples, based in whole or in part upon those presented in Harmathy’s paper (35), show how the Rules can be applied to practical cases. Example 1 Problem A contractor would like to keep a partition which consists of a 33/4 inch (95 mm) thick layer of red clay brick, a 11/4 inch (32 mm) thick layer of plywood, and a 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) thick layer of gypsum wallboard, at a location where 2-hour fire endurance is required. Is this assembly capable of providing a 2-hour protection? Solution (1) This partition does not appear in the Appendix Tables. (2) Bricks of this thickness yield fire endurances of approximately 75 minutes (Table 1.1.2, Item W-4-M- 2). (3) The 1 1/4 inch (32 mm) thick plywood has a finish rat- ing of 30 minutes. (4) The 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) gypsum wallboard has a finish rating of 10 minutes. (5) Using the recommended values from the tables and applying Rule 1, the fire endurance (FI) of the assem- bly is larger than the sum of the individual layers, or FI > 75 + 30 + 10 = 115 minutes Discussion This example illustrates how the Appendix Tables can be uti- lized to determine the fire resistance of assemblies not explic- itly listed. Example 2 Problem (1) A number of buildings to be rehabilitated have the same type of roof slab which is supported with differ- ent structural elements. (2) The designer and contractor would like to determine whether or not this roof slab is capable of yielding a 2- hour fire endurance. According to a rigorous interpre- tation of ASTM E119, however, only the roof assem- bly, including the roof slab as well as the cover and the supporting elements, can be subjected to a fire test. 1. Reproduced from the May 1065 Fire Technology (Vol. 1, No. 2). Copyright National Fire Protection Association, Boston. Reproduced by permission. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-10 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® Therefore, a fire endurance classification cannot be issued for the slabs separately. (3) The designer and contractor believe this slab will yield a 2-hour fire endurance even without the cover, and any beam of at least 2-hour fire endurance will provide satisfactory support. Is it possible to obtain a classification for the slab separately? Solution (1) The answer to the question is yes. (2) According to Rule 10 it is not contrary to common sense to test and classify roofs and supporting ele- ments separately. Furthermore, according to Rule 2, if the roof slabs actually yield a 2-hour fire endurance, the endurance of an assembly, including the slabs, cannot be less than 2 hours. (3) The recommended procedure would be to review the tables to see if the slab appears as part of any tested roof or floor/ceiling assembly. The supporting system can be regarded as separate from the slab specimen, and the fire endurance of the assembly listed in the table is at least the fire endurance of the slab. There would have to be an adjustment for the weight of the roof cover in the allowable load if the test specimen did not contain a cover. (4) The supporting structure or element would have to have at least a 2-hour fire endurance when tested sepa- rately. Discussion If the tables did not include tests on assemblies which con- tained the slab, one procedure would be to assemble the roof slabs on any convenient supporting system (not regarded as part of the specimen) and to subject them to a load which, besides the usually required superimposed load, includes some allowances for the weight of the cover. Example 3 Problem A steel-joisted floor and ceiling assembly is known to have yielded a fire endurance of 1 hour and 35 minutes. At a cer- tain location, a 2-hour endurance is required. What is the most economical way of increasing the fire endurance by at least 25 minutes? FIRE BEAM TESTED AS PART OF FLOOR FIRE t1 t2 t> t21 RULE 4 t1 t2 t> t21 RULE 3 t1 t2 t> t21 RULE 2 t2 t12 t> t+ t12 1 2 RULE 1 t1 MOISTDRYt1 t2 t> t12 RULE 8 t1 t2 tt12 RULE 7 ≠ FIRE FIRE t1 t2 1t2t>t RULE 6 t1 t2 12t RULE 5 ≈τ LOW CONDUCTIVITYHIGH CONDUCTIVITYLOW CONDUCTIVITYHIGH CONDUCTIVITYFIRE FIRE BEAM TESTED SEPARATELY FOR THE FLOOR ASSEMBLY FOR A BEAM WHEN TESTED SEPARATELY t1 t2 Diagrammatic illustration of 10 rules. t = fire endurance BEAM A CAN BE REPLACED BY BEAM B IF t21> t RULE 10 t> t12 RULE 9 t2t1 AB Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-11 Solution (1) The most effective technique would be to increase the ceiling plaster thickness. Existing coats of paint would have to be removed and the surface properly prepared before the new plaster could be applied. Other materi- als (e.g., gypsum wallboard) could also be considered. (2) There may be other techniques based on other princi- ples, but an examination of the drawings would be necessary. Discussion (1) The additional plaster has at least three effects: a) The layer of plaster is increased and thus there is a gain of fire endurance (Rule 1). b) There is a gain due to shifting the air gap farther from the exposed surface (Rule 4). c) There is more moisture in the path of heat flow to the structural elements (Rules 7 and 8). (2) The increase in fire endurance would be at least as large as that of the finish rating for the added thick- ness of plaster. The combined effects in (1) above would further increase this by a factor of 2 or more, depending upon the geometry of the assembly. Example 4 Problem The fire endurance of item W-10-M-l in Table 1.1.5 is 4 hours. This wall consists of two 33/4 inch (95 mm) thick lay- ers of structural tiles separated by a 2-inch (51 mm) air gap and 3/4 inch (19 mm) Portland cement plaster or stucco on both sides. If the actual wall in the building is identical to item W-10-M-1 except that it has a 4-inch (102 mm) air gap, can the fire endurance be estimated at 5 hours? Solution The answer to the question is no for the reasons contained in Rule 5. Example 5 Problem In order to increase the insulating value of its precast roof slabs, a company has decided to use two layers of different concretes. The lower layer of the slabs, where the strength of the concrete is immaterial (all the tensile load is carried by the steel reinforcement), would be made with a concrete of low strength but good insulating value. The upper layer, where the concrete is supposed to carry the compressive load, would remain the original high strength, high thermal con- ductivity concrete. How will the fire endurance of the slabs be affected by the change? Solution The effect on the thermal fire endurance is beneficial: (1) The total resistance to heat flow of the new slabs has been increased due to the replacement of a layer of high thermal conductivity by one of low conductivity. (2) The layer of low conductivity is on the side more likely to be exposed to fire, where it is more effec- tively utilized according to Rule 6. The layer of low thermal conductivity also provides better protection for the steel reinforcement, thereby extending the time before reaching the temperature at which the creep of steel becomes significant. 3.3 “THICKNESS DESIGN” STRATEGY The “thickness design” strategy is based upon Harmathy’s Rules 1 and 2. This design approach can be used when the construction materials have been identified and measured, but the specific assembly cannot be located within the tables. The tables should be surveyed again for thinner walls of like material and construction detail that have yielded the desired or greater fire endurance. If such an assembly can be found, then the thicker walls in the building have more than enough fire resistance. The thickness of the walls thus becomes the principal concern. This approach can also be used for floor/ceiling assem- blies, except that the thickness of the cover1 and the slab become the central concern. The fire resistance of the untested assembly will be at least the fire resistance of an assembly listed in the table having a similar design but with less cover and/or thinner slabs. For other structural elements (e.g., beams and columns), the element listed in the table must also be of a similar design but with less cover thickness. 3.4 EVALUATION OF DOORS A separate section on doors has been included because the process for evaluation presented below differs from those suggested previously for other building elements. The impact of unprotected openings or penetrations in fire resistant assemblies has been detailed in Part 2.3 above. It is sufficient to note here that openings left unprotected will likely lead to failure of the barrier under actual fire conditions. For other types of building elements (e.g., beams, col- umns), the Appendix Tables can be used to establish a mini- mum level of fire performance. The benefit to rehabilitation is that the need for a full-scale fire test is then eliminated. For doors, however, this cannot be done. The data contained in Appendix Table 5.1, Resistance of Doors to Fire Exposure, can only provide guidance as to whether a successful fire test is even feasible. For example, a door required to have 1 hour fire resistance is noted in the tables as providing only 5 minutes. The likeli- hood of achieving the required 1 hour, even if the door is upgraded, is remote. The ultimate need for replacement of the doors is reasonably clear, and the expense and time needed for testing can be saved. However, if the performance docu- mented in the table is near or in excess of what is being required, then a fire test should be conducted. The test docu- 1. Cover: the protective layer or membrane of material which slows the flow of heat to the structural elements. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-12 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® mentation can then be used as evidence of compliance with the required level of performance. The table entries cannot be used as the sole proof of per- formance of the door in question because there are too many unknown variables which could measurably affect fire per- formance. The wood may have dried over the years; coats of flammable varnish could have been added. Minor deviations in the internal construction of a door can result in significant differences in performance. Methods of securing inserts in panel doors can vary. The major non-destructive method of analysis, an x-ray, often cannot provide the necessary detail. It is for these, and similar reasons, that a fire test is still felt to be necessary. It is often possible to upgrade the fire performance of an existing door. Sometimes, “as is” and modified doors are evaluated in a single series of tests when failure of the unmodified door is expected. Because doors upgraded after an initial failure must be tested again, there is a potential sav- ings of time and money. The most common problems encountered are plain glass, panel inserts of insufficient thickness, and improper fit of a door in its frame. The latter problem can be significant because a fire can develop a substantial positive pressure, and the fire will work its way through otherwise innocent-looking gaps between door and frame. One approach to solving these problems is as follows. The plain glass is replaced with approved or listed wire glass in a steel frame. The panel inserts can be upgraded by adding an additional layer of material. Gypsum wallboard is often used for this purpose. Intumescent paint applied to the edges of the door and frame will expand when exposed to fire, forming an effective seal around the edges. This seal, coupled with the generally even thermal expansion of a wood door in a wood frame, can prevent the passage of flames and other fire gases. Figure 3 below illustrates these solutions. Because the interior construction of a door cannot be determined by a visual inspection, there is no absolute guar- antee that the remaining doors are identical to the one(s) removed from the building and tested. But the same is true for doors constructed today, and reason and judgment must be applied. Doors that appear identical upon visual inspection can be weighed. If the weights are reasonably close, the doors can be assumed to be identical and therefore provide the same level of fire performance. Another approach is to fire test more than one door or to dismantle doors selected at random to see if they had been constructed in the same manner. Orig- inal building plans showing door details or other records showing that doors were purchased at one time or obtained from a single supplier can also be evidence of similar con- struction. GLASS A B WOOD FRAME 1 8/" ORIGINALA MODIFIEDA ORIGINALB MODIFIEDB GLASS (WIRED) RATED METAL FRAME THRU BOLTS INTUMESCENT PAINT 1 4/" PLYWOOD 3 8/" 5 8/" GYPSUM WALLBOARD OAK BATTEN INTUMESCENT PAI NT TEST DOOR For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. FIGURE 3 MODIFICATION DETAILS Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-13 More often though, it is what is visible to the eye that is most significant. The investigator should carefully check the condition and fit of the door and frame, and for frames out of plumb or separating from the wall. Door closers, latches, and hinges must be examined to see that they function properly and are tightly secured. If these are in order and the door and frame have passed a full-scale test, there can be a reasonable basis for allowing the existing doors to remain. 4 SUMMARY This section summarizes the various approaches and design solutions discussed in the preceding sections of the guideline. The term “structural system” includes: frames, beams, columns, and other structural elements. “Cover” is a protective layer(s) of materials or membrane which slows the flow of heat to the structural elements. It cannot be stressed too strongly that the fire endurance of actual building ele- ments can be greatly reduced or totally negated by removing part of the cover to allow pipes, ducts, or conduits to pass through the element. This must be repaired in the rehabilita- tion process. The following approaches shall be considered equivalent. 4.1 The fire resistance of a building element can be estab- lished from the Appendix Tables. This is subject to the fol- lowing limitations: The building element in the rehabilitated building shall be constructed of the same materials with the same nominal dimensions as stated in the tables. All penetrations in the building element or its cover for services such as electricity, plumbing, and HVAC shall be packed with noncombustible cementitious materials and so fixed that the packing material will not fall out when it loses its water of hydration. The effects of age and wear and tear shall be repaired so that the building element is sound and the original thickness of all components, particularly covers and floor slabs, is maintained. This approach essentially follows the approach taken by model building codes. The assembly must appear in a table either published in or accepted by the code for a given fire- resistance rating to be recognized and accepted. 4.2 The fire resistance of a building element which does not explicitly appear in the Appendix Tables can be established if one or more elements of same design but different dimen- sions have been listed in the tables. For walls, the existing element must be thicker than the one listed. For floor/ceiling assemblies, the assembly listed in the table must have the same or less cover and the same or thinner slab constructed of the same material as the actual floor/ceiling assembly. For other structural elements, the element listed in the table must be of a similar design but with less cover thickness. The fire resistance in all instances shall be the fire resistance recom- mended in the table. This is subject to the following limita- tions: The actual element in the rehabilitated building shall be constructed of the same materials as listed in the table. Only the following dimensions may vary from those spec- ified: for walls, the overall thickness must exceed that specified in the table; for floor/ceiling assemblies, the thickness of the cover and the slab must be greater than, or equal to, that specified in the table; for other structural ele- ments, the thickness of the cover must be greater than that specified in the table. All penetrations in the building element or its cover for services such as electricity, plumbing, or HVAC shall be packed with noncombustible cementitious materials and so fixed that the packing material will not fall out when it loses its water of hydration. The effects of age and wear and tear shall be repaired so that the building element is sound and the original thick- ness of all components, particularly covers and floor slabs, is maintained. This approach is an application of the “thickness design” concept presented in Part 3.3 of the guideline. There should be many instances when a thicker building element was uti- lized than the one listed in the Appendix Tables. This guide- line recognizes the inherent superiority of a thicker design. Note: “thickness design” for floor/ceiling assemblies and structural elements refers to cover and slab thickness rather than total thickness. The “thickness design” concept is essentially a special case of Harmathy’s Rules (specifically Rules 1 and 2). It should be recognized that the only source of data is the Appendix Tables. If other data are used, it must be in connec- tion with the approach below. 4.3 The fire resistance of building elements can be estab- lished by applying Harmathy’s Ten Rules of Fire Resistance Ratings as set forth in Part 3.2 of the guideline. This is subject to the following limitations: The data from the tables can be utilized subject to the lim- itations in 4.2 above. Test reports from recognized journals or published papers can be used to support data utilized in applying Harma- thy’s Rules. Calculations utilizing recognized and well established computational techniques can be used in applying Harma- thy’s Rules. These include, but are not limited to, analysis of heat flow, mechanical properties, deflections, and load bearing capacity. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A-14 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-15 APPENDIX INTRODUCTION The fire-resistance tables that follow are a part of Resource A and provide a tabular form of assigning fire-resistance ratings to various archaic building elements and assemblies. These tables for archaic materials and assemblies do for archaic materials what Tables 721.1(1) through 721.1(3) of the Interna- tional Building Code® do for more modern building elements and assemblies. The fire-resistance tables of Resource A should be used as described in the “Purpose and Procedure” that follows the table of contents for these tables. RESOURCE A TABLE OF CONTENTS Purpose and Procedure RESOURCE A-17 Section I—Walls 1.1.1 Masonry 0 in. to less than 4 in. thick RESOURCE A-18 1.1.2 Masonry 4 in. to less than 6 in. thick RESOURCE A-21 1.1.3 Masonry 6 in. to less than 8 in. thick RESOURCE A-28 1.1.4 Masonry 8 in. to less than 10 in. thick RESOURCE A-33 1.1.5 Masonry 10 in. to less than 12 in. thick RESOURCE A-41 1.1.6 Masonry 12 in. to less than 14 in. thick RESOURCE A-45 1.1.7 Masonry 14 in. or more thick RESOURCE A-51 1.2.1 Metal Frame 0 in. to less than 4 in. thick RESOURCE A-54 1.2.2 Metal Frame 4 in. to less than 6 in. thick RESOURCE A-58 1.2.3 Metal Frame 6 in. to less than 8 in. thick RESOURCE A-60 1.2.4 Metal Frame 8 in. to less than 10 in. thick RESOURCE A-61 1.3.1 Wood Frame 0 in. to less than 4 in. thick RESOURCE A-62 1.3.2 Wood Frame 4 in. to less than 6 in. thick RESOURCE A-63 1.3.3 Wood Frame 6 in. to less than 8 in. thick RESOURCE A-71 1.4.1 Miscellaneous Materials 0 in. to less than 4 in. thick RESOURCE A-71 1.4.2 Miscellaneous Materials 4 in. to less than 6 in. thick RESOURCE A-72 1.5.1 Finish Ratings—Inorganic Materials Thickness RESOURCE A-73 1.5.2 Finish Ratings—Organic Materials Thickness RESOURCE A-74 Section II—Columns 2.1.1 Reinforced Concrete Minimum Dimension 0 in. to less than 6 in. RESOURCE A-75 2.1.2 Reinforced Concrete Minimum Dimension 10 in. to less than 12 in. RESOURCE A-76 2.1.3 Reinforced Concrete Minimum Dimension 12 in. to less than 14 in. RESOURCE A-79 2.1.4 Reinforced Concrete Minimum Dimension 14 in. to less than 16 in. RESOURCE A-80 2.1.5 Reinforced Concrete Minimum Dimension 16 in. to less than 18 in. RESOURCE A-81 2.1.6 Reinforced Concrete Minimum Dimension 18 in. to less than 20 in. RESOURCE A-83 2.1.7 Reinforced Concrete Minimum Dimension 20 in. to less than 22 in. RESOURCE A-84 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-16 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® 2.1.8 Hexagonal Reinforced Concrete Minimum Dimension 12 in. to less than 14 in. RESOURCE A-85 2.1.9 Hexagonal Reinforced Concrete Minimum Dimension 14 in. to less than 16 in. RESOURCE A-86 2.1.10 Hexagonal Reinforced Concrete Diameter—16 in. to less than 18 in. RESOURCE A-86 2.1.11 Hexagonal Reinforced Concrete Diameter—20 in. to less than 22 in. RESOURCE A-86 2.2 Round Cast Iron Columns Minimum Dimension RESOURCE A-87 2.3 Steel—Gypsum Encasements Minimum Area of Solid Material RESOURCE A-88 2.4 Timber Minimum Dimension RESOURCE A-89 2.5.1.1 Steel/Concrete Encasements Minimum Dimension less than 6 in.RESOURCE A-89 2.5.1.2 Steel/Concrete Encasements Minimum Dimension 6 in. to less than 8 in. RESOURCE A-90 2.5.1.3 Steel/Concrete Encasements Minimum Dimension 8 in. to less than 10 in. RESOURCE A-91 2.5.1.4 Steel/Concrete Encasements Minimum Dimension 10 in. to less than 12 in. RESOURCE A-93 2.5.1.5 Steel/Concrete Encasements Minimum Dimension 12 in. to less than 14 in. RESOURCE A-97 2.5.1.6 Steel/Concrete Encasements Minimum Dimension 14 in. to less than 16 in. RESOURCE A-99 2.5.1.7 Steel/Concrete Encasements Minimum Dimension 16 in. to less than 18 in. RESOURCE A-101 2.5.2.1 Steel/Brick and Block Encasements Minimum Dimension 10 in. to less than 12 in. RESOURCE A-101 2.5.2.2 Steel/Brick and Block Encasements Minimum Dimension 12 in. to less than 14 in. RESOURCE A-102 2.5.2.3 Steel/Brick and Block Encasements Minimum Dimension 14 in. to less than 16 in. RESOURCE A-102 2.5.3.1 Steel/Plaster Encasements Minimum Dimension 6 in. to less than 8 in. RESOURCE A-103 2.5.3.2 Steel/Plaster Encasements Minimum Dimension 8 in. to less than 10 in. RESOURCE A-103 2.5.4.1 Steel/Miscellaneous Encasements Minimum Dimension 6 in. to less than 8 in. RESOURCE A-103 2.5.4.2 Steel/Miscellaneous Encasements Minimum Dimension 8 in. to less than 10 in. RESOURCE A-104 2.5.4.3 Steel/Miscellaneous Encasements Minimum Dimension 10 in. to less than 12 in. RESOURCE A-104 2.5.4.4 Steel/Miscellaneous Encasements Minimum Dimension 12 in. to less than 14 in. RESOURCE A-104 Section III—Floor/Ceiling Assemblies 3.1 Reinforced Concrete Assembly Thickness RESOURCE A-105 3.2 Steel Structural Elements Membrane Thickness RESOURCE A-111 3.3 Wood Joist Membrane Thickness RESOURCE A-117 3.4 Hollow Clay Tile with Reinforced Concrete Membrane Thickness RESOURCE A-121 Section IV—Beams 4.1.1 Reinforced Concrete Depth—10 in. to less than 12 in.RESOURCE A-124 4.1.2 Reinforced Concrete Depth—12 in. to less than 14 in.RESOURCE A-127 4.1.3 Reinforced Concrete Depth—14 in. to less than 16 in.RESOURCE A-129 4.2.1 Reinforced Concrete/Unprotected Depth—10 in. to less than 12 in.RESOURCE A-130 4.2.2 Steel/Concrete Protection Depth—10 in. to less than 12 in. RESOURCE A-130 Section V—Doors 5.1 Resistance of Doors to Fire Exposure Thickness RESOURCE A-131 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-17 PURPOSE AND PROCEDURE The tables and histograms which follow are to be used only within the analytical framework detailed in the main body of this guideline. Histograms precede any table with 10 or more entries. The use and interpretation of these histograms is explained in Part 2 of the guideline. The tables are in a format similar to that found in the model building codes. The following example, taken from an entry in Table 1.1.2, best explains the table for- mat. 1. Item Code: The item code consists of a four place series in the general form w-x-y-z in which each member of the series denotes the following: w = Type of building element (e.g., W=Walls; F=Floors, etc.) x = The building element thickness rounded down to the nearest 1-inch increment (e.g., 45/8inches is rounded off to 4 inches) y = The general type of material from which the building element is constructed (e.g., M=Masonry; W=Wood, etc.) z = The item number of the particular building element in a given table The item code shown in the example W-4-M-50 denotes the following: W = Wall, as the building element 4 = Wall thickness in the range of 4 inches (102 mm) to less than 5 inches (127 mm) M = Masonry construction 50 = The 50th entry in Table 1.1.2 2. The specific name or heading of this column identifies the dimensions which, if varied, has the greatest impact on fire resistance. The critical dimension for walls, the example here, is thickness. It is different for other building elements (e.g., depth for beams; mem- brane thickness for some floor/ceiling assemblies). The table entry is the named dimension of the building element measured at the time of actual testing to within ±1/8 inch (3.2 mm) tolerance. The thickness tab- ulated includes facings where facings are a part of the wall construction. 3. Construction Details: The construction details provide a brief description of the manner in which the building element was constructed. 4. Performance: This heading is subdivided into two col- umns. The column labeled “Load” will either list the load that the building element was subjected to during the fire test or it will contain a note number which will list the load and any other significant details. If the building element was not subjected to a load during the test, this column will contain “n/a,” which means “not applicable.” The second column under performance is labeled “Time” and denotes the actual fire endurance time observed in the fire test. 5. Reference Number: This heading is subdivided into three columns: Pre-BMS-92; BMS-92; and Post- BMS-92. The table entry under this column is the number in the Bibliography of the original source ref- erence for the test data. 6. Notes: Notes are provided at the end of each table to allow a more detailed explanation of certain aspects of the test. In certain tables the notes given to this col- umn have also been listed under the “Construction Details” and/or “Load” columns. 7. Rec Hours: This column lists the recommended fire endurance rating, in hours, of a building element. In some cases, the recommended fire endurance will be less than that listed under the “Time” column. In no case is the “Rec Hours” greater than given in the “Time” column. ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 W-4-M-50 4 5/8 Core: structural clay tile, See notes 12, 16, 21; Facings on unexposed side only, see note 18 N/A 25 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1/3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-18 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 1.1.1 MASONRY WALLS 0 TO LESS THAN 4 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 W-2-M-1 2 1/4Solid partition; 3/4 gypsum plank- 10 ×1'6; 3/4 plus gypsum plaster each side. N/A 1 hr. 22 min. 7 1 1 1/4 W-3-M-2 3 Concrete block (18 × 9 × 3) of fuel ash, Port- land cement and plasticizer; cement/sand mor- tar. N/A 2 hrs. 7 2, 3 2 W-2-M-3 2Solid gypsum block wall; No facings N/A 1 hr. 1 4 1 W-3-M-4 3Solid gypsum blocks, laid in 1:3 sanded gypsum mortar. N/A 1 hr. 1 4 1 W-3-M-5 3 Magnesium oxysulfate wood fiber blocks; 2 thick, laid in Portland cement-lime mortar; Facings: 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster on both sides. N/A 1 hr. 1 4 1 W-3-M-6 3 Magnesium oxysulfate bound wood fiber blocks; 3 thick; laid in Portland cement-lime mortar; Facings: 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plas- ter on both sides. N/A 2 hrs. 1 4 2 SECTION I - WALLS FIGURE 1.1.1 MASONRY WALLS 0 TO LESS THAN 4 THICK 12 13 14 15 4 5 17 0 FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS) NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 1234 5 10 0 10 9 16 3 18 11 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: W-3-M-20 22 68 121 27 19 20 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-19 TABLE 1.1.1—continued MASONRY WALLS 0 TO LESS THAN 4 THICK For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa, °C = [(°F) - 32]/1.8. Notes: 1. Failure mode—flame thru. 2. Passed 2-hour fire test (Grade “C” fire res. - British). 3. Passed hose stream test. 4. Tested at NBS under ASA Spec. No. A2-1934. As nonload bearing partitions. 5. Tested at NBS under ASA Spec. No. 42-1934 (ASTM C19-33) except that hose stream testing where carried was run on test specimens exposed for full test duration, not for a reduced period as is contemporarily done. 6. Failure by thermal criteria—maximum temperature rise 325°F. 7. Hose stream failure. 8. Hose stream—pass. 9. Specimen removed prior to any failure occurring. 10. Failure mode—collapse. 11. For clay tile walls, unless the source or density of the clay can be positively identified or determined, it is suggested that the lowest hourly rating for the fire endurance of a clay tile partition of that thickness be followed. Identified sources of clay showing longer fire endurance can lead to longer time recommendations. (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 W-3-M-7 3 Clay tile; Ohio fire clay; single cell thick; Face plas- ter: 5/8 (both sides) 1:3 sanded gypsum; Design “E,” Construction “A.” N/A 1 hr. 6 min.0 2 5, 6, 7, 11, 12, 39 1 W-3-M-8 3 Clay tile; Illinois surface clay; single cell thick; Face plaster: 5/8 (both sides) 1:3 sanded gypsum; Design “A,” Construction “E.” N/A 1 hr. 1 min 2 5, 8, 9, 11, 12, 39 1 W-3-M-9 3Clay tile; Illinois surface clay; single cell thick; No face plaster; Design “A,” Construction “C.” N/A 25 min. 2 5, 10, 11, 12, 39 1/3 W-3-M-10 3 7/8 8 × 47/8 glass blocks; weight 4 lbs. each; Portland cement-lime mortar; horizontal mortar joints reinforced with metal lath. N/A 15 min. 1 4 1/4 W-3-M-11 3Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 14, 18, 13; No facings. N/A 10 min. 1 5, 11, 26 1/6 W-3-M-12 3Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 14, 19, 23; No facings. N/A 20 min. 1 5, 11, 26 1/3 W-3-M-13 3 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 14, 18, 23; Facings: unexposed side; see Note 20. N/A 20 min. 1 5, 11, 26 1/3 W-3-M-14 3 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 14, 19, 23; Facings: unexposed side only; see Note 20. N/A 20 min. 1 5, 11, 26 1/3 W-3-M-15 3 5/8Core: clay structural tile; see Notes 14, 18, 23; Facings: side exposed to fire; see Note 20. N/A 30 min. 1 5, 11, 26 1/2 W-3-M-16 3 5/8Core: clay structural tile; see Notes 14, 19, 23; Facings: side exposed to fire; see Note 20. N/A 45 min. 1 5, 11, 26 3/4 W-2-M-17 22 thick solid gypsum blocks; see Note 27. N/A 1 hr. 1 27 1 W-3-M-18 3Core: 3 thick gypsum blocks 70% solid; see Note 2; No facings. N/A 1 hr. 1 27 1 W-3-M-19 3Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 29, 35, 36, 38; No facings. N/A 1 hr. 1 27 1 W-3-M-20 3Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 28, 35, 36, 37, 38; No facings. N/A 1 hr. 1 1 W-3-M-21 3 1/2Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 28, 35, 36, 37, 38; Facings: one side; see Note 37. N/A 1 1/2 hrs. 1 1 1/2 W-3-M-22 3 1/2Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 29, 35, 36, 38; Facings: one side, see Note 37. N/A 1 1/4 hrs. 1 1 1/4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-20 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® SIDE-S AB C DE FG 2 DESIGNS OF TILES USED IN FIRE-TEST PARTITIONS THE FOUR TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION USED IN FIRE-TEST PARTITIONS CHECKERBOARD-C ALTERNATE-G END-E 12 12 12 12 4 4 12 12 5 5 4 12 12 6 12 12 4 12 6 12 TABLE 1.1.1—continued MASONRY WALLS 0 TO LESS THAN 4 THICK 12. See appendix for construction and design details for clay tile walls. 13. Load: 80 psi for gross wall area. 14. One cell in wall thickness. 15. Two cells in wall thickness. 16. Double shells plus one cell in wall thickness. 17. One cell in wall thickness, cells filled with broken tile, crushed stone, slag cinders or sand mixed with mortar. 18. Dense hard-burned clay or shale tile. 19. Medium-burned clay tile. 20. Not less than 5/8 inch thickness of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. 21. Units of not less than 30 percent solid material. 22. Units of not less than 40 percent solid material. 23. Units of not less than 50 percent solid material. 24. Units of not less than 45 percent solid material. 25. Units of not less than 60 percent solid material. 26. All tiles laid in Portland cement-lime mortar. 27. Blocks laid in 1:3 sanded gypsum mortar voids in blocks not to exceed 30 percent. 28. Units of expanded slag or pumice aggregate. 29. Units of crushed limestone, blast furnace, slag, cinders and expanded clay or shale. 30. Units of calcareous sand and gravel. Coarse aggregate, 60 percent or more calcite and dolomite. 31. Units of siliceous sand and gravel. Ninety percent or more quartz, chert or flint. 32. Unit at least 49 percent solid. 33. Unit at least 62 percent solid. 34. Unit at least 65 percent solid. 35. Unit at least 73 percent solid. 36. Ratings based on one unit and one cell in wall thickness. 37. Minimum of 1/2 inch—1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. 38. Nonload bearing. 39. See Clay Tile Partition Design Construction drawings below. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-21 FIGURE 1.1.2 MASONRY WALLS 4 TO LESS THAN 6 THICK 39 46 54 16 37 40 48 52 57 33 49 53 FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS) NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 5 10 15 0 36 93 4 41 24 58 17 59 38 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the tem Code column in the Table. For example: W-5-M-108 0 123 4 100 43 41 50 72 76 109 73 74 77 94 42 51 63 64 88 55 62 70 71 56 99 106 34 44 45 9 32 61 8 13 21 6 10 11 2 60 3 66 5 22 1 12 75 78 85 87 68 89 96 25 31 35 65 69 97 67 20 79 86 26 82 83 23 19 101 27 29 30 18 108 102 107 28 14 15 7 81 84 91 80 92 110 98 105 90 95 103 104 TABLE 1.1.2 MASONRY WALLS 4 TO LESS THAN 6 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 W-4-M-1 4 Solid 3 thick, gypsum blocks laid in 1:3 sanded gyp- sum mortar; Facings: 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster (both sides). N/A 2 hrs. 1 1 2 W-4-M-2 4Solid clay or shale brick. N/A 1 hr. 15 min 1 1, 211/4 W-4-M-3 4Concrete; No facings. N/A 1 hr. 30 min. 1 111/2 W-4-M-4 4Clay tile; Illinois surface clay; single cell thick; No face plaster; Design “B,” Construction “C.” N/A 25 min. 2 3-7, 36 1/3 W-4-M-5 4Solid sand-lime brick. N/A 1 hr. 45 min. 1 113/4 W-4-M-6 4 Solid wall; 3 thick block; 1/2 plaster each side; 173/4 × 83/4 × 4 “Breeze Blocks”; Portland cement/sand mortar. N/A 1 hr. 52 min. 7 2 1 3/4 W-4-M-7 4Concrete (4020 psi); Reinforcement: vertical 3/8; hori- zontal 1/4; 6 × 6 grid. N/A 2 hrs. 10 min. 722 W-4-M-8 4Concrete wall (4340 psi crush); reinforcement 1/4 diameter rebar on 8 centers (vertical and horizontal). N/A 1 hr. 40 min. 7 2 1 2/3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-22 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 1.1.2—continued MASONRY WALLS 4 TO LESS THAN 6 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 W-4-M-9 4 3/16 43/16 × 25/8 cellular fletton brick (1873 psi) with 1/2 sand mortar; bricks are U-shaped yielding hollow cover (approx. 2 × 4) in final cross-section configuration. N/A 1 hr. 25 min. 7 2 1 1/3 W-4-M-10 4 1/441/4 × 21/2 fletton (1831 psi) brick in 1/2 sand mortar. N/A 1 hr. 53 min 7 2 1 3/4 W-4-M-11 4 1/441/4 × 21/2 London stock (683 psi) brick; 1/2 grout. N/A 1 hr. 52 min. 7 2 1 3/4 W-4-M-12 4 1/241/4 × 21/2 Leicester red, wire-cut brick (4465 psi) in 1/2 sand mortar. N/A 1 hr. 56 min. 7 6 1 3/4 W-4-M-13 4 1/441/4 × 21/2 stairfoot brick (7527 psi) 1/2 sand mortar. N/A 1 hr. 37 min. 7 2 1 1/2 W-4-M-14 4 1/441/4 × 21/2 sand-lime brick (2603 psi) 1/2 sand mortar. N/A 2 hrs. 6 min. 722 W-4-M-15 4 1/441/4 × 21/2 concrete brick (2527 psi) 1/2 sand mortar. N/A 2 hrs. 10 min. 722 W-4-M-16 4 1/2 4 thick clay tile; Ohio fire clay; single cell thick; No plaster exposed face; 1/2 1:2 gypsum back face; Design “F,” Construction “S.” N/A 31 min. 2 3-6, 36 1/2 W-4-M-17 4 1/2 4 thick clay tile; Ohio fire clay; single cell thick; Plas- ter exposed face; 1/2 1:2 sanded gypsum; Back Face: none; Construction “S,” Design “F.” 80 psi 50 min. 2 3-5, 8, 36 3/4 W-4-M-18 4 1/2Core: solid sand-lime brick; 1/2 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. 80 psi 3 hrs. 1 1, 11 3 W-4-M-19 4 1/2Core: solid sand-lime brick; 1/2 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. 80 psi 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 11 2 1/2 W-4-M-20 4 1/2Core: concrete brick 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 1, 11 2 W-4-M-21 4 1/2Core: solid clay or shale brick; 1/2 thick, 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on fire sides. 80 psi 1 hr. 45 min. 1 1, 2, 11 13/4 W-4-M-22 4 3/4 4 thick clay tile; Ohio fire clay; single cell thick; cells filled with cement and broken tile concrete; Plaster on exposed face; none on unexposed face; 3/4 1:3 sanded gypsum; Design “G,” Construction “E.” N/A 1 hr. 48 min. 2 2, 3-5, 9, 36 13/4 W-4-M-23 4 3/4 4 thick clay tile; Ohio fire clay; single cell thick; cells filled with cement and broken tile concrete; No plaster exposed faced; 3/4 neat gypsum plaster on unexposed face; Design “G,”Construction “E.” N/A 2 hrs. 14 min. 2 2, 3-5, 9, 36 2 W-5-M-24 5 3 × 13 air space; 1 thick metal reinforced concrete facings on both sides; faces connected with wood splines. 2,250 lbs./ ft. 45 min. 1 1 3/4 W-5-M-25 5 Core: 3 thick void filled with “nondulated” mineral wool weighing 10 lbs./ft.3; 1 thick metal reinforced concrete facings on both sides. 2,250 lbs./ ft. 2 hrs. 1 1 2 W-5-M-26 5Core: solid clay or shale brick; 1/2 thick, 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. 40 psi 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 2, 11 21/2 W-5-M-27 5 Core: solid 4 thick gypsum blocks, laid in 1:3 sanded gypsum mortar; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster fac- ings on both sides. N/A 3 hrs. 1 1 3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-23 TABLE 1.1.2—continued MASONRY WALLS 4 TO LESS THAN 6 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 W-5-M-28 5Core: 4 thick hollow gypsum blocks with 30% voids; blocks laid in 1:3 sanded gypsum mortar; No facings. N/A 4 hrs. 1 1 4 W-5-M-29 5Core: concrete brick; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plas- ter facings on both sides. 160 psi 3 hrs. 1 1 3 W-5-M-30 5 1/4 4 thick clay tile; Illinois surface clay; double cell thick; Plaster: 5/8 sanded gypsum 1:3 both faces; Design “D,” Construction “S.” N/A 2 hrs. 53 min. 2 2-5, 9, 36 23/4 W-5-M-31 5 1/4 4 thick clay tile; New Jersey fire clay; double cell thick; Plaster: 5/8 sanded gypsum 1:3 both faces; Design“D,” Construction “S.” N/A 1 hr. 52 min. 2 2-5, 9, 36 13/4 W-5-M-32 5 1/4 4 thick clay tile; New Jersey fire clay; single cell thick; Plaster: 5/8 sanded gypsum 1:3 both faces; Design “D,” Construction “S.” N/A 1 hr. 34 min.2 22-5, 9, 36 11/2 W-5-M-33 5 1/4 4 thick clay tile; New Jersey fire clay; single cell thick; Face plaster: 5/8 both sides; 1:3 sanded gyp- sum; Design “B,” Construction “S.” N/A 50 min. 2 3-5, 8, 36 3/4 W-5-M-34 5 1/4 4 thick clay tile; Ohio fire clay; single cell thick; Face plaster: 5/8 both sides; 1:3 sanded gypsum; Design “B,” Construction “A.” N/A 1 hr. 19 min. 2 2-5, 9, 36 11/4 W-5-M-35 5 1/4 4 thick clay tile; Illinois surface clay; single cell thick; Face plaster: 5/8 both sides; 1:3 sanded gyp- sum; Design “B,” Construction “S.” N/A 1 hr. 59 min. 2 2-5, 10 36 13/4 W-5-M-36 4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 16, 21; No facings. N/A 15 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1/4 W-4-M-37 4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 17, 21; No facings. N/A 25 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1/3 W-4-M-38 4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 16, 20; No facings. N/A 10 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1/6 W-4-M-39 4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 17, 20; No facings. N/A 20 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1/3 W-4-M-40 4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 13, 16, 23; No facings. N/A 30 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1/2 W-4-M-41 4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 13, 17, 23; No facings. N/A 35 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1/2 W-4-M-42 4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 13, 16, 21; No facings. N/A 25 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1/3 W-4-M-43 4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 13, 17, 21; No facings. N/A 30 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1/2 W-4-M-44 4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 15, 16, 20; No facings N/A 1 hr. 15 min. 1 3, 4, 24 11/4 W-4-M-45 4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 15, 17, 20; No facings. N/A 1 hr. 15 min. 1 3, 4, 24 11/4 W-4-M-46 4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 14, 16, 22; No facings. N/A 20 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1/3 W-4-M-47 4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 14, 17, 22; No facings. N/A 25 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1/3 W-4-M-48 4 1/4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 16, 21; Facings: both sides; see Note 18. N/A 45 min. 1 3, 4, 24 3/4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-24 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 1.1.2—continued MASONRY WALLS 4 TO LESS THAN 6 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 W-4-M-49 4 1/4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 17, 21; Facings: both sides; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 1 3, 4, 24 1 W-4-M-50 4 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 16, 21; Facings: unexposed side only; see Note 18. N/A 25 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1/3 W-4-M-51 4 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 17, 21; Facings: unexposed side only; see Note 18. N/A 30 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1/2 W-4-M-52 4 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 16, 21; Facings: unexposed side only; see Note 18. N/A 45 min. 1 3, 4, 24 3/4 W-4-M-53 4 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 17, 21; Facings: fire side only; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 1 3, 4, 24 1 W-4-M-54 4 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 16, 20; Facings: unexposed side; see Note 18. N/A 20 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1/3 W-4-M-55 4 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 17, 20; Facings: exposed side; see Note 18. N/A 25 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1/3 W-4-M-56 4 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 16, 20; Facings: fire side only; see Note 18. N/A 30 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1/2 W-4-M-57 4 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 17, 20; Facings: fire side only; see Note 18. N/A 45 min. 1 3, 4, 24 3/4 W-4-M-58 4 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 13, 16, 23; Facings: unexposed side only; see Note 18. N/A 40 min. 1 3, 4, 24 2/3 W-4-M-59 4 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 13, 17, 23; Facings: unexposed side only; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 1 3, 4, 24 1 W-4-M-60 4 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 13, 16, 23; Facings: fire side only; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 15 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1 1/4 W-4-M-61 4 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 13, 17, 23; Facings: fire side only; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 30 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1 1/2 W-4-M-62 4 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 13, 16, 21; Facings: unexposed side only; see Note 18. N/A 35 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1/2 W-4-M-63 4 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 13, 17, 21; Facings: unexposed face only; see Note 18. N/A 45 min. 1 3, 4, 24 3/4 W-4-M-64 4 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 13, 16, 23; Facings: exposed face only; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 1 3, 4, 24 1 W-4-M-65 4 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 13, 17, 21; Facings: exposed side only; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 15 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1 1/4 W-4-M-66 4 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 15, 17, 20; Facings: unexposed side only; see Note 18 N/A 1 hr. 30 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1 1/2 W-4-M-67 4 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 15, 16, 20; Facings: exposed side only; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 45 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1 3/4 W-4-M-68 4 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 15, 17, 20; Facings: exposed side only; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 45 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1 3/4 W-4-M-69 4 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 15, 16, 20; Facings: unexposed side only; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 30 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1 3/4 W-4-M-70 4 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 14, 16, 22; Facings: unexposed side only; see Note 18. N/A 30 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1/2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-25 TABLE 1.1.2—continued MASONRY WALLS 4 TO LESS THAN 6 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURS LOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 W-4-M-71 4 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 14, 17, 22; Facings: exposed side only; see Note 18. N/A 35 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1/2 W-4-M-72 4 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 14, 16, 22; Facings: fire side of wall only; see Note 18. N/A 45 min. 1 3, 4, 24 3/4 W-4-M-73 4 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 14, 17, 22; Facings: fire side of wall only; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 1 3, 4, 24 1 W-4-M-74 5 1/4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 16, 21; Facings: both sides; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 1 3, 4, 24 1 W-5-M-75 5 1/4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 17, 21; Facings: both sides; see Note 18 N/A 1 hr. 15 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1 1/4 W-5-M-76 5 1/4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 16, 20; Facings: both sides; see Note 18. N/A 45 min. 1 3, 4, 24 3/4 W-5-M-77 5 1/4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 17, 20; Facings: both sides; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 1 3, 4, 24 1 W-5-M-78 5 1/4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 13, 16, 23; Facings: both sides of wall; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 30 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1 1/2 W-5-M-79 5 1/4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 13, 17, 23; Facings: both sides of wall; see Note 18. N/A 2 hrs. 1 3, 4, 24 2 W-5-M-80 5 1/4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 13, 16, 21; Facings: both sides of wall; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 15 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1 1/4 W-5-M-81 5 1/4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 13, 16, 21; Facings: both sides of wall; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 30 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1 1/2 W-5-M-82 5 1/4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 15, 16, 20; Facings: both sides; see Note 18. N/A 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 3, 4, 24 2 1/2 W-5-M-83 5 1/4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 15, 17, 20; Facings: both sides; see Note 18. N/A 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 3, 4, 24 2 1/2 W-5-M-84 5 1/4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 14, 16, 22; Facings: both sides of wall; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 15 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1 1/4 W-5-M-85 5 1/4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 14, 17, 22; Facings: both sides of wall; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 30 min. 1 3, 4, 24 1 1/2 W-4-M-86 4Core: 3 thick gypsum blocks 70% solid; see Note 26; Facings: both sides; see Note 25. N/A 2 hrs. 1 2 W-4-M-87 4Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 27, 34, 35; No facings. N/A 1 hr. 30 min. 1 11/2 W-4-M-88 4Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 28, 33, 35; No facings. N/A 1 hr. 1 1 W-4-M-89 4Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 28, 34, 35; Facings: both sides; see Note 25. N/A 1 hr. 45 min. 1 13/4 W-4-M-90 4Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 27, 34, 35; Facings: both sides; see Note 25. N/A 2 hrs. 1 2 W-4-M-91 4Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 27, 32, 35; No facings. N/A 1 hr. 15 min. 1 11/4 W-4-M-92 4Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 28, 34, 35; No facings. N/A 1 hr. 15 min. 1 11/4 W-4-M-93 4Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 29, 32, 35; No facings. N/A 20 min. 1 1/3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-26 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 1.1.2—continued MASONRY WALLS 4 TO LESS THAN 6 THICK For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa. Notes: 1. Tested as NBS under ASA Spec. No. A 2-1934. 2. Failure mode—maximum temperature rise. 3. Treated at NBS under ASA Spec. No. 42-1934 (ASTM C19-53) except that hose stream testing where carried out was run on test specimens exposed for full test duration, not for or reduced period as is contemporarily done. 4. For clay tile walls, unless the source the clay can be positively identified, it is suggested that the most pessimistic hour rating for the fire endurance of a clay tile partition of that thickness to be followed. Identified sources of clay showing longer fire endurance can lead to longer time recommendations. 5. See appendix for construction and design details for clay tile walls. 6. Failure mode—flame thru or crack formation showing flames. 7. Hole formed at 25 minutes; partition collapsed at 42 minutes or removal from furnace. 8. Failure mode—collapse. 9. Hose stream pass. 10. Hose stream hole formed in specimen. 11. Load: 80 psi for gross wall cross sectional area. 12. One cell in wall thickness. 13. Two cells in wall thickness. (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 W-4-M-94 4Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 30, 34, 35; No facings. N/A 15 min. 1 1/4 W-4-M-95 41/2Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 27, 34, 35; Facings: one side only; see Note 25. N/A 2 hrs. 1 2 W-4-M-96 41/2Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 27, 32, 35; Facings: one side only; see Note 25. N/A 1 hr. 45 min. 1 13/4 W-4-M-97 41/2Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 28, 33, 35; Facings: one side; see Note 25. N/A 1 hr. 30 min. 1 11/2 W-4-M-98 41/2Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 28, 34, 35; Facings: one side only; see Note 25. N/A 1 hr. 45 min. 1 13/4 W-4-M-99 41/2Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 29, 32, 35; Facings: one side; see Note 25. N/A 30 min. 1 1/2 W-4-M-100 41/2Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 30, 34, 35; Facings: one side; see Note 25. N/A 20 min. 1 1/3 W-5-M-101 5Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 27, 34, 35; Facings: both sides; see Note 25. N/A 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 21/2 W-5-M-102 5Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 27, 32, 35; Facings: both sides; see Note 25. N/A 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 21/2 W-5-M-103 5Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 28, 33, 35; Facings: both sides; see Note 25. N/A 2 hrs. 1 2 W-5-M-104 5Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 28, 31, 35; Facings: both sides; see Note 25. N/A 2 hrs. 1 2 W-5-M-105 5Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 29, 32, 35; Facings: both sides; see Note 25. N/A 1 hr. 45 min. 1 13/4 W-5-M-106 5Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 30, 34, 35; Facings: both sides; see Note 25. N/A 1 hr. 1 1 W-5-M-107 5Core: 5 thick solid gypsum blocks; see Note 26; No facings. N/A 4 hrs. 1 4 W-5-M-108 5Core: 4 thick hollow gypsum blocks; see Note 26; Facings: both sides; see Note 25. N/A 3 hrs. 1 3 W-5-M-109 4Concrete with 4 × 4 No. 6 welded wire mesh at wall center. 100 psi 45 min. 43 2 3/4 W-4-M-110 4Concrete with 4 × 4 No. 6 welded wire mesh at wall center. N/A 1 hr. 15 min. 43 2 1 1/4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-27 TABLE 1.1.2—continued MASONRY WALLS 4 TO LESS THAN 6 THICK 14. Double cells plus one cell in wall thickness. 15. One cell in wall thickness, cells filled with broken tile, crushed stone, slag, cinders or sand mixed with mortar. 16. Dense hard-burned clay or shale tile. 17. Medium-burned clay tile. 18. Not less than 5/8 inch thickness of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. 19. Units of not less than 30 percent solid material. 20. Units of not less than 40 percent solid material. 21. Units of not less than 50 percent solid material. 22. Units of not less than 45 percent solid material. 23. Units of not less than 60 percent solid material. 24. All tiles laid in Portland cement-lime mortar. 25. Minimum 1/2 inch—1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. 26. Laid in 1:3 sanded gypsum mortar. Voids in hollow units not to exceed 30 percent. 27. Units of expanded slag or pumice aggregate. 28. Units of crushed limestone, blast furnace slag, cinders and expanded clay or shale. 29. Units of calcareous sand and gravel. Coarse aggregate, 60 percent or more calcite and dolomite. 30. Units of siliceous sand and gravel. Ninety percent or more quartz, chert or flint. 31. Unit at least 49 percent solid. 32. Unit at least 62 percent solid. 33. Unit at least 65 percent solid. 34. Unit at least 73 percent solid. 35. Ratings based on one unit and one cell in wall thickness. 36. See Clay Tile Partition Design Construction drawings below. SIDE-S AB C DE FG 2 DESIGNS OF TILES USED IN FIRE-TEST PARTITIONS THE FOUR TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION USED IN FIRE-TEST PARTITIONS CHECKERBOARD-C ALTERNATE-G END-E 12 12 12 12 4 4 12 12 5 5 4 12 12 6 12 12 4 12 6 12 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-28 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® FIGURE 1.1.3 MASONRY WALLS 6 TO LESS THAN 8 THICK 0 FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS) NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 1234 5 10 0 13 22 3 23 27 28 14 29 11 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: W-6-M-63 59 5 56 47 1 38 60 37 20 56 63 19 45 46 61 17 51 57 18 9 10 12 2 21 25 26 24 30 31 4 39 41 48 32 40 42 8a 43 49 53 8 15 16 7 44 50 34 58 65 33 34 35 6 36 55 62 64 52 66 TABLE 1.1.3 MASONRY WALLS 6 TO LESS THAN 8 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 W-6-M-1 6 Core: 5 thick, solid gypsum blocks laid in 1:3 sanded gypsum mortar; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. N/A 6 hrs. 1 6 W-6-M-2 66 clay tile; Ohio fire clay; single cell thick; No plaster; Design “C,” Construction “A.”N/A 17 min. 2 1, 3, 4, 6, 55 1/4 W-6-M-3 6 6 clay tile; Illinois surface clay; double cell thick; No plaster; Design “E,” Construction “C.” N/A 45 min. 2 1-4, 7, 55 3/4 W-6-M-4 66 clay tile; New Jersey fire clay; double cell thick; No plaster; Design “E,” Construction “S.”N/A 1 hr. 1 min. 2 1-4, 8, 55 1 W-7-M-5 7 1/4 6 clay tile; Illinois surface clay; double cell thick; Plaster: 5/8—1:3 sanded gypsum both faces; Design “E,” Construction “A.” N/A 1 hr. 41 min. 2 1-4, 55 1 2/3 W-7-M-6 7 1/4 6 clay tile; New Jersey fire clay; double cell thick; Plaster: 5/8—1:3 sanded gypsum both faces; Design “E,” Construction “S.” N/A 2 hrs. 23 min. 2 1-4, 9, 55 2 1/3 W-7-M-7 7 1/4 6 clay tile; Ohio fire clay; single cell thick; Plaster: 5/8 sanded gypsum; 1:3 both faces; Design “C,” Construction “A.” N/A 1 hr. 54 min. 2 1-4, 9, 55 2 3/4 W-7-M-8 7 1/4 6 clay tile; Illinois surface clay; single cell thick; Plaster: 5/8 sanded gypsum 1:3 both faces; Design “C,” Construction “S.” N/A 2 hrs. 2 1, 3, 4, 9, 10, 55 2 W-7-M-8a 7 1/4 6 clay tile; Illinois surface clay; single cell thick; Plaster: 5/8 sanded gypsum 1:3 both faces; Design “C,” Construction “E.” N/A 1 hr. 23 min 2 1-4, 9, 10, 55 13/4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-29 TABLE 1.1.3—continued MASONRY WALLS 6 TO LESS THAN 8 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 W-6-M-9 6Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 16, 20; No facings. N/A 20 min. 1 3, 5, 24 1/3 W-6-M-10 6Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 17, 20; No facings. N/A 25 min. 1 3, 5, 24 1/3 W-6-M-11 6Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 16, 19; No facings. N/A 15 min. 1 3, 5, 24 1/4 W-6-M-12 6Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 17, 19; No facings. N/A 20 min. 1 3, 5, 24 1/3 W-6-M-13 6Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 13, 16, 22; No facings. N/A 45 min. 1 3, 5, 24 3/4 W-6-M-14 6Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 13, 17, 22; No facings. N/A 1 hr. 1 3, 5, 24 1 W-6-M-15 6Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 15, 17, 19; No facings. N/A 2 hrs. 1 3, 5, 24 2 W-6-M-16 6Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 15, 16, 19; No facings. N/A 2 hrs. 1 3, 5, 24 2 W-6-M-17 6Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 12, 34, 36, 38, 41; No facings. 80 psi 3 hrs. 30 min. 1 5, 2531/2 W-6-M-18 6Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 12, 33, 36, 38, 41; No facings. 80 psi 3 hrs. 1 5, 25 3 W-6-M-19 6 1/2Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 12, 34, 36, 38, 41; Facings: side 1; see Note 35. 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 5, 25 4 W-6-M-20 6 1/2Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 12, 33, 36, 38, 41; Facings: side 1; see Note 35. 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 5, 25 4 W-6-M-21 6 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 16, 20; Facings: unexposed face only; see Note 18. N/A 30 min. 1 3, 5, 24 1/2 W-6-M-22 6 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 17, 20; Facings: unexposed face only; see Note 18. N/A 40 min. 1 3, 5, 24 2/3 W-6-M-23 6 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 16, 20; Facings: exposed face only; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 1 3, 5, 24 1 W-6-M-24 6 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 17, 20; Facings: exposed face only; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 5 min. 1 3, 5, 24 1 W-6-M-25 6 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 16, 19; Facings: unexposed side only; see Note 18. N/A 25 min. 1 3, 5, 24 1/3 W-6-M-26 6 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 7, 19; Facings: unexposed face only; see Note 18. N/A 30 min. 1 3, 5, 24 1/2 W-6-M-27 6 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 16, 19; Facings: exposed side only; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 1 3, 5, 24 1 W-6-M-28 6 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 17, 19; Facings: fire side only; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 1 3, 5, 24 1 W-6-M-29 6 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 13, 16, 22; Facings: unexposed side only; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 1 3, 5, 24 1 W-6-M-30 6 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 13, 17, 22; Facings: unexposed side only; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 15 min. 1 3, 5, 24 11/4 W-6-M-31 6 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 13, 16, 22; Facings: fire side only; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 15 min. 1 3, 5, 24 11/4 W-6-M-32 6 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 13, 17, 22; Facings: fire side only; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 30 min. 1 3, 5, 24 11/2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-30 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 1.1.3—continued MASONRY WALLS 6 TO LESS THAN 8 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 W-6-M-33 6 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 15, 16, 19; Facings: unexposed side only; see Note 18. N/A 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 3, 5, 24 2 1/2 W-6-M-34 6 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 15, 17, 19; Facings: unexposed side only; see Note 18. N/A 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 3, 5, 24 2 1/2 W-6-M-35 6 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 15, 16, 19; Facings: fire side only; see Note 18. N/A 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 3, 5, 24 2 1/2 W-6-M-36 6 5/8Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 15, 17, 19; Facings: fire side only; see Note 18. N/A 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 3, 5, 24 2 1/2 W-6-M-37 7Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 12, 34, 36, 38, 41; see Note 35 for facings on both sides. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 5, 25 5 W-6-M-38 7Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 12, 33, 36, 38, 41; see Note 35 for facings. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 5, 25 5 W-6-M-39 7 1/4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 16, 20; Facings: both sides; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 15 min. 1 3, 5, 24 1 1/4 W-6-M-40 7 1/4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 17, 20; Facings: both sides; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 30 min. 1 3, 5, 24 1 1/2 W-6-M-41 7 1/4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 16, 19; Facings: both sides; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 15 min. 1 3, 5, 24 1 1/4 W-6-M-42 7 1/4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 12, 17, 19; Facings: both sides; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 30 min. 1 3, 5, 24 1 1/2 W-7-M-43 7 1/4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 13, 16, 22; Facings: both sides of wall; see Note 18. N/A 1 hr. 30 min. 1 3, 5, 24 1 1/2 W-7-M-44 7 1/4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 13, 17, 22; Facings: both sides of wall; see Note 18. N/A 2 hrs. 1 3, 5, 24 1 1/2 W-7-M-45 7 1/4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 15, 16, 19; Facings: both sides; see Note 18. N/A 3 hrs. 30 min. 1 3, 5, 24 3 1/2 W-7-M-46 7 1/4Core: structural clay tile; see Notes 15, 17, 19; Facings: both sides; see Note 18. N/A 3 hrs. 30 min. 1 3, 5, 24 3 1/2 W-6-M-47 6Core: 5 thick solid gypsum blocks; see Note 45; Facings: both sides; see Note 45. N/A 6 hrs. 1 6 W-6-M-48 6Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 47, 50, 54; No facings. N/A 1 hr. 15 min. 1 11/4 W-6-M-49 6Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 46, 50, 54; No facings. N/A 1 hr. 30 min. 1 11/2 W-6-M-50 6Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 46, 41, 54; No facings. N/A 2 hrs. 1 2 W-6-M-51 6Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 46, 53, 54; No facings. N/A 3 hrs. 1 3 W-6-M-52 6Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 47, 53, 54; No facings. N/A 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 21/2 W-6-M-53 6Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 47, 51, 54; No facings. N/A 1 hr. 30 min. 1 11/2 W-6-M-54 6 1/2Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 46, 50, 54; Facings: one side only; see Note 35. N/A 2 hrs. 1 2 W-6-M-55 6 1/2Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 4, 51, 54; Facings: one side; see Note 35. N/A 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 21/2 W-6-M-56 6 1/2Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 46, 53, 54; Facings: one side; see Note 35. N/A 4 hrs. 1 4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-31 TABLE 1.1.3—continued MASONRY WALLS 6 TO LESS THAN 8 THICK For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa. Notes: 1. Tested at NBS under ASA Spec. No. 43-1934 (ASTM C19-53) except that hose stream testing where carried out was run on test specimens exposed for full test duration, not for a reduced period as is contemporarily done. 2. Failure by thermal criteria—maximum temperature rise. 3. For clay tile walls, unless the source or density of the clay can be positively identified or determined, it is suggested that the lowest hourly rating for the fire endurance of a clay tile partition of that thickness be followed. Identified sources of clay showing longer fire endurance can lead to longer time recommendations. 4. See Note 55 for construction and design details for clay tile walls. 5. Tested at NBS under ASA Spec. No. A2-1934. 6. Failure mode—collapse. 7. Collapsed on removal from furnace at 1 hour 9 minutes. 8. Hose stream—failed. 9. Hose stream—passed. 10. No end point met in test. 11. Wall collapsed at 1 hour 28 minutes. 12. One cell in wall thickness. 13. Two cells in wall thickness. 14. Double shells plus one cell in wall thickness. 15. One cell in wall thickness, cells filled with broken tile, crushed stone, slag, cinders or sand mixed with mortar. 16. Dense hard-burned clay or shale tile. 17. Medium-burned clay tile. 18. Not less than 5/8 inch thickness of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. 19. Units of not less than 30 percent solid material. 20. Units of not less than 40 percent solid material. 21. Units of not less than 50 percent solid material. 22. Units of not less than 45 percent solid material. 23. Units of not less than 60 percent solid material. 24. All tiles laid in Portland cement-lime mortar. 25. Load: 80 psi for gross cross sectional area of wall. 26. Three cells in wall thickness. 27. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 52. 28. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 54. 29. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 55. 30. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 57. (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 W-6-M-57 6 1/2Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 47, 53, 54; Facings: one side; see Note 35. N/A 3 hrs. 1 3 W-6-M-58 6 1/2Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 47, 51, 54; Facings: one side; see Note 35. N/A 2 hrs. 1 2 W-6-M-59 6 1/2Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 47, 50, 54; Facings: one side; see Note 35. N/A 1 hr. 45 min. 1 13/4 W-7-M-60 7Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 46, 53, 54; Facings: both sides; see Note 35. N/A 5 hrs. 1 5 W-7-M-61 7Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 46, 51, 54; Facings: both sides; see Note 35. N/A 3 hrs. 30 min. 1 31/2 W-7-M-62 7Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 46, 50, 54; Facings: both sides; see Note 35. N/A 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 21/2 W-7-M-63 7Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 47, 53, 54; Facings: both sides; see Note 35. N/A 4 hrs. 1 4 W-7-M-64 7Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 47, 51, 54; Facings: both sides; see Note 35. N/A 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 21/2 W-7-M-65 7Core: hollow concrete units; see Notes 47, 50, 54; Facings: both sides; see Note 35. N/A 2 hrs. 1 2 W-6-M-66 6Concrete wall with 4 × 4 No. 6 wire fabric (welded) near wall center for reinforcement. N/A 2 hrs. 30 min. 43 2 2 1/2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-32 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 1.1.3—continued MASONRY WALLS 6 TO LESS THAN 8 THICK 31. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 62. 32. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 65. 33. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 70. 34. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 76. 35. Not less than 1/2 inch of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. 36. Noncombustible or no members framed into wall. 37. Combustible members framed into wall. 38. One unit in wall thickness. 39. Two units in wall thickness. 40. Three units in wall thickness. 41. Concrete units made with expanded slag or pumice aggregates. 42. Concrete units made with expanded burned clay or shale, crushed limestone, air cooled slag or cinders. 43. Concrete units made with calcareous sand and gravel. Coarse aggregate, 60 percent or more calcite and dolomite. 44. Concrete units made with siliceous sand and gravel. Ninety percent or more quartz, chert or flint. 45. Laid in 1:3 sanded gypsum mortar. 46. Units of expanded slag or pumice aggregate. 47. Units of crushed limestone, blast furnace, slag, cinder and expanded clay or shale. 48. Units of calcareous sand and gravel. Coarse aggregate, 60 percent or more calcite and dolomite. 49. Units of siliceous sand and gravel. Ninety percent or more quartz, chert or flint. 50. Unit minimum 49 percent solid. 51. Unit minimum 62 percent solid. 52. Unit minimum 65 percent solid. 53. Unit minimum 73 percent solid. 54. Ratings based on one unit and one cell in wall section. 55. See Clay Tile Partition Design Construction drawings below. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-33 FIGURE 1.1.4 MASONRY WALLS 8 TO LESS THAN 10 THICK 0 FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS) NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 12345 5 10 15 0 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: W-9-M-66 678910 46 71 100 24 108 28 59 63 23 66 60 27 26 25 30 32 22 51 53 54 55 52 56 65 101 104 58 19 33 64 18 74 86 90 105 106 113 114 111 31 48 50 21 61 72 73 76 70 85 94 107 110 92 29 40 44 15 62 67 68 69 78 96 80 17 20 42 13 82 98 11 34 36 7 38 41 49 84 89 93 5 9 35 3 37 43 45 75 39 79 95 97 109 91 8 14 16 1 47 77 81 99 4 6 10 2 12 57 83 102 112 87 88 103 TABLE 1.1.4 MASONRY WALLS 8 TO LESS THAN 10 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 W-8-M-1 8 Core: clay or shale structural tile; Units in wall thick- ness: 1; Cells in wall thickness: 2; Minimum % solids in units: 40. 80 psi 1 hr. 15 min. 1 1, 20 1 1/4 W-8-M-2 8 Core: clay or shale structural tile; Units in wall thick- ness: 1; Cells in wall thickness: 2; Minimum % solids in units: 40; No facings; Result for wall with combustible members framed into interior. 80 psi 45 min. 1 1, 20 3/4 W-8-M-3 8 Core: clay or shale structural tile; Units in wall thick- ness: 1; Cells in wall thickness: 2; Minimum % solids in units: 43. 80 psi 1 hr. 30 min. 1 1, 20 1 1/2 W-8-M-4 8 Core: clay or shale structural tile; Units in wall thick- ness: 1; Cells in wall thickness: 2; Minimum % solids in units: 43; No facings; Combustible members framed into wall. 80 psi 45 min. 1 1, 20 3/4 W-8-M-5 8Core: clay or shale structural tile; No facings. See Notes 1 hr. 30 min. 1 1, 2, 5, 10, 18, 20, 21 11/2 W-8-M-6 8Core: clay or shale structural tile; No facings. See Notes 45 min. 1 1, 2, 5, 10,19, 20, 21 3/4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-34 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 1.1.4—continued MASONRY WALLS 8 TO LESS THAN 10 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 W-8-M-7 8Core: clay or shale structural tile; No facings See Notes 2 hrs. 1 1, 2, 5, 13, 18, 20, 21 2 W-8-M-8 8Core: clay or shale structural tile; No facings. See Notes 1 hr. 45 min. 1 1, 2, 5, 13, 19, 20, 21 11/4 W-8-M-9 8Core: clay or shale structural tile; No facings. See Notes 1 hr. 15 min. 1 1, 2, 6, 9, 18, 20, 21 13/4 W-8-M-10 8Core: clay or shale structural tile; No facings. See Notes 45 min. 1 1, 2, 6, 9, 19, 20, 21 3/4 W-8-M-11 8Core: clay or shale structural tile; No facings. See Notes 2 hrs. 1 1, 2, 6, 10, 18, 20, 21 2 W-8-M-12 8Core: clay or shale structural tile; No facings. See Notes 45 min. 1 1, 2, 6, 10, 19, 20, 21 3/4 W-8-M-13 8Core: clay or shale structural tile; No facings. See Notes 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 3, 6, 12, 18, 20, 21 21/2 W-8-M-14 8Core: clay or shale structural tile; No facings. See Notes 1 hr. 1 1, 2, 6, 12, 19, 20, 21 1 W-8-M-15 8Core: clay or shale structural tile; No facings. See Notes 3 hrs. 1 1, 2, 6, 16, 18, 20, 21 3 W-8-M-16 8Core: clay or shale structural tile; No facings. See Notes 1 hr. 15 min. 1 1, 2, 6, 16, 19, 20, 21 11/4 W-8-M-17 8 Cored clay or shale brick; Units in wall thick- ness: 1; Cells in wall thickness: 1; Minimum % solids: 70; No facings. See Notes 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 44 2 1/2 W-8-M-18 8 Cored clay or shale brick; Units in wall thick- ness: 2; Cells in wall thickness: 2; Minimum % solids: 87; No facings. See Notes 5 hrs. 1 1, 45 5 W-8-M-19 8Core: solid clay or shale brick; No facings. See Notes 5 hrs. 1 1, 22, 45 5 W-8-M-20 8Core: hollow rolok of clay or shale. See Notes 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 22, 45 2 1/2 W-8-M-21 8Core: hollow rolok bak of clay or shale; No facings. See Notes 4 hrs. 1 1, 45 4 W-8-M-22 8Core: concrete brick; No facings. See Notes 6 hrs. 1 1, 45 6 W-8-M-23 8Core: sand-lime brick; No facings. See Notes 7 hrs. 1 1, 45 7 W-8-M-24 8Core: 4, 40% solid clay or shale structural tile; 1 side 4 brick facing. See Notes 3 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 20 3 1/2 W-8-M-25 8 Concrete wall (3220 psi); Reinforcing verti- cal rods 1 from each face and 1 diameter; horizontal rods 5/8 diameter. 22,200 lbs./ft.6 hrs. 7 6 W-8-M-26 8Core: sand-line brick; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one side. See Notes 9 hrs. 1 1, 45 9 W-8-M-27 8 1/2Core: sand-line brick; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one side. See Notes 8 hrs. 1 1, 45 8 W-8-M-28 8 1/2Core: concrete; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one side. See Notes 7 hrs. 1 1, 45 7 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-35 TABLE 1.1.4—continued MASONRY WALLS 8 TO LESS THAN 10 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 W-8-M-29 8 1/2Core: hollow rolok of clay or shale; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one side. See Notes 3 hrs. 1 1, 45 3 W-8-M-30 8 1/2Core: solid clay or shale brick 1/2 thick, 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one side. See Notes 6 hrs. 1 1, 22, 45,6 W-8-M-31 8 1/2 Core: cored clay or shale brick; Units in wall thick- ness: 1; Cells in wall thickness: 1; Minimum % solids: 70; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. See Notes 4 hrs. 1 1, 44 4 W-8-M-32 8 1/2 Core: cored clay or shale brick; Units in wall thick- ness: 2; Cells in wall thickness: 2; Minimum % solids: 87; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one side. See Notes 6 hrs. 1 1, 45 6 W-8-M-33 8 1/2Core: hollow rolok bak of clay or shale; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one side. See Notes 5 hrs. 1 1, 45 5 W-8-M-34 8 5/8 Core: clay or shale structural tile; Units in wall thick- ness: 1; Cells in wall thickness: 2; Minimum % solids in units: 40; 5/8 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one side. See Notes 2 hrs. 1 1, 20 21 2 W-8-M-35 8 5/8 Core: clay or shale structural tile; Units in wall thick- ness: 1; Cells in wall thickness: 2; Minimum % solids in units: 40; Exposed face: 5/8 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. See Notes 1 hr. 30 min. 1 1, 20, 21 11/2 W-8-M-36 8 5/8 Core: clay or shale structural tile; Units in wall thick- ness: 1; Cells in wall thickness: 2; Minimum % solids in units: 43; 5/8 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one side. See Notes 2 hrs. 1, 20,21 2 W-8-M-37 8 5/8 Core: clay or shale structural tile; Units in wall thick- ness: 1; Cells in wall thickness: 2; Minimum % solids in units: 43; 5/8 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster of the exposed face only. See Notes 1 hr. 30 min. 1 1, 20, 21 11/2 W-8-M-38 8 5/8Core: clay or shale structural tile; Facings: side 1; see Note 17. See Notes 2 hrs. 1 1, 2, 5, 10, 18, 20, 21 2 W-8-M-39 8 5/8Core: clay or shale structural tile; Facings: exposed side only; see Note 17. See Notes 1 hr. 30 min. 1 1, 2, 5, 10, 19, 20, 21 11/2 W-8-M-40 8 5/8Core: clay or shale structural tile; Facings: exposed side only; see Note 17. See Notes 3 hrs. 1 1, 2, 5, 13, 18, 20, 21 3 W-8-M-41 8 5/8Core: clay or shale structural tile; Facings: exposed side only; see Note 17. See Notes 2 hrs. 1 1, 2, 5, 13, 19, 20, 21 2 W-8-M-42 8 5/8Core: clay or shale structural tile; Facings: side 1; see Note 17. See Notes 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 2, 9, 18, 20, 21 21/2 W-8-M-43 8 5/8Core: clay or shale structural tile; Facings: exposed side only; see Note 17. See Notes 1 hr. 30 min. 1 1, 2, 6, 9, 19, 20, 21 11/2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-36 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 1.1.4—continued MASONRY WALLS 8 TO LESS THAN 10 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 W-8-M-44 8 5/8Core: clay or shale structural tile; Facings: side 1, see Note 17; side 2, none. See Notes 3 hrs. 1 1, 2, 10, 18, 20, 21 3 W-8-M-45 8 5/8Core: clay or shale structural tile; Facings: fire side only; see Note 17. See Notes 1 hr. 30 min. 1 1, 2, 6, 10, 19, 20, 21 11/2 W-8-M-46 8 5/8Core: clay or shale structural tile; Facings: side 1, see Note 17; side 2, none. See Notes 3 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 2, 6, 12, 18, 20, 21 31/2 W-8-M-47 8 5/8Core: clay or shale structural tile; Facings: exposed side only; see Note 17. See Notes 1 hr. 45 min. 1 1, 2, 6, 12, 19, 20, 21 13/4 W-8-M-48 8 5/8Core: clay or shale structural tile; Facings: side 1, see Note 17; side 2, none. See Notes 4 hrs. 1 1, 2, 6, 16, 18, 20, 21 4 W-8-M-49 8 5/8Core: clay or shale structural tile; Facings: fire side only; see Note 17. See Notes 2 hrs. 1 1, 2, 6, 16, 19, 20, 21 2 W-8-M-50 8 5/8 Core: 4, 40% solid clay or shale clay structural tile; 4 brick plus 5/8 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster fac- ings on one side. See Notes 4 hrs. 1 1, 20 4 W-8-M-51 8 3/4 83/4 × 21/2 and 4 × 21/2 cellular fletton (1873 psi) single and triple cell hollow brick set in 1/2 sand mortar in alternate courses. 3.6 tons/ft.6 hrs. 7 23, 29 6 W-8-M-52 8 3/483/4 thick cement brick (2527 psi) with P.C. and sand mortar. 3.6 tons/ft.6 hrs. 7 23, 24 6 W-8-M-53 8 3/483/4 × 21/2 fletton brick (1831 psi) in 1/2 sand mortar. 3.6 tons/ft.6 hrs. 7 23, 24 6 W-8-M-54 8 3/483/4 × 21/2 London stock brick (683 psi) in 1/2 P.C. - sand mortar. 7.2 tons/ft.6 hrs. 7 23, 24 6 W-9-M-55 99 × 21/2 Leicester red wire-cut brick (4465 psi) in 1/2 P.C. - sand mortar. 6.0 tons/ft.6 hrs. 7 23, 24 6 W-9-M-56 99 × 3 sand-lime brick (2603 psi) in 1/2 P.C. - sand mortar. 3.6 tons/ft.6 hrs. 7 23, 24 6 W-9-M-57 92 layers 27/8 fletton brick (1910 psi) with 31/4 air space; Cement and sand mortar. 1.5 tons/ft.32 min. 7 23, 25 1/3 W-9-M-58 99 × 3 stairfoot brick (7527 psi) in 1/2 sand-cement mortar. 7.2 tons/ft.6 hrs. 7 23, 24 6 W-9-M-59 9Core: solid clay or shale brick; 1/2 thick; 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. See Notes 7 hrs. 1 1, 22, 45 7 W-9-M-60 9Core: concrete brick; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. See Notes 8 hrs. 1 1, 45 8 W-9-M-61 9Core: hollow rolok of clay or shale; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. See Notes 4 hrs. 1 1, 45 4 W-9-M-62 9 Cored clay or shale brick; Units in wall thickness: 1; Cells in wall thickness: 1; Minimum % solids: 70; 1/ 2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one side. See Notes 3 hrs. 1 1, 44 3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-37 TABLE 1.1.4—continued MASONRY WALLS 8 TO LESS THAN 10 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 W-9-M-63 9 Cored clay or shale brick; Units in wall thickness: 2; Cells in wall thickness: 2; Minimum % solids: 87; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. See Notes 7 hrs. 1 1, 45 7 W-9-M-64 9-10Core: cavity wall of clay or shale brick; No facings. See Notes 5 hrs. 1 1, 45 5 W-9-M-65 9-10 Core: cavity construction of clay or shale brick; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one side. See Notes 6 hrs. 1 1, 45 6 W-9-M-66 9-10 Core: cavity construction of clay or shale brick; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. See Notes 7 hrs. 1 1, 45 7 W-9-M-67 9 1/4 Core: clay or shale structural tile; Units in wall thickness: 1; Cells in wall thickness: 2; Minimum % solids in units: 40; 5/8 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. See Notes 3 hrs. 1 1, 20, 21 3 W-9-M-68 9 1/4 Core: clay or shale structural tile; Units in wall thickness: 1; Cells in wall thickness: 2; Minimum % solids in units: 43; 5/8 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. See Notes 3 hrs. 1 1, 20, 21 3 W-9-M-69 9 1/4Core: clay or shale structural tile; Facings: sides 1 and 2; see Note 17. See Notes 3 hrs. 1 1, 2, 5, 10, 18, 20, 21 3 W-9-M-70 9 1/4Core: clay or shale structural tile; Facings: sides 1 and 2; see Note 17. See Notes 4 hrs. 1 1, 2, 5, 13, 18, 20, 21 4 W-9-M-71 9 1/4Core: clay or shale structural tile; Facings: sides 1 and 2; see Note 17. See Notes 3 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 2, 6, 9, 18, 20, 21 31/2 W-9-M-72 9 1/4Core: clay or shale structural tile; Facings: sides 1 and 2; see Note 17. See Notes 4 hrs. 1 1, 2, 6, 10, 18, 20, 21 4 W-9-M-73 9 1/4Core: clay or shale structural tile; Facings: sides 1 and 2; see Note 17. See Notes 4 hrs. 1 1, 2, 6, 12, 18, 20, 21 4 W-9-M-74 9 1/4Core: clay or shale structural tile; Facings: sides 1 and 2; see Note 17. See Notes 5 hrs. 1 1, 2, 6 16, 18, 20, 21 5 W-9-M-75 8Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 19, 26, 34, 40; No facings. 80 psi 1 hr. 30 min. 1 1, 20 1 1/2 W-8-M-76 8Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 34, 40; No facings 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1, 20 4 W-8-M-77 8Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 19, 26, 31, 40; No facings. 80 psi 1 hr. 15 min. 1 1, 20 1 1/4 W-8-M-78 8Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 31, 40; No facings. 80 psi 3 hrs. 1 1, 20 3 W-8-M-79 8Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 19, 26, 36, 42; No facings. 80 psi 1 hr. 30 min. 1 1, 20 1 1/2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-38 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 1.1.4—continued MASONRY WALLS 8 TO LESS THAN 10 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 W-8-M-80 8Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 36, 41; No facings. 80 psi 3 hrs. 1 1, 20 3 W-8-M-81 8Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 19, 26, 34, 41; No facings. 80 psi 1 hr. 1 1, 20 1 W-8-M-82 8Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 34, 41; No facings. 80 psi 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 20 2 1/2 W-8-M-83 8Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 19, 26, 29, 41; No facings. 80 psi 45 min. 1 1, 20 3/4 W-8-M-84 8Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 29, 41; No facings. 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 1, 20 2 W-8-M-85 8 1/2Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 3, 18, 26, 34, 41; Facings: 21/4 brick. 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1, 20 4 W-8-M-86 8Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 3, 18, 26, 34, 41; Facings: 33/4 brick face. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1, 20 5 W-8-M-87 8Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 19, 26, 30, 43; No facings. 80 psi 12 min. 1 1, 20 1/5 W-8-M-88 8Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 30, 43; No facings. 80 psi 12 min. 1 1, 20 1/5 W-8-M-89 8 1/2Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 19, 26, 34, 40; Facings: fire side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 1, 20 2 W-8-M-90 8 1/2Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 34, 40; Facings: side 1; see Note 38. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1, 20 5 W-8-M-91 8 1/2Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 19, 26, 31, 40; Facings: fire side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 1 hr. 45 min. 1 1, 20 1 3/4 W-8-M-92 8 1/2Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 31, 40; Facings: one side; see Note 38. 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1, 20 4 W-8-M-93 8 1/2Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 19, 26, 36, 41; Facings: fire side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 1, 20 2 W-8-M-94 8 1/2Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 36, 41; Facings: fire side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1, 20 4 W-8-M-95 8 1/2Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 19, 26, 34, 41; Facings: fire side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 1 hr. 30 min. 1 1, 20 1 1/2 W-8-M-96 8 1/2Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 34, 41; Facings: one side; see Note 38. 80 psi 3 hrs. 1, 20 3 W-8-M-97 8 1/2Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 19, 26, 29, 41; Facings: fire side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 1 hr. 30 min. 1 1, 20 1 1/2 W-8-M-98 8 1/2Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 29, 41; Facings: one side; see Note 38. 80 psi 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 20 2 1/2 W-8-M-99 8 1/2Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 3, 19, 23, 27, 41; No facings. 80 psi 1 hr. 15 min. 1 1, 20 1 1/4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-39 TABLE 1.1.4—continued MASONRY WALLS 8 TO LESS THAN 10 THICK For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa. Notes: 1. Tested at NBS under ASA Spec. No. 43-1934 (ASTM C19-53). 2. One unit in wall thickness. 3. Two units in wall thickness. 4. Two or three units in wall thickness. 5. Two cells in wall thickness. 6. Three or four cells in wall thickness. 7. Four or five cells in wall thickness. 8. Five or six cells in wall thickness. 9. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 40%. 10. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 43%. 11. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 46%. 12. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 48%. 13. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 49%. 14. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 45%. 15. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 51%. 16. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 53%. 17. Not less than 5/8 inch thickness of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. 18. Noncombustible or no members framed into wall. (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 W-8-M-100 8 1/2Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 3, 18, 23, 27, 41; No facings. 80 psi 3 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 2031/2 W-8-M-101 8 1/2Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 3, 18, 26, 34, 41; Facings: 33/4 brick face; one side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1, 20 6 W-8-M-102 8 1/2Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 19, 26, 30, 43; Facings: fire side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 30 min. 1 1, 20 1/2 W-8-M-103 8 1/2Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 30, 43; Facings: one side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 12 min. 1 1, 20 1/5 W-8-M-104 9Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 34, 40; Facings: both sides; see Note 38. 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1, 20 6 W-8-M-105 9Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 31, 40; Facings: both sides; see Note 38. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1, 20 5 W-8-M-106 9Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 36, 41; Facings: both sides of wall; see Note 38. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1, 20 5 W-8-M-107 9Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 34, 41; Facings: both sides; see Note 38. 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1, 20 4 W-8-M-108 9Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 29, 41; Facings: both sides; see Note 38. 80 psi 3 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 2031/2 W-8-M-109 9Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 3, 19, 23, 27, 40; Facings: fire side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 1 hr. 45 min. 1 1, 2013/4 W-8-M-110 9Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 3, 18, 23, 27, 41; Facings: one side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1, 20 4 W-8-M-111 9Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 3, 18, 26, 34, 41; 21/4 brick face on one side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1, 20 5 W-8-M-112 9Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 30, 43; Facings: both sides; see Note 38. 80 psi 30 min. 1 1, 20 1/2 W-9-M-113 9 1/2Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 3, 18, 23, 27, 41; Facings: both sides; see Note 38. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1, 20 5 W-8-M-114 8 200 psi 5 hrs. 43 22 5 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-40 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 1.1.4—continued MASONRY WALLS 8 TO LESS THAN 10 THICK 19. Combustible members framed into wall. 20. Load: 80 psi for gross cross-sectional area of wall. 21. Portland cement-lime mortar. 22. Failure mode thermal. 23. British test. 24. Passed all criteria. 25. Failed by sudden collapse with no preceding signs of impending failure. 26. One cell in wall thickness. 27. Two cells in wall thickness. 28. Three cells in wall thickness. 29. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 52. 30. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 54. 31. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 55. 32. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 57. 33. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 60. 34. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 62. 35. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 65. 36. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 70. 37. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 76. 38. Not less than 1/2 inch of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. 39. Three units in wall thickness. 40. Concrete units made with expanded slag or pumice aggregates. 41. Concrete units made with expanded burned clay or shale, crushed limestone, air cooled slag or cinders. 42. Concrete units made with calcareous sand and gravel. Coarse aggregate, 60 percent or more calcite and dolomite. 43. Concrete units made with siliceous sand and gravel. Ninety percent or more quartz, chert and dolomite. 44. Load: 120 psi for gross cross-sectional area of wall. 45. Load: 160 psi for gross cross-sectional area of wall. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-41 FIGURE 1.1.5 MASONRY WALLS 10 TO LESS THAN 12 THICK 15 19 28 14 30 33 3 7 25 1 0 FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS) NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 1234 5 10 0 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: W-11-M-33 567 27 1318 11 17 21 26 31 32 5 292 6 8 9 10 23 4 12 16 20 22 24 TABLE 1.1.5 MASONRY WALLS 10 TO LESS THAN 12 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 W-10-M-1 10 Core: two 33/4, 40% solid clay or shale structural tiles with 2 air space between; Facings: 3/4 Portland cement plaster on stucco on both sides. 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1, 20 4 W-10-M-2 10Core: cored concrete masonry, 2 air cavity; see Notes 3, 19, 27, 34, 40; No facings. 80 psi 1 hr. 30 min. 1 1, 20 1 1/2 W-10-M-3 10Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 3, 18, 27, 34, 40; No facings. 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1, 20 4 W-10-M-4 10Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 19, 26, 34, 40; No facings. 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 1, 20 2 W-10-M-5 10Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 33, 40; No facings. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1, 20 5 W-10-M-6 10Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 19, 26, 33, 41; No facings. 80 psi 1 hr. 30 min. 1 1, 20 1 1/2 W-10-M-7 10Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 33, 41; No facings. 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1, 20 4 W-10-M-8 10Cored concrete masonry (cavity type 2 air space); see Notes 3, 19, 27, 34, 42; No facings. 80 psi 1 hr. 15 min. 1 1, 20 1 1/4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-42 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 1.1.5—continued MASONRY WALLS 10 TO LESS THAN 12 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOUR SLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 W-10-M-9 10Cored concrete masonry (cavity type 2 air space); see Notes 3, 18, 27, 34, 42; No facings. 80 psi 1 hr. 15 min. 1 1, 20 1 1/4 W-10-M-10 10Cored concrete masonry (cavity type 2 air space); see Notes 3, 19, 27, 34, 41; No facings. 80 psi 1 hr. 15 min. 1 1, 20 1 1/4 W-10-M-11 10Cored concrete masonry (cavity type 2 air space); see Notes 3, 18, 27, 34, 41; No facings. 80 psi 3 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 20 3 1/2 W-10-M-12 109 thick concrete block (113/4 × 9 × 41/4) with two 2 thick voids included; 3/8 P.C. plaster 1/8 neat gypsum. N/A 1 hr. 53 min. 7 23, 44 1 3/4 W-10-M-13 10 Holly clay tile block wall - 81/2 block with two 3 voids in each 81/2 section; 3/4 gypsum plaster - each face. N/A 2 hrs. 42 min. 7 23, 25 2 1/2 W-10-M-14 10Two layers 41/4 brick with 11/2 air space; No ties sand cement mortar. (Fletton brick - 1910 psi). N/A 6 hrs. 7 23, 24 6 W-10-M-15 10Two layers 41/4 thick Fletton brick (1910 psi); 11/2 air space; Ties: 18 o.c. vertical; 3 o.c. horizontal. N/A 6 hrs. 7 23, 24 6 W-10-M-16 10 1/2Cored concrete masonry; 2 air cavity; see Notes 3, 19, 27, 34, 40; Facings: fire side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 1, 20 2 W-10-M-17 10 1/2Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 3, 18, 27, 34, 40; Facings: side 1 only; see Note 38. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1, 20 5 W-10-M-18 10 1/2Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 19, 26, 33, 40; Facings: fire side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 20 2 1/2 W-10-M-19 10 1/2Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 33, 40; Facings: one side; see Note 38. 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1, 20 6 W-10-M-20 10 1/2Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 19, 26, 33, 41; Facings: fire side of wall only; see Note 38. 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 1, 20 2 W-10-M-21 10 1/2Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 33, 41; Facings: one side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1, 20 5 W-10-M-22 10 1/2 Cored concrete masonry (cavity type 2 air space); see Notes 3,19, 27, 34, 42; Facings: fire side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 1 hr. 45 min. 1 1, 20 1 3/4 W-10-M-23 10 1/2 Cored concrete masonry (cavity type 2 air space); see Notes 3, 18, 27, 34, 42; Facings: one side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 1 hr. 15 min. 1 1, 20 1 1/4 W-10-M-24 10 1/2 Cored concrete masonry (cavity type 2 air space); see Notes 3, 19, 27, 34, 41; Facings: fire side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 1, 20 2 W-10-M-25 10 1/2 Cored concrete masonry (cavity type 2 air space); see Notes 3, 18, 27, 34, 41; Facings: one side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1, 20 4 W-10-M-26 10 5/8 Core: 8, 40% solid tile plus 2 furring tile; 5/8 sanded gypsum plaster between tile types; Facings: both sides 3/4 Portland cement plaster or stucco. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1, 20 5 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-43 TABLE 1.1.5—continued MASONRY WALLS 10 TO LESS THAN 12 THICK For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa. Notes: 1. Tested at NBS - ASA Spec. No. A2-1934. 2. One unit in wall thickness. 3. Two units in wall thickness. 4. Two or three units in wall thickness. 5. Two cells in wall thickness. 6. Three or four cells in wall thickness. 7. Four or five cells in wall thickness. 8. Five or six cells in wall thickness. 9. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 40%. 10. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 43%. 11. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 46%. 12. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 48%. 13. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 49%. 14. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 45%. 15. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 51%. 16. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 53%. 17. Not less than 5/8 inch thickness of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. 18. Noncombustible or no members framed into wall. 19. Combustible members framed into wall. 20. Load: 80 psi for gross cross sectional area of wall. 21. Portland cement-lime mortar. 22. Failure mode—thermal. 23. British test. 24. Passed all criteria. 25. Failed by sudden collapse with no preceding signs of impending failure. 26. One cell in wall thickness. 27. Two cells in wall thickness. 28. Three cells in wall thickness. 29. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 52%. 30. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 54%. 31. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 55%. 32. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 57%. 33. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 60%. 34. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 62%. 35. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 65%. (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 W-10-M-27 10 5/8 Core: 8, 40% solid tile plus 2 furring tile; 5/8 sanded gypsum plaster between tile types; Facings: one side 3/4 Portland cement plaster or stucco. 80 psi 3 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 20 3 1/2 W-11-M-28 11Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 3, 18, 27, 34, 40; Facings: both sides; see Note 38. 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1, 20 6 W-11-M-29 11Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 33, 40; Facings: both sides; see Note 38. 80 psi 7 hrs. 1 1, 20 7 W-11-M-30 11Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 33, 41; Facings: both sides of wall; see Note 38. 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1, 20 6 W-11-M-31 11 Cored concrete masonry (cavity type 2 air space); see Notes 3, 18, 27, 34, 42; Facings: both sides; see Note 38. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1, 20 5 W-11-M-32 11 Cored concrete masonry (cavity type 2 air space); see Notes 3, 18, 27, 34, 41; Facings: both sides; see Note 38. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1, 20 5 W-11-M-33 11Two layers brick (41/2 Fletton, 2,428 psi) 2 air space; galvanized ties; 18 o.c. - horizontal; 3 o.c. - vertical. 3 tons/ft. 6 hrs. 7 23, 24 6 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-44 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 1.1.5—continued MASONRY WALLS 10 TO LESS THAN 12 THICK 36. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 70%. 37. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 76%. 38. Not less than 1/2 inch of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. 39. Three units in wall thickness. 40. Concrete units made with expanded slag or pumice aggregates. 41. Concrete units made with expanded burned clay or shale, crushed limestone, air cooled slag or cinders. 42. Concrete units made with calcareous sand and gravel. Coarse aggregate, 60 percent or more calcite and dolomite. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-45 FIGURE 1.1.6 MASONRY WALLS 12 TO LESS THAN 14 THICK 5 FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS) NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 1234 5 10 0 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: W-12-M-42 1067890 1411 12 13 28 1715 16 18 26 30 12 46 715986 43 66 70 1 73 24 10 35 5 67 40 33 51 32 16 22 53 13 60 17 52 55 15 62 14 20 44 11 48 50 8 21 27 3 31 61 87 47 29 54 56 19 57 59 64 76 58 80 81 36 41 45 25 49 77 78 82 63 83 84 68 72 75 65 79 85 4 7 9 2 23 34 37 39 42 38 74 6 TABLE 1.1.6 MASONRY WALLS 12 TO LESS THAN 14 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS- 92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 W-12-M-1 12Core: solid clay or shale brick; No facings. N/A 12 hrs. 1 1 12 W-12-M-2 12Core: solid clay or shale brick; No facings. 160 psi 10 hrs. 1 1, 44 10 W-12-M-3 12Core: hollow rolok of clay or shale; No facings. 160 psi 5 hrs. 1 1, 44 5 W-12-M-4 12Core: hollow rolok bak of clay or shale; No facings. 160 psi 10 hrs. 1 1, 44 10 W-12-M-5 12Core: concrete brick; No facings. 160 psi 13 hrs. 1 1, 44 13 W-12-M-6 12Core: sand-lime brick; No facings. N/A 14 hrs. 1 1 14 W-12-M-7 12Core: sand-lime brick; No facings. 160 psi 10 hrs. 1 1, 44 10 W-12-M-8 12 Cored clay or shale brick; Units in wall thickness: 1; Cells in wall thickness: 2; Minimum % solids: 70; No facings. 120 psi 5 hrs. 1 1, 45 5 W-12-M-9 12 Cored clay or shale brick; Units in wall thickness: 3; Cells in wall thickness: 3; Minimum % solids: 87; No facings. 160 psi 10 hrs. 1 1, 44 10 W-12-M-10 12 Cored clay or shale brick; Units in wall thickness: 3; Cells in wall thickness: 3; Minimum % solids: 87; No facings. N/A 11 hrs. 1 1 11 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-46 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 1.1.6—continued MASONRY WALLS 12 TO LESS THAN 14 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS- 92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 W-12-M-11 12Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 2, 6, 9, 18; No facings. 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 1, 20 2 1/2 W-12-M-12 12Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 2, 4, 9, 19; No facings. 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 1, 20 2 W-12-M-13 12Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 2, 6, 14, 19; No facings. 80 psi 3 hrs. 1 1, 20 3 W-12-M-14 12Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 2, 6, 14, 18; No facings. 80 psi 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 2021/2 W-12-M-15 12Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 2, 4, 13, 18; No facings. 80 psi 3 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 2031/2 W-12-M-16 12Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 2, 4, 13, 19; No facings. 80 psi 3 hrs. 1 1, 20 3 W-12-M-17 12Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 3, 6, 9, 18; No facings. 80 psi 3 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 2031/2 W-12-M-18 12Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 3, 6, 9, 19; No facings. 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 1, 20 2 W-12-M-19 12Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 3, 6, 14, 18; No facings. 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1, 20 4 W-12-M-20 12Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 3, 6, 14, 19; No facings. 80 psi 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 2021/2 W-12-M-21 12Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 3, 6, 16, 18; No facings. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1, 20 5 W-12-M-22 12Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 3, 6, 16, 19; No facings. 80 psi 3 hrs. 1 1, 20 3 W-12-M-23 12Core: 8, 70% solid clay or shale struc- tural tile; 4 brick facings on one side. 80 psi 10 hrs. 1 1, 20 10 W-12-M-24 12Core: 8, 70% solid clay or shale struc- tural tile; 4 brick facings on one side. N/A 11 hrs. 1 1 11 W-12-M-25 12Core: 8, 40% solid clay or shale struc- tural tile; 4 brick facings on one side. 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1, 20 6 W-12-M-26 12Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 1, 9, 15, 16, 20; No facings. 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 1, 20 2 W-12-M-27 12Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 34, 41; No facings. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1, 20 5 W-12-M-28 12Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 19, 26, 31, 41; No facings. 80 psi 1 hr. 30 min. 1 1, 2011/2 W-12-M-29 12Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 31, 41; No facings. 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1, 20 4 W-12-M-30 12Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 3, 19, 27, 31, 43; No facings. 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 1, 20 2 W-12-M-31 12Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 3, 18, 27, 31, 43; No facings. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1, 20 5 W-12-M-32 12Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 19, 26, 32, 43; No facings. 80 psi 25 min. 1 1, 20 1/3 W-12-M-33 12Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 32, 43; No facings. 80 psi 25 min. 1 1, 20 1/3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-47 TABLE 1.1.6—continued MASONRY WALLS 12 TO LESS THAN 14 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 W-12-M-34 12 1/2Core: solid clay or shale brick; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one side. 160 psi 10 hrs. 1 1, 44 10 W-12-M-35 12 1/2Core: solid clay or shale brick; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one side. N/A 13 hrs. 1 1 13 W-12-M-36 12 1/2 Core: hollow rolok of clay or shale; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one side. 160 psi 6 hrs. 1 1, 44 6 W-12-M-37 12 1/2 Core: hollow rolok bak of clay or shale; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one side. 160 psi 10 hrs. 1 1, 44 10 W-12-M-38 12 1/2Core: concrete; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one side. 160 psi 14 hrs. 1 1, 44 14 W-12-M-39 12 1/2Core: sand-lime brick; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one side. 160 psi 10 hrs. 1 1, 44 10 W-12-M-40 12 1/2Core: sand-lime brick; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one side. N/A 15 hrs. 1 1 15 W-12-M-41 12 1/2 Cored clay or shale brick; Units in wall thickness: 1; Cells in wall thickness: 2; Minimum % solids: 70; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one side. 120 psi 6 hrs. 1 1, 45 6 W-12-M-42 12 1/2 Cored clay or shale brick; Units in wall thickness: 3; Cells in wall thickness: 3; Minimum % solids: 87; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one side. 160 psi 10 hrs. 1 1, 44 10 W-12-M-43 12 1/2 Cored clay or shale brick; Units in wall thickness: 3; Cells in wall thickness: 3; Minimum % solids: 87; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on one side. N/A 12 hrs. 1 1 12 W-12-M-44 12 1/2 Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 19, 26, 34, 41; Facings: fire side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 20 2 1/2 W-12-M-45 12 1/2 Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 34, 39, 41; Facings: one side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1, 20 6 W-12-M-46 12 1/2 Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 19, 26, 31, 41; Facings: fire side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 2 hrs. 1 1, 20 2 W-12-M-47 12 1/2 Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 31, 41; Facings: one side of wall only; see Note 38. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1, 20 5 W-12-M-48 12 1/2 Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 3, 19, 27, 31, 43; Facings: fire side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 20 2 1/2 W-12-M-49 12 1/2 Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 3, 18, 27, 31, 43; Facings: one side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1, 20 6 W-12-M-50 12 1/2 Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 19, 26, 32, 43; Facings: fire side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 20 2 1/2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-48 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 1.1.6—continued MASONRY WALLS 12 TO LESS THAN 14 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 W-12-M-51 12 1/2Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 32, 43; Facings: one side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 25 min. 1 1, 20 1/3 W-12-M-52 12 5/8Clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 2, 6, 9, 18; Facings: side 1, see Note 17; side 2, none. 80 psi 3 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 20 3 1/2 W-12-M-53 12 5/8Clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 2, 6, 9, 19; Facings: fire side only; see Note 17. 80 psi 3 hrs. 1 1, 20 3 W-12-M-54 12 5/8 Clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 2, 6, 14, 19; Facings: side 1, see Note 17; side 2, none. 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1, 20 4 W-12-M-55 12 5/8 Clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 2, 6, 14, 18; Facings: exposed side only; see Note 17. 80 psi 3 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 20 3 1/2 W-12-M-56 12 5/8 Clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 2, 4, 13, 18; Facings: side 1, see Note 17; side 2, none. 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1, 20 4 W-12-M-57 12 5/8Clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 1, 4, 13, 19; Facings: fire side only; see Note 17. 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1, 20 4 W-12-M-58 12 5/8Clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 3, 6, 9, 18; Facings: side 1, see Note 17; side 2, none. 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1, 20 4 W-12-M-59 12 5/8Clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 3, 6, 9, 19; Facings: fire side only; see Note 17. 80 psi 3 hrs. 1 1, 20 3 W-12-M-60 12 5/8 Clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 3, 6, 14, 18; Facings: side 1, see Note 17; side 2, none. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1, 20 5 W-12-M-61 12 5/8Clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 3, 6, 14, 19; Facings: fire side only; see Note 17. 80 psi 3 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 20 3 1/2 W-12-M-62 12 5/8 Clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 3, 6, 16, 18; Facings: side 1, see Note 17; side 2, none. 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1, 20 6 W-12-M-63 12 5/8Clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 3, 6, 16, 19; Facings: fire side only; see Note 17. 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1, 20 4 W-12-M-64 12 5/8 Core: 8, 40% solid clay or shale structural tile; Facings: 4 brick plus 5/8 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster on one side. 80 psi 7 hrs. 1 1, 20 7 W-13-M-65 13Core: solid clay or shale brick; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. 160 psi 12 hrs. 1 1, 44 12 W-13-M-66 13Core: solid clay or shale brick; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. N/A 15 hrs. 1 1, 20 15 W-13-M-67 13Core: solid clay or shale brick; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. N/A 15 hrs. 1 1 15 W-13-M-68 13 Core: hollow rolok of clay or shale; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. 80 psi 7 hrs. 1 1, 20 7 W-13-M-69 13Core: concrete brick; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gyp- sum plaster facings on both sides. 160 psi 16 hrs. 1 1, 44 16 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-49 TABLE 1.1.6—continued MASONRY WALLS 12 TO LESS THAN 14 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 W-13-M-70 13Core: sand-lime brick; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. 160 psi 12 hrs. 1 1, 44 12 W-13-M-71 13Core: sand-lime brick; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. N/A 17 hrs. 1 1 17 W-13-M-72 13 Cored clay or shale brick; Units in wall thickness: 1; Cells in wall thickness: 2; Minimum % solids: 70; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. 120 psi 7 hrs. 1 1, 45 7 W-13-M-73 13 Cored clay or shale brick; Units in wall thickness: 3; Cells in wall thickness: 3; Minimum % solids: 87; 1/2 of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. 160 psi 12 hrs. 1 1, 44 12 W-13-M-74 13 Cored clay or shale brick; Units in wall thickness: 3; Cells in wall thickness: 2; Minimum % solids: 87; 1/2  of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster facings on both sides. N/A 14 hrs. 1 1 14 W-13-M-75 13Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 18, 23, 28, 39, 41; No facings. 80 psi 7 hrs. 1 1, 20 7 W-13-M-76 13Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 19, 23, 28, 39, 41; No facings. 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1, 20 4 W-13-M-77 13Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 3, 18, 27, 31, 43; Facings: both sides; see Note 38. 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1, 20 6 W-13-M-78 13Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 31, 41; Facings: both sides; see Note 38. 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1, 20 6 W-13-M-79 13 Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 2, 18, 26, 34, 41; Facings: both sides of wall; see Note 38. 80 psi 7 hrs. 1 1, 20 7 W-13-M-80 13 1/4Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 2, 6, 9, 18; Facings: both sides; see Note 17. 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1, 20 4 W-13-M-81 13 1/4Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 2, 6, 14, 19; Facings: both sides; see Note 17.80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1, 20 4 W-13-M-82 13 1/4 Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 2, 4, 13, 18; Facings: both sides; see Note 17. 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1, 20 6 W-13-M-83 13 1/4Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 3, 6, 9, 18; Facings: both sides; see Note 17. 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1, 20 6 W-13-M-84 13 1/4 Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 3, 6, 14, 18; Facings: both sides; see Note 17. 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1, 20 6 W-13-M-85 13 1/4 Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 3, 6, 16, 18; Facings: both sides; see Note 17. 80 psi 7 hrs. 1 1, 20 7 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-50 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 1.1.6—continued MASONRY WALLS 12 TO LESS THAN 14 THICK For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa. Notes: 1. Tested at NBS - ASA Spec. No. A2-1934. 2. One unit in wall thickness. 3. Two units in wall thickness. 4. Two or three units in wall thickness. 5. Two cells in wall thickness. 6. Three or four cells in wall thickness. 7. Four or five cells in wall thickness. 8. Five or six cells in wall thickness. 9. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 40%. 10. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 43%. 11. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 46%. 12. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 48%. 13. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 49%. 14. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 45%. 15. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 51%. 16. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 53%. 17. Not less than 5/8 inch thickness of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. 18. Noncombustible or no members framed into wall. 19. Combustible members framed into wall. 20. Load: 80 psi for gross area. 21. Portland cement-lime mortar. 22. Failure mode-thermal. 23. British test. 24. Passed all criteria. 25. Failed by sudden collapse with no preceding signs of impending failure. 26. One cell in wall thickness. 27. Two cells in wall thickness. 28. Three cells in wall thickness. 29. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 52%. 30. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 54%. 31. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 55%. 32. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 57%. 33. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 60%. 34. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 62%. 35. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 65%. 36. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 70%. 37. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 76%. 38. Not less than 1/2 inch of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. 39. Three units in wall thickness. 40. Concrete units made with expanded slag or pumice aggregates. 41. Concrete units made with expanded burned clay or shale, crushed limestone, air cooled slag or cinders. 42. Concrete units made with calcareous sand and gravel. Coarse aggregate, 60 percent or more calcite and dolomite. 43. Concrete units made with siliceous sand and gravel. Ninety percent or more quartz, chert or flint. 44. Load: 160 psi of gross wall cross sectional area. 45. Load: 120 psi of gross wall cross sectional area. ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 W-13-M-86 13 1/2 Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 18, 23, 28, 39, 41; Facings: one side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 8 hrs. 1 1, 20 8 W-13-M-87 13 1/2 Cored concrete masonry; see Notes 19, 23, 28, 39, 41; Facings: fire side only; see Note 38. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1, 20 5 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-51 TABLE 1.1.7 MASONRY WALLS 14 OR MORE THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 W-14-M-1 14Core: cored masonry; see Notes 18, 28, 33, 39, 41; Facings: both sides; see Note 38. 80 psi 9 hrs. 1 1, 20 9 W-16-M-2 16Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 7, 9, 19; No facings. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1, 20 5 W-16-M-3 16Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 7, 9, 19; No facings. 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1, 20 4 W-16-M-4 16Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 7, 10, 18; No facings. 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1, 20 6 W-16-M-5 16Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 7, 10, 19; No facings. 80 psi 4 hrs. 1 1, 20 4 W-16-M-6 16Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 7, 11, 18; No facings. 80 psi 7 hrs. 1 1, 20 7 W-16-M-7 16Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 7, 11, 19; No facings. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1, 20 5 W-16-M-8 16Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 8, 13, 18; No facings. 80 psi 8 hrs. 1 1, 20 8 W-16-M-9 16Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 8, 13, 19; No facings. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1, 20 5 FIGURE 1.1.7 MASONRY WALLS 14 OR MORE THICK 5 FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS) NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 1234 5 10 0 1067890 1411 12 13 312 7 9 15 17 25 20 13 16 24 6 23 29 12 5 8 11 14 19 4 22 30 18 26 27 8 10 21 28 1 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: W-17-M-28 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-52 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 1.1.7—continued MASONRY WALLS 14 OR MORE THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 W-16-M-10 16Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 8, 15, 18; No facings. 80 psi 9 hrs. 1 1, 20 9 W-16-M-11 16Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 3, 7, 14, 18; No facings. 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1, 20 6 W-16-M-12 16Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 8, 16, 18; No facings. 80 psi 10 hrs. 1 1, 20 10 W-16-M-13 16Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 6, 16, 19; No facings. 80 psi 7 hrs. 1 1, 20 7 W-16-M-14 16 5/8 Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 7, 9, 18; Facings: side 1, see Note 17; side 2, none. 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1, 20 6 W-16-M-15 16 5/8 Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 7, 9, 19; Facings: fire side only; see Note 17. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1, 20 5 W-16-M-16 16 5/8 Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 7, 10, 18; Facings: side 1, see Note 17; side 2, none. 80 psi 7 hrs. 1 1, 20 7 W-16-M-17 16 5/8 Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 7, 10, 19; Facings: fire side only; see Note 17. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1, 20 5 W-16-M-18 16 5/8 Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 7, 11, 18; Facings: side 1, see Note 17; side 2, none. 80 psi 5 hrs. 1 1, 20 5 W-16-M-19 16 5/8 Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 7, 11, 19; Facings: fire side only; see Note 17. 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1, 20 6 W-16-M-20 16 5/8 Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 8, 13, 18; Facings: sides 1 and 2; see Note 17. 80 psi 11 hrs. 1 1, 20 11 W-16-M-21 16 5/8 Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 8, 13 18; Facings: side 1, see Note 17; side 2, none. 80 psi 9 hrs. 1 1, 20 9 W-16-M-22 16 5/8 Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 8, 13, 19; Facings: fire side only; see Note 17. 80 psi 6 hrs. 1 1, 20 6 W-16-M-23 16 5/8 Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 8, 15, 18; Facings: side 1, see Note 17; side 2, none. 80 psi 10 hrs. 1 1, 20 10 W-16-M-24 16 5/8 Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 8, 15, 19; Facings: fire side only; see Note 17. 80 psi 7 hrs. 1 1, 20 7 W-16-M-25 16 5/8 Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 6, 16, 18; Facings: side 1, see Note 17; side 2, none. 80 psi 11 hrs. 1 1, 20 11 W-16-M-26 16 5/8 Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 6, 16, 19; Facings: fire side only; see Note 17. 80 psi 8 hrs. 1 1, 20 8 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-53 TABLE 1.1.7—continued MASONRY WALLS 14 OR MORE THICK For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa. Notes: 1 Tested at NBS - ASA Spec. No. A2-1934. 2. One unit in wall thickness. 3. Two units in wall thickness. 4. Two or three units in wall thickness. 5. Two cells in wall thickness. 6. Three or four cells in wall thickness. 7. Four or five cells in wall thickness. 8. Five or six cells in wall thickness. 9. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 40%. 10. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 43%. 11. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 46%. 12. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 48%. 13. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 49%. 14. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 45%. 15. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 51%. 16. Minimum percent of solid materials in units = 53%. 17. Not less than 5/8 inch thickness of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. 18. Noncombustible or no members framed into wall. 19. Combustible members framed into wall. 20. Load: 80 psi for gross area. 21. Portland cement-lime mortar. 22. Failure mode—thermal. 23. British test. 24. Passed all criteria. 25. Failed by sudden collapse with no preceding signs of impending failure. 26. One cell in wall thickness. 27. Two cells in wall thickness. 28. Three cells in wall thickness. 29. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 52%. 30. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 54%. 31. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 55%. 32. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 57%. 33. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 60%. 34. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 62%. 35. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 65%. 36. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 70%. 37. Minimum percent of solid material in concrete units = 76%. 38. Not less than 1/2 inch of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. 39. Three units in wall thickness. 40. Concrete units made with expanded slag or pumice aggregates. 41. Concrete units made with expanded burned clay or shale, crushed limestone, air cooled slag or cinders. 42. Concrete units made with calcareous sand and gravel. Coarse aggregate, 60 percent or more calcite and dolomite. 43. Concrete units made with siliceous sand and gravel. Ninety percent or more quartz, chert or flint. ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 W-17-M-27 17 1/4 Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 7, 9, 18; Facings: sides 1 and 2; see Note 17. 80 psi 8 hrs. 1 1, 20 8 W-17-M-28 17 1/4 Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 7, 10, 18; Facings: sides 1 and 2; see Note 17. 80 psi 9 hrs. 1 1, 20 9 W-17-M-29 17 1/4 Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 7, 11, 18; Facings: sides 1 and 2; see Note 17. 80 psi 10 hrs. 1 1, 20 10 W-17-M-30 17 1/4 Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 8, 15, 18; Facings: sides 1 and 2; see Note 17. 80 psi 12 hrs. 1 1, 20 12 W-17-M-31 17 1/4 Core: clay or shale structural tile; see Notes 4, 6, 16, 18; Facings: sides 1 and 2; see Note 17. 80 psi 13 hrs. 1 1, 20 13 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-54 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® FIGURE 1.2.1 METAL FRAME WALLS 0 TO LESS THAN 4 THICK 0 FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS) NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 12 34 5 10 15 0 15 22 25 30 8 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: W-3-Me-34 28 35 11 19 27 34 6 10 5 33 18 17 2 4 9 1 16 26 7 12 13 3 14 21 23 24 20 29 32 36 31 TABLE 1.2.1 METAL FRAME WALLS 0 TO LESS THAN 4 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS- 92 W-3-Me-1 3 Core: steel channels having three rows of 4 × 1/8 staggered slots in web; core filled with heat expanded vermiculite weighing 1.5 lbs./ft.2 of wall area; Facings: sides 1 and 2, 18 gage steel, spot welded to core. N/A 25 min. 1 1/3 W-3-Me-2 3 Core: steel channels having three rows of 4 × 1/8 staggered slots in web; core filled with heat expanded vermiculite weighing 2 lbs./ft.2 of wall area; Facings: sides 1 and 2, 18 gage steel, spot welded to core. N/A 30 min. 1 1/2 W-3-Me-3 2 1/2 Solid partition: 3/8 tension rods (vertical) 3 o.c. with metal lath; Scratch coat: cement/ sand/lime plaster; Float coats: cement/sand/ lime plaster; Finish coats: neat gypsum plaster. N/A 1 hr. 7 1 1 W-2-Me-4 2 Solid wall: steel channel per Note 1; 2 thickness of 1:2; 1:3 Portland cement on metal lath. N/A 30 min. 1 1/2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-55 TABLE 1.2.1—continued METAL FRAME WALLS 0 TO LESS THAN 4 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS- 92 W-2-Me-5 2 Solid wall: steel channel per Note 1; 2 thickness of neat gypsum plaster on metal lath. N/A 1 hr. 45 min. 1 13/4 W-2-Me-6 2 Solid wall: steel channel per Note 1; 2 thickness of 1:11/2; 1:11/2 gypsum plaster on metal lath. N/A 1 hr. 30 min. 1 11/2 W-2-Me-7 2 Solid wall: steel channel per Note 2; 2 thickness of 1:1; 1:1 gypsum plaster on metal lath. N/A 1 hr. 1 1 W-2-Me-8 2 Solid wall: steel channel per Note 1; 2 thickness of 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster on metal lath. N/A 45 min. 1 3/4 W-2-Me-9 2 1/4 Solid wall: steel channel per Note 2; 21/4 thickness of 1:2; 1:3 Portland cement on metal lath. N/A 30 min. 1 1/2 W-2-Me-10 2 1/4 Solid wall: steel channel per Note 2; 21/4 thickness of neat gypsum plaster on metal lath. N/A 2 hrs. 1 2 W-2-Me-11 2 1/4 Solid wall: steel channel per Note 2; 21/4 thickness of 1:1/2; 1:1/2 gypsum plaster on metal lath. N/A 1 hr. 45 min. 1 13/4 W-2-Me-12 2 1/4 Solid wall: steel channel per Note 2; 21/4 thickness of 1:1; 1:1 gypsum plaster on metal lath. N/A 1 hr. 15 min. 1 11/4 W-2-Me-13 2 1/4 Solid wall: steel channel per Note 2; 21/4 thickness of 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster on metal lath. N/A 1 hr. 1 1 W-2-Me-14 2 1/2 Solid wall: steel channel per Note 1; 21/2 thickness of 4.5:1:7; 4.5:1:7 Portland cement, sawdust and sand sprayed on wire mesh; see Note 3. N/A 1 hr. 1 1 W-2-Me-15 2 1/2 Solid wall: steel channel per Note 2; 21/2 thickness of 1:4; 1:4 Portland cement sprayed on wire mesh; see Note 3. N/A 20 min. 1 1/3 W-2-Me-16 2 1/2 Solid wall: steel channel per Note 2; 21/2 thickness of 1:2; 1:3 Portland cement on metal lath. N/A 30 min. 1 1/2 W-2-Me-17 2 1/2 Solid wall: steel channel per Note 2; 21/2 thickness of neat gypsum plaster on metal lath. N/A 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 21/2 W-2-Me-18 2 1/2 Solid wall: steel channel per Note 2; 21/2 thickness of 1:1/2; 1:1/2 gypsum plaster on metal lath. N/A 2 hrs. 1 2 W-2-Me-19 2 1/2 Solid wall: steel channel per Note 2; 21/2 thickness of 1:1; 1:1 gypsum plaster on metal lath. N/A 1 hr. 30 min. 1 11/2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-56 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 1.2.1—continued METAL FRAME WALLS 0 TO LESS THAN 4 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 W-2-Me-20 2 1/2 Solid wall: steel channel per Note 2; 21/2 thickness of 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster on metal lath. N/A 1 hr. 1 1 W-2-Me-21 2 1/2 Solid wall: steel channel per Note 2; 21/2 thickness of 1:2; 1:3 gypsum plaster on metal lath. N/A 1 hr. 1 1 W-3-Me-22 3 Core: steel channel per Note 2; 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster on 3/4 soft asbestos lath; plaster thickness 2. N/A 45 min. 1 3/4 W-3-Me-23 3 1/2 Solid wall: steel channel per Note 2; 21/2 thickness of 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster on 3/4 asbestos lath. N/A 1 hr. 1 1 W-3-Me-24 3 1/2 Solid wall: steel channel per Note 2; lath over and 1:21/2; 1:21/2 gypsum plaster on 1 magnesium oxysulfate wood fiberboard; plaster thickness 21/2. N/A 1 hr. 1 1 W-3-Me-25 3 1/2 Core: steel studs; see Note 4; Facings: 3/4 thickness of 1:1/30:2; 1:1/30: 3 Portland cement and asbestos fiber plaster. N/A 45 min. 1 3/4 W-3-Me-26 3 1/2 Core: steel studs; see Note 4; Facings: both sides 3/4 thickness of 1:2; 1:3 Portland cement. N/A 30 min. 1 1/2 W-3-Me-27 3 1/2Core: steel studs; see Note 4; Facings: both sides 3/4 thickness of neat gypsum plaster. N/A 1 hr. 30 min. 1 11/2 W-3-Me-28 3 1/2 Core: steel studs; see Note 4; Facings: both sides 3/4 thickness of 1:1/2; 1:1/2 gypsum plaster. N/A 1 hr. 15 min. 1 11/4 W-3-Me-29 3 1/2 Core: steel studs; see Note 4; Facings: both sides 3/4 thickness of 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plas- ter. N/A 1 hr. 1 1 W-3-Me-30 3 1/2 Core: steel studs; see Note 4; Facings: both sides 3/4 thickness of 1:2; 1:3 gypsum plaster. N/A 45 min. 1 3/4 W-3-Me-31 3 3/4 Core: steel studs; see Note 4; Facings: both sides 7/8 thickness of 1:1/30: 2; 1:1/30: 3 Portland cement and asbestos fiber plaster. N/A 1 hr. 1 1 W-3-Me-32 3 3/4 Core: steel studs; see Note 4; Facings: both sides 7/8 thickness of 1:2; 1:3 Portland cement. N/A 45 min. 1 3/4 W-3-Me-33 3 3/4Core: steel studs; see Note 4; Facings: both sides 7/8 thickness of neat gypsum plaster. N/A 2 hrs. 1 2 W-3-Me-34 3 3/4 Core: steel studs; see Note 4; Facings: both sides 7/8 thickness of 1:1/2; 1:1/2 gypsum plaster. N/A 1 hr. 30 min. 1 11/2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-57 TABLE 1.2.1—continued METAL FRAME WALLS 0 TO LESS THAN 4 THICK For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. Notes: 1. Failure mode—local temperature rise—back face. 2. Three-fourths inch or 1 inch channel framing—hot-rolled or strip-steel channels. 3. Reinforcement is 4-inch square mesh of No. 6 wire welded at intersections (no channels). 4. Ratings are for any usual type of nonload-bearing metal framing providing 2 inches (or more) air space. General Note: The construction details of the wall assemblies are as complete as the source documentation will permit. Data on the method of attachment of facings and the gauge of steel studs was provided when known. The cross-sectional area of the steel stud can be computed, thereby permitting a reasoned estimate of actual loading conditions. For load-bearing assemblies, the maximum allowable stress for the steel studs has been provided in the table “Notes.” More often, it is the thermal properties of the facing materials, rather than the specific gauge of the steel, that will determine the degree of fire resistance. This is particularly true for nonbearing wall assemblies. ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 W-3-Me-35 3 3/4 Core: steel studs; see Note 4; Facings: both sides 7/8 thickness of 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plas- ter. N/A 1 hr. 15 min. 1 11/4 W-3-Me-36 3 3/4 Core: steel; see Note 4; Facings: 7/8 thick- ness of 1:2; 1:3 gypsum plaster on both sides. N/A 1 hr. 1 1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-58 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® FIGURE 1.2.2 METAL FRAME WALLS 4 TO LESS THAN 6 THICK 0 FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS) NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 1234 5 10 0 5 7 1 8 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: W-5-Me-11 9 4 6 10 3 2 11 TABLE 1.2.2 METAL FRAME WALLS 4 TO LESS THAN 6 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 W-5-Me-1 5 1/2 3 cavity with 16 ga. channel studs (31/2 o.c.) of 1/2 × 1/2 channel and 3 spacer; Metal lath on ribs with plaster (three coats) 3/4 over face of lath; Plaster (each side): scratch coat, cement/lime/sand with hair; float coat, cement/lime/sand; finish coat, neat gypsum. N/A 1 hr. 11 min. 7 1 1 W-4-Me-2 4Core: steel studs; see Note 2; Facings: both sides 1 thickness of neat gypsum plaster. N/A 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 21/2 W-4-Me-3 4 Core: steel studs; see Note 2; Facings: both sides 1 thickness of 1:1/2; 1:1/2 gypsum plas- ter. N/A 2 hrs. 1 2 W-4-Me-4 4Core: steel; see Note 2; Facings: both sides 1 thickness of 1:2; 1:3 gypsum plaster. N/A 1 hr. 15 min. 1 11/4 W-4-Me-5 4 1/2 Core: lightweight steel studs 3 in depth; Fac- ings: both sides 3/4 thick sanded gypsum plas- ter, 1:2 scratch coat, 1:3 brown coat applied on metal lath. See Note 4 45 min. 1 5 3/4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-59 TABLE 1.2.2—continued METAL FRAME WALLS 4 TO LESS THAN 6 THICK For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa. Notes: 1. Failure mode—local back face temperature rise. 2. Ratings are for any usual type of nonbearing metal framing providing a minimum 2 inches air space. 3. Facing materials secured to lightweight steel studs not less than 3 inches deep. 4. Rating based on loading to develop a maximum stress of 7270 psi for net area of each stud. 5. Spacing of steel studs must be sufficient to develop adequate rigidity in the metal-lath or gypsum-plaster base. 6. As per Note 4 but load/stud not to exceed 5120 psi. General Note: The construction details of the wall assemblies are as complete as the source documentation will permit. Data on the method of attachment of facings and the gauge of steel studs was provided when known. The cross sectional area of the steel stud can be computed, thereby permitting a reasoned estimate of actual loading conditions. For load-bearing assemblies, the maximum allowable stress for the steel studs has been provided in the table “Notes.” More often, it is the thermal properties of the facing materials, rather than the specific gauge of the steel, that will determine the degree of fire resistance. This is particularly true for nonbearing wall assemblies. ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 W-4-Me-6 4 1/2 Core: lightweight steel studs 3 in depth; Facings: both sides 3/4 thick neat gypsum plaster on metal lath. See Note 4 1 hr. 30 min. 1 511/2 W-4-Me-7 4 1/2 Core: lightweight steel studs 3 in depth; Facings: both sides 3/4 thick sanded gypsum plaster, 1:2 scratch and brown coats applied on metal lath. See Note 4 1 hr. 1 5 1 W-4-Me-8 4 3/4 Core: lightweight steel studs 3 in depth; Facings: both sides 7/8 thick sanded gypsum plaster, 1:2 scratch coat, 1:3 brown coat, applied on metal lath. See Note 4 1 hr. 1 5 1 W-4-Me-9 4 3/4 Core: lightweight steel studs 3 in depth; Facings: both sides 7/8 thick sanded gypsum plaster, 1:2 scratch and 1:3 brown coats applied on metal lath. See Note 4 1 hr. 15 min. 1 511/4 W-5-Me-10 5 Core: lightweight steel studs 3 in depth; Facings: both sides 1 thick neat gypsum plaster on metal lath. See Note 4 2 hrs. 1 5 2 W-5-Me-11 5 Core: lightweight steel studs 3 in depth; Facings: both sides 1 thick neat gypsum plaster on metal lath. See Note 4 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 5, 621/2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-60 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 1.2.3 METAL FRAME WALLS 6 TO LESS THAN 8 THICK For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa. Notes: 1. Lightweight steel studs (minimum 3 inches deep) used. Stud spacing dependent on loading, but in each case, spacing is to be such that adequate rigidity is provided to the metal lath plaster base. 2. Load is such that stress developed in studs is not greater than 5120 psi calculated from net stud area. General Note: The construction details of the wall assemblies are as complete as the source documentation will permit. Data on the method of attachment of facings and the gauge of steel studs was provided when known. The cross sectional area of the steel stud can be computed, thereby permitting a reasoned estimate of actual loading conditions. For load-bearing assemblies, the maximum allowable stress for the steel studs has been provided in the table “Notes.” More often, it is the thermal properties of the facing materials, rather than the specific gauge of the steel, that will determine the degree of fire resistance. This is particularly true for nonbearing wall assemblies. ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 W-6-Me-1 6 5/8 On one side of 1 magnesium oxysulfate wood fiberboard sheathing attached to steel studs (see Notes 1 and 2), 1 air space, 33/4 brick secured with metal ties to steel frame every fifth course; Inside facing of 7/8 1:2 sanded gypsum plaster on metal lath secured directly to studs; Plaster side exposed to fire. See Note 2 1 hr. 45 min. 1 113/4 W-6-Me-2 6 5/8 On one side of 1 magnesium oxysulfate wood fiberboard sheathing attached to steel studs (see Notes 1 and 2), 1 air space, 33/4 brick secured with metal ties to steel frame every fifth course; Inside facing of 7/8 1:2 sanded gypsum plaster on metal lath secured directly to studs; Brick face exposed to fire. See Note 2 4 hrs. 1 1 4 W-6-Me-3 6 5/8 On one side of 1 magnesium oxysulfate wood fiberboard sheathing attached to steel studs (see Notes 1 and 2), 1 air space, 33/4 brick secured with metal ties to steel frame every fifth course; Inside facing of 7/8 ver- miculite plaster on metal lath secured directly to studs; Plaster side exposed to fire. See Note 2 2 hrs. 1 1 2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-61 TABLE 1.2.4 METAL FRAME WALLS 8 TO LESS THAN 10 THICK For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa. Notes: 1. Lightweight steel studs  3 inches in depth. Stud spacing dependent on loading, but in any case, the spacing is to be such that adequate rigidity is provided to the metal-lath plaster base. 2. Load is such that stress developed in studs is  5120 psi calculated from the net area of the stud. General Note: The construction details of the wall assemblies are as complete as the source documentation will permit. Data on the method of attachment of facings and the gauge of steel studs was provided when known. The cross sectional area of the steel stud can be computed, thereby permitting a reasoned estimate of actual loading conditions. For load-bearing assemblies, the maximum allowable stress for the steel studs has been provided in the table “Notes.” More often, it is the thermal properties of the facing materials, rather than the specific gauge of the steel, that will determine the degree of fire resistance. This is particularly true for nonbearing wall assemblies. ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 W-9-Me-1 9 1/16 On one side of 1/2 wood fiberboard sheathing next to studs, 3/4 air space formed with 3/4 × 15/8 wood strips placed over the fiberboard and secured to the studs, paper backed wire lath nailed to strips 33/4 brick veneer held in place by filling a 3/4 space between the brick and paper backed lath with mortar; Inside fac- ing of 3/4 neat gypsum plaster on metal lath attached to 5/16 plywood strips secured to edges of steel studs; Rated as combustible because of the sheathing; See Notes 1 and 2; Plaster exposed. See Note 2 1 hr. 45 min. 1 113/4 W-9-Me-2 9 1/16Same as above with brick exposed. See Note 2 4 hrs. 1 1 4 W-8-Me-3 8 1/2 On one side of paper backed wire lath attached to studs and 33/4 brick veneer held in place by filling a 1 space between the brick and lath with mortar; Inside facing of 1 paper-enclosed mineral wool blanket weigh- ing 0.6 lb./ft.2 attached to studs, metal lath or paper backed wire lath laid over the blanket and attached to the studs, 3/4 sanded gypsum plaster 1:2 for the scratch coat and 1:3 for the brown coat; See Notes 1 and 2; Plaster face exposed. See Note 2 4 hrs. 1 1 4 W-8-Me-4 8 1/2Same as above with brick exposed. See Note 2 5 hrs. 1 1 5 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-62 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 1.3.1 WOOD FRAME WALLS 0 TO LESS THAN 4 THICK For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa. Notes: 1. Achieved “Grade C” fire resistance (British). 2. Nominal 24 wood studs of No. 1 common or better lumber set edgewise, 2 4 plates at top and bottom and blocking at mid height of wall. 3. All horizontal joints in facing material backed by 2 4 blocking in wall. 4. Load: 360 psi of net stud cross sectional area. 5. Facings secured with 6d casing nails. Nail holes predrilled and 0.02 inch to 0.03 inch smaller than nail diameter. 6. The wood-wool core is a pressed excelsior slab which possesses insulating properties similar to cellulosic insulation. ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 W-3-W-1 3 3/4Solid wall: 21/4 wood-wool slab core; 3/4 gypsum plaster each side. N/A 2 hrs. 7 1, 6 2 W-3-W-2 3 7/82 × 4 stud wall; 3/16 thick cement asbestos board on both sides of wall. 360 psi net area 10 min. 1 2-51/6 W-3-W-3 3 7/8Same as W-3-W-2 but stud cavities filled with 1 lb./ft.2 mineral wool batts. 360 psi net area 40 min. 1 2-52/3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-63 TABLE 1.3.2 WOOD FRAME WALLS 4 TO LESS THAN 6 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 W-4-W-1 42 × 4 stud wall; 3/16 CAB; no insulation; Design A. 35 min. 10 min. 4 1-10 1/6 W-4-W-2 4 1/82 × 4 stud wall; 3/16 CAB; no insulation; Design A. 38 min. 9 min. 4 1-10 1/6 W-4-W-3 4 3/4 2 × 4 stud wall; 3/16 CAB and 3/8 gypsum board face (both sides); Design B. 62 min. 64 min. 4 1-10 1 W-5-W-4 52 × 4 stud wall; 3/16 CAB and 1/2 gypsum board (both sides); Design B. 79 min. Greater than 90 min. 41-101 W-4-W-5 4 3/42 × 4 stud wall; 3/16 CAB and 3/8 gypsum board (both sides); Design B. 45 min. 45 min. 4 1-12 — W-5-W-6 5 2 × 4 stud wall; 3/16 CAB and 1/2 gypsum board face (both sides); Design B. 45 min. 45 min. 4 1-10, 12, 13 — W-4-W-7 42 × 4 stud wall; 3/16 CAB face; 31/2 mineral wool insulation; Design C. 40 min. 42 min. 4 1-10 2/3 W-4-W-8 42 × 4 stud wall; 3/16 CAB face; 31/2 mineral wool insulation; Design C. 46 min. 46 min. 4 1-10, 43 2/3 W-4-W-9 42 × 4 stud wall; 3/16 CAB face; 31/2 mineral wool insulation; Design C. 30 min. 30 min. 4 1-10, 12, 14 — FIGURE 1.3.2 WOOD FRAME WALLS 4 TO LESS THAN 6 THICK 0 FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS) NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 1234 10 0 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: W-5-W-68 20 30 53 36 30 37 2 1 66 24 3 67 47 46 25 12 11 4 69 77 20 68 64 63 62 48 19 95 83 82 80 78 61 59 58 54 51 50 42 40 38 32 29 16 15 14 13 10 9 94 92 91 88 87 85 84 76 73 60 57 56 55 52 49 43 34 33 28 26 22 21 18 8 7 6 5 86 93 90 89 86 81 79 75 74 72 71 70 65 45 44 41 39 35 31 27 23 17 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-64 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 1.3.2—continued WOOD FRAME WALLS 4 TO LESS THAN 6 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 W-4-W-10 4 1/82 × 4 stud wall; 3/16 CAB face; 31/2 mineral wool insulation; Design C. — 30 min. 4 1-8, 12, 14 — W-4-W-11 4 3/4 2 × 4 stud wall; 3/16 CAB face; 3/8 gyp- sum strips over studs; 51/2 mineral wool insulation; Design D. 79 min. 79 min. 4 1-10 1 W-4-W-12 4 3/4 2 × 4 stud wall; 3/16 CAB face; 3/8 gyp- sum strips at stud edges; 71/2 mineral wool insulation; Design D. 82 min. 82 min. 4 1-10 1 W-4-W-13 4 3/4 2 × 4 stud wall; 3/16 CAB face; 3/8 gyp- sum board strips over studs; 51/2 mineral wool insulation; Design D. 30 min. 30 min. 4 1-12 — W-4-W-14 4 3/4 2 × 4 stud wall; 3/16 CAB face; 3/8 gyp- sum board strips over studs; 7 mineral wool insulation; Design D. 30 min. 30 min. 4 1-12 — W-5-W-15 5 1/2 2 × 4 stud wall; Exposed face: CAB shin- gles over 1 × 6; Unexposed face: 1/8 CAB sheet; 7/16 fiberboard (wood); Design E. 34 min. — 4 1-10 1/2 W-5-W-16 5 1/2 2 × 4 stud wall; Exposed face: 1/8 CAB sheet; 7/16 fiberboard; Unexposed face: CAB shingles over 1 × 6; Design E. 32 min. 33 min. 4 1-10 1/2 W-5-W-17 5 1/2 2 × 4 stud wall; Exposed face: CAB shin- gles over 1 × 6; Unexposed face: 1/8 CAB sheet; gypsum at stud edges; 31/2 mineral wood insulation; Design F. 51 min. — 4 1-10 3/4 W-5-W-18 5 1/2 2 × 4 stud wall; Exposed face: 1/8 CAB sheet; gypsum board at stud edges; Unex- posed face: CAB shingles over 1 × 6; 31/2 mineral wool insulation; Design F. 42 min. — 4 1-10 2/3 W-5-W-19 5 5/8 2 × 4 stud wall; Exposed face: CAB shin- gles over 1 × 6; Unexposed face: 1/8 CAB sheet; gypsum board at stud edges; 51/2 mineral wool insulation; Design G. 74 min. 85 min. 4 1-10 1 W-5-W-20 5 5/8 2 × 4 stud wall; Exposed face: 1/8 CAB sheet; gypsum board at 3/16 stud edges; 7/ 16 fiberboard; Unexposed face: CAB shin- gles over 1 × 6; 51/2 mineral wool insu- lation; Design G. 79 min. 85 min. 4 1-10 1 1/4 W-5-W-21 5 5/8 2 × 4 stud wall; Exposed face: CAB shin- gles 1 × 6 sheathing; Unexposed face: CAB sheet; gypsum board at stud edges; 51/2 mineral wool insulation; Design G. 38 min. 38 min. 4 1-10, 12, 14 — W-5-W-22 5 5/8 2 × 4 stud wall; Exposed face: CAB sheet; gypsum board at stud edges; Unex- posed face: CAB shingles 1 × 6 sheath- ing; 51/2 mineral wool insulation; Design G. 38 min. 38 min. 4 1-12 — W-6-W-23 6 2 × 4 stud wall; 16 o.c.; 1/2 gypsum board each side; 1/2 gypsum plaster each side. N/A 60 min. 7 15 1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-65 TABLE 1.3.2—continued WOOD FRAME WALLS 4 TO LESS THAN 6 THICK. (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 W-6-W-24 6 2 × 4 stud wall; 16 o.c.; 1/2 gypsum board each side; 1/2 gypsum plaster each side. N/A 68 min. 7 16 1 W-6-W-25 6 7/8 2 × 4 stud wall; 18 o.c.; 3/4 gypsum plank each side; 3/16 gypsum plaster each side. N/A 80 min. 7 15 1 1/3 W-5-W-26 5 1/8 2 × 4 stud wall; 16 o.c.; 3/8 gypsum board each side; 3/16 gypsum plaster each side. N/A 37 min. 7 15 1/2 W-5-W-27 5 3/4 2 × 4 stud wall; 16 o.c.; 3/8 gypsum lath each side; 1/2 gypsum plaster each side. N/A 52 min. 7 15 3/4 W-5-W-28 52 × 4 stud wall; 16 o.c.; 1/2 gypsum board each side. N/A 37 min. 7 16 1/2 W-5-W-29 5 2 × 4 stud wall; 1/2 fiberboard both sides 14% M.C. with F.R. paint at 35 gm./ ft.2. N/A 28 min. 7 15 1/3 W-4-W-30 4 3/42 × 4 stud wall; Fire side: 1/2 (wood) fiberboard; Back side: 1/4 CAB; 16 o.c. N/A 17 min. 7 15, 16 1/4 W-5-W-31 5 1/8 2 × 4 stud wall; 16 o.c.; 1/2 fiberboard insulation with 1/32 asbestos (both sides of each board). N/A 50 min. 7 16 3/4 W-4-W-32 4 1/4 2 × 4 stud wall; 3/8 thick gypsum wallboard on both faces; insulated cavi- ties. See Note 23 25 min. 1 17, 18, 23 1/3 W-4-W-33 4 1/22 × 4 stud wall; 1/2 thick gypsum wallboard on both faces. See Note 17 40 min. 1 17, 23 1/3 W-4-W-34 4 1/2 2 × 4 stud wall; 1/2 thick gypsum wallboard on both faces; insulated cavi- ties. See Note 17 45 min. 1 17, 18, 23 3/4 W-4-W-35 4 1/2 2 × 4 stud wall; 1/2 thick gypsum wallboard on both faces; insulated cavi- ties. N/A 1 hr. 1 17, 18, 24 1 W-4-W-36 4 1/22 × 4 stud wall; 1/2 thick, 1.1 lbs./ft.2 wood fiberboard sheathing on both faces. See Note 23 15 min. 1 17, 23 1/4 W-4-W-37 4 1/22 × 4 stud wall; 1/2 thick, 0.7 lb./ft.2 wood fiberboard sheathing on both faces. See Note 23 10 min. 1 17, 23 1/6 W-4-W-38 4 1/2 2 × 4 stud wall; 1/2 thick, flameproofed 1.6 lbs./ft.2 wood fiberboard sheathing on both faces. See Note 23 30 min. 1 17, 23 1/2 W-4-W-39 4 1/2 2 × 4 stud wall; 1/2 thick gypsum wallboard on both faces; insulated cavi- ties. See Note 23 1 hr. 1 17, 18, 23 1 W-4-W-40 4 1/2 2 × 4 stud wall; 1/2 thick, 1:2; 1:3 gypsum plaster on wood lath on both faces. See Note 23 30 min. 1 17, 21, 23 1/2 W-4-W-41 4 1/2 2 × 4 stud wall; 1/2, 1:2; 1:3 gypsum plaster on wood lath on both faces; insu- lated cavities. See Note 23 1 hr. 1 17, 18, 21, 24 1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-66 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 1.3.2—continued WOOD FRAME WALLS 4 TO LESS THAN 6 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 W-4-W-42 4 1/22 × 4 stud wall; 1/2, 1:5; 1:7.5 lime plaster on wood lath on both wall faces. See Note 23 30 min. 1 17, 21, 23 1/2 W-4-W-43 4 1/2 2 × 4 stud wall; 1/2 thick 1:5; 1:7.5 lime plaster on wood lath on both faces; insulated cavities. See Note 23 45 min. 1 17, 18, 21, 23 3/4 W-4-W-44 4 5/8 2 × 4 stud wall; 3/16 thick cement-asbes- tos over 3/8 thick gypsum board on both faces. See Note 23 1 hr. 1 23, 25, 26, 27 1 W-4-W-45 4 5/8 2 × 4 stud wall; studs faced with 4 wide strips of 3/8 thick gypsum board; 3/16 thick gypsum cement-asbestos board on both faces; insulated cavities. See Note 23 1 hr. 1 23, 25, 27, 28 1 W-4-W-46 4 5/8Same as W-4-W-45 but nonload bearing. N/A 1 hr. 15 min. 1 24, 28 1 1/4 W-4-W-47 4 7/8 2 × 4 stud wall; 3/16 thick cement-asbes- tos board over 1/2 thick gypsum sheathing on both faces. See Note 23 1 hr. 15 min. 1 23, 25, 26, 27 11/4 W-4-W-48 4 7/8Same as W-4-W-47 but nonload bearing. N/A 1 hr. 30 min. 1 24, 27 1 1/2 W-5-W-49 5 2 × 4 stud wall; Exterior face: 3/4 wood sheathing; asbestos felt 14 lbs./100 ft.2 and 5/32 cement-asbestos shingles; Interior face: 4 wide strips of 3/8 gypsum board over studs; wall faced with 3/16 thick cement-asbestos board. See Note 23 40 min. 1 18, 23, 25, 26, 29 2/3 W-5-W-50 5 2 × 4 stud wall; Exterior face: as per W- 5-W-49; Interior face: 9/16 composite board consisting of 7/16 thick wood fiber- board faced with 1/8 thick cement-asbes- tos board; Exterior side exposed to fire. See Note 23 30 min. 1 23, 25, 26, 30 1/2 W-5-W-51 5Same as W-5-W-50 but interior side exposed to fire. See Note 23 30 min. 1 23, 25, 26 1/2 W-5-W-52 5Same as W-5-W-49 but exterior side exposed to fire. See Note 23 45 min. 1 18, 23, 25, 26 3/4 W-5-W-53 52 × 4 stud wall; 3/4 thick T&G wood boards on both sides. See Note 23 20 min. 1 17, 23 1/3 W-5-W-54 5Same as W-5-W-53 but with insulated cavities. See Note 23 35 min. 1 17, 18, 23 1/2 W-5-W-55 5 2 × 4 stud wall; 3/4 thick T&G wood boards on both sides with 30 lbs./100 ft.2 asbestos; paper, between studs and boards. See Note 23 45 min. 1 17, 23 3/4 W-5-W-56 5 2 × 4 stud wall; 1/2 thick, 1:2; 1:3 gyp- sum plaster on metal lath on both sides of wall. See Note 23 45 min. 1 17, 21, 34 3/4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-67 TABLE 1.3.2—continued WOOD FRAME WALLS 4 TO LESS THAN 6 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 W-5-W-57 5 2 × 4 stud wall; 3/4 thick 2:1:8; 2:1:12 lime and Keene's cement plaster over metal lath on both sides of wall. See Note 23 45 min. 1 17, 21, 23 1/2 W-5-W-58 5 2 × 4 stud wall; 3/4 thick 2:1:8; 2:1:10 lime Portland cement plaster over metal lath on both sides of wall. See Note 23 30 min. 1 17, 21, 23 1/2 W-5-W-59 52 × 4 stud wall; 3/4 thick 1:5; 1:7.5 lime plaster on metal lath on both sides of wall. See Note 23 30 min. 1 17, 21, 23 1/2 W-5-W-60 5 2 × 4 stud wall; 3/4 thick 1:1/30:2; 1:1/30: 3 Portland cement, asbestos fiber plaster on metal lath on both sides of wall. See Note 23 45 min. 1 17, 21, 23 3/4 W-5-W-61 5 2 × 4 stud wall; 3/4 thick 1:2; 1:3 Portland cement plaster on metal lath on both sides of wall. See Note 23 30 min. 1 17, 21, 23 1/2 W-5-W-62 52 × 4 stud wall; 3/4 thick neat gypsum plaster on metal lath on both sides of wall. N/A 1 hr. 30 min. 1 17, 22, 24 11/2 W-5-W-63 52 × 4 stud wall; 3/4 thick neat gypsum plaster on metal lath on both sides of wall. See Note 23 1 hr. 30 min. 1 17, 21, 23 11/2 W-5-W-64 5 2 × 4 stud wall; 3/4 thick 1:2; 1:2 gyp- sum plaster on metal lath on both sides of wall; insulated cavities. See Note 23 1 hr. 30 min. 1 17, 18, 21, 23 11/2 W-5-W-65 52 × 4 stud wall; same as W-5-W-64 but cavities not insulated. See Note 23 1 hr. 1 17, 21, 23 1 W-5-W-66 5 2 × 4 stud wall; 3/4 thick 1:2; 1:3 gypsum plaster on metal lath on both sides of wall; insulated cavities. See Note 23 1 hr. 15 min. 1 17, 18, 21, 23 11/4 W-5-W-67 5 1/16 Same as W-5-W-49 except cavity insula- tion of 1.75 lbs./ft.2 mineral wool bats; rating applies when either wall side exposed to fire. See Note 23 1 hr. 15 min. 1 23, 26, 25 11/4 W-5-W-68 5 1/4 2 × 4 stud wall, 7/8 thick 1:2; 1:3 gypsum plaster on metal lath on both sides of wall; insulated cavities. See Note 23 1 hr. 30 min. 1 17, 18, 21, 23 11/2 W-5-W-69 5 1/4 2 × 4 stud wall; 7/8 thick neat gypsum plaster applied on metal lath on both sides of wall. N/A 1 hr. 45 min. 1 17, 22, 24 13/4 W-5-W-70 5 1/4 2 × 4 stud wall; 1/2 thick neat gypsum plaster on 3/8 plain gypsum lath on both sides of wall. See Note 23 1 hr. 1 17, 22, 23 1 W-5-W-71 5 1/4 2 × 4 stud wall; 1/2 thick of 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster on 3/8 thick plain gypsum lath with 13/4 × 13/4 metal lath pads nailed 8 o.c. vertically and 16 o.c. horizontally on both sides of wall. See Note 23 1 hr. 1 17, 21, 23 1 W-5-W-72 5 1/4 2 × 4 stud wall; 1/2 thick of 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster on 3/8 perforated gypsum lath, one 3/4 diameter hole or larger per 16 square of lath surface, on both sides of wall. See Note 23 1 hr. 1 17, 21, 23 1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-68 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 1.3.2—continued WOOD FRAME WALLS 4 TO LESS THAN 6 THICK (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 W-5-W-73 5 1/4 2 × 4 stud wall; 1/2 thick of 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster on 3/8 gypsum lath (plain, indented or perforated) on both sides of wall. See Note 23 45 min. 1 17, 21, 23 3/4 W-5-W-74 5 1/4 2 × 4 stud wall; 7/8 thick of 1:2; 1:3 gyp- sum plaster over metal lath on both sides of wall. See Note 23 1 hr. 1 17, 21, 23 1 W-5-W-75 5 1/4 2 × 4 stud wall; 7/8 thick of 1:1/30:2; 1: 1/30:3 Portland cement, asbestos plaster applied over metal lath on both sides of wall. See Note 23 1 hr. 1 17, 21, 23 1 W-5-W-76 5 1/4 2 × 4 stud wall; 7/8 thick of 1:2; 1:3 Portland cement plaster over metal lath on both sides of wall. See Note 23 45 min. 1 17, 21, 23 3/4 W-5-W-77 5 1/2 2 × 4 stud wall; 1 thick neat gypsum plaster over metal lath on both sides of wall; nonload bearing. N/A 2 hrs. 1 17, 22, 24 2 W-5-W-78 5 1/2 2 × 4 stud wall; 1/2 thick of 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster on 1/2 thick, 0.7 lb./ft.2 wood fiberboard on both sides of wall. See Note 23 35 min. 1 17, 21, 23 1/2 W-4-W-79 4 3/4 2 × 4 wood stud wall; 1/2 thick of 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster over wood lath on both sides of wall; mineral wool insulation. N/A 1 hr. 43 21, 31, 35, 38 1 W-4-W-80 4 3/4Same as W-4-W-79 but uninsulated. N/A 35 min. 43 21, 31, 35 1/2 W-4-W-81 4 3/4 2 × 4 wood stud wall; 1/2 thick of 3:1:8; 3:1:12 lime, Keene’s cement, sand plaster over wood lath on both sides of wall; mineral wool insulation. N/A 1 hr. 43 21, 31, 35, 40 1 W-4-W-82 4 3/4 2 × 4 wood stud wall; 1/2 thick of 1:61/4; 1:61/4 lime Keene’s cement plaster over wood lath on both sides of wall; mineral wool insulation. N/A 30 min. 43 21, 31, 35, 40 1/2 W-4-W-83 4 3/4 2 × 4 wood stud wall; 1/2 thick of 1:5; 1:7.5 lime plaster over wood lath on both sides of wall. N/A 30 min. 43 21, 31, 35 1/2 W-5-W-84 5 1/8 2 × 4 wood stud wall; 11/16 thick of 1:5; 1:7.5 lime plaster over wood lath on both sides of wall; mineral wool insulation. N/A 45 min. 43 21, 31, 35, 39 3/4 W-5-W-85 5 1/4 2 × 4 wood stud wall; 3/4 thick of 1:5; 1:7 lime plaster over wood lath on both sides of wall; mineral wool insulation. N/A 40 min. 43 21, 31, 35, 40 2/3 W-5-W-86 5 1/4 2 × 4 wood stud wall; 1/2 thick of 2:1:12 lime, Keene’s cement and sand scratch coat; 1/2 thick 2:1:18 lime, Keene's cement and sand brown coat over wood lath on both sides of wall; mineral wool insulation. N/A 1 hr. 43 21, 31, 35, 40 1 W-5-W-87 5 1/4 2 × 4 wood stud wall; 1/2 thick of 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster over 3/8 plaster board on both sides of wall. N/A 45 min. 43 21, 31 3/4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-69 TABLE 1.3.2—continued WOOD FRAME WALLS 4 TO LESS THAN 6 THICK For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 305 mm, 1 pound = 0.004448 kN, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa, 1 pound per square foot = 47.9 N/m2. Notes: 1. All specimens 8 feet or 8 feet 8 inches by 10 feet 4 inches, i.e. one-half of furnace size. See Note 42 for design cross section. 2. Specimens tested in tandem (two per exposure). 3. Test per ASA No. A2-1934 except where unloaded. Also, panels were of “half” size of furnace opening. Time value signifies a thermal failure time. 4. Two-inch by 4-inch studs: 16 inches on center.; where 10 feet 4 inches, blocking at 2-foot 4-inch height. 5. Facing 4 feet by 8 feet, cement-asbestos board sheets, 3/16 inch thick. 6. Sheathing (diagonal): 25/22 inch by 5 1/2 inch, 1 inch by 6 inches pine. 7. Facing shingles: 24 inches by 12 inches by 5/32 inch where used. 8. Asbestos felt: asphalt sat between sheathing and shingles. 9. Load: 30,500 pounds or 360 psi/stud where load was tested. 10. Walls were tested beyond achievement of first test end point. A load-bearing time in excess of performance time indicates that although thermal criteria were exceeded, load-bearing ability continued. 11. Wall was rated for one hour combustible use in original source. 12. Hose steam test specimen. See table entry of similar design above for recommended rating. 13. Rated one and one-fourth hour load bearing. Rated one and one-half hour nonload bearing. 14. Failed hose stream. 15. Test terminated due to flame penetration. 16. Test terminated—local back face temperature rise. 17. Nominal 2-inch by 4-inch wood studs of No. 1 common or better lumber set edgewise. Two-inch by four-inch plates at top and bottom and blocking at mid height of wall. 18. Cavity insulation consists of rock wool bats 1.0 lb./ft. 2 of filled cavity area. 19. Cavity insulation consists of glass wool bats 0.6 lb./ft. 2 of filled cavity area. 20. Cavity insulation consists of blown-in rock wool 2.0 lbs./ft. 2 of filled cavity area 21. Mix proportions for plastered walls as follows: first ratio indicates scratch coat mix, weight of dry plaster: dry sand; second ratio indicates brown coat mix. 22. “Neat” plaster is taken to mean unsanded wood-fiber gypsum plaster. 23. Load: 360 psi of net stud cross sectional area. 24. Rated as nonload bearing. (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 W-5-W-88 5 1/4 2 × 4 wood stud wall; 1/2 thick of 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster over 3/8 gypsum lath on both sides of wall. N/A 45 min. 43 21, 31 3/4 W-5-W-89 5 1/4 2 × 4 wood stud wall; 1/2 thick of 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster over 3/8 gypsum lath on both sides of wall. N/A 1 hr. 43 21, 31, 33 1 W-5-W-90 5 1/4 2 × 4  wood stud wall; 1/2 thick neat plas- ter over 3/8 thick gypsum lath on both sides of wall. N/A 1 hr. 43 21, 22, 31 1 W-5-W-91 5 1/4 2 × 4 wood stud wall; 1/2 thick of 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster over 3/8 thick indented gyp- sum lath on both sides of wall. N/A 45 min. 43 21, 31 3/4 W-5-W-92 5 1/4 2 × 4 wood stud wall; 1/2 thick of 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster over 3/8 thick perforated gypsum lath on both sides of wall. N/A 45 min. 43 21, 31, 34 3/4 W-5-W-93 5 1/4 2 × 4 wood stud wall; 1/2 thick of 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster over 3/8 perforated gypsum lath on both sides of wall. N/A 1 hr. 43 21, 31 1 W-5-W-94 5 1/4 2 × 4 wood stud wall; 1/2 thick of 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster over 3/8 thick perforated gypsum lath on both sides of wall. N/A 45 min. 43 21, 31, 34 3/4 W-5-W-95 5 1/2 2 × 4 wood stud wall; 1/2 thick of 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster over 1/2 thick wood fiber- board plaster base on both sides of wall. N/A 35 min. 43 21, 31, 36 1/2 W-5-W-96 5 3/4 2 × 4 wood stud wall; 1/2 thick of 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster over 7/8 thick flameproofed wood fiberboard on both sides of wall. N/A 1 hr. 43 21, 31, 37 1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-70 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 1.3.2—continued WOOD FRAME WALLS 4 TO LESS THAN 6 THICK 25. Nominal 2-inch by 4-inch studs per Note 17, spaced at 16 inches on center. 26. Horizontal joints in facing material supported by 2-inch by 4-inch blocking within wall. 27. Facings secured with 6d casing nails. Nail holes predrilled and were 0.02 to 0.03 inch smaller than nail diameter. 28. Cavity insulation consists of mineral wool bats weighing 2 lbs./ft. 2 of filled cavity area. 29. Interior wall face exposed to fire. 30. Exterior wall faced exposed to fire. 31. Nominal 2-inch by 4-inch studs of yellow pine or Douglas-fir spaced 16 inches on center in a single row. 32. Studs as in Note 31 except double row, with studs in rows staggered. 33. Six roofing nails with metal-lath pads around heats to each 16-inch by 48-inch lath. 34. Areas of holes less than 2 3/4 percent of area of lath. 35. Wood laths were nailed with either 3d or 4d nails, one nail to each bearing, and the end joining broken every seventh course. 36. One-half-inch thick fiberboard plaster base nailed with 3d or 4d common wire nails spaced 4 to 6 inches on center. 37. Seven-eighths-inch thick fiberboard plaster base nailed with 5d common wire nails spaced 4 to 6 inches on center. 38. Mineral wood bats 1.05 to 1.25 lbs./ft. 2 with waterproofed-paper backing. 39. Blown-in mineral wool insulation, 2.2 lbs./ft. 2. 40. Mineral wool bats, 1.4 lbs./ft. 2 with waterproofed-paper backing. 41. Mineral wood bats, 0.9 lb./ft. 2. 42. See wall design diagram below. 43. Duplicate specimen of W-4-W-7, tested simultaneously with W-4-W-7 in 18-foot test furnace. ACE G BDF Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-71 TABLE 1.3.3 WOOD FRAME WALLS 6 TO LESS THAN 8 THICK For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 0.004448 kN, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa, 1 pound per square foot = 47.9 N/m 2. Notes: 1. Nominal 2-inch by 4-inch wood studs of No. 1 common or better lumber set edgewise. Two-inch by 4-inch plates at top and bottom and blocking at mid height of wall. 2. Mix proportions for plastered walls as follows: first ratio indicates scratch coat mix, weight of dry plaster: dry sand; second ratio indicates brown coat mix. 3. Load: 360 psi of net stud cross sectional area. 4. Nominal 2-inch by 4-inch studs of yellow pine of Douglas-fir spaced 16 inches in a double row, with studs in rows staggered. 5. Mineral wool bats, 0.19 lb./ft. 2 ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 W-6-W-1 6 1/4 2 × 4 stud wall; 1/2 thick, 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster on 7/8 flameproofed wood fiber- board weighing 2.8 lbs./ft.2 on both sides of wall. See Note 3 1 hr. 1 1-3 1 W-6-W-2 6 1/2 2 × 4 stud wall; 1/2 thick, 1:3; 1:3 gypsum plaster on 1 thick magnesium oxysulfate wood fiberboard on both sides of wall. See Note 3 45 min. 1 1-3 3/4 W-7-W-3 7 1/4 Double row of 2 × 4 studs, 1/2 thick of 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster applied over 3/8 thick perforated gypsum lath on both sides of wall; mineral wool insulation. N/A 1 hr. 43 2, 4, 5 1 W-7-W-4 7 1/2 Double row of 2 × 4 studs, 5/8 thick of 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster applied over 3/8 thick perforated gypsum lath over laid with 2 × 2, 16 gage wire fabric, on both sides of wall. N/A 1 hr. 15 min. 43 2, 4 1 1/4 TABLE 1.4.1 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS WALLS 0 TO LESS THAN 4 THICK For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 0.004448 kN. Notes: 1. No failure reached at 1 hour. 2. These glass blocks are assumed to be solid based on other test data available for similar but hollow units which show significantly reduced fire endurance. 3. Minimum of 1/2 inch of 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster required to develop this rating. ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 W-3-Mi-1 3 7/8 Glass brick wall: (bricks 53/4 × 53/4 × 37/8) 1/4 mortar bed, cement/lime/sand; mounted in brick (9) wall with mastic and 1/2 asbestos rope. N/A 1 hr. 7 1, 2 1 W-3-Mi-2 3 Core: 2 magnesium oxysulfate wood-fiber blocks; laid in Portland cement-lime mortar; Facings: on both sides; see Note 3. N/A 1 hr. 1 3 1 W-3-Mi-3 3 7/8 Core: 8 × 47/8 glass blocks 37/8 thick weigh- ing 4 lbs. each; laid in Portland cement-lime mortar; horizontal mortar joints reinforced with metal lath. N/A 15 min. 1 1/4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-72 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 1.4.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS WALLS 4 TO LESS THAN 6 THICK For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. Notes: 1. One-half inch sanded gypsum plaster. Voids in hollow blocks to be not more than 30 percent. ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 W-4-Mi-1 4 Core: 3 magnesium oxysulfate wood-fiber blocks; laid in Portland cement mortar; Facings: both sides; see Note 1. N/A 2 hrs. 1 2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-73 FIGURE 1.5.1 FINISH RATINGS—INORGANIC MATERIALS 0 FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS) NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 12 24 36 48 5 10 0 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: F.R.I.-14 11 12 16 10 60 2 5 14 14 6 7 15 3 13 9 8 TABLE 1.5.1 FINISH RATINGS—INORGANIC MATERIALS (continued) ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. F.R. (MIN.)FINISH RATING PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 F.R.-I-1 9/163/8 gypsum wallboard faced with 3/16 cement-asbestos board. 20 minutes 1 1, 2 15 F.R.-I-2 11/161/2 gypsum sheathing faced with 3/16 cement-asbestos board. 20 minutes 1 1, 2 20 F.R.-I-3 3/163/16 cement-asbestos board over uninsulated cavity. 10 minutes 1 1, 2 5 F.R.-I-4 3/163/16 cement-asbestos board over insulated cavities. 5 minutes 1 1, 2 5 F.R.-I-5 3/43/4 thick 1:2; 1:3 gypsum plaster over paper backed metal lath. 20 minutes 1 1, 2, 3 20 F.R.-I-6 3/43/4 thick Portland cement plaster on metal lath. 10 minutes 1 1, 2 10 F.R.-I-7 3/43/4 thick 1:5; 1:7.5 lime plaster on metal lath. 10 minutes 1 1, 2 10 F.R.-I-8 11 thick neat gypsum plaster on metal lath. 35 minutes 1 1, 2, 4 35 F.R.-I-9 3/43/4 thick neat gypsum plaster on metal lath. 30 minutes 1 1, 2, 4 30 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-74 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 1.5.1—continued FINISH RATINGS—INORGANIC MATERIALS For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, °C = [(°F) - 32]/1.8. Notes: 1. The finish rating is the time required to obtain an average temperature rise of 250°F, or a single point rise of 325°F, at the interface between the material being rated and the substrate being protected. 2. Tested in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials, ASA No. A2-1932. 3. Mix proportions for plasters as follows: first ratio, dry weight of plaster: dry weight of sand for scratch coat; second ratio, plaster: sand for brown coat. 4. Neat plaster means unsanded wood-fiber gypsum plaster. General Note: The finish rating of modern building materials can be found in the current literature. ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. F.R. (MIN.)FINISH RATING PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 F.R.-I-10 3/43/4 thick 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster on metal lath. 15 minutes 1 1, 2, 3 15 F.R.-I-11 1/2Same as F.R.-1-7, except 1/2 thick on wood lath. 15 minutes 1 1, 2, 3 15 F.R.-I-12 1/21/2 thick 1:2; 1:3 gypsum plaster on wood lath. 15 minutes 1 1, 2, 3 15 F.R.-I-13 7/81/2 thick 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster on 3/8 perforated gypsum lath. 30 minutes 1 1, 2, 3 30 F.R.-I-14 7/81/2 thick 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster on 3/8 thick plain or indented gypsum plaster. 20 minutes 1 1, 2, 3 20 F.R.-I-15 3/83/8 gypsum wallboard. 10 minutes 1 1, 2 10 F.R.-I-16 1/21/2 gypsum wallboard. 15 minutes 1 1, 2 15 TABLE 1.5.2 FINISH RATINGS—ORGANIC MATERIALS For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 0.004448 kN, 1 pound per square foot = 47.9 N/m 2, °C = [(°F) - 32]/1.8. Notes: 1. The finish rating is the time required to obtain an average temperature rise of 250°F, or a single point rise of 325°F, at the interface between the material being rated and he substrate being protected. 2. Tested in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials, ASA No. A2-1932. 3. Plaster ratios as follows: first ratio is for scratch coat, weight of dry plaster: weight of dry sand; second ratio is for the brown coat. General Note: The finish rating of thinner materials, particularly thinner woods, have not been listed because the possible effects of shrinkage, warpage and aging cannot be predicted. ITEM CODE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. F.R. (MIN.)FINISH RATING PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 F.R.-O-1 9/167/16 wood fiberboard faced with 1/8 cement-asbestos board. 15 minutes 1 1, 2 15 F.R.-O-2 29/323/4 wood sheathing, asbestos felt weighing 14 lbs./100 ft.2 and 5/32 cement-asbestos shingles. 20 minutes 1 1, 2 20 F.R.-O-3 1 1/2 1 thick magnesium oxysulfate wood fiber- board faced with 1:3; 1:3 gypsum plaster, 1/2 thick. 20 minutes 1 1, 2, 3 20 F.R.-O-4 1/21/2 thick wood fiberboard. 5 minutes 1 1, 2 5 F.R.-O-5 1/21/2 thick flameproofed wood fiberboard. 10 minutes 1 1, 2 10 F.R.-O-6 11/2 thick wood fiberboard faced with 1/2 thick 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster. 15 minutes 1 1, 2, 3 30 F.R.-O-7 1 3/87/8 thick flameproofed wood fiberboard faced with 1/2 thick 1:2; 1:2 gypsum plaster. 30 minutes 1 1, 2, 3 30 F.R.-O-8 1 1/411/4 thick plywood. 30 minutes 35 30 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-75 SECTION II COLUMNS TABLE 2.1.1 REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 0 TO LESS THAN 6 Notes: 1. Collapse. 2. British test. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 C-6-RC-1 6 6 × 6 square columns; gravel aggre- gate concrete (4030 psi); Reinforce- ment: vertical, four 7/8 rebars; horizontal, 5/16 ties at 6 pitch; Cover: 1. 34.7 tons 62 min. 7 1, 2 1 C-6-RC-2 6 6 × 6 square columns; gravel aggre- gate concrete (4200 psi); Reinforce- ment: vertical, four 1/2 rebars; horizontal, 5/16 ties at 6 pitch; Cover: 1. 21 tons 69 min. 7 1, 2 1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-76 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 2.1.2 REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 10 TO LESS THAN 12 (continued) ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 C-10-RC-1 10 10 square columns; aggregate concrete (4260 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 11/4 rebars; horizontal, 3/8 ties at 6 pitch; Cover: 11/4. 92.2 tons 1 hr. 2 min. 7 1 1 C-10-RC-2 10 10 square columns; aggregate concrete (2325 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 1/2 rebars; horizontal, 5/16 ties at 6 pitch; Cover: 1. 46.7 tons 1 hr. 52 min. 7 1 1 3/4 C-10-RC-3 10 10 square columns; aggregate concrete (5370 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 1/2 rebars; horizontal, 5/16 ties at 6 pitch; Cover: 1. 46.5 tons 2 hrs. 7 2, 3, 11 2 C-10-RC-4 10 10 square columns; aggregate concrete (5206 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 1/2 rebars; horizontal, 5/16 ties at 6 pitch; Cover: 1. 46.5 tons 2 hrs. 7 2, 7 2 C-10-RC-5 10 10 square columns; aggregate concrete (5674 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 1/2 rebars; horizontal, 5/16 ties at 6 pitch; Cover: 1. 46.7 tons 2 hrs. 7 1 2 FIGURE 2.1.2 REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 10 TO LESS THAN 12 0 FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS) NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 1234 5 15 0 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: C-11-RC-14 10 9 17161411 8 713 24 121 26 20 10 3 4 5 2 6 18 19 21 15 22 23 25 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-77 TABLE 2.1.2—continued REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 10 TO LESS THAN 12 (continued) ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 C-10-RC-6 10 10 square columns; aggregate concrete (5150 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 11/2 rebars; horizontal, 5/16 ties at 6 pitch; Cover: 1. 66 tons 1 hr. 43 min. 7 1 1 3/4 C-10-RC-7 10 10 square columns; aggregate concrete (5580 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 1/2 rebars; horizontal, 5/16 ties at 6 pitch; Cover: 11/8. 62.5 tons 1 hr. 38 min. 7 1 1 1/2 C-10-RC-8 10 10 square columns; aggregate concrete (4080 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 11/8 rebars; horizontal, 5/16 ties at 6 pitch; Cover: 11/8. 72.8 tons 1 hr. 48 min. 7 1 1 3/4 C-10-RC-9 10 10 square columns; aggregate concrete (2510 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 1/2 rebars; horizontal, 5/16 ties at 6 pitch; Cover: 1. 51 tons 2 hrs. 16 min. 7 1 2 1/4 C-10-RC-10 10 10 square columns; aggregate concrete (2170 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 1/2 rebars; horizontal, 5/16 ties at 6 pitch; Cover: 1. 45 tons 2 hrs. 14 min. 7 12 2 1/4 C-10-RC-11 10 10 square columns; gravel aggregate concrete (4015 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 1/2 rebars; horizontal, 5/16 ties at 6 pitch; Cover: 11/8. 46.5 tons 2 hrs. 6 min. 7 1 2 C-11-RC-12 11 11 square columns; gravel aggregate concrete (4150 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 11/4 rebars; horizontal, 3/8 ties at 71/2 pitch; Cover: 11/2. 61 tons 1 hr. 23 min. 7 1 1 1/4 C-11-RC-13 11 11 square columns; gravel aggregate concrete (4380 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 11/4 rebars; horizontal, 3/8 ties at 71/2 pitch; Cover: 11/2. 61 tons 1 hr. 26 min. 7 1 1 1/4 C-11-RC-14 11 11 square columns; gravel aggregate concrete (4140 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 11/4 rebars; horizontal, 3/8 ties at 71/2 pitch; steel mesh around reinforcement; Cover: 11/2. 61 tons 3 hrs. 9 min. 7 1 3 C-11-RC-15 11 11 square columns; slag aggregate concrete (3690 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 11/4 rebars; horizontal, 3/8 ties at 71/2 pitch; Cover: 11/2. 91 tons 2 hrs. 7 2, 3, 4, 5 2 C-11-RC-16 11 11 square columns; limestone aggregate concrete (5230 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 11/4 rebars; horizontal, 3/8 ties at 71/2 pitch; Cover: 11/2. 91.5 tons 3 hrs. 41 min. 7 1 3 1/2 C-11-RC-17 11 11 square columns; limestone aggregate concrete (5530 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 11/4 rebars; horizontal, 3/8 ties at 71/2 pitch; Cover: 11/2. 91.5 tons 3 hrs. 47 min. 7 1 3 1/2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-78 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 2.1.2—continued REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 10 TO LESS THAN 12 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa, 1 ton = 8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Failure mode—collapse. 2. Passed 2 hour fire exposure. 3. Passed hose stream test. 4. Reloaded effectively after 48 hours but collapsed at load in excess of original test load. 5. Failing load was 150 tons. 6. Failing load was 112 tons. 7. Failed during hose stream test. 8. Range of load 58.8 tons (initial) to 92 tons (92 minutes) to 60 tons (80 minutes). 9. Collapsed at 44 tons in reload after 96 hours. 10. Withstood reload after 72 hours. 11. Collapsed on reload after 48 hours. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 C-11-RC-18 11 11 square columns; limestone aggregate concrete (5280 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 11/4 rebars; horizontal, 3/8 ties at 71/2 pitch; Cover: 11/2. 91.5 tons 2 hrs. 7 2, 3, 4, 6 2 C-11-RC-19 11 11 square columns; limestone aggregate concrete (4180 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 5/8 rebars; horizontal, 3/8 ties at 7 pitch; Cover: 11/2. 71.4 tons 2 hrs. 7 2, 7 2 C-11-RC-20 11 11 square columns; gravel concrete (4530 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 5/8 rebars; horizontal, 3/8 ties at 7 pitch; Cover: 11/2 with 1/2 plaster. 58.8 tons 2 hrs. 7 2, 3, 9 1 1/4 C-11-RC-21 11 11 square columns; gravel concrete (3520 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 5/8 rebars; horizontal, 3/8 ties at 7 pitch; Cover: 11/2. Vari- able 1 hr. 24 min. 7 1, 8 2 C-11-RC-22 11 11 square columns; aggregate concrete (3710 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 5/ 8 rebars; horizontal, 3/8 ties at 7 pitch; Cover: 11/2. 58.8 tons 2 hrs. 7 2, 3, 10 2 C-11-RC-23 11 11 square columns; aggregate concrete (3190 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 5/ 8 rebars; horizontal, 3/8 ties at 7 pitch; Cover: 11/2. 58.8 tons 2 hrs. 7 2, 3, 10 2 C-11-RC-24 11 11 square columns; aggregate concrete (4860 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 5/8 rebars; horizontal, 3/8 ties at 7 pitch; Cover: 11/2. 86.1 tons 1 hr. 20 min. 7 1 1 1/3 C-11-RC-25 11 11 square columns; aggregate concrete (4850 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 5/ 8 rebars; horizontal, 3/8 ties at 7 pitch; Cover: 11/2. 58.8 tons 1 hr. 59 min. 7 1 1 3/4 C-11-RC-26 11 11 square columns; aggregate concrete (3834 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 5/ 8 rebars; horizontal, 5/16 ties at 41/2 pitch; Cover: 11/2. 71.4 tons 53 min. 7 1 3/4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-79 TABLE 2.1.3 REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 12 TO LESS THAN 14 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa, 1 pound per square yard = 5.3 N/m 2. Notes: 1. Failure mode—unspecified structural. 2. Group I: includes concrete having calcareous aggregate containing a combined total of not more than 10 percent of quartz, chert and flint for the coarse aggregate. Group II: includes concrete having trap-rock aggregate applied without metal ties and also concrete having cinder, sandstone or granite aggregate, if held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh, weighing not less than 1.7 lbs./yd.2, placed not more than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Group III: includes concrete having cinder, sandstone or granite aggregate tied with No. 5 gage steel wire, wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches, or equivalent ties, and concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz, chert and flint, if held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh, weighing not less than 1.7 lbs./yd.2, placed not more than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Group IV: includes concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz, chert and flint, and tied with No. 5 gage steel wire wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches, or equivalent ties. 3. Groupings of aggregates and ties are the same as for structural steel columns protected solidly with concrete, the ties to be placed over the vertical reinforcing bars and the mesh where required, to be placed within 1 inch from the surface of the column. Column A: working loads are assumed as carried by the area of the column inside of the lines circumscribing the reinforcing steel. Column B: working loads are assumed as carried by the gross area of the column. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-12-RC-1 12 12 square columns; gravel aggregate concrete (2647 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 5/8 rebars; horizontal, 5/16 ties at 41/2 pitch; Cover: 2. 78.2 tons 38 min. 1 7 1 1/2 C-12-RC-2 12 Reinforced columns with 11/2 concrete out- side of reinforced steel; Gross diameter or side of column: 12 ; Group I, Column A. — 6 hrs. 1 2, 3 6 C-12-RC-3 12Description as per C-12-RC-2; Group I, Column B. — 4 hrs. 1 2, 3 4 C-12-RC-4 12Description as per C-12-RC-2; Group II, Column A. — 4 hrs. 1 2, 3 4 C-12-RC-5 12Description as per C-12-RC-2; Group II, Column B. —2 hrs. 30 min. 1 2, 321/2 C-12-RC-6 12Description as per C-12-RC-2; Group III, Column A. — 3 hrs. 1 2, 3 3 C-12-RC-7 12Description as per C-12-RC-2; Group III, Column B. — 2 hrs. 1 2, 3 2 C-12-RC-8 12Description as per C-12-RC-2; Group IV, Column A. — 2 hrs. 1 2, 3 2 C-12-RC-9 12Description as per C-12-RC-2; Group IV, Column B. —1 hr. 30 min. 1 2, 311/2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-80 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 2.1.4 REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 14 TO LESS THAN 16 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa, 1 pound per square yard = 5.3 N/m 2. Notes: 1. Failure mode—main rebars buckled between links at various points. 2. Group I: includes concrete having calcareous aggregate containing a combined total of not more than 10 percent of quartz, chert and flint for the coarse aggregate. Group II: includes concrete having trap-rock aggregate applied without metal ties and also concrete having cinder, sandstone or granite aggregate, if held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh, weighing not less than 1.7 lbs./yd.2, placed not more than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Group III: includes concrete having cinder, sandstone or granite aggregate tied with No. 5 gage steel wire, wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches, or equivalent ties, and concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz, chert and flint, if held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh, weighing not less than 1.7 lbs./yd.2, placed not more than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Group IV: includes concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz, chert and flint, and tied with No. 5 gage steel wire wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches, or equivalent ties. 3. Groupings of aggregates and ties are the same as for structural steel columns protected solidly with concrete, the ties to be placed over the vertical reinforcing bars and the mesh where required, to be placed within 1 inch from the surface of the column. Column A: working loads are assumed as carried by the area of the column inside of the lines circumscribing the reinforcing steel. Column B: working loads are assumed as carried by the gross area of the column. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 C-14-RC-1 14 14 square columns; gravel aggregate concrete (4295 psi); Reinforcement: vertical four 3/4 rebars; horizontal: 1/4 ties at 9 pitch; Cover: 11/2 86 tons 1 hr. 22 min. 7 1 1 1/4 C-14-RC-2 14 Reinforced concrete columns with 11/2 concrete outside reinforcing steel; Gross diameter or side of column: 12 ; Group I, Column A. — 7 hrs. 1 2, 3 7 C-14-RC-3 14Description as per C-14-RC-2; Group II, Column B. — 5 hrs. 1 2, 3 5 C-14-RC-4 14Description as per C-14-RC-2; Group III, Column A. — 5 hrs. 1 2, 3 5 C-14-RC-5 14Description as per C-14-RC-2; Group IV, Column B. —3 hrs. 30 min. 1 2, 331/2 C-14-RC-6 14Description as per C-14-RC-2; Group III, Column A. — 4 hrs. 1 2, 3 4 C-14-RC-7 14Description as per C-14-RC-2; Group III, Column B. —2 hrs. 30 min. 1 2, 321/2 C-14-RC-8 14Description as per C-14-RC-2; Group IV, Column A. —2 hrs. 30 min. 1 2, 321/2 C-14-RC-9 14Description as per C-14-RC-2; Group IV, Column B. —1 hr. 30 min. 1 2, 311/2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-81 TABLE 2.1.5 REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 16 TO LESS THAN 18 (continued) ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-16-RC-1 16 16 square columns; gravel aggregate concrete (4550 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, eight 13/8 rebars; horizontal, 5/16 ties at 6 pitch 13/8 below column surface and 5/16 ties at 6 pitch linking center rebars of each face forming a smaller square in column cross section. 237 tons 1 hr 7 1, 2, 3 1 C-16-RC-2 16 16 square columns; gravel aggregate concrete (3360 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, eight 13/8 rebars; horizontal, 5/16 ties at 6 pitch; Cover: 13/8. 210 tons 2 hrs. 7 2, 4, 5, 6 2 C-16-RC-3 16 16 square columns; gravel aggregate concrete (3980 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 7/8 rebars; horizontal, 3/8 ties at 6 pitch; Cover: 1. 123.5 tons 2 hrs. 7 2, 4, 7 2 C-16-RC-4 16 Reinforced concrete columns with 11/2 con- crete outside reinforcing steel; Gross diameter or side of column: 16 ; Group I, Column A. — 9 hrs. 1 8, 9 9 C-16-RC-5 16Description as per C-16-RC-4; Group I, Column B. — 6 hrs. 1 8, 9 6 C-16-RC-6 16Description as per C-16-RC-4; Group II, Column A. — 6 hrs. 1 8, 9 6 FIGURE 2.1.5 REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 16 TO LESS THAN 18 0 FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS) NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 12 3 4 5 10 0 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: C-16-RC-4 3 11 2 5678 910 1 6 510789 4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-82 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 2.1.5—continued REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 16 TO LESS THAN 18 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa, 1 pound per square yard = 5.3 N/m 2. Notes: 1. Column passed 1-hour fire test. 2. Column passed hose stream test. 3. No reload specified. 4. Column passed 2-hour fire test. 5. Column reloaded successfully after 24 hours. 6. Reinforcing details same as C-16-RC-1. 7. Column passed reload after 72 hours. 8. Group I: includes concrete having calcareous aggregate containing a combined total of not more than 10 percent of quartz, chert and flint for the coarse aggregate. Group II: includes concrete having trap-rock aggregate applied without metal ties and also concrete having cinder, sandstone or granite aggregate, if held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh, weighing not less than 1.7 lbs./yd.2, placed not more than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Group III: includes concrete having cinder, sandstone or granite aggregate tied with No. 5 gage steel wire, wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches, or equivalent ties, and concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz, chert and flint, if held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh, weighing not less than 1.7 lbs./yd.2, placed not more than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Group IV: includes concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz, chert and flint, and tied with No. 5 gage steel wire wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches, or equivalent ties. 9. Groupings of aggregates and ties are the same as for structural steel columns protected solidly with concrete, the ties to be placed over the vertical reinforcing bars and the mesh where required, to be placed within 1 inch from the surface of the column. Column A: working loads are assumed as carried by the area of the column inside of the lines circumscribing the reinforcing steel. Column B: working loads are assumed as carried by the gross area of the column. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-16-RC-7 16Description as per C-16-RC-4; Group II, Column B. —4 hrs. 1 8, 9 4 C-16-RC-8 16Description as per C-16-RC-4; Group III, Column A. —5 hrs. 1 8, 9 5 C-16-RC-9 16Description as per C-16-RC-4; Group III, Column B. —3 hrs. 30 min. 1 8, 931/2 C-16-RC-10 16Description as per C-16-RC-4; Group IV, Column A. —3 hrs. 1 8, 9 3 C-16-RC-11 16Description as per C-16-RC-4; Group IV, Column B. —2 hrs. 1 8, 9 2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-83 TABLE 2.1.6 REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 18 TO LESS THAN 20 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square yard = 5.3 N/m 2. Notes: 1. Group I: includes concrete having calcareous aggregate containing a combined total of not more than 10 percent of quartz, chert and flint for the coarse aggregate. Group II: includes concrete having trap-rock aggregate applied without metal ties and also concrete having cinder, sandstone or granite aggregate, if held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh, weighing not less than 1.7 lbs./yd.2, placed not more than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Group III: includes concrete having cinder, sandstone or granite aggregate tied with No. 5 gage steel wire, wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches, or equivalent ties, and concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz, chert and flint, if held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh, weighing not less than 1.7 lbs./yd.2, placed not more than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Group IV: includes concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz, chert and flint and, tied with No. 5 gage steel wire wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches, or equivalent ties. 2. Groupings of aggregates and ties are the same as for structural steel columns protected solidly with concrete, the ties to be placed over the vertical reinforcing bars and the mesh where required, to be placed within 1 inch from the surface of the column. Column A: working loads are assumed as carried by the area of the column inside of the lines circumscribing the reinforcing steel. Column B: working loads are assumed as carried by the gross area of the column. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 C-18-RC-1 18 Reinforced concrete columns with 11/2 concrete outside reinforced steel; Gross diameter or side of column: 18 ; Group I, Column A. — 11 hrs. 1 1, 2 11 C-18-RC-2 18Description as per C-18-RC-1; Group I, Column B. — 8 hrs. 1 1, 2 8 C-18-RC-3 18Description as per C-18-RC-1; Group II, Column A. — 7 hrs. 1 1, 2 7 C-18-RC-4 18Description as per C-18-RC-1; Group II, Column B. — 5 hrs. 1 1, 2 5 C-18-RC-5 18Description as per C-18-RC-1; Group III, Column A. — 6 hrs. 1 1, 2 6 C-18-RC-6 18Description as per C-18-RC-1; Group III, Column B. — 4 hrs. 1 1, 2 4 C-18-RC-7 18Description as per C-18-RC-1; Group IV, Column A. —3 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 231/2 C-18-RC-8 18Description as per C-18-RC-1; Group IV, Column B. —2 hrs. 30 min. 1 1, 221/2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-84 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® FIGURE 2.1.7 REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 20 TO LESS THAN 22 0 FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS) NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 123 4 5 10 0 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: C-20-RC-6 5678 910 4 6 510789 11 12 2 1 11 3 TABLE 2.1.7 REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 20 TO LESS THAN 22 (continued) ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-20-RC-1 20 20 square columns; gravel aggregate con- crete (6690 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 13/4 rebars; horizontal, 3/8 wire at 6 pitch; Cover 13/4. 367 tons 2 hrs. 7 1, 2, 3 2 C-20-RC-2 20 20 square columns; gravel aggregate con- crete (4330 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 13/4 rebars; horizontal, 3/8 ties at 6 pitch; Cover 13/4. 327 tons 2 hrs. 7 1, 2, 4 2 C-20-RC-3 201/4 20 square columns; gravel aggregate con- crete (4230 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, four 11/8 rebars; horizontal, 3/8 wire at 5 pitch; Cover 11/8. 199 tons 2 hrs. 56 min. 7 5 2 3/4 C-20-RC-4 20 Reinforced concrete columns with 11/2 con- crete outside of reinforcing steel; Gross diameter or side of column: 20 ; Group I, Column A. — 12 hrs. 1 6, 7 12 C-20-RC-5 20Description as per C-20-RC-4; Group I, Column B. — 9 hrs. 1 6, 7 9 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-85 TABLE 2.1.7—continued REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 20 TO LESS THAN 22 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square yard = 5.3 N/m 2, 1 ton = 8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Passed 2-hour fire test. 2. Passed hose stream test. 3. Failed during reload at 300 tons. 4. Passed reload after 72 hours. 5. Failure mode—collapse. 6. Group I: includes concrete having calcareous aggregate containing a combined total of not more than 10 percent of quartz, chert and flint for the coarse aggregate. Group II: includes concrete having trap-rock aggregate applied without metal ties and also concrete having cinder, sandstone or granite aggregate, if held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh, weighing not less than 1.7 lbs./yd.2, placed not more than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Group III: includes concrete having cinder, sandstone or granite aggregate tied with No. 5 gage steel wire, wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches, or equivalent ties, and concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz, chert and flint, if held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh, weighing not less than 1.7 lbs./yd.2, placed not more than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Group IV: includes concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz, chert and flint, and tied with No. 5 gage steel wire wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches, or equivalent ties. 7. Groupings of aggregates and ties are the same as for structural steel columns protected solidly with concrete, the ties to be placed over the vertical reinforcing bars and the mesh where required, to be placed within 1 inch from the surface of the column. Column A: working loads are assumed as carried by the area of the column inside of the lines circumscribing the reinforcing steel. Column B: working loads are assumed as carried by the gross area of the column. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-20-RC-6 20Description as per C-20-RC-4; Group II, Column A. — 9 hrs. 1 6, 7 9 C-20-RC-7 20Description as per C-20-RC-4; Group II, Column B. — 6 hrs. 1 6, 7 6 C-20-RC-8 20Description as per C-20-RC-4; Group III, Column A. — 7 hrs. 1 6, 7 7 C-20-RC-9 20Description as per C-20-RC-4; Group III, Column B. — 5 hrs. 1 6, 7 5 C-20-RC-10 20Description as per C-20-RC-4; Group IV, Column A. — 4 hrs. 1 6, 7 4 C-20-RC-11 20Description as per C-20-RC-4; Group IV, Column B. — 3 hrs. 1 6, 7 3 TABLE 2.1.8 HEXAGONAL REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 12 TO LESS THAN 14 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa, 1 ton = 8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Failure mode—collapse. 2. Test stopped at 1 hour. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-12-HRC-1 12 12 hexagonal columns; gravel aggregate concrete (4420 psi); Reinforce- ment: vertical, eight 1/2 rebars; horizontal, 5/16 helical winding at 11/2 pitch; Cover: 1/2. 88 tons 58 min. 7 1 3/4 C-12-HRC-2 12 12 hexagonal columns; gravel aggregate concrete (3460 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, eight 1/2 rebars; horizontal, 5/16 helical winding at 11/2 pitch; Cover: 1/2. 78.7 tons 1 hr. 7 2 1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-86 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 2.1.9 HEXAGONAL REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION 14 TO LESS THAN 16 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa, 1 ton = 8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Withstood 2-hour fire test. 2. Withstood hose stream test. 3. Withstood reload after 48 hours. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-14-HRC-1 14 14 hexagonal columns; gravel aggregate concrete (4970 psi); Reinforcement: verti- cal, eight 1/2 rebars; horizontal, 5/16 helical winding on 2 pitch; Cover: 1/2. 90 tons 2 hrs. 7 1, 2, 3 2 TABLE 2.1.10 HEXAGONAL REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS DIAMETER—16 TO LESS THAN 18 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa, 1 ton = 8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Failure mode—collapse. 2. Failed on furnace removal. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-16-HRC-1 16 16 hexagonal columns; gravel concrete (6320 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, eight 5/8 rebars; horizontal, 5/16 helical winding on 3/4 pitch; Cover: 1/2. 140 tons 1 hr. 55 min. 7113/4 C-16-HRC-2 16 16 hexagonal columns; gravel aggregate concrete (5580 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, eight 5/8 rebars; horizontal, 5/16 helical winding on 13/4 pitch; Cover: 1/2 124 tons 2 hrs. 7 2 2 TABLE 2.1.11 HEXAGONAL REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS DIAMETER—20 TO LESS THAN 22 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa, 1 ton = 8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Column collapsed on furnace removal. 2. Passed 2 1/4-hour fire test. 3. Passed hose stream test. 4. Withstood reload after 48 hours. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-20-HRC-1 20 20 hexagonal columns; gravel concrete (6080 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, 3/4 rebars; horizontal, 5/6 helical winding on 13/4 pitch; Cover: 1/2. 211 tons 2 hrs. 7 1 2 C-20-HRC-2 20 20 hexagonal columns; gravel concrete (5080 psi); Reinforcement: vertical, 3/4 rebars; horizontal, 5/16 wire on 13/4 pitch; Cover: 1/2. 184 tons 2 hrs. 15 min. 7 2, 3, 4 2 1/4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-87 TABLE 2.2 ROUND CAST IRON COLUMNS For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-7-CI-1 7 O.D.Column: 0.6 minimum metal thickness; unprotected. —30 min. 1 1/2 C-7-CI-2 7 O.D.Column: 0.6 minimum metal thickness concrete filled, outside unprotected. —45 min. 1 3/4 C-11-CI-3 11 O.D. Column: 0.6 minimum metal thickness; Protection: 11/2 Portland cement plaster on high ribbed metal lath, 1/2 broken air space. —3 hrs. 1 3 C-11-CI-4 11 O.D. Column: 0.6 minimum metal thickness; Protection: 2 concrete other than siliceous aggregate. —2 hrs. 30 min. 1 21/2 C-12-CI-5 12.5 O.D. Column: 7 O.D. 0.6 minimum metal thickness; Protection: 2 porous hollow tile, 3/4 mortar between tile and column, outside wire ties. —3 hrs. 1 3 C-7-CI-6 7.6 O.D.Column: 7 I.D., 3/10 minimum metal thick- ness, concrete filled unprotected. —30 min. 1 1/2 C-8-CI-7 8.6 O.D. Column: 8 I.D., 3/10 minimum metal thick- ness; concrete filled reinforced with four 31/2 × 3/8 angles, in fill; unprotected outside. —1 hr. 1 1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-88 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 2.3 STEEL COLUMNS—GYPSUM ENCASEMENTS (continued) ITEM CODE MINIMUM AREA OF SOLID MATERIAL CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-SG-1 — Steel protected with 3/4 1:3 sanded gypsum or 1 1:21/2 Portland cement plas- ter on wire or lath; one layer. —1 hr. 1 1 C-SG-2 — Same as C-SG-1; two layers. — 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 21/2 C-SG-3 130 in.2 2 solid blocks with wire mesh in horizontal joints; 1 mortar on flange; reentrant space filled with block and mortar. —2 hrs. 1 2 C-SG-4 150 in.2 Same as C-130-SG-3 with 1/2 sanded gypsum plaster. —5 hrs. 1 5 C-SG-5 130 in.2 2 solid blocks with wire mesh in horizontal joints; 1 mortar on flange; reentrant space filled with gypsum concrete. —2 hrs. 30 min. 1 21/2 C-SG-6 150 in.2 Same as C-130-SG-5 with 1/2 sanded gypsum plaster. —5 hrs. 1 5 C-SG-7 300 in.2 4 solid blocks with wire mesh in horizontal joints; 1 mortar on flange; reentrant space filled with block and mortar. —4 hrs. 1 4 FIGURE 2.3 STEEL COLUMNS—GYPSUM ENCASEMENTS 0 FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS) NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 12 3 4 5 10 0 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: C-SG-13 567 8 910 1 13 10 73 5 9 2 11 6 8 4 12 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-89 TABLE 2.3—continued STEEL COLUMNS—GYPSUM ENCASEMENTS For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square inch = 645 mm 2. ITEM CODE MINIMUM AREA OF SOLID MATERIAL CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-SG-8 300 in.2 Same as C-300-SG-7 with reentrant space filled with gypsum concrete. — 5 hrs. 1 5 C-SG-9 85 in.2 2 solid blocks with cramps at horizontal joints; mortar on flange only at horizontal joints; reentrant space not filled. —2 hrs. 30 min. 1 21/2 C-SG-10 105 in.2 Same as C-85-SG-9 with 1/2 sanded gypsum plaster. — 4 hrs. 1 4 C-SG-11 95 in.2 3 hollow blocks with cramps at horizontal joints; mortar on flange only at horizontal joints; reentrant space not filled. —2 hrs. 30 min. 1 21/2 C-SG-12 120 in.2 Same as C-95-SG-11 with 1/2 sanded gypsum plaster. — 5 hrs. 1 5 C-SG-13 130 in.2 2 neat fibered gypsum reentrant space filled poured solid and reinforced with 4 × 4 wire mesh 1/2 sanded gypsum plaster. — 7 hrs. 1 7 TABLE 2.4 TIMBER COLUMNS MINIMUM DIMENSION For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square inch = 645 mm 2. Notes: 1. Minimum area: 120 square inches. 2. Type of wood: long leaf pine or Douglas fir. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-11-TC-1 11With unprotected steel plate cap. — 30 min. 1 1, 2 1/2 C-11-TC-2 11With unprotected cast iron cap and pintle. — 45 min. 1 1, 2 3/4 C-11-TC-3 11With concrete or protected steel or cast iron cap. —1 hr. 15 min. 1 1, 211/4 C-11-TC-4 11With 3/8 gypsum wallboard over column and over cast iron or steel cap. —1 hr. 15 min. 1 1, 211/4 C-11-TC-5 11 With 1 Portland cement plaster on wire lath over column and over cast iron or steel cap; 3/4 air space. —2 hrs. 1 1, 2 2 TABLE 2.5.1.1 STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION LESS THAN 6 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa, 1 ton = 8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Failure mode—collapse. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-5-SC-1 5 5 × 6 outer dimensions; 4 × 3 × 10 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: gravel concrete (4900 psi) 6 × 4 - 13 SWG mesh. 12 tons 1 hr. 29 min. 7111/4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-90 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 2.5.1.2 STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS 6 TO LESS THAN 8 THICK For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa, 1 ton = 8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Failure mode—collapse. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-7-SC-1 7 7 × 8 column; 4 × 3 × 10 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: brick filled concrete (6220 psi); 6 × 4 mesh - 13 SWG; 1 below column surface. 12 tons 2 hrs. 46 min. 7123/4 C-7-SC-2 7 7 × 8 column; 4 × 3 × 10 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: gravel concrete (5140 psi); 6 × 4 13 SWG mesh 1 below surface. 12 tons 3 hrs. 1 min. 713 C-7-SC-3 7 7 × 8 column; 4 × 3 × 10 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: concrete (4540 psi); 6 × 4 - 13 SWG mesh; 1 below column surface. 12 tons 3 hrs. 9 min. 713 C-7-SC-4 7 7 × 8 column; 4 × 3 × 10 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: gravel concrete (5520 psi); 4 × 4 mesh; 16 SWG. 12 tons 2 hrs. 50 min. 7123/4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-91 FIGURE 2.5.1.3 STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 8 TO LESS THAN 10 0 FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS) NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 123 4 5 10 0 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: C-9-SC-8 6 11 2 567 8 910 8 9 4 7 3 5 10 1 TABLE 2.5.1.3 STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 8 TO LESS THAN 10 (continued) ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-8-SC-1 81/2 81/2 × 10 column; 6 × 41/2 × 20 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: gravel concrete (5140 psi); 6 × 4 - 13 SWG mesh. 39 tons 3 hrs. 8 min. 7 1 3 C-8-SC-2 8 8 × 10 column; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “I” beam; Protection: gravel concrete (4240 psi); 6 × 4 - 13 SWG mesh; 1/2 cover. 90 tons 2 hrs. 1 min. 7 1 2 C-8-SC-3 8 8 × 10 concrete encased column; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; protection: aggregate concrete (3750 psi); 4 mesh - 16 SWG reinforcing 1/2 below column sur- face. 90 tons 1 hr. 58 min. 7 1 1 3/4 C-8-SC-4 86 × 6 steel column; 2 outside protection; Group I. —5 hrs. 1 2 5 C-8-SC-5 86 × 6 steel column; 2 outside protection; Group II. —3 hrs. 30 min. 1 231/2 C-8-SC-6 86 × 6 steel column; 2 outside protection; Group III. —2 hrs. 30 min. 1 221/2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-92 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 2.5.1.3—continued STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 8 TO LESS THAN 10 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 0.004448 kN, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa, 1 pound per square yard = 5.3 N/m 2, 1 ton = 8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Failure mode—collapse. 2. Group I: includes concrete having calcareous aggregate containing a combined total of not more than 10 percent of quartz, chert and flint for the coarse aggregate. Group II: includes concrete having trap-rock aggregate applied without metal ties and also concrete having cinder, sandstone or granite aggregate, if held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh, weighing not less than 1.7 lbs./yd.2, placed not more than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Group III: includes concrete having cinder, sandstone or granite aggregate tied with No. 5 gage steel wire, wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches, or equivalent ties, and concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz, chert and flint, if held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh, weighing not less than 1.7 lbs./yd.2, placed not more than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Group IV: includes concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz, chert and flint, and tied with No. 5 gage steel wire wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches, or equivalent ties. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-8-SC-7 86 × 6 steel column; 2 outside protection; Group IV. —1 hr. 45 min. 1 213/4 C-9-SC-8 96 × 6 steel column; 3 outside protection; Group I. —7 hrs. 1 2 7 C-9-SC-9 96 × 6 steel column; 3 outside protection; Group II. —5 hrs. 1 2 5 C-9-SC-10 96 × 6 steel column; 3 outside protection; Group III. —3 hrs. 30 min. 1 231/2 C-9-SC-11 96 × 6 steel column; 3 outside protection; Group IV. —2 hrs. 30 min. 1 221/2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-93 TABLE 2.5.1.4 STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 10 TO LESS THAN 12 (continued) ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-10-SC-1 10 10 × 12 concrete encased steel column; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: gravel aggregate concrete (3640 psi); Mesh 6 × 4 13 SWG, 1 below column surface. 90 tons 3 hrs. 7 min. 7 1,2 3 C-10-SC-2 10 10 × 16 column; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: clay brick concrete (3630 psi); 6 × 4 mesh; 13 SWG, 1 below column surface. 90 tons 4 hrs. 6 min. 7 2 4 C-10-SC-3 10 10 × 12 column; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: crushed stone and sand concrete (3930 psi); 6 × 4 - 13 SWG mesh; 1 below column surface. 90 tons 3 hrs. 17 min. 7 2 3 1/4 C-10-SC-4 10 10 × 12 column; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: crushed basalt and sand concrete (4350 psi); 6 × 4 - 13 SWG mesh; 1 below column surface. 90 tons 3 hrs. 22 min. 7 2 3 1/3 C-10-SC-5 10 10 × 12 column; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: gravel aggregate concrete (5570 psi); 6 × 4 mesh; 13 SWG. 90 tons 3 hrs. 39 min. 7 2 3 1/2 C-10-SC-6 10 10 × 16 column; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “I” beam; Protection: gravel concrete (4950 psi); mesh; 6 × 4 13 SWG 1 below column surface. 90 tons 4 hrs. 32 min. 7 2 4 1/2 FIGURE 2.5.1.4 STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 10 TO LESS THAN 12 0 FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS) NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 123 4 5 10 0 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: C-11-SC-34 5678 910 26 27 6 20 9 21 32 7 33 25 8 13 5 15 16 30 35 11 17 18 14 19 22 31 36 3 4 1 12 28 10 2 24 29 23 34 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-94 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 2.5.1.4—continued STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 10 TO LESS THAN 12 (continued) ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-10-SC-7 10 10 × 12 concrete encased steel column; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: aggregate concrete (1370 psi); 6 × 4 mesh; 13 SWG reinforcing 1 below column sur- face. 90 tons 2 hrs. 7 3, 4 2 C-10-SC-8 10 10 × 12 concrete encased steel column; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” column; Protection: aggregate concrete (4000 psi); 13 SWG iron wire loosely around column at 6 pitch about 2 beneath column surface. 86 tons 3 hrs. 36 min. 7231/2 C-10-SC-9 10 10 × 12 concrete encased steel column; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: aggregate concrete (3290 psi); 2 cover minimum. 86 tons 2 hrs. 8 min. 722 C-10-SC-10 10 10 × 14 concrete encased steel column; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” column; Protection: crushed brick filled concrete (5310 psi); 6 × 4 mesh; 13 SWG reinforcement 1 below column surface. 90 tons 4 hrs. 28 min. 7241/3 C-10-SC-11 10 10 × 14 concrete encased column; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: aggregate concrete (342 psi); 6 × 4 mesh; 13 SWG reinforcement 1 below surface. 90 tons 1 hr. 2 min. 721 C-10-SC-12 10 10 × 12 concrete encased steel column; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: aggregate concrete (4480 psi); four 3/8 verti- cal bars at “H” beam edges with 3/16 spacers at beam surface at 3 pitch and 3/16 binders at 10 pitch; 2 concrete cover. 90 tons 3 hrs. 2 min. 723 C-10-SC-13 10 10 × 12 concrete encased steel column; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: aggregate concrete (5070 psi); 6 × 4 mesh; 13 SWG reinforcing at 6 beam sides wrapped and held by wire ties across (open) 8 beam face; reinforcements wrapped in 6 × 4 mesh; 13 SWG throughout; 1/2 cover to column surface. 90 tons 3 hrs. 59 min. 7233/4 C-10-SC-14 10 10 × 12 concrete encased steel column; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: aggregate concrete (4410 psi); 6 × 4 mesh; 13 SWG reinforcement 11/4 below column surface; 1/2 limestone cement plaster with 3/8 gypsum plaster finish. 90 tons 2 hrs. 50 min. 7223/4 C-10-SC-15 10 10 × 12 concrete encased steel column; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: crushed clay brick filled concrete (4260 psi); 6 × 4 mesh; 13 SWG reinforcing 1 below column surface. 90 tons 3 hrs. 54 min. 7233/4 C-10-SC-16 10 10 × 12 concrete encased steel column; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: limestone aggregate concrete (4350 psi); 6 × 4 mesh; 13 SWG reinforcing 1 below column surface. 90 tons 3 hrs. 54 min. 7233/4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-95 TABLE 2.5.1.4—continued STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 10 TO LESS THAN 12 (continued) ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-10-SC-17 10 10 × 12 concrete encased steel column; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: lime- stone aggregate concrete (5300 psi); 6 × 4; 13 SWG wire mesh 1 below column surface. 90 tons 3 hrs. 7 4, 5 3 C-10-SC-18 10 10 × 12 concrete encased steel column; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: lime- stone aggregate concrete (4800 psi) with 6 × 4; 13 SWG mesh reinforcement 1 below surface. 90 tons 3 hrs. 7 4, 5 3 C-10-SC-19 10 10 × 14 concrete encased steel column; 12 × 8 × 65 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: aggregate concrete (3900 psi); 4 mesh; 16 SWG reinforcing 1/2 below column surface. 118 tons 2 hrs. 42 min. 7 2 2 C-10-SC-20 10 10 × 14 concrete encased steel column; 12 × 8 × 65 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: aggregate concrete (4930 psi); 4 mesh; 16 SWG reinforcing 1/2 below column surface. 177 tons 2 hrs. 8 min. 7 2 2 C-10-SC-21 103/8 103/8 × 123/8 concrete encased steel column; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: aggregate concrete (835 psi) with 6 × 4 mesh; 13 SWG reinforcing 13/16 below column surface; 3/16 gypsum plaster finish. 90 tons 2 hrs. 7 3, 4 2 C-11-SC-22 11 11 × 13 concrete encased steel column; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: open texture brick filled concrete (890 psi) with 6 × 4 mesh; 13 SWG reinforcing 11/2 below column surface; 3/8 lime cement plaster; 1/8 gypsum plaster finish. 90 tons 3 hrs. 7 6, 7 3 C-11-SC-23 11 11 × 12 column; 4 × 3 × 10 lbs. “H” beam; gravel concrete (4550 psi); 6 × 4 - 13 SWG mesh reinforcing; 1 below column surface. 12 tons 6 hrs. 7 7, 8 6 C-11-SC-24 11 11 × 12 column; 4 × 3 × 10 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: gravel aggregate concrete (3830 psi); with 4 × 4 mesh; 16 SWG, 1 below column surface. 16 tons 5 hrs. 32 min. 7 2 5 1/2 C-10-SC-25 106 × 6 steel column with 4 outside protection; Group I. —9 hrs. 1 9 9 C-10-SC-26 10Description as per C-SC-25; Group II. — 7 hrs. 1 9 7 C-10-SC-27 10Description as per C-10-SC-25; Group III. — 5 hrs. 1 9 5 C-10-SC-28 10Description as per C-10-SC-25; Group IV. —3 hrs. 30 min. 1 931/2 C-10-SC-29 108 × 8 steel column with 2 outside protec- tion; Group I. —6 hrs. 1 9 6 C-10-SC-30 10Description as per C-10-SC-29; Group II. — 4 hrs. 1 9 4 C-10-SC-31 10Description as per C-10-SC-29; Group III. — 3 hrs. 1 9 3 C-10-SC-32 10Description as per C-10-SC-29; Group IV. — 2 hrs. 1 9 2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-96 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 2.5.1.4—continued STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 10 TO LESS THAN 12 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 0.004448 kN, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa, 1 pound per square yard = 5.3 N/m 2, 1 ton = 8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Tested under total restraint load to prevent expansion—minimum load 90 tons. 2. Failure mode—collapse. 3. Passed 2-hour fire test (Grade “C,” British). 4. Passed hose stream test. 5. Column tested and passed 3-hour grade fire resistance (British). 6. Column passed 3-hour fire test. 7. Column collapsed during hose stream testing. 8. Column passed 6-hour fire test. 9. Group I: includes concrete having calcareous aggregate containing a combined total of not more than 10 percent of quartz, chert and flint for the coarse aggregate. Group II: includes concrete having trap-rock aggregate applied without metal ties and also concrete having cinder, sandstone or granite aggregate, if held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh, weighing not less than 1.7 lbs./yd.2, placed not more than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Group III: includes concrete having cinder, sandstone or granite aggregate tied with No. 5 gage steel wire, wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches, or equivalent ties, and concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz, chert and flint, if held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh, weighing not less than 1.7 lbs./yd.2, placed not more than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Group IV: includes concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz, chert and flint, and tied with No. 5 gage steel wire wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches, or equivalent ties. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-11-SC-33 118 × 8 steel column with 3 outside protec- tion; Group I. —8 hrs. 1 9 8 C-11-SC-34 11Description as per C-10-SC-33; Group II. — 6 hrs. 1 9 6 C-11-SC-35 11Description as per C-10-SC-33; Group III. — 4 hrs. 1 9 4 C-11-SC-36 11Description as per C-10-SC-33; Group IV. — 3 hrs. 1 9 3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-97 FIGURE 2.5.1.5 STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 12 TO LESS THAN 14 0 FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS) NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 12 3 4 5 10 0 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: C-13-SC-15 5678 910 8 11 5 4 16 11 6147 15 10 12 9 3 2 17 113 TABLE 2.5.1.5 STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 12 TO LESS THAN 14 (continued) ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-12-SC-1 12 12 × 14 concrete encased steel column; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: aggre- gate concrete (4150 psi) with 4 mesh; 16 SWG reinforcing 1 below column surface. 120 tons 3 hrs. 24 min. 7 1 3 1/3 C-12-SC-2 12 12 × 16 concrete encased column; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: aggregate concrete (4300 psi) with 4 mesh; 16 SWG reinforcing 1 below column surface. 90 tons 2 hrs. 52 min. 7 1 2 3/4 C-12-SC-3 12 12 × 16 concrete encased steel column; 12 × 8 × 65 lbs. “H” column; Protection: gravel aggregate concrete (3550 psi) with 4 mesh; 16 SWG reinforcement 1 below column surface. 177 tons 2 hrs. 31 min. 7 1 2 1/2 C-12-SC-4 12 12 × 16 concrete encased column; 12 × 8 × 65 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: aggregate concrete (3450 psi) with 4 mesh; 16 SWG reinforcement 1 below column surface. 118 tons 4 hrs. 4 min. 7 1 4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-98 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 2.5.1.5—continued STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 12 TO LESS THAN 14 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 0.004448 kN, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa, 1 pound per square yard = 5.3 N/m 2, 1 ton = 8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Failure mode—collapse. 2. Group I: includes concrete having calcareous aggregate containing a combined total of not more than 10 percent of quartz, chert and flint for the coarse aggregate. Group II: includes concrete having trap-rock aggregate applied without metal ties and also concrete having cinder, sandstone or granite aggregate, if held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh, weighing not less than 1.7 lbs./yd.2, placed not more than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Group III: includes concrete having cinder, sandstone or granite aggregate tied with No. 5 gage steel wire, wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches, or equivalent ties, and concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz, chert and flint, if held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh, weighing not less than 1.7 lbs./yd.2, placed not more than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Group IV: includes concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz, chert and flint, and tied with No. 5 gage steel wire wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches, or equivalent ties. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-12-SC-5 121/2 121/2 × 14 column; 6 × 41/2 × 20 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: gravel aggregate con- crete (3750 psi) with 4 × 4 mesh; 16 SWG reinforcing 1 below column sur- face. 52 tons 4 hrs. 29 min. 7141/3 C-12-SC-6 128 × 8 steel column; 2 outside protection; Group I. — 11 hrs. 1 2 11 C-12-SC-7 12Description as per C-12-SC-6; Group II. — 8 hrs. 1 2 8 C-12-SC-8 12Description as per C-12-SC-6; Group III. — 6 hrs. 1 2 6 C-12-SC-9 12Description as per C-12-SC-6; Group IV. — 4 hrs. 1 2 4 C-12-SC-10 1210 × 10 steel column; 2 outside protection; Group I. —7 hrs. 1 2 7 C-12-SC-11 12Description as per C-12-SC-10; Group II. — 5 hrs. 1 2 5 C-12-SC-12 12Description as per C-12-SC-10; Group III. — 4 hrs. 1 2 4 C-12-SC-13 12Description as per C-12-SC-10; Group IV. — 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 221/2 C-13-SC-14 1310 × 10 steel column; 3 outside protection; Group I. — 10 hrs. 1 2 10 C-13-SC-15 13Description as per C-12-SC-14; Group II. — 7 hrs. 1 2 7 C-13-SC-16 13Description as per C-12-SC-14; Group III. — 5 hrs. 1 2 5 C-13-SC-17 13Description as per C-12-SC-14; Group IV. — 3 hrs. 30 min. 1 231/2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-99 TABLE 2.5.1.6 STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 14 TO LESS THAN 16 (continued) ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-14-SC-1 14 24 × 16 concrete encased steel column; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” column; Protection: aggre- gate concrete (4240 psi); 4 mesh - 16 SWG reinforcing 1 below column surface. 90 tons 3 hrs. 40 min. 7 1 3 C-14-SC-2 14 14 × 18 concrete encased steel column; 12 × 8 × 65 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: gravel aggregate concrete (4000 psi) with 4 - 16 SWG wire mesh reinforcement 1 below col- umn surface. 177 tons 3 hrs. 20 min. 7 1 3 C-14-SC-3 1410 × 10 steel column; 4 outside protection; Group I. — 12 hrs. 1 2 12 C-14-SC-4 14Description as per C-14-SC-3; Group II. — 9 hrs. 1 2 9 C-14-SC-1 14 24 × 16 concrete encased steel column; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” column; Protection: aggre- gate concrete (4240 psi); 4 mesh - 16 SWG reinforcing 1 below column surface. 90 tons 3 hrs. 40 min. 7 1 3 FIGURE 2.5.1.6 STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 14 TO LESS THAN 16 0 FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS) NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 123 4 5 10 0 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: C-15-SC-12 5678 910 345 11 12 9 6 13 8 11 14 1102 12 7 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-100 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 2.5.1.6—continued STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 14 TO LESS THAN 16 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 0.004448 kN, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa, 1 pound per square yard = 5.3 N/m 2, 1 ton = 8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Collapse. 2. Group I: includes concrete having calcareous aggregate containing a combined total of not more than 10 percent of quartz, chert and flint for the coarse aggregate. Group II: includes concrete having trap-rock aggregate applied without metal ties and also concrete having cinder, sandstone or granite aggregate, if held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh, weighing not less than 1.7 lbs./yd.2, placed not more than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Group III: includes concrete having cinder, sandstone or granite aggregate tied with No. 5 gage steel wire, wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches, or equivalent ties, and concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz, chert and flint, if held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh, weighing not less than 1.7 lbs./yd.2, placed not more than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Group IV: includes concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz, chert and flint, and tied with No. 5 gage steel wire wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches, or equivalent ties. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-14-SC-2 14 14 × 18 concrete encased steel column; 12 × 8 × 65 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: gravel aggregate concrete (4000 psi) with 4-16 SWG wire mesh reinforcement 1 below col- umn surface. 177 tons 3 hrs. 20 min. 713 C-14-SC-3 1410 × 10 steel column; 4 outside protection; Group I. — 12 hrs. 1 2 12 C-14-SC-4 14Description as per C-14-SC-3; Group II. —9 hrs. 1 2 9 C-14-SC-5 14Description as per C-14-SC-3; Group III. —7 hrs. 1 2 7 C-14-SC-6 14Description as per C-14-SC-3; Group IV. —5 hrs. 1 2 5 C-14-SC-7 1412 × 12 steel column; 2 outside protection; Group I. —8 hrs. 1 2 8 C-14-SC-8 14Description as per C-14-SC-7; Group II. —6 hrs. 1 2 6 C-14-SC-9 14Description as per C-14-SC-7; Group III. — 5 hrs. 1 2 5 C-14-SC-10 14Description as per C-14-SC-7; Group IV — 3 hrs. 1 2 3 C-15-SC-11 1512 × 12 steel column; 3 outside protection; Group I. — 11 hrs. 1 2 11 C-15-SC-12 15Description as per C-15-SC-11; Group II. —8 hrs. 1 2 8 C-15-SC-13 15Description as per C-15-SC-11; Group III. —6 hrs. 1 2 6 C-15-SC-14 15Description as per C-15-SC-11; Group IV. —4 hrs. 1 2 4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-101 TABLE 2.5.1.7 STEEL COLUMNS—CONCRETE ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 16 TO LESS THAN 18 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. Notes: 1. Group I: includes concrete having calcareous aggregate containing a combined total of not more than 10 percent of quartz, chert and flint for the coarse aggregate. Group II: includes concrete having trap-rock aggregate applied without metal ties and also concrete having cinder, sandstone or granite aggregate, if held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh, weighing not less than 1.7 lbs./yd.2, placed not more than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Group III: includes concrete having cinder, sandstone or granite aggregate tied with No. 5 gage steel wire, wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches, or equivalent ties, and concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz, chert and flint, if held in place with wire mesh or expanded metal having not larger than 4-inch mesh, weighing not less than 1.7 lbs./yd.2, placed not more than 1 inch from the surface of the concrete. Group IV: includes concrete having siliceous aggregates containing a combined total of 60 percent or more of quartz, chert and flint, and tied with No. 5 gage steel wire wound spirally over the column section on a pitch of 8 inches, or equivalent ties. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-16-SC-13 1612 × 12 steel column; 4 outside pro- tection; Group I. — 14 hrs. 1 1 14 C-16-SC-2 16Description as per C-16-SC-1; Group II. — 10 hrs. 1 1 10 C-16-SC-3 16Description as per C-16-SC-1; Group III. —8 hrs. 1 1 8 C-16-SC-4 16Description as per C-16-SC-1; Group IV. —5 hrs. 1 1 5 TABLE 2.5.2.1 STEEL COLUMNS—BRICK AND BLOCK ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 10 TO LESS THAN 12 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 0.004448 kN, 1 ton = 8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Failure mode—collapse. 2. Passed 2-hour fire test (Grade “C” - British). 3. Passed hose stream test. 4. Passed reload test. 5. Passed 2-hour fire exposure but collapsed immediately following hose stream test. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-10-SB-1 101/2 101/2 × 13 brick encased steel columns; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection. Fill of broken brick and mortar; 2 brick on edge; joints broken in alternate courses; cement- sand grout; 13 SWG wire reinforcement in every third horizontal joint. 90 tons 3 hrs. 6 min. 7 1 3 C-10-SB-2 101/2 101/2 × 13 brick encased steel columns; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: 2 brick; joints broken in alternate courses; cement- sand grout; 13 SWG iron wire reinforcement in alternate horizontal joints. 90 tons 2 hrs. 7 2, 3, 4 2 C-10-SB-3 10 10 × 12 block encased columns; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: 2 foamed slag concrete blocks; 13 SWG wire at each horizontal joint; mortar at each joint. 90 tons 2 hrs. 7 5 2 C-10-SB-4 101/2 101/2 × 12 block encased steel columns; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: gravel aggregate concrete fill (unconsolidated) 2 thick hollow clay tiles with mortar at edges. 86 tons 56 min. 7 1 3/4 C-10-SB-5 101/2 101/2 × 12 block encased steel columns; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: 2 hol- low clay tiles with mortar at edges. 86 tons 22 min. 7 1 1/4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-102 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 2.5.2.2 STEEL COLUMNS—BRICK AND BLOCK ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 12 TO LESS THAN 14 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 0.004448 kN, 1 ton = 8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Failure mode—collapse. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-12-SB-1 12 12 × 15 brick encased steel columns; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: 25/8 thick brick; joints broken in alternate courses; cement-sand grout; fill of broken brick and mortar. 90 tons 1 hr. 49 min. 7 1 1 3/4 TABLE 2.5.2.3 STEEL COLUMNS—BRICK AND BLOCK ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 14 TO LESS THAN 16 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 0.004448 kN, 1 ton = 8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Only a nominal load was applied to specimen. 2. Passed 6-hour fire test (Grade “A” - British). 3. Passed (6 minute) hose stream test. 4. Reload not specified. 5. Passed 4-hour fire exposure. 6. Failed by collapse between first and second minute of hose stream exposure. 7. Mode of failure-collapse. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-15-SB-1 15 15 × 17 brick encased steel columns; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: 41/2 thick brick; joints broken in alternate courses; cement-sand grout; fill of broken brick and mortar. 45 tons 6 hrs. 7 1 6 C-15-SB-2 15 15 × 17 brick encased steel columns; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection. Fill of broken brick and mortar; 41/2 brick; joints broken in alternate courses; cement- sand grout. 86 tons 6 hrs. 7 2, 3, 4 6 C-15-SB-3 15 15 × 18 brick encased steel columns; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: 41/2 brick work; joints alternating; cement-sand grout. 90 tons 4 hrs. 7 5, 6 4 C-15-SB-4 14 14 × 16 block encased steel columns; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: 4 thick foam slag concrete blocks; 13 SWG wire reinforcement in each horizontal joint; mortar in joints. 90 tons 5 hrs. 52 min. 7 7 4 3/4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-103 TABLE 2.5.3.1 STEEL COLUMNS—PLASTER ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 6 TO LESS THAN 8 Notes: 1. Failure mode—collapse. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-7-SP-1 71/2 71/2 × 91/2 plaster protected steel columns; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: 24 SWG wire metal lath; 11/4 lime plaster. 90 tons 57 min. 7 1 3/4 C-7-SP-2 77/8 77/8 × 10 plaster protected steel columns; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: 3/8 gypsum board; wire wound with 16 SWG wire helically wound at 4 pitch; 1/2 gypsum plaster. 90 tons 1 hr. 13 min. 7 1 1 C-7-SP-3 71/4 71/4 × 93/8 plaster protected steel columns; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: 3/8 gypsum board; wire helically wound 16 SWG at 4 pitch; 1/4 gypsum plaster finish. 90 tons 1 hr. 14 min. 7 1 1 TABLE 2.5.3.2 STEEL COLUMNS—PLASTER ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 8 TO LESS THAN 10 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 0.004448 kN, 1 ton = 8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Failure mode—collapse. 2. Passed 2 hour fire exposure test (Grade “C” - British). 3. Passed hose stream test. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-8-SP-1 8 8 × 10 plaster protected steel columns; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: 24 SWG wire lath; 1 gypsum plaster. 86 tons 1 hr. 23 min. 7 1 1 1/4 C-8-SP-2 81/2 81/2 × 101/2 plaster protected steel columns; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: 24 SWG metal lath wrap; 11/4 gypsum plaster. 90 tons 1 hr. 36 min. 7 1 1 1/2 C-9-SP-3 9 9 × 11 plaster protected steel columns; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: 24 SWG metal lath wrap; 1/8 M.S. ties at 12 pitch wire netting 11/2 × 22 SWG between first and second plaster coats; 11/2 gypsum plaster. 90 tons 1 hr. 33 min. 7 1 1 1/2 C-8-SP-4 83/4 83/4 × 103/4 plaster protected steel columns; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: 3/4 gypsum board; wire wound spirally (#16 SWG) at 11/2 pitch; 1/2 gypsum plaster. 90 tons 2 hrs. 7 2, 3, 4 2 TABLE 2.5.4.1 STEEL COLUMNS—MISCELLANEOUS ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 6 TO LESS THAN 8 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 0.004448 kN, 1 ton = 8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Failure mode—collapse. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-7-SM-1 75/8 75/8 × 91/2 (asbestos plaster) protected steel columns; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: 20 gage 1/2 metal lath; 9/16 asbes- tos plaster (minimum). 90 tons 1 hr. 52 min. 7 1 1 3/4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-104 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 2.5.4.2 STEEL COLUMNS—MISCELLANEOUS ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 8 TO LESS THAN 10 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 0.004448 kN, 1 ton = 8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Passed 2 hour fire exposure test. 2. Collapsed during hose stream test. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-9-SM-1 95/8 95/8 × 113/8 asbestos slab and cement plaster protected columns; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: 1 asbestos slab; wire wound; 5/8 plaster. 90 tons 2 hrs. 7 1, 2 2 TABLE 2.5.4.3 STEEL COLUMNS—MISCELLANEOUS ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 10 TO LESS THAN 12 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 0.004448 kN, 1 ton = 8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Passed 2 hour fire exposure (Grade “C” - British). 2. Passed hose stream test. 3. Passed reload test. 4. Passed 4 hour fire exposure test. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-11-SM-1 111/2 111/2 × 131/2 wood wool and plaster pro- tected steel columns; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: wood-wool-cement paste as fill and to 2 cover over beam; 3/4 gypsum plaster finish. 90 tons 2 hrs. 7 1, 2, 3 2 C-10-SM-1 10 10 × 12 asbestos protected steel columns; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protection: sprayed on asbestos paste to 2 cover over column. 90 tons 4 hrs. 7 2, 3, 4 4 TABLE 2.5.4.4 STEEL COLUMNS—MISCELLANEOUS ENCASEMENTS MINIMUM DIMENSION 12 TO LESS THAN 14 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 0.004448 kN, 1 ton = 8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Passed 4 hour fire exposure (Grade “B” - British). 2. Passed hose stream test. 3. Passed reload test. ITEM CODE MINIMUM DIMENSION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 C-12-SM-1 12 12 × 141/4 cement and asbestos protected columns; 8 × 6 × 35 lbs. “H” beam; Protec- tion: fill of asbestos packing pieces 1 thick 13 o.c.; cover of 2 molded asbestos inner layer; 1 molded asbestos outer layer; held in position by 16 SWG nichrome wire ties; wash of refractory cement on outer surface. 86 tons 4 hrs. 43 min. 7 1, 2, 3 4 2/3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-105 TABLE 3.1 FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES—REINFORCED CONCRETE (continued) ITEM CODE ASSEMBLY THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 F/C-3-RC-1 3 3/4 33/4 thick floor; 31/4(5475 psi) concrete deck; 1/2 plaster under deck; 3/8 main rein- forcement bars at 51/2 pitch with 7/8 con- crete cover; 3/8 main reinforcement bars at 41/2 pitch perpendicular with 1/2 concrete cover; 131 span restrained. 195 psf 24 min. 7 1, 2 1/3 F/C-3-RC-2 31/4 31/4 deep (3540 psi) concrete deck; 3/8 main reinforcement bars at 51/2pitch with 7/ 8 cover; 3/8 main reinforcement bars at 41/ 2 pitch perpendicular with 1/2cover; 131 span restrained. 195 psf 2 hrs. 7 1, 3, 4 2 SECTION III FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES FIGURE 3.1 FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES—REINFORCED CONCRETE 0 FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS) NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 1234 5 10 0 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: FC-7-RC-40 26 35 22 56 24 32 30 43 5 47 12 19 41 1 46 15 11 13 21 9 33 2 39 42 50 37 38 3127 25 28 29 6 34 36 40 10 16 18 8 20 7 23 48 49 4 14 17 3 44 45 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-106 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 3.1—continued FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES—REINFORCED CONCRETE (continued) ITEM CODE ASSEMBLY THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 F/C-3-RC-3 31/4  31/4deep (4175 psi) concrete deck; 3/8 main reinforcement bars at 51/2 pitch with 7/8 cover; 3/8 main reinforcement bars at 41/2pitch perpendicular with 1/2cover; 131 span restrained. 195 psf 31 min. 7 1, 5 1/2 F/C-3-RC-4 31/4 31/4 deep (4355 psi) concrete deck; 3/8 main reinforcement bars at 51/2 pitch with 7/8 cover; 3/8 main reinforcement bars at 41/2 pitch perpendicular with 1/2 cover; 131 span restrained. 195 psf 41 min. 7 1, 5, 6 1/2 F/C-3-RC-5 31/4 31/4 thick (3800 psi) concrete deck; 3/8 main reinforcement bars at 51/2 pitch with 7/8 cover; 3/8 main reinforcement bars at 41/2 pitch perpendicular with 1/2 cover; 131 span restrained. 195 psf 1 hr. 5 min. 7 1, 5 1 F/C-4-RC-6 41/4 41/4 thick; 31/4 (4000 psi) concrete deck; 1 sprayed asbestos lower surface; 3/8 main reinforcement bars at 57/8 pitch with 7/8 concrete cover; 3/8 main reinforce- ment bars at 41/2 pitch perpendicular with 1/2 concrete cover; 131 span restrained. 195 psf 4 hrs. 7 1, 7 4 F/C-4-RC-7 4 4 (5025 psi) concrete deck; 1/4 reinforce- ment bars at 71/2 pitch with 3/4 cover; 3/8 main reinforcement bars at 33/4 pitch per- pendicular with 1/2 cover; 131 span restrained. 140 psf 1 hr. 16 min. 7 1, 2 1 1/4 F/C-4-RC-8 4 4 thick (4905 psi) deck; 1/4 reinforce- ment bars at 71/2 pitch with 7/8 cover; 3/8 main reinforcement bars at 33/4 pitch per- pendicular with 1/2 cover; 131 span restrained. 100 psf 1 hr. 23 min. 7 1, 2 1 1/3 F/C-4-RC-9 4 4 deep (4370 psi);1/4 reinforcement bars at 6 pitch with 3/4 cover; 1/4 main rein- forcement bars at 4 pitch perpendicular with 1/2 cover; 131 span restrained. 150 psf 2 hrs. 7 1, 3 2 F/C-4-RC-10 4 4 thick (5140 psi) deck; 1/4 reinforce- ment bars at 71/2 pitch with 7/8 cover; 3/8 main reinforcement bars at 33/4 pitch per- pendicular with 1/2 cover; 131 span restrained. 140 psf 1 hr. 16 min. 7 1, 5 1 1/4 F/C-4-RC-11 4 4 thick (4000 psi) concrete deck; 3 × 11/ 2 × 4 lbs. R.S.J.; 26 C.R.S.; flush with top surface; 4 × 6 x 13 SWG mesh rein- forcement 1 from bottom of slab; 66 span restrained. 150 psf 2 hrs. 7 1, 3 2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-107 TABLE 3.1—continued FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES—REINFORCED CONCRETE (continued) ITEM CODE ASSEMBLY THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 F/C-4-RC-12 4 4 deep (2380 psi) concrete deck; 3 × 11/2 × 4 lbs. R.S.J.; 26 C.R.S.; flush with top surface; 4 × 6 x 13 SWG mesh reinforcement 1 from bottom sur- face; 66 span restrained. 150 psf 1 hr. 3 min. 7 1, 2 1 F/C-4-RC-13 41/2 41/2 thick (5200 psi) deck; 1/4 reinforce- ment bars at 71/4 pitch with 7/8 cover; 3/8 main reinforcement bars at 33/4 pitch per- pendicular with 1/2 cover; 131 span restrained. 140 psf 2 hrs. 7 1, 3 2 F/C-4-RC-14 41/2 41/2 deep (2525 psi) concrete deck; 1/4 reinforcement bars at 71/2 pitch with 7/8 cover; 3/8 main reinforcement bars at 33/8 pitch perpendicular with 1/2 cover; 131 span restrained. 150 psf 42 min. 7 1, 5 2/3 F/C-4-RC-15 41/2 41/2 deep (4830 psi) concrete deck; 11/2 × No. 15 gauge wire mesh; 3/8 rein- forcement bars at 15 pitch with 1 cover; 1/2 main reinforcement bars at 6 pitch perpendicular with 1/2 cover; 12span simply supported. 75 psf 1 hr. 32 min. 7 1, 8 1 1/2 F/C-4-RC-16 41/2 41/2 deep (4595 psi) concrete deck; 1/4 reinforcement bars at 71/2 pitch with 7/8 cover; 3/8 main reinforcement bars at 31/2 pitch perpendicular with 1/2 cover; 12 span simply supported. 75 psf 1 hr. 20 min. 7 1, 8 1 1/3 F/C-4-RC-17 41/2 41/2 deep (3625 psi) concrete deck; 1/4 reinforcement bars at 71/2 pitch with 7/8 cover; 3/8 main reinforcement bars at 31/2 pitch perpendicular with 1/2 cover; 12 span simply supported. 75 psf 35 min. 7 1, 8 1/2 F/C-4-RC-18 41/2 41/2 deep (4410 psi) concrete deck; 1/4 reinforcement bars at 71/2 pitch with 7/8 cover; 3/8 main reinforcement bars at 31/2 pitch perpendicular with 1/2 cover; 12 span simply supported. 85 psf 1 hr. 27 min. 7 1, 8 1 1/3 F/C-4-RC-19 41/2 41/2 deep (4850 psi) deck; 3/8 reinforce- ment bars at 15 pitch with 1 cover; 1/2 main reinforcement bars at 6 pitch per- pendicular with 1/2 cover; 12 span sim- ply supported. 75 psf 2 hrs. 15 min. 7 1, 9 1 1/4 F/C-4-RC-20 41/2 41/2 deep (3610 psi) deck; 1/4 reinforce- ment bars at 71/2 pitch with 7/8 cover; 3/8 main reinforcement bars at 31/2 pitch per- pendicular with 1/2 cover; 12 span sim- ply supported. 75 psf 1 hr. 22 min. 7 1, 8 1 1/3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-108 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 3.1—continued FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES—REINFORCED CONCRETE (continued) ITEM CODE ASSEMBLY THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 F/C-5-RC-21 5 5 deep; 41/2 (5830 psi) concrete deck; 1/ 2 plaster finish bottom of slab; 1/4 rein- forcement bars at 71/2 pitch with 7/8 cover; 3/8 main reinforcement bars at 31/2 pitch perpendicular with 1/2 cover; 12 span simply supported. 69 psf 2 hrs. 7 1, 3 2 F/C-5-RC-22 5 41/2 (5290 psi) concrete deck; 1/2 plaster finish bottom of slab; 1/4 reinforcement bars at 71/2 pitch with 7/8 cover; 3/8 main reinforcement bars at 31/2 pitch perpen- dicular with 1/2 cover; 12 span simply supported. No load 2 hrs. 28 min. 7 1, 10, 11 21/4 F/C-5-RC-23 5 5 (3020 psi) concrete deck; 3 × 11/2 × 4 lbs. R.S.J.; 2 C.R.S. with 1 cover on bot- tom and top flanges; 8 span restrained. 172 psf 1 hr. 24 min. 7 1, 2, 12 11/2 F/C-5-RC-24 51/2 5 (5180 psi) concrete deck; 1/2 retarded plaster underneath slab; 1/4 reinforcement bars at 71/2 pitch with 13/8 cover; 3/8 main reinforcement bars at 31/2 pitch per- pendicular with 1 cover; 12 span simply supported. 60 psf 2 hrs. 48 min. 7 1, 10 2 3/4 F/C-6-RC-25 6 6 deep (4800 psi) concrete deck; 1/4 rein- forcement bars at 71/2 pitch with 7/8 cover; 3/8 main reinforcement bars at 31/2 pitch perpendicular with 7/8 cover; 131 span restrained. 195 psf 4 hrs. 7 1, 7 4 F/C-6-RC-26 6 6 (4650 psi) concrete deck; 1/4 reinforce- ment bars at 71/2 pitch with 7/8 cover; 3/8 main reinforcement bars at 31/2 pitch per- pendicular with 1/2 cover; 131 span restrained. 195 psf 2 hrs. 23 min. 7 1, 2 2 1/4 F/C-6-RC-27 6 6 deep (6050 psi) concrete deck; 1/4 rein- forcement bars at 71/2 pitch 7/8 cover; 3/8 reinforcement bars at 31/2 pitch perpen- dicular with 1/2 cover; 131 span restrained. 195 psf 3 hrs. 30 min. 7 1, 10 3 1/2 F/C-6-RC-28 6 6 deep (5180 psi) concrete deck; 1/4 rein- forcement bars at 8 pitch 3/4 cover; 1/4 reinforcement bars at 51/2 pitch perpen- dicular with 1/2 cover; 131 span restrained. 150 psf 4 hrs. 7 1, 7 4 F/C-6-RC-29 6 6 thick (4180 psi) concrete deck; 4 × 3 × 10 lbs. R.S.J.; 26 C.R.S. with 1 cover on both top and bottom flanges; 131 span restrained. 160 psf 3 hrs. 48 min. 7 1, 10 3 3/4 F/C-6-RC-30 6 6 thick (3720 psi) concrete deck; 4 × 3 × 10 lbs. R.S.J.; 26 C.R.S. with 1 cover on both top and bottom flanges; 12 span simply supported. 115 psf 29 min. 7 1, 5, 13 1/4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-109 TABLE 3.1—continued FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES—REINFORCED CONCRETE (continued) ITEM CODE ASSEMBLY THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 F/C-6-RC-31 6 6 deep (3450 psi) concrete deck; 4 × 13/4 × 5 lbs. R.S.J.; 26 C.R.S. with 1 cover on both top and bottom flanges; 12 span simply supported. 25 psf 3 hrs. 35 min. 7 1, 2 3 1/2 F/C-6-RC-32 6 6 deep (4460 psi) concrete deck; 4 × 13/4 × 5 lbs. R.S.J.; 2 C.R.S.; with 1 cover on both top and bottom flanges; 12 span simply supported. 60 psf 4 hrs. 30 min. 7 1, 10 4 1/2 F/C-6-RC-33 6 6 deep (4360 psi) concrete deck; 4 × 13/ 4 × 5 lbs. R.S.J.; 2 C.R.S.; with 1 cover on both top and bottom flanges; 131 span restrained. 60 psf 2 hrs. 7 1, 3 2 F/C-6-RC-34 61/4 61/4 thick; 43/4 (5120 psi) concrete core; 1 T&G board flooring; 1/2 plaster under- coat; 4 × 3 × 10 lbs. R.S.J.; 3 C.R.S. flush with top surface concrete; 12 span simply supported; 2 × 13 clinker con- crete insert. 100 psf 4 hrs. 7 1, 7 4 F/C-6-RC-35 61/4 43/4 (3600 psi) concrete core; 1 T&G board flooring; 1/2 plaster undercoat; 4 × 3 × 10 lbs. R.S.J.; 3 C.R.S.; flush with top surface concrete; 12 span simply sup- ported; 2 × 13 clinker concrete insert. 100 psf 2 hrs. 30 min. 7 1, 5 2 1/2 F/C-6-RC-36 61/4 43/4 (2800 psi) concrete core; 1 T&G board flooring; 1/2 plaster undercoat; 4 × 3 × 10 lbs. R.S.J.; 3 C.R.S.; flush with top surface concrete; 12 span simply sup- ported; 2 × 13 clinker concrete insert. 80 psf 4 hrs. 7 1, 7 4 F/C-7-RC-37 7 (3640 psi) concrete deck; 1/4 reinforce- ment bars at 6 pitch with 11/2 cover; 1/4 reinforcement bars at 5 pitch perpendicu- lar with 11/2 cover; 131 span restrained. 169 psf 6 hrs. 7 1, 14 6 F/C-7-RC-38 7 (4060 psi) concrete deck; 4 × 3 × 10 lbs. R.S.J.; 26 C.R.S. with 11/2 cover on both top and bottom flanges; 4 × 6 × 13 SWG mesh reinforcement 11/2 from bot- tom of slab; 131 span restrained. 175 psf 6 hrs. 7 1, 14 6 F/C-7-RC-39 71/4 53/4 (4010 psi) concrete core; 1 T&G board flooring; 1/2 plaster undercoat; 4 × 3 × 10 lbs. R.S.J.; 26 C.R.S.; 1 down from top surface of concrete; 12 simply supported span; 2 × 13 clinker con- crete insert. 95 psf 2 hrs. 7 1, 3 2 F/C-7-RC-40 71/4 53/4 (3220 psi) concrete core; 1 T&G flooring; 1/2 plaster undercoat; 4 × 3 × 10 lbs. R.S.J.; 26 C.R.S.; 1 down from top surface of concrete; 12 simply sup- ported span; 2 × 13 clinker concrete insert. 95 psf 4 hrs. 7 1, 7 4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-110 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 3.1—continued FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES—REINFORCED CONCRETE For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 305 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa, 1 pound per square foot = 47.9 N/m 2. Notes : 1. British test. 2. Failure mode—local back face temperature rise. 3. Tested for Grade “C” (2 hour) fire resistance 4. Collapse imminent following hose stream. 5. Failure mode—flame thru. 6. Void formed with explosive force and report. 7. Achieved Grade “B” (4 hour) fire resistance (British). 8. Failure mode—collapse. 9. Test was run to 2 hours, but specimen was partially supported by the furnace at 1 1/4 hours. 10. Failure mode—average back face temperature. 11. Recommended endurance for nonload bearing performance only. 12. Floor maintained load bearing ability to 2 hours at which point test was terminated. 13. Test was run to 3 hours at which time failure mode 2 (above) was reached in spite of crack formation at 29 minutes. 14. Tested for Grade “A” (6 hour) fire resistance. 15. 16. Load unspecified. 17. Total assembly thickness 5 1/2 inches. Three-inch thick blocks of molded excelsior bonded with Portland cement used as inserts with 21/2-inch cover (concrete) above blocks and 3/4-inch gypsum plaster below. Nine-inch wide ribs containing reinforcing steel of unspecified size interrupted 20-inch wide segments of slab composite (i.e., plaster, excelsior blocks, concrete cover). ITEM CODE ASSEMBLY THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 F/C-7-RC-41 10 (21/4 Slab) Ribbed floor, see Note 15 for details; slab 21/2 deep (3020 psi); 1/4 reinforcement bars at 6 pitch with 3/4 cover; beams 71/ 2 deep × 5 wide; 24 C.R.S.; 5/8 rein- forcement bars two rows 1/2 vertically apart with 1 cover; 131 span restricted. 195 psf 1 hr. 4 min. 7 1, 2, 15 1 F/C-5-RC-42 51/2Composite ribbed concrete slab assembly; see Note 17 for details. See Note 16 2 hrs. 43 16, 17 2 F/C-3-RC-43 32500 psi concrete; 5/8 cover; fully restrained at test. See Note 16 30 min. 43 16 1/2 F/C-3-RC-44 32000 psi concrete; 5/8 cover; free or par- tial restraint at test. See Note 16 45 min. 43 16 3/4 F/C-4-RC-45 42500 psi concrete; 5/8 cover; fully restrained at test. See Note 16 40 min. 43 16 2/3 F/C-4-RC-46 42000 psi concrete; 3/4 cover; free or par- tial restraint at test. See Note 16 1 hr. 15 min. 43 16 1 1/4 F/C-5-RC-47 52500 psi concrete; 3/4 cover; fully restrained at test. See Note 16 1 hr. 43 16 1 F/C-5-RC-48 52000 psi concrete; 3/4 cover; free or par- tial restraint at test. See Note 16 1 hr. 30 min. 43 16 1 1/2 F/C-6-RC-49 62500 psi concrete; 1 cover; fully restrained at test. See Note 16 1 hr. 30 min. 43 16 1 1/2 F/C-6-RC-50 62000 psi concrete; 1 cover; free or partial restraint at test. See Note 16 2 hrs. 43 16 2 5 8/ REINFORCEMENT BARS ″1 2/″ 5″ 7/1 2″ 1″ SLAB 2 / THICK 1 2″ 1 4/ REINFORCEMENT BARS AT″ ″″6 PITCH WITH 3 4/COVER BEAMS AT 24 CRS.″ Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-111 FIGURE 3.2 FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES—STEEL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS 0 FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS) NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 1234 5 10 0 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: FC-S-51 19 21 17 5 25 3 8 5 30 41 42 13 50 2 1 12 26 39 7 14 29 40 10 18 22 4 32 35 46 9 47 27 31 43 24 44 47 20 48 6 15 11 34 36 37 33 38 49 51 282316 TABLE 3.2 FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES—STEEL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS (continued) ITEM CODE MEMBRANE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 F/C-S-1 010 × 136 ; S.J. 103 - 24 o.c.; Deck: 2 concrete; Membrane: none. 145 psf 7 min. 3 1, 2, 3, 8 0 F/C-S-2 010× 136 ; S.J. 103 - 24 o.c.; Deck: 2 concrete; Membrane: none 145 psf 7 min. 3 1, 2, 3, 8 0 F/C-S-3 1/2 10 × 136 ; S.J. 103 - 24 o.c.; Deck: 2 concrete 1:2:4; Membrane: furring 12 o.c.; Clips A, B, G; No extra reinforcement; 1/2 plaster - 1.5:2.5. 145 psf 1 hr. 15 min. 3 2, 3, 8 1 1/4 F/C-S-4 1/2 10 × 136 ; S.J. 103 - 24 o.c.; Deck: 2 concrete 1:2:4; Membrane: furring 16 o.c.; Clips D, E, F, G; Diagonal wire reinforce- ment; 1/2 plaster - 1.5:2.5. 145 psf 2 hrs. 46 min. 3 3, 8 2 3/4 F/C-S-5 1/2 10 × 136 ; S.J. 103 - 24 o.c.; Deck: 2 concrete 1:2:4; Membrane: furring 16 o.c.; Clips A, B, G; No extra reinforcement; 1/2 plaster - 1.5:2.5. 145 psf 1 hr. 4 min. 3 2, 3, 8 1 F/C-S-6 1/2 10 × 136; S.J. 103 - 24 o.c.; Deck: 2 concrete 1:2:4; Membrane: furring 16 o.c.; Clips D, E, F, G; Hexagonal mesh reinforcement; 1/2 plaster. 145 psf 3 hrs. 28 min. 3 2, 3, 8 2 1/3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-112 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 3.2—continued FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES—STEEL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS (continued) ITEM CODE MEMBRANE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 F/C-S-7 1/2 10 × 136 ; S.J. 103 - 24 o.c.; Deck: 4 lbs. rib lath; 6 × 6 - 10 × 10 ga. reinforcement; 2 deck gravel concrete; Membrane: furring 16 o.c.; Clips C, E; Reinforcement: none; 1/2 plaster - 1.5:2.5 mill mix. N/A 55 min. 3 5, 8 3/4 F/C-S-8 1/2 Spec. 9 × 44; S.J. 103 bar joists - 18 o.c.; Deck: 4 lbs. rib lath base; 6 × 6 - 10 × 10 ga. reinforcement; 2 deck 1:2:4 gravel concrete; Membrane: furring, 3/4 C.R.S., 16 o.c.; Clips C, E; Reinforcement: none; 1/2 plaster - 1.5:2.5 mill mix. 300 psf 1 hr. 10 min. 3 2, 3, 8 1 F/C-S-9 5/8 10 × 136; S.J. 103 - 24 o.c.; Deck: 2 con- crete 1:2:4; Membrane: furring 12 o.c.; Clips A, B, G; Extra “A” clips reinforcement; 5/8 plaster - 1.5:2; 1.5:3. 145 psf 3 hrs. 3 6, 8 3 F/C-S-10 5/8 18 × 136 ; Joists, S.J. 103 - 24 o.c.; Deck: 4 lbs. rib lath; 6 × 6 - 10 × 10 ga. reinforce- ment; 2 deck 1:2:3.5 gravel concrete; Mem- brane: furring, spacing 16 o.c.; Clips C, E; Reinforcement: none; 5/8 plaster - 1.5:2.5 mill mix. 145 psf 1 hr. 25 min. 3 2, 3, 8 1 1/3 F/C-S-11 5/8 10 × 136; S.J. 103 - 24 o.c.; Deck: 2 con- crete 1:2:4; Membrane: furring 12 o.c.; Clips D, E, F, G; Diagonal wire reinforcement; 5/8 plaster - 1.5:2; 0.5:3. 145 psf 3 hrs. 15 min. 3 2, 4, 8 3 1/4 F/C-S-12 5/8 10 × 136; Joists, S.J. 103 - 24 o.c.; Deck: 3.4 lbs. rib lath; 6 × 6 - 10 × 10 ga. rein- forcement; 2 deck 1:2:4 gravel concrete; Membrane: furring 16 o.c.; Clips D, E, F, G; Reinforcement: none; 5/8 plaster - 1.5:2.5. 145 psf 1 hr. 3 7, 8 1 F/C-S-13 3/4 Spec. 9 × 44; S.J. 103 - 18 o.c.; Deck: 4 lbs. rib lath; 6 × 6 - 10 × 10 ga. reinforce- ment; 2 deck 1:2:4 gravel concrete; Mem- brane: furring, 3/4 C.R.S., 16 o.c.; Clips C, E; Reinforcement: none; 3/4 plaster - 1.5:2.5 mill mix. 300 psf 1 hr. 56 min. 3 3, 8 1 3/4 F/C-S-14 7/8 Floor finish: 1 concrete; plate cont. weld; 4 - 7.7 lbs. “I” beams; Ceiling: 1/4 rods 12 o.c.; 7/8 gypsum sand plaster. 105 psf 1 hr. 35 min. 6 2, 4, 9, 10 11/2 F/C-S-15 1 Floor finish: 11/2 L.W. concrete; 1/2 lime- stone cement; plate cont. weld; 5 - 10 lbs. “I” beams; Ceiling: 1/4 rods 12 o.c. tack welded to beams metal lath; 1 P. C. plaster. 165 psf 3 hrs. 20 min. 6 4, 9, 11 31/3 F/C-S-16 1 10 × 136 ; S.J. 103 - 24 o.c.; Deck: 2 con- crete 1:2:4; Membrane: furring 12 o.c.; Clips D, E, F, G; Hexagonal mesh reinforcement; 1 thick plaster - 1.5:2; 1.5:3. 145 psf 4 hrs. 26 min. 3 2, 4, 8 4 1/3 F/C-S-17 1 10 × 136 ; Joists - S.J. 103 - 24 o.c.; Deck: 3.4 lbs. rib lath; 6 × 6 - 10 × 10 ga. rein- forcement; 2 deck 1:2:4 gravel concrete; Membrane: furring 16 o.c.; Clips D, E, F, G; 1 plaster. 145 psf 1 hr. 42 min. 3 2, 4, 8 1 2/3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-113 TABLE 3.2—continued FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES—STEEL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS (continued) ITEM CODE MEMBRANE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 F/C-S-18 11/8 10 × 136 ; S. J. 103 - 24 o.c.; Deck: 2 concrete 1:2:4; Membrane: furring 12 o.c.; Clips C, E, F, G; Diagonal wire reinforce- ment; 11/8 plaster. 145 psf 2 hrs. 44 min. 3 2, 4, 8 2 2/3 F/C-S-19 11/8 10 × 136 ; Joists - S.J. 103 - 24 o.c.; Deck: 11/2 gypsum concrete over; 1/2 gypsum board; Membrane: furring 12 o.c.; Clips D, E, F, G; 11/8 plaster - 1.5:2; 1.5:3. 145 psf 1 hr. 40 min. 3 2, 3, 8 1 2/3 F/C-S-20 11/8 21/2 cinder concrete; 1/2 topping; plate 6 welds 12 o.c.; 5 - 18.9 lbs. “H” center; 5 - 10 lbs. “I” ends; 1 channels 18 o.c.; 11/8 gypsum sand plaster. 150 psf 3 hrs. 43 min. 6 2, 4, 9, 11 32/3 F/C-S-21 11/4 10 × 136 ; Joists - S.J. 103 - 24 o.c.; Deck: 11/2 gypsum concrete over; 1/2 gypsum board base; Membrane: furring 12 o.c.; Clips D, E, F, G; 11/4 plaster - 1.5:2; 1.5:3. 145 psf 1 hr. 48 min. 3 2, 3, 8 1 2/3 F/C-S-22 11/4 Floor finish: 11/2 limestone concrete; 1/2 sand cement topping; plate to beams 31/2; 12 o.c. welded; 5 - 10 lbs. “I” beams; 1 chan- nels 18 o.c.; 11/4 wood fiber gypsum sand plaster on metal lath. 292 psf 2 hrs. 45 min. 6 2, 4, 9, 10 23/4 F/C-S-23 11/2 21/2 L.W. (gas exp.) concrete; Deck: 1/2 top- ping; plate 61/4 welds 12 o.c.; Beams: 5 - 18.9 lbs. “H” center; 5 - 10 lbs. “I” ends; Membrane: 1 channels 18 o.c.; 11/2 gyp- sum sand plaster. 150 psf 4 hrs. 42 min. 6 2, 4, 9 4 2/3 F/C-S-24 11/2 Floor finish: 11/2 limestone concrete; 1/2 cement topping; plate 31/2 - 12 o.c. welded; 5 - 10 lbs. “I” beams; Ceiling: 1 channels 18 o.c.; 11/2 gypsum plaster. 292 psf 2 hrs. 34 min. 6 2, 4, 9, 10 21/2 F/C-S-25 11/2 Floor finish: 11/2 gravel concrete on exp. metal; plate cont. weld; 4 - 7.7 lbs. “I” beams; Ceiling: 1/4 rods 12 o.c. welded to beams; 11/2 fiber gypsum sand plaster. 70 psf 1 hr. 24 min. 6 2, 4, 9, 10 11/3 F/C-S-26 21/2 Floor finish: bare plate; 61/4 welding - 12 o.c.; 5 - 18.9 lbs. “H” girders (inner); 5 - 10 lbs “I” girders (two outer); 1 channels 18 o.c.; 2 reinforced gypsum tile; 1/2 gypsum sand plaster. 122 psf 1 hr. 6 7, 9, 11 1 F/C-S-27 21/2 Floor finish: 2 gravel concrete; plate to beams 31/2 - 12 o.c. welded; 4 - 7.7 lbs. “I” beams; 2 gypsum ceiling tiles; 1/2 1:3 gyp- sum sand plaster. 105 psf 2 hrs. 31 min. 6 2, 4, 9, 10 21/2 F/C-S-28 21/2 Floor finish: 11/2 gravel concrete; 1/2 gyp- sum asphalt; plate continuous weld; 4 - 7.7 lbs. “I” beams; 12 - 31.8 lbs. “I” beams - girder at 5 from one end; 1 channels 18 o.c.; 2 reinforcement gypsum tile; 1/2 1:3 gypsum sand plaster. 200 psf 4 hrs. 55 min. 6 2, 4, 9, 11 42/3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-114 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 3.2—continued FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES—STEEL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS (continued) ITEM CODE MEMBRANE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 F/C-S-29 3/4 Floor: 2 reinforced concrete or 2 precast reinforced gypsum tile; Ceiling: 3/4 Portland cement-sand plaster 1:2 for scratch coat and 1:3 for brown coat with 15 lbs. hydrated lime and 3 lbs. of short asbestos fiber bag per cement or 3/4 sanded gypsum plaster 1:2 for scratch coat and 1:3 for brown coat. See Note 12 1 hr. 30 min. 1 12, 13, 14 11/2 F/C-S-30 3/4 Floor: 21/4 reinforced concrete or 2 rein- forced gypsum tile; the latter with 1/4 mortar finish; Ceiling: 3/4 sanded gypsum plaster; 1:2 for scratch coat and 1:3 for brown coat. See Note 12 2 hrs. 1 12, 13, 14 2 F/C-S-31 3/4 Floor: 21/2 reinforced concrete or 2 rein- forced gypsum tile; the latter with 1/4 mortar finish; Ceiling: 1 neat gypsum plaster or 3/4 gypsum-vermiculite plaster, ratio of gypsum to fine vermiculite 2:1 to 3:1. See Note 12 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 12, 13, 14 21/2 F/C-S-32 3/4 Floor: 21/2 reinforced concrete or 2 rein- forced gypsum tile; the latter with 1/2 mortar finish; Ceiling: 1 neat gypsum plaster or 3/4 gypsum-vermiculite plaster, ratio of gypsum to fine vermiculite 2:1 to 3:1. See Note 12 3 hrs. 1 12, 13, 14 3 F/C-S-33 1 Floor: 21/2 reinforced concrete or 2 rein- forced gypsum slabs; the latter with 1/2 mor- tar finish; Ceiling: 1 gypsum-vermiculite plaster applied on metal lath and ratio 2:1 to 3:1 gypsum to vermiculite by weight. See Note 12 4 hrs. 1 12, 13, 14 4 F/C-S-34 21/2 Floor: 2 reinforced concrete or 2 precast reinforced Portland cement concrete or gyp- sum slabs; precast slabs to be finished with 1/4 mortar top coat; Ceiling: 2 precast rein- forced gypsum tile, anchored into beams with metal ties or clips and covered with 1/2 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. See Note 12 4 hrs. 1 12, 13, 14 4 F/C-S-35 1 Floor: 1:3:6 Portland cement, sand and gravel concrete applied directly to the top of steel units and 11/2 thick at top of cells, plus 1/2 1:21/2 cement-sand finish, total thick- ness at top of cells, 2 ; Ceiling: 1 neat gypsum plaster, back of lath 2 or more from underside of cellular steel. See Note 15 3 hrs. 1 15, 16, 17, 18 3 F/C-S-36 1 Floor: same as F/C-S-35; Ceiling: 1 gyp- sum-vermiculite plaster (ratio of gypsum to vermiculite 2:1 to 3:1), the back of lath 2 or more from under-side of cellular steel. See Note 15 4 hrs. 1 15, 16, 17, 18 4 F/C-S-37 1 Floor: same as F/C-S-35; Ceiling: 1 neat gypsum plaster; back of lath 9 or more from underside of cellular steel. See Note 15 4 hrs. 1 15, 16, 17, 18 4 F/C-S-38 1 Floor: same as F/C-S-35; Ceiling: 1 gyp- sum-vermiculite plaster (ratio of gypsum to vermiculite 2:1 to 3:1), the back of lath being 9 or more from underside of cellular steel. See Note 15 5 hrs. 1 15, 16, 17,18 5 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-115 TABLE 3.2—continued FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES—STEEL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 305 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa, 1 pound per square foot = 47.9 N/m 2. Notes: 1. No protective membrane over structural steel. 2. Performance time indicates first endpoint reached only several tests were continued to points where other failures occurred. 3. Load failure. (continued) ITEM CODE MEMBRANE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 F/C-S-39 3/4 Floor: asbestos paper 14 lbs./100 ft.2 cemented to steel deck with waterproof lino- leum cement, wood screeds and 7/8 wood floor; Ceiling: 3/4 sanded gypsum plaster 1:2 for scratch coat and 1:3 for brown coat. See Note 19 1 hr. 1 19, 20, 21, 22 1 F/C-S-40 3/4 Floor: 11/2, 1:2:4 Portland cement concrete; Ceiling: 3/4 sanded gypsum plaster 1:2 for scratch coat and 1:3 for brown coat. See Note 19 1 hr. 30 min. 1 19, 20, 21, 22 11/2 F/C-S-41 3/4 Floor: 2, 1:2:4 Portland cement concrete; Ceiling: 3/4 sanded gypsum plaster, 1:2 for scratch coat and 1:3 for brown coat. See Note 19 2 hrs. 1 19, 20, 21, 22 2 F/C-S-42 1 Floor: 2, 1:2:4 Portland cement concrete; Ceiling: 1 Portland cement-sand plaster with 10 lbs. of hydrated lime for @ bag of cement 1:2 for scratch coat and 1:21/2 for brown coat. See Note 19 2 hrs. 1 19, 20, 21, 22 2 F/C-S-43 11/2 Floor: 2, 1:2:4 Portland cement concrete; Ceiling: 11/2, 1:2 sanded gypsum plaster on ribbed metal lath. See Note 19 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 19, 20, 21, 22 21/2 F/C-S-44 11/8Floor: 2, 1:2:4 Portland cement concrete; Ceiling: 11/8, 1:1 sanded gypsum plaster. See Note 19 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 19, 20, 21, 22 21/2 F/C-S-45 1Floor: 21/2, 1:2:4 Portland cement concrete; Ceiling: 1, 1:2 sanded gypsum plaster. See Note 19 2 hrs. 30 min. 1 19, 20, 21, 22 21/2 F/C-S-46 3/4 Floor: 21/2, 1:2:4 Portland cement concrete; Ceiling: 1 neat gypsum plaster or 3/4 gyp- sum-vermiculite plaster, ratio of gypsum to vermiculite 2:1 to 3:1. See Note 19 3 hrs. 1 19, 20, 21, 22 3 F/C-S-47 11/8 Floor: 21/2, 1:2:4 Portland cement, sand and cinder concrete plus 1/2, 1:21/2 cement-sand finish; total thickness 3; Ceiling: 11/8, 1:1 sanded gypsum plaster. See Note 19 3 hrs. 1 19, 20, 21, 22 3 F/C-S-48 11/8 Floor: 21/2, gas expanded Portland cement- sand concrete plus 1/2, 1:2.5 cement-sand fin- ish; total thickness 3; Ceiling: 11/8 , 1:1 sanded gypsum plaster. See Note 19 3 hrs. 30 min. 1 19, 20, 21, 22 31/2 F/C-S-49 1 Floor: 21/2, 1:2:4 Portland cement concrete; Ceiling: 1 gypsum- vermiculite plaster; ratio of gypsum to vermiculite 2:1 to 3:1. See Note 19 4 hrs. 1 19, 20, 21, 22 4 F/C-S-50 21/2 Floor: 2, 1:2:4 Portland cement concrete; Ceiling: 2 interlocking gypsum tile sup- ported on upper face of lower flanges of beams, 1/2 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster. See Note 19 2 hrs. 1 19, 20, 21, 22 2 F/C-S-51 21/2 Floor: 2, 1:2:4 Portland cement concrete; Ceiling: 2 precast metal reinforced gypsum tile, 1/2 1:3 sanded gypsum plaster (tile clipped to channels which are clipped to lower flanges of beams). See Note 19 4 hrs. 1 19, 20, 21, 22 4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-116 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 3.2—continued FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES—STEEL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS 4. Thermal failure. 5. This is an estimated time to load bearing failure. The same joist and deck specimen was used for a later test with different membrane protection. 6. Test stopped at 3 hours to reuse specimen; no endpoint reached. 7. Test stopped at 1 hour to reuse specimen; no endpoint reached. 8. All plaster used = gypsum. 9. Specimen size - 18 feet by 13 1/2 inches. Floor deck - base material - 1/4-inch by 18-foot steel plate welded to “I” beams. 10. “I” beams - 24 inches o.c. 11. “I” beams - 48 inches o.c. 12. Apply to open web joists, pressed steel joists or rolled steel beams, which are not stressed beyond 18,000 lbs./in. 2 in flexure for open-web pressed or light rolled joists, and 20,000 lbs./in.2 for American standard or heavier rolled beams. 13. Ratio of weight of Portland cement to fine and coarse aggregates combined for floor slabs shall not be less than 1:6 1/2. 14. Plaster for ceiling shall be applied on metal lath which shall be tied to supports to give the equivalent of single No. 18 gage steel wires 5 inches o.c. 15. Load: maximum fiber stress in steel not to exceed 16,000 psi. 16. Prefabricated units 2 feet wide with length equal to the span, composed of two pieces of No. 18 gage formed steel welded together to give four longitudinal cells. 17. Depth not less than 3 inches and distance between cells no less than 2 inches. 18. Ceiling: metal lath tied to furring channels secured to runner channels hung from cellular steel. 19. Load: rolled steel supporting beams and steel plate base shall not be stressed beyond 20,000 psi in flexure. Formed steel (with wide upper flange) construction shall not be stressed beyond 16,000 psi. 20. Some type of expanded metal or woven wire shall be embedded to prevent cracking in concrete flooring. 21. Ceiling plaster shall be metal lath wired to rods or channels which are clipped or welded to steel construction. Lath shall be no smaller than 18 gage steel wire and not more than 7 inches o.c. 22. The securing rods or channels shall be at least as effective as single 3/16-inch rods with 1-inch of their length bent over the lower flanges of beams with the rods or channels tied to this clip with 14 gage iron wire. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-117 TABLE 3.3 FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES—WOOD JOIST (continued) ITEM CODE MEMBRANE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 F/C-W-1 3/8 12 clear span - 2 × 9 wood joists; 18 o.c.; Deck: 1 T&G; Filler: 3 of ashes on 1/2 boards nailed to joist sides 2 from bottom; 2 air space; Membrane: 3/8 gypsum board. 60 psf 36 min. 7 1, 2 1/2 F/C-W-2 1/212 clear span - 2 × 7 joists; 15 o.c.; Deck: 1 nominal lumber; Membrane: 1/2 fiber board. 60 psf 22 min. 7 1, 2, 3 1/4 F/C-W-3 1/2 12 clear span - 2 × 7 wood joists; 16 o.c.; 2 × 11/2 bridging at center; Deck: 1 T&G; Membrane: 1/2 fiber board; 2 coats “distemper” paint. 30 psf 28 min. 7 1, 3, 15 1/3 F/C-W-4 3/16 12 clear span - 2 × 7 wood joists; 16 o.c.; 2 × 11/2 bridging at center span; Deck: 1 nomi- nal lumber; Membrane: 1/2 fiber board under 3/ 16 gypsum plaster. 30 psf 32 min. 7 1, 2 1/2 F/C-W-5 5/8As per previous F/C-W-4 except membrane is 5/8 lime plaster. 70 psf 48 min. 7 1, 2 3/4 F/C-W-6 5/8As per previous F/C-W-5 except membrane is 5/8 gypsum plaster on 22 gage 3/8 metal lath. 70 psf 49 min. 7 1, 2 3/4 FIGURE 3.3 FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES—WOOD JOIST 0 FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS) NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 1234 5 10 15 0 25 26 23 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: F/C-W-42 12144011 9 18 24 2 27 28 29 3 4 8 1 10 18 21 30 16 31 33 34 32 15 22 36 6 39 41 42 7 13 17 5 20 37 38 35 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-118 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 3.3—continued FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES—WOOD JOIST (continued) ITEM CODE MEMBRANE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 F/C-W-7 1/2As per previous F/C-W-6 except membrane is 1/2 fiber board under 1/2 gypsum plaster. 60 psf 43 min. 7 1, 2, 3 2/3 F/C-W-8 1/2As per previous F/C-W-7 except membrane is 1/2 gypsum board. 60 psf 33 min. 7 1, 2, 3 1/2 F/C-W-9 9/16 12 clear span - 2 × 7 wood joists; 15 o.c.; 2 × 11/2 bridging at center; Deck: 1 nominal lumber; Membrane: 3/8 gypsum board; 3/16 gypsum plaster. 60 psf 24 min. 7 1, 2, 3 1/3 F/C-W-10 5/8As per F/C-W-9 except membrane is 5/8 gyp- sum plaster on wood lath. 60 psf 27 min. 7 1, 2, 3 1/3 F/C-W-11 7/8 12 clear span - 2 × 9 wood joists; 15 o.c.; 2 × 11/2 bridging at center span; Deck: 1 T&G; Membrane: original ceiling joists have 3/8 plaster on wood lath; 4 metal hangers attached below joists creating 15 chases filled with mineral wool and closed with 7/8 plaster (gypsum) on 3/8 S.W.M. metal lath to form new ceiling surface. 75 psf 1 hr. 10 min. 7 1, 2 1 F/C-W-12 7/8 12 clear span - 2 × 9 wood joists; 15 o.c.; 2 × 11/2 bridging at center; Deck: 1 T&G; Membrane: 3 mineral wood below joists; 3 hangers to channel below joists; 7/8 gypsum plaster on metal lath attached to channels. 75 psf 2 hrs. 7 1, 4 2 F/C-W-13 7/8 12 clear span - 2 × 9 wood joists; 16 o.c.; 2 × 11/2 bridging at center span; Deck: 1 T&G on 1 bottoms on 3/4 glass wool strips on 3/4 gypsum board nailed to joists; Membrane: 3/4 glass wool strips on joists; 3/8 perforated gypsum lath; 1/2 gypsum plaster. 60 psf 41 min. 7 1, 3 2/3 F/C-W-14 7/8 12 clear span - 2 × 9 wood joists; 15 o.c.; Deck: 1 T&G; Membrane: 3 foam concrete in cavity on 1/2 boards nailed to joists; wood lath nailed to 1 × 11/4 straps 14 o.c. across joists; 7/8 gypsum plaster. 60 psf 1 hr. 40 min. 7 1, 5 1 2/3 F/C-W-15 7/8 12 clear span - 2 × 9 wood joists; 18 o.c.; Deck: 1 T&G; Membrane: 2 foam concrete on 1/2 boards nailed to joist sides 2 from joist bottom; 2 air space; 1 × 11/4 wood straps 14 o.c. across joists; 7/8 lime plaster on wood lath. 60 psf 53 min. 7 1, 2 3/4 F/C-W-16 7/8 12 clear span - 2 × 9 wood joists; Deck: 1 T&G; Membrane: 3 ashes on 1/2 boards nailed to joist sides 2 from joist bottom; 2 air space; 1 × 11/4 wood straps 14 o.c. ; 7/8 gypsum plaster on wood lath. 60 psf 28 min. 7 1, 2 1/3 F/C-W-17 7/8As per previous F/C-W-16 but with lime plaster mix. 60 psf 41 min. 7 1, 2 2/3 F/C-W-18 7/8 12 clear span - 2 × 9 wood joists; 18 o.c.; 2 × 11/2 bridging at center; Deck: 1 T&G; Membrane: 7/8 gypsum plaster on wood lath. 60 psf 36 min. 7 1, 2 1/2 F/C-W-19 7/8 As per previous F/C-W-18 except with lime plaster membrane and deck is 1 nominal boards (plain edge). 60 psf 19 min. 7 1, 2 1/4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-119 TABLE 3.3—continued FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES—WOOD JOIST (continued) ITEM CODE MEMBRANE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 F/C-W-20 7/8As per F/C-W-19, except deck is 1 T&G boards. 60 psf 43 min. 7 1, 2 2/3 F/C-W-21 1 12 clear span - 2 × 9 wood joists; 16 o.c.; 2 × 11/2 bridging at center; Deck: 1 T&G; Membrane: 3/8 gypsum base board; 5/8 gypsum plaster. 70 psf 29 min. 7 1, 2 1/3 F/C-W-22 11/8 12 clear span - 2 × 9 wood joists; 16 o.c.; 2 × 2 wood bridging at center; Deck: 1 T&G; Membrane: hangers, chan- nel with 3/8 gypsum baseboard affixed under 3 /4 gypsum plaster. 60 psf 1 hr. 7 1, 2, 3 1 F/C-W-23 3/8 Deck: 1 nominal lumber; Joists: 2 × 7; 15 o.c.; Membrane: 3/8 plasterboard with plaster skim coat. 60 psf 11 1/2 min. 12 2, 6 1/6 F/C-W-24 1/2Deck: 1 T&G lumber; Joists: 2 × 9; 16 o.c.; Membrane: 1/2 plasterboard. 60 psf 18 min. 12 2, 7 1/4 F/C-W-25 1/2Deck: 1 T&G lumber; Joists: 2 × 7; 16 o.c.; Membrane: 1/2 fiber insulation board. 30 psf 8 min. 12 2, 8 2/15 F/C-W-26 1/2 Deck: 1 nominal lumber; Joists: 2 × 7; 15 o.c.; Membrane: 1/2 fiber insulation board. 60 psf 8 min. 12 2, 9 2/15 F/C-W-27 5/8 Deck: 1 nominal lumber; Joists: 2 × 7; 15 o.c.; Membrane: 5/8 gypsum plaster on wood lath. 60 psf 17 min. 12 2, 10 1/4 F/C-W-28 5/8 Deck: 1 T&G lumber; Joists: 2 × 9; 16 o.c.; Membrane: 1/2 fiber insulation board; 1/2 plaster. 60 psf 20 min. 12 2, 11 1/3 F/C-W-29 No Membrane Exposed wood joists. See Note 13 15 min. 1 1, 12, 13, 14 1/4 F/C-W-30 3/8 Gypsum wallboard: 3/8 or 1/2 with 11/2 No. 15 gage nails with 3/16 heads spaced 6 centers with asbestos paper applied with paperhangers' paste and finished with casein paint. See Note 13 25 min. 1 1, 12, 13, 14 1/2 F/C-W-31 1/2 Gypsum wallboard: 1/2 with 13/4 No. 12 gage nails with 1/2 heads, 6 o.c., and fin- ished with casein paint. See Note 13 25 min. 1 1, 12, 13, 14 1/2 F/C-W-32 1/2 Gypsum wallboard: 1/2 with 11/2 No. 12 gage nails with 1/2 heads, 18 o.c., with asbestos paper applied with paperhangers’ paste and secured with 11/2 No. 15 gage nails with 3/16 heads and finished with casein paint; combined nail spacing 6 o.c. See Note 13 30 min. 1 1, 12, 13, 14 1/2 F/C-W-33 3/8 Gypsum wallboard: two layers 3/8 secured with 11/2 No. 15 gage nails with 3/8 heads, 6 o.c. See Note 13 30 min. 1 1, 12, 13, 14 1/2 F/C-W-34 1/2 Perforated gypsum lath: 3/8, plastered with 11/8 No. 13 gage nails with 5/16 heads, 4 o.c.; 1/2 sanded gypsum plaster. See Note 13 30 min. 1 1, 12, 13, 14 1/2 F/C-W-35 1/2Same as F/C-W-34, except with 11/8 No. 13 gage nails with 3/8 heads, 4 o.c. See Note 13 45 min. 1 1, 12, 13, 14 3/4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-120 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 3.3—continued FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES—WOOD JOIST For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 305 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa, 1 pound per square foot = 47.9 N/m 2. Notes: 1. Thickness indicates thickness of first membrane protection on ceiling surface. 2. Failure mode—flame thru. 3. Failure mode—collapse. 4. No endpoint reached at termination of test. 5. Failure imminent—test terminated. 6. Joist failure—11.5 minutes; flame thru—13 minutes; collapse—24 minutes. 7. Joist failure—17 minutes; flame thru—18 minutes; collapse—33 minutes. 8. Joist failure—18 minutes; flame thru—8 minutes; collapse—30 minutes. 9. Joist failure—12 minutes; flame thru—8 minutes; collapse—22 minutes. 10. Joist failure—11 minutes; flame thru—17 minutes; collapse—27 minutes. 11. Joist failure—17 minutes; flame thru—20 minutes; collapse—43 minutes. 12. Joists: 2-inch by 10-inch southern pine or Douglas fir; No. 1 common or better. Subfloor: 3/4-inch wood sheathing diaphragm of asbestos paper, and finish of tongue-and-groove wood flooring. 13. Loadings: not more than 1,000 psi maximum fiber stress in joists. 14. Perforations in gypsum lath are to be not less than 3/4-inch diameter with one perforation for not more than 16/in.2 diameter. 15. “Distemper” is a British term for a water-based paint such as white wash or calcimine. ITEM CODE MEMBRANE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 F/C-W-36 1/2 Perforated gypsum lath: 3/8 , nailed with 11/8 No. 13 gage nails with 3/8 heads, 4 o.c.; joints covered with 3 strips of metal lath with 13/4 No. 12 nails with 1/2 heads, 5 o.c.; 1/2 sanded gypsum plaster. See Note 13 1 hr. 1 1, 12, 13, 14 1 F/C-W-37 1/2 Gypsum lath: 3/8 and lower layer of 3/8 perforated gypsum lath nailed with 13/4 No. 13 nails with 5/16 heads, 4 o.c.; 1/2 sanded gypsum plaster or 1/2 Portland cement plaster. See Note 13 45 min. 1 1, 12, 13, 14 3/4 F/C-W-38 3/4 Metal lath: nailed with 11/4 No. 11 nails with 3/8 heads or 6d common driven 1 and bent over, 6 o.c.; 3/4 sanded gypsum plaster. See Note 13 45 min. 1 1, 12, 13, 14 3/4 F/C-W-39 3/4 Same as F/C-W-38, except nailed with 11/2 No. 11 barbed roof nails with 7/16 heads, 6 o.c. See Note 13 1 hr. 1 1, 12, 13, 14 1 F/C-W-40 3/4 Same as F/C-W-38, except with lath nailed to joists with additional supports for lath 27 o.c.; attached to alternate joists and consisting of two nails driven 11/4, 2 above bottom on opposite sides of the joists, one loop of No. 18 wire slipped over each nail; the ends twisted together below lath. See Note 13 1 hr. 15 min. 1 1, 12, 13, 14 11/4 F/C-W-41 3/4 Metal lath: nailed with 11/2 No. 11 barbed roof nails with 7/16 heads, 6 o.c., with 3/4 Portland cement plaster for scratch coat and 1:3 for brown coat, 3 lbs. of asbestos fiber and 15 lbs. of hydrated lime/94 lbs. bag of cement. See Note 13 1 hr. 1 1, 12, 13, 14 1 F/C-W-42 3/4 Metal lath: nailed with 8d, No. 111/2 gage barbed box nails, 21/2 driven, 11/4 on slant and bent over, 6 o.c.; 3/4 sanded gypsum plaster, 1:2 for scratch coat and 1:3 for below coat. See Note 13 1 hr. 1 1, 12, 13, 14 1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-121 TABLE 3.4 FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES—HOLLOW CLAY TILE WITH REINFORCED CONCRETE (continued) ITEM CODE ASSEMBLY THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 F/C-HT-1 6 Cover: 11/2 concrete (6080 psi); three cell hol- low clay tiles, 12 × 12 × 4; 31/4 concrete between tiles including two 1/2 rebars with 3/4 concrete cover; 1/2 plaster cover, lower. 75 psf 2 hrs. 7 min. 7 1, 2, 3 2 F/C-HT-2 6 Cover: 11/2 concrete (5840 psi); three cell hol- low clay tiles, 12 × 12 × 4; 31/4 concrete between tiles including two 1/2 rebars each with 1/2 concrete cover and 5/8 filler tiles between hollow tiles; 1/2 plaster cover, lower. 61 psf 3 hrs. 23 min. 7 3, 4, 6 3 1/3 F/C-HT-3 6 Cover: 11/2 concrete (6280 psi); three cell hol- low clay tiles, 12 × 12 × 4; 31/4 concrete between tiles including two 1/2 rebars with 1/2 cover; 1/2 plaster cover, lower. 122 psf 2 hrs. 7 1, 3, 5, 8 2 F/C-HT-4 6 Cover: 11/2 concrete (6280 psi); three cell hol- low clay tiles, 12 × 12 × 4; 31/4 concrete between tiles including two 1/2 rebars with 3/4 cover; 1/2 plaster cover, lower. 115 psf 2 hrs. 23 min. 7 1, 3, 7 2 1/3 F/C-HT-5 6 Cover: 11/2 concrete (6470 psi); three cell hol- low clay tiles, 12 × 12 × 4; 31/4 concrete between tiles including two 1/2 rebars with 1/2 cover; 1/2 plaster cover, lower. 122 psf 2 hrs. 7 1, 3, 5, 8 2 FIGURE 3.4 FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES—HOLLOW CLAY TILE WITH REINFORCED CONCRETE 0 FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS) NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 1234 5 10 0 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: F/C-HT-2 5 13 3 1 9 4 7 11 10 12 8 62 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-122 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 3.4—continued FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES—HOLLOW CLAY TILE WITH REINFORCED CONCRETE For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 305 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa, 1 pound per square foot = 47.9 N/m 2. Notes: 1. A generalized cross section of this floor type follows: 2. Failure mode - structural. 3. Plaster: base coat—lime-cement-sand; top coat—gypsum (neat). (continued) ITEM CODE ASSEMBLY THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 F/C-HT-6 8 Floor cover: 11/2 gravel cement (4300 psi); three cell, 12 × 12 × 6 ; 31/2 space between tiles including two 1/2 rebars with 1 cover from concrete bottom; 1/2 plaster cover, lower. 165 psf 4 hrs. 7 1, 3, 9, 10 4 F/C-HT-7 9 (nom.) Deck: 7/8 T&G on 2 × 11/2 bottoms (18 o.c.) 11/2 concrete cover (4600 psi); three cell hollow clay tiles, 12 × 12 × 4; 3 concrete between tiles including one 3/4 rebar 3/4 from tile bottom; 3/4 plaster cover. 95 psf 2 hrs. 26 min. 7 4, 11, 12, 13 21/3 F/C-HT-8 9 (nom.) Deck: 7/8 T&G on 2 × 11/2 bottoms (18 o.c.) 11/2 concrete cover (3850 psi); three cell hollow clay tiles, 12 × 12 × 4; 3 concrete between tiles including one 3/4 rebar 3/4 from tile bottoms; 1/2 plaster cover. 95 psf 3 hrs. 28 min. 7 4, 11, 12, 13 F/C-HT-9 9 (nom.) Deck: 7/8 T&G on 2 × 11/2 bottoms (18 o.c.) 11/2 concrete cover (4200 psi); three cell hollow clay tiles, 12 × 12 × 4; 3 concrete between tiles including one 3/4 rebar 3/4 from tile bottoms; 1/2 plaster cover. 95 psf 2 hrs. 14 min. 7 3, 5, 8, 11 F/C-HT-10 51/2Fire clay tile (4 thick); 11/2 concrete cover; for general details, see Note 15. See Note 14 1 hr. 43 15 1 F/C-HT-11 8Fire clay tile (6 thick); 2 cover. See Note 14 1 hr. 43 15 1 F/C-HT-12 51/2Fire clay tile (4 thick); 11/2 cover; 5/8 gypsum plaster, lower. See Note 14 1 hr. 30 min. 43 15 1 1/2 F/C-HT-13 8Fire clay tile (6 thick); 2 cover; 5/8 gypsum plaster, lower. See Note 14 2 hrs. 43 15 1 1/2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-123 TABLE 3.4—continued FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES—HOLLOW CLAY TILE WITH REINFORCED CONCRETE 4. Failure mode—collapse. 5. Test stopped before any endpoints were reached. 6. A generalized cross section of this floor type follows: 7. Failure mode—thermal—back face temperature rise. 8. Passed hose stream test. 9. Failed hose stream test. 10. Test stopped at 4 hours before any endpoints were reached. 11. A generalized cross section of this floor type follows: 12. Plaster: base coat—retarded hemihydrate gypsum-sand; second coat—neat gypsum. 13. Concrete in Item 7 is P.C. based but with crushed brick aggregates while in Item 8 river sand and river gravels are used with the P.C. 14. Load - unspecified. 15. The 12-inch by 12-inch fire-clay tiles were laid end to end in rows spaced 2 1/2 inches or 4 inches apart. The reinforcing steel was placed between these rows and the concrete cast around them and over the tile to form the structural floor. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-124 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® SECTION IV BEAMS TABLE 4.1.1 REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS DEPTH 10 TO LESS THAN 12 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 305 mm, 1 pound = 0.004448 kN, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa, 1 ton = 8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Load concentrated at mid span. 2. Achieved 4 hour performance (Class “B,” British). 3. Failure mode—collapse. 4. Achieved 6 hour performance (Class “A,” British). (continued) ITEM CODE DEPTH CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 B-11-RC-1 1124 wide × 11 deep reinforced concrete “T” beam (3290 psi); Details: see Note 5 figure. 8.8 tons 4 hrs. 2 min. 7 1, 2, 14 4 B-10-RC-2 1024 wide × 10 deep reinforced concrete “T” beam (4370 psi); Details: see Note 6 figure. 8.8 tons 1 hr. 53 min. 7 1, 3 1 3/4 B-10-RC-3 10 1/2 24 wide × 101/2 deep reinforced concrete “T” beam (4450 psi); Details: see Note 7 fig- ure. 8.8 tons 2 hrs. 40 min. 7 1, 3 2 2/3 B-11-RC-4 1124 wide × 11 deep reinforced concrete “T” beam (2400 psi); Details: see Note 8 figure. 8.8 tons 3 hrs. 32 min. 7 1, 3, 14 3 1/2 B-11-RC-5 1124 wide × 11 deep reinforced concrete “T” beam (4250 psi); Details: see Note 9 figure. 8.8 tons 3 hrs. 3 min. 7 1, 3, 14 3 B-11-RC-6 11 Concrete flange: 4 deep × 2' wide (4895 psi) concrete; Concrete beam: 7 deep × 61/2 wide beam; “I” beam reinforcement; 10 × 41/2 × 25 lbs. R.S.J.; 1 cover on flanges; Flange reinforcement: 3/8 diameter bars at 6 pitch parallel to “T”; 1/4 diameter bars perpendicular to “T”; Beam reinforcement: 4 × 6 wire mesh No. 13 SWG; Span: 11' restrained; Details: see Note 10 figure. 10 tons 6 hrs. 7 1, 4 6 B-11-RC-7 11 Concrete flange: 6 deep × 1' 61/2 wide (3525 psi) concrete; Concrete beam: 5 deep × 8 wide precast concrete blocks 83/4 long; “I” beam reinforcement; 7 × 4 × 16 lbs. R.S.J.; 2 cover on bottom; 11/2 cover on top; Flange reinforcement: two rows 1/2 diameter rods parallel to “T”; Beam rein- forcement: 1/8 wire mesh perpendicular to 1 ; Span: 1 3 simply supported; Details: see Note 11 figure. 3.9 tons 4 hrs. 7 1, 2 4 B-11-RC-8 11 Concrete flange: 4 deep × 2' wide (3525 psi) concrete; Concrete beam 7 deep × 41/2 wide; (scaled from drawing); “I” beam rein- forcement; 10 × 41/2 × 25 lbs. R.S.J.; no concrete cover on bottom; Flange reinforce- ment: 3/8 diameter bars at 6 pitch parallel to “T”; 1/4 diameter bars perpendicular to “T”; Span: 11 restricted. 10 tons 4 hrs. 7 1, 2, 12 4 B-11-RC-9 11 1/2 24 wide × 111/2 deep reinforced concrete “T” beam (4390 psi); Details: see Note 12 figure. 8.8 tons 3 hrs. 24 min. 71, 331/3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-125 2′ 2′ 2′ 5 16/ AT 3 CRS. ″ ″ DIA. STIRRUPS 5 16/ AT 3 CRS. ″ ″ DIA. STIRRUPS 5 16/ AT 3" CRS. ″DIA. STIRRUPS 3 8/ BARS AT 6 CRS. ″ ″ DIA. 11 2/″ 31 2/″ 11 2/″ 51 2/″ 1 2/″ 2″ 2″4″ 11 2/″COVER 1″ / DIA. BARS 3 4″ 3 8/ BARS″DIA. 3 8/ BARS AT 6 CRS. ″ ″ DIA. 1″ 31 2/″ 1″ 51 2/″ 1 2/″ 2″ 2″4″ 1″COVER 1″ / DIA. BARS 3 4″ 3 8/ BARS″DIA. 3 8/ BARS AT 6 CRS. ″ ″ DIA. 11 2/″ 31 2/″ 11 2/″ 51 2/″ 1 2/″ 2″ 2″4″ 11 2/″COVER 1″ / DIA. BARS 3 4″ 3 8/ BARS″DIA. 2′ 2′ 2′ 5 16/ AT 3 CRS. ″ ″ DIA. STIRRUPS 5 16/ AT 3 CRS. ″ ″ DIA. STIRRUPS 61 2/″ 2″ 2″4″ 3 8/ PITCH ″ ″ DIA. BARS AT 6 1″ 1″ 46WIRE MESH OF NO. 13 S.W.G ″″× 10 4 / 25 LB. R.S.J″″1 2× 1 4/ BARS″DIA. 3 8/ BARS AT 6 CRS. ″ ″ DIA. 11 2/″ 31 2/″ 11 2/″ 51 2/″ 1 2/″ 2″ 2″4″ 11 2/″ COVER 1″ / DIA. BARS 3 4″ 3 8/ BARS″DIA. 3 8/ BARS AT 6 CRS. ″ ″ DIA. 1 2/″ 31 2/″ 1 2/″ 51 2/″ 1 2/″ 2″ 2″4″ 11 2/″ COVER 1″ / DIA. BARS 3 4″ 3 8/ BARS″DIA. TABLE 4.1.1—continued REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS DEPTH 10 TO LESS THAN 12 5.6. 7.8. 9.10. (continued) Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-126 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 4.1.1—continued REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS DEPTH 10 TO LESS THAN 12 11.12. 13.14. The different performances achieved by B-11-RC-1, B-11-RC-4 and B-11-RC-5 are attributable to differences in concrete aggregate compositions reported in the source document but unreported in this table. This demonstrates the significance of material composition in addition to other details. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-127 TABLE 4.1.2 REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS DEPTH 12 TO LESS THAN 14 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 305 mm, 1 pound = 0.004448 kN, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa, 1 ton = 8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Qualified for 2 hour use. (Grade “C,” British) Test included hose stream and reload at 48 hours. 2. Load concentrated at mid span. 3. British test. 4. British test—qualified for 6 hour use (Grade “A”). (continued) ITEM CODE DEPTH CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 B-12-RC-1 12 12 × 8 section; 4160 psi aggregate concrete; Reinforcement: 4-7/8 rebars at corners; 1 below each surface; 1/4 stirrups 10 o.c. 5.5 tons 2 hrs. 7 1 2 B-12-RC-2 12 Concrete flange: 4 deep × 2' wide (3045 psi) concrete at 35 days; Concrete beam: 8 deep; “I” beam reinforcement: 10 × 41/2 × 25 lbs. R.S.J.; 1 cover on flanges; Flange reinforce- ment: 3/8 diameter bars at 6 pitch parallel to “T”; 1/4 diameter bars perpendicular to “T”; Beam reinforcement: 4 × 6 wire mesh No. 13 SWG; Span: 10 3 simply supported. 10 tons 4 hrs. 7 2, 3, 5 4 B-13-RC-3 13 Concrete flange: 4 deep × 2' wide (3825 psi) concrete at 46 days; Concrete beam: 9 deep × 81/2 wide; (scaled from drawing); “I” beam reinforcement: 10 × 41/2 × 25 lbs. R.S.J.; 3 cover on bottom flange; 1 cover on top flange; Flange reinforcement: 3/8 diameter bars at 6 pitch parallel to “T”; 1/4 diameter bars perpen- dicular to “T”; Beam reinforcement: 4 × 6 wire mesh No. 13 SWG; Span: 11 restrained. 10 tons 6 hrs. 7 2, 3, 6, 8, 9 4 B-12-RC-4 12 Concrete flange: 4 deep × 2' wide (3720 psi) concrete at 42 days; Concrete beam: 8 deep × 81/2 wide; (scaled from drawing); “I” beam reinforcement: 10 × 41/2 × 25 lbs. R.S.J.; 2 cover bottom flange; 1 cover top flange; Flange reinforcement: 3/8 diameter bars at 6 pitch par- allel to “T”; 1/4 diameter bars perpendicular to “T”; Beam reinforcement: 4 × 6 wire mesh No. 13 SWG; Span: 11 restrained. 10 tons 6 hrs. 7 1, 3, 4, 7, 8, 9 4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-128 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® 2´ 61 2/ 6˝1˝ 1˝ 2˝ 2˝ 4˝ 1˝ COVER 4˝ 6˝ WIRE MESH OF NO. 13 S.W.G × WIRE MESH OF NO. 13 S.W.G WIRE MESH OF NO. 13 S.W.G 1 4/BARS˝ DIA. 10˝ ˝ 25 1 2/ LB. R.S.J 4× . 3˝ 3 8/BARS AT 6˝ PITCH ˝ DIA. 2˝ 2˝ 1˝ 4˝ 2˝ 81 2/ 2´ 81 4/ 6˝ ˝ 1 4/BARS˝ DIA. 4˝ 6˝× 2´ 6˝1˝2˝ 3 8/BARS AT 6˝ PITCH ˝ DIA. 2˝4˝ 10˝ ˝ 25 1 2/ LB. R.S.J 4× ˝ 4˝ 6˝× 1 4/BARS˝ DIA. 3 8/BARS AT 6˝ PITCH ˝ DIA. 10˝ ˝ 25 1 2/ LB. R.S.J 4× ˝ TABLE 4.1.2—continued REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS DEPTH 12 TO LESS THAN 14 5.6. 7.8. See Table 4.1.3, Note 5. 9. Hourly rating based upon B-12-RC-2 above. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-129 TABLE 4.1.3 REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS DEPTH 14 TO LESS THAN 16 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 305 mm, 1 pound = 0.004448 kN, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa, 1 ton = 8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Load concentrated at mid span. 2. Achieved 6 hour fire rating (Grade “A,” British). 3. 5. Section 43.147 of the 1979 edition of the Uniform Building Code Standards provides: “A restrained condition in fire tests, as used in this standard, is one in which expansion at the supports of a load-carrying element resulting from the effects of the fire is resisted by forces external to the element. An unrestrained condition is one in which the load-carrying element is free to expand and rotate at its support.” “Restraint in buildings is defined as follows: Floor and roof assemblies and individual beams in buildings shall be considered restrained when the surrounding or supporting structure is capable of resisting the thermal expansion throughout the range of anticipated elevated temperatures. Construction not complying . . . is assumed to be free to rotate and expand and shall be considered as unrestrained.” “Restraint may be provided by the lateral stiffness of supports for floor and roof assemblies and intermediate beams forming part of the assembly. In order to develop restraint, connections must adequately transfer thermal thrusts to such supports. The rigidity of adjoining panels or structures shall be considered in assessing the capability of a structure to resist therm expansion.” Because it is difficult to determine whether an existing building’s structural system is capable of providing the required restraint, the lower hourly ratings of a similar but unrestrained assembly have been recommended. 6. Hourly rating based upon Table 4.2.1, Item B-12-RC-2. ITEM CODE DEPTH CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE-BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 B-15-RC-1 15 Concrete flange: 4 deep × 2' wide (3290 psi) concrete; Concrete beam: 10 deep × 81/2 wide; “I” beam reinforcement: 10 × 41/2 × 25 lbs. R.S.J.; 4 cover on bottom flange; 1 cover on top flange; Flange reinforcement: 3/8 diameter bars at 6 pitch parallel to “T”; 1/4 diameter bars perpendicular to “T”; Beam reinforcement: 4 × 6 wire mesh No. 13 SWG; Span: 11 restrained. 10 tons 6 hrs. 7 1, 2, 3 5, 6 4 B-15-RC-2 15 Concrete flange: 4 deep × 2' wide (4820 psi) concrete; Concrete beam: 10 deep × 81/2 wide; “I” beam reinforcement: 10 × 41/2 × 25 lbs. R.S.J.; 1 cover over wire mesh on bot- tom flange; 1 cover on top flange; Flange reinforcement: 3/8 diameter bars at 6 pitch parallel to “T”; 1/4 diameter bars perpendicu- lar to “T”; Beam reinforcement: 4 × 6 wire mesh No. 13 SWG; Span: 11 restrained. 10 tons 6 hrs. 7 1, 2, 4, 5, 6 4 4˝ × 6˝ WIRE MESH OF NO. 13 S.W.G WIRE MESH OF NO. 13 S.W.G 1 4/ BARS DIA.1 4/ BARS DIA. 10˝ ˝ 25 1 2/ LB. R.S.J. 4× 1˝ 3 8/ 6˝ PITCH DIA. BARS AT 3 8/ 6˝ PITCH DIA. BARS AT 6˝6˝ 2´2´ 81 2/81 2/ 2˝2˝ 2˝2˝1˝ 4˝4˝ 2˝2˝ ˝ ˝ ˝ 4˝ × 6˝ ˝˝ 10˝ ˝ 25 1 2/ LB. R.S.J. 4× ˝ 4. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-130 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 4.2.1 REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS—UNPROTECTED DEPTH 10 TO LESS THAN 12 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 0.004448 kN, 1 ton = 8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Concentrated at mid span. ITEM CODE DEPTH CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST-BMS-92 B-SU-1 1010 × 41/2 × 25 lbs. “I” beam. 10 tons 39 min. 7 1 1/3 TABLE 4.2.2 STEEL BEAMS—CONCRETE PROTECTION DEPTH 10 TO LESS THAN 12 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 0.004448 kN, 1 pound per square inch = 0.00689 MPa, 1 ton = 8.896 kN. Notes: 1. Load concentrated at mid span. 2. Specimen 10-foot 3-inch clear span simply supported. 3. Passed Grade “C” fire resistance (British) including hose stream and reload. 4. Specimen 11-foot clear span—restrained. 5. Passed Grade “B” fire resistance (British) including hose stream and reload. 6. See Table 4.1.3, Note 5. 7. Hourly rating based upon B-SC-1 above. ITEM CODE DEPTH CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. HOURSLOAD TIME PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 B-SC-1 10 10 × 8 rectangle; aggregate concrete (4170 psi) with 1 top cover and 2 bottom cover; No. 13 SWG iron wire loosely wrapped at approximately 6 pitch about 7 × 4 × 16 lbs. “I” beam. 3.9 tons 3 hrs. 46 min. 7 1, 2, 3 3 3/4 B-SC-1 10 10 × 8 rectangle; aggregate concrete (3630 psi) with 1 top cover and 2 bottom cover; No. 13 SWG iron wire loosely wrapped at approximately 6 pitch about 7 × 4 × 16 lbs. “I” beam. 5.5 tons 5 hrs. 26 min. 7 1, 4, 5, 6, 7 33/4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-131 TABLE 5.1 RESISTANCE OF DOORS TO FIRE EXPOSURE (continued) ITEM CODE DOOR MINIMUM THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. (MIN.)EFFECTIVE BARRIER EDGE FLAMING PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 D-1 3/8 Panel door; pine perime- ter (13/8); painted (enamel). 5 min. 10 sec.N/A 90 1, 2 5 D-2 3/8 As above, with two coats U.L. listed intumescent coating. 5 min. 30 sec.5 min. 90 1, 2, 7 5 D-3 3/8 As D-1, with standard primer and flat interior paint. 5 min. 55 sec.N/A 90 1, 3, 4 5 D-4 25/8 As D-1, with panels cov- ered each side with 1/2 plywood; edge grouted with sawdust filled plas- ter; door faced with 1/8 hardboard each side; paint see (5). 11 min. 15 sec. 3 min. 45 sec. 90 1, 2, 5, 7 10 0 EFFECTIVE BARRIER TIME (MINUTES) NUMBER OF ASSEMBLIES 20 40 60 80 5 10 0 The number in each box is keyed to the last number in the Item Code column in the Table. For example: D-32 7 22 39 6 41 17 18 20 5 19 37 40 4 2 3 38 1 36 29 21 8 10 9 23 12 13 30 11 31 14 24 28 33 35 34 16 25 26 15 27 32 SECTION V DOORS FIGURE 5.1 RESISTANCE OF DOORS TO FIRE EXPOSURE Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-132 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® TABLE 5.1—continued RESISTANCE OF DOORS TO FIRE EXPOSURE (continued) ITEM CODE DOOR MINIMUM THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. (MIN.)EFFECTIVE BARRIER EDGE FLAMING PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 D-5 3/8 As D-1, except surface protected with glass fiber reinforced intumescent fire retardant coating. 16 min. N/A 90 1, 3, 4, 7 15 D-6 15/8 Door detail: As D-4, except with 1/8 cement asbestos board facings with aluminum foil; door edges protected by sheet metal. 17 min.10 min. 15 sec. 90 1, 3, 4 15 D-7 1 5/8 Door detail with 1/8 hard- board cover each side as facings; glass fiber rein- forced intumescent coat- ing applied. 20 min. N/A 90 1, 3, 4, 7 20 D-8 1 5/8 Door detail same as D-4; paint was glass rein- forced epoxy intumes- cent. 26 min.24 min. 45 sec. 90 1, 3, 4, 6, 7 25 D-9 15/8 Door detail same as D-4 with facings of 1/8 cement asbestos board. 29 min.3 min. 15 sec. 90 1, 2 5 D-10 1 5/8As per D-9. 31 min. 30 sec. 7 min. 20 sec. 90 1, 3, 4 6 D-11 1 5/8 As per D-7; painted with epoxy intumescent coat- ing including glass fiber roving. 36 min. 25 sec.N/A 90 1, 3, 4 35 D-12 15/8As per D-4 with intumes- cent fire retardant paint. 37 min. 30 sec. 24 min. 40 sec. 90 1, 3, 4 30 D-13 11/2 (nom.) As per D-4, except with 24 ga. galvanized sheet metal facings. 39 min. 39 min. 90 1, 3, 4 39 D-14 1 5/8As per D-9. 41 min. 30 sec. 17 min. 20 sec. 90 1, 3, 4, 6 20 D-15 — Class C steel fire door. 60 min. 58 min. 90 7, 8 60 D-16 — Class B steel fire door. 60 min. 57 min. 90 7, 8 60 D-17 1 3/4 Solid core flush door; core staves laminated to facings but not each other; Birch plywood facings 1/ 2 rebate in door frame for door; 3/32 clearance between door and wood frame. 15 min. 13 min. 37 11 13 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-133 TABLE 5.1—continued RESISTANCE OF DOORS TO FIRE EXPOSURE For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 305 mm. Notes: 1. All door frames were of standard lumber construction. 2. Wood door stop protected by asbestos millboard. 3. Wood door stop protected by sheet metal. 4. Door frame protected with sheet metal and weather strip. 5. Surface painted with intumescent coating. 6. Door edge sheet metal protected. 7. Door edge intumescent paint protected. 8. Formal steel frame and door stop. 9. Door opened into furnace at 12 feet. 10. Similar door opened into furnace at 12 feet. 11. The doors reported in these tests represent the type contemporaries used as 20-minute solid-core wood doors. The test results demonstrate the necessity of having wall anchored metal frames, minimum cleaners possible between door, frame and stops. They also indicate the utility of long throw latches and the possible use of intumescent paints to seal doors to frames in event of a fire. 12. Minimum working clearance and good latch closure are absolute necessities for effective containment for all such working door assemblies. 13. Based on British tests. 14. Failure at door-frame interface. ITEM CODE DOOR MINIMUM THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PERFORMANCE REFERENCE NUMBER NOTES REC. (MIN.)EFFECTIVE BARRIER EDGE FLAMING PRE- BMS-92 BMS-92 POST- BMS-92 D-18 13/4As per D-17. 14 min. 13 min. 37 11 13 D-19 1 3/4 Door same as D-17, except with 16 ga. steel; 3/ 32 door frame clearance. 12 min. — 37 9, 11 10 D-20 1 3/4As per D-19. 16 min. — 37 10, 11 10 D-21 1 3/4 Doors as per D-17; intu- mescent paint applied to top and side edges. 26 min. — 37 11 25 D-22 1 3/4 Door as per D-17, except with 1/2 × 1/8 steel strip set into edges of door at top and side facing stops; matching strip on stop. 18 min. 6 min. 37 11 18 D-23 13/4Solid oak door. 36 min. 22 min. 15 13 25 D-24 1 7/8Solid oak door. 45 min. 35 min. 15 13 35 D-25 1 7/8Solid teak door. 58 min. 34 min. 15 13 35 D-26 1 7/8Solid (pitch) pine door. 57 min. 36 min. 15 13 35 D-27 1 7/8Solid deal (pine) door. 57 min. 30 min. 15 13 30 D-28 1 7/8Solid mahogany door. 49 min. 40 min. 15 13 45 D-29 1 7/8Solid poplar door. 24 min. 3 min. 15 13, 14 5 D-30 1 7/8Solid oak door. 40 min. 33 min. 15 13 35 D-31 1 7/8Solid walnut door. 40 min. 15 min. 15 13 20 D-32 2 5/8Solid Quebec pine. 60 min. 60 min. 15 13 60 D-33 2 5/8Solid pine door. 55 min. 39 min. 15 13 40 D-34 2 5/8Solid oak door. 69 min. 60 min. 15 13 60 D-35 2 5/8Solid teak door. 65 min. 17 min. 15 13 60 D-36 1 1/2Solid softwood door. 23 min. 8.5 min. 15 13 10 D-37 3/4Panel door. 8 min. 7.5 min. 15 13 5 D-38 5/16Panel door. 5 min. 5 min. 15 13 5 D-39 3/4Panel door, fire retardant treated. 171/2 min. 3 min. 15 13 8 D-40 3/4Panel door, fire retardant treated. 81/2 min. 8 1/2 min. 15 13 8 D-41 3/4Panel door, fire retardant treated. 163/4 min. 11 1/2 min. 15 13 8 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-134 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® BIBLIOGRAPHY 1. Central Housing Committee on Research, Design, and Construction; Subcommittee on Fire Resistance Clas- sifications, “Fire-Resistance Classifications of Build- ing Constructions,” Building Materials and Structures, Report BMS 92, National Bureau of Stan- dards, Washington, Oct. 1942. (Available from NTIS No. COM-73-10974) 2. Foster, H. D., Pinkston, E. R., and Ingberg, S. H., “Fire Resistance of Structural Clay Tile Partitions,” Building Materials and Structures, Report BMS 113, National Bureau of Standards, Washington, Oct. 1948. 3. Ryan, J. V., and Bender, E.W., “Fire Endurance of Open-Web Steel-Joist Floors with Concrete Slabs and Gypsum Ceilings,” Building Materials and Struc- tures, Report BMS 141, National Bureau of Stan- dards, Washington, Aug. 1954. 4. Mitchell, N. D., “Fire Tests of Wood-Framed Walls and Partitions with Asbestos-Cement Facings,” Build- ing Materials and Structures, Report BMS 123, National Bureau of Standards, Washington, May 1951. 5. Robinson, H. E., Cosgrove, L. A., and Powell, F. J., “Thermal Resistance of Airspace and Fibrous Insula- tions Bounded by Reflective Surfaces,” Building Materials and Structures, Report BMS 151, National Bureau of Standards, Washington, Nov. 1957. 6. Shoub, H., and Ingberg, S. H., “Fire Resistance of Steel Deck Floor Assemblies,” Building Science Series, 11, National Bureau of Standards, Washing- ton, Dec. 1967. 7. Davey, N., and Ashton, L. A., “Investigations on Building Fires, Part V: Fire Tests of Structural Ele- ments,” National Building Studies, Research Paper, No. 12, Dept. of Scientific and Industrial Research (Building Research Station), London, 1953. 8. National Board of Fire Underwriters, Fire Resistance Ratings of Beam, Girder, and Truss Protections, Ceil- ing Constructions, Column Protections, Floor and Ceiling Constructions, Roof Constructions, Walls and Partitions, New York, April 1959. 9. Mitchell, N.D., Bender, E.D., and Ryan, J.V., “Fire Resistance of Shutters for Moving-Stairway Open- ings,” Building Materials and Structures, Report BMS 129, National Bureau of Standards, Washing- ton, March 1952. 10. National Board of Fire Underwriters, National Build- ing Code; an Ordinance Providing for Fire Limits, and Regulations Governing the Construction, Alter- ation, Equipment, or Removal of Buildings or Struc- tures, New York, 1949. 11. Department of Scientific and Industrial Research and of the Fire Offices’ Committee, Joint Committee of the Building Research Board, “Fire Gradings of Buildings, Part I: General Principles and Structural Precautions,” Post-War Building Studies, No. 20, Ministry of Works, London, 1946. 12. Lawson, D. I., Webster, C. T., and Ashton, L. A., “Fire Endurance of Timber Beams and Floors,” National Building Studies, Bulletin, No. 13, Dept. of Scientific and Industrial Research and Fire Offices’ Committee (Joint Fire Research Organization), Lon- don, 1951. 13. Parker, T. W., Nurse, R. W., and Bessey, G. E., “Investigations on Building Fires. Part I: The Estima- tion of the Maximum Temperature Attained in Build- ing Fires from Examination of the Debris, and Part II: The Visible Change in Concrete or Mortar Exposed to High Temperatures,” National Building Studies, Technical Paper, No. 4, Dept. of Scientific and Indus- trial Research (Building Research Station), London, 1950. 14. Bevan, R. C., and Webster, C. T., “Investigations on Building Fires, Part III: Radiation from Building Fires,” National Building Studies, Technical Paper, No. 5, Dept. of Scientific and Industrial Research (Building Research Station), London, 1950. 15.Webster, D. J., and Ashton, L. A., “Investigations on Building Fires, Part IV: Fire Resistance of Timber Doors,” National Building Studies, Technical Paper, No. 6, Dept. of Scientific and Industrial Research (Building Research Station), London, 1951. 16. Kidder, F. E., Architects’ and Builders’ Handbook: Data for Architects, Structural Engineers, Contrac- tors, and Draughtsmen, comp. by a Staff of Special- ists and H. Parker, editor-in-chief, 18th ed., enl., J. Wiley, New York, 1936. 17. Parker, H., Gay, C. M., and MacGuire, J. W., Materi- als and Methods of Architectural Construction, 3rd ed., J. Wiley, New York, 1958. 18. Diets, A. G. H., Dwelling House Construction, The MIT Press, Cambridge, 1971. 19. Crosby, E. U., and Fiske, H. A., Handbook of Fire Protection, 5th ed., The Insurance Field Company, Louisville, Ky., 1914. 20. Crosby, E. U., Fiske, H. A., and Forster, H.W., Hand- book of Fire Protection, 8th ed., R. S. Moulton, gen- eral editor, National Fire Protection Association, Boston, 1936. 21. Kidder, F. E., Building Construction and Superinten- dence, rev. and enl., by T. Nolan, W. T. Comstock, New York, 1909-1913, 2 vols. 22. National Fire Protection Association, Committee on Fire-Resistive Construction, The Baltimore Confla- gration, 2nd ed., Chicago, 1904. 23. Przetak, L., Standard Details for Fire-Resistive Build- ing Construction, McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, 1977. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-135 24. Hird, D., and Fischl, C. F., “Fire Hazard of Internal Linings,” National Building Studies, Special Report, No. 22, Dept. of Scientific and Industrial Research and Fire Offices’ Committee (Joint Fire Research Organization), London, 1954. 25. Menzel, C. A., Tests of the Fire-Resistance and Strength of Walls Concrete Masonry Units, Portland Cement Association, Chicago, 1934. 26. Hamilton, S. B., “A Short History of the Structural Fire Protection of Buildings Particularly in England,” National Building Studies, Special Report, No. 27, Dept. of Scientific and Industrial Research (Building Research Station), London, 1958. 27. Sachs, E. O., and Marsland, E., “The Fire Resistance of Doors and Shutters being Tabulated Results of Fire Tests Conducted by the Committee,” Journal of the British Fire Prevention Committee, No. VII, London, 1912. 28. Egan, M. D., Concepts in Building Firesafety, J. Wiley, New York, 1978. 29. Sachs, E. O., and Marsland, E., “The Fire Resistance of Floors being Tabulated Results of Fire Tests Con- ducted by the Committee,” Journal of the British Fire Prevention Committee, No. VI, London, 1911. 30. Sachs, E. O., and Marsland, E., “The Fire Resistance of Partitions being Tabulated Results of Fire Tests Conducted by the Committee,” Journal of the British Fire Prevention Committee, No. IX, London, 1914. 31. Ryan, J. V., and Bender, E. W., “Fire Tests of Precast Cellular Concrete Floors and Roofs,” National Bureau of Standards Monograph, 45, Washington, April 1962. 32. Kingberg, S. H., and Foster, H. D., “Fire Resistance of Hollow Load-Bearing Wall Tile,” National Bureau of Standards Research Paper, No. 37, (Reprint from NBS Journal of Research, Vol. 2) Washington, 1929. 33. Hull, W. A., and Ingberg, S. H., “Fire Resistance of Concrete Columns,” Technologic Papers of the Bureau of Standards, No. 272, Vol. 18, Washington, 1925, pp. 635-708. 34. National Board of Fire Underwriters, Fire Resistance Ratings of Less than One Hour, New York, Aug. 1956. 35. Harmathy, T. Z., “Ten Rules of Fire Endurance Rat- ing,” Fire Technology, Vol. 1, May 1965, pp. 93-102. 36. Son, B. C., “Fire Endurance Test on a Steel Tubular Column Protected with Gypsum Board,” National Bureau of Standards, NBSIR, 73-165, Washington, 1973. 37. Galbreath, M., “Fire Tests of Wood Door Assem- blies,” Fire Study, No. 36, Div. of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, May 1975. 38. Morris, W. A., “An Investigation into the Fire Resis- tance of Timber Doors,” Fire Research Note, No. 855, Fire Research Station, Boreham Wood, Jan. 1971. 39. Hall, G. S., “Fire Resistance Tests of Laminated Tim- ber Beams,” Timber Association Research Report, WR/RR/1, High Sycombe, July 1968. 40. Goalwin, D. S., “Fire Resistance of Concrete Floors,” Building Materials and Structures, Report BMS 134, National Bureau of Standards, Washington, Dec. 1952. 41. Mitchell, N. D., and Ryan, J. V., “Fire Tests of Steel Columns Encased with Gypsum Lath and Plaster,” Building Materials and Structures, Report BMS 135, National Bureau of Standards, Washington, April 1953. 42. Ingberg, S. H., “Fire Tests of Brick Walls,” Building Materials and Structures, Report BMS 143, National Bureau of Standards, Washington, Nov. 1954. 43. National Bureau of Standards, “Fire Resistance and Sound-Insulation Ratings for Walls, Partitions, and Floors,” Technical Report on Building Materials, 44, Washington, 1944. 44. Malhotra, H. L., “Fire Resistance of Brick and Block Walls,” Fire Note, No. 6, Ministry of Technology and Fire Offices’ Committee Joint Fire Research Organi- zation, London, HMSO, 1966. 45. Mitchell, N. D., “Fire Tests of Steel Columns Pro- tected with Siliceous Aggregate Concrete,” Building Materials and Structures, Report BMS 124, National Bureau of Standards, Washington, May 1951. 46. Freitag, J. K., Fire Prevention and Fire Protection as Applied to Building Construction; a Handbook of Theory and Practice, 2nd ed., J. Wiley, New York, 1921. 47. Ingberg, S. H., and Mitchell, N. D., “Fire Tests of Wood and Metal-Framed Partition,” Building Materi- als and Structures, Report BMS 71, National Bureau of Standards, Washington, 1941. 48. Central Housing Committee on Research, Design, and Construction, Subcommittee on Definitions, “A Glos- sary of Housing Terms,” Building Materials and Structures, Report BMS 91, National Bureau of Stan- dards, Washington, Sept. 1942. 49. Crosby, E. U., Fiske, H. A., and Forster, H.W., Hand- book of Fire Protection, 7th ed., D. Van Nostrand Co., New York 1924. 50. Bird, E. L., and Docking, S. J., Fire in Buildings, A. & C. Black, London, 1949. 51. American Institute of Steel Construction, Fire Resis- tant Construction in Modern Steel-Framed Buildings, New York, 1959. 52. Central Dockyard Laboratory, “Fire Retardant Paint Tests—a Critical Review,” CDL Technical Memoran- dum, No. P87/73, H. M. Naval Base, Portsmouth, Dec. 1973. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-136 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® 53. Malhotra, H. L., “Fire Resistance of Structural Con- crete Beams,” Fire Research Note, No. 741, Fire Research Station, Borehamwood, May 1969. 54. Abrams, M. S., and Gustaferro, A. H., “Fire Tests of Poke-Thru Assemblies,” Research and Development Bulletin, 1481-1, Portland Cement Association, Skokie, 1971. 55. Bullen, M. L., “A Note on the Relationship between Scale Fire Experiments and Standard Test Results,” Building Research Establishment Note, N51/75, Borehamwood, May 1975. 56. The America Fore Group of Insurance Companies, Research Department, Some Characteristic Fires in Fire Resistive Buildings, Selected from twenty years record in the files of the N.F.P.A. “Quarterly,” New York, c. 1933. 57. Spiegelhalter, F., “Guide to Design of Cavity Barriers and Fire Stops,” Current Paper, CP 7/77, Building Research Establishment, Borehamwood, Feb. 1977. 58. Wardle, T. M. “Notes on the Fire Resistance of Heavy Timber Construction,” Information Series, No. 53, New Zealand Forest Service, Wellington, 1966. 59. Fisher, R. W., and Smart, P. M. T., “Results of Fire Resistance Tests on Elements of Building Construc- tion,” Building Research Establishment Report, G R6, London, HMSO, 1975. 60. Serex, E. R., “Fire Resistance of Alta Bates Gypsum Block Non-Load Bearing Wall,” Report to Alta Bates Community Hospital, Structural Research Labora- tory Report, ES-7000, University of Calif., Berkeley, 1969. 61. Thomas, F. G., and Webster, C. T., “Investigations on Building Fires, Part VI: The Fire Resistance of Rein- forced Concrete Columns,” National Building Stud- ies, Research Paper, No. 18, Dept. of Scientific and Industrial Research (Building Research Station), Lon- don, HMSO, 1953. 62. Building Research Establishment, “Timber Fire Doors,” Digest, 220, Borehamwood, Nov. 1978. 63.Massachusetts State Building Code; Recommended Provisions, Article 22: Repairs, Alterations, Addi- tions, and Change of Use of Existing Buildings, Bos- ton, Oct. 23, 1978. 64. Freitag, J. K., Architectural Engineering; with Espe- cial Reference to High Building Construction, Includ- ing Many Examples of Prominent Office Buildings, 2nd ed., rewritten, J. Wiley, New York, 1906. 65. Architectural Record, Sweet’s Indexed Catalogue of Building Construction for the Year 1906, New York, 1906. 66. Dept. of Commerce, Building Code Committee, “Recommended Minimum Requirements for Fire Resistance in Buildings,” Building and Housing, No. 14, National Bureau of Standards, Washington, 1931. 67. British Standards Institution, “Fire Tests on Building Materials and Structures,” British Standards, 476, Pt. 1, London, 1953. 68. Löberg-Holm, K., “Glass,” The Architectural Record, Oct. 1930, pp. 345-357. 69. Structural Clay Products Institute, “Fire Resistance,” Technical Notes on Brick and Tile Construction, 16 rev., Washington, 1964. 70. Ramsey, C. G., and Sleeper, H. R., Architectural Graphic Standards for Architects, Engineers, Deco- rators, Builders, and Draftsmen, 3rd ed., J. Wiley, New York, 1941. 71. Underwriters’ Laboratories, Fire Protection Equip- ment List, Chicago, Jan. 1957. 72. Underwriters’ Laboratories, Fire Resistance Direc- tory; with Hourly Ratings for Beams, Columns, Floors, Roofs, Walls, and Partitions, Chicago, Jan. 1977. 73. Mitchell, N. D., “Fire Tests of Gunite Slabs and Parti- tions,” Building Materials and Structures, Report BMS 131, National Bureau of Standards, Washing- ton, May 1952. 74. Woolson, I. H., and Miller, R. P., “Fire Tests of Floors in the United States,” Proceedings Interna- tional Association for Testing Materials, VIth Con- gress, New York, 1912, Section C, pp. 36-41. 75. Underwriters’ Laboratories, “An Investigation of the Effects of Fire Exposure upon Hollow Concrete Building Units, Conducted for American Concrete Institute, Concrete Products Association, Portland Cement Association, Joint Submittors,” Retardant Report, No. 1555, Chicago, May 1924. 76. Dept. of Scientific & Industrial Research and of the Fire Offices’ Committee, Joint Committee of the Building Research Board, “Fire Gradings of Build- ings. Part IV: Chimneys and Flues,” Post-War Build- ing Studies, No. 29, London, HMSO, 1952. 77. National Research Council of Canada. Associate Committee on the National Building Code, Fire Per- formance Ratings, Suppl. No. 2 to the National Build- ing Code of Canada, Ottawa, 1965. 78. Associated Factory Mutual Fire Insurance Compa- nies, The National Board of Fire Underwriters, and the Bureau of Standards, Fire Tests of Building Col- umns; an Experimental Investigation of the Resis- tance of Columns, Loaded and Exposed to Fire or to Fire and Water, with Record of Characteristic Effects, Jointly Conducted at Underwriters. Laborato- ries, Chicago, 1917-19. 79. Malhotra, H. L., “Effect of Age on the Fire Resistance of Reinforced Concrete Columns,” Fire Research Memorandum, No. 1, Fire Research Station, Bore- hamwood, April 1970. 80. Bond, H., ed., Research on Fire; a Description of the Facilities, Personnel and Management of Agencies Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-137 Engaged in Research on Fire, a Staff Report, National Fire Protection Association, Boston, 1957. 81.California State Historical Building Code, Draft, 1978. 82. Fisher, F. L., et al., “A Study of Potential Flashover Fires in Wheeler Hall and the Results from a Full Scale Fire Test of a Modified Wheeler Hall Door Assembly,” Fire Research Laboratory Report, UCX 77-3; UCX-2480, University of Calif., Dept. of Civil Eng., Berkeley, 1977. 83. Freitag, J. K., The Fireproofing of Steel Buildings, 1st ed., J. Wiley, New York, 1906. 84. Gross, D., “Field Burnout Tests of Apartment Dwell- ings Units,” Building Science Series, 10, National Bureau of Standards, Washington, 1967. 85. Dunlap, M. E., and Cartwright, F. P., “Standard Fire Tests for Combustible Building Materials,” Proceed- ings of the American Society for Testing Materials, vol. 27, Philadelphia, 1927, pp. 534-546. 86. Menzel, C. A., “Tests of the Fire Resistance and Sta- bility of Walls of Concrete Masonry Units,” Proceed- ings of the American Society for Testing Materials, vol. 31, Philadelphia, 1931, pp. 607-660. 87. Steiner, A. J., “Method of Fire-Hazard Classification of Building Materials,” Bulletin of the American Soci- ety for Testing and Materials, March 1943, Philadel- phia, 1943, pp. 19-22. 88. Heselden, A. J. M., Smith, P. G., and Theobald, C. R., “Fires in a Large Compartment Containing Structural Steelwork; Detailed Measurements of Fire Behavior,” Fire Research Note, No. 646, Fire Research Station, Borehamwood, Dec. 1966. 89. Ministry of Technology and Fire Offices’ Committee Joint Fire Research Organization, “Fire and Structural Use of Timber in Buildings; Proceedings of the Sym- posium Held at the Fire Research Station, Boreham- wood, Herts on 25th October, 1967,” Symposium, No. 3, London, HMSO, 1970. 90. Shoub, H., and Gross, D., “Doors as Barriers to Fire and Smoke,” Building Science Series, 3, National Bureau of Standards, Washington, 1966. 91. Ingberg, S. H., “The Fire Resistance of Gypsum Parti- tions,” Proceedings of the American Society for Test- ing and Materials, vol. 25, Philadelphia, 1925, pp. 299-314. 92. Ingberg, S.H., “Influence of Mineral Composition of Aggregates on Fire Resistance of Concrete,” Proceed- ings of the American Society for Testing and Materi- als, vol. 29, Philadelphia, 1929, pp. 824-829. 93. Ingberg, S. H., “The Fire Resistive Properties of Gyp- sum,” Proceedings of the American Society for Test- ing and Materials, vol. 23, Philadelphia, 1923, pp. 254-256. 94. Gottschalk, F.W., “Some Factors in the Interpretation of Small-Scale Tests for Fire-Retardant Wood,” Bul- letin of the American Society for Testing and Materi- als, October 1945, pp. 40-43. 95. Ministry of Technology and Fire Offices’ Committee Joint Fire Research Organization, “Behaviour of Structural Steel in Fire; Proceedings of the Sympo- sium Held at the Fire Research Station Boreham- wood, Herts on 24th January, 1967,” Symposium, No. 2, London, HMSO, 1968. 96. Gustaferro, A. H., and Martin, L. D., Design for Fire Resistance of Pre-cast Concrete, prep. for the Pre- stressed Concrete Institute Fire Committee, 1st ed., Chicago, PCI, 1977. 97. “The Fire Endurance of Concrete; a Special Issue,” Concrete Construction, vol. 18, no. 8, Aug. 1974, pp. 345-440. 98. The British Constructional Steelwork Association, “Modern Fire Protection for Structural Steelwork,” Publication, No. FPl, London, 1961. 99. Underwriters’ Laboratories, “Fire Hazard Classifica- tion of Building Materials,” Bulletin, No. 32, Sept. 1944, Chicago, 1959. 100. Central Housing Committee on Research, Design, and Construction, Subcommittee on Building Codes, “Recommended Building Code Requirements for New Dwelling Construction with Special Reference to War Housing; Report,” Building Materials and Structures, Report BMS 88, National Bureau of Stan- dards, Washington, Sept. 1942. 101. De Coppet Bergh, D., Safe Building Construction; a Treatise Giving in Simplest Forms Possible Practical and Theoretical Rules and Formulae Used in Con- struction of Buildings and General Instruction, new ed., thoroughly rev. Macmillan Co., New York, 1908. 102.Cyclopedia of Fire Prevention and Insurance; a Gen- eral Reference Work on Fire and Fire Losses, Fire- proof Construction, Building Inspection..., prep. by architects, engineers, underwriters and practical insur- ance men. American School of Correspondence, Chi- cago, 1912. 103. Setchkin, N. P., and Ingberg, S. H., “Test Criterion for an Incombustible Material,” Proceedings of the Amer- ican Society for Testing Materials, vol. 45, Philadel- phia, 1945, pp. 866-877. 104. Underwriters’ Laboratories, “Report on Fire Hazard Classification of Various Species of Lumber,” Retar- dant, 3365, Chicago, 1952. 105. Steingiser, S., “A Philosophy of Fire Testing,” Jour- nal of Fire & Flammability, vol. 3, July 1972, pp. 238-253. 106. Yuill, C. H., Bauerschlag, W. H., and Smith, H. M., “An Evaluation of the Comparative Performance of 2.4.1 Plywood and Two-Inch Lumber Roof Decking under Equivalent Fire Exposure,” Fire Protection Section, Final Report, Project No. 717A-3-211, Southwest Research Institute, Dept. of Structural Research, San Antonio, Dec. 1962. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES RESOURCE A-138 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE ® 107. Ashton, L. A., and Smart, P.M. T., Sponsored Fire- Resistance Tests on Structural Elements, London, Dept. of Scientific and Industrial Research and Fire Offices. Committee, London, 1960. 108. Butcher, E. G., Chitty, T. B., and Ashton, L. A., “The Temperature Attained by Steel in Building Fires,” Fire Research Technical Paper, No. 15, Ministry of Technology and Fire Offices. Committee, Joint Fire Research Organization, London, HMSO, 1966. 109. Dept. of the Environment and Fire Offices’ Commit- tee, Joint Fire Research Organization, “Fire-Resis- tance Requirements for Buildings—a New Approach; Proceedings of the Symposium Held at the Connaught Rooms, London, 28 September 1971,” Symposium, No. 5, London, HMSO, 1973. 110. Langdon Thomas, G. J., “Roofs and Fire,” Fire Note, No. 3, Dept. of Scientific and Industrial Research and Fire Offices’ Committee, Joint Fire Research Organi- zation, London, HMSO, 1963. 111. National Fire Protection Association and the National Board of Fire Underwriters, Report on Fire the Edi- son Phonograph Works, Thomas A. Edison, Inc., West Orange, N.J., December 9, 1914, Boston, 1915. 112. Thompson, J. P., Fire Resistance of Reinforced Con- crete Floors, Portland Cement Association, Chicago, 1963. 113. Forest Products Laboratory, “Fire Resistance Tests of Plywood Covered Wall Panels,” Information reviewed and reaffirmed, Forest Service Report, No. 1257, Madison, April 1961. 114. Forest Products Laboratory, “Charring Rate of Selected Woods—Transverse to Grain,” Forest Ser- vice Research Paper, FLP 69, Madison, April 1967. 115. Bird, G. I., “Protection of Structural Steel Against Fire,” Fire Note, No. 2, Dept. of Scientific and Indus- trial Research and Fire Offices’ Committee, Joint Fire Research Organization, London, HMSO, 1961. 116. Robinson, W. C., The Parker Building Fire, Under- writers’ Laboratories, Chicago, c. 1908. 117. Ferris, J. E., “Fire Hazards of Combustible Wall- boards,” Commonwealth Experimental Building Sta- tion Special Report, No. 18, Sydney, Oct. 1955. 118. Markwardt, L. J., Bruce, H. D., and Freas, A. D., “Brief Description of Some Fire-Test Methods Used for Wood and Wood Base Materials,” Forest Service Report, No. 1976, Forest Products Laboratory, Madi- son, 1976. 119. Foster, H. D., Pinkston, E. R., and Ingberg, S. H., “Fire Resistance of Walls of Gravel-Aggregate Con- crete Masonry Units,” Building Materials and Struc- tures, Report, BMS 120, National Bureau of Standards, Washington, March 1951. 120. Foster, H. D., Pinkston, E.R., and Ingberg, S. H., “Fire Resistance of Walls of Lightweight-Aggregate Concrete Masonry Units,” Building Materials and Structures, Report BMS 117, National Bureau of Standards, Washington, May 1950. 121. Structural Clay Products Institute, “Structural Clay Tile Fireproofing,” Technical Notes on Brick & Tile Construction, vol. 1, no. 11, San Francisco, Nov. 1950. 122. Structural Clay Products Institute, “Fire Resistance Ratings of Clay Masonry Walls—I,” Technical Notes on Brick & Tile Construction, vol. 3, no. 12, San Francisco, Dec. 1952. 123. Structural Clay Products Institute, “Estimating the Fire Resistance of Clay Masonry Walls—II,” Techni- cal Notes on Brick & Tile Construction, vol. 4, no. 1, San Francisco, Jan. 1953. 124.Building Research Station, “Fire: Materials and Struc- tures,” Digest, No. 106, London, HMSO, 1958. 125. Mitchell, N. D., “Fire Hazard Tests with Masonry Chimneys,” NFPA Publication, No. Q-43-7, Boston, Oct. 1949. 126. Clinton Wire Cloth Company, Some Test Data on Fireproof Floor Construction Relating to Cinder Concrete, Terra Cotta and Gypsum, Clinton, 1913. 127. Structural Engineers Association of Southern Califor- nia, Fire Ratings Subcommittee, “Fire Ratings, a Report,” part of Annual Report, Los Angeles, 1962, pp. 30-38. 128. Lawson, D. I., Fox, L. L., and Webster, C. T., “The Heating of Panels by Flue Pipes,” Fire Research, Spe- cial Report, No. 1, Dept. of Scientific and Industrial Research and Fire Offices’ Committee, London, HMSO, 1952. 129. Forest Products Laboratory, “Fire Resistance of Wood Construction,” Excerpt from ‘Wood Hand- book—Basic Information on Wood as a Material of Construction with Data for its Use in Design and Specification,’ Dept. of Agriculture Handbook, No. 72, Washington, 1955, pp. 337-350. 130. Goalwin, D. S., “Properties of Cavity Walls,” Build- ing Materials and Structures, Report BMS 136, National Bureau of Standards, Washington, May 1953. 131. Humphrey, R. L., “The Fire-Resistive Properties of Various Building Materials,” Geological Survey Bul- letin, 370, Washington, 1909. 132. National Lumber Manufacturers Association, “Com- parative Fire Test on Wood and Steel Joists,” Techni- cal Report, No. 1, Washington, 1961. 133. National Lumber Manufacturers Association, “Com- parative Fire Test of Timber and Steel Beams,” Tech- nical Report, No. 3, Washington, 1963. 134. Malhotra, H. L., and Morris, W. A., “Tests on Roof Construction Subjected to External Fire,” Fire Note, No. 4, Dept. of Scientific and Industrial Research and Fire Offices’ Committee, Joint Fire Research Organi- zation, London, HMSO, 1963. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A—GUIDELINES ON FIRE RATINGS OF ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®RESOURCE A-139 135. Brown, C. R., “Fire Tests of Treated and Untreated Wood Partitions,” Research Paper, RP 1076, part of Journal of Research of the National Bureau of Stan- dards, vol. 20, Washington, Feb. 1938, pp. 217-237. 136. Underwriters’ Laboratories, “Report on Investigation of Fire Resistance of Wood Lath and Lime Plaster Interior Finish,” Publication, SP. 1.230, Chicago, Nov. 1922. 137. Underwriters’ Laboratories, “Report on Interior Building Construction Consisting of Metal Lath and Gypsum Plaster on Wood Supports,” Retardant, No. 1355, Chicago, 1922. 138. Underwriters’ Laboratories, “An Investigation of the Effects of Fire Exposure upon Hollow Concrete Building Units,” Retardant, No. 1555, Chicago, May 1924. 139. Moran, T. H., “Comparative Fire Resistance Ratings of Douglas Fir Plywood,” Douglas Fir Plywood Asso- ciation Laboratory Bulletin, 57-A, Tacoma, 1957. 140. Gage Babcock & Association, “The Performance of Fire-Protective Materials under Varying Conditions of Fire Severity,” Report 6924, Chicago, 1969. 141. International Conference of Building Officials, Uni- form Building Code (1979 ed.), Whittier, CA, 1979. 142. Babrauskas, V., and Williamson, R. B., “The Histori- cal Basis of Fire Resistance Testing, Part I and Part II,” Fire Technology, vol. 14, no. 3 & 4, Aug. & Nov. 1978, pp. 184-194, 205, 304-316. 143. Underwriters’ Laboratories, “Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials,” 8th ed., Standard for Safety, UL263, Chicago, 1971. 144. Hold, H. G., Fire Protection in Buildings, Crosby, Lockwood, London, 1913. 145. Kollbrunner, C. F., “Steel Buildings and Fire Protec- tion in Europe,” Journal of the Structural Division, ASCE, vol. 85, no. ST9, Proc. Paper 2264, Nov. 1959, pp. 125-149. 146. Smith, P., “Investigation and Repair of Damage to Concrete Caused by Formwork and Falsework Fire,” Journal of the American Concrete Institute, vol. 60, Title no. 60-66, Nov. 1963, pp. 1535-1566. 147. “Repair of Fire Damage,” 3 parts, Concrete Construc- tion, March-May, 1972. 148. National Fire Protection Association, National Fire Codes; a Compilation of NFPA Codes, Standards, Recommended Practices and Manuals, 16 vols., Bos- ton, 1978. 149. Ingberg, S. H. “Tests of Severity of Building Fires,” NFPA Quarterly, vol. 22, no. 1, July 1928, pp. 43-61. 150. Underwriters’ Laboratories, “Fire Exposure Tests of Ordinary Wood Doors,” Bulletin of Research, no. 6, Dec. 1938, Chicago, 1942. 151. Parson, H., “The Tall Building under Test of Fire,” Red Book, no. 17, British Fire Prevention Committee, London, 1899. 152. Sachs, E. O., “The British Fire Prevention Committee Testing Station,” Red Book, no. 13, British Fire Pre- vention Committee, London, 1899. 153. Sachs, E. O., “Fire Tests with Unprotected Columns,” Red Book, no. 11, British Fire Prevention Committee, London, 1899. 154. British Fire Prevention Committee, “Fire Tests with Floors a Floor by the Expended Metal Company,” Red Book, no. 14, London, 1899. 155.Engineering News, vol. 56, Aug. 9, 1906, pp. 135- 140. 156.Engineering News, vol. 36, Aug. 6, 1896, pp. 92-94. 157. Bauschinger, J., Mittheilungen de Mech.-Tech. Lab. der K. Tech. Hochschule, Müchen, vol. 12, 1885. 158.Engineering News, vol. 46, Dec. 26, 1901, pp. 482- 486, 489-490. 159.The American Architect and Building News, vol. 31, March 28, 1891, pp. 195-201. 160. British Fire Prevention Committee, First International Fire Prevention Congress, Official Congress Report, London, 1903. 161. American Society for Testing Materials, Standard Specifications for Fire Tests of Materials and Con- struction (C19-18), Philadelphia, 1918. 162. International Organization for Standardization, Fire Resistance Tests on Elements of Building Construc- tion (R834), London, 1968. 163.Engineering Record, vol. 35, Jan. 2, 1897, pp. 93-94; May 29, 1897, pp. 558-560; vol. 36, Sept. 18, 1897, pp. 337-340; Sept. 25, 1897, pp. 359-363; Oct. 2, 1897, pp. 382-387; Oct. 9, 1897, pp. 402-405. 164. Babrauskas, Vytenis, “Fire Endurance in Buildings,” PhD Thesis. Fire Research Group, Report, No. UCB FRG 76-16, University of California, Berkeley, Nov. 1976. 165. The Institution of Structural Engineers and The Con- crete Society, Fire Resistance of Concrete Structures, London, Aug. 1975. Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 RESOURCE A-140 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® INDEX A ACCESSIBILITY . . . . . . . . . .107.2, 306, 801.1, 901.2, 1101.2, 1508, Appendix B ADDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101.2, 101.3, 101.4, 104.2, 104.2.1, 104.10.1, 106.2.3, 109.3.3, 113.2, 115.5, 202, 301.1, 301.3, 302.2, 302.2.1, 303.2, 304.1, 304.2, 306.1, 306.3, 306.6, 307.1, 308.1, 309, 501.1, 502, 601.1, 606, Chapter 11, 1301.1, 1301.1.1, 1301.2, 1301.2.3, 1301.3, 1301.4.1, 1301.4.3, 1501.3, 1505.2 ADMINISTRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 1 ALTERATIONS . . . .101.2, 101.3, 101.4, 101.7, 104.2, 104.2.1, 104.2.2, 104.10.1, 105.1.1, 105.1.2, 105.2.2, 105.2.3, 106.2.3, 106.2.6, 108.5, 110.2, 113.2, 115.5, 202, 301.1, 301.3, 302.2, 302.2.1, 302.4, 304, 306.1, 306.3, 306.3.1, 306.4, 306.5, 306.7, 306.7.1, 306.7.3, 306.7.4, 306.7.5, 306.7.16, 306.7.16.6, 307.1, 308.1, 309.1, 501.1, 501.1.1, 502.1, 502.4, 502.5, 503, 504.1, 601.1, 602, 603, 604, Chapter 7, Chapter 8, Chapter 9, 1101.3, 1103.1, 1103.2, 1201.1, 1201.2, 1201.4, 1203.1, 1301.1, 1301.1.1, 1301.2, 1301.2.4, 1301.2.6, 1301.3, 1301.4.1, 1301.4.3, 1301.9.1, 1401.2, 1501.3, 1504.1, 1505.2, A105.2, A304.1.1, A402.1, A403.2 Level 1 104.2.2, 602, 603.2, 604.2, Chapter 7, 801.2 Level 2 . . . . . . . . . . . 106.2.3, 505.2, 603, Chapter 8 Level 3 . . . . . . . . . . 106.2.3, 604, Chapter 9, 1011.4 ALTERNATIVE MATERIALS, DESIGN AND METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . 104.11 APPEALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104.8, 112, 116.6 APPROVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202 ARCHAIC MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resource A ARCHITECT (see REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL) AREA (see BUILDING) AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM . . . 110.2, 501.2, 504.5, 802.2.1, 802.6, 803.1.1, 803.2, 803.2.1.1, 803.2.3, 803.2.5, 803.2.6, 803.3, 803.4, 804.4.1.1, Table 804.4.1.1(1), 804.4.1.2.1, 804.4.1.2.2, 804.4.2, 804.6.1, 804.7, 902.2, 904.1, 1011.2.1, 1011.6.1, 1011.6.1.1, 1011.7.3, 1011.8.3, 1203.4, 1203.8, 1204.4, 1204.9, 1301.5.1, Table 1301.6.9, 1301.6.10.1, 1301.6.17, Table 1301.6.17, 1301.6.17.1, 1301.6.19, Table 1301.6.19, 1507 B BOARD OF APPEALS . . . . . . 104.8, 112, Appendix D BUILDING Area . . . 503.5, 503.7, 503.8, 503.9, 503.10, 503.11, 503.16, 503.18, 506.5.2, 506.5.3, 506.6, 603.1, 604.1, 1006.2, 1006.3, 1011.6, Table 1011.6, 1011.6.1, 1011.6.1.1, 1011.6.2, 1102, 1204.2, 1301.2.3, 1301.6.2 Dangerous . . . . . . . 104.6, 114.1, 117.1, 202, 302.1, 1203.9, 1205.2 Height. . . . . . . . . . . . .202, 502.1, 804.4.1.1, 1011.6, Table 1011.6, 1011.7.1, 1011.7.3, 1102, 1301.2.3, 1301.6.1, Table 1301.7, A301.2 Historic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202, 306.1, 306.7.16, 401.1, 501.1, 507, 601.1, 607, 701.1, 1001.2.1, Chapter 12, 1301.1, B101 Relocatable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202, 1401.1 Relocated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301.4, 1206, Chapter 14 Relocation of . . . . 101.2, 101.3, 101.4, 104.2, 301.1 Unsafe . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104.6, 115, 116, 117.1, 202 C CARBON MONOXIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308 CARPETING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105.2, 702.2 CEILING . . . . . .702.1, 801.4, 802.2.1, 802.4, 903.2.1, 1011.3, 1011.5.1, 1203.7, 1204.10, 1301.6.3.3, A105.3, A113.1 CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY. . . . . . . .110, 506.2, 1001.2, 1001.3 CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY . . . . .101.2, 101.3, 101.4, 104.2, 104.2.2, 106.2.6, 110.1, 115.5, 202, 301.1, 301.3, 306.1, 306.5, 307.1, 308.1, 501.1, 505.3, 506, 601.1, 605, 702.5, Chapter 10, 1201.1, 1201.2, 1201.4, 1204, 1301.1, 1301.2, 1301.2.6, 1301.4.1, 1301.4.3, 1301.6.17, 1301.9.1, 1401.2, B101.2, B101.3, B101.4, C101.1, C201.1 CHANGE OF USE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202 CLASSROOM ACOUSTICS . . . .502.6, 503.16, 506.6, 903.4, 1011.4, 1101.4 CODE OFFICIAL. . . . . . Chapter 1, 202, 301.3, 302.1, 302.3, 303.2.1, 304.2, 405.2.3.1, 501.2, 506.1, 506.1.1, 507.2, 507.4, 802.6, 803.2.6, 804.2, 1001.2, 1011.5.1, 1201.2, 1201.3, 1201.5, 1203.2, 1203.3, 1203.11, 1203.12, 1204.6, 1204.7, 1204.11, 1204.12, 1204.14, 1205.1, 1205.2, 1301.3, 1301.3.1, 1301.4.2, 1301.4.3, 1402.7, 1501.6.7, 1509.1, A102.2, A107.1, A108.1, A113.7, A205.3.2, A301.1, A301.2, A301.3, A302.1, A303.1, A304.2.1, A304.2.2, A304.2.3, Table A304.2.3(1), Table A304.2.3(2), A304.5, A403.8, A403.9.3.2, A404.1, A405.3, A405.3.2 INDEX-1 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 INDEX 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® COMPARTMENTATION . . .1301.6.3, Table 1301.6.3, 1301.6.20, Table 1301.6.20, Table 1301.7 COMPLIANCE METHODS . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 3 Performance compliance method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301.3.3, Chapter 13 Prescriptive compliance method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301.3.1, Chapter 5 Work area compliance method. . . . . . . . . .301.3.2, Chapter 6, Chapter 7, Chapter 8, Chapter 9, Chapter 10, Chapter 11, Chapter 12 CONFLICT . . . . . . . 102.1, 102.4.1, 102.4.2, 104.10.1, 113.1, 302.2, 1301.2.2 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. . . . . . .104.2, 105.3, 105.3.1, 105.4, 106, 113.4, 202, 601.2, A105.4, A205.3, A301.1, A406, A407.1 CONSTRUCTION SAFEGUARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101.5, Chapter 15 CORRIDOR Dead-end. . . . . . .801.4, 804.7, 1011.5.1, 1301.6.12, 1301.6.12.1, Table 1301.7 Doors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 804.6.1, 1011.5.1 Exit access . . . . . . . .801.4, 802.2.1, 802.4, 802.4.1, 803.2.1, 803.2.2, 803.2.5, 803.3, 804.1, 804.4.1, 901.2, 1011.8.2, 1203.3, 1204.6 Openings. . . . . . . . 804.6, 804.6.1, 804.6.2, 804.6.3, 804.6.3.1, 804.6.4, 1011.5.1, 1011.8.2, 1203.4, 1204.8 Projections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704.1.1 Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . .803.1.1, 1011.5.1, 1301.6.5, Table 1301.6.5, 1301.6.5.1, Table 1301.7 D DANGEROUS Nonstructural. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115.1, 116.1 Structural. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.6, 114.1, 117.1, 202, 302.1, 1203.9, 1205.2 DEFERRED SUBMITTAL . . . . . . .106.3.4, 106.6, 202 DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 DEMOLITION . . . .101.5, 104.2, 106.2.6, 108.5, 113.2, 115.5, 117, 1501.6, 1501.6.1, 1501.7, 1502.1, 1503.1, 1504.1, 1505.2 DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.10, 105.3, 109.3.8 DISPROPORTIONATE EARTHQUAKE DAMAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202, 405.2.2, 502.2 E EGRESS (see MEANS OF EGRESS) ELECTRICAL . . . . . . . . . 105.1, 105.1.1, 105.2, 108.3, 109.3.4, 202, 306.7.1, 406, 801.3, 801.4, 806, 1007, 1101.2, A102.1 ELEVATOR . . . . . . 306.7.7, 902.1.2, 905.4, 1011.8.3, 1102.2, 1301.6.14, Table 1301.6.14, 1301.6.14.1, Table 1301.7 EMERGENCY ESCAPE AND RESCUE OPENINGS . . . . . .202, 505, 506.4, 702.4, 702.5, 702.5.1, 702.6 EMERGENCY POWER . . . . . . . .804.5.5, 1301.6.15.1 ENERGY. . . . . . . . . 302.2, 702.7, 708, 809, 907, 1104 ENGINEER (see REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL) EQUIPMENT OR FIXTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 EXISTING (see BUILDING) EXIT . . . . . . 504.1.4, 802.2.1, 802.4, 802.4.1, 803.2.1, 803.2.2, 803.2.5, 803.3, 804, 903.1, 903.3, 905.2, 905.3, 1011.5, Table 1011.5, 1011.5.1, 1011.8.2, 1102.2, 1203.2, 1203.3, 1203.6, 1203.11, 1204.6, 1204.7, 1204.12, 1204.13, 1301.6.3.2, 1301.6.6, 1301.6.10.1, 1301.6.11, 1301.6.11.1, 1301.6.12, 1301.6.13, Table 1301.6.15, 1301.6.15.1, Table 1301.7, A402 EXIT, HORIZONTAL . . . . .503.15, 804.11, 1301.6.3.1 EXTERIOR WALL COVERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Addition and replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 EXTERIOR WALL ENVELOPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Addition and replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 F FIRE ESCAPES . . . . . . . . . . . 504, 802.2.1, 804.4.1.2, 1301.6.11, 1301.6.11.1 FIRE PROTECTION . . . . . .106.2.2, 202, 306.7.1, 403, 703, 801.3, 803, 804.6.1, 804.6.2, 904, 1001.2, 1004, 1011.1, 1011.2, 1011.2.1, 1011.2.2, 1011.8.4, 1102.3, 1501.2.1, 1501.3, 1509 FIRE RATINGS . . . . . . .804.4.1.2.1, 804.6.1, 804.6.2, 1011.6.1, 1011.6.1.1, 1011.6.3, 1011.7, 1011.7.1, 1011.7.2, 1011.7.3, 1011.8.2, 1011.8.3, 1011.8.4, 1203.6, 1203.7, 1203.8, 1204.4, 1204.10, 1301.2.2, 1301.6.3.2, 1301.6.3.3, 1301.6.4, 1301.6.4.1, 1301.6.5, 1301.6.5.1, 1301.6.6, 1301.6.16.1, Table 1301.7, Resource A FIRE SAFETY . . .101.7, 104.10, 107.2, 1101.2, 1203, 1204.10, 1301.5, 1301.5.1, 1301.5.3, 1301.6.1, 1301.6.2, 1301.6.3, 1301.6.4, 1301.6.5, 1301.6.6, 1301.6.7, 1301.6.8, 1301.6.9, 1301.6.14, 1301.6.16, 1301.6.17, 1301.6.18, 1301.6.19, 1301.6.20, Table 1301.7, Table 1301.8, Table 1301.9, A102.1 INDEX-2 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 INDEX 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING . . . . . . . .802.2.1, 802.6, 803.1.1, 803.2.2.1, 902.2, 1011.6.1.1, 1011.6.3, 1011.7, 1011.8.2, 1203.4, 1203.6, 1203.7, 1203.8, 1204.3, 1204.8, 1204.10, 1301.2.2, 1301.5.1, 1301.6.4, 1301.6.4.1, 1301.6.5, 1301.6.5.1, 1301.6.6, 1301.6.16, 1301.6.16.1, 1301.7, Resource A FLAME SPREAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resource A FLOOD HAZARD AREA. . . . . . . . . 104.2.1, 104.10.1, 109.3.3,109.3.10, 202, 301.3, 401.3, 405.2.6, 502.3, 503.2, 507.3, 701.3, 1103.3, 1201.4, 1301.3.3, 1402.6 FUEL GAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302.2, 702.7.1 G GLASS . . . . . .402.1, 406, 804.6.1, 804.6.2, 1011.8.2, 1202.2, 1204.8, 1301.6.10.1, Resource A GRAVITY LOADS (see STRUCTURAL LOADS/FORCES) GUARDS . . . . . . . . . . 802.5, 802.5.1, 802.5.2, 804.12, 804.12.1, 804.12.2, 1203.9, 1203.10 GUIDELINES FOR STRUCTURAL RETROFIT Seismic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix A Wind. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix C H HANDRAILS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503.1, 804.10, 1011.5.1, 1011.5.4, 1203.9 HAZARD CATEGORIES. . . . . . 1011.5, Table 1011.5, 1011.6, Table 1011.6, Table 1011.7 HEIGHT (see BUILDING, HEIGHT) HIGH-RISE BUILDING . . . . . .803.2.1, 902.1, 904.1.1, 1011.6.1, 1301.6.17, 1301.6.19 HISTORIC BUILDING (see BUILDING, HISTORIC) I INCIDENTAL USE AREAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002.2 INSPECTION . . . . .104.4, 104.6, 104.7, 105.2, 106.1, 106.3.1, 106.6, 109, 1402.7, A105.3, A105.4, A107.1, A107.4, A113.7, A205.3.1, A205.4, A304.4.3, A304.5, A406.3.4, A407.3 INTERIOR FINISHES . . . . . . . . .702.1, 702.2, 1011.3, 1203.5, 1203.9 INTERIOR TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702.3 L LIVE LOAD (see STRUCTURAL LOADS/FORCES) LOAD-BEARING ELEMENT . . . . . . . . . 105.2.2, 202, Resource A M MAINTENANCE . . . . . 105.2, 306.3, 1501.3, 1501.6.6 MEANS OF EGRESS . . . . . . .101.2, 105.2.2, 106.2.3, 107.2, 115.1, 202, 306.3, 306.7.2, 306.7.16, 404, 501.2, 504.1.1, 504.1.2, 704, 802.2.1, 802.2.3, 802.6, 803.2.4, 804, 903.1, 905, 1005, 1011.5, Table 1011.5, 1011.5.1, 1011.5.2, 1101.2, 1201.3, 1203.3, 1204.6, 1301.5, 1301.5.2, 1301.5.3, 1301.6.1, 1301.6.2, 1301.6.3, 1301.6.4, 1301.6.5, 1301.6.6, 1301.6.7, 1301.6.8, 1301.6.9, 1301.6.10, 1301.6.11, 1301.6.12, 1301.6.14, 1301.6.15, 1301.6.17, 1301.6.18, 1301.6.19, 1301.6.20, 1301.6.21.1, 1301.6.21.2, 1301.6.21.3, Table 1301.7, Table 1301.8, Table 1301.9, 1505 MECHANICAL . . . . . . 105.1, 105.1.1, 105.2, 105.2.2, 108.3, 302.2, 306.7.1, 308.1, 407, 503.4, 702.7, 801.3, 807, 902.1.1, 1008, 1101.2, 1301.6.7.1, 1301.6.8, 1301.6.8.1, 1301.6.10, 1301.6.10.1, 1501.2.1, A102.1 MOVED BUILDINGS (see BUILDING, RELOCATED) N NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL. . . . . . . .202, 504.3, 804.4.1.2.2, Resource A O OPENINGS . . .106.2.4, 116.2, 202, 504.5, 505, 506.4, 702.4, 702.5, 702.6, 802.2, 804.4.1.2.1, 804.5.3, 804.6, 804.6.3, 804.6.3.1, 804.6.4, 903.1, 1011.5.1, 1011.5.6, 1011.7.1, 1011.7.2, 1011.7.3, 1011.8, 1011.8.2, 1011.8.3, 1011.8.4, 1102.2, 1203.3, 1203.8, 1204.3, 1204.6, 1301.6.6, Table 1301.6.6(1), 1301.6.6.1, 1301.6.10.1, Table 1301.7, 1501.6.4 P PERMITS. . . . . . . 101.4.1, 104.2, 104.2.2, 104.7, 105, 106.1, 106.2.6, 106.3.1, 106.3.2, 106.3.3, 106.6, 107.1, 107.4, 108.1, 108.2, 108.3, 108.4, 108.5, 109.1, 109.2, 109.3.11, 109.5, 109.6, 110.1, 110.2, 110.3, 111.1, 113.2, 113.4, 503.6, 706.1, 706.3, 706.3.1, A105.3 PLUMBING . . . .105.1, 105.1.1, 105.2, 108.3, 109.3.4, 202, 302.2, 308.1, 408, 702.7, 808, 1009, 1101.2, 1301.2.6, 1501.7, A102.1, A304.1.3, A304.3.2, A304.4.2 PRIMARY FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . 202, 306.6, 306.7.1 R RAMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306.7.6, 306.7.16.1, 802.2.1, 804.3, 1301.6.6, B101.3, B101.4 REFERENCED STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . .Chapter 16 REFUGE AREAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .503.15, 804.11 INDEX-3 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 INDEX 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL . . . . . . .104.2.2.1, 106.1, 106.3.4, 106.6, 202, 405.2.3.1, 1201.2, A106.2.3.4, A301.1, A301.2, A301.3, A304.2.2, A304.2.3, A304.4.1, A405.3 REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL IN RESPONSIBLE CHARGE . . . . . . . . .106.3.4, 106.6 REHABILITATION . . . . . . . . . . . 104.2.1, 202, 405.2.4 RELOCATABLE BUILDINGS (see BUILDING, RELOCATABLE) RELOCATED BUILDINGS (see BUILDING, RELOCATED) REPAIR . . . . . . . . . 101.2, 101.3, 101.4, 101.7, 104.2, 104.2.1, 104.2.2, 104.10.1, 105.1, 105.2, 105.2.1, 105.2.2, 105.2.3, 106.2.6, 113.1, 113.2, 115.3, 115.5, 116.1, 116.4, 116.5, 117.1, 202, 301.1, 301.2, 302.2, 302.2.1, 302.4, 306.1, 306.3, 308.1, 309.1, Chapter 4, 1101.3, 1201.1, 1201.4, 1202, 1205.1, 1301.3, 1401.2, 1402.7, 1501.3, 1501.6.6, A105.2, A105.3, A106.1, A106.2.1, A106.2.3.9, A403.2, C101.1, C201.1 REROOFING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705 RISK CATEGORY . . . . . .202, 304.3.1, Table 304.3.1, 304.3.2, Table 304.3.2, 506.5.2, 506.5.3, 506.5.4, 1006.2, 1006.3, 1006.4, A102.2, A401.2, A403.3, C201.2 ROOF . . . . . . . . . .308.1, 405.2.5, 503.3, 503.4, 503.7, 503.8, 504.3, 705, 906.4, 906.5, 1204.5, 1501.2.1, 1501.6.5, 1502.1 Diaphragms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503.12, 706.3.2, 906.4 Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706.1, 706.3, 706.3.1 Recover. . . . . . . . . . . 202, 705.2.1, 705.2.1.1, 705.3 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202, 705.1, 705.2 Reroofing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202, 503.6, 705, 706.3.1 ROOF COATING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705.2.1 S SAFEGUARDS DURING CONSTRUCTION (see CONSTRUCTION SAFEGUARDS) SAFETY PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . 1301.5.3, 1301.6, Table 1301.7 SEISMIC FORCES (see STRUCTURAL LOADS/FORCES) SEISMIC LOADS (see STRUCTURAL LOADS/FORCES) SEISMIC RETROFIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A SHAFT ENCLOSURES . . . .802.2.2, 1011.8, 1301.6.6 SMOKE ALARMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 SMOKE COMPARTMENTS . . . 503.14, 503.15, 802.3, 803.2.3, 904.1.5, 1301.6, 1301.6.20, Table 1301.6.20, 1301.6.20.1, 1301.6.21, 1301.6.21.1, 1301.6.21.2, 1301.6.21.2.1, Table 1301.7 SMOKE CONTROL . . . . .1301.6.10, Table 1301.6.10, 1301.6.10.1, Table 1301.7 SMOKE DETECTORS . . . 803.4, 1011.8.4, 1301.6.8.1 SNOW LOAD (see STRUCTURAL LOADS/FORCES) SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY . . . 802, 902, 1002 SPRINKLER SYSTEM (see AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM) STAIRWAY. . . . . . . . . .306.7.9, 503.1, 504.1.3, 504.2, 504.4, 504.5, 506.3, 802.2.1, 802.2.2, 802.2.3, 803.1.1, 804.4.1.1, 804.4.1.2.1, 804.4.1.2.3, 804.5.3, 804.5.3.1, 804.10.1, 804.12.1, 806.4.5, 903.1, 1011.5.1, 1011.5.2, 1011.5.4, 1011.8.2, 1011.8.3, 1011.8.4, 1102.2, 1203.3, 1203.6, 1203.9, 1204.6, 1204.11, 1204.13, 1301.6.3, 1301.6.6, 1301.6.10.1, 1504.1, 1505.1, 1506.1 STANDPIPE SYSTEMS . . . . . 105.2.2, 803.2.1, 803.3, 1301.6.18, Table 1301.6.18, 1301.6.18.1, Table 1301.7, 1506, 1503.2 STORM SHELTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 STRUCTURAL . . . . . .304.1, 405, 502.4, 502.5, 503.3, 503.4, 503.5, 503.6, 503.7, 503.8, 503.9, 503.10, 503.11, 503.12, 503.13, 506.5, 507.4, 706, 805, 906, 1006, 1103, 1205, 1301.4.1, 1402 STRUCTURAL LOADS/FORCES Gravity loads . . . . . . .202, 304.1, 405.2.4, 405.2.4.1, 502.4, 503.3, 706.2, 805.2, 1007.1, 1103.1, A403.5, A403.10.1, A403.10.2 International Building Code-level . . .506.5.3, 506.5.4, 1006.3, 1103.2, 1402.4 Live loads . . . . . . 202, 304.1, 405.2.4, 502.4, 503.3, 504.3, 506.5.1, 507.4, 706.2, 804.4.1.2.2, 805.2, 1006.1, 1103.1, 1204.13, 1205.1, 1501.6.1, 1501.6.5, A104.1, A106.2.3.6, A108.3, A108.6, A403.7 Reduced . . . . . . . 304.3.2, Table 304.3.2, 405.2.3.1, 405.2.3.3, 503.4, 503.5, 503.6, 503.7, 503.8, 503.9, 503.10, 503.11, 506.5.3, 706.3.1, 805.3, 906.2, 906.3, 906.4, 906.5, 906.6, 906.7, 1006.3 Seismic loads . . . . . .202, 304.3, 405.2.3, 405.2.4.1, 502.2, 502.5, 503.4, 503.5, 503.6, 503.7, 503.8, 503.9, 503.10, 503.11, 503.13, 506.5.3, 506.5.4, 706.3.1, 805.3, 906.2, 906.3, 906.4, 906.5, 906.6, 906.7, 1006.3, 1006.4, 1103.2, 1402.4, Appendix A Snow loads . . . . .304.2, 405.2.1.1, 405.2.4, 405.2.5, 502.4, 503.3, 506.5.2, 706.2, 805.2, 1006.2, 1103.1, 1402.5 Wind loads. . . . . . . 303.1, 303.2, 405.2.3, 405.2.4.1, 503.12, 506.5.2, 706.3.2, 1006.2, 1402.3, 1501.6.7, Appendix C SUBSTANTIAL DAMAGE . . . . . . . 202, 507.3, 1103.3 SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT . . .104.2.1, 104.10.1, 109.3.3, 202, 401.3, 502.3, 503.2, 507.3, 701.3, 1103.3, 1201.4, 1301.3.3 INDEX-4 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 INDEX 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE® SUBSTANTIAL STRUCTURAL ALTERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202, 503.11, 906.2 SUBSTANTIAL STRUCTURAL DAMAGE . . . . . . . . . 202, 405.2.1, 405.2.2, 405.2.3, 405.2.4, 405.2.4.1, 405.2.5, 502.2, 507.4, 1205.1 T TECHNICALLY INFEASIBLE . . . . . . . . . . .202, 306.7, 306.7.11, 306.7.12, 306.7.14 TEMPORARY STRUCTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107 TESTING . . . . . . . . 104.11.2, 111.2, 305, 1301.6.10.1, 1507.1, A104.1, A105.3, A105.4, A106.2.1, A106.2.3, A107.2, A107.3, A107.4, A107.5, A108.2, A108.5, A113.1.3, A114.1, A205.3.2, A205.4, A206.2, A304.2.2, A403.9.2.1, A405.3, A407.3 U UNSAFE . . . . . . . . . . 104.6, 105.2, 114.1, 114.4, 115, 116.1, 116.2, 116.3, 116.5, 117.1, 202, 302.3, 302.4, 1007.2, 1201.5, 1301.3.1 UTILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111 V VERTICAL OPENING PROTECTION . . . . . . . .802.2, 903.1, 1011.8, 1301.6.6, Table 1301.7 VIOLATIONS . . . . .101.7, 104.6, 105.2, 105.4, 105.6, 109.1, 110.1, 110.2, 110.4, 113, 114.4 W WIND LOAD (see STRUCTURAL LOADS/FORCES) WINDOWS Emergency escape and rescue openings . . . . . . . . . 505.3, 505.3.1, 505.4, 702.5, 702.5.1, 702.6 Glazing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402.1, 804.6, 804.6.2, 1202.2, 1203.8, 1204.8 Opening control devices. . . . . . . . . . .505.2, 505.3.1, 702.4, 702.5.1 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505.1 WORK AREA . . . . . . . . .202, 301.3.2, 306.5, 306.7.4, 306.7.10.3, 503.5, 503.7, 503.8, 503.9, 503.10, 503.11, 503.16, 503.18, 506.6, 601.2, 603.1, 604.1, 801.3, 802.1, 802.2.1, 802.2.2, 802.2.3, 802.3, 802.4, 802.4.1, 802.5, 803.1, 803.2.1, 803.2.1.1, 803.2.2, 803.2.2.1, 803.2.4, 803.2.5, 803.3, 803.4.1, 803.4.1.1, 803.4.1.2, 803.4.1.4, 803.4.1.6, 803.4.2, 804.1, 804.2, 804.4.1, 804.4.2, 804.5, 804.5.1, 804.5.1.1, 804.5.1.2, 804.5.2, 804.5.2.1, 804.5.3, 804.5.3.1, 804.5.4, 804.5.4.1, 804.6, 804.6.1, 804.6.2, 804.6.3, 804.6.3.1, 804.6.4, 804.7, 804.8, 804.8.1, 804.8.2, 804.9.1, 804.9.2, 804.10, 804.10.1, 804.12, 806.1, 806.2, 807.1, 901.2, 902.1.2, 903.1, 903.2.1, 903.3, 903.4, 904.1, 904.1.1, 904.1.2, 904.1.3, 904.1.4, 904.1.5, 904.1.6, 904.1.7, 904.2.1, 904.2.2, 905.2, 905.3, 906.7 INDEX-5 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE®INDEX-6 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 Order Your Helpful Guides Today! 1-800-786-4452 | www.iccsafe.org/books People Helping People Build a Safer World® Valuable Guides to Changes in the 2021 I-Codes® 20-19101 SIGNIFICANT CHANGES TO THE 2021 INTERNATIONAL CODES® Practical resources that offer a comprehensive analysis of the critical changes made between the 2018 and 2021 editions of the codes. Authored by ICC code experts, these useful tools are “must-have” guides to the many important changes in the 2021 International Codes. Key changes are identified then followed by in-depth, expert discussion of how the change affects real world application. A full-color photo, table or illustration is included for each change to further clarify application. SIGNIFICANT CHANGES TO THE IBC®, 2021 EDITION #7024S21 SIGNIFICANT CHANGES TO THE IRC®, 2021 EDITION #7101S21 SIGNIFICANT CHANGES TO THE IFC®, 2021 EDITION #7404S21 SIGNIFICANT CHANGES TO THE IECC®, 2021 EDITION #7808S21 SIGNIFICANT CHANGES TO THE IPC®/IMC®/IFGC®, 2021 EDITION #7202S21 New to the series! Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 Look for the Trusted Marks of Conformity A subsidiary of When facing new or unfamiliar materials, look for an ICC-ES Evaluation Report or Listing before approving for installation. ICC-ES® Evaluation Reports are the most widely accepted and trusted technical reports for code compliance. ICC-ES Building Product Listings and PMG Listings show product compliance with applicable standard(s) referenced in the building and plumbing codes as well as other applicable codes. When you specify or approve products or materials with an ICC-ES report, building product listing or PMG listing, you avoid delays on projects and improve your bottom line. ICC-ES is a subsidiary of ICC®, the publisher of the codes used throughout the U.S. and many global markets, so you can be confident in their code expertise. www.icc-es.org | 800-423-6587 ✓ Specify and ✓ Approve with Confidence 20-18859 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 *Applies to “Complete Plan Review Services”. Contact ICC Plan Review staff for details. Ever wonder why contractors, architects and other building professionals rely on ICC plan reviews? • Experience – Our I-Code experts have expertise in ALL the International Codes® (I-Codes®) • Detailed Report – identifies code compliance and violations • Complimentary re-review of reissued plans* Additionally, ICC Plan Review Services has years of experience in code application, certified design experts on board, and International Code Council Certifications to ensure we deliver the industry’s most comprehensive and reliable plan reviews. Find Out More! 888-422-7233, x4337 www.iccsafe.org/PLR3 20-18850 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248 DIGITAL CODES codes.iccsafe.org 2021 International Fire Code 2021 International Plumbing Code 2021 International Existing Building Code Telework with ICC Digital Codes Premium An essential online platform for all code users ICC’s Digital Codes is the most trusted and authentic source of model codes and standards, which conveniently provides access to the latest code text from across the United States. With a Premium subscription, users can further enhance their code experience with powerful features such as team collaboration and access sharing, bookmarks, notes, errata and revision history, and more. codes.iccsafe.org Go Beyond the Codes with a Premium Subscription Start Your 14-Day Premium trial at codes.iccsafe.org/trial Never miss a code update Available anywhere 24/7 Use on any mobile or digital device View hundreds of code titles and standards 20-18933 Copyright © 2020 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Stephen Gugliotta (steveg@ci.galesburg.il.us), (City of Galesburg) Order Number #101166248 on Oct 11, 2021 01:53 PM (PDT) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 101166248